Függelék:Sanskrit-English/s
Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899) |
a -
¤ -
ā -
i -
ī -
u -
ū -
ṝ -
ḷ -
ḹ -
e -
ai -
o -
au |
- sa the last of the three sibilants (it belongs to the dental class and in sound corresponds to s in sin). -1
- ○kāra m. the sound o, letter s Prāt
- -bheda m. N. of a gram. treatise on the difference of the sibilants (cf. śa-kāra-bheda)
- sa (in prosody) an anapest (?-). -2
- ○kara m. id
- -vipulā f. a kind of metre Piṅg. Sch
- sa (in music) an abbreviated term for ṣaḍ-ja ( p. 1109, col. 2)
- sa (only L.), m. a snake
- air, wind
- a bird
- N. of Vishṇu or Śiva
- (ā), f. N. of Lakshmi or Gaurī
- n. knowledge
- meditation
- a carriage road
- a fence
- sa mfn. (fr. √san) procuring, bestowing (only ifc
- cf. palu-ṣá and priya-sá)
- sá the actual base for the nom. case of the 3rd pers. pron. tád, q.v. (occurring only in the nom. sg. mf. [sá or sás, sā], and in the Ved. loc. [sásmin RV. i, 152, 6 ; i, 174, 4 ; x, 95, 1]
- the final s of the nom. m. is dropped before all consonants [except before p in RV. v, 2, 4, and before t in RV. viii, 33, 1] and appears only at the end of a sentence in the form of Visarga
- sa occasionally blends with another vowel [as in saī7ṣaḥ]
- and it is often for emphasis connected with another pron. as with aham, tvam, eṣa, ayam &c. [e.g. so'ham sa tvam, 'I (or thou) that very person'
- under. tád, p. 43], the verb then following in the 1st and 2nd pers. even if aham or tvam be omitted [e.g. sa tvā pṛcchāmi 'I that very person ask you' BṛĀrUp
- sa vai no brūhi 'do thou tell us' ŚBr.]
- similarly, to denote emphasis, with bhavān [e.g. sa bhavān vijayāya pratiṣṭhatām, 'let your Highness set out for victory' Śak.]
- it sometimes and frequently in the Brāhmaṇas stands as the first word of a sentence preceding a rel. pronoun or adv. such as ya, yad, yadi, yathā, cêd
- in this position sa may be used pleonastically or as a kind of ind., even where another gender or number is required [e.g. sa yadi sthāvarā āpo bhananti, 'if those waters are stagnant' ŚBr.]
- in the Sāṃkhya sa, like eṣa, ka, and ya, is used to denote Purusha, 'the Universal Soul') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Zd. hā, hā
- Gk. ?, ?.] [1111,]
≫saka
- saká mf(ā́)n. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 132 Sch. ; vii, 3, 45) he that man, she that woman &c. RV. AV
- n. applied to the Intellect VP
- sa ind. (connected with saha, sam, sama, and occasionally in BhP. standing for saha with instr.) an inseparable prefix expressing 'junction', 'conjunction', 'possession' (as opp. to a priv.), 'similarity', 'equality'
- and when compounded with nouns to form adjectives and adverbs it may be translated by 'with', 'together or along with', 'accompanied by', 'added to', 'having', 'possessing', 'containing', 'having the same' [cf. sa-kopa, sâgni, sa-bhāya, sa-droṇa, sa-dharman, sa-varṇa]
- or it may = 'ly', as in sa-kopam, 'angrily', sôpadhi, 'fraudulently') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Gk. á in ? ; Lat. sim in simplex ; [1111,] sem in semel, semper Eng. same.]
- ○ṛkṣa mf(ā)n. connected with a lunar mansion, Kṛishṇaj. [Page 1111, Column]
- ○ṛṇa mfn. having debts, indebted Nār., Sch
- ○ṛṣika mfn. together with the Ṛishis ĀśvGṛ
- ○ṛṣi-rājanya mfn. together with the royal Ṛishis ib
- saṃ (in comp.) = 2. sam, q.v
- saṃ-ya m. (fr. 2. sam and √yam, or yat) a skeleton L
- saṃ-yaj √P. Ā. -yajati, ○te, to worship together, offer sacrifices at the same time RV. Br. ŚrS
- to sacrifice, worship, adore, honour Hariv. BhP
- to consecrate, dedicate Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -yājayati, to cause to sacrifice together, (esp.) to perform the Patnī-saṃyājas (q.v.) Br
- to perform a sacrifice for (acc.) MBh
- saṃ-yāja m
- saṃ-yājana n. in patnī-saṃy○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍyājyá mfn. to be made or allowed to sacrifice ( See a-saṃy○)
- n. joining or sharing in a sacrifice, sacrificing ( a-yājya-saṃy○) the (ā) f. N. of the Yājyā and Anuvākyā Mantras (recited in the Svishṭa-kṛit ceremony) Br. ŚrS
- sam-iṣṭa See s.v
- saṃ-√yat Ā. -yatate, to unite (in trans.), meet together, encounter (rarely 'as friends', generally 'as enemies'), contend, engage in contest or strife, quarrel (with saṃgrāmam, to begin a combat') RV. Br. ChUp
- (P. ○ti) to unite, join together (trans.) RV. vi, 67, 3
- saṃ-yát mfn. (in some senses fr. saṃ- √yam below Pāṇ. 6-4, 40 Vop. 26, 78) coherent, contiguous, continuous, uninterrupted RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
- f. an agreement, covenant, stipulation ŚBr
- a means of joining or uniting TS
- an appointed place RV. ix, 56, 15
- contest, strife, battle, war (generally found in loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- N. of partic. bricks (-tvā n.) TS
- saṃ-yatin See under saṃ. √yam
- sáṃ-yatta mfn. (pl.) come into conflict (saṃgrāmé sóṃ-yatte, 'at the outbreak of war') TS
- prepared, ready, being on one's guard Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-yad in comp. for saṃ-yat
- ○vara m. (cf. sampad-vara) 'chief in battle', a prince, king Uṇ. iii, 1
- ○vasu (○yád-v○), mfn. having continuous wealth VS. AitBr
- m. one of the seven rays of the sun VP. Sch
- ○vāma mfn. uniting all that is pleasant or dear ChUp
- ○vīra (○yád-v○), mfn. abounding in heroes RV
- saṃ-yatī n. du. of pr. p. of sam- √5. i (q.v.)
- saṃ-yantrita mfn. (√yantr) fastened with bands, held in, stopped Śak
- saṃ-yam P. -yacchati√(rarely Ā.), to hold together, hold in, hold fast, restrain, curb, suppress, control, govern, guide (horses, the senses, passions) RV. &c. &c
- to tie up, bind together (hair or a garment) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to put together, heap up (Ā. 'for one's self') Pāṇ. 1-3, 75 Sch
- to shut up, close (a door) Bhag
- to press close to or against Suśr
- to present with, give to (Ā. with instr. of person, when the action is permitted, P. with dat., when the action is not permitted) Pāṇ. 1-3, 35: Caus. -yamayati (cf. -yamita), to cause to restrain &c
- to bind up (the hair) Veṇis
- saṃ-ya
- saṃ-yát See above
- sáṃ-yata mfn. held together, held in, held fast &c
- self-contained, self-controlled with regard to (loc., instr., or comp.) Gaut. MBh. &c
- tied together, bound up, fettered, confined, imprisoned, captive Mn. MBh. &c
- shut up, closed (opp. to vy-ātta) AV
- kept in order ( See comp.)
- suppressed, subdued MBh
- = udyata, prepared, ready to (inf.) Hariv
- m. 'one who controls himself', N. of Śiva MBh
- -cetas mfn. controlled in mind MW
- -prâṇa mfn. having the breath suppressed or having the organs restrained ib
- -mānasa mfn. (= -cetas) ib
- -mukha mf(ī)n. (= -vāc) Mṛicch
- -maithuna mfn. one who abstains from sexual intercourse MBh
- -vat mfn. self-controlled, self-possessed Hariv
- -vastra mfn. having the dress or clothes fastened or tied together Bhartṛ
- -vāc mfn. restrained in speech, taciturn, silent MW
- ○tâkṣa mfn. having the eyes closed BhP
- ○tâñjali mfn. having the hands joined together in entreaty (= baddhôñjali) MW
- ○tâtman mfn. (= ○ta-cetas) Mn. xi, 236
- ○tâhāra mfn. temperate in eating MBh
- ○têndriya mfn. having the senses or passions controlled ib. [Page 1112, Column]
- ○tôpaskara mfn. having the household utensils kept in order Yājñ
- sáṃ-ḍyataka m. N. of a man Kathās
- sáṃ-ḍyati f. penance, self-castigation Kuṭṭanīm
- saṃ-yatin mfn. controlling, restraining (the senses) MārkP. (prob. wṛ. for saṃ-yamin below)
- saṃ-ḍyatvara m.= vāg-yata or jantu-samūha L
- saṃ-yantavya mfn. to be restrained or controlled MBh
- saṃ-yantavḍyantṛ mfn. one who restrains or controls, restraining, controlling (also as fut, 'he will restrain') ib
- saṃ-yama m. holding together, restraint, control, (esp.) control of the senses, self-control Mn. MBh. &c
- tying up (the hair) Sāh
- binding, fettering VarBṛS
- closing (of the eyes) MārkP
- concentration of mind (comprising the performance of Dhāraṇā, Dhyāna, and Samādhi, or the last three stages in Yoga) Yogas. Sarvad
- effort, exertion (ā́, with great difficulty') MBh
- suppression, i.e. destruction (of the world) Pur
- N. of a son of Dhūmrâksha (and father of Kṛiśâśva) BhP
- -dhana mfn. rich in self-restraint MBh
- -puṇya-tīrtha mfn. having restraint for a holy place of pilgrimage MBh
- -vat mfn. self-controlled, parsimonious, economical Kathās
- ○māgni m. the fire of abstinence Bhag
- ○mâmbhas n. the flood of water at the end of the world BhP
- saṃ-ḍyamaka mfn. checking, restraining VahniP
- saṃ-ḍyamana mf(ī)n. id. MBh. Pur
- bringing to rest RV
- (ī), f. N. of the city or residence of Yama (fabled to be situated on Mount Meru) MBh. BhP
- n. the act of curbing or checking or restraining VP
- self-control KaushUp
- binding together, tying up Vikr. Sāh
- drawing tight, tightening (reins &c.) Śak
- confinement, fetter Mṛicch
- Yama's residence (cf. above) Bādar
- saṃ-ḍyamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) restrained, checked, subdued Ragh
- bound, confined, fettered Mṛicch
- clasped (in the arms), held, detained Gīt
- piously disposed R
- n. subduing (the voice) Mṛicch
- saṃ-yamin mfn. who or what restrains or curbs or subdues W
- one who subdues his passions, self-controlled (○mi-tā f. self-control Kād.) Hcat
- tied up (as hair) Bhartṛ
- m. a ruler Divyâv
- an ascetic, saint, Ṛishi L
- saṃyami-nāma-mālikā f. N. of wk. (containing synonyms of names of Ṛishis, by Śaṃkarâcārya) Cat
- (inī), f. N. of the city Kāśī, Kāsikh
- of Yama's residence (also written saṃ-yamanī, q.v.) Śaṃk
- saṃyaminī-pati m. N. of Yama KāśīKh
- saṃ-yamya mfn. to he checked or restrained or subdued Car
- saṃ-yāma m. = saṃ-yama Pāṇ. 3-3, 63
- -vat mfn. self-controlled Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-√yas cl. 4. t. P. -yasyati, -yasati, to make effort &c. Pāṇ. 3-1, 72
- saṃ-yāsá m. making effort, exertion VS
- saṃ-√yā P. -yāti, to go or proceed together, go, wander, travel TS. &c. &c
- to come together, meet, encounter (as friends or foes), contend with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to come to or into, attain (any state or condition, e.g. ekatāṃ saṃ-√yā, 'to go to oneness, become one') Mn. MBh. &c
- to conform to (acc.) MBh
- saṃ-yāta mfn. gone together, proceeded together, approached, come MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-ḍyāti m. N. of a son of Nahusha MBh. BhP
- of a son of Pracinvat (Bahu-gava) and father of Ahaṃ-yāti ib. (Hariv. sampāti)
- saṃ-ḍyātrā f. travelling together (esp. by sea) L
- saṃ-ḍyātrika wṛ. for sāṃ-yātrika
- saṃ-yāna m. a mould L
- (○yā́nī), f. N. of partic. bricks Kāṭh. ŚBr
- (am), n. going together, going along with (comp.) Kathās
- going, travelling a journey (with uttama, the last jṭjourney', i. e. the carrying out of a dead body) MBh. R. Hariv
- setting out, departure MBh
- a vehicle, waggon, car &c. R. Mṛicch
- N. of partic. Sûktas TS
- saṃ-√yāc Ā. -yācate, to ask, beg, implore, solicit MBh. BhP
- saṃ-yu √2. P. Ā. -yauti, -yute
- -yunāti, ○nīte (Ved. also -yuvati, ○te), to join or unite with one's self, take into one's self, devour RV
- to join to another, bestow on, impart RV. v, 32, 10
- to join together, connect with (instr.), unite, mix, mingle VS. TBr. KātyŚr. Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-yavana n. mixing, mingling Jaim. VS. Sch
- a square of four houses (= or wṛ. for saṃjavana) MW
- saṃ-ḍyāva m. a sort of cake (of wheaten flour fried with ghee and milk and made up into an oblong form with sugar and spices) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1112, Column]
- sáṃ-yuta mfn. joined or bound together, tied, fettered R. Ragh
- put together, joined or connected with (instr. with and without saha, or comp.) AV. &c. &c
- increased hy, added to (instr. or comp.) VarBṛS. Rājat
- (ifc.) being in conjunction with VarBṛS
- consisting of. containing (instr. or comp.) R
- (ifc.) relating to, implying (praī7ṣya-s○, 'implying service') Mn. ii, 32
- accumulated (vḷ. for sam-bhṛta) Śak. iv, 120/121
- ○"ṣyuti f. the total of two numbers or quantities Bijag
- the conjunction of planets Gaṇit
- saṃ-yuyūṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to join together, wishing to unite with (instr.) Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-yuj √P. Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to join or attach together, conjoin, connect, combine, unite RV. &c. &c
- to bind, fetter Vait
- to endow or furnish with (instr.) ŚvetUp. MBh. &c
- to form an alliance, league together RV. viii, 62, 11
- to place in, fix on, direct towards (loc.) MBh. BhP.: Pass. -yujyate, to be joined together, be united &c
- to meet or fall in with (instr.) Ragh
- to be married to (instr.) Mn. ix, 22
- (with ratyā, or grāmyadharmatayā) to have sexual intercourse PraśnUp. Śaṃk. on ChUp
- to be supplied or furnished with (instr.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -yojayati, to cause to join together, bring together, unite MBh. Kathās. MārkP
- to put to (horses), yoke, harness ib
- to hold together, check, control (the senses) MaitrUp. (v. l.)
- to furnish or endow or present with (instr.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- to give over to, entrust with (gen. of pers. and acc. of thing) R. Pañcat
- to add to (loc.) Sūryas
- to fix on, direct towards (loc.) MaitrUp. MBh. BhP
- to shoot, discharge (a missile) MBh
- to equip (an army) ib
- to use, employ, appoint ib
- to institute, perform, accomplish Hariv. BhP
- (Ā) to be absorbed, meditate MBh. v, 7260
- sáṃ-yukta mfn. conjoined, joined together, combined, united (pl., 'all together') TS. &c. &c
- conjunct (as consonants) Pāṇ. 6-3, 59 Sch
- connected, related (= sambandhin) PārGṛ
- married to (instr.) Mn. ix, 23
- placed, put, fixed in (loc.) MBh
- accompanied or attended by, endowed or furnished with, full of (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- (ifc.) connected with, relating to, concerning KātyŚr. MBh. &c
- (am), ind. jointly, together, at the same time ŚvetUp
- (ā f. a kind of metre Col.)
- -saṃcaya-piṭaka m. N. of wk
- -saṃyoga m. connection with the connected (e.g. the connection of a trace with a horse) Kaṇ
- -samavâya m. inherence in the connected (one of the six kinds of perception in Nyāya) Tarkas
- -samavêta-samavâya m. inherence in that which inheres in the connected ib
- ○tâgama m. N. of a Buddh. Āgama
- ○tâbhidharma-śâstra n. N. of a Buddh. wk
- saṃ-yuga n. (in BhP. also m.) union, conjunction MBh
- conflict, battle, war MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17)
- -goṣpada n. a contest in a cow's footstep (met. 'an insignificant struggIe') MBh
- -mūrdhan m. the van or front of battle Ragh
- saṃ-yuj mfn. joined together, united, connected, related MBh. BhP
- m. a relation Śiś
- f. union, connection (= saṃ-yoga) BhP. Sch
- saṃ-yoga m. conjunction, combination, connection (○ge or ○geṣu ifc. 'in connection with, with regard to, concerning'), union or absorption with or in (gen., or instr. with and without saha, or loc., or ifc.) Āpast. MBh. &c
- contact (esp. in phil. 'direct material contact', as of sesamum seed with rice-grains [in contradistinction to contact by the fusion of particles, as of water with milk], enumerated among the 24 Guṇas of the Nyāya, under. sam-bandha) Yogas. Kaṇ. Bhāshāp
- carnal contact, sexual union MBh. &c
- matrimonial connection or relationship by marriage with or between (gen., saha with instr., or comp.) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c
- a kind of alliance or peace made between two kings with a common object Kām. Hit
- agreement of opinion, consensus (opposed to bheda) R
- applying one's self closely to, being engaged in, undertaking (○gaṃ √kṛ, 'to undertake, set about, begin'
- agnihotra-saṃyogam √kṛ, 'to undertake the maintenance of a sacred fire') Āpast. Mn. R
- (in gram.) a conjunct consonant, combination of two or more consonants Prāt. Pāṇ. &c
- dependence of one case upon another, syntax Vop
- (in astron.) conjunction of two or more heavenly bodies MW
- total amount, sum VarBṛS
- N. of Śiva MBh
- -pṛthak-tva n. (in phil.) separateness with conjunction (a term applied to express the separateness of what is optional from what is a necessary constituent of anything) MW. [Page 1112, Column]
- -mantra m. a nuptial text or formula Gaut
- -viruddha n. food which causes disease through being mixed MW
- saṃ-ḍyogita mfn. = (or wṛ. for) ○yojita L
- saṃ-ḍyogin mfn. being in contact or connection, closely connected with (instr. or comp.) Kaṇ. Śaṃk. MārkP
- united (with a loved object
- opp. to virahin) Kāvyâd. Sch
- married W
- conjunct, one of the consonants in a combination of cṭconsonants Pāṇ. 1-2, 27 Sch
- (○gi) -tva n. close connection Sarvad
- saṃ-yojaka mfn. joining together, connecting, uniting MW
- bringing together or about, occasioning (comp.) Gaut
- saṃ-ḍyójana n. the act of joining or uniting with (instr. or loc.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- all that binds to the world, cause of re-birth, Divyâ-v
- copulation, sexual union L
- (with mitrā-varuṇayoḥ, aśvinoḥ, and prahitoḥ N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr.,
- saṃ-ḍyojayitavya mfn. to bejoined or united Kāraṇḍ
- saṃ-ḍyojita mfn. (fr. Caus.) conjoined, attached &c. BhP
- -kara-yugala mfn. one who has both his hands joined together ib
- saṃ-ḍyojya mfn. to be joined or brought togrther, to be fixed upon (loc.) MBh
- saṃ√yudh Ā. -yudhyate (rarely P. ○ti), to fight together, fight with, combat, oppose (instr. with or without sârdham) MBh. R. BhP.: Caus. -yodhayati, to cause to fight together, bring into collision RV
- to fight, encounter MBh.: Desid, -yuyutsati, to wish to fight, be eager for battle MBh. (cf. next)
- saṃ-yuyutsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to fight, eager for battle Rājat
- saṃ-yoddhavya n. (impers.) it is to be fought MBh
- saṃ-yoddhṛ See prati-saṃy○
- saṃ-yodha m. fight, battle
- -kaṇṭaha m. 'a thorn in battle', N. of a Yaksha R
- saṃ-√yup Caus. -yopayati, to efface, obliterate, remove RV
- saṃ-√rakṣ P. Ā. -rakṣati, ○te, to protect, guard, watch over, defend, preserve, save from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to keep, secure MBh. Kathās
- saṃ-rakṣa mfn. guarding, a guardian (cf. sāṃrakṣya), g. purohitâdi
- (ā), f. guard, care, protection MBh. Kathās
- saṃ-ḍrakṣaka m. (and ikā f.), a keeper, guardian (cf. śāli-saṃrakṣikā)
- saṃ-ḍrakṣaṇa n. the act of guarding or watching, custody, preservation, protection of (gen. or comp.) or from (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- prevention Suśr
- -vat mfn. taking care of. having regard for (comp.) Car
- saṃ-ḍrakṣaṇīya mfn. to be protected, to be guarded against R
- saṃ-ḍrakṣita mfn. protected, preserved, taken care of. Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-ḍrakṣitavya mfn. to be preserved or guarded or taken care of. MW
- saṃ-ḍrakṣitin mfn. one who has guarded &c. (with loc.), g. iṣṭâdi
- saṃ-ḍrakṣin mfn. one who guards, a guardian, keeper (lit. and fig.) MBh. Hariv. (cf. satya-rakṣin)
- saṃ-ḍrakṣya mfn. to be guarded or protected from (abl.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- to be guarded against or prevented Car. Kathās
- saṃ-rañj √Ā. rajyate, to be dyed or coloured, become red MBh
- to be affected with any passion MW.: Caus. -rañjayati, to colour, dye, redden ( See -rañjita)
- to please, charm, gratify BhP
- śaṃ-rakta mfn. coloured, red R
- inflamed, enamoured (in a-saṃr○) Hariv
- charming, beautiful R. Megh
- angry W
- -nayana (R.), -locana (MW.), mfn. having the eyes reddened (with passion or fury)
- saṃ-rañjana mf(i)n. gratifying, charming, pleasant, Saddlip
- saṃ-ḍrañjanīya mfn. to be rejoiced at, delightful Divyâv
- saṃ-ḍrañjita mfn. coloured, dyed, reddened Hariv
- saṃ-rāga m. redness R
- passion, vehemence ib
- attachment to (loc.), Prâyaśc
- saṃ-rabh √Ā. -rabhate, (pr. p. -rambhamāṇa MW
- Impv. -rambhasva Bālar.), to seize or take hold of. mutually grasp or lay hold of (for dancing &c.), grasp, grapple each other (in fighting &c.) RV. AV. ŚBr
- to get possession of (instr.) R
- to grow excited, fly into a passion MBh. Kāv. &c
- sáṃ-rabdha mfn. mutually grasped or laid hold of, joined hand in hand, closely united with (instr. [Page 1113, Column]
- am ind.) AV. ChUp. MBh
- agitated excited R enraged, furious, exasperated against (prati
- n. impers.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- angry (as speech) Daś. Sāh
- increased, augmented MBh. Rājat
- swelled, swelling R. Suśr
- overwhelmed MW
- -tara mfn. more or most excited or angry R
- -netra mfn. having swollen eyes ib
- -māna mfn. one whose pride is excited MBh
- saṃ-rambha m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of grasping or taking hold of. MBh. iv, 1056 (C.)
- vehemence, impetuosity, agitation, flurry MBh. Kāv. &c
- excitement, zeal, eagerness, enthusiasm, ardent desire for or to (inf, or comp.) Kāv. Rājat
- anger, fury, wrath against (loc. or upari with gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
- angriness (i.e.) inflammation or irritation of a sore or wound Suśr
- pride, arrogance W
- intensity, high degree (ibc.= 'intensely') Kāv. Kathās
- the brunt (of battle) Rājat
- beginning (= ā-rambha) MW
- -tāmra mf. red with fury ib
- -dṛś mfn. having inflamed or angry eyes, Bhp
- -paruṣa mfn. harsh from rage, intensely or exceedingly harsh or rough W
- -rasa mfn. having angry or impetuous feelings ib
- -rūkṣa mfn. exceedingly harsh or cruel Vikr. iii, 20
- -vat mfn. wrathful, angry Harav
- -vega m. the vilence or impetuosity. of wrath MW
- saṃ-ḍrambhaṇa mfn. stirring, exciting (applied to the hymns AV. iv, 31 &c.) Kauś
- saṃ-ḍrámbhin mfn. angry (as a sore), inflamed, irritable Suśr
- ardently devoted to (comp.) MBh
- wrathful, furious, angry, irascible MBh. R. BhP
- proud W
- (○bhi) -tā f. -tva n. agitation, wrath, fury, Kav
- pride MW
- saṃ-√ram Ā. -ramate, to be delighted, find pleasure in (loc.) Bhaṭṭ
- to have carnal pleasure or sexual intercourse with (sākam), RhP
- saṃ-√rā (only pr. p. -rárāṇa), to give liberally, bestow, grant RV. VS. AV
- saṃ-√rāj P. -rājati (inf. -rājitum Pāṇ. 8-3, 25 Sch.), to reign universally, reign over (gen.) RV. (cf. sam-rāj)
- saṃ-rājitṛ mfn. Pāṇ. 8-3, 25 Sch
- saṃ-√rādh Caus. -rādhayati (pr. p. -rādháyat, q.v.), to agree together, agree about or upon (loc.) TS. Kāṭh
- to conciliate, appease, satisfy BhP
- saṃ-rāddha mfn. accomplished, acquired, obtained BhP
- saṃ-ḍrāddhi f. accomplishment, success Dhātup
- saṃ-rādhaka mfn. practising complete concentration of mind, thoroughly concentrated Bādar
- saṃ-ḍrādhana (sáṃ-), mfn. conciliating, satisfying ŚBr. ĀśvŚr
- n. the act of conciliating or pleasing by worship W
- perfect concentration of mind, meditation Bādar
- shouting, applause Jātakam
- saṃ-rādháyat mfn. (fr. Caus.) agreeing together, being in harmony AV
- saṃ-ḍrādhita mfn. propitiated, appeased, conciliated W
- saṃ-ḍrādhya mfn. to be conciliated BhP
- to be appropriated ib
- to be acquired by perfect meditation Saṃk
- saṃ-rāva &c. See saṃ-√ru
- saṃ-√rih (Vedic form of saṃ-√lih, See √rik
- only pr. p. -rihāṇá), to lick affectionately, caress (as a cow its calf) RV. iii, 33, 3
- saṃ-√rī P. -riṇāti, to join together, restore, repair RV. KātyŚr. Lāṭy
- to wash, purify VS
- saṃ-√ru P. -rauti, to cry together, shout, roar Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-rāva m. crying together, clamour, uproar, tumult Rājat
- saṃ-ḍrāvaṇṭa n. id. Caṇḍ
- saṃ-ḍrāvin mfn. shouting together, clamouring, roaring W
- saṃ-√ruc Ā. rocate, to shine together or at the same time or in rivalry RV. VS. ŚBr
- to shine, beam, glitter BhP.: Caus. -rocayati, to find pleasure in (acc.), like, approve, choose anything for (two acc.), resolve on (inf.) MBh. R. Hariv
- saṃ-√ruj P. -rujati, to break to pieces, shatter, crush RV
- saṃ-rugṇa mfn. broken to pieces, shattered Rājat
- saṃ-rujana n. pain, ache Car. [Page 1113, Column]
- saṃ-rudh √2. P. Ā. -ruṇaddhi, -runddhe, to stop completely, detain, obstruct, check, confine ŚBr. &c. &c
- to block up (a road) MBh
- to invest, besiege Hariv. R. &c
- to shut up (the mind from external objects) MBh
- to keep off, avert, impede, prevent ib
- to withhold, refuse ib.: Caus. -rodhayati (only ind. p. -rodhya), to cause to stop, obstruct Rājat
- saṃ-ruddha mfn. stopped completely, detained, obstructed, hindered &c
- surrounded by (comp.) Mn. BhP
- held, closed Kathās
- invested, besieged R
- covered, concealed, obscured MBh. R
- stopped up, filled with R. Kathās. BhP
- withheld, refused Nir
- -ceṣṭa mfn. one whose motion is impeded Ragh
- -prajanana mfn. one who is hindered from having offspring Nir. v, 2
- saṃ-rúdh f. a term used in gambling (prob. 'a kind of stake') AV
- saṃ-rodha m. complete obstruction or opposition, restraint, hindrance, stop, prevention Yājñ. MBh. &c
- limitation, restriction Lāṭy
- shutting up, confinement R. Megh
- investment, siege, blockade BhP. Sāh
- injury, offence, harm MBh. Kām
- suppression, destruction BhP
- throwing, sending (= kṣepa) L
- saṃ-ḍrodhana n. complete obstruction, the act of stopping, checking, restraining, suppressing MBh. Kāv. &c
- fettering, confining BhP
- saṃ-ḍrodhya mfn. to be restrained or confind Car
- saṃ-√ruṣ Caus. -roṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -roṣyamāṇa), to enrage, irritate MBh
- saṃ-ruṣita mfn. enraged, irritated, angry ib
- saṃ-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow together, grow up, increase Kāv
- to grow over, be cicatrized, heal TS. &c. &c
- to break forth, appear Hariv. Sāh.: Caus. -ropayati, to cause to grow or increase, plant, sow Bhartṛ. BhP
- to cause to grow over or cicatrize Suśr
- -rohayati, See saṃ-rohaṇa below
- saṃ-rūḍha mfn. grown, sprung up, sprouted Ragh
- grown over, cicatrized, healed MBh. R
- burst forth, appeared Hariv
- growing fast or taking √firmly MBh
- confident, bold (= prâuḍha) L
- -vraṇa mfn. having a healed or cicatrized wound R
- saṃ-ropaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to grow over or heal Suśr
- planting, sowing Kāv. VarBṛS
- saṃ-ḍropita mfn. (fr. id.) caused to grow, planted, implanted (fig. 'in the womb') Śak. vi, 23
- saṃ-rohá m. growing over TS
- curing, healing Suśr
- growing up, bursting forth or into view, appearance BhP
- saṃ-ḍrohaṇa n. growing over, cicatrizing, healing R
- (fr. Caus.) sowing, planting Mālav. i, 8 (v. l.)
- mfn. healing, curing Suśr
- saṃ-ḍrohin mfn. growing up or in (comp.) Kāvyâd
- saṃ-rūṣ √Caus. -roṣayati, (?), to spread over, smear, cover Suśr
- saṃ-roṣita mfn. spread over, covered, besmeared ib
- saṃ-√rej Ā. -rejate, to be greatly agitated, tremble, quake ŚBr
- saṃ-rodana n. weeping together or vehemently, wailing, lamenting Suśr
- saṃ-√lakṣ P. Ā. -lakṣayati, ○te, to distinguish by a mark, characterize, mark distinctly ( See ○lakṣita below)
- to observe, see, perceive, feel, hear, learn MBh. Kāv. &c
- to test, prove, try ib.: Pass. -lakṣyate, to be marked or observed or perceived, appear ib
- saṃ-lakṣaṇa n. the act of distinctly marking, distinguishing, characterizing W
- saṃ-ḍlakṣita mfn. distinguished by a mark, marked Pañcar
- observed, recognized, known, perceived, learnt Kāv. Kathās
- saṃ-ḍlakṣya mfn. to be distinctly marked, distinguish. able, perceptible, visible Kpr
- saṃ-√lag Caus. -lāgayati, to attach to, put or place firmly upon KātyŚr. Sch
- saṃ-lagna mfn. closely attached, adhering, being in contact with, sticking to or in, fallen into (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kathās
- fighting hand to hand (du. said of two combattants) MBh
- (ifc.) proceeding from or out of Pañcar
- saṃ-√laṅgh P. Ā. -laṅghati, ○te, to leap over or beyond, pass by or away ( See below)
- saṃ-laṅghana n. passing away (of time) Lāṭy. Sch
- laṅghita mfn. passed away, gone by Lāṭy. [Page 1113, Column]
- saṃ-√lajj Ā. -lajjate (only pr. p. -lajjamāna), to be thoroughly ashamed or embarrassed R
- saṃ-√lap P. -lapati, to talk together, chat, converse Daś. HPariś.: Pass. -lapyate, to be spoken of or to, be called or named Sarvad.: Caus., See ○lāpita below
- saṃ-lapana n. the act of talking or chattering together
- ○nôṣṇatā f. desire of talking much Suśr
- saṃ-laptaka mfn. affable, gentle, civil Buddh
- saṃ-lāpa m. (ifc. f. ā) talking together, familiar or friendly conversation, discourse with (instr. with and without saha, or gen.) or about (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (in dram.) a kind of dialogue (passionless, but full of manly sentiments, e.g. Mcar. ii, 34), Bhas
- saṃ-ḍlāpaka m. a kind of dialogue (= prec.) Bhar
- n. a species of minor drama (said to be of a controversial kind) Sāh
- saṃ-ḍlāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) spoken to, addressed Hit
- saṃ-ḍlāpin mfn. discoursing, conversing ib
- saṃ-labh √Ā. -labhate, to take hold of one another, seize or lay hold of mutually TBr
- to wrestle with (instr.) MaitrS
- to obtain, receive BhP.: Desid., See lipsu below
- saṃ-labdha mfn. taken hold of, obtained Kathās
- saṃ-lipsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) desirous of seizing or taking hold of. MBh
- saṃ-laya ○yana, See saṃ-√lī
- saṃ-lal Caus. -lālayati√to caress, fondle, treat tenderly BhP
- saṃ-laḍlālita mfn. caressed, fondled MW
- saṃ-√likh P. -likhati, to scratch, scarify Suśr
- to write, engrave, inscribe Pañcar
- to touch, strike, play upon (a musical instrument) Lāṭy
- saṃ-ḍlikhita mfn. scritched &c. (used in AV. vii, 50, 5 to express some act in gambling)
- saṃ-lekha m. strict abstinence Buddh
- saṃ-√lih (cf. saṃ-√rih), P. -leḍhi, -lihati (pr. p. Ā. -lihāna), to lick up, devour, enjoy Kāṭh. MBh. Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-līḍha mfn. licked up, licked, enjoyed MW
- saṃ-√lī Ā. -līyate, to cling or adhere to (acc.) MBh
- to go into, find room in (loc.) ib
- to lie down, hide, cower, lurk, be concealed ib. R
- to melt away ib
- saṃ-layá m. settling or sitting down, alighting or settling (of a bird) ŚBr
- sleep L
- melting away, dissolution (= pra-laya) MW
- saṃ-ḍlayana n. sitting or lying down Cat
- the act of clinging or adhering to MW
- dissolution ib
- saṃ-līna mfn. clinging or joined together, adhering or clinging to (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- entered into (loc.) MBh
- hidden, concealed, cowered, cowering down, Iurking in (loc.) MBh. R
- contracted Suśr
- -karṇa mfn. one whose ears are depressed or hang down Pañcat
- -mānasa mfn. drooping or depressed in mind Hariv
- saṃ-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir about, move to and fro MBh
- to disarrange, disturb, throw into disorder or confusion ib.: Pass. -loḍyate, to be disturbed or destroyed ib
- saṃ-loḍana mfn. disturbing, throwing into confusion (comp.) MBh
- n. the act of disturbing or agitating or confusing MW
- saṃ-√lup P. -lumpati, -lupyati, to rend or tear to pieces, tear away, pull away AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -lopayati, to destroy, effice MBh
- saṃ-√lubh P. -lubhyati, to be perplexed or disturbed, fall into confusion ŚBr.: Caus. lobhayati, to disarrange, throw into confusion, mix up Lāṭy
- to efface, obliterate AV
- to allure, entice, seduce MBh. R
- saṃ-lulita mfn. (√lul) agitated, disordered, confused R
- come into contact with (comp.) Caurap. ('smeared with' Sch.)
- saṃ-lepo m. mud, dirt Hcat
- saṃ-√lok Ā. -lokate, to look together, look at each other (with ubhayataḥ) AitBr
- saṃ-lokin mfn. being in view of others, observed by others Gobh
- saṃ-vaṃh See sam-√baṃh. [Page 1114, Column]
- saṃ-√vac P. -vakti (in the nonconj. tenses also A.), to proclaim, announce, publish, communicate Pañcar
- to speak or tell or say to (acc. with or without prati) MBh. Pañcat. Kathās
- (Ā.), to converse, talk with RV
- saṃ-vā́c f. speaking together, colloquy RV
- saṃ-ḍvācya n. (prob.) the art of conversation (as one of the 64 Kalās) BhP. Sch
- mfn. to be conversed with &c. MW
- sam-ukta mfn. spoken to, addressed, remonstrated or, expostulated, with BhP
- saṃ-vañc √P. -vañcati, to totter, stagger, waver TS
- saṃ-vát f. (fr. 2. sam
- cf. ni-vát, pra-vát) a side, region, tract RV. AV
- = saṃgrāma Naigh. ii, 17
- saṃ-vat ind. (a contraction of saṃ-vatsara below) a year, in the year (in later times esp. of the Vikrama era [beginning in 58 B.c., See vikramâditya] as opp. to the Śaka era [in modern times supposed to be founded by Śāli-vāhana
- See 3. śaka]
- sometimes = 'in the year of the reign of') Inscr. &c. IW. 494
- saṃ-vátsam ind. for a year RV. iv, 33, 4
- saṃ-vatsará m. (rarely n
- cf. pari-v○) a full year, a year (having 12 ṭṣ. or 13 Vṣ. months or 360 days "ṣBr. āitBr. ṣuśr.
- am, 'for a year
- eṇa 'after or in course of a year'
- e or asya, after or within a year') RV. &c. &c
- a year of the Vikrama era ( See above
- varṣa is used for the śaka) the first in a cycle of five or six years TS. PārGṛ. VarBṛS. BhP
- the Year personified (having the new and full moon for eyes and presiding over the seasons) TS. Pur
- N. of Śiva MBh
- ○kara m. 'year-causer', N. of Śiva Śivag
- ○kalpa-latā f
- ○kṛtya n. (or -didhiti f.),
- ○kṛtya-prahāśa m
- ○kaumudī f
- ○kaustubha m. N. of wks
- ○tama mf(ī)n. completing a full year, happening after a year (-tamī́ṃ rā́trim, 'this day year') ŚBr
- ○dīkṣa mfn. having the Dīkshā (q.v.) maintained for a year KātyŚr
- ○dīkṣita mfn. maintaining the Dīkshā for a year ib
- ○didhiti f. See -kṛtya
- ○dīpamāhātmya n
[[]]
- saṃvatsaradīpavratamāhātmya3saṃ-vatsará--dīpa-vrata-māhātmya n. N. of wks
- ○nirodha m. imprisonment for a year (-tas ind.) Mn. viii, 375
- ○parvan n. the period of a year Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 21 Vārtt. 2
- ○prakaraṇa n
- ○prakāśa m. N. of wks
- ○pratimā (○rá), f. the image of a year TBr
- ○pradīpa m. N. of wk
- ○prabarha and m. a variety of the Gavām-ayana (q.v.) Lāṭy
- ○pravalha m. a variety of the Gavām-ayana (q.v.) Lāṭy
- ○prabhṛti mfn. lasting a year and longer KātyŚr
- ○pravāta mfn. exposed to the wind or air for a year ĀpŚr
- ○phala n. the fruit or result of a year', N. of wk
- ○brāhmaṇa n. the symbolical meaning of an annual sacrifice TāṇḍBr
- ○bhukti f. a yṭyear's course (of the sun) BhP
- ○bhṛt mfn. = -dīkṣa Sulbas
- ○bhṛta (○rá-), mfn. maintained for a year (cf. next) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○tôkka m. one who has borne the ukhā (q.v.) for a year ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○bhṛtin mfn. one who has maintained (a sacrificial fire) for a year KātyŚr
- ○bhrami mfn. revolving or completing a revolution in a year (as the sun) MārkP
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of (a partic. number of) year Jyot
- ○mukhī f. the tenth day in the light half of the month Jyaishṭha Hcat
- ○raya m. a year's course MW
- ○rūpá n. a form of the yṭyear ŚBr
- ○vāsín mfn. dwelling (with a teacher) for a year ib
- ○vidha (○rá-), mfn. (to be performed) according to the rules of an annual sacrifice ib
- ○velā́ f. the period of a year ib
- ○sattra n. a Soma sacrifice whose Sutya days last a year ŚāṅkhŚr
- -bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- -sád mfn. one who performs the above Soma sacrṭsacrifice, PS. ŚBr
- ○sammita (○rá-), mfn. equal to a year ŚBr
- similar to the Sattra lasting a year ŚāṅkhŚr
- n. and (ā), f. N. of partic. sacrificial days (in the middle of which occurs the Vishuvat-day) ŚrS
- ○sahasrá n. a thousand years ŚBr
- ○sāta (○rá-), mf(ā)n. acquired with in a year TS
- ○svadita (○rá-), mfn. well seasoned or prepared for a year ib
- saṃvatsarâtyāsam ind. having skipped a year Lāṭy
- saṃvatsarâdi-phala n. N. of wk
- saṃvatsarấyuṣa mfn. a year old MaitrS
- saṃvatsarâvara mfn. lasting at least a year KātyŚr
- saṃvatsarôtsava-kalpa-latā f
- saṃvatsarôtsaḍva-kāla-nirṇaya m. N. of wks
- saṃvatsarôpasatka mfn. whose Upasad (q.v.) lasts a year KātyŚr
- saṃvatsarôpâsita mfn. served or maintained for a year ŚBr. [Page 1114, Column]
- saṃvatsarika wṛ. for sāṃv○
- saṃvatsarī́ṇa mf(ā)n. yearly, annual, recurring every year RV. &c. &c
- saṃvatsarī́ya mfn. id. MaitrS
- saṃ-vat mfn. containing the word sam, ŚiṅkhBr
- n. N. of a Sāman PañcavBr
- saṃ-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te (ind. p. sam-udya, q.v.), (Ā.) to speak together or at the same time AitBr. ChUp
- (P
- Ā. only m. c.) to converse with (instr.) or about (loc.) RV. AV. TS. Br
- (P.) to sound together or in concord (said of musical instruments) AV., to agree, accord, consent Hariv. Mṛicch. Kathās
- to coincide, fit together (so as to give one sense) Ratnâv
- to speak, speak to, address (acc.) BhP
- to designate, call, name (two acc.) Śrutab.: Caus. -vâdayati, ○te (ind. p. -vādya, q.v.), to cause to converse with (instr.) or about (loc.) ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- to invite or call upon to speak, Hit, (vḷ.)
- to cause to sound, play (a musical instrument) MBh. Kathās
- saṃ-vadana n. the act of speaking together, conversation Śaṃk
- a message L
- consideration, examination L
- (also ā f.) subduing by charms or by magic (= or wṛ. for saṃ-vanana, q.v.) L
- a charm, amulet W
- saṃ-ḍvaditavyá mfn. to be talked over or agreed upon ŚBr
- to be spoken to or addressed
- saṃ-vādá m. (ifc. f. ā) speaking together, conversation, colloquy with (instr. with and without saha loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- appointment, stipulation KātyŚr. Kāv. VarBṛS
- a cause, lawsuit ĀpGṛ. Kathās
- assent, concurrence, agreement, conformity, similarity W
- information, news ib
- saṃ-ḍvadaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) agreeing, consenting Sāṃkhyak
- m. N. of a man Hcar
- saṃ-ḍvādana n. (fr. id.) assent, agreement Kathās
- saṃ-ḍvadita mfn. (fr. id.) caused to speak with &c
- agreed upon MBh
- saṃ-ḍvādin mfn. conversing, talking, Righ
- agreeing or harmonizing with, corresponding to (gen. or comp.), Kāvyad
- ○di-tā f. likeness, resemblance Harav
- saṃ-ḍvādya ind. (fr. Caus.) having declared truly or accurately Mn. viii, 31
- sam-udita mfn. (for 2. See under sam-ud- √i) spoken to or with, addressed, accosted BhP
- agreed upon ( See yathā-samuditam)
- consented, settled, customary Kathās
- sam-ḍudya ind. having spoken together &c
- having concluded or agreed upon BhP
- saṃ-√van Caus. -vānayati (or -vanayati, under. √van), to cause to like or love, make well-disposed, propitiate AV
- saṃ-vánana mf(ī)n. propitiating AV
- (ifc.) making well-disposed to (in dāna-s○) R
- m. N. of an Āṅgirasa (author of RV. x, 191) Anukr
- ī. or (ā), f. (cf. saṃ-vadana) causing mutual fondness, propitiating, subduing (esp. by spell), charming, fascination AV. &c. &c
- gaining, acquiring (in kośa-s○) MBh
- saṃ-√vand Ā. -vandate, to salute respectfully BhP
- saṃ-vap √2. cl. 1. P. Ā. -vapati, ○le, to throw together, mix, pour in VS. TS. ŚrS
- to scatter, sow MW
- saṃ-vapana n. throwing or pouring in KātyŚr
- saṃ-ḍvāpa m. throwing together, mixing, mingling ĀpŚr. Sch
- saṃ-vara &c. See saṃ- √1. 2, vṛ
- saṃ-varga &c. See saṃ-√vṛj
- saṃ-√varṇ P. -varṇayati, to communicate, narrate, tell MBh. Kathās. BhP
- to praise commend, approve, sanction MBh. SaddhP. Divyâv
- saṃ-varṇana n. narrating, describing Cat
- praise, commendation Jātakam
- saṃ-ḍvarṇita mfn. communicated, narrated &c
- approved, sanctioned Lalit
- resolute ib
- -mānasa mfn. one who has made up his mind, resolute ib
- saṃ-varta ○taka &c. See under saṃ-√vṛt
- saṃ-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See under sam-√vṛah
- saṃ-varmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to provide any one (acc.) with a coat of mail Pāṇ. 3-1, 25 Sch
- to equip, arm, fully (fig.) Subh. [Page 1114, Column]
- saṃ-varmita mfn. fully armed W
- saṃ-varya Nom. P. ○yati (usually written sambarya), to bring together, g. khoṇḍvādi
- saṃ-varṣaṇa w. i. for a-v○ Vet
- saṃ-vala See śambala
- saṃ-valana n. or ○nā f. meeting, encountering (of enemies) Bālar
- mixture, union Mālatīm. Gīt
- saṃ-valita mfn. met, united, joined or mixed with, surrounded by, possessed of (instr. or comp.) Kāv. Sāh
- broken, diversified (= cūrṇita) Kir., vi, 4 Sch
- saṃ-√valg Ā. -valgate, to wallow, roll AV. TS
- saṃ-valgana n. jumping (with joy), exulting, Anarghar
- saṃ-ḍvalgita mfn. overrun MW
- saṃ-vavṛtvas See saṃ-√vṛt
- saṃ-vas √4. Ā. -vaste, to be clothed or clad in (instr.) RV. v, 85, 4
- saṃ-vastraṇa n. wearing the same or similar clothes MānGṛ. Sch
- saṃ-vastraya Nom. (fr. prec) P. ○yati (ind. p. -vastrya), to wear the same or similar garments, MānGr
- to put on, wear Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-vāsin mfn. (ifc.) clothed in MBh
- saṃ-vas √5. P. Ā. -vasati, ○te, (inf. -vastum
- pr. p. -vasat, or -vásāna q.v., to dwell together, live or associate with (instr. with and without saha, or acc.) RV. &c. &c
- to cohabit with (acc.) W
- to meet or assemble together R
- to stay, abide, dwell in (loc.) MBh. R
- to spend, pass (time) R. BhP.: Caus. -vāsayati, to cause to live together, bring together with (instr. with or without saha) RV. TBr. Lāṭy
- to provide with a lodging or dwelling MBh
- saṃ-vasati f. dwelling together Subh
- saṃ-ḍvasatha m. an inhabited place, settlement, village, dwelling, house, Kaśīkh
- saṃ-ḍvásana n. a dwelling place, house RV
- saṃ-ḍvásāna m.= next RV
- sáṃ-vasu m. one who dwells along with, a fellow-dweller RV. AV
- saṃ-vāsa m. dwelling together, living or associating with (instr. with and without saha, or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- cohabitation, sexual connexion with (comp.) Car
- a common abode Kām
- a settlement, dwelling, house MBh. R. &c
- an open place for meeting or recreation L
- association, company, society W
- saṃ-vāsin mfn. dwelling together, a fellow-dweller Kām. Rājat
- (ifc.) dwelling in, inhabiting MBh. R
- sam-uṣita mfn. one who has passed or spent (time) BhP
- dwelled or lived together, stayed with MW
- Passed, spent (as time) ib
- saṃ-vah (cf. sam- √1. ūh), cl. 1. P. Ā. -vahati, ○te (inf. -voḍhum), to bear or carry together or along or away, take, convey, bring AV. &c
- to load (a cart or car) R
- to take a wife, marry MW
- to carry or move or rub (the hand) along the body, stroke, soothe MBh. (3. du. pf. saṃ-vavāhatuḥ, iii, 11005, accord. to some fr. saṃ-√vāh)
- to manifest, express BhP.: Pass. -samuhyate, to be borne by (instr.), ride on (instr.) MBh. BhP.: Caus. -vāhayati, ○te (Pass. -vāhyate), to cause to be brought together, bring together, assemble Hariv. Rājat
- to guide, conduct, drive (a carriage) MBh. R. Kathās
- to chase, hunt Pañcat. v, 14
- to rub, stroke Āpast. R. Śak. &c
- to set in motion Kād
- to take (a wife), marry Vet. (v. l.)
- saṃ-vaha m. 'bearing or carrying along', N. of the wind of the third of the 7 Mārgas or paths of the sky (that which is above the ud-vaha and impels the moon
- the other five winds being called ā-, pra-, vi-, pari-, and ni-vaha) MBh. Hariv. &c
- N. of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col
- saṃ-ḍvahana n. guiding, conducting Suśr
- showing, displaying Kuval
- saṃ-ḍvahitṛ See sāṃvahitra
- saṃ-vāha mfn. setting in motion, moving ( tṛṇa-s○)
- = saṃ-vāhaka L
- m. bearing or carrying along, pressing together MW
- rubbing the body, shampooing MārkP
- a park for recreation (cf. saṃ-vāsa) MBh. Hariv
- a market-place Pat. Sch
- extortion oppression Rājat
- N. of one of the 7 winds (= or wṛ. for saṃ-vaha above) L. [Page 1115, Column]
- saṃ-ḍvāhaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. Caus.) one who rubs or shampoos the limb
- m. a shampooer R. Mṛicch. &c
- saṃ-ḍvahana n. (fr. id.) bearing, carrying, driving &c. MBh
- the moving along or passage (of clouds) Mālatīm
- rubbing the person, shampooing Suśr. Kāv. Kathās
- saṃ-ḍvāhitavya mfn. (fr. id.) to be rubbed or stroked MBh
- saṃ-ḍvāhin mfn. leading, conducting
- (inī), f. a partic. vessel of the body (leading from the fetus to the mother) Car
- saṃ-ḍvāhya mfn. to be borne or carried &c. Pañcat
- to be rubbed or kneaded W
- to be shown or betrayed (as○) Kpr
- saṃ-voḍhṛ See Pāṇ. 4-3, 120 Vārtt. 8 Pat
- sam-uhya
- sam-ūḍha See under sam- √1. ūh
- saṃ-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow at the same time, blow TBr. MBh
- saṃ-vāñch √P. -vāñchati, to long for, wish, desire Bhaṭṭ
- saṃvāṭikā f. the aquatic plant Trapa Bispinosa L
- saṃ-√vādha incorrect for sambādha, q.v
- saṃ-vāra ○raṇa &c. See p. 1116, col. 1
- saṃ-vāvadūka mfn. agreeing, consenting Anarghar
- saṃ-√vās (only Intens. -vāvaśanta, -avāvaśitām and -vāvaśānā), to roar or cry together or at the same time, bellow, low, bleat RV.: Caus. -vāśayati, to cause to cry or low together Lāṭy
- saṃ-vāsita mfn. (√vās) made fragrant, perfumed MW
- made fetid, having an offensive smell (said of the breath) Suśr
- saṃ-vāha &c. See saṃ-√vah
- saṃ-vikta wṛ.for saṃ-vitka NṛisUp
- saṃ-vighnita mfn. impeded, hindered, prevented Amar
- saṃ-vi-√cint P. -cintayati, to consider fully, meditate or reflect upon BhP
- saṃ-vi-cetavya mfn. (√2. ci, cf. vi-cetavya, p. 959) to be entirely separated or kept apart R
- saṃ-√vij Ā. -vijate, to tremble or start with fear, start up, run away AV. VS
- to fall to pieces, burst asunder ĀpŚr.: Caus. -vejayati, to frighten, terrify RV
- saṃ-vigna mfn. agitated, flurried, terrified, shy MBh. Kāv. &c
- moving to and fro BhP
- (ifc.) fallen into ib
- -mānasa mfn. agitated or distracted in mind MBh
- saṃ-vega m. violent agitation, excitement, flurry MBh. Kathās
- vehemence, intensity, high degree Uttarar. Rājat
- desire of emancipation HPariś
- -dhāriṇī f. N. of a Kim-narī, Kāraṇd
- saṃ-vejana See netra- and roma-s○
- saṃ-vejanīya mfn. to be agitated, tending to agitate the mind violently Jātakam
- saṃ-vi-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, to agree with, recommend, advise (with gen. of pers.) MBh
- to understand BrahmUp.: Caus. [-jn�Apayati] (aor. -ajijñapat), to make known, proclaim, recite, repeat Rājat
- saṃ-vijñāta mfn. generally known, agreeing with (in a-s○)
- saṃ-vijñāna n. agreement, consent Suśr
- thorough or complete understanding, Śaṃk Sarvad. perception, knowledge Uttarar
- -bhūta mfn. become generally known or employed Nir
- saṃ-vi-√tark P. -tarkayati, to deliberate about, reflect upon MBh
- saṃvitka See under saṃ- √1. vid col. 2
- saṃ-vid √1. cl. 2. P. Ā. -vetti, -vitte, (3. pl. -vidate, or -vidrate Pāṇ. 7-1, 7), to know together, know thoroughly, know, recognize RV. &c. &c
- to perceive, feel, taste Suśr
- to come to an understanding, agree with, approve (acc.) MBh. R.: Caus. -vedayati, to cause to know or perceive PraśnUp. [Page 1115, Column]
- to make known, declare MBh
- to know, perceive Bhaṭṭ.: Caus., See saṃ-vedita
- saṃvitka mfn. (ifc.) possessing saṃ-vid ( meanings below) NṛisUp. (wṛ. saṃ-vikta)
- saṃ-vitti f. knowledge, intellect, understanding ib. Kir
- perception, feeling, sense of (comp.) Kir. Sarvad
- mutual agreement, harmony L
- recognition, recollection W
- saṃ-víd f. consciousness, intellect, knowledge, understanding (in phil. = mahat) VS. &c. &c
- perception, feeling, sense of (gen. or comp.) Rājat. BhP. Sarvad
- a partic. stage of Yoga to be attained by retention of the breath MārkP
- a mutual understanding, agreement, contract, covenant (acc. with √kṛ or Caus.of √sthā or vi-√dhā, to make an agreement with', instr [with and without saha, or gen.] or 'to' inf. or dat.
- with Caus. of √laṅgh or vyati-√kram', to break an agreement') TUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- an appointment, rendezvous BhP
- a plan, scheme, device Rājat
- conversation, talk about (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- news, tidings MBh
- prescribed custom, established usage Śiś. xii, 35
- a name, appellation ib
- satisfying (= toṣaṇa) Śiś. xvi, 47 (Sch.)
- hemp L
- war, battle L
- a watch-word, war-cry W
- a sign, signal ib
- (○vit) -prakāśa m. -siddhi m. N. of wks
- (○vid) -vyatikrama m. breach of promise, violation of contract Cat. (cf. Mn. viii, 5 and IW. 261)
- (○vin) -maya mf(ī)u. consisting of intellect NṛisUp
- saṃ-vida mfn. having consciousness, conscious (in a-s○) ŚBr
- n. (?) stipulation, agreement MBh. viii, 4512
- saṃ-ḍvidita mfn. known, recognized, understood MBh. VarBṛS. Inscr
- searched, explored Hariv
- assented to, agreed upon, approved (am ind. 'with the approval of') MBh. R. Mālav
- admonished, advised BhP
- saṃ-vidvás mfn. one who has known or knows AV
- saṃ-veda m. perception, consciousness Hariv
- saṃ-ḍvedana n. the act of perceiving or feeling, perception, sensation MBh. Kāv. Sarvad
- making known, communication, announcement, information Kathās. ŚārṅgS
- saṃ-ḍvedanīya mfn. to be perceived or felt Nyāyas. Sch
- saṃ-ḍvedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made known, informed, instructed MW
- saṃ-vedya mfn. to be known or understood or learnt &c
- intelligible Daś. Sāh. Rājat
- to be communicated to (loc.) MBh
- m. and n. See 2, saṃ-vedya
- -tā f. intelligibility Sāh
- -tva n. id. ib
- sensation Nyāyas. Sch
- saṃ-vindate √2. (p. -vidāná, q.v.), to find, obtain, acquire RV. ŚBr. BhP
- to meet with (instr.), be joined or united to AV. AitBr. ŚBr.: Pass. -vidyate, to be found or obtained, be there, exist Buddh.: Intens., See -vévidāna below
- saṃ-víd f. acquisition, property MaitrS
- saṃ-ḍvidāná mfn. joined or united or associated with (instr.), agreeing in opinion, harmonious RV. AV. ŚBr. ChUp
- saṃ-ḍvidya (sáṃ-), n. = 2. saṃ-víd AV
- saṃ-vedya m. the junction of two rivers L
- n. N. of a Tīrtha MBh
- saṃ-vévidāna mfn. joined with (instr.) RV
- saṃ-vi-√dyut (only -didyutat and -adyaut), to flash or shine together or in rivalry RV. VS
- saṃ-vi-dhā √P.Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to dispose, arrange, settle, fix, determine, prescribe MBh. R. Suśr
- to direct, order Hariv
- to carry on, conduct, manage, attend to, mind Mn. MBh. &c
- to use, employ R
- to make use of. act or proceed with (instr.) Pañcat
- (with mānasam) to keep the mind fixed or composed, be in good spirits Bhartṛ
- to make, render (two acc.) Naish
- to set, put, lay, place MBh.: Pass. -dhīyate, to be disposed or arranged &c. MBh.: Caus. -dhāpayati, to cause to dispose or manage Kād
- saṃ-vidh f. (for saṃ-vidhā below) arrangement, plan, preparation MBh. R
- saṃ-vidhā f. id. R. Ragh
- mode of life Ragh
- saṃ-ḍvidhātavya mfn. to be disposed or arranged or managed or done MBh. Hariv
- n. (impers.) it is to be acted MBh
- saṃ-ḍvidhātṛ m. a disposer, arranger, creator MBh
- saṃ-ḍvidhāna n. arrangement, disposition, management, contrivance MBh. Kāv. &c
- mode, rite W
- -vat mfn. acting in the right way, Siśr
- saṃ-ḍvidhānaka n. a peculiar mode of action Mṛicch. Uttarar. [Page 1115, Column]
- saṃ-vidhi m. disposition, arrangement, preparation MBh. Hariv. Kathās
- saṃ-vidhitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to do or make Harav
- saṃ-vidheya mfn. to be managed or contrived or performed, Śāntiś
- saṃ-vihita mfn. disposed, arranged, managed, taken care of. MBh
- saṃ-vi-√nī (only ind. p. -nīya), to remove entirely, suppress MBh
- saṃ-vind See sam- √2. vid
- saṃ-vip for saṃ-√vep, q.v
- saṃ-vi-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to divide, separate Suśr
- give a share or portion to, distribute, apportion, share with (instr. with and without saha dat., or gen.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to furnish or provide or present with (instr.) ib.: Caus., ○vibhājya below
- saṃ-vibhakta mfn. divided, separated, distributed Hit. iv, 50 (vḷ.)
- presented with (instr.) MBh
- saṃ-ḍvibhaktṛ mfn. one who shares with another (gen.) MBh
- saṃ-vibhajana n. the act of sharing with another Bālar
- saṃ-ḍvibhajanīya mfn. to be distributed among (dat.) Kull. on Mn. vii, 97
- saṃ-ḍvibhajya mfn. one with whom anything must be shared MBh
- saṃ-vibhāga m. dividing together, sharing with others, partition, distribution, bestowal of (comp.) or upon (dat. or loc.), causing to partake in (comp.) Āpast. Gaut. MBh. &c
- giving (ājñās○, 'giving orders') Kād
- participation, share (acc. with Ā. of √kṛ and instr., 'to partake in') MBh
- -manas mfn. disposed to share with others MBh
- -ruci mfn. liking to share with others (○ci-tā f.) Suśr
- -śīla (Daś.) or -śīla-vat (VarBṛS.), mfn. accustomed to share with others
- saṃ-ḍvibhāgin mfn. used to share with others, accustomed to share with (gen.) MBh. R. Hariv
- receiving a share of (gen.) Pañcat
- (○gi) -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Kām.) participation, co-partnership
- saṃ-ḍvibhāgī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to divide in equal portions Nalac
- saṃ-ḍvibhāgya mfn. to be made to partake of. to be presented with anything Rājat
- saṃ-ḍvibhājya (fr. Caus.), wṛ. for ○vibhajya MBh
- saṃ-vi-√bhā P. -bhāti, to form ideas about, meditate on (acc.), MuṇḍUP. (= saṃkalpayati Saṃk.)
- saṃ-vi-bhāvya mfn. (fr. Caus. of √bhū) to be perceived or understood BhP
- saṃ-vi-√bhāṣ (only ind. p. -bhāṣya), to speak to, address MBh
- saṃ-vi-marda m. (√mṛd) a sanguinary or deadly battle, internecine struggle MBh. R
- saṃ-vi-√mṛś (only ind., p. -mṛśya), to reflect upon, consider Kathās
- saṃ-vi-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine forth, be very illustrious MBh
- saṃ-vi-√laṅgh Caus. -laṅghayati, to leap over, pass by, transgress, neglect Pañcar
- saṃ-vivardhayiṣu See saṃ√vṛdh
- saṃ-vi-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, increase, prosper MBh
- saṃ-vivyāna See saṃ-√vye
- saṃ-viś √P. viśati, (ep. also Ā. ○te), to approach near to, associate or attach one's self to (acc. or instr.) RV. VS
- to enter together, enter into (acc., rarely loc.) Kauś. MBh. &c
- to merge one's self into (acc.) MBh
- to lie down, rest, repose in or upon (loc. or upari ifc.), sleep with (instr. with and without saha, or dat.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- to cohabit, have sexual intercourse with (acc.) Mn. Yājñ. MārkP
- to sit down with (acc.) Hariv
- to engage in, have to do with (acc.) BhP.: Caus. -vcśayati, to cause to lie together or down or on Yājñ. Sch
- to place or lay together or on, bring to (loc.) Kauś. MBh. &c
- saṃ-viṣṭa mfn. approached, entered &c
- one who has lain down or gone to rest, resting, reposing, sleeping MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 1116, Column]
- seated together with (instr.) BhP
- saṃ-veśá m. approaching near to, entrance TS. Br
- lying down, sleeping Ragh
- dreaming, a dream W
- a kind of sexual union L
- a bedchamber BhP
- a chair, seat, stool L
- -pati (○śá-), m. the lord of rest or sleep or sexual union (Agni) VS. ĀśvŚr
- saṃ-ḍveśaka m. one who lays together (e.g. the materials of a house, cf. gṛha-s○)
- one who assists in going to, bed Car
- saṃ-ḍvéśana mf(i)n. causing to lie down TĀr
- n. lying down RV. GṛŚrS. BhP
- entering, going in Śaṃk
- sexual union, coition KātyŚr
- a seat, bench L
- saṃ-ḍveśanāya mfn. g. anupravacanâdi
- saṃ-ḍveśin mfn. going to bed (in adhaḥ- and jaghanya-s○, q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍveśyá mfn. to be entered or occupied AV
- saṃ-√viṣ (only aor, Subj. -véṣiṣaḥ), to prepare, procure, bestow RV. viii, 75, 11
- saṃ-viṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See p. 1115, col. 3) clothed, dressed Hariv
- saṃ-veṣa m. g. saṃtāpâdi
- saṃ-viṣā + f. Aconitum Ferox L
- saṃ-vi-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to dismiss R
- saṃ-vi-√has P. -hasati, to break out into a laugh Mṛicch
- saṃ-vi-√hṛ P. -harati, to divert one's self, sport, play BhP
- saṃ-vi-√hval P. -hvalati to stagger or reel about, rock to and fro MBh
- saṃ-vī7kṣ (vi-√īkṣ), Ā. -vii7ṣate to look about, look at attentively, see, perceive R. Pañcat
- saṃ-vī7kṣaṇa n. looking about or at, seeing, perceiving KāśīKh
- search, inquiry L
- saṃ-√vīj Caus. -viijayati, to fan BhP
- to cause (the hair of the body) to stand erect Car
- saṃ-vīta ○tin, See saṃ-√vye
- saṃ-vuvūrṣu See col. 2
- saṃ-vṛ P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute &c. (inf. [-var�Itum] ep. also -vartum), to cover up, enclose, hide, conceal MBh. Kāv. &c
- to shut, close (a door) MBh
- to put together or in order, arrange Kathās
- to gather up (snares) Hit. (vḷ.)
- to ward off, keep back, restrain, check, stop Bhaṭṭ. Kathās
- (Ā. -varate) to gather (intr.), accumulate, augment, increase RV. i, 121, 5 : Caus. -vārayati (ind. p. vārya), to ward off keep or drive back, repel MBh. Hariv
- Desid., See saṃ-vuvūrṣu, col. 2
- saṃ-vara mfn. keeping back, stopping (in kāla-s○, applied to Vishṇu) Pañcar
- m. (often written and confounded with śambara dam, mound, bridge Bhaṭṭ
- provisions Divyâv
- shutting out the external world (with Jainas one of the 7 or 9 Tattvas) Sarvad
- N. of two Arhats L
- n. (with Buddhists) restraint, forbearance (or 'a partic. religious observance') Kāraṇḍ
- -viṃśaka n. -vyākhyā f. ○rôdaya-tantra n. N. of wks. 1
- saṃ-ḍváraṇa mf(ī)n. covering, containing, Pracaṇḍ
- shutting, closing (with vali f. 'one of the three folds of skin which cover the anus') Suśr
- m. N. of the author of the hymns RV. v, 33 ; 34 (having the patr. Prājāpatya) Anukr
- of a king (son of Ṛiksha, husband of Tapatī, and father of Kuru) MBh. Hariv. Pur
- of another man Vās., Introd
- (am), n. the act of covering or enclosing or concealing MBh. Kāv. &c
- closing, shutting RPrāt. Suśr
- concealment, secrecy Mālatīm
- a cover, lid BhP
- an enclosure, sanctuary (as place of sacrifice) RV. AV
- a dam, mound R
- saṃ-ḍvaraṇīya mfn. to be covered or concealed or hidden Prasannar
- saṃ-vāra m. (ifc. f. ā) covering, concealing, closing up MW
- compression or contraction of the throat or of the vocal chords (in pronunciation), obtuse articulation (opp. to the vi-vāra, q.v., and regarded as one of the Bāhya-prayatnas) Pāṇ. 1-1, 9 Sch
- an obstacle, impediment Mṛicch. vii, (vḷ.) 6/7
- saṃ-ḍvāraṇa mfn. ifc.) warding off, keeping back MBh
- saṃ-ḍvārayiṣṇu mfn. (fr. Caus.) intending to ward off MBh. vi, 3762 (B.)
- saṃ-ḍvārya mfn. to be covered or concealed ( saṃvṛtta-s○)
- to be kept back or warded off ( See a-s○). [Page 1116, Column]
- saṃ-vuvūrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to cover or conceal Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-vṛt mfn. covering TS
- sáṃ-vṛta mfn. covered, shut up, enclosed or enveloped in (loc.), surrounded or accompanied or protected by (instr. with or without saha, or comp.), well furnished or provided or occupied or filled with, full of (instr. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
- concealed, laid aside, kept, secured MBh. Kāv. &c
- restrained, suppressed, retired, withdrawn Hariv. Śak. ii, 12 (vḷ. for saṃ-hṛta)
- well covered or guarded ( See su-s○)
- contracted, compressed, closed (as the throat), articulated with the vocal chords contracted Prāt
- subdued (as a tone) ib. Pat
- (in rhet.) hidden, ambiguous (but not offensive, See Vām. ii, 1, 14)
- m. N. of Varuṇa L
- n. a secret place KaushUp
- close articulation (cf. above) Prāt
- -tā f. (Tprāt. Sch.), -tva n. (Veṇis.) closed condition
- -mantra mfn. one who keeps his counsels or plans secret (-tā, f.) Kām
- -saṃvārya mfn. one who conceals what ought to be concealed Mn. vii, 102
- ○tâkāra mfn. one who conceals all signs of feeling MW
- saṃ-vṛti f. closure Suśr. ŚārṅgP
- covering, concealing, keeping secret Śiś. Sarvad
- dissimulation, hypocrisy Amar
- obstruction HYog
- -mat mfn. able to dissimulate Śiś. Subh
- saṃ-vṛ (Ā. only -vṛṇute as 3. pl.), to choose, seek for BhP
- saṃ-vara m. choosing, election, choice (of vḷ. for svayaṃ-vara) MBh. vii, 6033. 2
- saṃ-ḍvaraṇa n. id
- -nātaka n. N. of a drama
- -sraj f. the garland given by a woman to her chosen husband Ragh. Naish
- saṃ-√vṛṃh See sam- √1. 2. bṛh
- saṃ-√vṛj Ā. -vṛṅkte (rarely P.), to sweep together, lay hold of or seize for one's self. appropriate, own RV. ŚBr. Up.: Desid. -vívṛkṣate, to wish to appropriate ŚBr
- saṃ-vargá^ mfn. rapacious, ravenous RV. ŚBr. Up. ŚrS
- m. snatching up or sweeping together for one's self, gathering for one's self TS. Kāṭh. (with agneḥ and prajāpateh, N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr.)
- devouring, consumption, absorption, the resolution of one thing into another MW
- (?) mixture, confusion (in varṇa-s○) Vas
- multiplication of two numbers together or the product of such multiplication Āryabh
- -jit m. N. of a teacher VBr
- -vidyā f. (in phil.) the science of resolution or absorption (cf. above)
- saṃ-ḍvargaṇa n. attracting, winning (friends) Daś
- saṃ-ḍvárgam ind. laying hold of or snatching up, sweeping together for one's self, gathering RV
- saṃ-ḍvargaya Nom. P. ○yati' to gather or assemble round one's self Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-ḍvargya mfn. to be multiplied VarBṛS
- m. N. of an astronomer Cat
- saṃ-varjana n. the act of snatching or seizing for one's self Śaṃk
- devouring, consuming W
- saṃ-vṛkta mfn. laid hold of or snatched up, seized
- -dhṛṣṇu (sáṃ-), mfn. one who seizes or overpowers the strong RV
- saṃ-ḍvṛ́j mfn. seizing, overpowering VS
- saṃ-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (pf. p. -vavṛtvás, q.v
- Ved. inf. -vṛ́tas
- ind. -vartam), to turn or go towards, approach near to, arrive at RV. AV. R
- to go against, attack (acc.) MBh
- to meet, encounter (as foes) RV. iv, 24, 4
- to come together, be rolled together, be conglomerated PañcavBr. Kauś
- (also with mithas) to have sexual intercourse together ŚBr. Āpast
- to take shape, come into being, be produced, arise from (abl.) RV. &c. &c
- to come round or about, come to pass, happen, occur, take place, be fulfilled (as time) MBh. Kāv
- &c
- to begin, commence R
- to be, exist ChUp. MBh. &c
- to become, grow, get (with nom.) R. Ragh
- to be conducive to, serve for (dat.) Lalit.: Caus. vartayati, to cause to turn or revolve, roll (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c
- to turn towards or hither RV
- to clench (the fist) Hariv
- to wrap up, envelop MBh
- to crumple up, crush, destroy MBh. R
- to bring about, accomplish, perform, execute Hariv. R. BhP
- to fulfil, satisfy (a wish) R
- to think of. find out (a remedy) Car.: Desid. -vívṛtsati, to wish to have sexual intercourse with (acc.) AV
- saṃ-vartá m. meeting, encountering (an enemy) MBh
- rolling up, destruction, (esp.) the periodical destruction or dissolution of the world MBh. R. BhP
- a partic. cosmic period or Kalpa (q.v.) Cat
- anything rolled or kneaded, a lump or ball (of cake) Kauś. [Page 1116, Column]
- a young rolled-up leaf ĀpGṛ
- a dense mass (of people) Mālatīm
- a rain-cloud R. Hariv
- a partic. kind of cloud (abounding in water and so distinct from the Ā-varta which has no water
- cf. droṇa, puṣkalôvartaka) L
- N. of one of the 7 clouds at the dissolution of the universe (cf. bhīmanāda) Cat
- a year L
- a partic. mythical weapon Hariv. R
- a partic. comet VarBṛS
- a partic. conjunction of planets ib
- Terminalia Bellerica L
- Cicer Arietinum L
- N. of a Muni and legislator (cf. -smṝti and bṛhat-saṃv○) Yājñ
- of an Aṅgirasa (and author of RV. x, 172) AitBr. &c
- n. du. (with indracya) N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr. (perhaps wṛ. for sāṃ-v○, q.v.)
- -kalpa m. a partic. period of universal destruction, Buddb
- -maruttīya mfn. relating to the Munis Saṃvarta and Marutta MBh
- -smṛti f. Saṃvarta's law-book IW. 203
- ○tâgni m. the fire at the destruction of the world MBh
- ○tâmbhas n. the water at the destruction of the world BhP
- ○târka m. the sun at the destruction of the world ib
- saṃ-ḍvartaka mfn. (cf. sāṃ-v○) rolling up, destroying (all things at the end of the world) NṛisUp. MBh. &c
- m. the world-destroying fire (pl. 'the fires of hell'), Gṛhyās. BhP
- submarine fire (= bāḍava) L
- (scil. gaṇa) a group or class of world-destroying clouds VP
- the end or dissolution of the universe R. Hariv
- Terminalia Bellerica L
- N. of Baladeva (q.v.) L
- of a serpent-demon MBh
- of an ancient sage (= saṃ-varta) VarBṛS
- of a mountain Col
- (ikā), f. a young lotus-leaf (still rolled up) Bhpr. Kād
- n. Bala-deva's ploughshare Hariv
- ○kâgni m. the world-destroying fire MW
- ○kâbhra n. pl. the clouds at the destruction of the world, Nāgân
- ○kin m. N. of Bala-deva (cf. above) L
- saṃ-ḍvartana mf(ī)n. issuing in, leading to (comp.) Divyâv
- n. a partic. mythical weapon Hariv
- (ī), f. destruction of the world Buddh
- saṃ-ḍvartanīya mfn. (ifc. leading or conducive to), Saddhp
- saṃ-ḍvartam ind. rolling up, destroying PañcavBr
- saṃ-ḍvarti f. = ○vartikā ( See ○vartaka) W
- saṃ-ḍvartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) rolled up, wrapped up, enveloped MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-vavṛtvás mfn. (pf. p. of saṃ-√vṛt) rolled up or together, gathered, dense (as darkness) RV. v, 31, 3
- saṃ-vṛtta mfn. approached near to, arrived Gaut
- happened, occurred, passed Kāv. Pañcat
- fulfilled (as a wish) R
- become, grown (with nom.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- often wṛ. for saṃ-vṛta
- m. N. of Varuṇa L
- of a serpent-demon MBh
- saṃ-ḍvṛtti f. common occupation Āpast
- the right effect Car
- Fulfilment (personified) MBh
- being, existing, becoming, happening MW
- often wṛ. for saṃ-vṛti
- saṃ-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate (rarely P.), to grow to perfection or completion, grow up, increase RV. &c. &c
- to fulfil, satisfy, grant R.: Caus. -vardhayati, to cause to grow, rear, bring up, foster, cherish, augment, enlarge, strengthen, beautify, make prosperous or happy MBh. Kāv. &c
- to present with (instr.), R Ragh
- to fulfil, grant (a wish) Mn. R.: Desid, of Caus., saṃ-vivardhayiṣu below
- saṃ-vardhaka mfn. augmenting, increasing W
- saṃ-ḍvardhana mfn. id. Subh
- m. N. of a man Rājat
- n. growing up, complete growth Kathās
- rearing up, festering R
- a means for causing growth (as of the hair), ŚāṅgS
- prospering, thriving MBh. Vikr
- causing to thrive, furthering, promoting Kām. Daś
- saṃ-ḍvardhanīya mfn. to be reared or fostered, Pañcat
- to be fed or maintained Kull. on Mn. iii, 72
- to be augmented or strengthened Pañcat
- saṃ-ḍvardhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought to complete growth, brought up, reared, raised, cherished MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-vivardhayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of. Caus.) wishing to increase or to make prosper Hariv
- saṃ-vṛddha mfn. full grown, grown up, increased, augmented, thriving, prospering MBh. Kāv. &c
- large, big (in ati-s○)
- saṃ-ḍvriddhi f. full growth MaitrUp
- might, power Śiś
- saṃ-√vṛṣ P. -varṣati, to rain upon, shower down TS
- saṃ-varṣaṇa n. raining or showering down MW
- saṃ-vṛh See sam- √2. bṛh. [Page 1117, Column]
- saṃ-√ve P. -vayati, to weave together, interweave RV. VS
- sam-uta See tardma-s○
- saṃ-vega saṃ-vejana, See saṃ-√vij
- saṃ-veda ○dana &c. See saṃ- √1. vid
- saṃ-√vep Ā. -vepate, to tremble ŚāṅkhBr. MBh
- saṃ-veśa ○śana &c. See saṃ-√viś, p. 1115, col. 3
- saṃ-√veṣṭ Ā. -veṣṭate, to be rolled up, shrink together MBh. vi, 4069 (B. samaceṣṭanta): Caus. -veṣṭayati, to envelop, clasp, surround, wrap up, cover MBh. R. &c
- to wind round KātyŚr
- to roll up Śaṃk
- to cause to shrink together MBh
- saṃ-veṣṭa n. the being enveloped in or covered with (comp.) MBh
- a covering, cover (ifc. 'covered with') Hariv
- saṃ-ḍveṣṭana n. rolling up Śaṃk
- encompassing, surrounding, DhātuP. xxviii, 53 (iii explaining √mur)
- saṃ-voḍhṛ See saṃ-√vah
- saṃ-√vyac P. -vivyakti, to compress or collect together or into one's self, comprehend RV
- to roll up or together ib
- saṃ-√vyath Ā. -vyathate (only 2. du. pf. P. -vivyathuḥ), to be thoroughly afflicted or discouraged MBh
- saṃ-vyātha See a-s○
- saṃ-√vyadh P. -vidhyati (m.c. also ○te), to shoot or pierce continuously MBh
- saṃ-viddha mfn. (ifc.) contiguous to, coinciding with Hariv
- saṃ-vyādhá m. combat, fight ŚBr
- saṃ-vy-apâ-śrita mfn. (√śri) relying on, resorting to (acc.) MBh. vii, 6085
- saṃ-vy-ava-sya mfn. (√so) to be decided upon or decreed MBh. xii, 4734
- saṃ-vy-ava-hita See a-s○
- saṃ-vy-ava-√hṛ to have intercourse or business with (instr.) Kathās
- saṃ-vyavaharaṇa n. doing business well together, prospering in affairs, worldly business Kull. on Mn. x, 4
- saṃ-vyaḍvyavahāra m. id. (cf. loka-s○) Gaṇit. MārkP
- mutual dealing, traffic, intercourse, dealing with (comp.) Āpast. Pañcat
- occupation with, addiction to (comp.) MBh. MārkP
- -vat m. a man of business Kām
- a usual or commonly current term Śaṃk
- saṃ-vyaḍvyavahārika wṛ. for sāṃv○
- saṃ-vyaḍvyavahārya See a-saṃv○
- saṃ-vy-āpya mfn. (√āp) to be pervaded MW
- saṃ-vy-ūḍha mfn. (√1. ūh) combined together, mixed, united W
- saṃ-vyūha m. combination, arrangement BhP
- saṃ-ḍvyuhima mfn. (prob.) distributing Suśr
- saṃ-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (pf. p. -vivyāna, q.v.), to roll or cover up RV. Bhaṭṭ
- to put on, wrap one's self in (acc.) RV. BhP
- to supply or furnish or provide or equip with RV. AV. PārGṛ.: Caus., See ○vāyita
- saṃ-vivyāná mfn. clothing one's self in (instr.) RV
- saṃ-vīta mfn. covered over, clothed, mailed, armoured MBh. Kāv. &c
- covered or surrounded or furnished with, concealed or obscured by (instr. or comp.) ib
- hidden, invisible, disappeared Hariv
- wrapped round Bālar
- unseen i.e. connived at, permitted by (comp.) Vām. ii, 1, 19
- n. clothing Śāntiś
- -rāga mfn. one whose passions have disappeared Hariv
- ○tâṅga mfn. one who has the body covered, properly clothed Mn. iv, 49
- saṃ-ḍvītin mfn. girt with the sacred thread Siṃhâs
- saṃ-vyāna n. a cover, wrapper, cloth, garment, (esp.) upper garment Śiś. Bhaṭṭ. HPariś.: covering L
- saṃ-vyāya m. a wrapper, cloth ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-ḍvyāyita mfn. (fr. Caus.) wrapped in (acc.) Hpariś
- saṃ-vraj √P. -vrajati, to walk or wander about, go ŚBr. [Page 1117, Column]
- saṃ-√vraśc P. -vṛścati (ind. p. -vṛścya, or -vraścam, q.v.), to cut or divide into small pieces AV. ŚBr. &c
- saṃ-vráścam ind. in pieces, piece by piece ŚBr. ŚrS
- saṃ-vrāta m. or n. (prob.) = vrāta, a multitude, troop, swarm Pañcar
- saṃ-√vlī Pass. -vlīyate, to contract or shrink in together, fall in together, collapse TBr
- saṃ-vlaya See á-s○
- sáṃ-vlīna mfn. sunk down, collapsed TS. ŚBr. Kāṭh
- saṃ-śaṃs √P. -śaṃsati, to recite together AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- saṃ-śaṃsā f. praise, commendation ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-√śak P. -śaknoti, to be capable, be able to (inf.) AV. BhP
- (with na) not to succeed with, not to be a match for (insir. or loc.) TS. AV
- saṃ-śakalā ind. killing, slaughter W
- with -√kṛ, p. -kareti g. ūry-ādi (cf. śakalā)
- saṃ-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate, to be very suspicious of (acc.) or with regard to (loc.) MBh. iv, 568
- saṃ-śad √2. Caus. -śatayati, to cause to fall down, crush, break to pieces MBh. iii, 865
- saṃ-√śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to take an oath together, swear, curse, imprecate MBh
- saṃ-śapta mfn. 'sworn together', cursed Kād
- -vat mfn. one who has sworn with others, one who has cursed (also as pf. 'he has sworn or cursed') Kathās
- saṃ-ḍśaptaka m. a soldier or warrior sworn with others not to fly or give up fighting (till some object is gained), one bound by an oath to kill others (pl. a band of conspirators or confederates such as Tri-garta and his brothers who had sworn to kill Arjuna but were killed themselves) MBh
- -vadhaparvan n. N. of the section of the MBh. (vii, 17) describing the above
- saṃ-√śabd (only ind. p. -śabdya and Pass. pr. p. -"ṣśabdyamāna), to exclaim MBh
- to speak about, mention ib
- saṃ-śabda m. calling out, provocation MBh
- speech BhP
- mention Vop
- saṃ-ḍśabdana n. making a sound, calling out MW
- mentioning Dhātup
- praising, eulogizing ib
- saṃ-ḍśabdya See above and a-saṃśabdya
- saṃ-śam √1. P. -śāmyati. to become thoroughly calm or pacified, be comforted R
- to be appeased, make peace with (instr. with or with out saha) MBh
- to be extinguished ŚBr. ChUp
- to be allayed, cease MBh
- to be or become ineffective BhP
- to calm, allay ŚBr.: Caus. -śamayati, to tranquillize, calm, pacify ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- to bring to an end, settle, arrange Pañcat
- to extinguish R
- to bring to rest, remove, destroy, kill MBh
- saṃ-śamá m. complete case, comfort, satisfaction ŚBr. Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-ḍśamana mf(ī) n. allaying, tranquillizing Suśr
- removing, destroying ( See pāpa-s○)
- n. pacification Kām
- a sedative Suśr
- saṃ-ḍśamanīya See vāstu- and saṃśodhana-s○
- saṃ-śānta mfn. thoroughly pacified or allayed MBh
- extinguished, destroyed, dead MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-ḍśānti f. extinction VarBṛS
- saṃ-śaya &c. See saṃ-√śī
- saṃ-śará saṃ-śāruka, See saṃ√sṝ, p. 1118 col. 1
- saṃ-śaraṇa n. resorting to, seeking, refuge with (gen.) Kām
- saṃ-śāna saṃ-śita &c. See saṃ-√śo
- saṃ-√śās P. -śāsti, to direct, instruct, summon, call upon Br. GṛS
- to arrange or put in order with (instr.) TS
- saṃ-śās See sú-saṃśas
- saṃ-śāḍsāsana n. direction ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-ḍśāsita mfn. directed, instructed Cat
- saṃ-śís f. direction, invitation AV
- saṃ-śikṣ √Caus -śikṣayati, to teach (two acc.) BhP
- to try, test Dhanaṃj. [Page 1117, Column]
- saṃ-√śiñj Ā. -śiṅkte, to utter a shrill sound ŚBr.: Caus. -śiñjayati, to clash together (trans.) ib
- saṃ-śiśariṣu See saṃ-√śṝ
- saṃ-śiśrīṣu See saṃ-√śri
- saṃ-śíśvan mf(arī)n. having one calf in common (said of cows) RV. (= eka-śiśuka Sāy.)
- sáṃ-śiṣṭa mfn. (√śiṣ) left remaining TS
- saṃ-√śī Ā. -śete (pr.p. -śayāna
- ind. p. -śayya), to grow languid, become feeble MW
- to waver, be uncertain or irresolute or doubtful, hesitate MBh. Kāv. &c
- to despair of (loc.) Kathās
- to lie down for rest MW
- (P. -śayati), to differ in opinion or disagree about (acc.) Yājñ. Sch
- saṃ-śaya m. (ifc. f. ā) lying down to rest or sleep L
- uncertainty, irresolution, hesitation, doubt in or of (loc., acc. with prati, or comp
- saṃśayaḥ, with Pot., 'there is doubt whether'
- na s○, nâsti s○, nâtra s○, na hi s○, nâsty atra-s○ &c., 'there is no doubt', 'without doubt') ĀśvŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- a doubtful matter Car
- (in Nyāya) doubt about the point to be discussed (one of the 16 categories) IW. 64
- difficulty, danger, risk of or in or to (gen., loc., or comp.) ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
- -kara mf(ī)n. causing doubt or risk, dangerous to (comp.) Śiś
- -kāraṇârthâpatti-pūrva-pakṣa-rahasya n. -kāraṇârthâpatti-rahasya n. N. of Nyāya wks
- -gata mfn. fallen into danger Śak
- -ccheda m. the solution of doubt (○dya mfn. relating to it) Ragh
- -cchedin mfn. clearing all doubt, decisive Śak
- -tattva-nirūpaṇa n. -pakṣatā-rahasya n. -pakṣatā-vāda, m. -parī7kṣā f. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. N. of wks
- -sama m. (in Nyāya) one of the 24 Jātis or self-confuting replies Nyāyas. Sarvad. (cf. IW. 64)
- -sama-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- -stha mfn. being in uncertainty, doubtful W
- ○yâkṣepa m. 'removal of doubt', a partic. figure of speech Kāvyâd. ii, 163 ; 164
- ○yâtmaka mfn. consisting of doubt, dubious, uncertain Pañcat
- ○yâtman mfn. having a doubtful mind, a sceptic Bhag. Sarvad
- ○yânumiti f. ○yânumiti-rahasya n. N. of wks
- ○yâpanna mfn. beset with doubt, dubious (-mānasa mfn. irresolute in mind) W
- ○yâvaha mfn. causing danger, dangerous to (gen. or comp.) MBh
- ○yôcchedin mfn. resolving doubts Hit., Introd
- ○yôpamā f. a comparison expressed in the form of a doubt Kāvyâd. ii, 26
- yôpêta mfn. possessed of uncertainty, doubtful, uncertain MW
- saṃ-ḍśayālu mfn. disposed to doubt, doubtful or sceptical about (loc.) Naish
- saṃ-ḍśayita mfn. irresolute, doubtful about (comp.) KātyŚr. R
- subject to doubt, uncertain, dubious, questionable MBh. Kām
- n. doubt, uncertainty MBh
- saṃ-ḍśayitavya mfn. to be called in doubt, dubious, problematical Śaṃk
- saṃ-ḍśayitṛ mfn. one who hesitates, a doubter, sceptic L
- saṃ-ḍśayin mfn. doubtful, dubious, questionable MW
- saṃ-śīti f. = saṃ-śaya, doubt, uncertainty Kād. Hcar
- saṃ-śīta saṃ-śīna, See saṃ-√śyai
- saṃ-śīlana n. regular practice, habitual performance Sarvad
- frequent intercourse with (gen.) Kāv
- saṃ-śuc P. -śocati, to flame or blaze together ŚBr
- to mourn, regret, bewail MBh
- (-súcyati), to cause pain to (gen.) ŚBr.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to mourn, lament MBh
- saṃ-śoka (prob.) m= sveda, 'sweat', 'moist heat', in next
- ○ja mfn. produced from moist heat (cf. sveda-ja) Bādar
- saṃ-śudh √P. -śudhyati, to become completely pure or purified MW.: Caus. -śodhayati, to purify or cleanse thoroughly, clear MBh. Rājat
- to clear (expenses), pay off R. Kathās
- to clear, secure (as a road against attack) Mn. vii, 155
- to subtract VarBṛS
- to divide Gaṇit
- saṃ-śuddha mfn. completely purified or cleansed, pure, clean Yājñ. BhP
- removed, destroyed, expiated ( See comp.)
- cleared off, defrayed, paid Kathās
- searched, tried, examined Mn. vii, 219
- acquitted (of a crime) W
- -kilbiṣa mfn. one whose offences are expiated, purified from sin Bhag
- saṃ-ḍśuddhi f. perfect purification or purity (also in a ritual sense) Bhag. Kām. [Page 1118, Column]
- cleaning (the body) W
- acquittal, acquittance ib
- correction, rectification ib
- saṃ-śodhana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) completely purifying, destroying impurity (of the bodily humours) Suśr
- n. purification or a means of purification Suśr. refining, clearing W
- paying off, correcting ib
- -śamanīya mfn. treating of purifying and calming remedies Suśr
- saṃ-ḍśodhita mfn. completely cleansed and purified &c
- cleared off, paid Kathās
- ḍsodhya mfn. to be completely cleansed &c
- to be purged Car
- to be paid or acquitted (as a debt) W
- to be corrected or rectified ib
- saṃ-√śubh Ā. -śobhate, to look beautiful, be radiant or splendid TBr. MBh
- to shine equally with (instr.) RV.: Caus. -śobhayati, to decorate, adorn, beautify AV
- saṃ-śobhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) adorned or shining with (instr.) Ṛitus
- saṃ-śuṣ √1. P. -śuṣyati, (ep. also ○te), to be completely dried or dried up, MBn. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati, to make dry, dry up ib
- saṃ-śuṣka mf(ā)n. completely dried up or withered MBh. Kāv. &c
- -māṃsa-tvak-snāyu mfn. one whose flesh and skin and sinews are completely dried up or withered MBh
- ○kâsya mfn. having a withered face ib
- saṃ-śoṣa m. complete drying, drying up VarBṛS
- saṃ-ḍśoṣaṇa n. id. MBh. Suśr
- mfn. making dry, drying up Car
- saṃ-ḍśoṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made thoroughly dry, dried up MW
- saṃ-ḍśoṣin mfn. drying up, making dry Subh. (said of a partic. form of fever Bhpr.)
- saṃ-śūna mfn. (√śvi) much swelled, swollen Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-śṛṅgī́ f. (fr. sam and śṛṅga) a cow whose horns are bent towards each other MaitrS
- saṃ-√śṝ P. -śṛyāti, to smash to pieces, crush Br. ĀśvGṛ.: Pass. -śīryate (aor. -śāri
- pf. -śaśre), to be crushed, break down RV. AV
- to be dissipated or routed, fly in different directions MBh.: Desid., See saṃ-śiśariṣu
- saṃ-śará m. crushing, breaking, rending VS. TBr
- saṃ-ḍśaraṇa n. the commencement of a combat charge, attack L. (prob. wṛ. for saṃ-saraṇa)
- saṃ-śāruka mfn. breaking down (in a-s○) Kap
- saṃ-śiśariṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to rend or tear Nir. vi, 31
- saṃ-√śo P. Ā. -śiśāti, -śiśīte (once śyati RV. i, 130, 4), to whet or sharpen thoroughly (Ā. 'one's own weapons') RV. TS. ŚBr
- to tirge, excite, speed. make ready, prepare RV. AV. Br. KātyŚr
- saṃ-śāna n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr
- sáṃ-śita mfn. (of ten wrongly written śaṃsita or saṃsita) whetted, sharpened ŚBr
- pointed, sharp ( See comp.)
- ready, prepared for or resolved upon (loc.) AV. MBh. &c
- made ready, well-prepared, all right (applied to things) VS. AV
- fixed upon, decided, firmly adhered to, rigid (as a vow) Mn. MBh. &c
- completing, effecting, diligent in accomplishing W
- m. N. of a man, g. gargâdi (cf. sāṃśitya)
- -tapas mfn. exposed or subjected to painful austerities or mortifications (said of a Śūdra) MBh
- -vāc mfn. using harsh or sharp language MBh
- -vrata mfn. (sáṃ-ś○) firmly adhering to a vow, faithful to an obligation, honest, virtuous ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- m. a Ṛishi Gal
- ○tâtman mfn. one who has completely made up his mind, firmly resolved MBh
- saṃ-śiti f. excessive sharpening AitBr
- saṃ-ś-cat m. (prob. fr. √cat) a juggler, rogue (= kuhaka) Uṇ. ii, 85 Sch. (v. l. saṃ-śvat)
- n. deceit, trick, illusion, juggling W
- saṃ-ścāya Nom. (fr. prec.) A. ○yate g. bhṛśâdi
- saṃ-√śyai cl. 1. P. Ā. -śyāyati, ○te, only in the forms below
- saṃ-śīta mfn. congealed, frozen, cold, cool, ŚārṅgS
- saṃ-śīna mfn. id. Car
- saṃ-śyāna mfn. id
- contracted, shrunk or rolled up together, collapsed Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 24. [Page 1118, Column]
- saṃ-śrad-dhū √(only ind. p. -dhāya), to have complete faith in, believe, Bhp
- saṃ-śranta mfn. (√śram) completely wearied, languid, exhausted MBh. BhP
- saṃ-śrāva &c. See saṃ-srāva
- saṃ-√śri P. Ā. -śrayati, ○te (aor. -aśret RV.), to join together with, furnish with (Ā. 'to join one's self or connect one's self with') RV. AV. TāṇḍBr
- to join or attach one's self to, go for refuge or succour to, resort or betake one's self to, cling to for protection, seek the help of (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to approach, go to any one with (instr.) R
- to approach for sexual union MBh
- to rest or depend on (acc.), Mālatim
- to obtain, acquire Mn. x, 60
- to serve MW
- saṃ-śiśrīṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to have recourse to (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-śraya m. (ifc. f. ā) conjunction, combination, connection, association (ifc. 'joined or connected with'), relationship or reference to (ifc. 'relating to', 'referring to'
- āt ind., in consequeuce of') MBh. Kāv. &c
- going or resorting or betaking one's self to any person or place (loc. or comp.), going for refuge or protection, having recourse to (cf. kali-s○) MBh. Pañcat. &c
- league, alliance, leaguing together for mutual protection (one of the 6 Guṇas of a king) Mn. vii, 160 Yājñ. &c
- a refuge, asylum, shelter, resting or dwelling-place, residence, home (ifc. 'residing with', 'living or dwelling or resting in or on') MBh. Kāv. &c
- devotion to, attachment to (ifc., devoted or attached to'
- āt ind. 'by means or help of') MBh. R. &c
- an aim, object MW
- a piece or portion belonging to anything MBh
- N. of a Prajā-pati R
- -kārita mfn. caused by alliance Mn. vii, 176
- saṃ-ḍśrayaṇa n. (ifc.) clinging to, attachment MBh
- saṃ-ḍśrayaṇīya mfn. to be resorted to, to be sought for protection (tā f.) Kām
- saṃ-śrayitavya mfn. to be sought for refuge (as a fortress) Pañcat
- saṃ-śrayin mfn. having recourse to, seeking protection
- m. a subject, servant Kām
- (ifc.) dwelling or resting or being in Ragh. Rājat. Kathās
- sáṃ-śrita mfn. joined or united with (instr. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
- leaning against, clinging to (acc.) MBh. R
- clung to, embraced Kum
- one who has gone or fled to any one for protection, one who has entered the service of (acc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- one who has betaken himself to a place, living or dwelling or staying or situated or being in (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- resorted to, sought for refuge or protection MBh
- one who is addicted to, indulging in (acc.) Bhag. Pañcat
- one who has laid hold of or embraced or chosen MBh
- inherent in, peculiar to (acc. or comp.) MBh. R
- relating to, concerning (loc. or comp.) ib. BhP
- suitable, fit, proper MBh. xii, 4102
- m. a servant, adherent, dependant Mn. MBh. &c
- -vat mfn. one who has joined or united himself with (instr.) Śak
- ○tânurāga m. the affection of dependants MW
- sáṃ-ḍśritavya wṛ. for ○srayitavya Pañcat
- saṃ-√śrī P. -śrīṇati, to join or unite or connect with, cause to partake of (instr.) TāṇḍBr
- saṃ-śru √1. P. Ā. -śṛṇoti, -śṛṇute, to hear or hear from (e.g. mukhāt, 'from any one's mouth'), attend or listen attentively to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to assent, promise (loc. or dat.) ib
- (Ā.) to be distinctly heard or audible ŚāṅkhBr. (cf. P1ṇ. i, 3, 29 Vārtt. 2 Pat.): Pass. -śrūyate, to be heard or talked about or read about (yathā saṃśrūyate, 'as people say' or, as we read in books MBh.: Caus. -śrāvayati, to cause to hear or to be heard, proclaim, announce (nāma, 'one's name'), relate or report anything (acc.) to any one (acc. or dat.) Yājñ
- to read out ( See saṃ-śrāviśa)
- to make resound MBh
- saṃ-śrava m. hearing, listening (loc., 'within hearing') MBh. Mālatīm
- assent, promise, agreement L
- mfn. audible ( See vidūra-saṃśrava)
- saṃ-ḍśravaṇa n. the act of hearing or listening MBh. Suśr. Sarvad
- (ifc.) hearing about Hariv
- range of hearing, earshot (loc., 'within hearing, aloud') MBh. R. Car
- saṃ-ḍśrávas n. perfect glory or renown Vait
- (sáṃ-), m. N. of a man (having the patr. Sauvarcanasa) TS
- ○saḥsāma, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- saṃ-śrāva m. (ifc.) hearing, listening to Kauś. [Page 1118, Column]
- saṃ-ḍśrāvaka m. a hearer, disciple Kāraṇḍ
- saṃ-ḍśrāvam See a-saṃśrāvam
- saṃ-ḍśrāvayitṛ m. (fr. Caus.) an announcer, crier, proclaimer KaushUp
- -mat mfn. having an announcer ib. ○śrāvita mfn. (fr. id.) read out or aloud Kathās
- saṃ-ḍśrāvya mfn. audible (in a-saṃśrāvyam, v. l. for ○śrāvam, q.v.)
- not to be caused to hear anything, not to be informed of (acc.) R
- saṃ-śruta mfn. well heard, learnt Yājñ. MBh. &c
- read about in (loc.) MBh
- agreed, promised to (gen.) MBh. R. &c
- m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-2, 148 Sch
- saṃ-ḍśrutya m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
- saṃ-śreṣiṇá m. perhaps, 'the N. of a combat in which Indra is said to have engaged on a certain occasion' AV
- saṃ-√ślāgh Ā. -ślāghate, to vaunt or boast of (instr.) MBh
- saṃ-√śliṣ P. Ā. -śliṣyati, ○te, to stick or attach one's self to (acc.) Baudh. Kām. R. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 46 Sch.)
- to clasp, embrace MBh. R. &c
- to bring into close contact or immediate connection with (instr.) MBh.: Caus. -śleṣayati, to connect, join, put together, unite or bring into contact with (instr. or loc.) Āpast. Hariv. Kathās
- to transfer to (loc.) Kull. on Mn. viii, 317
- to attract Kām
- sáṃ-śliṣṭa mfn. clasped or pressed together, contiguous, coherent, closely connected with (instr. with and without saha, acc., or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- coalescent, blended together Prāt
- confused, indeterminate (as an action which is neither good nor bad) MBh
- endowed with, possessed of (instr
- kiṃcij jīvitâśayā, 'having a slight hope of life') Pañcat
- m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv
- n. a heap, mass, multitude R
- -karman mfn. not distinguishing between good and evil actions MBh. xii, 4220 (v. l. saṃ-kliṣṭa-k○)
- -śarīra-kārin mfn. (pl.) putting their bodies together, i.e. dwelling or living together MBh
- saṃ-śleṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) junction, union, connection, close contact with (instr. or comp
- ○ṣaṃ √labh, to attain, participate in') MBh. Kāv. &c
- embracing an embrace Kālid
- a joint SāmavBr
- a bond, thong MBh
- saṃ-ḍśleṣaṇa mf(ī)n. joining, connecting ŚāṅkhBr
- n. clinging or sticking to Dhātup
- the act of putting together or joining Suśr
- a means of binding together, bond, cement &c. ŚāṅkhBr. ĀpŚr. Uttarar
- saṃ-ḍśleṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) joined together, united, attached MBh
- saṃ-ḍśleṣin mfn. clasping, embracing, joining together ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-√ślok P. -ślokayati, to celebrate in Ślokas or hymns, praise BhP
- saṃ-śvat See saṃ-ś-cat, col. 1
- saṃ-śvāyin m. fn. (√śvi) swelling (see, ubhayataḥ-s○)
- saṃṣṭhula See vi-s○, p. 953, col. 1
- saṃ-saṃ-yu √2. (only Ā. 2. sg. pr. -yuvase), to unite completely with one's self. consume, devour RV. x, 191, 1
- saṃ-√sac Ā. -sacate, to be connected with (instr.) RV. vi, 55, 1
- saṃ-√sañj Pass. -sojyate, -sajjate (○ti
- pf. saṃ-sajjatuḥ MBh.), to adhere, stick to (loc.) MBh
- to encounter, engage in close combat with (instr
- also, to attack', with acc.) ib. BhP
- to hesitate, falter (in voice) MBh. R
- to flow together, be joined MBh
- to be occasioned, arise (as a battle) ib
- (P.) to attach to a yoke, harness ib. MBh. ix, 819 (B.)
- saṃ-sakta mfn. adhered or stuck together, met, encountered (also as enemies) MBh. Hariv. &c
- sticking fast, faltering (speech) Hariv
- closely connected, united Pañcar. VāyuP
- fixed on or directed towards, occupied with, devoted to, intent upon, fond of (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- given to the world or mundane pleasures BhP
- enamoured, MātrkP
- endowed or furnished with (comp.) Hariv. HPariś
- close, near, adjoining, contiguous MBh. Kāv. VarBṛS
- compact, dense, uninterrupted, continuous R. Kālid. Kathās
- dependent, conditional R
- -citta mfn. (pl., with itarêtaram) having their hearts (mutually) joined, heartily devoted to each other Rājat. [Page 1119, Column]
- -cetas mfn. (= -manas) Cat
- -jala mf(ā)n. joining or mingling its waters with (comp.) Ragh
- -tā f. close adherence Daś
- -manas mfn. having the mind attached or fixed MBh
- -yuga mfn. attached to a yoke, harnessed, yoked MW
- vadanâśvāsa mfn. having the breath adhering to the mouth, with suppressed breath MBh
- -hasta mfn. having the hands joined with (comp.) Ṛitus
- saṃ-sakti f. close connection or contact with (comp.) Śiś. Rājat
- tying or fastening together W
- intercourse, intimacy, acquaintance ib
- addiction or devotion to ib
- saṃ-saṅga m. connection, conjunction Nir. Lāty,
- saṃ-saṅgin mfn. clinging or adhering to, coming into close contact or near relation (○ginī-tva n.) Bhartṛ. Śiś
- saṃ-sajjamāna mfn. adhering or sticking close together &c
- hesitating, stammering, faltering. MBh. being prepared or ready W
- saṃ-√sad P. -sīdati (Ved. also ○te and -sadati), to sit down together with (instr.) or upon (acc.), sit down RV. VS
- to sink down collapse, l's discouraged or distressed, pine away (with kṣudhā, to perish with hunger') Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. -sādayati, to cause tc sit down together RV. TS. Br. ŚrS
- to meet, encounter (acc.) BhP
- to weigh down, afflict, distress R
- saṃ-sád f. 'sitting together', an assembly meeting, congress, session, court of justice or of a king. RV. &c. &c
- (saṃsadām ayana n. a partic. ceremony or festival of 24 days, ŚrS.)
- a multitude number R
- mfn. one who sits together, one who sits at or takes part in a sacrifice MW
- saṃ-sada m. = saṃsadām ayana (above) KātyŚr
- saṃ-sadana n. dejectedness, depression Car
- saṃ-sāda m. a meeting assembly, company MW. (cf. strī-ṣasṃsādá)
- sādana n. (fr. Caus.) putting together, arranging KātyŚr
- saṃ-sīdana n. sinking Divyâv
- saṃ-√san P. -sanoti, to obtain ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-sanana n. obtaining, acquiring, acquisition (in anna-saṃs○, used for explaining vāja-sāti) Nir. xii, 45
- saṃ-saptaka wṛ. for saṃ-śaptaka
- (ī), f. a girdle Gal
- sáṃ-samaka mfn. united together, joined together AV
- saṃ-saraṇa See saṃ-√sṛ, col. 2
- saṃ-sarga saṃ-sarjana &c. See saṃ-√sṛj, col. 3
- saṃ-sarpa ○paṇa &c. See saṃ√sṛp, p. 1120, col. 1
- saṃsaryā ind. (with √kṛ &c.), g. sâkṣād-ādi
- saṃ-sava m. (√3. su) a simultaneous Soma sacrifice, commingling or confusion of libations (when two Brāhmans perform the Soma sacrifice on the same spot and at the same time held to be sinful) AitBr. ŚrS
- saṃ-√sah Ā. -sahate, to cope with, be a match for (acc.) MBh
- to bear, resist, hold out, stand ib
- -R
- saṃ-saha mfn. (ifc.) equal to, a match for Bhaṭṭ
- sáṃ-sahasra mfn. accompanied by a thousand RV
- saṃ-sahāyaka m. a comrade, companion MatsyaP
- saṃ-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to cause to be completely finished, accomplish, perform (with marum q.v., to practice abstinence from drinking') Mn. MBh. &c
- to overpower, subdue MBh. Hariv. R
- to prepare food MBh. i, 2841
- to procure, provide Kathās
- to get, attain ib. BhP
- to be successful MBh. iii, 1478
- to enforce (payment or the fulfilment of a promise), recover (a debt) Mn. viii, 50
- to dismiss (a guest) Āpast
- to promote to (dat.) MBh. vii, 8389
- to destroy, kill, extinguish MW.: Pass. of Caus. -sādhyate, to be completely accomplished ib
- to be thoroughly provided or furnished with ib
- saṃ-sādhaka mfn. wishing to conquer or win BhP. [Page 1119, Column]
- saṃ-sādhana n. performance, accomplishment, fulfilment MBh
- preparation Kull. on Mn. xi, 95
- saṃ-sādhya mfn. to be accomplished or performed Bhar. MārkP
- to be got or obtained R
- to be overcome or subdued, conquerable MBh. Hariv
- saṃ-sāra &c. See saṃ-√sṛ below
- saṃ-√sic P. Ā. -siñcati, ○te, to pour together, pour upon, sprinkle over RV. AV. Suśr
- to cast, form AV
- saṃ-sikta mfn. well sprinkled or moistened MBh. Kāv. &c
- reṇu mfn. having the dust laid or well watered MW
- saṃ-síc mfn. pouring, shedding together AV
- saṃ-seka m. sprinkling over, moistening, watering R. Rājat
- saṃ-sidh √3 P, -sidhyati, (ep. also ○te), to be accomplished or performed thoroughly, succeed Pañcat
- to attain beatitude or bliss Mn. MBh. BhP
- saṃ-siddha mfn. fully or thoroughly performed or accomplished R
- attained, won, Var Yogay. Pur
- dressed, prepared (as food) R. Hariv
- made, done Hariv. Kathās
- healed, cured, restored MBh. Kathās
- ready for (dat.) R
- firmly resolved ib. satisfied, contented ib
- clever, skilled in (loc ) MBh
- one who has attained beatitude MBh. R. Pur
- -rasa mfn. = rasa-siddha (q.v.), Caṇd -rūpa mfn. one who has his form restored MBh
- ○ddârtha mfn. one who has attained his goal, successful R
- saṃ-siddhi f. complete accomplishment or fulfilment, perfection, success Gobh. MBh. &c
- perfect state, beatitude, final emancipation Mn. MBh. Pur
- the Iast consequence or result BhP
- fixed or settled opinion, the last or decisive word R. (L. also= 'nature'
- 'natural state or quality'
- 'a passionate or intoxicated woman')
- saṃ-siv √P. -sīvyati, to sew together AV
- saṃ-syūta mfn. sewn together, inseparably connected MBh
- interwoven with (instr.) ib
- saṃ-su √3. P. -sunoti, to press out Soma together TS. TBr. Kāṭh
- saṃsuta-soma m.= saṃ-sava Lāṭy
- saṃ-sukhita mfn. perfectly delighted or gratified. Lalit
- saṃ-súde See saṃ-√svad
- saṃ-supta mfn. (√svap) soundly asleep, fast asleep, sleeping MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-sū Ā. -sūte√2. -sūyate, to bring forth, give birth to (acc.) Hariv
- to cause, produce Subh
- saṃ-√sūc P. -sūcayati, to indicate or show plainly, imply, betray, tell Kāv. Var. Kathās.: Pass. -sūcyate, to be indicated &c. Ṛitus
- saṃ-sūcaka mfn. indicating plainly, showing, betraying MārkP
- saṃ-sūcana n. the act of indicating or betraying Daś
- manifesting, uttering MBh
- reproving, reproaching MW
- saṃ-sūcita mfn. indicated, displayed, manifested, shown BhP. Pañcat
- informed, told, apprised MW
- reproved ib
- saṃ-sucin mfn. = ○sūcaka Subh
- saṃ-sūcya mfn. to be indicated or manifested or betrayed Daśar
- saṃ-√sṛ P. -sarati (in. c. also ○te), to flow together with. (instr.) RV. ix, 97, 45
- to go about, wander or walk or roam through MBh. Kāv. &c
- to walk or pass through (a succession of states), undergo transmigration, enter or pass into (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to be diffused or spread into (acc.) MBh
- to come forth BhP.: Caus. -sārayati, to cause to pass through a succession of states or to undergo transmigration Mn. BhP
- to introduce, push into (loc.) MBh. xii, 7878
- to put off, defer ib. v, 1004
- to use, employ ib. xii, 11, 932
- saṃ-saraṇa n. going about, walking or wandering through MBh
- passing through a succession of states, birth and rebirth of living beings, the world BhP. Sarvad
- the unobstructed march of an army L
- the commencement of war or battle L
- a highway, principal road L
- a resting-place for passengers near the gates of a city W
- saṃ-sāra m. going or wandering through, undergoing transmigration MaitrUp
- course, passage, passing through a succession of states, circuit of mundane existence, transmigration, metempsychosis, the world, secular life, worldly illusion (ā saṃsārāt, 'from the beginning of the world') Up. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1119, Column]
- wṛ. for saṃ-cāra Bhartṛ
- ○kānana n. the world compared to a forest Sch. on Uṇ. i, 108 (in a quotation)
- ○kāntara m. n. id., Ashṭi-vS
- ○kārā-gṛha n. the world compṭcompared to a prison Siṃhâs
- ○kupa m. the world compṭcompared to a well or pit BhP
- ○gamana n. passing from one state of existence to another, transmigration Mn. i, 117
- ○guru m. the world's Guru (applied to Kāma, god of love) L
- ○cakra n. the world compṭcompared to a wheel MaitrUp
- ○taraṇi or f. N. of wk
- ○taraḍṇī f. N. of wk
- ○taru m. the world compṭcompared to a tree BhP
- ○duḥkha n. the pain or sorrows of the world ib
- ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- ○patha m. 'the world's passage', the female organ Gal
- ○padavī f. the road of the world BhP
- = prec. L
- ○paritāpa m. -duḥkha BhP
- ○parivartana n. the turning round or revolution of the world MBh
- ○pariśrama m. the toils or troubles of the world BhP
- ○bandhana n. the bonds or fetters of the world MārkP
- ○bīja n. the seed or origin of the world Sarvad
- ○maṇḍala n. the circle or wheel of the world Śiś. Śaṃk
- ○mārga m. = -padavii Subh
- ○muktikāraṇa-vāda m. N. of. wk
- ○mokṣa m. emancipation from the world ŚvetUp
- ○mokṣana MW
- mf(ī)n. liberating from mundane existence ib
- ○vat mfn. possessing or liable to mundane existence, AshṭtvS
- ○vana n. = -kānana Bhartṛ. (v. l.)
- ○varjita mfn. freed from mṭmundane existence Sarvad
- ○vartman n. = -mārga Subh
- ○viṭapâṅkura m. a shoot or sprout on the tree of mundane existence, AshṭāvS
- ○viṣa-vṛkṣa m. the poison-tree of mundane existence Cat
- ○vṛkṣa m. the tree of mṭmundane existence, Cāṇ
- ○śrānta-citta mfn. wearied in mind by (the miseries of) the world ib
- ○saṅga m. attachment to the world Bhartṛ
- ○samudra m. the ocean-like world Pañcat
- ○saraṇi f. = -padavii, Dhartṛ
- ○sāgara m. = -samudra, Kṛishṇaj
- ○sāra m. the quintessence of (the joys of) the world Dhūrtas
- ○sārathi m. the charioteer of mundane existence (applied to Śiva) Śivag
- ○sukha n. the joys of the world Caurap
- saṃsāráṅgāra m. the fire of mṭmundane existence Sarvad. (cf. next)
- saṃsārânala m. the fire of mundane exṭexistence Vedântas
- saṃsārânta m. the end of mundane exṭexistence or of human life Bhartṛ
- saṃsārâbdhi or m. the ocean of the world Pañcar
- saṃsāḍrârṇava m. the ocean of the world Pañcar
- saṃsārâvarta m. N. of wk
- saṃsārôdadhi m. the ocean-like world Bhartṛ
- saṃ-sāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) setting in motion, causing to move away (a car) KātyŚr
- wṛ. for -saraṇa, AshṭavS
- saṃ-sārin mfn. moving far and wide, extensive, comprehensive (as intellect) MBh
- transmigratory, attached to mundance existence (○ri-tva n.) BhP. Vedântas. Sarvad
- worldly, mundane, mixing with society W
- m. a living or sentient being, animal, creature, man (with sva, a relative') Śāntis. Mālatīm. HPariś
- (○ry-ātman m. perhaps rather two separate words the transmigratory soul, the soul passing through various mundane states [opp. to paramâsman] MW.)
- saṃ-sṛti f. course, revolution, (esp.) passage through successive states of existence, course of mundane existence, transmigration, the world (-cakra n. and -cakra-vāla, n.' the wheel or circle of mundane existence), AshṭivS. BhP
- saṃ-√sṛj P. Ā. -sṛjati, ○te (2. sg. aor. -srāḥ AV.), to hit with (instr.) RV. i, 33, 13
- to visit or afflict with (instr.) AV. xi, 2, 26
- to join or unite or mix or mingle or endow or present with (instr.) RV. AV. VS. Br. Āp. MBh
- (with yudhaḥ) to engage in battle AV. x, 10, 24
- to create ŚvetUp. Pur
- (Ā.) to share anything with others MaitrS
- (A. or Pass.) to join one's self. be joined or united or mingled or confused, come into contact with, meet (as friends or foes, also applied to sexual intercourse
- with instr. with or without saha) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -sarjayati, to attract, win over, conciliate Baudh. Kām
- to furnish with (instr.), provide any one with anything Car.: Desid. -sisṛkṣati, to wish to create together or to partake of creation BhP
- saṃ-sarga mfn. commingling, combining (intr.) KātyŚr
- m. (ifc. f. ā) mixture or union together, commixture, blending, conjunction, connection, contact, association, society, sexual union, intercourse with (gen., instr. with and without saha loc., or comp.) ŚrS. Prāt. MBh. &c. [Page 1120, Column]
- confusion, MānGrHariv
- indulging in, partaking of (comy.) R. Daś. BhP
- sensual attachment Mn. vi, 72
- a partic. conjunction of celestial bodies AV. Pariś
- a partic. combination of two humours which produces diseases (cf. saṃ-nipāta) Suśr
- community of goods Dayabh
- duration MBh. iii, 11, 238
- point of intersection, Śulbas
- acquaintance, familiarity W
- co-existence (= samavâya) ib
- (ī), f. See below -ja mfn. produced by union or contact Suśr
- -tas ind. through union or connection, in consequence of intercourse or familiarity MW
- -doṣa m. the fault or evil consequences of association (with bad people) ib
- -vat mfn. being in contact, connected with (comp
- also -tva n.) Kālid
- vidtā f. the art of intercourse with men, social science MBh
- ○gâbhāva m. (in Nyāya) a partic. form of the category of non-existence (said to be of three kinds, prior, incidental, and final, or absence of birth, destruction of present being, and necessary cessation of existence)
- -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- saṃ-sargaka (ifc.) = saṃsarga, Kusum
- saṃ-sargaya Nom. P. ○yati, to gather or assemble (trans.) together or round Bhaṭṭ
- sargin mfn. commingled, mixed together, joined or connected or in contact with (comp.) Kāv. Pur
- partaking or possessed of (comp.) Śaṃk
- one who lives together with his relatives (after partition of the family inheritance) Dāyabh
- familiar, friendly, acquainted W
- m. an associate, companion MW
- (○gi)-tā f. (Kull.), -tva n. (ĀpŚr.) connection, contact, combination, association
- ḍsargī f. purification, purging (in med.) Car
- saṃ-sarjana n. meeting, mingling, mixture or combination with (instr.) ĀśvŚr. AV. Pariś
- attracting, winning over, conciliating Kām
- = saṃsargī Car
- discharging, voiding, abandoning, leaving W
- saṃ-sisṛkṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to mix together or unite W
- saṃ-sṛj f. commingling, collision RV. x, 84, 6
- saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. gathered together, collected RV. x, 84, 7
- brought forth or born together (as a litter of animals) VS
- associated or connected together (as partners or brothers who combine their property after division), Ma. Yājñ
- united, combined, mingled or mixed with, involved in (instr.) VS. ŚBr. R. &c
- nearly related or acquainted friendly, familiar MBh. R. Hariv
- affected with (comp.) Suśr
- connected with, belonging to (comp.) Hariv
- mixed, of various kinds, both good and bad in quality &c. ŚBr. Car
- accomplished, performed (cf. -maithuna)
- cleared through vomiting &c. L
- cleanly dressed W
- created MW
- m. N. of a fabulous mountain Kāraṇḍ
- (am), n. near relationship, friendship, intimacy (○taṃ √car, with loc., 'to enter on intimate relations with') AitBr. MBh
- -karman mfn. denoting mixed or various actions Nir
- -jít mfn. victorious in contest RV
- tva n. commixture, union, association Saṃk
- (in law) voluntary reunion or co-residence of kinsmen (as of father and son or of brothers with each other, after partition of the family property) Dāyabh
- -dhayá mfn. sucking (as a calf) and left with (the cow) TBr
- -bhāva m. near relationship, friendship R
- -maithuna mf(ā)n. one who has performed sexual intercourse Yājñ
- -rūpa mfn. mixed in form or kind, adulterated W
- -homa m. a common oblation (to Agni and Sūrya) TBr
- saṃ-sṛṣṭi (sáṃ-), f. union, combination, association, intercourse MaitrS
- living together in one family W
- collection, collecting, assembling ib
- (in rhet.) the association of two distinct metaphors in close proximity in one sentence (cf. saṃkara) Vām. Sāh
- saṃ-sṛṣṭin m. a re-united kinsman (said of relatives who, after partition of the family inheritance, again live together, annulling the previous partition) Gaut. Yājñ. &c
- a co-partner, co-parcener W
- sáṃ-sraṣṭṛ mfn. one who engages in battle or contest RV. x, 103, 3
- united or connected with or concerned in anything, a partaker (opp. to pari-draṣṭṛ, a beholder') MBh
- one who mixes together or commingles MW
- saṃ-√sṛp P. Ā. -sarpati, ○te, to creep along, glide into (acc.) VS
- to go together AitBr
- to move, glide along MBh. Kāv. &c
- to go to, approach (acc.) MBh
- to go away, withdraw from (abl.) Āpast
- saṃ-sárpa mfn. creeping, gliding (in a partic. formula) TS. (saṃ-sarpá VS.)
- m. a partic. Caturaha ŚrS
- the intercalary month (occurring in a year in which there is a Kshaya-māsa) TS. &c. [Page 1120, Column]
- creeping or gliding along, any equable or gentle motion W
- saṃ-sarpaṇa n. creeping along, gliding, sneaking Kād
- an unexpected attack, surprise, Var Yogay
- mounting, ascent of (gen.) MBh
- saṃ-sarpat mfn. creeping or moving along
- (○sarpad) dhvajinī-vimarda-vilasad-dhūlī-maya mf(ī) n. filled with dust rising from the tramp of a marching army Kathās
- saṃ-sarpamāṇaka mfn. creeping, crawling MBh
- saṃ-sarpin mfn. creeping, moving gently along Kād
- floating or swimming about Śiś
- (ifc.) reaching, extending to (○pi-tā f.) Ragh
- saṃ-seka See saṃ-√sic
- saṃ-√sev Ā. -sevate, to be associated with (used in explaining √1. sac) Nir
- to frequent, inhabit Subh. Pañcar
- to wait upon, attend on, serve, honour, worship, salute deferentially MBh. Kāv. &c
- to refresh, fan (said, of the wind) R
- to court, fondle (carnally) Kāv. Pañcat
- to be addicted or devoted to, use or employ or practise or perform continually Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-sevana n. waiting on, serving, doing homage MārkP
- (only ifc.) using, employing MBh
- exposing one's self to Kathās. association or intercourse with (gen.) Jātakam
- saṃ-sevā f. visiting, frequenting BhP
- use, employment ib
- attendance, reverence, worship ib
- (ifc.) inclination to, predilection for Rājat
- saṃ-sevita mfn. frequented, served &c. (cf. g. kṛtâdi)
- saṃ-sevitṛ mfn. one who uses or employs VarBṛS
- saṃ-sevin mfn. (ifc.) serving, worshipping Cat
- saṃ-sevya mfn. to be (or being) frequented Kathās
- to be served or worshipped Pañcar
- to be used or employed or practised or indulged in MBh. BhP
- saṃ-√skand P. -skandati, to drip or trickle off ŚBr
- sáṃ-skandha n. a partic. disease AV
- saṃ-s-kṛ √1. (cf. saṃ-kṛ
- upa-s-kṛ and pari-ṣ-kṛ), P. Ā. -skaroti, -skurute (impf. sam-askurvata TS
- pf. saṃ-caskāra Nir
- aor. sam-askṛta
- Prec. saṃ-skriyāt, saṃ-skṛṣīṣṭa
- fut saṃ-skariṣyati MBh
- inf. saṃ-skaritum Divyâv
- ind. p. saṃ-skṛtya ŚBr. Pāṇ. 6-1, 137), to put together, form well, join together, compose RV. &c. &c
- (Ā.) to accumulate (pāpāni, to add evil to evil') Mṛicch. ix, 4
- to prepare, make ready, dress, cook (food) MBh. R. &c
- to form or arrange according to sacred precept, consecrate, hallow (in various ways
- cf. saṃ-skāra) Mn. MBh. &c
- to adorn, embellish, refine, elaborate, make perfect, (esp.) form language according to strict rules (cf. saṃ-skṛta) Sarvad
- to correct (astronomically) Sūryas.: Pass. saṃ-skriyate, to be put together or arranged or prepared or consecrated or refined Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. saṃskārayati, to cause to (be) put together &c
- to cause to be consecrated MBh.: Desid. saṃ-ciṣkīrṣati Vop.: Intens. saṃ-ceṣkrīyate ib
- saṃ-skaraṇa n. the act of putting together, preparing Gobh
- cremating (a corpse) MBh
- saṃ-skartavya mfn. to be arranged or prepared or made ready Hariv. Śaṃk. KātyŚr. Sch
- saṃ-skartṛ mfn. one who prepares or dresses or cooks (food) Mn. v, 51
- one who consecrates or performs a rite Uttarar
- one who produces an impression Jaim. Sch
- saṃ-skāra m. (ifc. f. ā) putting together, forming well, making perfect, accomplishment, embellishment adornment, purification, cleansing, making ready, preparation, dressing (of food), refining (of metals), polishing (of gems), rearing (of animals or plants) GṛŚrS. MBh. Kāv., &c
- cleansing the body, toilet, attire Hariv
- forming the mind, training, education R. Ragh
- correction (also in an astronomical sense Sūryas.), correct formation or use of a word Nir. Sarvad
- correctness, purity (esp. of pronunciation or expression) MBh. R. &c
- making sacred, hallowing, consecration Mn. MBh. &c
- a sacred or sanctifying ceremony, one which purifies from the taint of sin contracted in the, womb and leading to regeneration (12 such ceremonies are enjoined on the first three or twice-born classes in Mn. ii, 27, viz. 1. garbhâdhāna, 2. puṃ-savana, 3. sīmantônnayana, 4. jāta-karman, 5. nāmakarman, 6. niṣkramaṇa, 7. anna-prâśana, 8. cūḍā-karman, 9. upanayana, 10. keśânta, 11. samāvartana, 12. vivāha, qq. vv
- accord. to Gaut. viii, 8 &c. there are 40 Saṃskāras) GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c. (IW.188 ; 192 &c. RTL. 353) [Page 1120, Column]
- the ceremony performed on a dead body (i.e. cremation) R
- any purificatory ceremony W
- the faculty of memory, mental impression or recollection, impression on the mind of acts done in a former state of existence (one of the 24 qualities of the Vaiśeshikas, including bhāvanā, the faculty of reproductive imagination') Kaṇ. Sarvad. (IW. 69)
- (pl., with Buddhists) a mental conformation or creation of the mind (such as that of the external world, regarded by it as real, though actually non-existent, and forming the second link in the twelvefold chain of causation or the fourth of the 5 Skandhas) Dharmas. 22 ; 42
- a polishing stone MW
- ○kamalâkara m. N. of wk
- ○kartṛ m. (the Brāhman) who is called in to perform a Saṃskāra ceremony Gal
- ○kaumudī f
- ○kaustubha m. (or -dīdhiti f.),
- ○gaṅgādhara m. N. of wks
- ○gaṇa-pati m. N. of an author Cat
- ○ja mfn. produced by purificatory rites W
- ○tattva n. N. of wk. by Raghu-nandana
- ○tā f. the state of being a Saṃskāra &c. Vās
- ○tva n. id. (-tvaṃ cakṣuṣāṃ sam-√āp, 'to become a hallowed object to the eye') KātyŚr. Mcar
- -jāti-khaṇḍana n. N. of wk
- ○dīdhiti See -kaustubha
- ○nāman n. the name given to a child at the name-giving ceremony (and corresponding to the name given at baptism) VarBṛS
- ○nirṇaya m
- ○nṛ-siṃha m
- ○paddhati f
- ○paddhati-rahasya n
- ○pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wks
- ○pūta mfn. purified by sacred rites or by refinement Kum
- ○prakaraṇa n
- ○prakāśa m
- ○pradīpa m
- ○pradīpikā f
- ○prayoga m
- ○bhāskara m. N. of wks
- ○bhūṣaṇa n. (speech) adorned by correctness MBh
- ○maya mf(ī) n. consisting in consecration Ragh
- ○mayūkha m
- ○muktâvalī f
- ○ratna n
- ○ratna-mālā f. N. of wks
- ○rahita mfn. = -hīna below
- ○vat mfn. possessed of refinement, possessing correctness, elegant (-tva n.) Kālid
- one who has received an impression Buddh
- ○varjita mfn. = -hīna below
- ○vādârtha m
- ○vidhi m. (= gihya-kārikā pl.) N. of wks
- ○viśiṣṭa mfn. made excellent by preparation or by good cooking (as food) Gaut
- ○sampanna mfn. one who has received a good educatian, well-educated R
- ○sāgara m
- ○sāra m
- ○sāgara m
- ○sāra m
- ○siddhi-dīpikā f
- ○saukhya n. N. of wks
- ○hīna mfn. without purificatory rites
- m. a man of one of the three classes who has not been a recipient of initiation with the sacred thread or of the other purificatory ceremonies (and hence becomes an outcaste) L
- saṃskārâdi-mat mfn. one who has received consecration &c. BhP
- saṃskārâdhikārin mfn. one who has a right to receive all the purificatory ceremonies MW
- saṃskārôddyota m. N. of wk
- saṃ-skāraka mfn. preparing, making realy, KātyŚr' Sch
- purifying, consecrating (-tva n.) MBh. Jaim
- producing or leaving an impression on the mind Jaim. Sch
- serving as an article of food or for cooking MW
- saṃ-skārya mfn. to be prepared or perfected &c
- to be consecrated or hallowed with the necessary ceremonies Mn. MBh. &c
- (in astron.) to be corrected Gol
- receiving a mental impression Sarvad
- saṃ-skṛtá (or sáṃ-skṛta), mfn. put together, constructed, well or completely formed, perfected Lalit
- made ready, prepared, completed, finished RV. &c. &c.: dressed, cooked (as food) MBh. R. BhP
- purified, consecrated, sanctified, hallowed, initiated ŚBr. &c. &c
- refined, adorned, ornamented, polished, highly elaborated (esp. applied to highly wrought speech, such as the Sanskṛit language as opp, to the vernaculars) Mn. MBh. &c
- m. a man of one of the three classes who has been sanctified by the purificatory rites W
- a Iearned man MW
- a word formed according to accurate rules, a regular derivation ib
- (ám), n. making ready, preparation or a prepared place, sacrifice RV. TS. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- a sacred usage or custom MW
- the Sanskṛit language (cf. above) Śiksh. Bhar. Daśar. &c
- -tva n. the being prepared or made ready &c. Jaim
- -mañjarī f. N. of wk
- -maya mf(ī) u. consisting of Sanskṛit, Kāśikh
- -mālā f. -ratna-mālā f. -vākya-ratnâvalī f. N. of wks
- -vat mfn. one who has perfected or elaborated or finished MW
- ○tâtman m. one who has received the purificatory rites Mn. x, 110
- a sage W
- ○tôkti f. refined or polished language, a Sanskṛit word or expression Hit. [Page 1121, Column]
- saṃskṛtatra n. a bench used in sacrificing or slaughtering animals RV. vi, 28, 4
- sáṃ-skṛti f. making ready, preparation, perfection VS. &c. &c
- formation AitBr
- hallowing, consecration BhP
- determination, effort L
- m. N. of Krishṇa MBh. (B. saṃ-skṛta)
- of a king VP. (vḷ. saṃ-kṛti)
- saṃ-skṛtrima mfn. highly polished, artificially adorned (in a-saṃskṛ○) Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-skriyā f. making ready, preparation Sarvad
- formation Śaṃk
- any purificatory rite or consecration (including funeral ceremonies and burning of the dead &c.) L
- saṃ-skhalita n. (√skhal) an error, mistake Nāg
- saṃst = √sas, q.v
- saṃ-√stambh P. -stabhnoti, or ○nāti, to make firm Kauś
- to support, sustain, encourage MBh. R. &c
- to make rigid (said of water) MBh
- to restrain, check, stop (esp. by magical means) Kathās
- to suppress (tears or sorrow) R. BhP
- Ā. (only Impv. stambhasva) to be firm, take heart or courage Nir. ix, 12 (in R. iv, 1, 115 B. -stambha id
- cf. -stabhya): Caus. -stambhayati, to confirm, strengthen (ātmānam ātmanā, 'one's self by one's self'), encourage MBh. R. &c
- to take heart or courage R
- to make rigid or solid (water) MBh. Rājat
- to check, stop, arrest MBh. Kāv. &c
- to paralyze Nalac
- to suppress, restrain (grief or tears) R. Kālid. &c.: Desid. of Caus., See saṃ-stambhayiṣu
- saṃ-stabdha mfn. supported, confirmed &c. MBh
- firm, rigid Hariv
- saṃ-stabhya ind. having supported or confirmed or strengthened or encouraged (ātmānam ātmanā, 'one's self by one's self ) MBh. R
- having supported or composed the mind firmly (in affliction), having taken heart or courage ib
- saṃ-stambhá m. obstinacy, pertinacity, firmness in resistance MaitrS. TBr. Nir. MBh
- support, prop W
- fixing, making flrm ib
- stop, stay ib
- paralysis, muscular rigidity ib
- saṃ-stambhana mfn. (fr. Caus.) constipating, obstructive Vāgbh
- n. an obstructive remedy Suśr
- stopping, arresting Cat
- saṃ-stambhanīya mfn. (fr. prec.) to be confirmed or encouraged R
- to be stopped W
- saṃ-stambhayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) one who stops or restrains, a restrainer Ragh
- one who supports, a supporter MW
- saṃ-stambhayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to stop or cause to stand still (a retreating army) MBh. (C. vi-ṣṭambh○)
- saṃ-stamhhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) supported, propped MBh. Kāv. &c
- stupefied, paralyzed ib
- saṃ-stambhin mfn. stopping, averting (danger) MBh
- saṃ-stara ○raṇa, See saṃ-√stṛ
- saṃ-stu √1. P. -stauti, to praise together with (instr.) Nir. vii, 6
- to praise all at once, ĀivŚr
- to praise properly or well, laud, celebrate MBh
- kāv. &c
- saṃ-stava m. (ifc. f. ā) common or simultaneous praise Nir. ŚāṅkhŚr
- praise, commendation (also pl.) Vīrac
- mention KātyŚr. Sch
- intimacy familiarity, acquaintance with (instr. with and without saha, or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. Kathās. (cf. asaṃsi○)
- -prīti, fḷove proceeding from acquaintance Kathās
- -"ṣsthira mfn. firm through acquṭacquaintance MW
- saṃ-stavana n. praising together or simultaneously ĀśvŚr
- praising, hymning BhP
- saṃ-stavāna mfn. praising eloquently, eloquent Uṇ. ii, 89 Sch
- m. a singer, chanter MW
- joy (= harṣa accord to some) ib
- saṃ-stāvá m. hymning or praising in chorus ChUp
- the place occupied at a sacrifice by the Brāhmans reciting hymns and prayers ŚBr
- simultaneous or common praise, Bhaiṭṭ
- sáṃ-stuta mfn. praised or hymned together TS. TBr. Nir
- praised, celebrated, extolled Hariv. R. Pur
- counted together (as one Stotra), reckoned together TS. Br. KātyŚr
- equal to, passing for (instr. or comp.) Āpast. Kathās. BhP
- acquainted familiar, intimate Kāv. VarBṛS. Rājat
- -tva n. the being praised together ChUp
- -prâya mfn. for the most part lauded or hymned together, associated in hymns MW
- sáṃ-stutaka mfn. affable, condescending, civil Buddh
- sáṃ-stuti f. praise, eulogy MBh. BhP
- figuritive mode of expression Āpast. [Page 1121, Column]
- saṃ-stúbh f. shout of joy (as N. of a metre) VS
- saṃ-stobha m. or n. (with or without marutām), 'id.', N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- saṃ-stūpa m. a heap of sweepings Gobh. (Sch.)
- saṃ-√stṛ (or -√stṝ), P.Ā. -striṇoti, -stṛṇute
- -stṛṇāti, -stṛṇīte (ep. also -starati), to spread out (side by side), extend TS. ŚBr
- to strew over, cover KaushUp. MBh. Suśr
- to spread, make even, level Kauś
- saṃ-stara m. (ifc. f. ā) a layer (of grass or leaves), bed, couch MBh. Kāv. &c
- a scattered mass (of flowers &c.) MBh. R
- a covering, cover, Kāvyâd4
- scattering, strewing (v. l. for -staraṇa) Śak
- spreading, extension, propagation (of laws or customs) Hariv
- a sacrifice or the ritual arrangements for a sacrifice (generally ifc., as in yajña-s○) MBh. R
- saṃ-staraṇa n. a layer (of leaves &c.), couch R
- strewing, covering over (vḷ. -stara) Śak
- saṃ-stāra m. a bed, couch (m. c. for -stara) MārkP
- a sacrifice Gal
- spreading out, extension MW
- -paṅkti f. a partic. form of the Paṅkti metre (12 + 8 + 8 + 12 syllables) RPrāt
- saṃ-stāraka (prob.) m. a layer, bed Śīl
- saṃ-stír f. contraction (opp. to vi-ṣṭír, expansion', saṃstíro viṣṭíraḥ acc. pl., prob. 'what is near and what is far') RV. i, 140
- saṃ-stīrṇa mfn. strewn, scattered Kauś. Śak
- -next MBh. R
- saṃ-stṛta mfn. bestrewn, covered over MBh
- saṃ-styāna mfn. (√styai) coagulated, condensed Nir
- n. the becoming condensed or solid or compact (applied to the fetus) Pat
- saṃ-styāya m. assemblage, collection, multitude Nir
- a habitation, house, Mālatim
- spreading, expansion L
- vicinity, proximity L
- saṃ-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 22
- ep. and m. c. also P. -tiṣṭhati
- Ved. inf. -sthātos ĀpŚr.), to stand together, hold together (pf. p. du. -tasthāné, said of heaven and earth) RV
- to come or stay near (loc.) ib. VS. ŚBr
- to meet (as enemies), come into conflict RV
- to stand still, remain, stay, abide (lit. and fig
- with vākye, to obey') MBh. R. &c
- to be accomplished or completed (esp. applied to rites) Br. ŚrS. Mn. MBh. BhP
- to prosper, succeed, get on well MBh
- to come to an end, perish, be lost, die MBh. Kāv. BhP
- to become, be turned into or assume the form of (acc.) Lalit.: Caus -sthāpayati (subj. aor. tiṣṭipaḥ ŚBr.), to cause to stand up or firm, raise on their legs again (fallen horses) MBh
- to raise up, restore (dethroned kings) ib
- to confirm, encourage, comfort (ātmānam, or hṛdayam, one's self', i.e. 'take heart again') Kāv. Pañcat
- to fix or place upon or in (loc.) Kauś. MBh. &c
- to put or add to (uparī) Yājñ
- to build (a town) Hariv
- to heap, store up (goods) VarBṛS
- to found, establish, fix, settle, introduce, set a foot MBh. R. Rājat
- to cause to stand still, stop, restrain, suppress (breath, semen &c.) AitBr
- to accomplish, conclude, complete (esp. a rite) Br. Kauś. MBh
- to put to death, kill ŚBr. MBh
- to perform the last office for, i.e. to burn, cremate (a dead body) ŚāṅkhBr
- to put to subjection, subject MW.: Desid. of Caus. -sthāpayiṣati, to wish to finish or conclude ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-stha mf(ā)n. standing together, standing or staying or resting or being in or on, contained in (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- being in or with, belonging to (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- based or resting or dependent on (loc.) MBh
- partaking or possessed of (comp.) MBh. Pañcat
- existing, lasting for a time (comp.) Vet
- ended, perished, dead L
- (saṃ-sthá), m. presence (only loc. 'in the presence or midst of.' with cid, 'by one's mere presence') RV
- a spy, secret emissary (cf. saṃsthā below) L
- a dweller, resident, inhabitant W
- a fellow-countryman, neighbour ib
- (ā́), f. See next
- saṃ-sthā́ f. (ifc. f. ā) staying or abiding with (comp.) MBh
- shape, form, manifestation, appearance (ifc. 'appearing as') Up. MBh. &c
- established order, standard, rule, direction (acc. with √kṛ or Caus. of √sthā, to establish or fix a rule or obligation for one's self'
- with vyati-√kram or pari√bhid, 'to transgress or break an established rule or obligation') MBh. R. &c
- quality, property, nature Kāv. Pur
- conclusion, termination, completion TS. ŚBr. &c. [Page 1121, Column]
- end, death Pur
- destruction of the world (= pralaya, said to be of four kinds, viz. naimittika, prākṛtika, nitya, ātyantika) ib
- a complete liturgical course, the basis or essential form of a sacrifice (the Jyoti?-shṭoma, Havir-yajña, and Pāka-yaiña consist of seven such forms) ŚrS
- killing (paśu-s○, 'killing of the sacrificial animal') BhP
- cremation (of a body
- also prêta-s○) ib
- (prob.) = śrāddha MārkP
- a spy or secret emissary in a king's own country (= cara m. prob. a group of five spies consisting of a vaṇij', merchant', bhikṣu, 'mendicant', chāttra', pupil', lingin', one who falsely wears the mark of a twice-born', and kṛṣīvala, 'husbandman', cf. pañca-varga, and Mn. vii, 154 Kull.) Kām
- continuation in the right way L
- occupation, business, profession W
- an assembly ib
- a royal ordinance ib
- -kṛta mfn. settled, determined Hariv
- -"ṣgāra (○thâg○), m. n. a meeting-house Lalit
- -japa m. a closing prayer ĀśvŚr
- -tva n. the being a form or shape BhP
- -paddhati f. N. of wk
- -"ṣvayava-vat (○thâv○), mfn. having a shape and limbs BhP
- saṃ-sthā́na mfn. standing together MW
- like, resembling W
- applied to Vishṇu MBh
- m. (pl.) N. of a people ib
- n. (ifc. f. ā) staying or abiding in (comp.) Hit. (cf. dūra-s○)
- standing still or firm (in a battle) Gaut
- being, existence, life MBh. Śaṃk. BhP
- abiding by, strict adherence or obedience to (comp.) Kām
- abode, dwelling-place, habitation Nir. KaushUp. MBh. &c
- a public place (in a town) Mn. MBh. &c
- shape, form, appearance (often with rūpa) MBh. R. &c
- beauty, splendour MBh
- the symptom of a disease Suśr
- nature, state, condition BhP
- an aggregate, whole, totality BhP
- termination, conclusion MaitrS
- end, death L
- formation L
- vicinty, neighbourhood L
- -cārin wṛ. for sa-sthāsnu-c○
- -bhukti f. (with kālasya) the passage through various periods of time BhP
- -vat mfn. being, existing R
- having various forms Kām
- saṃ-sthānaka m. N. of Śakāra (the king's brother-in-law) in the Mṛicchakaṭikā
- saṃ-sthāpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) fixing firmly, settling, establishing Pañcar
- forming into a shape or various shapes (khaṇḍa-s○, 'one who makes various figures out of sugar') R
- saṃ-sthāpana n. fixing, setting up, raising, erecting MBh. VarBṛS. Suśr
- establishment, regulation (cf. argha-s○) Mn. MBh. &c
- (ā), f. comforting, encouraging Mṛicch
- saṃ-sthāpanīya mfn. to be established or settled MW
- saṃ-sthāpayitavya mfn. to be cheered up or comforted Kād
- saṃ-sthāpita mfn. placed, fixed, deposited W
- stopped, restrained, controlled ib
- made to stand together, heaped up, accumulated MW. 1
- saṃ-sthāpya ind. having placed together &c
- excepting Divyâv. 2
- saṃ-sthāpya mfn. to be put or placed in (loc
- with vaśe and gen., 'to be placed in subjection to'
- with cetasi and gen., to be called to or impressed on the mind of') Mn. Rājat
- to be completed or finished (as a sacrifice) TS
- to be treated with a calming clyster Car
- saṃ-sthāsnu See sa-sthāsnu-cārin
- sáṃ-sthita mfn. standing (as opp. to 'lying' or 'sitting') Yājñ
- one who has stood or held out (in fight) MārkP
- placed, resting, lying, sitting, being in or on (upari loc., or comp.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- abiding, remaining, left standing (for a long time, as food
- with tathâiva, remaining in the same condition') Yājñ. VarBṛS. Ragh
- lasting, enduring MBh
- imminent, future Hariv
- shaped, formed (cf. duḥ- and su-s○), appearing in a partic. shape or form, formed like, resembling (often ifc
- with navadhā, 'ninefold'
- with masī-rūpeṇa, 'appearing in the form of black ink') MBh. Kāv. &c
- being in a partic. state or condition, addicted or given to, intent upon (loc. or comp.) Hariv. Kāv. VarBṛS
- founded or based upon (loc.) MBh
- directed to wards, fixed upon (comp.) BhP
- relating to, concerning (loc. or comp.) Kām. MārkP
- skilled in, acquainted or familiar with (loc.) MBh. R
- started, set out for (dat. or abhimukham) R
- frequented (as a place) Mn. viii, 371
- finished, concluded, completed, ready Br. ŚrS
- perished, died (n. impers.) Mn. MBh. BhP
- near or contiguous to W
- heaped, collected ib
- n. conduct Cat
- form, shape MBh
- -yajús n. the final sacrificial formula and the oblation connected with it Br
- -vat mfn. (pl, = 3. pl. pf
- pl. [with sukhena] 'they lived happily together') Pañcat
- -homa m. a final sacrifice, ŚrS
- sáṃ-sthiti f. staying together, living in or with or near, union with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1122, Column]
- standing or sitting on (loc.) Yājñ. i, 139
- duration, continuance in the same state or condition Hariv. Kām
- constancy, perseverance Hariv. BhP
- being bent upon, attaching importance to (loc.) Mn. ix, 14
- existence, possibility of (gen. or comp.) MārkP
- form, shape ib
- established order Kām. VāyuP
- nature, condition, quality, property Yājñ. MBh. Pur
- conclusion, completion (of a sacrifice) TS. TBr. Vait
- end, death Pur
- obstruction of the bowels, constipation Suśr
- heap, accumulation W
- restraint ib
- sáṃ-sthitika See evaṃ-saṃsthitika
- saṃsthula See vi-saṃsthula under 3. vi, p. 953, col. 1
- saṃ-√snā Caus. -snapayati, or -snāpayati, to bathe, wash BhP
- saṃ-snāta mfn. (used to explain sásni in RV. X, 139, 6) Nir. v, 1
- saṃ-snāna n. common or regular bathing KāśīKh
- saṃ-√snih Caus. -snehayati, to treat with oil or unguents ŚārṅgS
- saṃ-snehana n. medical treatment with oil or unguents Car
- saṃ-spand √Ā. -spandate, to throb, quiver, pulsate with life, come to life BhP
- saṃ-√spardh Ā. -spardhate, to emulate, vie or cope with (paras-param) MBh
- sáṃ-spardhā f. emulation, rivalry, jealousy Rājat. BhP
- sáṃ-spardhin mfn. jealous, vying with (comp.) ŚārṅgP. BhP
- saṃ-spaṣṭa mfn. (√spaś) famous, celebrated KaushUp
- saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati (rarely Ā. ○te), to touch, bring into contact with (Ā. 'touch one's self') AV. &c. &c
- (with or without salilam, apas &c.) to touch water, sprinkle, wash MBh. R
- to touch, come into contact (in astrol, sense) VarBṛS
- to reach or penetrate to, attain MBh. Kathās. BhP. Jātakam
- to come into close relation with (acc.) Rājat
- to come upon, visit, afflict R
- to take out of (abl.) MBh. viii, 788: Caus. -sparśayati, to bring into contact TS. Br. ŚrS
- saṃ-sparśá m. (ifc. f. ā) close or mutual contact, touch, conjunction, mixture AV. &c. &c
- perception, sense W
- (ā), f. a kind of fragrant plant or perfume (= janī) L
- (○śa) -ja mfn. produced by contact or sensible perception BhP
- saṃ-sparśana mfn. touching MBh
- n. contact, mixture with (instr., gen., or comp.) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- saṃ-sparśāna m. = manaḥ L
- saṃ-sparśin mfn. touching, coming into contact with (comp.) Yājñ. Rājat
- saṃ-spṛś mfn. touching (comp.) Amar
- sáṃ-spṛṣṭa mfn. touched, brought into contact, closely united with (instr. or comp.), mutually joined, mixed, combined, contiguous, adjacent TS. &c. &c
- reached, attained (in a-s○) Kathās
- visited, affected or afflicted by (instr.) Kāv. VarBṛS
- (ifc.) defiled by (in a-s○) Sarvad
- -maithunā f. a seduced girl (unfit for marriage) L
- saṃ-spraṣṭṛ mfn. (used for explaining pṛśni) Nir. ii, 11
- saṃ-√spṛh P. -spṛhayati, to desire eagerly (acc.) BhP
- saṃ-sphal √Caus. -sphālayati to dash in pieces TĀr
- saṃ-sphāla m. a, ram (= meṣa) L
- saṃ-sphā́na mfn. (√sphāy) becoming fat, feeding one's self up AV
- sáṃ-sphāyana mfn. Pat, on Pāṇ. 6-1, 66 Vārtt. 7
- saṃ-sphīya g. dhūmâdi
- saṃ-sphuṭa mfn. bursting open, blossomed, blown L
- saṃ-sphoṭa m. clashing together, Bāl
- war, battle Harav. (also ○ṭi L.)
- saṃ-sphur Ā. -sphurate, to dash or strike together TBr. ŚBr
- to twinkle, glitter MaitrUp
- saṃ-spheṭa m. (cf. saṃ-pheṭa and saṃ-sphoṭa) war, battle L
- saṃ-√smi Ā. -smayate, to smile at L. [Page 1122, Column]
- to be ashamed, blush RV. TBr.: Desid. -sismayiṣate, to wish to laugh at or deride Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-smera mfn. smiling at, smiling Subh
- saṃ-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember fully, recollect (acc
- rarely gen.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Caus. [-sm�Arayati], to cause to remember, remind of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to cause to be remembered, recall to the mind of (gen.) MBh. BhP
- saṃ-smaraṇa n. the act of remembering, calling to mind, recollecting (gen.), Kū. MBh
- saṃ-smaraṇīya mfn. to be remembered, living in remembrance only, past, gone (-śabha mfn. 'no more beautiful') Śak
- saṃ-smartavya mfn. to be remembered or thought upon by (gen.) MBh
- saṃ-smāraka mfn. (fr. Caus.) putting in mind, reminding of (comp.) Chandom
- saṃ-smāraṇa n. counting over (cattle) MBh
- saṃ-smārita mfn. caused to remember, reminded of (acc.) BhP
- recalled to the mind Hariv
- saṃ-smṛta mfn. remembered, recollected, called to the mind Hariv. MārkP
- prescribed, enjoined Hariv
- called, named Sāh
- tôpasthita mfn. appeared when thought of. Kathās
- saṃ-smṛti f. remembering, remembrance of (gen. or comp
- acc, with √labh, 'to remember') Kāv. VarBṛS. &c
- saṃ-√syand Ā. -syandate, to run together, converge, meet Car.: Caus. -syandayati, to cause to run together (in a-saṃ-syandayat) ĀpŚr
- saṃ-syuta See saṃ-√siv
- saṃ-sraṣṭṛ See saṃ-√sṛj
- saṃ-sru √P. -sravati, to flow or run together RV. AV. ŚBr.: Caus. srāvayati, to cause to run together AV. Kauś
- saṃ-sravá m. (ifc. f. ā) flowing together, conflux Suśr
- that which flows together, (esp.) this blended remainder of liquids RV. AitBr. GṛŚrS
- flowing water R
- any remainder, remains, a chip or piece of anything MBh
- a kind of offering or libation MW
- -bhāga (○vá), mfn. one to whom the remainder of any liquid belongs VS
- saṃ-sravaṇa in garbha-s○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-srāvá m. flowing together, conflux AV
- accumulation of matter &c. Suśr
- the remainder of any liquid, dregs TS. Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- a kind of offering or libation MW
- -bhāga (○vá-), m. = saṃ-srava-bh○ TS. TBr
- saṃ-srāvaṇa mfn. flowing or running together AV
- n. spitting out Hcat. (Sch
- written siṃ-śr○)
- saṃ-srāvyá mfn. flowed together, mixed ib
- saṃ-√svañj Ā. -svajate, to clasp, embrace Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-√svad (only inf. -súde), to taste, enjoy RV. viii, 17, 6
- saṃ-√svap See saṃ-supta
- saṃ-svid √Caus. -svedayati, to cause to sweat or perspire, treat with sudorifics Suśr
- saṃ-sveda m. sweat, perspiration MBh
- -ja mfn. produced from moist heat (as vermin) ib
- saṃ-svedayu mfn. Pāṇ. 7-4, 35 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- saṃ-svedin mfn. perspiring Suśr
- saṃ-√svṛ P. -svarati, to sound or sing together, sing with one accord, praise in chorus RV. ŚrS.: Caus. -svarate (only 2. sr. aor. -svariṣīṣṭhāḥ), to pain, afflict, torment Bhaṭṭ. (Sch.)
- saṃ-svāra m. sounding together ŚāṅkhŚr
- saṃ-han √P. -hanti, (ind. p. -hatya, q.v.), to strike or put together, join, shut, close (eyes, wings, hands) RV. &c. &c
- to beat together, make solid Suśr
- to put together i.e. frame, fabricate ŚāṅkhŚr
- (Ā.) to rush together (in battle), meet, encounter (instr.) RV. vii, 56, 22
- (jighnate), to meet as a friend (instr.) ib. ix, 14, 4
- (P.) to break, crush, kill, destroy ib.: Pass. -hanyate, to be put together or joined, join, unite (intr.) Śaṃk
- to become compact or solid ŚBr.: Caus. -ghātayati, to strike together, kill, destroy utterly MW
- saṃ-ha (prob. = saṃ-gha) in comp
- -tala m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together L. (cf. saṃhata- and saṃgha-t)
- -tāpana m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- saṃ-hát f. (prob.) a layer, pile RV. iii, 1, 7
- saṃ-hata mfn. struck together, closely joined or united with (instr.), keeping together, contiguous, coherent, combined, compacted, forming one mass or body ĀśvŚr. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1122, Column]
- accompanied or attended by (instr.) Mn. vii, 165
- become solid, compact, firm, hard MBh. Kāv. &c
- strong-limbed, athletic MBh
- strong, intensive VarBṛS
- (prob.) complex, composite, compound (said of a partic. tone and odour) MBh
- struck, hurt, wounded, killed W
- n. a partic. position in dancing, Saṃigīt
- -kulīna mfn. belonging to a family closely allied or related ĀpŚr. Sch
- -jānu or -jānuka mfn. knock-kneed L
- -tala m. the two hands joined with the open palms brought together W
- -tā f. close contact or union Śiś
- -tva n. id. Pañcat. (v. l.)
- complexity. compactness, close combination W
- -pucchi ind. with contracted tail, g. dvidaṇḍy-ādi
- -bhrū mfn. knitting the brows MBh
- -bhrūkuṭi-mukha mfn. one on whose face the brows are contracted ib
- -mūrti mfn. of compact form or shape, strong, intensive VarBṛS
- vāk-kala mfn. (du.) 'joining the tones of the voice', singing a duet MārkP
- -vṛttôru mfn. one who has round and firm thighs R
- -starnī f. a woman whose breasts are very close to each other MW
- -hasta mfn. seizing or holding each other by the hand (-tva, n.) Gobh. Sch
- ○tâṅga mfn. strong-limbed, well-knit Suśr
- in close contiguity (as hills) MBh
- ○tâñjoli mfn
- joining the hollowed han ds (as a mark of supplication) Hariv
- ○tâśva m. N. of a king (son of Nikumbha) Hariv
- ○tôru mfn. firm-thighed MBh
- saṃhati f. striking together, closure Kāv. ŚārṅgS
- compactness, solidity MBh. VarBṛS
- thickening, swelling ŚārṅgS
- keeping together, saving, economy Kāv
- firm union or alliance, junction, joint effort, close contact or connection with (instr.) Kāv. Pur. Rājat
- a seam Kum
- a compact mass, bulk, heap, collection, multitude Kāv. Kathās. and C
- -śalin mfn. thick, dense Śiś
- saṃḍhatibhāva m. close union or connection Car.,
- saṃḍhatya ind. having struck or put together &c
- joined, combined together with (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- -kārin mfn. working together or with joined effort BhP
- (○ri) -tā f. -tva n. common work or endeavour KātyŚr
- saṃ-hanana mfn. compact, solid, firm MBh. BhP
- making compact or solid Suśr
- striking together MW
- killing, destroying, a destroyer ib
- m. N. of a son of Manasyu MBh
- n. the act of striking together Suśr
- hardening ib
- solidity, compactness, robustness, strength, muscularity MBh. R. &c
- firmness, steadfastness, Śīl
- junction, connection (in a-s○) Nīlak
- agreement, harmony MBh
- the body (as having the limbs well compacted) L
- a mail-coat (?) L
- rubbing the limbs W
- -balôpêta mfn. endowed with firmness and strength BhP
- -vat mfn. strongly built, muscular, robust Jātakam
- ○nôpêta mfn. endowed with strength or muscularity MBh
- saṃ-ḍhananīya mfn. compact, solid, firm, strong MBh
- saṃ-hantṛ mfn. one who joins or unites Śaṃk
- (○trī), f. a female destroyer Pañcar. (perhaps wṛ. for saṃ-hartrī)
- saṃ-hāta m. (for saṃ-ghāta, which is often v. l.) conciseness (in, akṣara-s○) Sāh
- N. of a partic. hell Mn. iv, 89
- of one of Śiva's attendants L
- saṃ-hātya n. (v. l. saṃ-ghātya) violation of an alliance (by means of persuasion or bribery, or by the operation of fate) Sāh
- sáṃ-hāna mfn. narrow MaitrS
- saṃ-gha
- saṃ-ghāta &c. See s.v
- sáṃ-hanu mfn. striking the jaws together AV
- ind. (with √kṛ to seize between the jaws ib
- saṃ-hara ○raṇa, See saṃ-√hṛ
- saṃ-harṣa ○ṣaṇa, See sam-√hṛṣ
- saṃ-havana See saṃ-√hu
- saṃ-hā √1. Ā. -jihīte, (pr. p. -jihāna), to rise up RV. Br. GṛŚrS
- to move about BhP
- to obtain Nalôd
- saṃ-hāyyam ind. being able to rise (in a-s○) PañcavBr
- saṃ-hā √2. P. -jahāti, to leave together Āpast
- to give up, abandon MBh.: Desid. -jihāsati, to wish to leave or desert Car
- saṃ-hāra -raka &c. See saṃ-√hṛ
- saṃ-hi √P. -hinoti, to send forth BhP
- to bring about, contrive, compose RV. [Page 1123, Column]
- sáṃ-hita mfn. (√1. dhā) put together, joined, attached RV. &c. &c
- fixed, settled AitBr
- composed of (comp.) ib
- placed together (pārśva-s○, 'placed side by side') Lāṭy
- uninterrupted (as a series of words) RPrāt
- joined or connected or endowed or furnished with, abounding in, possessed of, accompanied by (comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- agreeing with, conformable to (dharma-s○, 'in accordance with justice') R
- relating to, concerning (comp.) ib
- connected with, proceeding from (comp.) MBh
- being on friendly terms with (instr.) ib
- (○tá), mfn. mixed in colour, variegated VS. TS
- (ā), f. See next
- n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○puṣpikā f. dill (Anethum Panmori) L
- sáṃhitânta mfn. joined at the ends AV
- saṃhitêṣu mfn. one who has fitted or placed an arrow on a bow-string MW
- saṃhitôru mfn. having the thighs joined (through obesity) Pāṇ. 4-1, 70 (cf. saṃhatôru)
- saṃ-hitā f. conjunction, connection, union TUp
- (in gram.) the junction or combination of letters according to euphonic rules (= saṃdhi, but sometimes considered rather as the state preparatory to the actual junction than the junction itself Prāt
- a text treated according to euphonic rules (esp. the real continuous text of the Vedas as formed out of the Padas or separate words by proper phonetic changes [according to various schools
- IW. 15]: beside the Saṃhitās of the Ṛig-, Sāma-, and Atharvaveda there is the Vājasaneyi-SṭSaṃhitās belonging to the White Yajur-veda, and five other Saṃhitās belonging to the black Yajur-veda, viz. the Taittirīya-SṭSaṃhitā, the Saṃhita of the Ātreyas known only by its ānukramaṇī, the SṭSaṃhitā of the Kaṭhas, the Kapishṭhala-Kaṭha-SṭSaṃhitā, and the Saṃhitā of the Maitrāyaṇiyas or Maitrāyaṇī-SṭSaṃhitā) Nir. Prāt. &c
- any methodically arranged collection of texts or verses (e.g. the Rāmâyaṇa, the various law-books, the medical works of Caraka and Śārṅgadhara, the complete system of natural astrology &c. [cf. bṛhat-s○]
- there is also a Saṃhitā of the Purāṇas said to have been compiled by Vyāsa, the substance of which is supposed to be represented by the Vishṇu-purāṇa) MBh. VarBṛS. Pur. &c
- science L
- the force which holds together and supports the universe (a term applied to the Supreme Being, accord. to some) MW
- N. of various wks
- ○kalpa m. N. of a Pariśishṭa of the Atharva-veda
- ○kāra m. the author of a Saṃhitā Rājat
- ○japa m. the recitation of a SṭSaṃhitā (of the Veda) Mn. xi, 201
- ○daṇḍaka m. or n
- ○dīpaka n. N. of wks
- ○pāṭha m. the continuous text of the Veda (as formed out of the Pada-pāṭha, q.v.) Pat. Sch
- ○prakāra m. pl. (with ekādaśa) N. of a wk. (containing 11 modes of reciting Vedic texts, viz. saṃhitā, pada, krama, jaṭā, mālā, śikhā, lekhā, dhvaja, daṇḍa, ratha, gaṇa)
- ○pradīpa m
- ○bhāṣya n
- ○ratnâkara m. N. of wks
- ○"ṣdhyayana (○tâdh○), n. the repeating of the Saṃhitā of a Veda MBh
- ○"ṣdhyāyin (○tâdh○), mfn. repeating the Saṃhitā of a Veda ib
- ○"ṣrṇava (○târn○), m. N. of wk
- ○vat ind, as in the Saṃhitā text MW
- ○vidhi m. the method of the SṭSaṃhitā text RPrāt. Sch
- -vivaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○samāna-lakṣaṇa n. N. of a phonetic treatise
- ○sāra m
- ○sārâvalī f. N. of astrol. wks
- ○sūtra n. a kind of Prātiśākhya to the Ṛig-veda
- ○skandha m
- ○homapaddhati f. N. of wks
- saṃhitôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- -brāhmaṇa n. of a Brāhmaṇa
- sáṃ-hiti f. putting together, connection MaitrS
- saṃhitika wṛ. for sāṃh○ APrāt. Sch
- saṃhitī-bhāva m. connection, mixture, combination Car
- saṃ-√hu P. -juhoti, to sacrifice together VS
- to sacrifice MBh
- saṃ-havana n. the act of sacrificing together or in a proper manner MW
- a quadrangle, group of four houses L
- saṃ-hotrá n. community of sacrifice RV
- saṃ-hūti See sam-√hve
- saṃ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to bring or draw together, unite, compress, collect, contract, abridge RV. &c. &c
- to throw together, mix up ŚrS
- to close, clench (the fist) MBh
- to concentrate (the mind) on (loc.) ib
- to support, maintain Jātakam
- to take or fetch from (abl.) R
- to lay hold of, attract, take for one's self, appropriate Mn. MBh. &c
- to take away, carry off, rob AitBr. MBh
- to lay or draw aside, withdraw, withhold from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to restrain, curb, check, suppress ib. [Page 1123, Column]
- to crush together, crumple up, destroy, annihilate (often opp. to √sṛj, 'to emit or create') Up. MBh. &c
- Pass. -hriyate, to be brought or put together &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -hārayati, ○te, to bind together (Ā. 'one's own hair &c.', also 'cut') GṛŚrS. Car.: -jihīrṣati, to wish to bring together &c. ŚBr.: Intens. -jarīharti, to destroy repeatedly Cat
- saṃ-hara m. drawing together, contracting MW
- destroying ib
- N. of an Asura Hariv
- ○râkhya m. N. of Agni Pavamāna MatsyaP
- saṃ-haraṇa n. drawing or bringing together, collecting, gathering MBh
- binding together, arranging (accord. to others 'cutting', of hair) Āpast
- taking hold of, seizure MBh
- fetching back (arrows &c. discharged by magical arts) Uttarar
- destroying, destruction (opp. to 'creation') MBh. Hariv. Kathās
- saṃ-hartavya mfn. to be drawn together or collected Hariv
- to be re-arranged or restored Sāh
- to be destroyed Nīlak
- saṃ-ḍhartṛ mfn. one who draws together or contracts MW
- one who destroys, a destroyer MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-hāra m. bringing together, collection, accumulation MBh
- contraction (of the organs of speech, opp. to vi-hāra, q.v.) RPrāt
- drawing in (of an elephant's trunk) Ragh
- binding together (of hair
- cf. veṇī-s○) MBh
- fetching back (an arrow after its discharge by magical means) MBh. R. Pur. (cf. IW. 402, n. 1)
- abridgment, comprehensive description, a compendium, manual Lāṭy
- destruction (esp. the periodical desṭdestruction of the universe at end of a Kalpa) Mn. MBh. &c
- a destroyer (= saṃhartṛ) MBh. xiv, 1577
- end, conclusion (of a drama or of an act of a drama) Bhar. Sāh. &c
- a division of the infernal regions L
- N. of an Asura (vḷ. saṃ-hrāda) Hariv
- practice, skill W
- -kārin mfn. causing universal destruction Pañcat
- -kāla m. the time of the desṭdestruction of the world MBh
- -kālāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to appear like the time of the desṭdestruction of the world Śukas
- -buddhi-mat mfn. intending to destroy the world Hariv
- -bhairava m. Bhairava as world-destroyer (one of the 8 forms of Bhairava, q.v.) Cat
- -mudrā f. N. of a partic. posture in the Tantra worship (= visarjana-mudrā) MW
- -varman m. N. of a man Daś
- -vega-vat mfn. ardently wishing to destroy the world MBh
- saṃ-ḍhāraka mfn. (cf. asthi-s○) drawing together, compressing, closing MW
- destructive, ruinous ib
- a destroyer ib
- saṃ-ḍhārika mfn. all-destroying Hcat
- saṃ-ḍhārin mfn. destroying (ifc.) Kathās
- saṃ-hārya mfn. to be brought or drawn together or collected (from various places) ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS
- to be transported, transportable PañcavBr. ŚrS
- to be avoided TĀr
- to be removed or checked or restrained (in a-s○) MBh. R
- to be led astray or corrupted (in a-s○) ib
- to be made to partake of, one who has a claim on (abl.) MBh
- saṃ-hṛta mfn. drawn or brought together &c
- interrupted (in a-s○) Uttarar
- -busam ind. after the chaff has been got in, g. tiṣṭhadgu-prabhṛti
- -yavam ind. after the barley has been got in ib
- saṃ-ḍhṛti f. the destruction of the universe MārkP
- conclusion, end Kathās. Sāh
- the √hṛ with sam Śiś
- contraction, abridgment W
- restraint ib
- taking, seizure ib
- -mat mfn. containing the end of (comp.) Sāh
- saṃ-hriyamāṇa mfn. (Pass. pr. p. of saṃ-√hṛ) being brought together or in &c
- -busam ind. while the chaff is being got in, g. tiṣṭhadgu-prabhṛti
- -yavam ind. while the barley is being got in ib
- saṃ-√hṛṣ P. -hṛṣyati (m.c. also Ā. ○te), to bristle, stand erect (as the hair of the body from joy or fright) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to thrill with delight, be glad, rejoice ib.: Caus. -harṣayati, to gladden, delight R. Divyâv
- saṃ-harṣa m. bristling or erection of the hair of the body, thrill of delight, joy, pleasure MBh. Śiś
- sexual excitement Suśr
- ardour, emulation, rivalry, jealousy (cf. saṃ-gharṣa) MBh. R. &c
- air, wind L
- rubbing together, trituration (for saṃgharṣa) W
- -yogin mfn. possessing joy, enraptured W
- saṃ-ḍharṣaṇa mf(ī)n. causing (the hair of the body) to stand erect ( See loma-h○)
- gladdening, delighting (with gen.) MBh
- n. emulation, rivalry Kām
- saṃ-ḍharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) bristling, standing erect (as the hair of the body) SaddhP
- saṃ-ḍharṣin mfn. thrilling with joy, gladdening, delighting (comp.) R
- envious, jealous, Śis. [Page 1123, Column]
- saṃ-hṛṣita mfn. = ○harṣita Jātakam
- stiff or motionless (with fright) Hariv
- saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. bristling, shuddering MBh
- one whose hair stands erect (with joy) R
- thrilled, delighted, glad MBh. Kāv. &c
- flaming briskly (as fire) R
- -manas mfn. delighted in mind Pañcat
- -roman or -româṅga mfn. one who has the hair of the body bristling (with joy), thrilled, delighted MBh
- -vat mfn. joyfully, gladly R
- -vadana mfn. one whose face is beaming with joy ib
- saṃ-ḍhṛṣṭin mfn. erect (as the male organ) Car
- saṃ-hotra See saṃ-√hu, col. 1
- saṃ-√hrād Ā. -hrādate, to sound or rattle together MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -hrādayati, to knock together (with a sound or noise) ĀśvGṛ
- to resound loudly MBh
- saṃ-hrāda m. a loud noise, uproar, sound MBh. R. &c
- 'Ṣouter', N. of an Asura (son of Hiraṇya-kaśipu) MBh. Hariv. Pur. (vḷ. -hlāda)
- saṃ-ḍhrādana mfn. uttering loud sounds MBh
- saṃ-ḍhrādi m. 'id.', N. of a Rākshasa R
- saṃ-ḍhrādin mfn. sounding together, tumultuous, noisy MBh
- m. N. of a Rākshasa R
- (○di) -kaṇṭha m. n. a noisy voice Kir
- saṃ-ḍhrādīya mfn. relating or belonging to (the Asura) Saṃ-hrāda Hariv
- saṃ-hrīṇa mfn. (√hṝ) altogether ashamed, bashful, modest Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-hlāda vḷ. (or wṛ.) for saṃhrāda MBh
- saṃ-hlādin mfn. refreshing, cheering MBh. Kām
- sáṃ-hvārita mfn. (fr. Caus. of √hvṛ) crooked, curved, bent in (with madhye, 'thinner or more slender in the middle') ŚBr
- saṃ-√hve Ā. -hvayate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 30
- Ved. inf. sáṃ-hvayitavaí), to call out loudly, shout together AV. ŚBr
- to relate, make known Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-hūti f. shouting or calling out together, general shout or clamour L
- saka See 6. sa, p. 1111, col. 2
- sa-kaṅkaṭa mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + k○) furnished with armlets Hariv
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○kacchapa mfn. with tortoises Ml
- ○kañcuka mfn. furnished with armour L
- ○kaṭa mfn. bad, vile L
- m. Trophis Aspera or Angeissus Latifolia L
- ○tâkṣa mfn. casting side glances (am ind.) MBh
- ○ṭânna n. impure food Yājñ. iii, 15 Sch
- ○kaṭuka mfn. poignant, bitter, harsh (as speech) MBh
- ○kaṇṭaka mf(ā)n. having thorns, thorny, prickly, Cān
- troublesome, perilous W
- having the hairs of the body erected, thrilled with joy or desire Kathās
- having pointed splinters MBh. (vḷ.)
- accompanied with bones (said of fish) Pat
- m. Guilandina Bonduc L
- Blyxa Octandra L
- ○kaṇṭha-rodham ind. in a suppressed or low voice Bālar
- ○kaṇḍu or mfn. attended with itching Suśr
- ○kaṇḍūka mfn. attended with itching Suśr
- ○kapaṭam mfn. fraudulently, deceitfully Sāh
- ○kamala mfn. abounding in lotuses Ragh. ix, 19
- ○kampa mfn. having tremor, tremulous, trembling (am ind.) Ratnâv
- ○kampana mfn. id. MW
- accompanied with earthquakes MBh. (= sa-vidyut Nīlak.) - 1
- ○kara mfn. having hands MW
- possessing a trunk (as an elephant) ib. - 2
- ○kara mfn. having rays, full of rays W
- bearing tax, liable to pay taxes ib
- ○karaṇaka mf(ikā)n. transmitted by means of an organ (of the body), Sāṇḍ. Sch
- ○karuṇa mfn. lamentable, pitiable, piteous, full of pity (am, ind. 'piteously') Mṛicch. Ratnâv. Hit
- tender, compassionate (am ind. 'compassionately') Śak. BhP
- ○karṇa mfn. having ears, hearing Vedântas. Siṃhâs
- accompanied by Karṇa MW
- -puccha mfn. with or having ears and tail KātyŚr
- -prâvṛta mfn. wrapped or covered up to the ears ĀpŚr
- ○karṇaka mf(ā)n. 'having ears, and 'having a pilot or guide' Śiś. i, 63
- having a peg &c. KātyŚr
- ○kartṛka mfn. having an agent (-tā f. -tva n.), Kusum. Sarvad
- ○karmaka mfn. effective, having consequences BhP
- (in gram.) 'having an object', transitive Pāṇ. 1-3, 53
- ○karman mfn. (in gram.) = prec. (○ma-tā f.) Kull. on Mn. ix, 37
- performing any act or rite W
- following similar business ib. -1
- ○kala mfn. (for 2. See s.v.) having a soft or low sound MW
- ○kalaṅka mfn. having spots or stains, stained, contaminated ib. [Page 1124, Column]
- ○kalatra mfn. accompanied by a wife ib
- ○kalaha mfn. having quarrels, quarrelsome, quarrelling ib
- ○kalahaṃsa-gaṇa mfn. (for sakala-h○ col. 2) having flocks of Kala-haṃsas ib
- ○kalika mfn. provided with buds Ragh
- ○kaluṣa mf(ā)n. troubled, impure MBh
- ○kalevara mfn. possessing or including bodies Bhām
- ○kalpa mfn. along with the sacrificial ritual Mn. ii, 140
- having rites or ceremonies MW
- m. N. of Śiva ib
- ○kavaca mfn. having armour or mail, mailed ib
- ○kaśmīra mf(ā)n. together with Kaśmīra Kathās
- ○kaṣāya mfn. dominated by passion (-tva n.) Vedântas. Sarvad
- ○kaṣṭam ind. unhappily, unfortunately Hāsy
- ○kākola mfn. together with the hell Kākola Mn. iv, 89
- ○kātara mfn. cowardly, timid (am ind.) MBh
- ○kāma (sá-), mf(ā)n. satisfying desires VS. R
- having one's wishes fulfilled, satisfied, contented MBh. Kāv. &c
- consenting, willing (said of a girl) Vishṇ. Mn. Yājñ
- (ifc.) wishing, desirous of Śiś
- acting on purpose or with free will Tithyād
- full of love, loving, a lover MBh. Kāv. &c
- betraying love (as speech) Pañcat
- (am), ind. with pleasure, for the pleasure of (acc.) Divyâv
- ○mâri m. 'enemy of lovers', N. of Śiva MW
- ○kāyikā f. a game (vḷ. saṃ-k○) Divyâv. -3
- ○kāra mfn. (for 1. and 2. See p. 1111) active, energetic Śiś. xix, 17
- ○kāraṇa mfn. provided with a legal instrument MBh
- = next W
- ○kāraṇaka mf(ikā)n. having a cause, originating from a cause Kull. on Mn. vi, 73
- ○kārmuka mfn. having a bow, armed with a bow MW
- ○kāla mfn. seasonable ib
- (am), ind. seasonably, betimes, early in the morning ib
- (ī), f. See s.v
- ○kāśa m. See s.v
- ○kāṣāya mfn. wearing a brownish-red garment Rājat
- ○kiṃkara mfn. attended by servants MBh
- ○kirīṭa-kaustubha mfn. having a diadem and breast-jewel MW
- ○kīṭa mf(ā)n. full of worms &c. Hcat
- ○kīla m. one who from sexual weakness causes his wife to have intercourse with another man before cohabiting with her himself L
- ○kukṣi mfn. born from the same womb Vop
- ○kuñjara mfn. together with elephants R
- ○kuṭumba mf(ā)n. together with one's family Kāv
- ○kuṇḍa mf(ā)n. together with a well Pañcad
- ○kuṇḍala mfn. decorated with ear-rings MW
- ○kutūhala mfn. full of curiosity (am ind.) Kathās
- ○kula mfn. having a family, together with one's family ŚārṅgP
- belonging to a noble MW
- belonging to the same family ib
- m. an ichneumon (for nakula, by a play on the sound) PārGṛ
- -ja mfn. born from the same family with (gen.) MBh
- ○kulya m. one of the same family and name (= sa-gotra)
- a distant relation, remote kinsman (said to apply to a grandson's grandson or even sometimes extended to the tenth descendant) Mn. Yājñ. &c
- ○kuśa mfn. holding Kuśa grass in the hand R
- ○kuṣṭhika mfn. = sagulpha or sâṅguṣṭha Āpast. (Sch.)
- ○kusumâstaraṇa mfn. strewn with flowers Śak
- ○kūti (sá-), mfn. full of desire, enamoured TBr
- ○kṛcchra mfn. having trouble or distress, painful, distressing MW
- ○kṛ́t See s.v
- ○kṛpa mfn. compassionate (am ind.), Śāntiś
- accompanied by Kṛipa MW
- ○kṛpaṇam ind. piteously, Śāntiś
- ○keta (sá-), mfn. having the same intention RV
- m. N. of an Āditya TS
- ○ketu mfn. having a banner, together with a banner MBh. Naish
- ○keśa mfn. along with the hair PārGṛ
- containing hair (said of food) MBh
- -nakha mfn. with hair and nails Gobh
- ○kaitava mfn. deceitful, fraudulent (am ind.) MW
- a cheat, deceiver Kathās
- ○kopa mf(ā)n. full of anger, enraged, displeased (am, ind.) Kād. Hit
- -vikṛti mfn. agitated with anger Kathās
- ○kośa mfn. containing passages from dictionaries (opp. to vi-k○) Cat
- along with the shell or husk, MārkP
- along with the membrane ib
- ○kautuka mf(ā)n. full of expectation, expectant of, eager for (comp
- am ind.) Ratnâv. Kathās
- ○kautūhalam ind. eagerly, with curiosity Śak
- ○kaurava mfn. along with the Kauravas VarBṛS
- ○kratu (sá-), mfn. being of one accord or one mind with (instr.) RV
- ○kriya mfn. having action, active, mutable, movable, migratory (-tva n.) Kap. Sāṃkhyak
- one who performs his religious acts MW
- ○krīḍa prob. wṛ. for -kroḍa (q.v.)
- ○krudh mfn. wrathful, angry Rājat
- ○kroḍa mfn. along with (i.e. up to) the breast MārkP. (wṛ. -krīḍa)
- ○krodha mfn. full of anger, angry, enraged (am ind.) MBh. R
- -hāsam ind. with an angry laugh Bālar
- ○krodhana mfn. = -krodha R
- ○kvaṇa mfn. making a tinkling sound Dharmaś. [Page 1124, Column]
- ○kṣaṇa mfn. (for sakṣáṇa See col. 3) having leisure for (loc.) BhP
- ○kṣata mfn. having a crack or flaw (as a jewel) L
- ○kṣatram ind. according to the rule of warriors Laghuk. 973
- ○kṣāra mfn. caustic, acrid, pungent VarBṛS
- ○kṣít mfn. dwelling or lying together or side by side RV
- ○kṣīra mfn. provided with milk, milky (as plants
- with yūpa m. 'a sacrificial post made of a tree containing milky juice') ṢaḍvBr. GṛŚrS. R. Suśr
- -dṛti mfn. supplied with leather bags containing milk TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
- ○khaḍga mfn. armed with a sword, sword in hand Mṛicch
- ○khaṇḍa mfn. (opp. to a-kh○) Nyāyak
- ○khura mfn. with the claws or having cṭclaws Vishṇ
- ○khila mfn. (for sakh○ See p. 1130, col. 3) with the supplements Hariv
- ○kheda mfn. having grief (am ind. sadly) Śak
- ○khelam ind. with a gentle motion MBh
- sa-kala mf(ā)n. (fr. 7. sa + kalā
- for 1. sa-kala See p. 1123, col. 3) consisting of parts, divisible, material (opp. to a- and niṣ-k○) MaitrUp. MBh
- possessing all its component parts, complete, entire, whole, all (pratijñāṃ sakalāṃ-√kṛ, 'to fulfil one's promise'
- m. [sometimes with api] 'everybody'
- n. 'everything' or 'one's whole property') KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- whole = wholesome, sound (opp. to vi-kala) Nīlak
- affected by the elements of the material world (with Śaivas applied to a soul which has not advanced beyond the lowest stage of progress) Sarvad
- paying interest Naish
- ○karmacintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
- ○kaluṣa N. of a forest region Vikr
- ○kāma-dugha mf(ā)n. granting all wishes Bhartṛ
- ○grantha-dīpikā f. N. of a lexicon by Sanat-kumāra
- ○jana m. every person, everybody Ratnâv
- ○jananī f. the mother of all
- -stava m. N. of a Tantra wk
- ○devatā-pratiṣṭhā f. N. of wk
- ○deha m. the whole body Dhūrtas
- ○doṣa-maya mf(ī)n. full of all defects Hcat
- ○pāṭha m. recitation of the whole (text) KātyŚr. Sch
- ○purāṇa-tātparya-sāra m
- ○purāṇa-samuccaya m
[[]]
- sakalaprabandhavarṇasārasaṃgraha3sa-kala--prabandha-varṇa-sāra-saṃgraha m
- ○pramāṇa-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○bhuvana-maya mf(ī)n. containing the whole world Pañcar
- ○yajñamaya mf(ī)n. containing the whole oblation BhP
- ○yūtha-parivṛta mfn. surrounded by the whole herd or troop Pañcat
- ○rūpaka n. a complete metaphor Kāvyâd
- ○loka m. 'all the world', every one Hit
- ○vidyā-maya mf(ī)n. containing all knowledge VP
- ○vedâdhyāyin mfn. repeating all the Vedas L
- ○vedin mfn. all-knowing Bhaṭṭ., Introd
[[]]
- sakalavedopaniṣatsāropadeśasāhasrī3sa-kala--vedôpaniṣat-sārôpadeśa-sāhasrī f. the Upadeśa-sāhasrī (by Śaṃkarâcārya) on the essence of all the Vedas and Upanishads
- ○śānti-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○siddhi f. the success of all (-da mfn. 'granting success to all') Cat
- mfn. possessing all perfection BhP
- ○haṃsa-gaṇa mfn. (for sakalahaṃsa-g○ See col. 1) having entire or unbroken flocks of geese MW
- sakalâgama-saṃgraha m. N. of a Tantra wk
- sakalâgamâcārya m. N. of a preceptor Cat
- sakalâdhāra m. 'receptacle of all', N. of Śiva Śivag
- sakalâdhikāra m. N. of wk. on architecture (attributed to Agastya)
- sakalârṇa-maya mf(ī)n. containing all sounds Pañcar
- sakalârtha-śāstra-sāra mfn. containing the essence of precepts about all things MW
- sakalârthi-sârtha-kalpa-druma m. the wishing tree for the multitude of all supplicants Pañcat
- sakalêndu m. the full moon Hariv
- -mukha mf(ī)n. having a face like a full moon Vikr
- sakalêśvara m. lord of the universe BhP
- N. of an author Cat
- sakalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make full Harav
- sakalī in comp. for 2. sa-kala
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make full, complete Pañcar. Hcat
- ○vi-√dhā P. -dadhāti id. Pañcar
- sakalakala (?), m. N. of a family Cat
- sa-ka-la-varṇa mfn. containing the syllables ka and la
- n. (with sa-ha-kāra) having the syllables ka, la, ha (i.e. the word kalaha, strife) Nalôd
- sakālī f. N. of a place Cat
- ○samudra ib
- sa-kāśa mfn. having appearance or visibility, visible, present, near L
- m. presence, propinquity, vicinity, nearness (used in the sense of a preposition, esp. after verbs of motion, such as 'to go, come', &c., with a gen. or rarely abl. of a person, or ifc. [Page 1124, Column]
- e.g. sakāśam, 'to, towards, near'
- sakāśe, 'in the presence of, before'
- sakāśāt, or ○śatas, 'from the presence of, from'
- ā sakāśāt, 'as far as, up to' the fire) ŚrS. Up. MBh. &c
- sakuruṇḍa m. yellow Amaranth or Barleria (= sāk○) L
- sa-kṛ́t mfn. (fr. 7. sa + 1. kṛt) acting at once or simultaneously AV. xi, 1, 10
- ind. at once, suddenly, forthwith, immediately RV. Br. ŚrS. Mn. MBh
- once (= semel, with áhnaḥ, 'once a day'
- repeated = 'in each case only once') RV. &c. &c
- once, formerly, ever (with mā = 'never' Kāv. VarYogay
- once for all, for ever ChUp. Kāv. MārkP
- at once, together W. [For cognate words See under 7. sa.]
- ○praja m. 'having offspring once (a year)', a crow L
- a lion L
- ○prayogin mfn. being employed only once KātyŚr
- ○prasūtikā f. one who has borne one child (esp. a cow that has calved once) L
- ○phalā f. 'bearing fruit once', the tree Musa Sapientum L
- ○sū́ mfn. bringing forth once or at once RV. x, 74, 4
- ○snāyin mfn. bathing once Mn. xi, 215
- sakṛc-chruta-dhara mfn. (for sakṛt-śr○) keeping in memory what has once been heard Kathās
- sakṛd in comp. for 1. sakṛt
- ○abhiṣuta (sakṛ́d-), mfn. once pressed out TS
- ○āgāmin m. 'returning only once again i.e. being re-born', N. of the second of the four orders of Buddhist Aryas MWB. 132
- (○mi) -tva n. Vajracch
- (○mi) -phala and -phala-pratipannaka Dharmaś. 102 ; 103
- ○ācchinná mfn. severed with one cut ĀśvŚr
- ○ādīpana n. setting on fire at once Kauś
- ○āhṛta mfn. (interest) paid at one time (not by instalments) Mn. viii, 151
- ○ukta-gṛhītârtha mfn. grasping the sense of what has once been said Cāṇ
- ○upamathitá mfn. stirred or churned once ŚBr
- ○gati f. only a possibility Sch. on Pāṇ. 7-1, 50
- ○garbha m. 'having only one conception', a mule L
- (ā), f. a woman who is pregnant only once MW
- ○guha (VP.),
- ○graha or (MBh.),
- ○grāha (MBh.),
- ○vaha (VP.), m. pl. N. of peoples
- ○vidyuttá mf(ā)n. flashing or gleaning once ŚBr
- n. the act of flashing once ib
- ○vibhāta mfn. appeared at once Vedântas
- ○vīra m. the plant Helminthostachys Laciniata L
- sakṛn in comp. for 1. sakṛt
- ○nandā f. N. of a river MBh
- ○nārāśaṃsa mfn. provided once with the Soma vessels called Nārāśaṃsas AitBr
- ○madvat ind. once, one time ŚBr. ŚāṅkhBr
- sakṛl in comp. for 1. sakṛt
- ○lū Pāṇ. 8-2, 4 Sch
- ○lūna mfn. cut off at once ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○lekha wṛ. for sa-hṛll○ Vas. R
- sakṛt wṛ. for śakṛt, q.v
- sakṛta n. an edict addressed to the Śūdras (= śūdra-śāsana) L
- sakta sakti, saktu &c. See √sañj
- sákthi n. (derivation doubtful
- the base sakthán [fr. which acc. pl. sakthāni RV. v, 61,] appears in later language only in the weakest cases, e.g. sg. instr. sakthnā́ gen. abl. sakthnás loc. saktháni, or sakthní, Pāṇ. 7-1, 75
- there occurs also nom. acc. du. sakthyaú [RV. x, 86, 16 AV. vi, 9,] formed fr. a fem. base sakthī́), the thigh, thigh-bone
- the pole or shafts of a cart (du. euphemistically 'the female organ') RV. &c. &c
- saktha (ifc.) = prec. (cf. añji-, apara-, uttara-s○ &c.)
- sakthī See under sakthi
- sákman sákmya, See √sac
- sakṣ cl. 1. P. sakṣati, to go Naigh. ii, 14 (only in pr. p. sakṣat [RV. i, 131,], which, accord. to Sāy.= saṃ-bhajamāna
- others derive it fr. √sac, or sah)
- sakṣa mfn. (fr. √sah) overpowering TS. TBr
- sakṣáṇa mfn. (for sa-kṣaṇa See col. 2) conquering, victorious RV
- sakṣáṇi mfn. vanquishing (with acc.) RV
- sakṣáṇi mfn. (fr. √sac) connected or united with (gen. or instr.), a comrade, companion, possessor RV. [Page 1125, Column]
- sakṣama m. N. of a teacher of the Haṭha-vidyā (vḷ. allama and su-kṣāma) Cat
- sakh sakhyati (invented to serve as the source of sakhi, q.v. under √1. sac)
- sakhola N. of a place Rājat
- sag (cf. √sthag), cl. 1. sagati, to cover Dhātup. xix, 27
- sa-gajâroha mfn. (i.e., 7. sa + g○) attended by men riding on elephants MW
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○gaṇa (sá-), mfn. having troops or flocks, attended by followers, accompanied by (instr.) RV. &c. &c
- m. N. of Śiva Śivag
- ○gatika mfn. connected with a preposition &c. ( gati) Pat
- ○gadgada mfn. with stammering (voice)
- (am), ind. stammeringly Pañcat. BhP
- -gir mfn. with or having a faltering or stammering voice, Ratnâv
- -svaram ind. id. Sāh
- ○gandha mfn. having smell, smelling Suśr
- odoriferous, fragrant W
- having the same smell as (instr. or comp.) VarBṛS. Vop. (also ○dhin MBh.)
- related, kin Śak. (in Prākṛit)
- proud, arrogant Megh. (vḷ. -garva)
- ○gandharva mfn. together with the Gandharvas MW
- ○vâpsaraska mfn. together with the Gandharvas and Apsarases MBh. -1
- ○gara (sá-). mfn. (for 2. &c. See below) accompanied by praise (fr. gara, √1. gṝ
- said of the fires) VS. (Sch
- accord. to others, 'swallowing', 'devouring', fr. gara, √2. gṝ)
- ○garas mfn. accompanied by praise (applied to Agni
- prec.) PañcavBr
- ○garbha mf(ā)n. pregnant, impregnated by (abl. or instr.) Hariv. Kathās. &c
- (a plant) whose leaves are still undeveloped KāśīKh
- m. = next L
- (ā), f. a pregnant woman MW
- ○garbhya (sá-), m. a brother of whole blood, one by the same father and mother VS. Kāṭh
- ○garva mfn. having pride, arrogant, exulting, elated by, proud of (loc. or comp
- also am ind. proudly) R. Kālid. &c
⋙sagu
- ○gu mfn. along with cows ĀpŚr
- ○guḍa mf(ā)n. sugared (?), Mṛcch. viii, 10
- ○guḍa-śṛṅgaka mf(ikā)n. furnished with cupolas MBh
- ○guṇa mf(ā)n. furnished with (or together with) a string or cord MBh. Kāv. &c
- furnished with partic. attributes or properties ŚrS
- having qualities, qualified BhP. Vedântas
- having good qualities or virtues, virtuous (-tva n.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- worldly MW
- -nirguṇa-vāda m. N. of a Vedânta wk
- -vatī f. N. of wk. (on the mystic power of the letters of the alphabet, ascribed to Śamkarâcārya) Cat
- ○ṇin mfn. having good qualities, virtuous Bhartṛ
- ○gulika mfn. along with a pill Kathās
- ○gūḍham ind. secretly, privately MW
- ○gṛha (sá-), mfn. together with one's house or family, with wife and children ĀpŚr
- ○gṛha-patika mfn. with the householder ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○gotra mfn. being of the same family or kin, related to (gen. or comp.) Br. Gaut. &c
- m. a kinsman of the same family (one sprung from a common ancestor or one connected by funeral oblations of food and water) Āp. Mn. MBh. &c
- a distant kinsman L
- n. a family, race or lineage W
- ○gomaya mf(ā)n. having or mixed with cow-dung ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○goṣṭhī L. (ifc.) fellowship with BhP
- ○gauravam ind. with dignity Ratnâv
- ○gdhi
- ○gdhiti See col. 2
- ○graha mfn. filled with crocodiles (as a river) R
- taken up by means of ladles or other vessels ( See graha) ĀpŚr
- seized by the demon Rāhu, eclipsed (as the moon) R
- ○ghana mfn. thick (as hair) SārṅgS
- clouded VarBṛS
- dense, solid MW
- ○ghṛṇa mf(ā)n. full of pity, compassionate BhP
- tender of feeling, delicate, scrupulous Jātakam
- disliking, abhorring (loc.) Naish
- ○ghṛta mfn. mixed with ghee Vishṇ
- ○ghoṣa mfn. (pl.) shouting together TāṇḍyaBr
- sa-gara mfn. (fr. 7. sa + gara, 'poison', √2. gṝ
- for 1. sa-gara See above) containing poison, poisonous (n. 'poisonous food') R. BhP. m. 'provided with moisture', the atmosphere, air RV. TS. Kāṭh. (cf. Naigh. i, 3)
- N. of a king of the solar race, sovereign of Ayodhyā (son of Bāhu
- he is said to have been called Sa-gara, as born together with a poison given to his mother by the other wife of his father
- he was father of Asamañja by Keśinī and of sixty thousand sons by Su-mati
- the latter were turned into a heap of ashes by the sage Kapila [see bhagīratha], and their funeral ceremonies could only be performed by the waters of Gaṅgā to be brought from heaven for the purpose of purifying their remains [Page 1125, Column]
- this was finally accomplished by the devotion of Bhagīratha, who having led the river to the sea, called it Sāgara in honour of his ancestor: Sagara is described as having subdued the Śakas, Yavanas, and other barbarous tribes
- pl. 'the sons of Sagara') MBh. R. &c. (IW. 361)
- N. of a partic. Arhat MW
- sagarôpâkhyāna n. 'the story of Sagara', N. of a ch. of the Padma-purāṇa
- ságara m. and (ā) f. (for 1. 2. sa-g○ See col. 1) night (?) TS.: ŚBr. (in a formula)
- sagarī f. N. of a town Buddh
- sá-gdhi f. (fr. 7. sa + gdhi = jagdhi) a common meal VS. TS
- ságdhiti f. id. MaitrS
- sa-gmá m. (?fr. 7. sa + gma, √gam) agreeing, coming to terms, bargaining VS. TS
- sa-gman (prob. fr. the same) = saṃgrāma Naigh. ii, 17
- sagh (cf. √sah), cl. 5. P. (Dhātup. xxvii, 20) saghnoti (occurring only in impf. ásaghnoḥ "ṣnot Pot. saghnuyāt Subj. sághat Prec. saghyāsam, and inf. sagdhyai
- Gr. also pf. sasāgha aor. asaghīt, or asāghīt &c.), to take upon one's self, be able to bear, be a match for (acc.) RV. TS. MaitrS. TĀr
- to hurt, injure, kill Dhātup
- sagha m. N. of a man Buddh
- sághan m. a vulture TBr
- saṃ-kakṣa See niḥ-s○
- saṃ-kakṣikā f. a kind of garment Buddh
- saṃ-kaṭa mf(ā)n. (prob. Prākṛit for saṃ-kṛta
- 2. vi-kaṭa &c.) 'brought together', contracted, closed, narrow, strait MBh. Kāv. &c
- crowded together, dense, impervious, impassable MBh. MārkP
- dangerous, critical MBh
- (ifc.) crowded with, full of Kād
- m. N. of a partic. personification (a son of Kakubh) BhP
- of a man Rājat
- of a gander or flamingo Kathās. Pañcat. Hit
- (ā), f. See below
- (am), n. a narrow passage, strait, defile, pass MBh. Kāv. &c., a strait, difficulty, critical condition, danger to or from (comp
- cf. prâṇa-s○) ib
- ○caturthī f. N. of the fourth day in the dark half of Śrāvaṇa Cat
- ○nāśana mfn. removing difficulties Kām
- ○mukha mfn. narrow-mouthed ib
- ○muha (for -mukha), 'id.', a kind of vessel, Śīl
- ○stotra n. N. of a ch. of the Kāśīkhaṇḍa
- ○stha mfn. being in difficulties Kathās
- ○hara-caturthī-vrata n. N. of wk
- saṃkaṭâkṣa wṛ. for sa-k○
- saṃkaṭâpanna mfn. beset with difficulties MW
- saṃkaṭôttīrṇa mfn. released from difficulties Kathās
- saṃkaṭā f. N. of a Yoginī (seven others are named, viz. Maṅgalā, Piṅgalā, Dhanyā, Bhrāmarī, Bhadrikā, Ulkā, Siddhi) Jyot
- of a goddess worshipped in Benares L
- ○nāmâṣṭaka n. N. of a ch. of the Padma-purāṇa
- saṃkaṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become narrow or too narrow Kād
- to become contracted, grow less ib
- saṃkaṭika mfn. g. kumudâdi
- saṃkaṭin mfn. being in danger or difficulties MārkP
- saṃ-√kath P. -kathayati, to relate or narrate fully, tell, speak about (acc.), converse MBh. BhP
- saṃ-kathana n. the act of narrating fully, narration, conversation with (instr. with and without saha) MBh. Naish
- saṃ-ḍkathā f. (ifc. f. ā) talk or conversation with (instr. with or without saha) or about (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- accordance, agreement Cat
- saṃ-kathita mfn. related, narrated, communicated MBh. R
- saṃ-√kan (only p. -cakāná), to be pleased or satisfied RV. v, 30, 17
- saṃ-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to shake about, tremble, quake MBh. R.: Caus. -kampayati, to cause to shake or tremble MBh
- saṃ-kara &c. See saṃ-√kṝ
- saṃ-kartam See sam- √2. kṛt
- saṃ-karṣa &c. See saṃ- √ḷṣ. [Page 1125, Column]
- saṃ-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive (cattle) together (for grazing) Hariv
- to put to flight MBh
- to carry out, perform the last or funeral honours to a dead person R
- saṃ-kalā ind. killing, slaughter (?) W
- saṃ-kālana n. the act of driving (cattle) together (for grazing) Cat
- carrying out or burning (a corpse) R. (vḷ. saṃ-kalana)
- saṃ-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to heap together, accumulate Suśr
- to add Gaṇit
- to be of opinion Kpr
- saṃ-kala m. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-2, 75) collection, accumulation, quantity W
- addition ib
- saṃ-ḍkalana n. (or ā f.) joining or adding or holding together Kād
- addition, Bījag
- the act of heaping together W
- saṃ-ḍkalikā-cūraṇa n. shavings Divyâv
- saṃ-kalita mfn. heaped together, accumulated &c
- added Līl
- blended, intermixed W
- laid hold of, grasped MW
- (ā), f. (in arithm.) the first sum in a progression Col
- n. addition Līl
- ○tâikya n. the sum of the sums or terms (of an arithm. progression) Col
- saṃ-ḍkalitin mfn. one who has made an addition (with loc.), g. iṣṭâdi
- saṃ-kaluṣa (prob.) n. defilement, impurity (yoni-s○, 'an illegitimate marriage') MBh. (cf. kaluṣa-yoni)
- saṃ-kalpa &c. See saṃ-√kḷp
- saṃ-kaṣṭa (prob.) distress, trouble, need (in the following comp.)
- ○caturthī-kathā f
- ○caturthī-vrata-kathā f
[[]]
- saṃkaṣṭanāśanagaṇapatistotra3saṃ-kaṣṭa--nāśana-gaṇa-pati-stotra n
- ○nāśana-vrata n
- ○nāśana-stotra n
- ○vrata n
- ○hara-caturthī-vrata n
[[]]
- saṃkaṣṭaharacaturthīvratakālanirṇaya3saṃ-kaṣṭa--hara-caturthī-vrata-kāla-nirṇaya m
- ○haraṇa-stotra n. N. of wks
- sáṃ-kasuka mfn. (fr. sam + √1. kas
- often written saṃkusuka, or śaṃkusuka) splitting, crumbling up (applied to Agni as the destroyer of the body) AV
- (saṃkás○), crumbling away ŚBr
- unsteady, irresolute MBh. xii, 1044 (accord. to L. also = durbala, manda, saṃkīrṇa, apavāda-śīla, durjana and saṃśleṣaka)
- m. N. of the author of RV. x, 18 (having the patr. yāmāyana) Anukr
- sáṃkā f. (prob. connected with √sañj) contest, strife, fight RV. TBr
- saṃkāyikā See sa-kāyikā, p. 1124, col. 1
- saṃ-kāra See saṃ-√kṝ
- saṃ-√kāś Ā. -kāśate, to appear together, appear in sight, become visible R.: Caus. -kāśayati, to look at, see, behold AV
- sáṃ-kāśa m. (ifc. f. ā) look, appearance (often ifc. = 'having the appearance of', 'looking like', 'resembling') AV. &c. &c
- vicinity, neighbourhood (wṛ. for sa-k○) L
- sáṃ-ḍkāśya wṛ. for sāṃ-kāśya
- saṃ-kila m. (said to be fr. śam + √kil) a burning torch, fire-brand L
- saṃ-kīrṇa &c. See saṃ-√kṝ
- saṃ-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to mention or relate fully, announce, proclaim, celebrate, praise MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-kīrtana n. the act of mentioning fully &c
- praise, celebration, glorification MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-ḍkīrti m. N. of a Vaiśya (said to have been the author of partic. Vedic hymns) MW
- saṃ-ḍkīrtita mfn. mentioned fully, celebrated, praised ib
- saṃkīla m. N. of a man (vḷ. saṃkīrṇa) Cat
- saṅku (?), m. a hole W
- saṃ-√kuc (or -kuñc), P. -kucati, to contract, shrink, close (as a flower) Kāv. Kathās. Suśr
- to contract, compress, absorb, destroy Nir. Sch.: Pass. -kucyate, to shrink, be closed or contricted Suśr.: Caus. -kocayati, to contract, draw in MBh. Suśr
- to narrow, make smaller, lessen Bhartṛ
- (Ā.) to withdraw, withhold Subh
- saṃ-kucana m. 'Ṣriveller', N. of a demon causing disease (vḷ. saṃ-kuṭana) Hariv
- n. contraction, shrinking, shrivelling Car
- saṃ-kucita mfn. contracted, shrunk, shrivelled, narrowed, closed, shut R. Bhartṛ. Suśr
- crouching, cowering MW
- N. of a place, g. takṣaśilâdi. [Page 1126, Column]
- saṃ-kuñcita mfn. curved, bent Divyâv
- saṃ-koca m. contraction, shrinking together, compression MBh. Kāv. &c
- shutting up, closing (of the eyes) Sāh
- crouching down, cowering, humbling one's self, shyness, fear (acc. with √kṛ, 'to become shy or modest') Hariv
- abridgment, diminution, limitation, restriction Śaṃk. Sarvad
- drying up (of a lake) Kāv
- binding, tying L
- a sort of skate fish L
- N. of an Asura MBh
- n. saffron L
- -kārin mfn. making contraction, crouching down, humble, modest Rājat
- -pattraka mfn. causing the withering of leaves (said of a partic. disease affecting trees Hariv
- -piśuna n. saffron L
- -rekhā f. 'line of contraction', a wrinkle, fold L
- saṃ-ḍkocaka mfn. contracting, causing to shrink or shrivel up Kāvyâd. Sch
- saṃ-ḍkocana mf(ī)n. ( See gātra-saṃkocanī) id
- astringent MW
- m. N. of a mountain R
- (ī), f. the sensitive plant (Mimosa Pudica) L
- n. the act of contracting or closing or astringing MBh. Suśr. Sāh
- saṃ-ḍkocanīya mfn. to be limited or restricted (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch
- saṃ-ḍkocita n. (fr. Caus.) 'contraction of the limbs', a partic. manner of fighting Hariv
- saṃ-ḍkocin mfn. closing (as a flower) Rājat
- contracting ( See gātra-saṃk○)
- diminishing, lessening Vcar
- astringent MW
- saṃ-kup √1. P. -kupyati, to become agitated or moved ŚvetUp
- to become angry or enraged MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to make angry, excite MBh
- to become agitated or excited ŚBr
- saṃ-kupita mfn. enraged, aroused, excited MBh
- saṃ-kula mf(ā) n. (cf. ā-kula) crowded together, filled or thronged or mixed or mingled or affected with, abounding in, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- thick, dense (as smoke) R
- violent, intense (-kaluṣa mfn. 'intensely turbid') VarBṛS
- disordered, disturbed, confused, perplexed MBh
- impeded, hindered by (instr.) VarBṛS. Hit
- m. N. of a poet Cat
- (am), n. a crowd, throng, mob Mālatīm
- a confused fight, battle, war MBh. Hariv. &c
- trouble, distress BhP. MārkP
- inconsistent or contradicatory speech MW
- saṃ-kulita mfn. crowded or filled with, abounding in (comp.) BhP
- confused, perplexed R
- saṃkulī-kṛta mfn. thronged, crowded, gathered together R
- disordered, thrown into confusion Kām
- saṃkusuka See sáṃ-kasuka
- saṃ-kusumita mfn. flowering Lalit
- fully blown or budded, fully expanded or manifested (occurring in the names of various Buddhas)
- saṃ-kūjita n. (√kūj) the cry of Cakra-vāka Śiksh
- saṃ-kūṭana n. Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-3, 44 Vārtt. 3
- saṃ-kṛ √1. P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, (3 pl. pr. saṃ-kurvate Mṛicch
- impf. sam-akṛṇvan RV
- pf. saṃ-cakruḥ ib
- aor. sam-akran ib.), to put together, compose, arrange, prepare &c. (= saṃ-skṛ, q.v.): Pass. -kriyate (aor. sam-akāri) RV.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to arrange or prepare, celebrate (a wedding) MBh
- to make, render (two acc.) ib
- sáṃ-kṛti mfn. putting together, arranging, preparing, making ready TS. TBr
- m. N. of various men (pl. 'the family of Sáṃ-kṛiti'
- g. gargâdi) ŚrS. MBh. &c
- f. a kind of metre (consisting of 4 Pādas of 24 syllables each) RPrāt. Col
- n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- saṃ-kṛt √2. (only ind. p. -kṛtya and -kártam), to cut to pieces, cut through, pierce ŚBr
- saṃ-kṛtta mfn. cut to pieces, cut through, pierced MBh
- saṃ-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw together, contract, tighten AV. TS. KātyŚr
- to draw away, drag along, carry off MBh. R
- saṃ-karṣa mfn. drawing near, vicinity, neighbourhood Gobh
- -kāṇḍa m. N. of wk. (= saṃkarṣaṇa-k○
- See col. 2)
- -bhāṭṭa-dīpikā f. N. of wk
- saṃ-ḍkarṣaṇa n. drawing out, extraction Hariv. BhP
- a means of joining or uniting BhP
- drawing together, contracting W
- making rows, ploughing ib. [Page 1126, Column]
- m. N. of Bala-deva or Bala-rāma (also called Halâyudha q.v., the elder brother of Kṛishṇa
- he was drawn from the womb of Devakī and transferred to that of Rohiṇī
- among Vaishṇavas he is considered as the second of the four forms of Purushôttama) MBh. Hariv. Pur. Sarvad
- N. of the father of Nīlâsura Cat
- (also with sūri) of various authors ib
- -kāṇḍa (or saṃ-karṣa-k○), m. N. of an appendix to the Mīmāṃsā-sūtra
- -maya mf(ī)n. representing Bala-deva AgP
- -vidyā f. the art of drawing a child from the womb of one woman and transferring it to that of another (applied to Baladeva, above.) Prab
- -śaraṇa m. N. of an author, Cat
- -sūtra-vicāra m. N. of wk
- ○ṇêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat
- saṃ-ḍkarṣin mfn. drawing together, contracting, shortening ( See kāla-s○)
- saṃ-kṛṣṭa mfn. drawn together, contracted (as two sounds), drawn near to one another KātyŚr
- saṃ-√kṝ P. -kirati, to mix or pour together, commingle MBh
- to pour out, bestow liberally or abundantly RV. AV. TS.: Pass. -kīryate, to become mixed or confused MBh
- saṃ-kara m. mixing together, commingling, intermixture confusion (esp. of castes or races, proceeding from the intermarriage of a man with a woman of a higher caste or from the promiscuous intercourse of the four tribes, and again from the indiscriminate cohabitation of their descendants
- cf. yoni-s○) Mn. MBh. &c
- the offspring of a mixed marriage R
- any action similar to the intermixture of castes (sometimes n.) MBh
- (in rhet.) the confusion or blending together of metaphors which ought to be kept distinct (opp. to saṃ-sṛṣṭi, q.v.) Sāh. Kpr
- anything that may be defiled by the touch of any unclean thing MBh
- dung Car
- dust, sweepings L
- the crackling of flame L
- N. of a man Buddh
- -ja mfn. born from a mixed caste Cat
- -jāta mfn. id. Mn. v, 89
- -jāti mfn. id. BhP
- -jātīya mfn. id. MW
- -tā f. ( See varṇa-s○)
- -mīmāṃsā f. N. of wk
- -saṃkara m. the mixed offspring of mixed offspring Vishṇ
- -sveda m. a partic. sudorific treatment
- ○râpātra-kṛtyā f. an action which degrades a man to a mixed caste or makes him unworthy to receive gifts Mn. xi, 126
- ○rāśva m. 'mongrel horse', a mule L
- saṃ-ḍkaraka mfn. mixing, mingling, confusing MBh
- saṃ-ḍkarita in garbha-s○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍkarin mfn. one who has illicit intercourse with (comp.) Baudh
- mingling, confusing (in putra-s○, q.v.) Vishṇ. Mn. Sch. &c
- saṃkarī in comp. for saṃkara
- ○karaṇa n. mixing together, confusing (esp. illegal intermixture of castes or any similar illegality) Vishṇ
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti (pp. -kṛta), to mix together, confuse MW
- saṃ-kāra m. dust, sweepings (-kūṭa n. a heap of rubbish) Divyâv
- the crackling of flame L
- (ī), f. a girl recently deflowered, new bride L
- saṃ-kīrṇa mfn. poured together, mixed, commingled &c
- crowded with, full of (comp.) MBh
- joined or combined with (comp.) Yājñ. Sch
- mingled, confused, disordered, adulterated, polluted, impure Mn. MBh. &c
- born of a mixed marriage MBh
- mixed, miscellaneous, of various kinds, manifold Bhar. Daśar
- sprinkled (esp. with fluid-exudation, as a rutting elephant
- but cf. -nāga) L
- contracted, narrow W
- scattered, strewed, spread, diffused ib
- m. a man of mixed caste Bhar
- (in music) a mixed note or mode
- = -nāga L
- N. of an ancient sage (vḷ. saṃ-kīla) L
- (ā), f. a kind of riddle (of a mixed character) Kāvyâd. iii, 105
- (am), n. confusion (in vākya-s○, q.v.)
- -cārin mfn. wandering about confusedly, going to various places Suśr
- -jāti mfn. (= yoni) Cat
- -tā f. confusion, confused order (of words in a sentence) Sāh
- -nāga m. an elephant with mixed characteristics VarBṛS
- -neri m. a kind of dance, Saṃgīt
- -yuddha n. a fight with various weapons MBh
- -yoni mfn. of mixed birth or caste, impure through illegal intermarriage Mn. x, 25
- -rāgâdhyāya m. N. of wk. on music
- -viṣkambhaka m. (in dram.) a mixed interlude Bhar
- ○ṇâna (?), m. N. of a serpent-demon VP
- ○ṇī-karaṇa n. = saṃkarī-k○ L
- saṃ-kṝt See saṃ-√kīrt
- saṃ-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate, to be brought about, come into existence ChUp
- to be in order or ready ib
- to wish, long for, be desirous of ( See saṃ-kalpanīya): Caus. -kalpayati, ○te, to put together, arrange AV
- to produce, create BhP
- to move or rock to and fro (the head) R. [Page 1126, Column]
- to determine, fix, settle MBh. Kād
- to destine for (loc.) MBh
- (with or without manasā), to will, purpose, resolve, intend, aim at, strive after AV. &c. &c., to imagine, fancy, take for, consider as (acc. with iva) Daś
- to think about, ponder, hesitate R
- to perform obsequies ib
- saṃ-kalpá m. (ifc. f. ā) conception or idea or notion formed in the mind or heart, (esp.) will, volition, desire, purpose, definite intention or determination or decision or wish for (with loc., dat., or ifc.), sentiment, conviction, persuasion
- (ibc. often = 'intentionally', 'purposely', 'on purpose', 'according to will', &c
- acc. with √kṛ, 'to form a resolution, make up one's mind') AV. &c. &c
- idea or expectation of any advantage W
- a solemn vow or determination to perform any ritual observance, declaration of purpose (e.g. a declaration by a widow of her intention to burn herself with her deceased husband) W
- the Will personified (as a son of Saṃ-kalpā and Brahmā) Hariv. MārkP
- (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Daksha (the wife of Dharma and mother of Saṃkalpa) Hariv
- of Manu's wife Hariv
- ○kulmala (○pá-), mfn. (an arrow) whose neck ( See kúlmala) is (formed by) desire AV
- ○kaumudī f
- ○candrikā f. N. of wks
- ○ja mfn. produced from self-will or desire or idea of advantage Mn. Yājñ
- produced from mere will Kum. Sch
- m. 'mind-born, heart-born', wish, desire BhP
- love or the god of love MBh
- ○janman mfn. born from desire Kathās
- love or the god of love Vas. Kād
- ○jūti (○pá-), mfn. urged or impelled by desires TBr
- ○durga-bhañjana n. N. of wk. (cf. saṃkalpa-smṛti-d○)
- ○prabhava mfn. born from desire MBh
- ○bhava mfn. id. ib
- m. love or the god of love L
- ○mūla mfn. rooted or based on some idea or desire of advantage Mn. ii, 3
- ○yoni mfn. having source or origin in (mere) will or desire, Prabh
- m. love or the god of love Kālid
- ○rāma m. N. of a preceptor Cat
- ○rūpa mfn. formed or consisting of will, comformable to the will or purpose W
- ○vat mfn. possessing determination, one who decides, a decider Vedântas
- ○śrāddha-prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○sambhava mfn. fulfilment of a wish Kathās
- ○sambhava mfn. = -mūla Mn. ii, 3
- m. love or the god of love L
- ○siddha mfn. accomplished by mental resolve or will, one who has gained supernatural power through strength of will MBh
- ○siddhi f. accomplishment of an object by (strength of) will Āpast
- ○sūryôdaya m. N. of a philosophical drama in ten acts (an imitation of the Prabodha-candrôdaya)
- ○smṛti-durga-bhañjana n. N. of a wk. on law
- saṃkalpâtmaka mfn. consisting of will or volition, having the nature of mental resolve ChUp
- willing, resolving W
- saṃ-kalpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) determining, deciding, purposing, wishing, AmṛitUp
- well discriminating Nīlak
- reflecting, pondering MW
- saṃ-kalpaḍkalpana n. (or ā f.) purpose, wish, desire ŚvetUp. BhP
- (○nā)-maya mf(ī)n. proceeding from purpose or desire BhP
- saṃ-kalpaḍkalpanīya mfn. to be wished or desired or intended ChUp
- saṃ-kalpaḍkalpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) wished for, desired, intended, purposed, determined, resolved on Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- conceived, imagined, thought, fancied, contrived MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-kḷpta mfn. contrived, prepared, made ready MBh
- desired, wished, intended ChUp
- destined or meant for (comp.) Āpast
- saṃ-ḍkḷpti f. will, volition ChUp
- thought, fancy, contrivance MW
- saṃ-keta m. (fr. saṃ-√cit) agreement, compact, stipulation, assignation with (gen., esp. with a lover), engagement, appointment (acc. with √kṛ, or grah or dā or Caus. of √kḷp, 'to make an agreement or appointment' or 'appoint a place of meeting with any person' [gen. or instr. or instr. with saha, samam, mithaḥ]
- ibc. 'according to agreement', 'by appointment') MBh. Kāv. &c
- convention, consent MBh
- intimation, hint, allusion, preconcerted sign or signal or gesture (acc. with √kṛ, 'to give a signal') Kathās. Gīt
- a short explanation of a grammatical rule (= 2. śailī, q.v.) MW
- condition, provision ib
- N. of a Comm. on the Kāvya-prakāśa and on the Harsha-carita
- pl. N. of a people (cf. sāketa) MārkP
- ○ketana n. a place of assignation, place appointed for meeting (a lover &c.), rendezvous Kathās
- ○kaumudī f. N. of wk. [Page 1127, Column]
- ○gṛhaka m. or n. (in Prākṛit) = -ketana Mālav
- ○graha m. (Kusum.),
- ○grahaṇa n. (Sarvad.) making an agreement
- ○candrôdaya m
- ○traya n. N. of Tantra wks
- ○niketa m. (Naish.),
- ○niketana n. (Kathās.) = -ketana
- ○paddhati f. N. of a Tantra wk
- ○pūrvakam ind. by agreement or appointment Pañcar
- ○bhūmi f. = -ketana Vās
- ○mañjarī f. N. of wk
- ○milita mfn. met by appointment Kathās
- ○yāmala n. N. of a Tantra wk
- ○ruta-praveśa m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- ○vākya n. a preconcerted word, watchword Kāv
- ○śikṣā f. N. of a Tantra wk
- ○stava m. (with Śāktas) a partic. hymn of praise Cat
- ○stha mf(ā)n. appearing by appointment, Ratnâv
- ○sthāna n. = -ketana Vās
- an object agreed upon by signs Vet
- a sign, signal, intimation MW
- ○hetu m. motive for an appointment or meeting VarBṛS
- saṃketôdyāna n. a park or garden appointed as a rendezvous Kathās
- saṃketaka m. an agreement, appointment, rendezvous Mṛicch. Pañcat. Kathās
- saṃketaḍketana n. id. Vet
- saṃketaya Nom. P. ○yati, to agree upon, appoint (a time &c.) Kāv
- to be informed, learn Vās
- to invite, call MW
- to counsel, advise ib
- saṃketita mfn. agreed upon, fixed, settled, Prâyaśc. Sāh
- invited MW
- saṃketī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to appoint (as a place of meeting)
- saṃketī-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. assigned or appointed (as a place of meeting) Gīt
- saṃ-koca &c. See saṃ-√kuc
- saṃ-√krand (only aor. sam-akrān), to cry or bellow or cry out together with (instr.) RV.: Caus. (only aor. sám-acikradaḥ) to bring together by shouting or calling out ib
- saṃ-kranda m. sounding together, sound (of the flowing Soma) MBh
- wailing, lamentation R
- war, battle MBh
- saṃ-ḍkrándana mfn. calling or shouting or roaring RV. AV. MBh
- m. N. of Indra Bhaṭṭ
- of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv
- of a king (the father of Vapushmat) MārkP., n. war, battle MBh
- -nandana m. patr. of Arjuna Dhanaṃj
- of the monkey Vālin Mcar. Bālar
- saṃ-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to come together, meet, encounter AV. ŚBr
- to come near, approach, appear TS. &c. &c
- to enter a constellation (said of the sun) Jyot
- to go or pass over or through, pass from (abl.) into (loc. or acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to overstep, transgress ŚāṅkhBr
- to go along, wander, roam MBh. R.: Caus. [-kr�Amayati] (ind. p. -kramayya), to cause to go, lead to (acc.) Ragh
- to transfer, transport, deliver over, consign (with acc. of thing and loc. of pers.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to bring two words together (in the Krama q.v., by omitting those between) VPrāt
- to agree MBh. v, 7494
- saṃ-kramá m. going or coming together VS
- progress, course, (esp.) transition, passage or transference to (loc.), Kusum
- the passage of the sun or a planet through the zodiacal signs Yājñ. VarBṛS. &c
- the falling or shooting of stars Mṛicch
- the meeting of two words in the Krama text (caused by omitting those between) VPrāt
- a bridge or steps leading down to water Mn. MBh. &c
- N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- of a king of the Vidyā-dharas (the son of Vasu) Kathās
- m. or n. (?) a particular high number Buddh
- m. n. difficult passage or progress (as over rocks or torrents or inaccessible passes) L
- a means or vehicle for effecting a difficult passage or of obtaining any object Daś
- n. du. (with indrasya or vasiṣṭhasya) N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr
- -dvādaśâha m. a partic. form of the Dvādaśâha (q.v.) KātyŚr
- -yajña m. a kind of sacrifice Vait
- saṃ-ḍkrámaṇa n. going or meeting together, union with, entrance into, transference to (loc., dat., or comp.) ĀśvŚr. Hariv. &c
- entrance appearance, commencement (esp. of old age) Hariv
- the sun's passage from one sign of the zodiac to another (also ravi or sūrya-s○) Jyot
- the day on which the sun's progress north of the equator begins MW
- passage into another world, decease death MBh. R
- a means of crossing ŚBr
- (in alg.) concurrence (said to be a general designation of a partic. class of problems) Col
- saṃ-ḍkramaṇakā f. a gallery Divyâv
- saṃ-ḍkramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) conducted, led to (acc.) Ragh
- transferred, changed (arthântāram, 'into another meaning') Sāh. [Page 1127, Column]
- saṃ-ḍkramitṛ mfn. who or what passes from one place to another, passing, proceeding, going W
- saṃ-ḍkramī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to use as a vehicle or means of attaining (-kṛtya ind. by means of) Daś
- saṃ-krānta mfn. gone or come together, met &c
- passed or transferred from (abl.) to (loc.) Kāv
- transferred to a picture, imaged, reflected W
- (in astron.) having a Saṃkrānti (as a mouth, cf. a-s○) MW
- (ā), f. N. of a ch. of the Maitrāyaṇī-saṃhitā
- saṃ-krānti f. going from one place to another, course or passage or entry into, transference to (loc. or comp.) Kāv. MārkP
- (in astron.) passage of the sun or a planet from one sign or position in the heavens into another (e.g. uttarâyaṇa-s○, 'passage of the sun to its northern course' [cf. kūṭa-s○]
- a day on which a principal Saṃkrānti occurs is kept as a festival, See RTL. 428) Sūryas
- transference of an art (from a teacher to a pupil) Mālav. i, 15, 18
- transferring to a picture, image, reflection W
- = -vādin Buddh
- -kaumudī f. N. of an astron. wk
- -cakra n. an astrological diagram marked with the Nakshatras and used for foretelling good or bad fortune MW
- -nirṇaya m. -paṭala m. n. -prakaraṇa n. -phala n. -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wks
- -vādin m. pl. a partic. Buddhist school
- -viveka m. -vyavasthā-nirṇaya m. -śānti, f
- (○nty) -udyāpana n. N. of wks
- saṃ-krāma m. passing away ĀpŚr
- m. n. difficult passage or progress L
- saṃ-ḍkrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) transferring, transporting (-viropaṇa n. 'transplanting') VarBṛS
- (ī), f. a kind of magic or spell Divyâv
- saṃ-ḍkrāmayitavya mfn. (fr. id.) to be transported or transferred Hariv
- saṃ-ḍkrāmita mfn. (fr. id.) transferred, handed over, delivered, communicated MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-ḍkrāmin mfn. passing over or being transferred to others Kull. on Mn. iii, 7 (cf. bhūta-s○)
- saṃ-√krī P. Ā. -krīṇāti, -krīṇīte, to buy, purchase MBh
- saṃ-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
- rarely P. ○ti), to sport or play together, play with (with instr. of thing and instr. with or without saha of pers.) R. Bhaṭṭ
- (P.) to make a rattling sound (as wheels) Pāṇ. 1-3, 21 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- saṃ-krīḍa m. sport, play
- pl. (with marutām) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
- saṃ-ḍkrīḍana n. sporting, playing Hariv
- saṃ-krīḍita mfn. played, sported
- rattled (n. impers. or 'the rattling of wheels') MBh. Kir
- saṃ-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to be enraged, be angry with (acc.) MBh. Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 38)
- saṃ-kruddha mfn. greatly enraged, incensed, wrathful, violent MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-√kruś P. -krośati (rarely Ā. ○te), to cry out together, raise a clamour R. MBh
- to shout at angrily AV
- saṃ-krośá m. crying out together, clamour, shout of anger or indignation (pl. with aṅgirasām, N. of Sāmans) ĀrshBr
- n. pl. those parts of a horse's body which in moving produce a sound VS. (Sch.)
- saṃ-√klinna mfn. (√klid) thoroughly wet or moistened Gṛihyās. Mṛicch
- saṃ-kleda mfn. excessive wetness or moisture, saturation with (comp.) R. Hariv. &c
- moisture (supposed to be the first stage of putrefaction) Car
- a fluid secretion (supposed to form upon conception and become the rudiment of the fetus) Yājñ
- saṃ-√kliś P. -kliśnāti (only inf. -kleṣṭum and ind. p. -kliśya), to press together ŚBr
- to torment, pain, afflict R.: Pass. -kliśyate, to get soiled Divyâv. (cf. next)
- saṃ-kliṣṭa mfn. pressed together &c
- contused or bruised (as the flesh without injury to the skin) Suśr
- covered with mould or mildew, tarnished (as a mirror) Car
- beset with difficulties ( See next)
- -karman mfn. one who does everything with trouble or difficulty MBh
- saṃ-kleśa m. pain, suffering, affliction MBh. R. &c
- -nirvāṇa n. cessation of afflictions MW
- saṃ-ḍkleśana n. causing pain Car
- saṃ-kṣap √1. P. -kṣapati, to emaciate the body by fasting or abstinence, do penance MBh. [Page 1127, Column]
- saṃ-kṣam √1. (only inf. -kṣantum), to put up with, bear, endure MBh
- saṃ-√kṣar P. -kṣarati, to flow together or down RV
- saṃ-kṣára m. flowing together ŚBr
- saṃ-kṣarita mfn. flowing, trickling ib
- saṃ-kṣāra m. flowing together (idānāṃ ś○ or iḍā-ś○, N. of a Sāman) Br
- saṃ-kṣālana n. cleansing-water ĀpŚr
- (ā), f. washing, ablution Prasannar
- saṃ-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell together, abide with (instr.) RV. ix, 72, 3
- saṃ-kṣi P. -kṣiṇāti√4. to destroy completely, annihilate AV.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to be destroyed or exhausted, waste away, disappear, perish MBh. Suśr. Bhartṛ.: Caus. -kṣapayati, to cause to, disappear, destroy Suśr
- -kṣayayati, See -kṣayita
- saṃ-kṣaya m. complete destruction or consumption, wasting, waning, decay, disappearance MBh. Kāv. &c
- the dissolution of all things, destruction of the world MBh
- N. of a Marutvat Hariv
- saṃ-ḍkṣayita mfn. (fr. Caus.) wasted, waned, disappeared R
- saṃ-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te (ind. p. -kṣepam, q.v.), to throw or heap together, pile up Ragh
- to concentrate (the mind), AmṛitUp
- to suppress, restrain, Bhaṭt
- to dash together, destroy MBh. Kāv. &c
- to condense, compress, contract, abridge, shorten, diminish ib.: Pass. -kṣipyate, to be thrown together or compressed or diminished, shrink up Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-kṣipta mfn. thrown or dashed or heaped together &c
- abbreviated, contracted, condensed MBh. Sāṃkhyak. (ena ind. 'concisely' Divyâv.)
- narrow, short, small Nir. Mālav. Suśr
- taken from or away, seized W
- (ā), f. = -gati VarBṛS
- -kādambarī f. N. of a poem
- -gati f. one of the 7 parts in the circle of the Nakshatras (accord. to Parāśara's system) VarBṛS
- -calârcā-vidhi m. N. of a ch. of the Rāja-dharma-kaustubha by Anantadeva
- -tva n. a state of contraction or narrowness, condensation Suśr
- -dairghya mfn. having the length diminished MW
- -nirṇaya-sindhu m. -bhārata (cf. saṃ-kṣepa-bh○), -bhāṣya n. -rāgânugā pūjā-paddhati f. -rāmâyaṇa-pāṭha-prayoga m. -vedânta m. -vedânta-śāstra-prakriyā (or vedânta-śāstra-saṃkṣipta-pr○), f. -śāstrârtha-paddhati f. -śyāmā-pūjā-paddhati f. N. of wks
- -sāra m. N. of a grammar (in 8 chapters, by Kramadīśvara, with his own Comm.)
- -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of a grammar (by Pitâmbara-śarman)
- -homa-prakāra m. N. of wk. on Dharma (by Rāmabhaṭṭa)
- saṃ-ḍkṣiptaka m. (in dram.) = next Bhar
- saṃ-ḍkṣipti f. throwing together, compressing, abridgment W
- throwing, sending ib
- ambuscade ib
- (in dram.) a sudden change of heroes or in the character of the same hero (accord. to some 'a simple expedient') Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
- saṃ-ḍkṣiptikā f. (in dram.) = prec. Daśar. Sch
- saṃ-kṣepa m. throwing together, destruction MBh
- compression, comprehension, condensation, abridgment, conciseness, brief exposition, compendium, epitome, essence or quintessence (ibc., āt, eṇa, am or ○pa-tas, 'briefly', 'concisely', 'in short') MBh. R. &c
- the whole thrown together, total, aggregate (eṇa and ○pa-tas, 'in the aggregate') Mn. vii, 167 Kull. on i, 68 &c. Cat
- a means of compressing Suśr
- (pl.) straits, poverty MBh
- (in dram.) a brief declaration (of willingness to be at the service of another) Sāh
- throwing W
- taking away ib
- -gāyatrī-nyāsa m. N. of wk
- -tas, See above
- -tithi-nirṇaya-sāra m. -puraścaraṇa-vidhi m. -pūjā-vidhi, m. -bhāgavatâmṛta n. -bhārata (cf. saṃkṣipta-bh○), N. of wks
- -mātra n. only an abridgment MW
- -yoga-vāsiṣṭha n. -rāmâyaṇa n. (or r"ṣ-s○, m.) N. of wks
- -lakṣaṇa mfn. characterized by brevity, described briefly MW
- -vimarśâdhiroha m. -śaṃkara-jaya (= ś"ṣ-dig-vijaya, q.v.), m. N. of wks
- -śārīraka, a summary in verse of Saṃkarâcārya's Brahma-sūtra-bhāshya by Sarvajñâtman Mahāmuni (-ṭīkā f. -phala-lakṣaṇa n. -bhāṣya n. -vyākhyāna n. -sambandhôkti f. N. of wks. connected with prec.)
- -siddhi-vyavasthā f. N. of wk. on Dharma
- ○pâdhyâtma-sāra m. ○pâmṛta n. ○pârcana-vidhi m. ○pâhnika-candrikā f. N. of wks. [Page 1128, Column]
- saṃ-ḍkṣepaka mfn. one who throws together, destroyer MBh
- saṃ-ḍkṣepaṇa n. throwing or heaping together, compression, abridgment, brief exposition L
- throwing W
- taking away ib
- saṃ-ḍkṣepaṇīya mfn. to be thrown together or abridged MW
- saṃ-ḍkṣepam ind. briefly, concisely Pañcar
- saṃ-ḍkṣeptṛ mfn. = ○kṣepaka MBh
- saṃ-√kṣud P. -kṣodati, to crush together, pound, bruise MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-√kṣubh Caus. -kṣobhayati, to shake about violently, agitate, toss, excite BrahmaP
- saṃ-kṣubdha (R.),
- saṃkṣubhita (MBh.), mfn. tossed together, violently shaken or agitated
- saṃ-kṣobha m. a violent shock or jolt, jerk, overturning, upsetting MBh. Kāv. &c
- commotion, disturbance, agitation, excitement ib
- pride, arrogance W
- saṃ-ḍkṣobhaṇa n. a violent shock or commotion (in ati-ś○) Suśr
- saṃ-ḍkṣobhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shaken or tossed about MW
- saṃ-ḍkṣobhin mfn. shaking about, jolting, jerking (as a carriage) Car
- saṃ-√kṣṇu Ā. -kṣṇute (Pāṇ. 1-3, 65
- pr. p. -kṣṇuvāna ind. p. -kṣṇutya), to sharpen well or thoroughly (lit. and fig.), whet, point, stimulate, excite, intensify ṢaḍvBr. Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-√khād P. -khādati, to chew thoroughly, eat up, devour, consume ŚrS. Mṛicch
- saṃ-khādaka m. 'chewer', a tooth Pat. Sch
- saṃ-khādaḍkhādakin mfn. toothed, fanged (in reproach) Pat
- saṃ-√khid P. -khidati, to press or force together RV. TS
- to drag or tear away ChUp
- saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti, to reckon or count, up, sum up, enumerate, calculate ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- to estimate by (instr.) MBh
- Ā. (only aor. saṃ-akhyata) to appear along with, be connected with, belong to (instr.) RV. VS.: Caus. -khyāpayati, to cause to be looked at or observed by (instr.) TS. ŚBr
- saṃ-khya mfn. counting up or over, reckoning or summing up Pāṇ. 3-2, 7 Sch. (ifc
- cf. go-s○)
- m. N. of a man Cat
- (ā), f. See below
- n. conflict, battle, war (only in loc
- Naigh. ii, 17) MBh. Kāv. Rājat
- -tā f. -tva n. numerableness, numeration MW
- saṃ-ḍkhyaka mfn. numbering, amounting to (ifc
- cf. sahasra-s○)
- saṃ-khyā f. reckoning or summing up, numeration, calculation (ifc. = 'numbered or reckoned among') R. Ragh. Rājat
- a number, sum, total (ifc. 'amounting to') ŚBr. &c. &c
- a numeral Prāt. Pāṇ. &c
- (in gram.) number (as expressed by case terminations or personal terminations) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 1
- deliberation, reasoning, reflection, reason, intellect MBh. Kāv
- name, appellation (= ākhyā) R
- a partic. high number Buddh
- manner MW
- (in geom.) a gnomon (for ascertaining the points of the compass), RāmRās
- ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
- ○"ṣṅka-bindu (○khyâṅk○), m. a cipher Kāv
- ○tas ind. from a number MW
- ○"ṣtiga (○khyât○), mf(ā)n. 'going beyond numeration', innumerable Bhartṛ
- ○nāman n. a numeral Nir
- ○nidāna-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
- ○pada n. a numeral VPrāt. (vḷ.)
- ○parityakta mfn. 'deserted by numeration', innumerable Pañcat
- ○parimāṇa-nibandha m. N. of a work on ceremonial law considered by number and measure (by Keśava Kavîndra)
- ○maṅgala-granthi m. the auspicious ceremony of tying knots in a thread corresponding to the number of the past years of one's life Uttarar
- ○mātra n. the amount of MW
- mere numeration ib
- ○muṣṭy-adhikaraṇa-kṣepa m. N. of wk
- ○yoga m. a partic. constellation (relating to the number of Nakshatras in which a planet is situated) VarBṛS
- ○ratna n
- ○ratna-kośa m. N. of wks
- ○lipi f. a partic. mode of writing Lalit. -1
- ○vat mfn. having number, numbered Vās
- possessing reason or intellect, intelligent, discriminating ib. Mcar. -2
- ○vat ind. like number MW
- ○vācaka mf(ikā)n. expressive of number
- m. a numeral ib
- ○vidhāna n. the making of a calculation VarBṛS
- ○"ṣvṛtti-kara (○khyâvṛ○), mfn. 'causing repetition of counting', difficult to be counted, very numerous Hariv
- ○śabda m. a numeral L
- ○śas ind. in great numbers BhP
- ○samāpana m. N. of Śiva MBh
- saṃkhyāka mfn. amounting to (ifc., e.g. saptati-s○, q.v.) Hariv
- sáṃ-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, numbered, counted, measured AV. &c. &c. [Page 1128, Column]
- estimated by R
- considered ( See comp.)
- m. pl. N. of a people VarBṛS
- (ā), f. (scil. prahelikā) a kind of riddle based on counting Kāv. iii, 101
- n. number, multitude BhP
- -saṃkhyeya mfn. one who has considered what is to be considered Car
- ○tânudeśa m. a subsequent enumeration the members of which correspond successively to those of a previous one Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 7
- sáṃ-ḍkhyāna n. becoming seen, appearance BhP
- reckoning up, enumeration, calculation Kāṭh. ŚrS. MBh. &c
- a number, multitude Hcat
- measurement Hariv. MārkP
- saṃ-khyeya mfn. to be numbered or enumerated, definite in number, calculable, not numerous Pāṇ. MBh. (cf. a-s○)
- to be considered ( See saṃkhyāta-s○)
- saṃ-ga and saṅga, See below and √sañj
- saṅgaṭa See p. 1133, col. 1
- saṃ-gaṇanā f. counting together, enumeration MBh
- saṃ-gaṇikā f. society, the world Divyâv
- saṃ-√gam Ā. -gacchate (rarely P. ○ti, and accord. to Pāṇ. 1-3, 29 only with an object
- pf. -jagme
- Vedic forms &c. -gamemahi, -gamāmahai, -ajagmiran, -agata 3. sg., -aganmahi, -agasmahi, or -agaṃsmahi, -gmiṣīya, -gasīṣṭa or -gaṃsīṣṭa, -gaṃsyate &c
- √1. gam and Pāṇ. 1-2, 13 ; vii, 2, 38), to go or come together, come into contact or collision, meet (either in a friendly or hostile manner), join or unite with (instr. with and without saha or sârdham) RV. &c. &c
- to unite sexually with (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
- to harmonize, agree, fit, correspond, suit R. Kathās. Vedântas
- to go to or towards, meet (acc.) BhP
- to come together or assemble in (loc.) AV
- to undergo or get into any state or condition, become (e.g. with viśrambham, 'to become trustful, confide') BhP
- (P.) to partake of (instr.) RV
- to go away, depart (this life), decease, die Lāṭy
- (P.) to visit (acc.) Pāṇ. 1-3, 29 Sch.: Caus. -gamayati (ind. p. -gamayya), to cause to go together, bring together, connect or unite or endow or present with (instr. of pers. and acc. of thing) AV. &c. &c
- to lead any one to (two acc.) Hit., Introd
- to deliver or hand over to (loc.), transfer, bestow, give MBh. Ragh
- to connect, construe (words) Sāh
- to cause to go away or depart (this life), kill MBh. (Nīlak.): Desid. -jigaṃsate, to wish to meet with (instr.). Pat
- -jigāṃsati, to wish to attain to (acc.) ib
- saṃ-gá m. (for saṅga See √sañj) 'coming together', conflict, war RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 17)
- saṃ-gat See Vop. xxvi, 78
- sáṃ-gata mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, united AV. &c. &c
- allied with, friendly to (instr. or comp.) Gaut. Rājat
- fitted together, apposite, proper, suitable, according with or fit for (comp.) Kāv. Kathās
- contracted, shrunk up MBh. (cf. comp.), in conjunction (as planets) W
- m. (scil. saṃdhi) an alliance or peace based on mutual friendship Kām. Hit
- N. of a king (belonging to the Maurya dynasty) Pur
- (am), n. coming together, meeting with (instr., loc., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- frequent meeting, intercourse, alliance, association, friendship or intimacy with (instr., gen., or comp.) KaṭhUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- addiction or devotion to (gen.) Kāvyâd
- agreement MBh
- -gātra mfn. having contracted or shrivelled limbs MBh
- -saṃdhi m. a friendly alliance ( See above) MW
- ○târtha mfn. containing a fit or proper meaning KātyŚr
- sáṃ-gataka m. contact ( See bhrū-s○)
- N. of a story-teller Kathās
- sáṃ-gati f. coming together, meeting with (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- going or resorting to (loc.) Cāṇ. Hit
- association, intercourse, society, company (with instr. with and without saha or samam
- loc., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- a league, alliance Cāṇ
- sexual union L
- meeting or coming to pass accidentally, chance, accident (○tyā, ind. 'by chance, haply') MBh. R. &c
- adaptation, fitness, appropriateness, applicability Kathās. Sarvad
- connection with, relation to (instr. or comp.) Kāvyâd
- becoming acquainted, knowledge L
- questioning for further information W
- (in the Pūrva-mīmāṃsā) one of the 5 members (Avayavas) of an Adhikaraṇa Sarvad
- -prakāśa m. -mālā f. -lakṣaṇa n. -vāda m. -vicāra, m
- (○ty) -anumiti f. -anumiti-vāda m. N. of wks. [Page 1128, Column]
- sáṃ-gatika (ifc.) = saṃ-gati Sarvad
- sáṃ-gatin mfn. come together, met, assembled MārkP
- saṃ-gathá m. meeting-place, centre RV. TBr
- conflict, war Naigh
- (ā), f. confluence MW
- saṃ-gamá m. (or n. g. ardharcâdi
- ifc. f. ā) coming together, meeting (in a friendly or hostile manner), union, intercourse or association with (instr. with and without saha gen., or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- connection or contact with (instr. or comp
- with anarthena, 'coming to harm', 'injury') R. Kām
- sexual union L
- confluence (of two rivers as of the Ganges and the Jumnā, or of a river, at its mouth, with the ocean
- such confluences are always held sacred RTL. 347) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- conjunction (of planets) VarBṛS
- harmony, adaptation W
- point of intersection Gol
- an uninterrupted series of (comp.) RPrāt
- acquirement of (gen.) Pañcat
- -jñāna m. N. of a scholar (cf. -śrī-jñ○) Buddh
- -tantra-rāja, N. of wk
- -datta m. N. of a man Kathās
- -maṇi m. a jewel effecting union (of lovers) Vikr
- -śrī-jñāna m. N. of a scholar (cf. saṃgama-jñ○) Buddh
- -sādhvasa n. perturbation in regard to sexual union Mālav
- -svāmin m. N. of a man Kathās
- ○mâditya m. N. of a man Cat
- ○mêśa n. N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh
- ○mêśvara m. a surname of Viśva-nātha (the author of the Vrata-rāja) Cat
- N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh
- (○ra-māhātmya n. -stotra n. N. of wks
- -svāmin m. N. of a man ib.)
- saṃ-gamaka mfn. leading to, showing the way Nīlak. on Hariv. 8992
- saṃ-gámana mf(ī)n. gathering together, a gatherer RV. AV
- m. N. of Yama (q.v.) MW
- n. coming together, coming into contact with, meeting with (comp.) AV. TBr
- partaking of (instr) MBh
- saṃ-gamanīya mfn. leading to union, effecting union Vikr
- saṃ-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought together, united ib
- -vat mfn. one who has brought together or united Daś
- saṃ-gamin mfn. associating with (comp.) MārkP
- saṃgin mfn. (for saṅgin See √sañj) going with or to, uniting with, meeting W
- saṃgamanera N. of a place Cat
- saṃ-gara &c. See saṃ- √1. 2. gṝ
- saṃ-√garj P. -garjati, to roar together, shout at or against (acc.) MBh
- saṃ-gava m. (fr. sam and go) the time when grazing cows are collected for milking or when they are together with their calves (the second of the five divisions of the day, three Muhūrtas after Prātastana, q.v.) RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
- ○kāla m. (JaimBr.),
- ○velā f. (ChUp.) the time when cows are collected for milking
- saṃ-gavinī f. the place where cows come together for milking AitBr. (Sāy.)
- saṃ-√gā P. -jigāti, to come together AV
- to go to, approach (acc.) BhP
- saṃ-gāyana See saṃ-√gai
- saṃ-√gāh Ā. -gāhate (only aor. sam-agāhiṣṭa), to plunge into, enter, go into (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-gir saṃ-gira, See saṃ- √1. 2. gṝ, p. 1129, col. 1
- saṃ-gīta &c. See saṃ-√gai
- saṃ-guṇa mfn. multiplied with (comp.) VarBṛS. Gaṇit
- saṃguṇaya Nom. (fr. prec.) P. ○yati, to multiply Sūryas
- saṃguṇī-kṛta mfn. multiplied Gol
- saṃ-gupta mfn. (√gup) well guarded or protected or preserved MBh
- well hidden, concealed, kept secret ib
- m. a partic. Buddha or Buddhist saint L
- ○târtha m. a secret matter, hidden meaning
- mfn. having a hidden meaning (-lekha m. a letter having a hidden meaning) Kull. on Mn. vii, 153
- saṃ-gupti f. guarding, protection MBh
- concealment Pratāp
- saṃ-gopana mfn. hiding or concealing well Pañcar
- n. the act of hiding or concealing well, complete concealment Sāh
- saṃ-gopanīya mfn. to be completely hidden or concealed Pañcar
- saṃ-gūḍha mfn. (√guh) completely concealed or hidden from view &c
- contracted, abridged W
- heaped up, arranged ib. [Page 1129, Column]
- saṃ-jughukṣā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to conceal or cover well, desire of hiding W
- saṃ-ḍjughukṣu mfn. wishing to conceal or hide Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-gṛbhāya (cf. saṃ-√grah), P. -gṛbhāyati, to grasp together, seize, snatch RV
- saṃ-gṛbhita mfn. seized or held together, concentrated BhP
- saṃ-gṛbhīta (sáṃ-), mfn. seized or held together, grasped, griped RV
- saṃ-gṛbhītṛ (sáṃ-), mfn. restraining, governing, ruling ib. i, 199
- saṃ-gṝ √1. P. Ā. -gṛṇāti, -gṛṇīte &c., to agree together, assent, promise RV. AV
- (P.) to praise, celebrate BhP
- (Ā. -girate), to recognize, acknowledge, aver, assert Sarvad. TPrāt. Sch
- to assent, agree with (Dat.) Daś
- to praise unanimously (acc.) Bhaṭṭ
- to promise or vow (to one's self) Daś
- to agree in calling or naming (two acc.) Śrutab
- saṃ-gará m. agreeing together, agreement, assent AV. &c. &c
- conflict, combat, fight, battle with (instr.) or for (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
- a bargain, transaction of sale L
- knowledge L
- -kskama mfn. fit for combat or war Kām
- -stha mfn. engaged in combat or war R
- saṃ-garaṇa n. transaction together, agreement Nir. iii, 9
- saṃ-gír f. assent, promise RV
- saṃ-gīrṇa mfn. agreed, assented to, promised L
- saṃ-gṝ √2. P. -girati, (once -gṛṇāti), to swallow up, devour AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 52 Sch.)
- saṃ-gara m. swallowing up, devouring MW
- n. poison L
- misfortune, calamity L
- n. the Śamī fruit L
- saṃ-girá mfn. swallowing up, devouring AV
- saṃ-√gai P. -gāyati, to sing together, celebrate by singing together, sing in chorus, chant ŚBr. &e. &c.: Pass. -gīyate, to be sung or praised in chorus BhP
- saṃ-gāyana n. singing or praising together KātyŚr
- saṃ-gīta mfn. sung together, sung in chorus or harmony
- n. a song sung by many voices or singing accompanied by instrumental music, chorus, a concert, any song or music Kāv. Kathās. Pur
- the art or science of singing with music and dancing (= -śāstra) Cat
- -kalā-nidhi m. -kalikā f. -kalpadruma m. -kaumudī, f. -cintāmaṇi m. -tāla m. -darpana m. -dāmôdara m. -nārāyaṇa m. -nṛtta-ratnâkara m. -nṛtyâkara m. -pārijāta m. -puṣpâñjali m. -makaranda m. -mādhava, m. -mīmāṃsā f. -muktâvalī f. -raghu-nandana m. -ratna n. -ratnamālā f. -ratnâkara m. -ratnâvalī, f. -rāga-lakṣaṇa n. -rāghava m. -rāja m. -vinode nṛtyâdhyāya m. N. of wks
- -vidyā f. the science of singing with music &c. Pañcar
- -vṛtta-ratnâkara m. N. of wk
- -veśman n. a concert-room Kathās
- -vyāpṛta mfn. engaged in singing or music MW
- -śālā f. a music hall Mṛicch
- -śāstra n. the science of singing &c. or any wk. on the above subject Cat
- -śiromaṇi m. -sarvasva n. N. of wks
- -sahâyinī f. a female who accompanies another in singing Mālav
- -sāgara m. -sāra m. -sārasaṃgraha m. -sārâmṛta n. -sārôddhāra m. -siddhânta m. -sudhā f. -sudhâkara, m. -sundara-setu, m
- ○tâmṛta n. ○târṇava m. N. of wks
- ○târtha m. the apparatus or materials or subject of any musical performance MW
- ○tâvasāna n. the close of a concert ib
- ○tôpaniṣad f. and (○ṣat) -sāra m. N. of wks
- saṃ-gitaka n. a concert, symphony, musical entertainment Kāv. Kathās
- -gṛha n. a concert-room Kathās. -pada n. a situation or office at a conceit or theatre Mālav
- saṃ-gīti f. singing together, concert, symphony, the art of singing combined with music and dancing W
- conversation L
- a species of the Āryā metre Col
- -paryāya m. N. of a Buddhist wk
- -prāsāda m. a concert-hall and a council-hall Buddh
- saṃ-gopana &c. See p. 1128, col. 3
- saṃ-grathana n. tying together, repairing or restoring by tying together Kād
- sáṃ-grathita mfn. strung or tied or knotted together RV
- saṃ-granthana n. tying together &c
- (with kalahasya) beginning a quarrel MBh
- saṃ-grabh See saṃ-√grah, col. 2. [Page 1129, Column]
- saṃ-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to swallow up, devour, consume Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-grasana n. eating up, devouring BhP
- saṃ-√grah (or √grabh), P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte (Ved. generally -gṛbhṇāti, -gṛbhṇīte), to seize or hold together, take or lay hold of. grab, grasp, gripe, clasp, clench, snatch RV. &c. &c
- to take, receive (kindly or hospitably), encourage, support, favour, protect Hit. BhP
- to seize on, attack (as an illness) MBh
- to apprehend, conceive, understand BhP
- to carry off ib. &c
- to gather together, assemble, collect, compile ib. &c
- to include, comprehend, contain Gaut. Pat
- to draw together, contract, make narrower, abridge ŚBr
- to draw together (a bow in order to unstring it) MBh
- to hold in, restrain, check, govern MBh
- to constrain, force Mn. viii, 48
- to keep together, close, shut (as the mouth) KātyŚr
- to concentrate (the mind) BhP
- to take in marriage, marry ib
- to mention, name ib
- Caus. -grāhayati, to cause to grasp or take hold of or receive or comprehend or understand, impart, communicate (with acc. of thing and acc. or dat. of person) Car. BhP.: Desid. jighṛkṣati, to wish to take hold of &c
- to wish to collect MBh
- to wish to take in marriage, desire to marry Daś
- saṃ-gṛbhāya
- saṃ-gṛḍbhita &c. See col. 1
- saṃ-gṛhīta mfn. grasped, seized, caught, taken, received, collected, gathered MBh. Kāv. &c
- made narrower, contracted, abridged ŚBr
- held in, restrained, ruled, governed MBh
- received kindly, welcomed BhP
- -rāṣṭra mfn. (a king) who has a well-governed kingdom Mn. vii, 113
- saṃ-gṛhīti f. curbing, taming Vās
- saṃ-gṛhītṛ mfn. (often vḷ. or wṛ. for saṃ-grah○) one who holds in or restrains or rules, (esp.) a tamer of horses, charioteer MBh. R. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 135 Vārtt. 7 Pat.)
- saṃ-graha m. holding together, seizing, grasping, taking, reception, obtainment MBh. Kāv. &c
- taking (in the sense of eating or drinking food, medicine &c.) Ragh. Bhartṛ
- the fetching back of discharged weapons by magical means MBh. Hariv
- bringing together, assembling (of men) R. Ragh. Siṃhâs
- collecting, gathering, conglomeration, accumulation (as of stores) Mn. MBh. &c
- (in phil.) agglomeration (= saṃyoga, q.v.) MW
- a place where anything is kept, a store-room, receptacle BhP
- complete enumeration or collection, sum, amount, totality (eṇa, 'completely', 'entirely') Yājñ. MBh. &c
- drawing together, making narrower, narrowing, tightening, making thin or slender, the thin part of anything Car. Vāgbh. KātyŚr. Sch
- a compendium, summary, catalogue, list, epitome, abridgment, short statement (eṇa or āt, 'shortly', 'summarily', 'in few words') KaṭhUp. MBh. &c
- inclusion, comprehension, Kusum. Kull
- check, restraint, control ib. Vet
- keeping, guarding, protection Mn. MBh. &c
- a guardian, ruler, manager, arranger R. BhP
- obstruction, constipation ( See -grahanī)
- attracting, winning, favouring, kind treatment, propitiation, entertaining, entertainment Mn. MBh. &c
- taking to wife, marriage ( See dāra-s○)
- perception, notion Kap. BhP
- mention, mentioning L
- elevation, loftiness L
- velocity L
- N. of Śiva MBh
- of various wks. (esp. of a gram. wk. in 100, 000 Ślokas by Vyāḍi
- also often in comp.)
- -kāra m. the composer or author of the Saṃgraha
- -grantha m. N. of wk
- -grahaṇī f. a partic. form of diarrhoea (alternating with constipation) Bhpr
- -cūḍāmaṇi m. -parvan n. (IW. 370, n. 1), -prakāśikā, f. -ratnamālā f. -rāmâyaṇa n. N. of wks
- -vat mfn. provided with a short summary of a subject Cat
- -vastu n. an element of popularity Divyâv
- -vivaraṇa n. -vaidyanāthīya n. N. of wks
- -śloka m. a verse recapitulating what has been explained before (in prose intermixed with Sūtras)
- saṃ-gráhaṇa mf(ī)n. grasping, seizing, taking AV. Gobh
- (ī), f. = saṃgraha-grahaṇī Bhpr
- n. the act of grasping or taking ( See pāṇi-s○)
- receiving, obtaining, acquisition R
- gathering, compiling, accumulating Kāv. Kathās
- encasing, inlaying (of a jewel) Pañcat
- complete enumeration L
- stopping, restraining, suppressing Suśr. Vāgbh
- attraction, winning over, propitiation TS. MBh
- sexual intercourse with (comp.), adultery Mn. Yājñ. VarBṛS
- (○ṇī) -ratna n. N. of wk
- saṃ-grahaṇīya mfn. to be taken hold of
- to be taken as a remedy against (any disease, e.g. diarrhoea), Car. [Page 1129, Column]
- to be directed towards (loc.) Śaṃk
- to be drawn together or contracted or restrained MW
- saṃ-grahin m. a collector, procurer MBh. Subh. (vḷ.)
- saṃ-grahītavya mfn. to be retained Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 94 Vārtt. 6
- saṃ-grahītṛ́ mfn. one who lays hold of &c., one who wins over or propitiates Āpast
- m. a charioteer VS. Br
- saṃ-grāha m. grasping, laying hold of. forcible seizure W
- the fist or clenching the fist L. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-3, 36 Sch.)
- the handle of a shield L
- saṃ-grāhaka mf(ī)n. putting together, summing up Sarvad
- astringent, obstructing, constipating Suśr
- drawing or attracting to one's self, Mahāvy
- m. a charioteer Jātakam
- a gatherer, collector, compiler MW
- saṃ-grāhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to be grasped or received, bestowed, imparted, communicated BhP
- saṃ-grāhin mfn. grasping, collecting, gathering, accumulating Subh
- astringent, constipating Suśr
- winning over, propitiating ( See loka-s○)
- m. Wrightia Antidysenterica L
- ○"ṣgrā́hya mfn. to be grasped or seized or clasped or embraced ŚBr
- to be stopped (as bleeding) Suśr
- to be appointed (to an office) MBh. Hcat
- to be attracted or won or propitiated Hit
- to be accepted or taken to heart (as words) BhP
- saṃgrām (rather Nom. fr. saṃgrāma below), Ā. saṃgrāmayate (accord. to Vop. also P. ○tī), to make war, fight Dhātup. xxxv, 68: Desid., See siṣaṃgrāmayiṣu and sisaṃgrāmayiṣu
- saṃ-grāmá m. (and n. Siddh
- cf., grāma) an assembly of people, host, troop, army AV
- battle, war, fight, combat, conflict, hostile encounter with (instr. with and without samam, saka, sârdham, or comp.) ib. &c. &c
- N. of various men Rājat. Cat
- ○karman n. the work or turmoil of battle Rājat
- ○gupta m. N. of a man ib
- ○candra m. 'excelling in bṭbattle', N. of a man Rājat
- ○jít mfn. victorious in bṭbattle (-tama, superl.) ŚBr. MBh. MārkP
- m. N. of a man MBh
- of a son of Kṛishṇa Hariv. Pur
- ○tulā f. the ordeal of bṭbattle Prasannar
- ○tūrya n. a war-drum Pañcat
- ○datta m. N. of a Brāhman Kathās
- ○deva m. 'war-god', N. of a king Rājat
- ○nagara n. N. of a city ib
- ○paṭaha m. a war-drum L
- ○pāla m. N. of a king Rājat
- ○bhūmi f. a field of battle MBh. Pañcat
- ○mūrdhan m. the van or front of battle MBh. BhP
- ○mṛtyu m. death in battle (vḷ. ○me mR○) Hit
- ○rāja m. N. of two kings Rājat
- ○vardhana and m. N. of two men Kathās
- ○varṣa m. N. of two men Kathās
- ○vijaya m. 'victoty in battle', N. of a poem
- ○śiras n. = -mūrdhan MBh
- ○sāhi m. N. of a king Inscr
- ○siṃha m. 'lion in battle', N. of an official in the lower regions Kathās
- ○siddhi m. N. of an elephant ib
- saṃgrāmâgra m. the van of battle Śiś. Rājat
- saṃgrāmâṅgana n. battle-field Bhām
- saṃgrāmâpīḍa m. N. of two kings Rājat
- saṃgrāmârthin mfn. desirous of war or battle, pugnacious Hāsy
- saṃgrāmâśis f. a prayer for aid in battle (personified), Ind. St
- saṃgrāmika wṛ. for sāṃgr○
- saṃgrāmin mfn. engaged in war MaitrS
- saṃgrāmya mfn. fit for war or battle Nir. vi, 33
- n. = (or wṛ. for) saṃ-grāma Kāṭh
- saṃ-gha m. (fr. sam + √han) 'close contact or combination', any collection or assemblage, heap, multitude, quantity, crowd, host, number (generally with gen. pl. or ifc., e.g. muni-s○, 'a multitude of sages' BhP
- śatru-s○, a host of enemies Rājat.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- any number of people living together for a certain purpose, a society, association, company, community
- a clerical community, congregation, church Mn. Sāh. &c
- (esp.) the whole community or collective body or brotherhood of monks (with Buddhists
- also applied to a monkish fraternity or sect among Jainas) Buddh. Sarvad. MWB. 176
- ○gupta m. N. of the father of Vāg-bhaṭa Cat. (cf. saṃgha-pati)
- ○guhya m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○cārin mfn. going in flocks or shoals, gregarious MBh. R
- m. a fish L
- ○jīvin mfn. living in company, belonging to a vagrant band L
- m. a hired labourer, porter, cooly W
- ○tala m. = saṃha-t○ (q.v.)
- ○dāsa m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○pati m. the chief of a brotherhood (-tva n.) Śatr
- N. of the father of Vāg-bhaṭa Cat. (cf. saṃgha-gupta)
- ○puruṣa m. an attendant on the Buddhist brotherhood Siṃhâs
- ○puṣpī f. Grislea Tomentosa L
- ○bodhi m. N. of a king of Ceylon (also called Parākrama-bāhu) Buddh. [Page 1130, Column]
- ○bhadra m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○bheda mfn. causing division among the brotherhood (one of the 5 unpardonable sins) Dharmas. 60
- ○bhedaka mfn. one who causes division &c. Buddh
- ○mitra m. N. of a poet Cat
- ○rakṣita and m. N. of men Buddh
- ○vardhana m. N. of men Buddh
- ○vṛtti f. a league, alliance Viddh
- -tā f. combined action MW
- ○śas ind. by troops or numbers, collectively, all together MBh. R. &c
- saṃghâdhipa m. (with Jainas) the chief of the brotherhood Śatr
- saṃghânanda m. N. of a patriarch Buddh
- saṃghânna n. food offered from a community Āpast
- saṃghârāma m. 'resting-place for a company (of monks)', a Buddhist convent or monastery (= vihāra) MWB. 428
- saṃghâvaśeṣa m. N. of those sins which are punished with temporary excommunication Buddh
- saṃghaka m. a number, multitude Pañcar
- saṃghatitha mfn. numerous, abundant Śiś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 52)
- saṃ-ghātá m. (rarely n
- ifc. f. ā) striking or dashing together, killing, crushing MBh. Suśr
- closing (of a door &c.) VS. TBr
- combat, war, bittle VS. Kāṭh. MBh
- compressing, condensation, compactness, hardening Yājñ. Hariv. Suśr. VarBṛS
- close union or combination, collection, cluster, heap, mass, multitude TS. MBh. &c
- a company of fellow-travellers, caravan VP
- a collection of mucus, phlegm (cf. saṃghāṇaka) L
- a bone L
- any aggregate of matter, body Bhag. Pur
- intensity R. Suśr
- a poem composed in one and the same metre Kāvyâd
- (in gram.) a compound as a compact whole (opp. to its single parts) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 56
- a vowel with its consonant (opp. to varṇa, 'a letter'), Kāṭy
- (in dram.) a partic. gait or mode of walking W
- N. of a division of the infernal regions (cf. saṃhāta) Yājñ. Buddh
- -kaṭhina mfn. hard or firm or solid from compactness Kum
- -cārin mfn. living in herds, gregarious Suśr
- -ja mfn. produced by a complicated derangement of the three humours (= saṃnipātika) Bhpr
- -pattrikā f. Anethum Sowa L
- -parvata m. N. of two mountains in hell (which open and then close) Jātakam
- -vat mfn. having close union, closely compacted, dense Kām
- -vihārin (?), m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
- -śūla-vat mfn. suffering pain from bodily oppression Suśr
- saṃ-ghātaka m. separation of such as keep together Bhar
- (ikā), f. wood of the Ficus Religiosa used for kindling fire by rubbing L
- saṃ-ghātana n. killing, destroying HYog
- saṃ-ghātam ind. dashing together Kāṭh
- saṃ-ghātya m. a kind of dramatic performance, = ○ghātaka Bhar
- saṃghī in comp. for saṃgha
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to assemble in troops or herds Kull
- saṃ-√ghaṭ Ā. -ghaṭate, to assemble together, meet Rājat
- to meet, encounter Siṃhâs.: Caus. [-gh�ATayati], to cause to assemble, collect Kathās
- to join or fasten together Sarvad
- to strike (a musical instrument) R.: Intens. -jāghaṭīti, to be well fitted or adapted for anything ib
- saṃ-ghaṭa mf(ā)n. heaped, piled up AgP
- saṃ-ghaṭaka (used for explaining saṃdhi) TBr. Sch
- saṃ-ghaṭana n. (or ā f.) union or junction with (comp.) Vcar. Ratnâv. Sāh
- (ā), f. combination of words or sounds Sāh
- saṃ-ghaṭita mfn. assembled together, met &c
- struck (as a musical instrument) R
- saṃ-ghāṭa m. fitting and joining of timber, joinery, carpentry R
- a pot (?) Divyâv
- (ifc.) = saṃ-ghāta (in pada- and varṇa-s○, qq.vv.)
- -sūtra n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra
- saṃ-ghāṭi or f. a kind of garment, a monk's robe (cf. bhikṣu-s○) Suśr. Divyâv.,
- saṃ-ghāṭī f. a kind of garment, a monk's robe (cf. bhikṣu-s○) Suśr. Divyâv.,
- saṃ-ghāṭikā f. a pair, couple L
- a woman's garment, Śīl
- procuress, a bawd L
- Trapa Bispinosa L
- the nose L
- saṃ-√ghaṭṭ Ā. -ghaṭṭate, to strike or clasp or rub together, knead, crush to pieces, bruise R.: Caus. -ghaṭṭayati (ind. p. -ghaṭṭayya), to cause to rub against (instr.) Ragh
- to stir AgP
- to strike against, touch MBh
- to cause to sound by striking R
- to bring together, collect, assemble MBh. Rājat
- to meet, encounter Naish
- saṃ-ghaṭṭa m. rubbing or clashing together, friction, collision, conflict, rivalry MBh. Kāv. &c
- a stroke (in hṛdaya-s○, q.v.)
- junction or union with (instr.) Naish
- embracing W
- (ā), f. a large creeper (= latā) L
- -cakra n. a partic. astrological diagram (for determining the proper season for war) Cat
- -paṇita n. a wager Hcar
- saṃ-ghaṭṭana m. a kind of spectral being or phantom Hariv. [Page 1130, Column]
- n. rubbing together Prasannar
- friction, collision Rājat
- meeting, encountering, close contact or union (as the intertwining of wrestlers, the embrace of lovers &c.) ib. Vet. Sāh. Pratāp. (also ā, f
- often vḷ. or wṛ. for saṃ-ghaṭana)
- saṃ-ghaṭṭita mfn. rubbed or struck together or against &c
- kneaded Pañcat. iii, 236 (vḷ.)
- collected, assembled MBh
- m. du. (with pāṇī) the joined hands of bride and husband Prasannar. (perhaps wṛ. for sam-ghaṭita)
- saṃ-ghaṭṭin m. (incorrect for saṃ-ghaṭin) an adherent, follower BhP
- saṃ-ghasa m. food, victuals Bhaṭṭ
- saṅghāṇaka m. the mucus of the nose (cf. siṅgh○ and śiṅgh○) KātyŚr. Sch. (vḷ.)
- saṃ-ghāta &c. See col. 1
- saṃ-ghuṣita mfn. (√ghuṣ) sounded, proclaimed Pāṇ. 7-2, 28 Sch
- n. sound, noise, cry Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. sounded, resonant MBh. Hariv
- proclaimed Pāṇ. 7-2, 28 Sch
- offered for sale Yājñ. i, 168
- m. sound, noise W
- saṃ-ghuṣṭaka mfn. suited or accustomed to each other Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Vārtt. 8
- saṃ-ghoṣa m. a station of herdsmen (= ghoṣa) MārkP
- saṃ-ghoṣiṇī f. a partic. class of demons Siṃhâs
- saṃ-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub together or against each other, contend or vie with (instr.) MBh. Ragh.: Pass. -ghṛṣyate, to be rubbed or wetted (as a sword) Subh
- (pr. p. -ghṛṣyat), to be brought or come into collision, vie or rival with (also with paras-param) MBh
- saṃ-gharṣa m. rubbing together, friction MBh. Kāv. &c
- mutual attrition, rivalry, envy, jealousy in regard to (acc. with prati or comp.) ib
- sexual excitement MBh. (B.) xv, 840 (C. saṃharṣa)
- going gently, gliding (= saṃ-sarpa) L
- (ā), f. liquid lac L
- -śālin mfn. envious, jealous Kathās
- saṃ-gharṣaṇa n. rubbing together or against each other Pur
- any substance used for rubbing in, ointment, unguent MBh
- saṃ-gharṣayitṛ m. a rival Sāy. on RV. x, 18, 9
- saṃ-gharṣin mfn. rubbing together, emulating, rivalling, vying with one another or with regard to (comp.) MBh
- jealous, envious Śiś
- saṃ-ghṛṣṭa mfn. rubbed with, rubbed together MBh
- saṃ-√ghrā Caus. -ghrāpayati, to bring into close connection or intimacy, make intimate ŚBr
- sac (connected with √2. sajj, sañj, sakh
- √.sap), cl. 1 Ā. (Dhātup. vi, 2) sácate (in RV. also P. sacati and síṣakti, 2. sg. sáścasi, 3. pl. saścati, 2. 3. pl. saścata, 1. sg. Ā. saśce
- p. sácamāna, sacāná and sáścat or saścát q.v.
- pf. Ved. saścima, saścúḥ
- Ā. saściré RV
- secire AV
- aor. 3. pl. asakṣata RV
- sakṣat, sakṣata, sakṣante, sakṣīmáhi ib
- asaciṣṭa Gr
- fut. sacitā, saciṣyate ib
- inf. sacádhyai RV.), to be associated or united with, have to do with, be familiar with, associate one's self with (instr.) RV. AV
- be possessed of. enjoy (instr. or acc.) ib
- to take part or participate in, suffer, endure (instr.) RV
- to belong to, be attached or devoted to, serve, follow, seek, pursue, favour, assist (acc.) RV. AV. VS
- to he connected with (instr. Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51
- to fall to the lot of (acc. ŚBr
- to be together RV. AV
- (síṣakti), to go after, follow, accompany, adhere or be attached to (acc.) RV
- to help any one to anything (two dat.) ib
- to abide in (loc.) ib
- (3. pl. saścati and saścata), to follow, obey RV
- to belong to (acc.) ib
- to be devoted to or fond of (acc.) ib. [Cf. Gk. [1130,] ? ; Lat. sequor ; Lith. sekú.]
- sákman n. association, attendance RV
- sákmya n. that which belongs to anything, peculiar nature ib
- sakha m. (ifc. for sákhi, Pāṇ. 5-4, 91) a friend, companion R. Kālid. &c
- attended or accompanied by (comp.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- the tree Mimosa Catechu MW
- sákhi m. (strong cases, nom. sákhā pl. sákhāyaḥ
- acc. sg. sákhāyam
- gen. abl. sákhyus
- other cases regularly from sakhi) a friend, assistant, companion RV. &c. &c
- the husband of the wife's sister, brother-in-law Gal. ; (ī), f. See below. [Cf. Lat. socius.]
- ○tā f. (MBh. R.),
- ○tvá n. (RV. &c. &c.), [Page 1130, Column]
- ○tvaná n. (RV.) friendship, companionship, intimacy with (instr. with and without saha gen., or comp.)
- ○datta m. g. sakhy-ādi
- ○pūrva mfn. one who has been formerly a friend MW
- n. = next MBh
- ○bhāva m. friendship, intimacy Kathās. -1
- ○vat (sákhi-), mfn. having friends or adherents RV. -2
- ○vat ind. like a friend, as a friend MW
- ○vigraha m. war of friends, civil war MW
- ○víd mfn. winning friends VS
- sakhila mfn. (for sa-khila See p. 1124, col. 2) friendly L
- sakhī f. a female friend or companion, a woman's confidante MBh. Kāv. &c
- a mistress VarBṛS
- (ifc.) a woman who shares in or sympathizes with Kum
- ○kadambaka n. a number of female friends MW
- ○gaṇa n. id
- -samāvṛta mfn. surrounded by a company of female frṭfriends Nal
- ○jana m. a female friends or fṭfemale friends (collectively) Śak
- ○sahita mfn. attended by fṭfemale friends MW
- ○sneha m. the love for a female frṭfriends Śak
- ○hṛdayâbharaṇa m. N. of a man Cat
- sakhīya Nom. P. ○yati (only p. ○yát), to seek the friendship of (instr.), attend or attach one's self as a friend RV
- sakhyá n. friendship, intimacy with, relation to (loc. or instr. with and without samam, saha &c.), fellowship, community RV. &c. &c
- ○visarjana n. dissolution of partnership or association (in a ritual observance) GṛŚrS
≫sac
- sac (ifc. strong form sāc), in apatya-, ayajñasac, āyu-ṣak &c. (qq.vv.)
≫saca
- saca mfn. attached to, worshipping, a worshipper ( a-saca-dviṣ)
- sacátha m. companionship, assistance RV
- sacathyá mfn. helpful, kind RV
- n. assistance, help ib
- sacádhyai See √sac
- sacaná mfn. ready to befriend or help, kindly disposed, doing kind offices (also ○nā-vat) RV
- sácanas See sá-canas below
- sacanīya mfn. to be followed or honoured or served MW
- sacasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte, to receive assistance or care RV
≫sacā
- sácā ind. near, at hand, along, together, together with, in the presence of. before, in, at, by (with loc. either preceding or following) RV. VS. TBr
- ○bhū́ m. a fellow, companion, friend, associate RV
- mfn. attended or accompanied by (instr.) ib
≫saci
- sáci ind. together, along with ŚBr
- ○víd mfn. belonging together, familiar, intimate RV
- saciva m. an associate, companion, friend, (ī f.)
- esp. a king's friend or attendant, counsellor, minister (ifc. = 'assisted by', 'provided with') Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c
- the dark thorn-apple L
- ○tā f. (Rājat.),
- ○tva n. (Kathās.) the position or rank of a minister
- sacivâmaya m. a disease to which king's attendants are liable (said to be a kind of 'jaundice') L
≫sacī
- sacī &c. See śacī, p. 1048
- saścát m. a pursuer, enemy RV
- sac = √sañj in ā-√sac, to adhere to MaitrS. Kāṭh
- sa-cakita mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + c○) trembling, timid, startled (am ind.) Ratnâv. Amar
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○cakra mf(ā)n. having wheels, wheeled MBh
- having a circle or discus MW
- having troops (of soldiers) MBh
- (am), ind, together with a wheel or discus Pāṇ. 6-3, 81 Sch
- ○krín m. a charioteer TBr. (Sch.)
- ○krôpaskara mfn. with wheels and appendages MBh
- ○cakṣuṣa mfn. having eyes, seeing MBh
- ○cakṣus (sá-), mfn. id. ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○canas (sá-), mfn. being in harmony with RV. i, 127, 11
- ○cánas-tama mfn. (superl.) ib. viii, 27, 8
- ○canasya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to treat tenderly, cherish, foster ib. x, 4, 3
- ○candraka mf(ikā)n. having a moon-like spot Suśr
- ○candrikā-prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○camatkāram ind. with astonishment or surprise Mcar. Kathās
- ○caraṇa-lākṣā-rāga mfn. having the colour of lac or dye used for the feet MW
- ○carācara mfn. comprehending everything moving and motionless Mn. vii, 29
- n. the universe MW
- ○carma mfn. along with the skin Kauś
- ○cala mfn. having moving things, moving ib
- ○cāmara mfn. furnished with chowries Vishṇ
- ○cāru mf(vii)n. very beautiful MW
- ○cít mfn. thinking, wise RV. x, 64, 7 (others 'of the same mind')
- ○citka m. thinking BhP
- ○citta (sá-), mfn. of the same mind AV. [Page 1131, Column]
- endowed with reason Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-3, 25 Vārtt. 1 (quot.)
- ○citra mfn. garnished with pictures Hariv
- together with pictures Megh
- painted, variegated MW
- ○cinta mf(ā)n. absorbed in thought, thoughtful (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās
- ○tâkulam ind. thoughtfully Śak
- ○cillaka mfn. having sore eyes, blear-eyed L
- ○cihna mfn. having marks, marked, branded (am ind.) Yājñ
- ○cīnaka mfn. together with Panicum Miliaceum MārkP
- ○cetana mfn. having reason or consciousness or feeling, sentient, sensible, animate, rational PārGṛ. R. Kathās. &c
- ○cetas (sá-), mfn. having the same mind, unanimous RV. AV
- conscious, intelligent, rational RV. &c. &c
- ○cela mfn. having clothes, clothed, dressed Gaut. Mn. Yājñ
- ○ceṣṭa mfn. making effort or exertion, active W
- m. the mango tree L
- ○caitanya mfn. having consciousness, conscious VP
- ○caila mfn. = -cela (am ind.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- ○cchadis mfn. covered, hidden ĀpŚr
- ○cchanda (sá-), mf(ā)n. consisting of the same metres (ā f. [scil. ric] a verse consṭconsisting of the same metres) VS
- ○cchandas (sá-), mfn. = prec. VS. ŚBr
- ○cchandasya mfn. id. Lāṭy
- ○cchandoma mfn. connected with the Chandoma (-tva n.) Lāṭy
- ○cchala mf(ā)n. deceitful, fraudulent Kathās
- ○cchala-jāti-nigraha-maya mf(ī), n. consisting of defeat (in disputation) accompanied by self-refuting objections and unfair arguments Prab
- ○cchāya mf(ā)n. giving shade, shady Pañcad
- having beautiful colours, glittering L
- (ifc.) having the same colour as Śiś
- ○cchidra mfn. having defects, faulty MW
- ○ccheda mfn. having cuttings or divisions, interrupted Vet
- ○cyuti (sá-), mfn. (said to = ) accompanied by seminal effusion, MaitrŚ. TBr. ĀśvŚr
- ○janá mfn. together with men or people Rājat
- having men, frequented or inhabited by men (e ind. among men, in public) ŚBr. MBh. &c
- m. a man of the same family, kinsman MW
- ○nâmātya mfn. accompanied by men and ministers ib
- ○janapada mfn. having the same country, a fellow-countryman Pāṇ. 6-3, 83
- ○janī́ya n. (scil. sū7kta) N. of the hymn RV. ii, 12 (having the burden sa janāsa indraḥ) TS. AitBr. KātyŚr. (also sajanya Kāṭh.)
- ○janú mfn. born or produced together ŚBr
- ○janya (sá-), mfn. belonging to a kinsman RV. (cf. -janīya)
- ○japa mfn. together with the Tūshṇīṃ-japa (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr
- m. a partic. class of ascetics R
- ○jambāla mfn. having mud, muddy, clayey L
- ○jala mfn. possessing or containing water, watery, wet, humid R. Megh. Śiś
- -tva n. wateriness MW
- -nayana mfn. watery-eyed Megh
- -pṛṣata mfn. containing waterdrops ib
- ○jāgara mfn. waking, awake Kathās
- ○jāta
- ○jāḍti &c., See s.v
- ○jāni mfn. together with a wife Rājat
- ○jāmi wṛ. for prec
- ○jāya mfn. having a wife, married Kathârṇ
- ○jāra mf(ā)n. accompanied by a lover, together with a paramour Hit
- ○jāla mfn. having a mane, maned Kathās. (vḷ. saṭāla)
- ○jítvan mf(arī)n. victorious, superior RV. MaitrS
- ○jiṣṇu mfn. accompanied by Arjuna MBh
- ○jīva mf(ā)n. having life, alive (-tā f.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- having a bow-string (-tā f.) Śiś
- ○juṣ mfn. (Vop. iii, 150
- 164) attached to or associated with, an associate, companion W
- (ū́s or ū́r), ind. (Pāṇ. 8-2, 66) at the same time, besides, moreover RV. AV. ŚBr. (sajūḥ-kṛtya, 'together with' Bhaṭṭ
- g. ūry-ādi)
- with, along or together with (instr.) RV. VS. ŚāṅkhŚr. BhP
- (-jūr) -abdī́ya mfn. (fr. sajūr-abda) ŚBr
- ○jṛmbhikam ind. with a yawn, yawning Kathās
- ○jóṣa mfn. = -joṣas RV. AV. VS
- ○jóṣaṇa n. common enjoyment or pleasure ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○jóṣas mfn. associated together, united, being or acting in harmony with (instr.) RV. AV. VS. TBr
- ind. together RV
- ○jya See s.v., col. 2
- ○jyotis mfn. having the same or a common light Pāṇ. 6-3, 85
- ind. according to the light (i.e. either by day from the disappearance of the stars till sunset, or by night from sunset till the appearance of the stars) Mn. iv, 106 ; v, 82 (○tiṣi id. Gaut. ii, 11)
- as long as the sun is in the sky Gaut. xvi, 31
- ○jyotsnā f. having moonlight
- (scil. rātri) a moonlight night MW
- ○jvara mfn. having fever, feverish Prasaṅg
- sacāṅkāca-puṣpī (?), f. a kind of plant SāmavBr
- saj See √sañj, p. 1132, col. 3. [Page 1131, Column]
- sa-jana &c. See col. 1
- sa-jātá mf(ā)n. born together or at the same time, related
- m. a kinsman, countrymen RV. AV. Br. KātyŚr
- together with kinsmen or offspring Gobh
- ○kāma mfn. desirous of dominion over his kin Kāṭh
- ○vat (○tá-), mfn. surrounded by his kin TBr
- ○vanasyā́ f. 'desire of dominion over kindred or countrymen', N. of a partic. verse TS. ĀśvŚr
- ○váni mfn. conciliating relations or countrymen VS
- ○śaṃsá m. a curse uttered by one's relatives TBr
- sa-jāti mfn. belonging to the same tribe or caste or class or kind, similar, like Mn. Yājñ
- m. the son of a man and woman of the same caste W
- sa-jātīya mfn. of the same caste or kind or species, homogeneous, like, similar, resembling Yājñ. Hariv. &c
[[]]
- sajātīyavisiṣṭāntarāghaṭitatva3sa-jātīya--visiṣṭântarâghaṭita-tva n. N. of wk
- sa-jātyá mfn. being of the same race or family RV. Mn
- n. like origin or descent, brotherhood relationship RV
- sa-jāni sa-jāmi &c. See col. 1
- sajj cl. 1. P. sajjati, to go, move Dhātup. vii, 22
- sajj (= √sañj
- cf. sajjaya), Caus. sajjayati, to cling, adhere, fasten or fix or attach to (loc.) Kathās
- to fix (the mind) upon BhP
- to cause one's self to be embraced (by other men) Mn. viii, 362
- sajja mf(ā)n. fixed, prepared, equipped, ready for (dat., loc., inf., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- fit for everything (said of hands and feet) Pañcad
- dressed in armour, armed, fortified L
- having a bowstring, strung, placed on a bow-string (in these senses often a mere vḷ. for sa-jya, q.v.) MBh. R
- (ā), f. equipment, armour, mail L
- dress, decoration L
- ○karman n. the act of making ready or equipping, preparation &c
- stringing a bow MBh. i, 7034 (cf. sajya-karman)
- ○tā f. the being equipped or prepared, readiness Daś
- sajjana mfn. (for saj-jana See p. 1135, col. 1) hanging round (e.g. kaṇṭha-s○, 'hanging round the neck') Mn. ii, 63
- n. a flight of steps or Ghāt leading down to the water, ferry L
- equipment, preparation &c. L
- caparisoning an elephant (also ā f.)
- a guard, sentry L
- sajjaya Nom. P. ○yati (rarely Ā. ○te), to equip, prepare, make ready (Ā. 'to prepare one's self') MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. sajjyate, to be equipped or prepared &c. HPariś
- sajjita mfn. fastened or attached to, fixed upon (in a-sajjitâtman, 'not having the mind fixed upon') BhP
- equipped, prepared, ready to or for (comp. or artham ifc.) MBh. R. &c
- dressed, ornamented W
- strung (as a bow) Kathās
- sajjī in comp. for sajja
- ○karaṇa n. the act of equipping, arraying, arming, preparing W
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to equip, prepare, arm, make ready MBh. Kāv. &c
- to string (a how) Kathās. BhP. Hit
- ○kṛta mfn. arrayed, armed, equipped, prepared ib
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become equipped or prepared or made ready for (dat.) ib
- ○bhūta mfn. equipped, prepared, made ready to or for ib
- sajjīya Ā. ○yate, to make one's self ready MBh
- saj-jana See under sat, p. 1135, col. 1
- sajjala m. N. of a man Rājat
- sajjīkṣāra wṛ. for sarjī-kṣ○ (q.v.)
- sa-jya mfn. (fr. 7. sa + 3. jyā́, q.v.) having a bow-string, strung (as a bow), placed on the bow-string (as an arrow) Kauś. MBh.: R. &c
- ○karman n. the act of stringing a bow MBh. (B.)
- ○sāyaka mfn. having an arrow on the bowstring MW
- sajyī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to string a bow BhP
- sa-jyotis &c. See col. 1
- sañc vḷ. for √1. sajj, q.v
- sañca m. (perhaps fr. sañcaya) a collection of leaves for writing, a copy-book, E
- sañcaka m. or n. (?) a stamp or mould Naish
- (ikā), f. in darśa- and yajñôpaviita-pratiṣṭha-s○ (q.v.) [Page 1131, Column]
- saṃ-cakāna See saṃ-√kan
- saṃ-cakās (cf. √kāś), P. -cakāsti, to light up, illuminate BhP
- saṃ-cakita mfn. (√cak) greatly startled, trembling, afraid W
- saṃ-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (pf. p. cakṣāṇa
- Ved. inf. -cákṣe and -cákṣi), to look attentively at, observe, notice, consider, survey, examine', reflect upon RV. AV. R. BhP
- to enumerate ŚBr. Lāṭy
- to report or relate fully MBh
- to call, name Car
- to avoid, shun (aor. sam acakṣiṣṭa) Vop. (cf. ava- and pari-saṃcakṣya)
- saṃ-cakṣas m. a priest, sage L
- sañcat m. a cheat, juggler (= pratāraka) L. (prob. wṛ. for saṃścat, q.v.)
- saṃ-caya &c. See saṃ- √1. ci
- saṃ-√car P. -carati (rarely Ā. ○te
- Pāṇ. 1-3, 54 Sch.), to go or come together, meet, join Gīt
- to come near, approach, appear RV. AV
- to go or wander about, walk about, roam, go or drive or ride in or on (instr.) AV. &c. &c
- to reach to (ā) Kum
- to go in or through, enter, traverse, pervade AV. &c. &c
- to pass over to, pass from one to another (gen.) Pañcat
- to issue from (abl.) ŚBr
- to move, live, exist, be ŚBr. ŚrS. Bhartṛ
- to practise, perform BhP.: Caus. -cārayati, to cause to come together, make to meet, bring into contact VS. ŚBr. Lāṭy
- to cause to go, set in motion Kālid. Hit
- to lead about, turn out (to graze) Śak. BhP
- to cause to pass through BhP
- to let pass, hand round Car
- saṃ-cará mfn. going about, moving ( See divā-s○)
- going or belonging together, simultaneous VS. ĀpŚr
- m. (ifc. f. ā) passage, a way, road, path, place for walking (esp. the space assigned to each person who takes part in a rite) TS. ŚBr. ŚrS. Kālid. Kathās
- a difficult passage, defile, bridge over a torrent &c. W
- (in Sāṃkhya) evolution, development, emanation Tattvas
- the body L
- killing W
- -bhāgin mfn. obtaining a share with difficulty (?) Vas
- saṃ-ḍcáraṇa mf(ī)n. fit or suitable for going or walking upon, accessible, practicable RV. ŚBr
- going or coming together, meeting, converging MW
- (am), n. going together or through, passage, motion, passing over from (abl.) or in (loc. or comp.) or by means of (comp.) Kāv. Pañcat
- (with samudrám) navigation RV
- setting in motion, use MW
- saṃ-ḍcaritra n. coupling, procuring L
- saṃ-ḍcariṣṇu mfn. disposed to move or ramble about Śiś
- saṃ-ḍcaréṇya mfn. suitable for going or walking on, practicable RV
- saṃ-cāra m. (ifc. f. ā) walking about, wandering, roaming, driving or riding, any motion MBh. Kāv. &c
- transit, passage ib
- the passage or entrance of the sun into a new sign MW
- passing over, transition, transference to (comp.) Yājñ
- transmission (of disease), contagion W
- course, path, way (also fig. = 'mode, manner') MBh. Hariv
- track (of wild animals) Śak. Sch
- course of life, career Sāh
- a partic. class of spies L
- difficult progress, difficulty, distress W
- leading, guiding ib
- inciting, impelling ib
- a gem supposed to be in the head of a serpent ib
- = huṃ-kāra ChUp
- [wṛ. for saṃ-cara, saṃ-sāra, and sac-cāra]
- -jīvin m. (prob.) a tramp, vagabond L
- -patha m. a walk, walking-place Hariv
- (in dram.) a female attendant on a king (= yavanī) Bhar
- -pūta mfn. purified by the course or passage (of anything) MW
- -vyādhi m. a partic. (prob. infectious) disease L
- saṃ-ḍcāraka m. a leader, guide Hit
- N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- (ikā), f. a procuress, go-between L
- a female servant to whom is entrusted the principal care (of money matters &c.) L
- the nose L
- saṃ-ḍcāraṇa n. bringing near, conveying, mixing, adding, transmission, insertion Kāv. Sāh
- delivering (a message) Jātakam
- (ī), f. (with Buddhists) N. of one of the 6 goddesses of magic Dharmas. 13
- saṃ-ḍcāraṇīya mfn. to be walked or wandered through or circumambulated Bālar
- to be transmitted or transferred to (loc.) Sāh
- saṃ-ḍcārayitṛ m. (and ○trī f. fr. Caus.) a leader, guide MaitrUp. Sch
- saṃ-ḍcārita mfn. (fr. id.) caused to go, set in motion, impelled, driven, guided Kālid. Rājat
- transmitted, communicated (as a disease) W
- m. a person who carries out the intentions of his masters L. [Page 1132, Column]
- saṃcāri for saṃ-cārin in comp
- ○cuṇḍikā f. an easily propagated cutaneous eruption, smallpox Gal
- ○tā f. penetration into (comp.) Mcar
- ○tva n. transitoriness, inconstancy (of feeling) Sāh
- ○bhāva m. a transitory feeling (= vyabhi-cāri-bh○, q.v.) MW
- saṃ-cārin mfn. going together or about, going hither and thither, roaming, wandering, moving in (loc. or comp.) Kāv. Rājat. Kathās. Inscr
- going or passing from one to another, transmitted, infectious, contagious, hereditary (as a disease) Yājñ. Rājat
- ascending and descending (applied to a note or tone) Saṃgīt
- penetrating into (comp.) Mcar
- coming together, meeting, in contact with, adjacent or contiguous to (instr.) Kād
- taken or carried together with one (as an umbrella &c.) Rājat
- carrying with one (comp.) Kām
- being in (comp.) Suśr. Mṛicch
- engaged in, occupied with (comp.) Pañcar
- passing away, transitory, adventitious, unsteady, inconstant, fickle (= vy-abhicārin, q.v.) Śiś. Sāh
- influencing, impelling, setting in motion MaitrUp
- difficult, inaccessible W
- m. incense or the smoke rising from burnt incense L
- air, wind L
- (iṇī), f. a kind of Mimosa (= haṃsa-padi) L
- -tva n. transitoriness, inconstancy (of feeling) Sāh
- saṃ-cārya mfn. to be walked upon, accessible (in a-s○, q.v.)
- brought about or produced by (comp.) Saṃk
- saṃ-carvaṇa (√carv) the act of chewing or masticating Rājat
- saṃ-√cal P. -calati, to move about or to and fro, waver, oscillate, quiver, tremble MBh. R
- to move away, set out or depart from (abl.) Hariv. Śak. (vḷ.)
- to start or jump up from (a seat) R.: Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move about or to and fro, shake, agitate Hariv. Śak. (vḷ.)
- to push away, remove, expel MBh
- saṃ-cala mfn. moving about, trembling, quivering
- -nāḍi f. 'moving tube', an artery, vein, pulse R
- saṃ-ḍcalana n. moving about, agitation, trembling, shaking Kāv. Dhātup
- saṃ-cāla m. (of unknown meaning) BrahmaP
- (ī), f. the seed of Abrus Precatorius L
- saṃ-ḍcālaka m. a guide (perhaps wṛ. for ○cāraka) L
- saṃ-caskārayiṣu See saṃciṣk○, col. 2
- saṃ-cāku m. (said to be fr. √2. ci
- but cf. saṃ-cakṣas) a Ṛishi L
- sañcādhara m. N. of a poet Cat. (vḷ. sāñc○)
- sañcāna m. a kind of bird (= mahāviira) L
- saṃ-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to heap together, pile up, heap up ŚBr. ŚrS
- to arrange, put in order ib. Bhaṭṭ
- to accumulate, gather together, collect, acquire Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-caya m. (ifc. f. ā) collection, gathering, accumulation, heap, hoard, store, multitude, quantity (dat., 'in order to have more') Nir. MBh. &c
- collecting the bones of a burnt body (in asthi-s○) RTL. 284 ; 300
- -vat mfn. possessed of wealth, rich, opulent MBh
- saṃ-ḍcayana n. the act of piling or heaping together, heaping up, gathering, collecting (esp. the ashes or bones of a body lately burnt, See asthi-s○) GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
- saṃ-ḍcayanīya mfn. to be gathered or collected MW
- saṃ-ḍcayika mfn. having provisions (in a- and māsa-saṃc○ qq.vv.)
- saṃ-ḍcayin mfn. who or what collects W
- possessed of riches MBh
- (○yi) -tva n. the being heaped up Suśr
- saṃ-cāyya mfn. (scil. kratu, a ceremony) at which the Soma is accumulated Pāṇ. 3-1, 130
- sáṃ-cita mfn. piled together, heaped up, gathered, collected, accumulated ŚBr. &c. &c
- dense, thick (as a wood) R
- fitted or provided with, full of (comp.) MBh
- impeded, obstructed VarBṛS
- frequently practised or exhibited MBh
- -karman n. the rites to be performed after arranging the sacrificial fire ŚrS
- sáṃ-ḍciti f. N. of the 9th book of the Śatapatha-brāhmaṇa
- heaping together, collecting, saving Kāv
- saṃ-cinvānaka mfn. (fr. -cinvāna, pr. p. Ā. of saṃ- √1. ci) occupied with the accumulation of wealth or treasures MBh
- saṃ-ceya mfn. to be gathered or collected or accumulated R. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-5, 130 Sch.) [Page 1132, Column]
- saṃ-ci √2. (only in ind. p. -citya, perhaps wṛ. for -cintya), to reflect, ponder Rājat
- saṃ-cikīrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of saṃ- √1. kṛ) wishing to do or perform Kull. on Mn. v, 86
- saṃ-cikṣipsu mfn. (fr. Desid. of saṃ-√kṣip) wishing to give a short description VarBṛS
- saṃ-cit √4. (only pf. p. P. -cikitvás, and 3. pl. pf. Ā. -cikitre and -cikitrire), to observe together, survey, notice RV
- to agree together, be unanimous ib.: Caus. -cetayati (pr. p. -cetayamāna), to observe, be aware of. perceive MW
- saṃ-citrā f. Salvinia Cucullata L
- saṃ-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya, or -cintayitvā), to think about, think over, consider carefully, reflect about (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to design, intend, destine BhP
- saṃ-ḍcintana n. careful consideration or reflection, anxiety Bhpr
- saṃ-ḍcintita mfn. carefully considered or thought about, deliberated, weighed (-vat mfn. 'one who has carefully considered or 'he has carefully considered') MBh. Kāv. &c
- designed, appointed BhP
- saṃ-cintya ind. intentionally Divyâv
- saṃ-cintya mfn. to be thought over or considered Yājñ. MBh
- to be regarded as (vat ifc.) R. (cf. duḥ-saṃc○)
- saṃ-ciṣkārayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus. of saṃ-√skṛ) wishing any one (acc.) to perform a purificatory rite MBh. xv, 706 (B. saṃ-cask○)
- saṃ-cīvaraya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to assume the coarse dress or rags of an ascetic Anarghar. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-1, 20)
- sañcu m. or f. (with Jainas) a commentary Cat. (cf. sañca)
- saṃ-√cud Caus. -codayati, to impel, push on, drive, shoot off MBh. R
- to inflame, arouse, animate, instigate, further ib. BhP
- to brandish, wield MBh
- to summon, challenge ib
- to procure quickly, assist to obtain RV
- saṃ-codaka m. 'impeller', N. of a Devaputra Lalit
- saṃ-ḍcodana m. (or ā f.) urging, exciting, inflaming, arousing MBh. Jātakam
- (ā), f. a stimulant MBh
- saṃ-ḍcodayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be urged on or impelled Hariv
- saṃ-ḍcodita mfn. (fr. id.) impelled, ordered, commanded BhP
- saṃ-√cūrṇ P. -cūrṇayati, to grind to powder, comminute, pulverize Suśr
- saṃ-cūrṇana n. the act of grinding to powder, comminution, crushing or breaking to pieces Alaṃkārat
- saṃ-ḍcūrṇita mfn. completely pulverized or comminuted, cut or broken to pieces MBh. Śaṃk. Rājat
- saṃ-√cūṣ Pass. -cūṣyate, to be in a state of great heat, boil over Suśr
- saṃ-√cṛt P. -cṛtati, to be joined with (instr.) AV. iii, 31, 1
- saṃ-cṛ́t f. junction, union RV. ix, 84, 2
- saṃ-√ceṣṭ Ā. -ceṣṭate, to move about restlessly, be disturbed MBh
- to exert one's self, strive, act ib
- saṃ-√cyu Caus. -cyāvayati, to cause to fall off, strike off, remove MBh
- saṃ-chad √1. Caus. -chādayati, to cover over, envelop, conceal, hide, obscure ŚBr. MBh. &c
- to put on (as a garment) Vop
- saṃ-channa mfn. entirely covered or enveloped or clothed MBh. Hariv. &c
- concealed, hidden, obscure, unknown MBh
- saṃ-chādanī f. 'that which covers', the skin L
- saṃ-chad √2. (or chand), Caus. -chandayati (only ind. p. -chandya), to present, offer (with acc. of pers. and instr. of thing) MBh
- saṃ-chardana n. spitting out, vomiting forth, ejecting (one of the ten ways in which an eclipse is supposed to end, cf. rāhu-grasana) VarBṛS
- saṃ-√chid P. Ā. -chinatti, -chintte, to cut to pieces, cut through, pierce, split, destroy AV. &c. &c. [Page 1132, Column]
- to remove, resolve (a doubt) Bhag
- to decide, settle (a question) BhP.: Pass. -chidyate, to be cut to pieces &c. MBh
- saṃ-chidā f. destruction KāśīKh
- saṃ-chinna mfn. cut to pieces, cut off &c. MBh
- saṃ-chettavya mfn. to be cut through or removed or resolved (as a doubt) MBh
- saṃ-ḍchettṛ mfn. one who removes or resolves (a doubt) ib
- saṃ-chedya n. 'the flowing together of two rivers' or 'the mouth of a river entering the sea' L
- sañj (or sajj), cl. 1. P. sañjati, sajjati, to go, move Dhātup. vii, 22
- sañj (or saj), cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xxiii, 18) sájati (rarely Ā. ○te
- pf. sasañja Br. &c. [in some rare and doubtful cases in MBh. and Ragh. sasajja]
- 3. pl. sejuḥ ŚBr
- aor. asāṅkṣīt, sāṅkṣīt, UP. &c
- asañji Br
- ásakthās, ○ta RV. Br
- Prec. sajyāt Gr
- fut. saṅktā, saṅkṣyati ib
- inf. saktum MBh
- saṅktos Br
- ind. p. -sajya, -sáṅgam ib. &c.), to cling or stick or adhere to, be attached to or engaged in or occupied with (loc.) Br. Ragh. Naish.: Pass. sajyáte (generally sajjate, ep. also ○ti), to be attached or fastened, adhere, cling, stick (with na, 'to fly through without sticking', as an arrow) ŚBr. &c. &c
- to linger, hesitate MBh. R
- to be devoted to or intent on or occupied with (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. sañjayati (aor. asasañjat
- for sajjayati See √sajj), to cause to stick or cling to, unite or connect with (loc.) Bhag. Śaṃk.: Desid. sisaṅkṣati, ā-√sañj: Intens. sāsajyate, sāsaṅkti Gr. [Cf., accord. to some, Lat. segnis ; Lith. segú, 'I attach.']
- saktá mfn. clinging or adhering to, sticking in (loc. or comp
- saktaḥ or bhitti-s○ with √sthā, 'to stand as if nailed or as if rooted to the spot') AV. &c. &c
- belonging to (gen.) Pañcad
- committed or intrusted to (comp.) Kām
- fixed or intent upon, directed towards, addicted or devoted to, fond of, engaged in, occupied with (loc., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- hindered, impeded ( See a-s○)
- impending, near at hand MW
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. attachment, addiction (esp. to worldly objects) MBh
- ○dviṣ (Hāsy.),
- ○vaira (Śak.), mfn. being engaged in a feud with (instr.)
- ○mūtra mfn. making water slowly or with difficulty Car
- ○vat mfn. one who has attached himself to (= sasañja) R
- saktavya mfn. (fr. saktu) intended to serve for grit or to be coarsely ground (as grain). Pāṇ. 5-1, 2 Vārtt. 4 Pat
- sakti f. connexion, entwinement (of creepers) Kir
- clinging or adhering to (loc. or comp.), attachment, addiction (esp. to worldly objects) Śiś. Rājat. Sarvad
- ○mat mfn. attached or devoted to, fond of (in ati-s○) Kām
- sáktu m. (or n. g. ardharcâdi
- also written śaktu) coarsely ground meal, grit, groats (esp. of barley-meal) RV. &c. &c
- ○kāra m. one who grinds barley-meal R
- ○kāraka m. (and ika f.) id. Nir
- ○ghaṭâkhyāyikā f. the story of the vessel of barley-meal (Pañcat. v, 59-74)
- ○dhānī f. a vessel of bṭbarley-mṭmeal Pat
- ○prasthīya mfn. relating to a Prastha of barley-mṭmeal (said of the episode of MBh. xiv, 2711 &c.)
- ○phalā or f. Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma L
- ○phalī f. Prosopis Spicigera or Mimosa Suma L
- ○miśra mfn. mixed with bṭbarley-mṭmeal Suśr
- ○śrī́ mfn. id. VS
- ○sindhu m. Pāṇ. 7-3, 19 Sch
- ○homa m. an oblation of barley-meal Vait
- saktuka m. (also written śak○) a partic. vegetable poison L
- saktula mfn. g. sidhmâdi
- saṅga m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) sticking, clinging to, touch, contact with (loc. or comp.) TS. &c. &c
- relation to, association or intercourse with (gen., instr. with and without saha loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- addiction or devotion to, propensity for, (esp.) worldly or selfish attachment or affection, desire, wish, cupidity Mn. MBh. &c
- (with atreḥ) N. of a Sāman Br
- ○kara mfn. causing attachment or desire Sarvad
- ○gupta-sūnu m. N. of an author Cat
- ○tala m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○tyāga m. abandonment of attachment or desire Bhartṛ
- ○rahita and mfn. free from attachment, indifferent, unworldly W
- ○varjita mfn. free from attachment, indifferent, unworldly W
- ○vicyuti f. separation from worldly attachment ib. [Page 1133, Column]
- saṅgaṭa and m. N. of men Rājat
- saṅgika m. N. of men Rājat
- saṅgin mfn. hanging on, sticking in, clinging or adhering to (comp.) Kāv. Kathās
- coming into contact with, touching (comp.) MārkP
- attached or devoted or addicted to, fond of, intent on, connected with (gen., loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- full of affection or desire, worldly, licentious Pur. Kathās
- continuous, uninterrupted Kir
- saṅgiya m. N. of a man Rājat
- sañja See saṃ-ja below
- sañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat
- sañjana n. the act of attaching or fastening Bālar
- joining, folding (the hands) Naish
- the act of clinging, adhering, sticking MW
- (ī), f. that on which anything is hung Nir
- sañji
- sañjimat g. yavâdi
- sañjatara n. N. of a city Pañcat. (prob. wṛ.)
- saṃ-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born or produced together with (abl.) RV. ŚvetUp
- to be born from (loc. or abl.), arise or come forth from (abl.), come into existence, take place, appear, happen Mn. MBh. &c
- to bring forth R
- to become, be Hariv. R
- to elapse, pass (as time) Pañcat.: Caus. -janayati, to cause to be born, bring forth, generate, produce, create, cause, form, make MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-ja m. 'universal Creator', N. of Brahmā or Śiva L
- (ā), f. a she-goat L
- -pāla m. N. of a man Rājat
- saṃ-ḍjanana mf(ī)n. producing, causing, effecting (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. production, creation, growth, development ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- saṃ-ḍjanita mfn. (fr. Caus.) produced, caused, created MBh. Pañcat
- saṃ-jāta mfn. born, produced, grown, arisen, become, appeared (often in comp. = 'becoming, grown'
- below.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- passed, elapsed (as time) Pañcat
- m. pl. N. of a people VP
- -kopa mfn. growing angry, becoming enraged R
- -kautuka mfn. having curiosity roused, becoming curious MW
- -nidrā-pralaya mfn. one whose sleep has come to an end L
- -nirveda mfn. grown despondent Kathās
- -pāśa mfn. one who has become fettered by (comp.) Śak
- -lajja mfn. one who has become ashamed or embarrassed Ratnâv
- -viśrambha mfn. having confidence excited, becoming confident R
- -vepathu mfn. trembling BhP
- ○têrṣya mfn. becoming envious MW
- saṃ-√jap P. -japati, to whisper or talk about, report, communicate MBh. MārkP
- saṃ-jaya &c. See saṃ-√ji
- saṃ-járbhurāṇa mfn. (fr. Intens. of sam-√bhur) quivering, flickering RV
- saṃ-√jalp P. -jalpati (pr. p. -jalpat, or ○pamāna), to speak or talk together, converse, chatter MBh. R
- saṃ-jalpa m. talking together, conversation, chattering, uproar, confusion MBh. Hariv
- saṃ-ḍjalpita mfn. spoken together, spoken, uttered
- n. spoken words, talk BhP
- saṃ-javana n. (fr. saṃ-√ju
- perhaps for saṃ-yavana fr. saṃ- √1. yu) a group of four houses, quadrangle L
- a way-mark, sign-post Hariv. (Nīlak.)
- saṃ-jāvana n. (perhaps for saṃ-yāvana) pouring a little buttermilk into warm milk L
- saṃ-√ji P. -jayati (pf. p. -jígīvas), to conquer together RV. AV. TBr
- to conquer completely, gain or acquire by contest ib
- to subdue completely, control (the senses) Hcat.: Pass. -jīyate, to be overpowered or subdued Subh
- saṃ-jayá mf(ā́) n. completely victorious, triumphant RV. AV. AitBr
- m. conquest, victory (with viśvāmitrasya, N. of a Catur-aha) PañcavBr
- a kind of military array Kām
- N. of a chief of the Yakshas Buddh
- of a Sūta (the son of Gavalgaṇa and follower of Dhṛita-rāshṭra) MBh
- of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
- of a son of Su-pārśva VP
- of a son of Prati or Pratikshatra BhP
- of a son of Bharmyâśva ib
- of a son of Raṇaṃ-jaya ib
- of a Vyāsa Cat
- of a preceptor Buddh
- n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr
- -kavi-śekhara m. N. of a poet Cat
- saṃ-jáyat mf(antī)n. conquering, winning AV
- (antī), f. N. of a town MBh. Suśr
- saṃ-ḍjayin m. 'victorious', N. of a man Buddh. [Page 1133, Column]
- saṃ-jít m. a conqueror, winner RV
- saṃ-ḍjita mfn. entirely conquered or won TBr
- saṃ-ḍjiti f. complete victory AitBr. ŚrS
- saṃ-jighṛkṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of saṃ-√grah) wishing to gather or collect Daś
- wishing to sum up or epitomise Sarvad
- saṃ-jihāna See saṃ- √1. hā
- saṃ-jihīrṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of saṃ-√hṛ) wishing to destroy R. BhP
- saṃ-√jīv P. -jīvati (ep. also Ā. ○te
- pr. p. -jīvat, or -jīvamāna), to live with or together AV
- to live, exist, live by any business or occupation (instr.) ib. TS. MBh. BhP
- to revive, be restored to life ŚBr. MBh.: Caus. -jīvayati, to make alive, vivify, animate ĀśvŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- to keep alive, maintain, nourish Rājat.: Desid. of Caus. and Desid., See next
- saṃ-jijīvayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to bring to life or enliven MBh
- saṃ-jiḍjijīviṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to live, loving life ib
- saṃ-jīvá mf(ā́)n. living together, living MW
- making alive, vivifying AV. ĀśvŚr
- m. the act of reviving, revival ( See comp.)
- a particular hell Divyâv
- -karaṇa mf(ī)n. bringing to life, animating R
- ○vârma n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 91
- saṃ-ḍjīvaka mf(ikā)n. living together MW
- making alive, vivifying, animating ŚrS. BhP
- m. N. of a bull Kathās.: Pañcat
- (ī), f. N. of a woman Vās., Introd
- saṃ-ḍjīvana mf(ī)n. making alive, animating MBh. Kāv. &c. (vḷ. often ○jīvinī)
- m. a kind of antidote Suśr
- a partic. hell Mn. Yājñ
- (ī), f. a kind of plant (= rudantī) L. (vḷ. ○jīvinī)
- making alive, causing life MW
- a kind of elixir ib
- N. of a lexicon and of Mallinātha's Commentaries on the Kumāra-sambhava, Megha-dūta, and Raghu-vaṃśa
- (am), n. the act of living or reviving MBh. Kāv. &c
- animating, bringing to life W
- a cluster of four houses (= saṃ-javana) L
- saṃ-ḍjīvita mfn. (fr. Caus.) vivified, enlivened, animated MBh
- saṃ-ḍjīvin mfn. rendering alive, enlivening MBh. BhP
- m. N. of a minister of Megha-varṇa (king of the crows) Pañcat
- (ī), f. N. of a plant L. ( See ○jīvanī)
- of a Commentary Cat
- saṃ-jughukṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of saṃ-√guh) wishing to completely conceal Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-juṣṭa mfn. (√juṣ) visited or frequented or inhabited by, filled with (instr.or comp.) MBh
- saṃ-√jūrv P. -jūrvati, to burn up, consume (by fire) RV
- saṃ-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to gape open, be unfolded or displayed, appear Rājat
- saṃ-jṝ √1. P. -jīryati, to become old together MaitrS
- saṃ-jṝ √2. Ā. -jarate, to sound together, sound forth RV
- saṃ-jña mfn. (fr. saṃ + 1. jña = jñu
- 1. pra-jña) knock-kneed L
- saṃ-jñu mfn. id. L
- saṃ-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -jānīte, (Ā.) to agree together, be of the same opinion, be in harmony with (loc
- accord. to Pāṇ. 2-3, 22, also instr. or acc.) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr
- (A.) to obey (dat.) AitBr
- (Ā.) to appoint, assign, intend (for any purpose), destine ib
- (only ind. p. -jñāya) to direct, order, command Hariv
- to acknowledge, recognize, own Pāṇ. 1-3, 46 Sch
- (P.) to acknowledge or claim as one's own, take possession of SaddhP
- (P.) to think of. recollect sorrowfully (with acc. or gen.) Pāṇ. Vop
- Ā. to know well, understand R
- to watch for Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. [-jJ�Apayati], ○te, to cause to be of the same opinion or agree together AV. AitBr
- to cause to acquiesce or agree in (euphemistically said of a sacrificial victim, which ought not to be led forcibly to its death but made to resign itself) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. MBh. BhP
- to appease, satisfy MBh. Kālid
- to make to be understood or known, cause to understand ŚBr
- to make signs to (acc.), communicate or make anything known by signs Mṛicch. Hcar
- to command, enjoin, instruct Hariv. [Page 1133, Column]
- saṃ-jña mfn. (ifc. for saṃ-jñā e.g. labdha-saṃjña, 'one who has recovered consciousness' MBh
- -tā f. 'recovery of consciousness' Veṇis.)
- (ā), f. See below
- n. a yellow fragrant wood, yellow sanders L
- saṃ-jñaka mf(ikā)n. (ifc.) = 2. saṃjña (e.g. prâṇa-saṃjñako jīvaḥ, 'life has the name breath' MaitrUp
- cf. naṭa-, ravi-s○)
- saṃ-jñápana n. (fr. Caus.) causing agreement or harmony AV
- killing a sacrificial animal (by suffocation
- above.) ŚBr. ŚrS. MBh. BhP
- deception, defrauding, Prâyaśc
- saṃ-jñapita mfn. sacrificed, killed Pāṇ. 6-4, 52 Sch
- saṃ-jñapta mfn. informed, apprised MW
- killed, suffocated, sacrificed Hariv
- -homa m. an oblation performed after killing a sacrificial animal ĀpŚr
- saṃ-jñâpti f. killing, slaying, sacrificing ĀpŚr. Sch
- apprising, informing W
- saṃ-jñā́ f. (ifc. f. ā) agreement, mutual understanding, harmony TBr. ŚBr. Kathās
- consciousness, clear knowledge or understanding or notion or conception ŚBr. &c. &c
- a sign, token, signal, gesture (with the hand, eyes &c
- saṃjñām-√kṛ or dā, 'to give a signal') MBh. Kāv. &c
- direction (in a-kṛtas○, 'one who has received no dṭdirection') MBh
- a track, footstep BhP
- a name, appellation, title, technical term (ifc. = 'called, named') Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
- (in gram.) the name of anything thought of as standing by itself, any noun having a special meaning (saṃjñāyām therefore denotes 'used in some peculiar sense rather than in its strictly etymological meaning', e.g. as a proper name) Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; 2, 53 &c
- a technical expression in grammar ( See -sūtra)
- (with Buddhists) perception (one of the 5 Skandhas, q.v.) Dharmas. 22 MWB. 109
- N. of the Gāyatrī (q.v.) L
- of a partic. high number Buddh
- N. of a daughter of Tvashṭṛi or Viśva-karman (the wife of the Sun and mother of Manu, Yama and Yamī) Hariv. Pur
- ○karaṇa n. giving a name Nir. i, 2
- -parisiṣṭa n. N. of wk
- ○karman n. (= -karaṇa) Kaṇ
- ○tantra n. N. of an astron wk. by Nīla-kaṇṭha
- ○tva n. the being a technical term Cat
- ○"ṣdhikāra (○jñâdh○), m. (in Pāṇ.) a heading or governing rule which gives a partic. name to the rules which fall under it and influences them all
- ○paribhāṣā f
- ○pāṭī f
- ○pāda-vyākhyā f
- ○prakaraṇa n
- ○prakriyā f. N. of wks
- ○"ṣrtham (○jñâr○), ind. for the sake of a sign Bhag
- ○vat mfn. having consciousness, revived, recovered R
- having a name or denomination W
- ○viveka m. N. of wk
- ○viṣaya m. 'having a name or noun for a subject', an epithet W
- ○samuccaya m. N. of a medical wk
- ○suta m. 'son of Saṃjñā', N. of the planet Saturn L
- ○sūtra n. any Sūtra which teaches the meaning of a technical term Pāṇ. Sch
- ○"ṣstra (○jñâstra), n. N. of a mythical weapon of Pradyumna Hariv
- saṃjñôpasarjanī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to become a proper name or the subordinate member of a compound Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-1, 27 Vārtt. 2
- saṃ-jñāta mfn. well known, understood ( See comp.)
- intended or destined for (comp.) MBh
- -rūpa (sáṃ○), mfn. one whose form or appearance is universally known RV
- saṃ-jñāti f. agreement, harmony AitBr
- saṃ-jñātṛ mfn. one who recollects sorrowfully (gen.) Pat
- saṃ-jñā́na mf(ī)n. producing harmony AitBr
- (ī), f. a ceremony for producing unanimity TS. ĀśvŚr
- n. unanimity, harmony with (loc. or instr.) RV. AV. VS. TS
- consciousness ŚBr. AitUp. BhP
- right conception Pratijñās
- perception (= saṃ-jñā) Buddh
- saṃ-jñánanā (?), f. consciousness ib
- saṃ-jñāpana n. (fr. Caus.) apprising, informing, teaching W
- killing, slaughter ib
- saṃ-jñāpita mfn. (fr. id.) killed, suffocated (as a victim) BhP
- saṃ-jñikā f. a name, appellation MBh. xii, 6825
- saṃ-jñita mfn. made known, communicated R
- apprised by a sign or gesture Rājat
- called, named, termed (generally ifc.) MaitrUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-jñin mfn. having consciousness, conscious of (comp.) Vajracch. SaddhP. Sarvad
- having a name, named, termed, that which receives a name or has a term given to it in grammar (○jñitva n.) Pat. Kāś. Kap. Sarvad
- saṃjñi-bhūtaka mfn. that which has become a name Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-3, 68
- saṃ-jñeya m. N. of a king VP
- saṃ-jñu See col. 2
- saṃ-√jvar P. -jvarati, to lie in great fever or heat, be greatly depressed or grieved, be afflicted or sorrowful MBh. [Page 1134, Column]
- saṃ-jvara m. great beat or fever (also applied to the heat of anger or any violent agitation
- ○raṃ-√kri, 'to feel agitated') Mn. (in a-s○, q.v.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- -kara mfn. causing agitation Vcar
- -vat mfn. full of heat or fever ( See sneha-s○)
- ○râtura mfn. afflicted with fever, fevered MW
- saṃ-jvārin mfn. feeling the heat of fever &c., feverish Bhaṭṭ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)
- saṃ-√jval P. -jvalati, to blaze up or flame brightly MBh.: Caus. -jvālayati, to cause to flame, illuminate, light ib
- saṃ-jvalana n. that which illuminates, fuel Anarghar
- saṃ-jvālya ind. having lighted or kindled
- saṭ cl. 1. P. saṭati, to be a part of Dhātup. ix, 26: Caus. or cl. 10. sāṭayati ( See √sāṭ)
- saṭa m. n. = next L
- a person whose father is a Brāhman and whose mother is a Bhaṭi L
≫saṭā
- saṭā f. (cf. śaṭā, chaṭā and jaṭā) an ascetic's matted or clotted hair, a braid of hair (in general) MBh
- the mane (of a lion or horse) or the bristles (of a boar) MBh. Kāv. &c
- a crest (= śikhā) L
- a multitude, number VarBṛS
- light, lustre BhP
- ○"ṣṅka (○ṭâṅka), mfn. 'mane-marked', a lion L
- ○pāṭala m. the red mane of a lion
- saṭāla m. having a mane, maned (vḷ. sa-jāla) Kathās
- (ifc.) richly provided with, full of Inscr
- sa-ṭaṃkāra mfn. (fr., 7. sa + ṭ○) having notoriety or fame, famous MW
- saṭālu = śalāṭu, an unripe fruit, PārGiṛ
- saṭi &c. See śaṭi
- sa-ṭīka mfn. (fr. 7. sa + ṭīkā) accompanied or explained by a commentary MW
- saṭṭ cl. 10. P. saṭṭayati, to hurt Dhātup. xxxii, 31
- to be strong ib
- to dwell ib
- 'to take' or 'to give' (dāne vḷ. for ādāne)
- saṭṭa n. two pieces of timber at the side of a door L
- saṭṭaka n. a sort of minor drama in Prākṛit (e.g. the Karpūra-mañjarī of Rāja-śekhara) Sāh
- buttermilk mixed with the juice of cumin &c. (cf. śaṭṭaka) L
- ○ṭīkā f. N. of wk
- saṭṭaya n. a kind of drama (= śaṭṭaka) Cat
- ○vyākhyā f. N. of wk
- saṭvā f. and kind of bird L
- a musical instrument L
- saṭh cl. 10. P. sāṭhayati = √śaṭh Dhātup. xxxii, 28 (Vop.)
- saṭh m. N. of a man Inscr
- saṭhī See śaṭhī
- sa-ḍa mfn. = saha ḍena vartate Pāṇ. 8-3, 56 Sch
- sa-ḍiṇḍimam ind. by sound of drum Kathās
- saḍḍa m. N. of two men Rājat
- saṇa-tūla saṇa-sūtra, See śaṇa-t○, śaṇa-s○
- saṇahāṣa N. of a place Cat
- saṇi m. the smell of the breath of a cow L
- mfn. smelling like the breath of a cow ib
- saṃ-ṭaṅka m. .connection Nalac. Sch
- saṇḍa m. pl. N. of a people MBh. (C. ṣaṇḍa)
- a eunuch (= śaṇḍa and ṣaṇḍha) L
- saṃḍiśa (?), m. (= saṃ-daṃśa) a pair of tongs or nippers L
- saṃ-ḍīna n. (√ḍi) flying together (one of the modes of flight attributed to birds) MBh
- saṃḍīnôḍḍīna n. a partic. mode of flight (a combination of prec. and uḍ-ḍīna, 'flying up'
- accord. to some 'flying well') ib
- saṃḍīvin m. (perhaps wṛ. for saṃ-jīvin, q.v.) N. of a minister of the crow-king Megha-varṇa Kathās. [Page 1134, Column]
- saṇḍhikā f. a female camel Pañcad
- sát mf(satī́)n. (pr. p. of √1. as) being, existing, occurring, happening, being present (sato me, 'when I was present'
- often connected with other participles or with an adverb, e.g. nāmni kṛte sati, 'when the name has been given'
- tathā sati, 'if it be so'
- also ibc., where sometimes = 'possessed of', cf. sat-kalpavṛkṣa) RV. &c. &c
- abiding in (loc.) MBh
- belonging to (gen.) ŚBr
- living MuṇḍUp
- lasting, enduring Kāv. RV. &c. &c
- real, actual, as any one or anything ought to be, true, good, right (tan na sat, 'that is not right'), beautiful, wise, venerable, honest (often in comp., See below) RV. &c. &c
- m. a being, (pl.) beings, creatures RV. &c
- a good or wise man, a sage MBh. R
- good or honest or wise or respectable people Mn. MBh. &c
- (ī́), f. See satí below
- (sat), n. that which really is, entity or existence, essence, the true being or really existent (in the Vedânta, 'the self-existent or Universal Spirit, Brahma') RV. &c. &c
- that which is good or real or true, good, advantage, reality, truth ib
- water Naigh. i, 12
- (in gram.) the terminations of the present participle Pāṇ. 3-2, 127 &c
- (sat), ind. (cf. sat-√kṛ &c.) well, right, fitly. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. sens in [1134,] absens, pra-sens ; sons, 'guilty', orig. 'the real doer' ; Lith. sās, ésas ; Slav. sy, sas8ta.]
- ○kathā f. (ifc. f. ā) a good conversation or tale R. BhP
- ○kadamba m. a species of Kadamba L
- ○karaṇa n. doing (the last) honour (to the dead), cremation of a corpse, funeral obsequies R
- ○kara-tva See a-sat-k○
- ○kartavya mfn. one who is to be honoured MBh
- ○kartṛ mfn. doing good, acting well, treating well or kindly, a benefactor (brāhmaṇa-sat-k○, 'one who does good or honour to Brāhmans') MBh. Mṛicch
- m. N. of Vishṇu. L
- ○karman n. a good work, virtuous act Pur. Rājat
- virtue, piety W
- hospitality ib
- funeral obsequies ib
- expiation ib
- mfn. performing good actions Rājat
- m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-vrata BhP
- (sat-karma-kalpadruma m. ○ma-candrikā f. ○ma-cintāmaṇi, m. ○ma-darpaṇa m. ○ma-dīpikā f. N. of wks.)
- ○kalā f. a fine art Kāv
- ○kalpavṛkṣa mfn. (a grove) where Kalpa-trees are found Śak
- ○kavi m. a good or true poet Kāv. Rājat. &c
- -tva n. 'a true poetic gift' Vet
- -miśra m. N. of a poet ŚārṅgP
- ○kāñcanāra m. Bauhinia Variegata L
- ○kāṇḍa m. a kite, hawk, falcon (Falco Cheela) L
- ○kāya-dṛṣṭi f. the (heretical) view (or doctrine) of the existence of a personality or individuality Divyâv. Mahāvy
- ○kāra m. (sg. or pl.) kind treatment, honour, favour, reverence (with paścima, = -karaṇa Hariv
- rāja-sat-k○, 'the favour of a king' R.) Mn. MBh. &c
- hospitable treatment, hospitality ib
- feasting (or = 'a meal'), festival, religious observance MW
- care, attention, consideration of or regard for a thing Yogas
- wṛ. for saṃskāra Hariv
- ○rârha mfn. worthy of hospitable treatment Nal
- ○kārya mfn. that which is effected L
- deserving of honour or hospitality R
- one to whom the last honours (i.e. cremation) are to be paid ib
- n. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect (as inherent in a cause) Sāṃkhyak. Tattvas. Kap. Sch
- -vāda m. (or -siddhânta m. Kap.) the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause) Bādar. Sch
- -vādin m. an adherent of the above doctrine ib
- ○kāvya n. a good poem Kāv
- -kalpadruma m. N. of wk
- ○kiṣku m. the length of 48 inches L
- ○kīrti f. good reputation BhP
- mfn. having a good reputation Cat
- -candrôdaya m. N. of wk
- ○kula n. a good or noble family MārkP. Kathās. ŚārṅgP
- mfn. belonging to a good or noble family (-tā f. Sāh.) Kām
- ○lôdbhava mfn. sprung from a noble family MW
- ○kulīna mfn. = -kula L
- ○√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute &c., to set right, put in order, arrange, prepare, adorn, garnish Mn. MBh. R. &c
- to treat well or with respect, honour, treat or receive hospitably MBh. R. Kāv. &c
- to pay the last honours to (acc.), cremate R.: Caus. -kārayati, to cause to be treated with respect or reverence, show revṭreverence, pay respṭrespect MW
- to cause to pay the last honours MBh
- ○kṛta mfn. done well W
- adorned with (comp.) MBh. Pur
- honoured, treated with respect or hospitality, entertained MBh. R. VarBṛS. &c
- worshipped, adored VarBṛS
- m. N. of Śiva MW
- n. virtue W
- respect ib
- honourable reception MārkP
- ○kṛti f. doing good, virtue, morality W
- kind treatment, hospitable reception, hospitality MBh. BhP. Kathās. &c. [Page 1134, Column]
- ○kṛtya ind, p. having treated with respect, having hospitably entertained Yājñ. R
- devotedly, piously, zealously, eagerly Jātakam
- ○kṛtya-muktâvalī f. N. of wk
- ○kriya mfn. doing good MBh
- (ā), f. putting in order, preparation Kāv. Kām
- explication Cat
- a good action, charity, virtue W
- (sg. or pl.) kind or respectful treatment, hospitable reception, hospitality (vivāha-sat-kr○, 'the celebration of a wedding' Ragh
- para-loka-sat-kr○, 'honouring in regard to the other world', funeral ceremonies MBh.) Mn. Yājñ. Kāv. &c
- any purificatory ceremony W
- funeral ceremonies L
- N. of wk
- (sat-kriyā-kalpa-mañjarī f. N. of wk.)
- ○kṣetra n. a good field Mudr. Rājat
- ○tattva n
- ○tattva-bindu m
- ○tattva-ratnamālā f. N. of wks
- ○tama (sát-), mfn. very good or right, the best, first, chief of (gen. or comp.) Br. ŚāṅkhŚr. ChUp. &c
- most virtuous W
- very venerable or respectable ib
- -tā f. the first rank of all BhP
- ○tarka m. an orthodox system of philosophy (a-sat-t○ BhP.) Cat
- -siddhâñjana n. N. of wk
- ○tā f. existence, being Up. Kaṇ. Tarkas. &c
- a partic. Jāti (in phil.) MW
- goodness, excellence W
- -jāti-prāmāṇya n. N. of wk
- -mātra n. mere entity or existence (○trâtman mfn. 'whose nature is entitled only to the predicate being') VP
- -vat mfn. entitled to the pred. 'being', endowed with existence Bhāshāp
- -"ṣvāpya (○tâv○), mfn. included in (the notion of) exṭexistence MW
- ○tāka (ifc.) = -tā (-tva n.) Nīlak
- ○tvá See below
- ○pakṣin m. a good or useful or innocuous bird Śukas
- ○pati (sát-), m. a mighty lord, leader, champion RV. AV
- a good lord or ruler PraśnUp. BhP
- the lord of the good, lord of real men, lord of heroes MW
- a good husband Ragh. Kathās
- N. of Indra RV
- ○pattra n. a new leaf (as of a water-lily) L
- ○path (only instr. ○thā) = next R
- ○patha m. a good or right way, correct or virtuous conduct, orthodox doctrine MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- ○pathīna mfn. going on the right way (fig.) KāśīKh
- ○paddhati f
- ○padya-ratnâkara m. N. of wks
- ○parigraha m. acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person W
- ○paśu m. a suitable animal, victim fit for a sacrifice L
- ○pātra n. a worthy recipient (of anything), worthy person Pur. Pañcat. Kām. &c
- -varṣa m. raining down or bestowing favours on worthy objects W
- -varṣin mfn. bountiful to worthy objects MW
- ○putra m. a good or virtuous son Cāṇ. (vḷ.) ĀpŚr. Sch
- a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors MW
- mfn. one who has a son Mn. ix, 154
- ○puruṣa m. a good or wise man Kāv. Kam. &c
- ○ṣâṣṭaka n. N. of wk
- ○puṣpa mf(ā)n. being in bloom Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- having good flowers MW
- ○prakriyā-vyākṛti f. N. of wk
- ○pratigraha m. acceptance of gifts from virtuous men Mn. Yājñ
- ○pratijña mfn. one who has promised anything L
- ○pratipâkṣa mfn. liable to a valid opposite argument or objection
- m. (with or scil. hetu) an argument liable to a valid objṭobjection (-tā f.) Tarkas. Sarvad. Kusum
- contrariety of argood, existence of opposite premisses proving the existence or non-exṭexistence of a thing W
- N. of wk
- -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -tā f. -tā-vyavahāra-kroḍā m. -deśanâbhāsa-prakaraṇa n. -pattra, n. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantha-ṭikā f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. -pūrva pakṣa-grantha-prakāśa m. -pūrva pakṣa-grantha-rahasya, n. -bādha-grantha m. -vāda m. -vicāra m. -vibhāga, m. -viṣayatā-śūnyatva-vicāra m. -siddhânta-kroḍa m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. -siddhânta-grantha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā, f. -siddhânta-rahasya n. -siddhântânugama m. N. of wks
- ○pratipakṣita mfn. (a reason) against which a valid objection has been raised Kap. Sch
- ○pratipakṣin mfn. = -pratipakṣa (○ṣi-tā, f
- -tva n.) Bhāshāp. ib. Sch
- containing opposite reasons or arguments W
- ○prabhā f. brilliant lustre Kāv
- ○pramuditā f. (in Sāṃkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections Tattvas. (cf. sadā-pramudita),
- ○phala mfn. having good fruit MW
- m. the pomegranate-tree L
- n. the pomegranate Cat. (-phalānām, w.vḷ. for -kalānām Subh.)
- ○phalin mfn. bearing good fruits Śatr
- ○saṃvin-maya (fr. -saṃvid + m○), mfn. consisting of existence and consciousness (-tva n.), NṛisUP
- ○saṃsarga m. association with the good, the society of the good W
- ○saṃkalpa mfn. one who has good intentions BhP
- ○saṅga m. intercourse or association with the good VarBṛS. Pañcat. Pur. &c. [Page 1135, Column]
- -vijaya m. N. of wk
- ○saṃgati f. = -saṅga Kāv
- ○saṃgraha mfn. being understood by the good BhP
- ○saṃnidhāna n. association or intercourse with the good or wise Hit
- ○samāgama m. association with the good W
- ○sampradāya m. good tradition or traditional usage Prasaṅg
- -pradīpikā f. N. of wk
- ○samprayoga m. right application MW
- ○sahāya m. a good companion A
- mfn. one who has good or virtuous friends W
- ○sāra mfn. having good sap or essence ib
- m. a kind of plant L
- a painter L
- a poet L
- ○siddhânta-mārtaṇḍa m. N. of wk
- ○sukhânubhava m. 'fruition of real happiness', N. of wk
≫sac
- sac in comp. for sat
- ○candrikā f. splendid moonlight Kāv
- ○carita n. good conduct Śak. Kathās. BhP. &c
- history or account of the good A
- mfn. well-conducted, virtuous Kāv
- -mimāṃsā f. N. of wk
- ○caritra n. good conduct Rājat
- history of the good A
- mfn. virtuous W
- -paritrāṇa n. -rakṣā f. -sudhā-nidhi m. N. of wks
- ○caryā f. = -carita n. Kathās
- ○cāra m. a good spy Kām. (wṛ. saṃc○)
- ○cit n. '(pure) existence and thought', N. of Brahm�a or the One self-existent Spirit ( See saccid-ānanda below) MW
- ○chāka (s○ + śāka), n. a leaf of the ginger L
- ○chāstra (s○ + śā○), n. a good or genuine doctrine or treatise Mn. Yājñ. Pur. &c
- -vat mfn. possessed of a good or genuine doctrine Pañcat
- ○chīla (s○ + śī○), n. a good character VarBṛS
- mfn. of a virtuous disposition, benevolent MW
- ○chūdra (s○ + śū○), m. a good Śūdra, a Śūdra who has gone through the ceremonies customary in some places even for men of the lower caste W
- ○râcāra m. ○râhnika n. N. of wks
- ○chloka (s○ + śl○), mfn. having a good reputation Kāv
- saccid in comp. for sac-cit above
- ○aṃśa m. a portion of existence and thought W
- ○ātman m. the soul which consists of existence and thought ib
- ○ānanda m. pl. existence and thought and joy
- mfn. consisting of existence and thought and joy
- n. (pure) 'Existence and Thought and Joy', N. of the One self-existing Spirit (= Brahm�a) Up. Pañcar. &c
- N. of Vishṇu as identified with Brahm�a MW
- -cāṭu, N. of wk
- -tīrtha, -nātha, -bhāratī, -yogī7ndra, -śāstrin, -sarasvatī, -svāmin
- ○dâśrama m. N. of scholars and authors
- -bhujaṃga m. N. of wk
- -maya mfn. consisting of existence and thought and joy NṛisUp
- ○dânubhava-dīpikā f. ○dânubhava-pradīpikā f. N. of wks
- -stotra n. N. of a hymn
- saccin in comp. for sac-cit
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of existence and thought ŚārṅgP
≫saj
- saj in comp. for sat
- ○jaṭā f. a kind of perfume Pañcar
- ○jana mfn. (for sajjana See p. 1131, col. 2) well-born, respectable, virtuous Hariv
- m. a good or virtuous or wise man Mn. &c. &c
- N. of various men Rājat. Buddh. Cat
- -garhita mfn. despised by the virtuous Mn. x, 38
- -citta-vallabha, -maṇḍana n. -manoratha m. -rañjinī, f. -vallabha m. or n. ○bhā f. N. of wks
- ○néṣṭa mfn. desired or chosen by the good MW
- ○nâikavasati mfn. residing only in the good ib
- ○jala m. N. of a man Rājat
- ○juṣṭa mfn. liked by the good R
- satâsat (○tâsatī́), n. du. (= sad-asatī, formed in analogy to sutâsuté) the true and the false TBr
- sati-tarā See next
≫satī
- satī́ f. (fem. of sat
- for 2. See P. 1138, col. 2) her ladyship, your ladyship (= bhavatī, sometimes = 'you') MBh
- a good and virtuous or faithful wife (esp. applied in later use to the faithful wife [popularly called Suttee who burns herself with her husband's corpse W
- compar. satī-tarā, sati-t○ or sat-t○) Kāv. VarBṛS. Kathās. &c
- a wife, female (of an animal) BhP
- a female ascetic MW
- a fragrant earth L
- two kinds of metre Col
- N. of the wife of Viśvāmitra RV
- of the goddess Durgā or Umā (sometimes described as Truth personified or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Bhava "ṣiva, and sometimes represented as putting an end to herself by Yoga, or at a later period burning herself on the funeral pyre of her husband) Pur. Kum
- of one of the wives of Aṅgiras BhP
- of various women of modern times (also -devii) Cat
- ○tā f. (MW.) or (Hariv. Kathās. MārkP. &c.) wifely fidelity (esp. as evinced by cremation with a husband's corpse MW.)
- ○tva n. (Hariv. Kathās. MārkP. &c.) wifely fidelity (esp. as evinced by cremation with a husband's corpse MW.)
- ○dehatyāga m. N. of ch. of the Brahma-vaivarta-purāṇa
- ○putra m. the son of a virtuous woman MW
- ○pratiṣṭhā f. N. of ch. of the Matsya-purāṇa
- ○vṛtti f. N. of Comm
- ○vrata n. = -tva Pañcad
- (ā), f. a faithful wife Vās
- N. of a woman ib., Introd. [Page 1135, Column]
- ○"ṣśvara (○tI7z○) or n. N. of a Liṅga Cat
- ○"ṣśvaḍra-liṅga n. N. of a Liṅga Cat
- ○saras n. the lake of Satī (N. of a lake in Kaśmīra) Rājat
- sátīka n. water TS. (Naigh. i, 12)
- satīná mfn. real, essential ( See comp.)
- m. a kind of pease, Pisum Arvense Kāṭh. MaitrS. Suśr. &c
- a bamboo L
- n. water Naigh. i, 12
- ○kaṅkata (○ná-), m. (accord. to Sāy.) an aquatic snake RV. i, 191, 1
- ○manyu (○ná-), mfn. really angry or zealous ib. x, 112, 8 ('eager to shed rain-water' Sāy.)
- ○satvan (○ná-), mfn. leading real warriors (applied to Indra) ib. i, 100, 1 ('a sender of water' Sāy.)
- satīnaka m. Pisum Arvense L
- satīya n. = satya (formed by stretching satya for the purpose of mystical explication of this word) ChUp
- m. pl. N. of a people VP. (vḷ. sanīya)
- satīla (only L.), m. pisum Arvense
- a bamboo
- wind
- (ā), f. Pisum Arvense
- satīlaka m. Pisum Arvense L
- sat-tvá n. (ifc. f. ā) being, existence, entity, reality (īśvara-s○, 'the existence of a Supreme Being'), TS &c. &c
- true essence, nature, disposition of mind, character PañcavBr. MBh. &c
- spiritual essence, spirit, mind MuṇḍUp. Yājñ. MBh. BhP
- vital breath, life, consciousness, strength of character, strength, firmness, energy, resolution, courage, selfcommand, good sense, wisdom, magnanimity MBh. R. &c
- the quality of purity or goodness (regarded in the Sāṃkhya phil. as the highest of the three Guṇas q.v. or constituents of Prakṛiti because it renders a person true, honest, wise &c., and a thing pure, clean &c.) MaitrUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c. MBh. R
- material or elementary substance, entity, matter, a thing Nir. Prāt
- a substantive, noun W
- m. n. a living or sentient being, creature, animal Mn. MBh. &c
- embryo, fetus, rudiment of life ( See -lakṣaṇā)
- a ghost, demon, goblin, monster R. VarBṛS. Kathās
- m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
- ○kartṛ m. the creator of living beings R
- ○kaṣāya m. decay of energy, one of the 5 signs of decay ( See kaṣ○) Buddh
- ○guṇa m. the quality of purity or goodness ( See above) W
- ○guṇin mfn. having the above quality predominant MW
- ○tā f. purity, goodness, the existence of the Sattva-guṇa W
- ○dhātu m. the animal sphere, animated nature Vajracch
- ○dhāman n. 'abode of the quality Sattva', N. of Vishṇu BhP
- ○pati m. the lord of creatures ib
- ○prakāśa m. the manifestation of the quality Sattva (personified as a king) Cat
- ○pradhāna mfn. = -guṇin MW
- ○bhārata m. N. of Vyāsa L. (cf. satya-bh○)
- ○maya mf(ī) n. formed or consisting of the quality Sattva MBh
- ○mūrti mfn. id. BhP
- ○m-ejaya mfn. making animals tremble Bhaṭṭ
- ○rāśi m. quintessence of energy or courage Kathās
- ○lakṣaṇā f. showing signs of pregnancy, pregnant Śak
- ○loka m. a world of living beings MWB. 120
- ○vat mfn. endowed with life, living, existent, a living being W
- endowed with or possessed of the true essence MW
- resolute, energetic, courageous MBh. R. Suśr. &c
- abounding in the quality Sattva Suśr
- (atī), f. pregnant Divyâv
- N. of a Tantra deity Buddh
- ○vara m. N. of various men Kathās
- ○viplava m. loss of consciousness Ragh
- ○vihita mfn. effected by nature, natural MW
- caused by goodness ib
- virtuous, upright W
- ○vṛtti f. the condition or quality of goodness &c. ib
- ○śālin mfn. energetic, courageous Kathās. Siṃhâs
- ○śīla mfn. of a virtuous disposition MW
- m. N. of a man Kathās
- ○saṃrambha m. extraordinary courage, (and) violence or fury of animals ib
- ○saṃśuddhi f. purity of nature or disposition Bhag
- ○samāviṣṭa mfn. filled or thoroughly panetrated by the quality of goodness ib
- ○sampanna mfn. endowed with the quality of goodness, good, excellent W
- equable, evenminded ib
- ○samplava m. universal destruction of beings ib
- loss of vigour ib
- ○sarga m. a creation of the quality Sattva BhP
- ○sāra m. essence of strength MW
- extraordinary courage Dhanaṃj. Vās
- a very powerful person MW
- ○stha mf(ā)n. being in the nature (of anything) W
- adherent in firmness of character, resolute, energetic MaitrUp. CūlUp. &c
- clinging to or adherent in the quality of goodness Bhag. BhP. Yogavās
- inherent in animals W
- animate ib
- ○sthāna n. the standing in the quality of goodness Cat
- ○hara mfn. taking away the quality of goodness BhP
- sattvâtman mfn. having the nature of the quality of goodness ib
- sattvâdhika mfn. having a noble disposition Vet
- spirited, energetic, courageous (said of persons and actions) Siṃhâs. Kathās. [Page 1135, Column]
- sattvâdhīna mf(ī)n. depending on courage Siṃhâs
- sattvânurūpa mfn. according to nature, according to one's innate disposition Bhag
- acc to one's substance or means Ragh
- sattvâvajaya m. self-command, strength of mind or character Car
- sattvôcchrita mfn. pre-eminent in courage Ml
- sattvôtkarṣa m. excess of magnanimity Hit
- sattvôtsāha m. natural energy W
- du. courage and energy Kathās
- -vat mfn. endowed with courage and energy Pañcat
- sattvôdrikta mfn. one in whom the quality of goodness predominates Rājat
- sattvôdreka m. excess or predominance of the quality of goodness, superabundance of energy Sāh
- sattvaka m. the spirit of a departed person L
- N. of a man, See sāttvaki
- satyá mf(ā)n. true, real, actual, genuine, sincere, honest, truthful, faithful, pure, virtuous, good. successful, effectual, valid (satyaṃ-√kṛ, 'to make true, ratify, realise, fulfil') RV. &c. &c
- m. the uppermost of the seven Lokas or worlds (the abode of Brahmā and heaven of truth
- See loka) L
- N. of the ninth Kalpa (q.v.) Pur
- the Aśvattha tree L
- N. of Vishṇu L
- of Rāma-candra L
- of a supernatural being Gaut. VarBṛS. Hcat
- of a deity presiding over the Nāndī-mukha Śrāddha L
- of one of the Viśve Devāh Cat
- of a Vyāsa Cat
- of a son of Havir-dhāna BhP
- of a son of Vitatya MBh
- of one of the 7 Ṛishis in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur
- (with ācārya) N. of an astronomer (author of the Horā-śāstra) VarBṛS
- pl. N. of a class of gods in various Manvantaras Hariv. Pur
- (ā), f. speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity W
- a partic. Śakti Pañcar
- N. of Durgā Cat
- of Śitā L
- of Satyavatī (mother of Vyāsa) L
- = satya-bhāmā MBh. Hariv. Śiś
- of the family deity of the Kutsas and Atharvans Cat
- of a daughter of Dharma (and wife of Śaṃ-yu) MBh
- of the mother of Satya (= tuṣita) VP
- of the wife of Manthu (and mother of Bhauvana) BhP
- of a daughter of Nagna-jit (and wife of Kṛishṇa) ib
- (am), n. truth, reality (satyena, 'truly', 'certainly', 'really'
- kásmāt sátyāt, 'for what reason, how is it that?' téna satyéna, 'for that reason, so truly'
- yathā-tena [or evaṃ] satyena, 'as-so truly'
- with Buddhists truth is of two kinds, viz. saṃvṛti- and paramârtha-satyam, 'truth by general consent' and 'self-evident truth' Dharmas. 95
- for the four fundamental truths of Buddhists, See MWB. 43 ; 56) RV. &c. &c
- speaking the truth, sincerity, veracity KenUp. Mn. R. &c
- a solemn asseveration, vow, promise, oath (satyaṃ cikīrṣamāṇa, 'wishing to fulfil one's promise or keep one's word') AV. &c. &c
- demonstrated conclusion, dogma W
- the quality of goodness or purity or knowledge MW
- the first of the four Yugas or ages (= 1. -kṛtá, q.v.) L
- a partic. mythical weapon R
- the uppermost of the 7 Lokas ( See under m.) Vedântas. BhP
- one of the 7 Vyāhṛitis L
- partic. Satya-formula ĀśvŚr
- = udaka, water Naigh. i, 12
- (also with prajāpateḥ) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr. ŚrS
- (ám), ind. (g. câdi and svar-ādi) truly, indeed, certainly, verily, necessarily, yes, very well (satyam-tu, kiṃ tu, tathâpi, 'it is true - but, yet, however'
- yat sasyam, 'indeed, certainly') RV. &c. &c. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. ?.]
- ○karṇa m. N. [1135,] of a son (or grandson) of Candrâpīḍa Hariv. VP
- ○karman n. sincerity in action, truthfulness Gaut
- mfn. one whose actions are true RV
- m. AEgle Marmelos Npr
- N. of a son of Dhṛita-vrata Hariv. VP
- ○kāma (satyá-), mfn. truth-loving, lover of truth ChUp
- m. N. of various men Br. Up. &c
- -tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○kāya m. N. of a man Saṃskārak. (perhaps wṛ. for -kāma)
- ○kāruṇya-vedin mfn. possessing truth and tenderness and the Veda MW
- ○kīrti m. N. of a spell spoken over weapons R
- ○kṛt mfn. performing what is real, one who does nothing in vain BhP
- ○ketu m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
- of a son of Dharma-ketu Hariv. Pur
- of a son of Su-kumāra Hariv
- of a son of Akrūra ib
- ○kriyā f. a promise, oath Buddh
- ○kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○khāna m. N. of a Khān (also joined with śrī-māna-datta) Cat
- ○ga mfn. (prob.) wṛ. for satyâṅga Cat
- ○gir mfn. true to one's word MBh. Rājat. (Campak. 265
- the correct reading is satyā gīḥ)
- -vāhas (satyá-gir-), mfn. getting true praise RV
- ○granthin mfn. binding or tying securely (with knots) MantraBr
- ○ghna mfn. breaking one's word Pañcar
- ○ṃ-kāra m. a promise Rājat. Pracaṇḍ. HPariś
- making true or good, ratification of a contract or bargain L. [Page 1136, Column]
- something given in advance as an earnest or security for the performance of a contract, earnest-money Yājñ. Sch
- N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi
- -kṛta mfn. delivered as earnṭearnest-mṭmoney Yājñ
- ○cūḍāmaṇi m. N. of wk
- ○jā mfn. of a true nature AitBr
- ○jít mfn. truly victorous, conquering by truth VS. AV
- m. N. of a Dānava Hariv
- of a Yaksha BhP. (Sch.)
- of Indra in the third Manvantara ib
- of a king MBh
- of various men (the sons of Bṛihad-dharman, Kṛishṇa, Su-nīta, Su-nītha, Ānaka and Amitra-jit) Hariv. VP. &c
- ○jiti f. a true victory ŚrS
- ○jña mfn. knowing what is true Nir
- ○jñānânandatīrtha (also ○tha-yati), m. N. of various scholars Cat
- ○jyotis (satyá-), mfn. having real splendour VS
- ○tapas m. 'practising true austerity', N. of a Muni (who was once a hunter, but after performing severe austerities obtained from Durvāsas the boon of great saintship) Cat
- ○tama mfn. most or quite true MW
- ○tara mfn. more or very true ib
- ○tas ind. in truth, truly, really Kathās
- ○tā́ f. reality, truth (agrya-satyatāṃ-√gam, 'to become fully recognised in one's true character' Rājat.) ŚBr. Kathās
- love of truth, veracity MBh. R. &c
- ○tāt (satyá-), f. truth, reality RV
- ○tāti (satyá-), f. reality (ā loc., in reality) RV
- mfn. (perhaps) making true ib
- ○titikṣā-vat mfn. truthful and patient Kāv
- ○tva n. reality, truth Kathās. Sarvad. &c
- veracity MBh
- ○darśin mfn. truth seeing, truth-discerning ib
- m. N. of a Ṛishi in the 13th Manvantara Hariv. (vḷ. tattva-d○)
- of a man Lalit
- ○dūta (satyá-), m. a true messenger MaitrS
- ○dṛś mfn. = -darśin BhP
- ○deva mfn. shining through truth MW
- m. N. of a poet Subh
- ○dhana mfn. rich in truth, exceedingly truthful Kir
- ○dhara m. N. of a prince Kathās
- of another man Cat
- ○dharma m. the law of truth, eternal truth R
- mfn. one whose ordinances are true Up. N. of a son of the 13th Manu BhP
- of a Brāhman Śukas
- -tīrtha m. N. of a scholar Cat
- -patha m. the path of eternal truth R
- -parâyaṇa mfn. devoted to truth and virtue MBh
- -vipula-kīrti m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
- ○dharman (satyá-), mfn. one whose ordinances are true RV. TS. AV. TBr
- adhering to or speaking the truth Gaut
- ruling by fixed ordinances MW
- ○dhāman (satyá-), mfn. having truth for an abode (= ṛtádh○) ŚBr
- ○dhṛta m. N. of a son of Pushpa-vat VP
- ○dhṛti (satyá-), mfn. sincere in purpose ŚBr. KaṭhUp. R
- holding fast to truth, strictly truthful MBh
- m. N. of a Ṛishi (author of the hymn RV. x, 185) RAnukr
- of several other persons MBh. Hariv. Pur
- ○dhvaja m. 'truth-bannered', N. of a son of Ūrja-vaha VP
- ○jâvatāra m. N. of wk
- ○dhvṛ́t mfn. perverting truth RV
- ○nātha m. N. of various men Cat
- -tīrtha or -yati m. N. of an author ib
- -māhātmya-ratnâkara m. -vilāsa m. -stuti f. ○thâbhyudaya m. N. of wks
- ○nāma mf(ā)n. = next R
- ○nāman mf(= m. or ○mni)n. having a true or correct name, rightly named (○ma-tā f.) MBh. R. Kathās. MārkP
- f. Polanisia Icosandra Npr
- ○nārāyaṇa m. N. of a partic. divinity (called Satyapīr in Bengālī) MW
- -kathā f. -vratakathā f. N. of wks
- ○nidhi
- ○nidhi-tīrtha m. N. of authors Cat
- ○nidhi-vilāsa m. N. of wk
- ○netra m. 'true-eyed', N. of a Ṛishi (son of Atri) Hariv. VP
- ○pá mfn. truth-drinking ŚBr
- ○para mfn. given up to truth, thoroughly honest Car
- ○parākrama mfn. truly brave or mighty MBh. Kāv
- -tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○parâyaṇatīrtha m. N. of a man ib
- ○pāramitā f. perfection in truth Buddh
- ○pāla m. N. of a Muni MBh
- ○pāśa m. truth compared to a fetter R. Pur
- ○pura n. the city of Satya-nārāyaṇa SkandaP
- the world of Vishṇu MW
- ○puṣṭi f. true or permanent prosperity ŚrS
- ○pūta mfn. purified by truth (as a speech &c.) Mn. Cāṇ. &c
- ○pūrṇatīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○pratijña mfn. (R.) or true or faithful to a promise
- ○pratiśrava mf(ā)n. (R. MārkP.) true or faithful to a promise
- ○pratiṣṭhāna mfn. having truth for a foundation, grounded in truth R
- ○prabodha-bhaṭṭāraka m. N. of an author Cat
- ○pravāda n. N. of one of the Jaina Pūrvas L
- ○prasava (satyá-), mfn. (TS. VS. ŚBr.) or mfn. (VS.) one whose stimulating impulse or inspiration is true or continues true to itself
- ○prasaḍvas mfn. (VS.) one whose stimulating impulse or inspiration is true or continues true to itself
- ○prāśū (satyá-), mfn. = -parākrama TBr. (Sch.)
- ○priya-tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○phala m. AEgle Marmelos L
- ○bandha mfn. bound by truth, adhering to the truth, truthful MW
- wṛ. for -saṃdha MBh. [Page 1136, Column]
- ○bodha m. N. of a poet Sadukt
- -tīrtha, -parama-haṃsa-parivrājaka m. N. of men Cat
- -vijaya-stotra n. N. of wk
- ○bhāmā f. 'having true lustre', N. of a daughter of Satrā-jit and one of the eight wives of Kṛishṇa (she is described as having promoted the quarrels of the Yādavas) MBh. Hariv. Pur. &c
- -pariṇaya m. -"ṣbhyudaya (○mâbh○), m. ○daya-kāvya n. -daya-vyākhyāna n. -vilāsa m. N. of wks
- ○bhārata m. N. of the poet Vyāsa L. (cf. sattva-bh○)
- ○bhāṣaṇa n. the speaking of truth Subh
- ○bhūya (satyá-), n. trueness, truth ŚBr
- ○bhedin mfn. violating truth, promise-breaking Kām
- ○madvan (satyá-), mfn. really inspired or intoxicated RV
- ○mantra (satyá-), mfn. one whose words are true or effective RV
- ○manman (satyá-), mfn. having true thoughts RV. TBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of truth, truthful ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. Hariv
- ○māna n. a true measure BhP
- ○m-ugra (satyá-), mfn. truly powerful RV. ix, 113, 5
- ○mṛṣā-viveka m. discrimination of truth and falsehood Naish
- ○medhas mfn. having true intelligence (said of Vishṇu) MBh
- ○maudgala m. pl. N. of a school or system of teaching Cat
- ○m-bharā f. N. of a river BhP
- ○yáj mfn. worshipping or sacrificing truly or with success RV
- ○yajña (satyá-), m. N. of a man ŚBr. ChUp
- ○yuga n. the first or Kṛita age Kāv
- ○gâdyā f. the third day of the light half of Vaiśākha (on which the commencement of the Kṛita-yuga is celebrated) MW
- ○yoni (satyá-), mfn. having a real or fixed abode RV
- ○yauvana m. 'having real youth', a Vidyā-dhara L
- ○rata mfn. devoted to truth, honest
- m. N. of Vyāsa L
- of a son of Satya-vrata MatsyaP
- ○ratha m. N. of a king of Vidarbha Cat
- of a son of Mīna-ratha VP
- of a son of Sama-ratha BhP
- (ā), f. N. of the wife of Tri-śaṅku Hariv
- ○rathi m. N. of a king MW
- ○rājan m. a true or perpetual king VS
- ○rādhas (satyá-), mfn. bestowing real blessings, truly beneficent RV
- ○rūpa mfn. having a true appearance, KūrmaP
- probable, credible R
- ○loka m. 'world of truth', N. of the highest of the 7 worlds BhP. Pañcar. &c
- ○laukika n. the true and the worldly (or untrue), spiritual and worldly matters BhP
- ○vaktṛ mfn. a truth-speaker W
- ○vacana n. the speaking of truth ChUp. Gaut. Āpast. MBh
- a promise, solemn assurance R. Kathās
- claiming of merit or reward Divyâv
- mfn. speaking the truth VarBṛS
- ○nârtham ind. for the sake of telling the truth MW
- ○vacas n. veracity, truth W
- mfn. true-speaking
- m. a Ṛishi L
- N. of a man TUp
- ○vat mfn. truthful, veracious MBh. R. BhP. Pañcar
- containing the word satya AitBr
- wṛ. for sattva-vat Ragh
- m. N. of a spell spoken over weapons R
- of a son of Manu Raivata Hariv
- of a son of Manu Cākshusha BhP
- of a son of Dyumat-sena (husband of Sāvitrī) MBh. R
- (atī), f. N. of the wife of Parāśara (Śāṃtanu) and mother of Vyāsa MBh. Hariv. Pur. Pañcar
- of a daughter of Gādhi and wife of Ṛicīka (fabled to have become the Kauśikī river) MBh. Hariv. R. Pur
- of the wife of Nārada MBh
- of the wife of Śiva-rāja-bhaṭṭa Vās., Introd
- of a river = acchôdā Cat
- (○tī) -suta m. 'son of Satyavati', N. of the poet, Vyāsa MBh
- ○vadana n. the speaking of truth GṛŚrS
- -śīla mfn. habitually truthful Yājñ. Sch
- ○vadya mfn. speaking truly Bhaṭṭ
- n. truth W
- ○vara wṛ. for sattva-v○ Kathās
- -tirtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○vartman (satyá-), mfn. following a true or fixed path or course (said of the chariot of Mitra-Varuṇa) AV
- m. N. of a man Inscr
- ○varman m. N. of a man Daś
- ○varyârya m. N. of an author Cat
- ○vasu m. N. of a class of the Viśve Devā? Saṃskārak
- ○vāka m. the speaking of truth Kauś
- ○vākya n. true speech, veracity, truth Gaut
- mfn. true in speech (-tā f.) MBh. R. MārkP
- ○vā́c f. true speech Subh
- assurance RV
- mfn. truth-speaking, veracious RV. TS. AV. &c
- m. a Ṛishi L
- a partic. spell spoken over weapons R
- a crow L
- N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh
- of a Ṛishi ib
- of a son of Manu Cākshusha Hariv. VP
- of a son of Manu Sāvarṇa MārkP
- ○vācaka mfn. speaking the truth, truthful GāruḍaP
- ○vāda m. the giving of a promise, a promise R
- ○vādín mfn. = -vācaka AV. Br. Mn. &c
- m. N. of Kauśika MBh
- (inī), f. a form of Dākshāyaṇi Cat
- N. of a goddess of the Bodhi-tree Lalit
- ○di-tā f. (Kām.) or ○di-tva n. (Hit.) veracity, truthfulness
- ○vāha m. N. of a man MuṇḍUp
- ○vāhana mfn. conveying truth (said of a dream) Rājat. [Page 1136, Column]
- ○vikrama mfn. having real valour, truly valiant MBh. R
- ○vijaya-tīrtha
- ○vijaya-śiṣya m. N. of scholars Cat
- ○vidyā f. N. of wk
- ○vīra-tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○vṛtta n. true conduct MBh
- mfn. practising truth, honest or upright in conduct W
- ○vṛtti mfn. devoting one's self to truth R
- ○vṛ́dh mfn. = ṛtā-v○ ŚBr
- ○vyavasthā f. ascertainment of truth Gaut
- ○vrata n. a vow of truthfulness Hariv. Kāv
- mf(ā)n. devoted to a vow of truth, strictly truthful ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c
- m. N. of an ancient king Pañcat
- of a Rājarshi BhP
- of Manu Vaivasvata MW
- of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh
- of a son of Deva-datta Cat
- of a son of Trayyāruṇa Hariv. Pur
- of the author of a Dharma-śāstra Cat.: of other men Kathās
- pl. N. of the Kshatriyas in Śāka-dviipa BhP
- of a class of supernatural beings attending on Satya-sena ib
- -tīrtha m. N. of a man, Cat
- -parâyaṇa mfn. devoted to truth and religious observances MW
- -smṛti f. N. of wk
- ○śapatha mfn. one whose oaths are true or whose curses are fulfilled MBh
- ○śavas (satyá-), mfn. truly vigorous, decidedly impetuous RV
- ○śīla (Āpast. R.) or (MBh. R.), mfn. addicted to truth
- ○śīlin (MBh. R.), mfn. addicted to truth
- ○śuṣma (satyá-), mfn. truly valiant RV. TS
- ○śravas (satyá-), n. true renown ŚBr. ŚrS
- m. 'having true renown' (cf. Gk. ?)
- N. of the [1136,] author of the hymns RV. v, 79 ; 80 (having the patr. ātreya or vāyya) Anukr
- of various other men ĀrshBr. BhP. &c
- ○śrāvaṇa n. the taking of an oath Pañcat
- ○śrī m. N. of a son of Satya-hita Cat
- of a teacher of the Ṛigveda MW
- f. N. of a Śrāvikā Śatr
- ○śrut mfn. listening to the truth RV
- ○saṃrakṣaṇa n. keeping one's word MBh
- ○saṃrakṣin mfn. one who keeps his word ib. (prob. wṛ.)
- ○saṃśrava m. a promise, vow, solemn assurance R
- ○saṃhita mfn. true to one's agreement or promise AitBr
- ○saṃkalpa (satyá-), mfn. true in purpose or resolve, one whose purpose is fulfilled (-tva n. BṛĀrUp.) ŚBr. Up. &c
- -tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○saṃkāśa mfn. having the appearance of truth, likely, probable W
- ○saṃgara mfn. true to an agreement or promise MBh. Kāv. &c
- m. N. of Kubera L
- of a Ṛishi MBh
- ○satī f. a truly faithful wife Cat
- ○satvan m. a true warrior (or mfn. 'having true warriors') RV
- ○sad mfn. = ṛta-sad AitBr
- ○saṃtuṣṭa-tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○saṃdha (satyá-), mf(ā)n. true to engagements, keeping one's agreement or promise, faithful (-tā f. MBh. Rājat.) AV. Mn. MBh. &c
- m. N. of Bharata L
- of Rāma-candra L
- of Janam-ejaya L
- of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
- (ā), f. N. of Draupadī L
- -tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- ○saṃnibha mfn. = -saṃkāśa MW
- ○sava mf(ā)n. (RV. VS. AV.) or (MaitrS
- ○savana or (MaitrS
- ○savas (MaitrS
- satyá-), mfn. one whose orders are true or valid
- (-sava) really generating MW
- possessing true energy ib
- ○sáh mfn. (nom. -sā́ṭ) = ṛtā-ṣáh ŚBr
- ○sahas m. N. of the father of Sva-dhāman BhP
- ○sâkṣin m. a genuine or trustworthy witness Mn. viii, 257
- ○sādhana mfn. making true Hariv
- ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman KātyŚr
- ○sāra mf(ā)n. thoroughly true BhP
- ○sūtra n. N. of wk
- ○sena m. N. of various men MBh. BhP
- ○stha mfn. holding fast to the truth, keeping one's word R
- ○sravás m. N. of a teacher VP. (prob. wṛ. for -śravas)
- ○svapna mfn. one whose dream comes true (-tā f.) Viddh
- ○havis (satyá-), m. N. of an Adhvaryu MaitrS
- ○havya m. N. of a man ( See sātya-h○)
- ○hita mfn. really benevolent R
- m. N. of a son of Pushpavat Hariv
- of the father of Pushpavat BhP
- of a teacher Cat
- satyâgni m. N. of Agastya L
- satyâṅga mfn. having parts or members formed of truth Cat
- m. pl. N. of the Sūdras in Plaksha-dviipa BhP
- satyâcārya m. N. of a preceptor Kautukas
- satyâtmaka mfn. having truth for essence R
- satyâtma-ja m. a son of Satyā or Satya-bhāmā BhP
- satyâtman mfn. = ○tmaka TUp. R
- having a true soul, true MW
- m. a virtuous and upright man W
- satyânanda m. true bliss RāmatUp
- N. of a man Cat
- -cidātman m. true bliss and true intellect (○ma-tā f. Prab.) RāmatUp
- -tīrtha, -nātha, -parama-haṃsa-parivrājaka m. N. of scholars Cat
- satyânurakta mfn. devoted to truth, upright, true W
- satyânṛtá mfn. true and false, containing truth and falsehood Hit
- apparently true (but really false) A
- n. du. truth and falsehood RV. VS. Br. Āpast
- sg. or du. practice of truth and falsehood, commerce, trade Mn. iv, 6 BhP. [Page 1137, Column]
- satyā-pariṇaya m
- satyā-pariḍṇaya-kāvya n. N. of wks
- satyâbhidhāna mfn. truth-speaking MW
- satyâbhidhyāyin mfn. meditating upon truth VP
- satyâbbinava-tīrtha m. N. of an author Cat
- satyâbhina-vôdaya m. N. of wk
- satyâbhiyācana mfn. fulfilling or granting requests R
- (ā), f. appeal to the truth (of one's faith) Divyâv
- satyâbhisaṃdha mfn. true-speaking, faithful to a promise or agreement ChUp. R. Car
- satyâbhisaṃ-dhāna mf(ā)n. id. R
- satyâbhisaṃdhin mfn. id. MBh
- satyâyana wṛ. for satyāpana (q.v.)
- satyâyu m. N. of a son of Purū-ravas BhP
- satyâlāpin mfn. truth-speaking, veracious Mṛicch
- satyā́-van mfn. = ṛtā́-van ŚBr
- m. N. of a man AV
- satyâśis f. a realized wish or prayer PañcavBr
- mfn. one whose wish or prayer is realized ib. BhP
- satyâśraya m. N. of various kings Inscr
- satyâṣāḍha m. N. of various men GṛS. Cat
- (ī), f. N. of a school of the Black Yajur-veda, Āryav
- (○ḍha) -prayoga m. N. of wk
- -hiraṇya-keśin, See hir○
- satyêtara n. untruth, falsehood L
- satyêpsu m. N. of an Asura MBh
- satyêśa-sthāpana-pūjā f. N. of wk
- satyêṣṭa-tīrtha m. N. of a man Cat
- satyốkti f. a true speech RV. Rājat
- satyôtkarṣa m. eminence or excellence in truth W
- true excṭexcellence MW
- satyôttara n. admission of the truth, confession (in law)
- mf(ā)n. mainly or essentially true AitBr
- satyôdaka mfn. having truth for water, flowing with truth MW
- satyôdya mfn. speaking the truth L
- satyôpayācana mfn. = satyâbhiyācana R
- satyôpâkhyāna n. N. of various wks
- satyấujas mfn. truly mighty VS. TS. AV
- satyaka mfn. = satya W
- m. N. of a son of Śini MBh. Hariv. Pur
- of a son of Manu Raivata MārkP
- of a son of Kṛishṇa and Bhadrā BhP
- pl. N. of a class of deities under Manu Tamasa BhP
- n. ratification of a bargain L
- satyā in comp. for satya
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make true, conclude an agreement or bargain Pāṇ. Vop
- ○kṛti f. conclusion or ratification of an agreement or bargain L
- satyāpana n. (cf. satyāpaya below) verification Bālar
- speaking or observing the truth MW
- (also ○nā f.) ratification of a bargain L
- satyāpaya Nom. P. ○payati, to verify Bālar. HPariś. Pañcad
- to speak the truth MW
- to ratify (a bargain or contract) ib
- satyeyu m. N. of a son of Raudrāśva MBh. BhP
- sátvan mfn. living, breathing RV
- strong, powerful ib
- m. a living being ib
- a warrior
- pl. warriors, vassals, attendants, followers RV. VS. AV. &c
- (sg.) = udaka or karman Nir. vi, 30
- N. of a Ṛishi MBh. (vḷ. ṛtvan)
- satvaná m. a warrior (= prec.) RV
- satvanāyát mfn. behaving like a warrior AV
- satvī f. N. of a daughter of Vainateya, wife of Bṛihan-manas Hariv
≫sad
- sad in comp. for sat
- ○añjana n. calx of brass used as collyrium L
- ○anugraha m. favour towards the good BhP
- ○apadeśa mfn. possessing reality only in semblance ib
- ○ambha mfn. (for sadambha See p. 1139) having good water KāśīKh
- ○artha m. a matter in question Kām. Hit
- mfn. wealthy MārkP
- being L
- -sāra-mañjarī f. N. of wk
- ○alaṃkāra-candrikā f. N. of wk
- ○alaṃkṛti f. a genuine ornament (-tā f.) Kathās
- ○aśva m. a good horse KaṭhUp. MBh. Hariv. &c
- (sád-), mfn. possessing good horse RV
- drawn by good horse BhP
- m. N. of a son of Samara Hariv. VP
- -vat ind. like a good horse MW
- -sena m. N. of a man Inscr
- ○vôrmi m. N. of a man MBh. (vḷ. sadasyôrmī)
- ○asat mfn. being and not being, real and unreal BhP
- true and false ( See n.)
- good and bad VarBṛS
- m. pl. the good and the bad Rājat
- n. what is existent and non-exṭexistence (also du.) BhP
- the true and the false Kāv
- good and evil Ragh
- du. existence and nonexṭexistence, truth and falsehood MW
- -khyāti-vicāra m. N. of wk
- -tva n. existence and non-exṭexistence BhP
- -pati m. a lord of what is existent and non-exṭexistence Pañcar
- -phala, (ibc.) good and evil consequences, ○la-maya, mf[ī]n. consisting of good and evil consequences MaitrUp. VarBṛS
- ○asad for -asat in comp
- -ātmaka mf(ikā)n. having the nature both of entity and non-entity Mn. Hariv. BhP
- n. original germ L
- -ātmatā f. the having the nature both of entity and non-entity BhP
- -bhāva m. reality and unreality, truth and falsehood Sāntiś
- -rūpa mf(ā)n. having the appearance of being and non-being BhP
- -viveka m. discrimination between true and false or betṭbetween good and bad W. [Page 1137, Column]
- -vyakti-hetu m. the cause of the discrimṭdiscrimination between true and false or betṭbetween good and bad MW
- ○asan for -asat in comp
- -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of existent and non-exṭexistence Pur
- ○asthi-mālā f. N. of Comm
- ○ākārin mfn. (for sadā-k○ See under sadā) having a good appearance GāruḍaP
- ○āgati m. (for sadā-g○ See under sadā) = nirvāṇa L
- = sad-īśvara ib
- ○āgama m. (for sadā-g○ See p. 1139, col. 2) a good doctrine Sāh. Prab. Dharmaśarm
- arrival of a good man Sāh
- ○ācaraṇa n. the manner of acting or behaviour of the good or wise Cat
- ○ācāra m. practice of good men, virtuous conduct, good manners, approved usage Mn. Yājñ. Kāv. &c
- N. of wk
- mf(ā)n. well-conducted, virtuous Kathās. Rājat. &c
- -krama m. -candrôdaya m. -cintana n. -dharma m. -nirṇaya m. -paddhati f. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks
- -vat mfn. well-conducted, well-behaved, having approved usages Mn. Pur
- -varṇana n. -vidhi m. -vivaraṇa n. -saṃgraha m. -samṛddhi f. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -stuti-stotra n. -smṛti f. -smṛti-vivaraṇa n. -smṛti-vyākhyā, f
- ○râhnika-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○ācārin mfn. (in vimala-bhrājat-sad-āc○, 'having pure and bright and good conduct') Cat
- ○ācārya m. N. of an author ib
- ○ātman mfn. possessing a good nature, good, virtuous W
- m. (with muni) N. of an author Cat
- ○ānana mfn. fair-faced Kir
- ○ānanda-cid-ātmaka mfn. consisting of existence and joy and thought RāmatUp
- ○āpa mfn. provided with good water, Kāśikh
- ○ābhāsa mfn. reflecting the really existent BhP
- having the appearance of really existence ib
- ○āśaya mfn. of a good or noble mind HPariś
- ○āśis f. a good wish or prayer BhP
- ○āśrita mfn. (for sadâś○ See p. 1139, col. 3) having recourse or attaching one's self to the virtuous, belonging to the good, virtuous W
- ○īśvara m. = -āgati L
- ○ukti f. a good word BhP
- mfn. accompanied with good word ib
- -karṇâmṛta n. N. of an anthology
- ○uttara n. a proper answer, good reply W
- ○uparāga-candrôdaya m
- ○upahāra-ratnâkara m. N. of wks
- ○gati f. good or happy state or fortune MBh. R. BhP. &c
- the way of good men Kāv
- ○gava m. a good bull MBh
- ○guṇa m. a good quality, virtue R. Kathās. BhP. &c
- mf(ā)n. having good qualṭquality, virtuous Kathās
- -nirguṇa-vāda m. N. of wk
- sad-guṇâcārya m. N. of an author Cat
- ○guru m. a good teacher Kāv. BhP. Siṃhâs
- -stotra n. N. of wk
- ○gorakṣa m. N. of an author Cat
- ○graha m. a good or auspicious planet VarBṛS
- mfn. clinging or attached to what is good or true (with kṛṣṇe, 'attṭattached to Kṛishṇa as to the really true') BhP
- ○ghana m. wholly existence, nothing but existence NṛisUp
- ○dhan (for -han), m. N. of a Deva-gandharva MBh. (vḷ. satvan, ṛtvan)
- ○dhana n. good wealth or property MW
- ○dharma m. the good law, true justice R. Pur
- (with Buddhists and Jainas) designation of the Buddhist or Jaina doctrines Buddh. Inscr
- -candrôdaya m. -cintāmaṇi m. -tattvâkhyâhnika, -puṇḍarīka n. (MWB. 69), -laṅkâvatāra m. -samparigraha, m. N. of wks
- ○dhī mfn. wise, sage KāśīKh
- ○dhetu (for -hetu), m. the existence of cause and effect W
- ○dhyāyin mfn. meditating on what is true MaitrUp
- ○brahman n. the true Brahman ib
- ○bhāgya n. good fortune, felicity Pañcar
- ○bhāva m. real being, existence Bhag. R. MārkP. &c
- the being true, truth, real state of things (śāstra-bh○, 'the true purport of a work') MBh. VarBṛS. BrahmaP. &c
- the quality of goodness W
- uprightness GāruḍaP
- goodness, kindness, affection for (prati), faithfulness MBh. Kāv. Kathās. &c
- -śrī f. N. of a goddess Rājat
- ○bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- ○bhūta mfn. who or what is really good or true (○tôtpādaka, mfn. 'producing what is true') MBh. Hariv
- ○bhūta-dakṣiṇīya m. N. of Pratyeka-buddhi Divyâv
- ○bhṛtya m. a good servant Kathās
- ○yājin mfn. sacrificing what is true MaitrUp
- ○yukti f. good reasoning Hit
- -muktâvalī f. N. of wk
- ○yuvati f. a good young woman, virtuous maiden W
- ○yoga-muktâvalī f
- ○yoga-ratnâvalī f. N. of wks
- ○ratna n. a genuine gem or pearl Kathās. Pañcar
- -mālā f. N. of wk
- ○rasa (prob.) wṛ. for ṣaḍ-r○ Kāv
- ○ruci mfn. kindly disposed L
- ○rūpa-tva n. reality KapS
- ○vaṃśa m. a good bamboo Sāh. Prasaṅg
- a noble race ib. Pañcar
- mfn. 'having a fine hilt' (as a sword) and, of noble race' (-tva, n.) Śiś
- -jāta mf(ā)n. sprung from a noble race Kathās. [Page 1137, Column]
- ○vacas n. a fair speech Ṛitus
- ○vat (sád-), mfn. containing or accompanied with a verse contṭcontaining some form of √as or bhū TS. Br. ŚrS
- (atī), f. N. of a daughter of Pulastya and wife of Agni VP
- ○vatsala mfn. kind to the virtuous Ragh
- ○vartaka (prob.) wṛ. for saṃv○ MārkP
- ○vasatha m. a village L. (wṛ. for saṃv○)
- ○vastu n. an excellent work MW
- a good thing A
- a good plot or story Vikr
- ○vaha m. N. of a king Buddh. (vḷ. vāha)
- ○vājin m. a noble steed Kāv
- ○vādita mfn. well-spoken MW
- ○vādin mfn. true-speaking MaitrUp
- ○vārttā f. good news (○tām-√prach, 'to enquire about anyone's health') Kāv
- ○vigarhita mfn. censured by the good Mn. Kām
- ○viccheda m. separation from the good Pañcar
- ○vidya mfn. having true knowledge, well-informed Kāv. Rājat
- (ā), f. true knowledge Bhartṛ
- ○yā-vijaya m. N. of wk
- ○vidhāna wṛ. for saṃv○ Pañcar
- -pariśiṣṭa n. N. of wk
- ○viyoga m. = -viccheda MW
- ○vṛkṣa m. a good or fine tree (-ja mfn. 'made of the wood of a fine tree' Hcat.) Kāv
- ○vṛtta n. a well-rounded shape ŚārṅgP
- the behaviour of good men, good conduct (-śālin or -stha mfn. 'being of virtuous condṭconduct') KaushUp. MBh. R. &c
- mf(ā)n. well-conducted MBh. R. &c. Gīt
- containing beautiful metres Cat
- -ratnamālā f. -ratnâvalī f. N. of wks
- ○ttânta mfn. having good or beautiful stories MW
- ○vṛtti f. good conduct Kām
- -bhāj (Malamāsat.) or -viśiṣṭa (MW.), mfn. possessing good habits, having a good character
- ○velā f. the right moment Pañcad
- ○veṣa-dhārin mfn. well-clothed VP
- ○vaidya m. a good physician Kāv
- -nātha m. N. of an author Cat
- -ratnâkara m. N. of wk
- ○vrata wṛ. for -vṛtta n. (good conduct) Kām
≫san
- san in comp. for sat
- ○nāman n. good or beautiful name Nalôd
- ○nimitta n. a good omen R
- a good cause
- the cause of the good MW
- (am), ind. for a good cause Hit
- (e), ind. for the sake of the good MW
- ○nivāsa mfn. (for saṃ-n○ See saṃ-ni- √5. vas) staying with the good (Vishṇu) MBh
- ○nisarga m. good nature, kindness ib
- ○maṅgala n. a good and auspicious rite &c. Ragh
- ○maṇi m. a genuine gem Kathās
- ○mati f. See a-san-m○
- mfn. well-disposed, nobleminded Kathās
- ○mantra m. an excellent spell Ragh
- ○mātura prob. wṛ. for sān-m○, of a virtuous mother MW
- ○mātṛ f. a virtuous mother ( sānmātura)
- ○mātra mfn. that of which only existence is predicable RāmatUp. Śivag
- m. N. of Ātman MW
- ○māna n. respect or esteem for the good W. (frequently wṛ. for sammāna)
- ○mārga m. the right path (fig.) Mālav. Kathās. &c
- -maṇi-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
- -yodhin mfn. fighting honourably, Righ
- -stha mfn. walking in the right path, Amir
- ○gâlokana n. the seeing or following of good paths (of morality &c.) MW
- ○mitra n. a good or true friend Bhartṛ
- ○miśra-keśava m. N. of an author Cat
- ○muni See daiva-jña-san-m○
- ○muhūrta m. n. a good moment Pañcad
- ○maulika m. N. of a class of Kāyasthas Col
- sáta m. n. a kind of sacrificial vessel VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sata See dvaya- and dve-s○
- sataḥ-paṅkti See satas
- sa-takṣan mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + t○) together with an artisan KātyŚr
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○tata
- ○táti See s.v
- ○tattva mfn. knowing the real truth MW
- containing the words tad, 'that', and tva, 'thou' ib
- n. natural property, nature (-tas ind. 'really, in reality') BhP. Vedântas
- -ratnamālā-vyākhyāna n. N. of wk
- ○tanu (sá-), mfn. having a body, together with the body TS. TBr
- ○tantra mfn. corresponding to a model or type ĀśvŚr
- ○tandra mf(ā)n. having lassitude, languid, exhausted Caurap
- ○tapas (sá-), mfn. together with heat TS. ŚBr
- ○tamasā f. N. of a river (or 'together with the river Tamasā) MārkP
- ○tamaska mfn. obscured, eclipsed VarBṛS
- ○tarka mfn. having argument or reasoning, skilled in speculation MW
- cautious, considerate ib
- ○tarṣa mfn. having thirst, thirsty (am ind.) ib
- ○tala mfn. having a buttom ib
- ○talatra mfn. having leather guards (used in archery) MBh
- ○tas See s.v
- ○tānūnaptrin (sá-), m. a companion in the performance of the (ceremony called) Tānūnaptra MaitrS. Br. KātyŚr. [Page 1138, Column]
- ○tāpa mfn. full of pain or sorrow Kād
- ○tāra mfn. together with the stars (and 'with Tārā') Hariv
- ○tālavṛnta mfn. furnished with fans Vishṇ
- ○timira mf(ā)n. covered with darkness, obscured, overcast (as the sky) R
- ○tila mfn. together with sesamum grains Cat
- ○tīrtha mfn. having sacred bathing-places MW
- having the same bathingplace ib
- m. 'having the same teacher', a fellow-(religious) student Vop
- N. of Śiva MBh. (prob. wṛ. for su-t○)
- pl. N. of a people VP. (vḷ. sanīya)
- ○tīrthya m. = sa-tīrtha, a fellow-student Mālatīm. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 107 ; vi, 3, 87)
- ○tuṅga m. N. of a place MBh. (vḷ. su-t○)
- ○tuṣa mfn. having husk or chaff KātyŚr. Sch
- n. grain which has the husk remaining on it L
- ○tuhina mfn. accompanied by frost or ice, wintry Śiś
- ○tūrya mfn. accompanied by music (am ind.) Hariv. Kāv. VarBṛS
- ○tūla (sá-), mf(ā)n. together with a tuft (of grass reed &c.) ĀpŚr
- ○tṛṇa mfn. grown with grass VarBṛS
- ibc. and (am), ind. with grass, grass and all Pāṇ. 2-1, 6 Sch
- ○ṇâbhyavahārin mfn. eating grass and all (fig. = 'undiscerning') Vām. i, 2, 1
- ○tṛṣ or having thirst, thirsty, desirous L
- ○tṛṣa having thirst, thirsty, desirous L
- ○tṛṣṇa mfn. id
- (am), ind. thirstily, yearningly, with longing Kālid
- ○tejas (sá-), mfn. attended with splendour or energy or vital power &c. (-tvá n.) TS. AitBr. Kāṭh
- ○toka (sá-), mfn. together with offspring AV
- ○toda mfn. attended with a pricking pain Suśr
- ○toraṇa mf(ā)n. furnished with arched doorways MBh
- ○trapa mf(ā)n. having shame or modesty, ashamed, modest, bashful (am ind.) MBh. Kathās. &c
- ○trā &c., See col. 2
- ○trāsa mfn. having a partic. flaw (as a jewel) L
- (am), ind. with terror or fear, in a fright Kathās. Hit
- ○trikūṭa mfn. 'having the mountain Trikūṭa' and 'practising threefold deceit' Siṃhâs
- ○trijātaka n. a kind of dish (consisting of meat fried with three sorts of spices
- it is then soaked and dried and again dressed with ghee and condiments) L
- ○tvakka (ĀpŚr.),
- ○tvac (Mn.),
- ○tvaca (KāśīKh.) mfn. having skin or bark
- ○tvacas (sá-), mfn. id. ŚBr
- ○tvara mf(ā)n. having or making haste, speedy, expeditious, quick (am and compar. -taram ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- -tā f. -tva n. quickness, hastiness, speed ib
- -racanam ind. quickly, immediately, at once Gīt
- ○tvaritam ind. hastily, quickly, forthwith R
- ○tvā-siñcāmi-prayoga m. N. of wk
- sa-tata mfn. (fr. 7. sa + t○
- accord. to Pāṇ. 6-1, 144 Vārtt. 1 = saṃ-tata as sa-hita = saṃ-h○) constant, perpetual, continual, uninterrupted (only in comp. and am ind. 'constantly, always, ever'
- with na, 'never') Mn. MBh. &c
- ○ga (MBh. Śiś.),
- ○gati (Megh.), m. 'always moving', the wind
- ○jvara n. constant fever, one not intermitting MW
- ○durgata mfn. always miserable Bhartṛ
- ○dhṛti mfn. ever resolute Prab
[[]]
- satataparigrahadharmakāṅkṣiṇī3sa-tata--parigraha-dharma-kāṅkṣiṇī f. N. of a Kiṃnarī Kāraṇḍ
- ○parigraham ind. continually, incessantly ib
- ○mānasa mfn. always directing the mind towards anything Hariv
- ○yāyin mfn. constantly moving or going, always tending to decay Mn. i, 50
- ○yukta mfn. constantly devoted Bhag
- ○śāstrin mfn. studying incessantly R
- ○samitâbhiyukta m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- ○spandana mfn. continually or regularly throbbing Car
- satatâbhiyoga m. constant application or exertion VarBṛS
- satatôtthita mfn. always intent upon (loc.) MBh
- satataka mfn. recurring twice a day (as fever) Suśr
- sa-táti mfn. coherent, uninterrupted TS
- sa-tattva &c. See p. 1137, col. 3
- satas ind. (fr. 7. sa + tas) equally, like (only in comp.)
- sataḥ in comp. for satas
- ○paṅkti f. a kind of metre consisting of two Pādas of 8 and of two Pādas of 12 syllables alternating with each other Piṅg
≫sato
- sato in comp. for satas
- ○bṛhat (sató-), mfn. equally large or high TBr. PañcavBr
- (ī), f. a kind of metre consisting of 12 + 8 + 1 2 + 8 syllables ŚBr. Kāṭh. Piṅg. (cf. sataḥ-paṅkti)
- ○maghavan (sató-), mfn. equally liberal RV. x, 27, 4 (if one word)
- ○mahat (sató-), mfn. equally great RV. viii, 30, 1
- ○mukhā see. mahā-satomukhā
- ○vīra (sató-), mfn. equally brave or valiant RV. vi, 75, 9
- satānanda wṛ. for śatân○, q.v
- satārā f. N. of a country Cat. [Page 1138, Column]
- sati f. = sāti, santi Pāṇ. Vop
- = dāna, avasāna L
- sati-tarā See 1. satī, p. 1135
- sa-timira &c. See col. 1
- satī f. (for 1. See p. 1135, col. 1) = sāti L
- sátīka satīná, satīya, See p. 1135
- sa-tūrya sa-tṛṇa &c. See col. 1
- satera m. husk, chaff (= tuṣa) L
- sateraka n. a season of two months (= ṛtu) L
- sat-kathā sat-kāra, See p. 1134
- sat-tvá See p. 1135, col. 2
- satya &c. See p. 1135, col. 3
- satr cl. 10. Ā. satrayate and satrāpayate, to extend Dhātup. xxxv, 52 (sambandhe, saṃtatau Vop.)
- satra incorrect for sattra
- satram ind., g. svar-ādi (= next L.)
- sa-trā́ ind. (fr. 7. sa + trā́) together, together with (instr.), altogether, throughout
- always, by all means RV. AV. Br
- ○kará mfn. always effective RV
- ○"ṣja (prob. fr. satrā + 1. aja), m. complete victory ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○jít mfn. always victorious RV
- m. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr
- N. of a son of Nighna and father of Satya-bhāmā (he was father-in-law of Kṛishṇa and was killed by Śatadhanvan) Hariv. Pur
- ○jita m. N. of a son of Nighna ( See prec.) BhP
- ○dāvan mfn. always granting, giving all at once RV
- ○sahá (or -sāhá), mfn. always overcoming or conquering, irresistible RV. ii, 21, 3
- ○sā́h mfn. (dat. -sā́he Padap. -sáhe), id. RV. i, 79, 8 ; ii, 21, 2 &c
- ○sāhīya n. N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr
- ○há or mfn. always destroying, destroyer of mighty foes RV
- ○hán mfn. always destroying, destroyer of mighty foes RV
- satrā́c mf(ā́cī) n. going together, united, joined RV
- concentrated, whole (as the mind or heart) ib
- satvát m. plṆ. of a people inhabiting the south of India (cf. sātvata) Br. KaushUp. MBh. Hariv
- of a son of Madhu Hariv
- satvata m. N. of a son of Mādhava (Māgadha) and Aṃśa Hariv. VP
- sátvan &c. See p. 1137, col. 1
- sa-thūtkāra mfn. (fr. 7. sa + th○) sputtering in speech (n. the act of sputtering
- cf. ambū-kṛta) W
- sad cl. 1. or 6.P. (Dhātup. xx, 24 and xxvii 133) sīdati (ep. also ○te
- Ved. sádati or sī́dati, ○te
- pf. sasā́da, sasáttha, sedús, sediré RV
- sīdatus MBh
- sasadyāt. AV
- aor. asadat [pres. stem], Gr
- 2. 3. sg. sátsi, sátsat RV
- asādīt TĀr
- fut. sattā Gr
- satsyati Br
- sīdiṣyati Pur
- inf. sáde RV
- sattum Br
- sīditum MBh
- ind. p. -sádya, -sádam RV
- -sādam Br.), to sit down (esp. at a sacrifice), sit upon or in or at (acc. or loc.) RV. AV. VS. ŚBr
- to sit down before, besiege, lie in wait for, watch (acc.) RV. AitBr
- to sink down, sink into despondency or distress, become faint or wearied or dejected or low-spirited, despond, despair, pine or waste away, perish Mn. MBh. &c. : Pass. sadyate (aor. asādi, sādi RV.): Caus. sādáyati, ○te (aor. asīṣadat), to cause to sit down or be seated, place down, put upon or in (loc.) RV. &c. &c
- to put in distress, afflict, weary, exhaust, ruin, destroy MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. siṣatsati Gr.: Intens. sāsadyate (Gr. also sāsatti), to sit down in an indecent posture Bhaṭṭ. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. [1138,] sidere, sedere ; Lith. sésti, sedéti ; Slav. [s�esti] ; Goth. sitan ; Germ. sitśen ; Angl. Sax. sittan ; Eng. sit.]
- sattá mfn. (cf. pra-sattá and ní-ṣatta) seated RV
- satti f. sitting down, sitting (cf. ní-ṣatti), entrance, beginning L
- sáttṛ mfn. sitting down (esp. at a sacrifice) RV
- sattrá n. 'session', a great Soma sacrifice (lasting, accord. to some, from 13 to 100 days and performed by many officiating Brāhmans
- also applied to any oblation or meritorious work equivalent to the performance of a Sattra
- sattrásyárddhiḥ, N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr.) RV. &c. &c
- a house, asylum, hospital Rājat. Kathās
- an assumed form or disguise, illusive semblance MBh. Daś. [Page 1138, Column]
- fraud, deception L
- a wood, forest Kir
- a tank, pond L
- liberality, munificence L
- wealth L
- clothes L
- ○gṛha n. hall of sacrifice, place of refuge, asylum Kathās
- ○tva n. the condition of (being) a Sattra or great Soma sacrifice Kāṭh
- ○pariveṣaṇa n. a distribution of food or other gifts at a sacrifice AitBr
- ○phala-da mfn. yielding the fruit cf a Soma sacrifice Hariv
- ○yāga m. a Soma sacrifice Kathās. BhP
- ○rā́j m. the king of a Soma sacrifice VS
- ○vardhana mfn. increasing or promoting sacrifice BhP
- ○vasati f
- ○śālā f. = -gṛha Kathās
- ○sád m. a companion at a Soma sacrifice AV. VS. ŚBr
- ○sadman n. = -gṛha Kathās
- ○sádya n. companionship at a Soma sacrifice AV
- sattrâgāra n. = sattra-gṛha Campak
- sattrâpaśraya m. a place of refuge, asylum MW
- sattrâyaṇá n. a long course of sacrifices Br. ChUp
- m. 'moving in the Soma sacrifice', N. of Śaunaka BhP
- of the father of Bṛihad-bhānu ib
- sattrôtthāna n. rising from a Soma sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sattraya Nom. Ā. ○yate Dhātup. xxxv, 52
- sattrāpaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, = prec. Vop
- sattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate Pāṇ. 3-1, 14, Vartt. 1 Pat
- sattri m. one who is accustomed to perform sacrifices L
- an elephant L
- a cloud L
- sattrin m. the performer or partaker or companion of a Sattra sacrifice TS. &c. &c
- an ambassador or agent in a foreign country W
- one whose merits are equal to the performance of a SṭSattra MBh
- disguised ib. Kām
- sattríya mf(ā)n. relating to the Sattra sacrifice Br
- sattrī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to feed others MBh
- sattrīya (ĀpŚr.),
- sattryá (ŚBr.), mfn. = sattriya
≫sad
- sád mfn. (mostly ifc
- for 1. See p. 1137, col. 1) sitting or dwelling in (cf. adma-, antarikṣa-, apsu-sad &c.)
- m. covering (the female) AV
≫sada
- sada mfn. = prec. (cf. barhi-, samanī-ṣada
- sabhā-sada)
- m. fruit (cf. śada) Mn. viii, 151 ; 241
- a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr
- N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra MBh. i, 4548 (if sadaḥ-suvāc is not one word)
- n. a partic. part of the back of a sacrificial animal AitBr
- sadaḥ in comp. for sadas
- ○sada m. the partaker of a Sadas TāṇḍBr
- ○suvāc See sada
- ○stha mfn. present at an assembly BhP
- sádana mf(ī)n. causing to settle down or remain RV
- n. a seat, dwelling, residence, house, home (often ifc. = 'abiding or dwelling in') RV. &c. &c
- settling down, coming to rest RV
- relaxation, exhaustion Suśr
- water (= udaka) Naigh. i, 12
- the abode of sacrifice, sacrificial hall MW
- the abode of Yama ib
- sadanā-sád mfn. sitting on a seat RV
- sadani m. or f. water L
- sadanyá See sādanyá
- sádas n. (accord. to some also f.) a seat, residence, abode, dwelling, place of meeting, assembly (esp. at a sacrifice
- sádasas-páti m. = sádas-páti
- sadasi, 'in public') RV. &c. &c
- a shed erected in the sacrificial enclosure to the east of the Prācīnavaṃśa AV. VS.: Br. MBh. Hariv
- du. heaven and earth (= dyāvā-pṛthivii) Naigh. iii, 30. [Cf. Gk. ?.]
- ○páti (sádas-), m. du. [1138,] 'lords of the seat or of the sacrificial assembly', N. of Indra and Agni RV
- sadasa See antaḥ- and bahiḥ-sadasam
- sadasyá m. 'present in the sacrificial enclosure, an assessor, spectator, member of an assembly (at a sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties, accord. to the Kushītakins, are merely to look on and correct mistakes) TS. Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. BhP
- a person belonging to a learned court-circle Jātakam
- ○paddhati f. N. of wk
- sadasyôrmi m. N. of a man MBh. (vḷ. sadaśvôrmi)
≫sadi
- sadi See pathi-ṣádi
≫sado
- sado in comp. for sadas
- ○gata mfn. gone to or present at an assembly MBh
- ○gṛha n. 'assembly house', the court of a prince, council-chamber &c. Ragh
- ○'jira n. a vestibule KāśīKh
- ○bila n. the entrance into the Sadas ĀpŚr
- ○viśīya n. (also prajāpateḥ) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○havirdhāna n. du. and pl. the Sadas and the Havirdhāna AV
- pl. (with prajāpateḥ) N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr
- ○nín mfn. provided with Sadas and Havirdhāna TS
- sadma in comp. for sadman
- ○citi f. a collection of houses W. [Page 1139, Column]
- ○nivāsin mfn. dwelling in houses MBh
- ○niveśita mfn. deposited in a shed (as a carriage) R
- ○barhis (sádma-), mfn. preparing the sacrificial grass RV
- ○makhas (sádma-), mfn. performing a sacrifice in a sacred precinct RV
- sadmán m. a sitter, assessor, spectator R
- (sá○), n. a seat, abode, dwelling, house, place (esp. of sacrifice), temple RV. &c. &c
- a stand, stable RV. v, 11, 5 ; 67, 7
- (?) an astrological house Cat
- water Naigh. i, 12
- war, battle (= saṃ-grāma) ib.ī, 17
- (du.) heaven and earth ib. iii, 30
- mfn. dwelling in, inhabiting (ifc.) L
- sadya n. in upari-, talpa-, sattra-s○, qq. vv. (for 2. 3. See p. 1140, col. 1)
- sadri m. an elephant L
- a mountain L
- a ram L
- sadru mfn. sitting Bhaṭṭ
- sanná mfn. set down VS. ŚBr. ŚrS
- sitting at, i.e. occupied with (comp.) Hariv
- sunk down in (loc.) BhP
- depressed, low (in spirits), languid, exhausted, decayed, perished, lost, dead AV. &c. &c
- shrunk, contracted ( See comp.)
- resting, motionless ( See ib.)
- weak, low ( See ib.)
- (= prasanna), appeased, satisfied ( See sannī-kṛta)
- m. Buchanania Latifolia L
- (prob.) n. destruction, loss ( See sanna-da)
- ○kaṇṭha mf(ī)n. one who has a contracted throat, scarcely able to articulate, choking, choked Kālid. Kir
- ○jihva mfn. one whose tongue is motionless or silent BhP
- ○tara mfn. more depressed, very weak or feeble
- (in gram.) lower (in tone or accent), more depressed than the ordinary accentless tone (= anudātta-tara) Pāṇ. 1-2, 40
- ○da mfn. destroying Hariv. (Nilak.)
- ○dhī mfn. depressed in mind, dispirited BhP
- ○nauka mfn. one who has lost his ship MBh
- ○bhāva mfn. despondent, despairing (-tva n.) MBh
- ○maya mf(ī)n. caused by despair Nalôd
- ○musala n. a motionless pestle
- (e), ind. at the time when the pestle lies mṭmotionless Mn. vi, 56
- ○vāc mfn. speaking with low or feeble voice BhP
- ○śarīra mfn. one whose body is wearied or exhausted VarBṛS. -harsha, mfn. one whose joy has departed, depressed in spirits, desponding W
- sannaka mfn. low, dwarfish L
- m. = next L
- ○dru or m. Buchanania Latifolia L
- ○druma m. Buchanania Latifolia L
- sanni f. depression of the mind, despondency, despair BhP
- ○mat mfn. desponding, despairing ib
- sannī-kṛta mfn. appeased, satisfied Kathās
≫sāda
- sādá m. sitting (on horseback), riding RV. i, 162, 17
- sinking in (of wheels) VarBṛS
- sinking down, exhaustion, weariness Kāv. Suśr
- perishing, decay, loss, ruin Kālid. (cf. comp.)
- despondency, despair Hariv. Nalôd
- purity, clearness, cleanness (cf. pra-sāda) W
- going, motion MW
- ○da mfn. (ifc.) destroying, removing Śiś
- ○maya mf(ī)n. caused or produced by despair Nalôd
- sādaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) exhausting, wearying, destroying MW
- sādád-yoni mfn. sitting in one's place RV
- sā́dana mfn. (fr. Caus.) = sādaka Śiś
- m. a text recited when anything is being set down (cf. below) ĀpŚr
- (ī), f. a partic. plant (= kaṭukī) L
- exhaustion, decay MW
- n. causing to sink, wearying, exhausting, destroying W
- setting down, arranging (of vessels &c.) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sinking in (of wheels). VarBṛS
- (= sadana) a seat, house, dwelling, place, home MBh. R. BhP. a vessel, dish BhP
- ○spṛ́ś mfn. 'home-touching', brought or coming into any one's house RV
- sādanyá mfn. belonging to a house, domestic RV
- sādayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be destroyed, destructible R
- sādasa mfn. being in the Sadas Lāṭy
≫sādi
- sādi m. (for 2. See s.v.) a horseman MBh
- a charioteer L
- a warrior L
- wind L
- a dispirited or melancholy person L
- sādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to sit down, set down BhP
- depressed, broken, wasted, destroyed MBh. Kāv. &c
- made to go, drawn, dragged W
- sādin mfn. any one sitting or riding on (comp.)
- m. a horseman, charioteer AV. &c. &c
- (fr. Caus.) exhausting, wearying, destroying R
- sādya mfn. (fr. sādin) fit for riding
- m. a ridinghorse ĀśvŚr
- sa-daṃśa mfn. (i.e. 7. [sa+d○]) having a sharp beak or bill
- -vadana m. 'having a mouth with a sharp beak', a heron L
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following)
- ○daṃśaka mfn. having teeth
- m. 'having nippers, a crab L. [Page 1139, Column]
- ○dakṣa (sá-), mfn. endowed with reason TS
- ○dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. having presents, accompanied by gifts Mn. Rājat
- ○daṇḍa mfn. punished, fined L
- ○dat mfn. having teeth, preserving one's teeth (-tva n.) MaitrS
- ○dadhan mfn. mixed with sour milk Mṛicch
- ○dambha mfn. (for sad-ambha See p. 1137, col. 1) with hypocrisy, hypocritical Cāṇ. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 76 Sch.)
- ○daya mf(ā)n. merciful, compassionate, kind, gentle (ibc. and am ind. 'mercifully, kindly, gently, gradually') Kāv. Kathās
- -tva n. kindness, gentleness Jātakam
- -hṛdaya mfn. having a compassionate heart, tender-hearted MW
- ○dara mfn. fearful, afraid W
- m. N. of an Asura Hariv
- ○darpa mfn. having pride, haughty, arrogant (am ind.) Hit. -1
- ○daśa mfn. (fr. daśan) having decades (of Stomas) ŚāṅkhŚr
- -bandhaka mfn. that to which a tenth part is added Yājñ. ii, 76
- -ratha, See below. -2
- ○daśa mfn. (fr. daśā) having a fringe, fringed MBh
- ○śā-pavitra mfn. having a fringed straining cloth ĀpŚr
- ○daśana-jyotsna mf(ā)n. displaying the brightness of the teeth, having bright teeth Ragh
- ○daśanârcis mfn. id. ib
- ○daśa-ratha mf(ā)n. having Daśa-ratha (q.v.) R. -1
- ○dāna (sá-), mfn. having gifts, with gifts RV. -2
- ○dāna mfn. having ichor (exuding from the temples), being in rut (as an elephant) Kir
- ○dāma (sá-), mfn. together with a band or ligament ŚBr
- ○dāra mfn. accompanied by a wife ĀpŚr. Ragh
- -putra mfn. together with wife and son MW
- ○dāham ind. with a burning sensation Suśr
- ○dívas ind. (= sadyás) RV
- ○diś mfn. together with the quarters (of the sky) MW
- ○dīkṣôpasátka mfn. with Dīkshā and Upasad ŚBr
- ○dīnam ind. lamentably Pañcat
- ○dīpaka mfn. together with a lamp Vishṇ
- ○duḥkha mf(ā)n. having pain, distressed, afflicted, sad Kathās. Rājat
- ○dugdha mf(ā)n. abounding in milk Hcat
- ○durdina mfn. enveloped in clouds Hariv
- ○dūrva mfn. covered with Dūrvā grass ĀśvGṛ
- ○dṛkṣa
- ○dṛś &c., See s.v
- ○dṛṣṭikṣepam ind. with a glance of the eye, with a sidelong glance Śak. (v. l. ○ṭi-vikṣepam)
- ○deva (sá-), mf(ā)n. accompanied or protected by gods (-tvá n.) TS. Br
- -maṇi mfn. ( See deva-m○) with curls or twists of hair on their necks Vās., -manuṣya mfn. together with gods and men ĀśvGṛ
- ○vâsura-rākṣasa mfn. accompanied by gods and Asuras and Rākshasas MBh
- ○devaka mfn. together with the gods MBh
- ○devīka mfn. along with or accompanied by a queen Kathās
- ○deśa mfn. possessing a country or of the same country W
- proximate, neighbouring (ifc
- Pāṇ. 6-2, 23)
- m. neighbourhood ĀpŚr. Sch
- -tva n. proximity, neighbourhood Lāṭy. Gobh
- ○daivata mfn. together with the deities ŚāṅkhGṛ. -1
- ○doṣa mfn. together with the night Kāvyâd. -2
- ○doṣa mfn. having faults, defective, wrong, objectionable Kāvyâd. Hcat
- -vat mfn. containing anything defective MW
- -vikāśa m. a defective exhibition ib
- ○doṣaka mfn. faulty, defective L
- ○dyas &c., See s.v
- ○dravya mfn. together with (or keeping one's) money Mn. ix, 241
- gold-coloured R
- ○droṇa mfn. with a Droṇa added to a Droṇa L
- ○dvaṃdva mfn. quarrelsome, contentious, litigious Subh
- possessing opposite feelings, able to bear the opposites ( dvaṃdva) MW
- sadaka m. or n. (?) unhusked grain Bhadrab
- sádam ind. (prob. fr. sadā below and connected with 7. sa) always, ever, for ever, at any time RV. AV. ŚBr. Vait
- sadadí ind. (cf. next) generally, usually MaitrS
- sadaṃ-di mfn. (prob. fr. sadam + di fr. √4. dā) binding or lasting for ever (applied to the disease called Takman) AV
≫sadā
- sádā ind. always, ever, every time, continually, perpetually (with na', never') RV. &c. &c
- ○kāntā f. N. of a river MBh
- ○kārin mfn. (for sad-āk○ See under 1. sad) always active GāruḍaP
- ○kāla-vaha mf(ā)n. flowing at all seasons (opp. to prāvṛṭ-kāla-v○) MārkP
- ○gati f. (for sad-āg○ See under 1. sad) constancy MBh
- mfn. always in motion ib. Śivag
- m. wind (also in medical sense), the god of wind ib. MBh. R. Suśr. VarBṛS
- the sun L
- the Universal Spirit W
- ○gama m. (for sad-āg○ See under 1. sad), always moving', wind Dharmaśarm
- ○candra m. N. of a king VP
- ○toyā f. the plant Mimosa Octandra W
- the Karatoyā river (cf. sadā-nīrā) W. -1. [Page 1139, Column]
- ○dāna n. ( See 1. dāna), always giving', liberality L
- mfn. always liberal Pañcat. -2
- ○dāna mfn. ( See 2. dāna) always exuding rut-fluid (as an elephant) ib
- an elephant in rut L
- N. of Airāvata (the elephant of Indra) L
- of Gaṇêśa L
- ○"ṣnanda (○dân○), m. perpetual bliss Cat
- mfn. feeling or giving perpṭperpetual bliss NṛisUp. Prab
- m. N. of Śiva L
- of various writers (esp. of the author of the Vedânta-sāra, a modern Vedāntist) Cat
- (-kāśmīra, -gaṇi, -giri, -nātha, -yogī7ndra, -vyāsa, -śukla, -sarasvatī), m. N. of various authors Cat
- -girīya n. N. of wk
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of perpṭperpetual bliss Cat
- -ratnamālā, f
- ○dâkhya-dharmârṇava m. ○dôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○narta mfn. always dancing
- m. the wagtail L
- ○nirāmayā f. N. of a river MBh
- ○nīravahā f. = next L
- ○nīrā́ f. N. of a river (= kara-toyā L.) ŚBr. MBh. Pur
- ○"ṣnukāladarśinī
- ○nuvṛtti (○dân○), f. N. of Kiṃ-narīs Kāraṇḍ
- ○nonuva mfn. (fr. Intens. of √nu) used to explain next Nir. vi, 30
- ○nva mfn. (fr. √nu) always crying out RV. Nir
- (○dā́-nvā), f. N. of a class of female demons RV. AV
- -kṣáyaṇa mfn. destroying the Sadā-nvās AV
- -catana mfn. scaring them away ib
- ○paribhūta m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh
- ○parṇa mfn. always leafed MBh
- ○puṣpa mfn. alwṭalways in flower ib
- m. the cocoanut L
- (ī), f. Calotropis Gigantea and another species ŚāṅkhGṛ. Car. Suśr
- a kind of jasmine L
- phala-druma mfn. provided with trees always in flower and bearing fruit Kathās
- ○pṛṇá mfn. alwṭalways munificent RV
- m. N. of a Ṛishi (having the patr. Ātreya and author of the hymn RV. v, 45) Anukr
- ○pramudita n. 'perpetual gladness', N. of one of the 8 Sāṃkhya perfections Sāṃkhyak. Sch
- ○prasūna (only L.), mfn. alwṭalways in flower
- m. Andersonia Rohitaka
- Calotropis Gigantea
- = kunda
- ○prasravaṇī f. (prob.) alwṭalways menstruous L
- ○phala mf(ā)n. alwṭalways bearing fruit Pañcat
- m. a partic. kind of fruit tree (accord. to L. 'Ficus Glomerata
- Aegle Marmelos
- the cocoa-nut tree
- Artocarpus Integrifolia') Siṃhâs
- (ā or ī), f. Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis L
- a kind of Solanum L
- ○bhadrā f. Gmelina Arborea ib
- ○bhava mf(ā)n. perpetual, continual Bhaṭṭ. Sch
- ○bhavya mfn. alwṭalways present MW
- attentive W
- ○bhrama mfn. always wandering L
- ○matta mfn. alwṭalways excited with joy R
- alwṭalways in rut (as an elephant) Pañcat. Kathās
- m. N. of a man (pl. of his family), g. yaskâdi
- pl. N. of a class of divine beings Divyâv
- ○mattaka n. N. of a town ib
- ○mada mfn. alwṭalways excited with joy Hariv. R
- alwṭalways drunk MārkP
- ever-furious MW
- alwṭalways proud Śiś
- alwṭalways in rut (said of an elephant) Pañcat
- m. N. of Gaṇêśa L
- ○"ṣmarṣa (○dâm○), mfn. alwṭalways impatient, very impṭimpatient, petulant MW
- ○mudita n. a partic. Siddhi KapS. Sch
- ○yogin mfn. alwṭalways practising Yoga Tithyād
- m. N. of Vishṇu L
- ○rāma m. (also ○ma-tri-pāṭhin) N. of various authors Cat
- ○rjava (dâr○), mfn. always honest Cāṇ
- ○vara-dāyaka m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- ○vṛtti f. N. of wk
- ○vṛdha (sadā́-), mf(ā)n. always delighting RV
- always increasing or prospering MW
- ○śaṃkara m. N. of an author Cat
- ○śiva mfn. alwṭalways kind &c. TĀr. NṛisUp
- alwṭalways happy or prosperous MW
- m. N. of Śiva (-tā f.) Rājat. BhP
- of various authors and other men (also -kavi-rāja-go-svāmin, -tīrtha, -tri-pāṭhin, -dīkṣita, -deva, -dvi-vedin, -brahmêndra, -bhaṭṭa, -muni-sārasvata, -mūlôpâkhya, -śukla
- ○vânanda-nātha, ○vânanda-sarasvatī, ○vêndra, ○vêndra-sarasvatī) Inscr. Cat
- (ā), f. N. of Durgā MBh
- -kavaca n. -gītā f. -nāmamantra m. -pada n. -brahman n. -brahmavṛtti f. -brahmâryā f. -bhaṭṭīya, n. -mālā f. ṣaṇ-mukha-saṃvāda m. -saṃhitā f. -sahasranāman n. -stotra, n
- ○vâryā f. ○vâṣṭaka n. N. of wks
- ○"ṣśrita (○dâś○), mfn. (for sad-āś○ under 1. sad) alwṭalways resorting to or dependent on W
- ○sáh mfn. (acc. -sáham) always holding out or lasting RV
- alwṭalways conquering MW
- ○sā́ mfn. (nom.pl. -sāḥ) alwṭalways gaining (superl. -tama) RV
- alwṭalways subsisting abundantly ib
- ○sukha n. perpetual welfare or happiness R
- ○huta mfn. always sacrificed, SāmarBr
- sadâika-rasa mfn. having always only one object of desire NṛisUp
- sadâika-rūparūpa mfn. alwṭalways continuing the same VP
- sadôtsava mfn. ever-festive MW
- sadôdyama mfn. one who alwṭalways exerts himself AgP
- sadôpacāramuktâvalī f. N. of wk
- sadôpayoga m. constant use MW
- sadôpavāsin mfn. alwṭalways fasting MBh. [Page 1140, Column]
- sadātana mfn. continual, perpetual (-tva n.) Bhaṭṭ. Kusum
- m. = aja, N. of Vishṇu L
- sadama m. or n. (?) a partic. high number Buddh
- sad-artha sad-aśva &c. See p. 1137, col. 1
- sadāśva m. N. of a man (vḷ. for sad-aśva) VP
- sa-dívas ind. (= sa-dyas) on the same day, at once, immediately RV. ii, 19, 6
- sadṛka m. a kind of sweetmeat Suśr
- sa-dṛ́kṣa mf(ī)n. (fr. 7. sa + dṛ○) like, resembling, corresponding or similar to (comp.) VS. BhP
- sadṛg in comp. for sadṛś
- ○bhavam ind. on the same grade or degree with (instr.) ŚBr
- sadṛ́ś mfn. (nom. sadṛ́ṅ or sadṛk
- n. pl. sadṛṃśi) = sadṛkṣa (with instr. or ifc.) RV. &c. &c
- fit, proper, just, right MW
- sadṛśa mf(ī, once in R. ā)n. like, resembling, similar to (gen., instr., loc', or comp.) or in (instr., loc., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. (accord. to Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-2, 11 Vārtt. 2 also compounded with a gen., e.g. dāsyāḥ-s○, vṛṣalyāḥ-s○)
- conformable, suitable, fit, proper, right, worthy MBh. Kāv. &c
- (am), ind. suitably, well Uttarar
- ○kṣama mfn. of equal patience or forbearance Mālav
- ○tama mfn. most like or similar Pāṇ. 1-1, 50 Sch
- ○tā f. (W.),
- ○tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) likeness, similarity, sameness
- ○vinimaya m. confusing or mistaking similar objects Mālav
- ○vṛtti mfn. behaving similarly (-tā f.) Rājat
- ○śveta mfn. equally white Pāṇ. 2-1, 68 Sch
- ○strī f. a wife of equal caste Mn. ix, 125
- ○spandana n. any regular or even throbbing motion (= ni-spanda) MW
- sadṛśâsadṛśa-yogyâyogya-tva n. similarity and dissimṭdissimilar and fitness and unfṭunfitness Vedântas
- sado-gata &c. See p. 1138, col. 3
- sad-gati &c. See p. 1137, col. 2
- sadman &c. See p. 1139, col. 1
- sa-dyás ind. (fr. 7. [sa+dyu]
- cf. sadívas) on the same day, in the very moment (either 'at once', 'immediately' or 'just', 'recently') RV. &c. &c
- daily, every day RV. AV. AitBr. MBh
- ○kāra mf(ā)n. being performed on the same day MBh
- ○kāla m. the same day KātyŚr. Sch
- present time MW
- mf(ā)n. falling on the same day (-tva n.) ĀpŚr. ib. Sch. KātyŚr. Sch
- ○kālīna mfn. belonging to the present time, recent, modern MW
- ○krī mfn. = sadyah-k○
- ○tapta mfn. just heated MW
- ○tā f. (Lāṭy.) or (KātyŚr.) the falling on the same day
- ○tva n. (KātyŚr.) the falling on the same day
- sadya m. (for 1. See p. 1139, col. 1) a form of Śiva (= sadyo-jāta) L
- sadya in comp. for sadyas
- ○ūti (sadyá-) mfn. assisting quickly or daily RV
- sadyôtpanna mfn. newly born MBh
- sadyaḥ in comp. for sadyas
- ○kāla mfn. = sadyas-k○
- ○kṛta mfn. done at the moment, done quickly or promptly W
- n. a name L
- ○kṛtta mfn. recently cut Megh
- ○kṛttôta mfn. spun and woven on the very same day ĀpGṛ
- ○krī́ mfn. bought on the same day
- m. a partic. Ekâha (during which an abridged form of the Dikshā, Upasad, and Sutyā ceremonies is performed) AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
- N. of wk
- (also written sadyas-k○)
- ○kṣata n. a fresh contusion or wound Suśr
- ○paryuṣita mfn. one day old ib
- ○pāka mf(ā)n. having immediate consequences VarBṛS
- m. a dream during the fourth Yāma (between 3 and 6 a. m.) L
- ○pātin mfn. quickly falling or dropping Megh
- ○prakṣālaka mfn. one who cleans corn for immediate use (without storing it) Mn. vi, 18
- ○prakṣālitânnaka m. a person who has food cleansed for one day L
- ○prajñā-kara mf(ī)n. quickly causing intelligence Cāṇ
- ○prajñā-hara mf(ā)n. quickly taking away intelligence ib
- ○prasūtā f. a female that has just brought forth BhavP. Uttarar
- ○prâṇa-kara mfn. quickly causing vitality or inspiriting Cāṇ
- ○prâṇa-hara mfn. quṭquickly destroying vigour ib
- ○phala mf(ā)n. bearing fruit immediately or having immediate consequences (-tva n.) VarBṛS. Pañcat. &c
- ○śakti-kara mfn. quickly causing strength Cāṇ. [Page 1140, Column]
- ○śakti-hara mfn. quickly destroying strength ib
- ○śuddhi f. = -śauca MW
- ○śotha mfn. quickly swelling
- (ā), f. Mucuna Pruritus L
- Carpopogon Pruriens W
- ○śauca n. present or immediate purity Gaut
- ○śrāddhin mfn. one who has recently taken part in a Śrāddha ib
- ○sutyā f. pressing out the Soma on the same day AitBr
- ○snehana n. a quickly operating emollient Suśr
- sadyaś in comp. for sadyas
- ○chinna mfn. recently severed or cut or incised (said of a wound) Suśr
- sadyaska mfn. belonging to the present day, immediate, present, quick MV
- new, recent, fresh Suśr
- a kind of sacrifice MBh. (v. v. l. sād○)
- sadyastana mf(ī)n. fresh, instantaneous L
- sadyo in comp. for sadyas
- ○artha (sadyó-), mfn. quickly attaining one's aim RV
- ○ja mfn. newly born, g. saṃkalâdi (for sādyo-j○?)
- ○jāta mf. (ā)n. id. PañcavBr. Hariv. Pañcar
- addressed to Śiva Sadyojāta Hcat
- m. a newly-born calf. L
- a calf W
- a form of Śiva Hcat
- (ā), f. a female that lias just brought forth BhavP
- -pāda m. N. of one of the 5 forms of the god of the Śaivas Sarvad
- ○jū́ mfn. quickly excited RV
- ○jvara m. fresh fever Bhpr
- ○dugdha mfn. freshly milked Lāṭy
- ○nugata mfn. just received (into the womb) Car
- ○bala mfn. quickly causing vigour Car
- -kara mfn. id. GāruḍaP
- -hara mfn. quickly depriving of vigour ib
- ○bodhinī-prakriyā f. N. of wk
- ○bhava mfn. recently arisen Ragh
- ○bhāvin mfn. newly born
- m. a newly-bṭborn calf. L
- any calf W
- ○bhivarṣa m. falling of rain on the same day VarBṛS
- ○bhṛ́t mfn. borne on the same day ŚBr
- ○manyu mfn. causing immediate anger BhP
- ○maraṇa n. death happening on the same day, immediate death Var
- ○māṃsa n. fresh flesh Cāṇ
- ○mṛta mfn. just dead R
- ○yajña m. a sacrifice performed on the same day ĀpŚr. Sch
- -saṃsthā f. the performance of a sacrifice in one day ṢaḍvBr
- ○varṣa m. (VarBṛS.) or (Cat.) falling of rain on the same day
- ○varṣaṇa n. (Cat.) falling of rain on the same day
- ○vṛ́dh mfn. enjoying one's self every day RV
- ○vṛṣṭi f. = -varṣa Kṛishis
- ch. of VarBṛS
- -lakṣaṇa n. N. of the 65th Parisishṭa of the Ay
- ○vraṇa m. a suddenly caused wound, Sulr. Suśr. ŚārṅgS. Vāgbh
- ○hata mfn. recently wounded or injured, Suir
- recṭrecently killed Vāgbh
- sadha (= 2. saha), with, together with, in the same manner (only in comp
- Pāṇ. 6-3, 96)
- ○nī́ m. (in Padap. sa-dhanī) a fellow, comrade RV
- (-ni)-tvá n. companionship ib
- ○mád or m. (only in strong cases
- ○mā́d m. (only in strong cases
- n. sg. -mā́d or -mā́s) a drink-companion, fellow-reveller, comrade or friend in general RV
- ○māda m. drinking together, drinking bout, convivial party, feast (○dam-√mad with instr., 'to feast or revel with') RV. AV
- fellowship, companionship RV
- ○mādin mfn. = -mad AitĀr
- ○mādyá mfn. relating to a convivial party or feast, convivial, festal RV
- m. = mad ib
- n. a convivial feast TBr
- ○mitra m. N. of a man, g. kāśy-ādi
- ○vīra mfn. joined with men or heroes (= saha-v○) RV
- ○stuti (sadhá-), f. joint praise (when used as instr. = 'with joint praise') RV
- mfn. praised together (as Indra and Agni) ib
- ○stutya (sadhá-), n. joint praise or applause ib
- ○stha (sadhá-), mfn. 'standing together', present RV. AV
- n. 'place where people stand together', place of meeting, any place, spot, abode, home, region, world ib. VS
- sadha n. or sadhā f. (only in du., 'heaven and earth', v. l. for svadhe) Naigh. iii, 30
- sa-dhána n. (i.e.7. sa + dh○) common property ŚBr
- mfn. possessing riches, wealthy, opulent R. VarBṛS
- together with riches Kathās
- -tā f. wealthiness Prasaṅg
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○dhanus mfn. having or armed with a bow Hariv
- ○nuṣka mfn. id. MBh
- together with a bow Hariv
- ○nuṣ-pāṇi mfn. bow in hand RāmatUp
- ○dharma m. the same nature or qualities BhP
- mfn. having the same nature or qualities Sāh
- subject to, the same law, equal, like BhP. (also ○maka ĀpŚr. Sch.)
- virtuous, honest VarBṛS
- -cāriṇī f. 'practising the same duties (with a husband)', a wife, (esp.) a legal or virtuous wife MBh. Kāv. &c
- -tva n. the having a similar nature, homogeneousness Suśr. Pañcat
- ○dharmaka mfn. = -dharma above
- ○dharman mfn. having the same duties L. (v. l. ○min)
- having the same nature or similar properties, resembling, like, equal to (gen., instr., or comp.) Vas. Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1140, Column]
- ○dharmin mfn. having the same duties L. (cf. prec.)
- having the same properties, like, resembling (comp.) R
- (iṇī), f. a legal or virtuous wife L
- ○dhavastrī f. a wife whose husband is living L
- ○dhavā f. id. (cf. vi-dhavā)
- ○dhātu See pada-sadhātu
- ○dhī (sá-), mfn. endowed with reason or intellect ŚBr
- ○dhura (sá-), mfn. harnessed to the same yoke, agreeing together AV
- ○dhūma (sá-), mfn. enveloped in smoke MaitrS. R
- -varṇā f. N. of one of the seven tongues of Agni VS. Sch
- ○dhūmaka mfn. smoky (am ind.) Suśr
- ○dhūmra mfn. dusky, dark ib
- -varṇā f. = sa-dhūma-v○ MārkP
- ○dhairyam ind. with firmness, firmly, gravely MW
- ○dhvaṃsa m. N. of a Ṛishi (having the patr. Kāṇva, the supposed author of RV. viii, 8) Anukr
- ○dhvaja mfn. having a banner, bannered, with a flag MW
- sadhi m. (said to be fr. √sadh = sah) fire L
- a bull L
- sádhis n. (prob. fr. √sadh = sādh) the end or goal of any movement, the place where it comes to rest RV. Kāṭh
- sádhri m. N. of a Ṛishi (having the patr. Vairūpa and author of RV. x, 114) Sāy
- N. of Agni L
- sadhri (= 2. saha), with, along with, together with Pāṇ. 6-3, 95
- (í), ind. to the same goal or centre RV. ii, 13, 2
- sadhrīcī́na mf(ā)n. (fr. sadhryañc) directed to one aim, pursuing the same goal, united RV
- furthered or promoted by (comp.) Nīlak
- leading to the right goal, right, correct (instr. 'in the right way') BhP
- sadhryáñc mf(sadhrī́cī)n. turned in the same direction or to one centre, converging, associated RV. AV. PañcavBr. Kauś
- leading in the right direction, right, correct BhP
- tending towards, flowing into (comp.) HPariś
- m. a friend, companion Śiś
- (īcī), f. a woman's companion or female friend Bhaṭṭ
- n. = manas BhP
- (ák), ind. together with, jointly, unitedly (as opp. to pṛthak) RV
- in the right way BhP
- san cl. 1. P., 8. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xiii, 21 ; xxx, 2) sánati, ○te or sanóti, sanute (Ā. rare and only in non-conjugational tenses
- pf. sasā́na RV
- p. sasavás ib., f. sasanúṣī Br
- sasanivas or senivas Gr
- sene ib
- aor. asāniṣam [Subj. saniṣat Ā. saniṣāsmahe, sániṣanta] RV
- Impv. sániṣantu SV
- seṣam, set MaitrS. Br
- asāta Gr
- Prec. sanyāt, sāyāt ib
- fut. sanitā ib
- saniṣyáti RV. Br
- inf. sanitum Gr.), to gain, acquire, obtain as a gift, possess, enjoy RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
- to gain for another, procure, bestow, give, distribute RV
- (Ā.) to be successful, be granted or fulfilled ib.: Pass. sanyate or sāyate Pāṇ. 6-4, 43: Caus. sānayati (aor. asīṣaṇat), Gr.: Desid. of Caus. sisānayiṣati. ib.: Desid. sisaniṣati (Gr.) or síṣāsati (? sīṣatī AV. iv, 38, 2), to wish to acquire or obtain RV. TS. AV
- to wish to procure or bestow RV. AV.: Intens. saṃsanyate, sāsāyate, saṃsanti (Gr.), to gain or acquire repeatedly (only 3. pl. saniṣṇata RV. i, 131, 5)
≫sa
- sa See 5. sa, p. 1111, col. 2
≫sati
- sati See p. 1138, col. 2
≫san
- san in go-ṣán, q.v
≫sana
- sana m. (for 2. See p. 1141, col. 1) gain, acquisition (in ahaṃ-sana and su-ṣaṇa, qq. vv.)
- presenting, offering BhP
- sanad in comp. for sanat (pr.p. of √1. san)
- ○rayi (sanád-), mfn. bestowing wealth RV
- ○vāja (sanád-), mfn. acquiring or bestowing wealth ib
- N. of a son of Śuci BhP
- sanana n. gaining, acquiring (used in explaining sani
- cf. su-ṣaṇana) Nir. vi, 22
- sanāyú mfn. wishing for gain or reward RV. AV. Paipp
≫sani
- saní mf. (for 2. See p. 1141, col. 3) gain, acquisition, gift, reward (dit. with √dhā', to grant, fulfil'
- acc' with √i', to go after gifts, go begging') RV. AV. TS. Br
- mfn. gaining, procuring, bestowing (cf. aśva-, dhana-s○ &c.)
- ○kāma (saní-), mfn. desirous of gain or reward RV
- ○mát mfn. rich in gifts, liberal MaitrS
- sániti f. acquisition, obtainment RV. [Page 1141, Column]
- sánitṛ or mfn. gaining, obtaining, procuring, bestowing (with acc. or gen.) RV. TS. TBr
- sanitṛ́ mfn. gaining, obtaining, procuring, bestowing (with acc. or gen.) RV. TS. TBr
- sanítra n. a gift, oblation RV
- sánitva mfn. to be gained or acquired ib
- sanitvan n. a gift or reward ib
- sániṣṭha mf(ā)n. gaining or acquiring most ib
- saniṣyú mfn. wishing to gain or acquire, eager for booty ib
≫sanī
- sanī f. = 1. sani, gift L
- ○hāra mfn. (cf. sanīhāra, col. 3) bringing or bestowing gifts, liberal ĀpŚr
- sanutṛ mfn. (only in f. sánutrī) gaining, procuring RV
- sanéru mfn. (prob.) distributing RV. x, 106, 8 (= sambhaktṛ Sāy.)
- santi See sati, p. 1138, col. 2
- santya mfn. bestowing gifts, bountiful (only voc. in addressing Agni
- accord. to others fr. sat = 'benevolent, kind') RV
- san (in gram.) a technical term for the syllable sa or sign of the desiderative
- san N. of an era (current in Bengal and reckoned from 593 AḌ.), RTL ; 433
- sána mf(ā)n. (derivation doubtful
- for 1. See p. 1140, col. 3) old, ancient (am ind.' of old, formerly') RV. AV
- lasting long BhP
- m. N. of a Ṛishi (one of the four or seven spiritual sons of Brahmā ; cf. sanaka) MBh. Hariv. [Cf. Lat. senex, senior ; Lith. sénas ; Goth. sinista.]
- ○já or mfn. born or produced long ago, old ancient RV
- ○jā́ mfn. born or produced long ago, old ancient RV
- ○vitta (sána-), mfn. long since existing or obtained RV
- ○śruta (sána-), mfn. famous of old ib
- N. of a man AitBr
- sanaḥ in comp. for sanas
- ○śruta mfn. = sana-śruta
- sanaká mfn. former, old, ancient (āt ind. 'from of old') RV
- m. N. of a Ṛishi (one of the four mind-born sons of Brahmā, described as one of the counsellors or companions of Vishṇu and as inhabiting the Janar-loka
- the other three are Sana, Sanatkumāra, and sa-nandana
- some reckon seven of these mind-born sons) MBh. Hariv. BhP. (cf. RTL. 422) ; of an inspired legislator W. [Cf. Lat. ṣeneca ; Goth. sineigs.]
- ○saṃhitā f. N. of a Vedânta or Tantra wk
- sanakânīka m. pl. N. of a people Inscr
- sanáj mfn. ancient, old RV. i, 62, 7
- sanat ind. (g. svar-ādi) from of old, always, ever L
- m. N. of Brahmā (prob. inferred from sanat-kumāra) L
- ○kumāra m. 'always a youth' or 'son of Brahmā', N. of one of the four or seven sons of Brahmā (cf. sanaka
- he is said to be the oldest of the progenitors of mankind [= vaidhātra, q.v.], and sometimes identified with Skanda and Pradyumna, he is also the supposed author of an Upa-purāṇa and other wks
- with Jainas he is one of the 12 Sārvabhaumas or Cakravartins emperors of īndia
- the N. of Sanat-kṭkumāra is sometimes given to any great saint who retains youthful purity) ChUp. MBh. Hariv. &c
- -kalpa m. N. of wk
- -ja m. pl. (with Jainas) a partic. class of gods L
- -tantra n. -pulastya-saṃvāda m. -saṃhitā f. -stava, m
- ○rīya n. ○rôpapurāṇa, n. N. of wks
- ○sujāta m. 'always', beautiful', N. of one of the seven mind-born sons of Brahmā MBh
- -vedânta m. N. of wk
- ○tīya n. N. of MBh. v, 40-45
- sanátā ind. from of old (with na, 'never') RV
- sanátra mf(ī)n. = sanātana AV
- sanáya or mf(ā)n. old, ancient RV
- sānaya mf(ā)n. old, ancient RV
- sanas ind. = sanā (in sanaḥ-śruta, sano-ja, qq. vv.)
≫sanā
- sánā ind. (g. svar-ādi) from of old RV. ŚBr
- ○jū́ mfn. nimble or active from of old RV
- ○jūr mfn. weak from age (or 'long since aged') RV
- ○liṅga m. the son of a Vaiśya and a Ratha-kāri L
- sanā́t ind. (g. svar-ādi) from of old, always, for ever RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
- sanātána mf(ī, m.c.also ā)n. eternal, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, primeval, ancient ŚBr. &c. &c
- m. N. of Brahmā L
- of Vishṇu Bhaṭṭ
- of Śiva L
- a guest of deceased ancestors, one who must always be fed whenever he attends Śrāddhas L
- N. of a Ṛishi (in MBh. and later 'a mind-born son of Brahmā') TS. &c. &c
- of a king Buddh
- (with śarman and go-svāmin) of two authors Cat
- pl. N. of partic. worlds Hariv
- (ī), f. N. of Durgā Cat. [Page 1141, Column]
- of Lakshmī or Sarasvatī L
- ○tama m. 'most eternal or ancient', N. of Vishṇu MBh
- ○siddhânta m. N. of wk
- sanāya Nom. P. ○yati (only in dat. sg. of pr. p. sanāyaté [accord. to some wṛ. for sánāya te] RV. i, 62, 13), to be from of old' or 'linger, tarry.'
- sánīyas mfn. being from of old, ancient TS
≫sano
- sano in comp. for sanas
- ○jā́ mfn. being from of old, eternal RV
- sányas mfn. = sánīyas RV
- sana m. the flapping of an elephant's ears L
- Bignonia Suaveolens or Terminalia Tomentosa (cf. 2. asana) L
- ○parṇī f. Marsilea Quadrifolia (= asana-p○) L
- sanakha wṛ. for saṃ-nakha, q.v
- sánaga m. N. of a teacher (of. sanaka) ŚBr
- sanaṅgu m. or f. (perhaps fr. sanam + gu', formerly a cow?') a partic. object or substance prepared from leather Pāṇ. 5-1, 2 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- sanaṅgavya mfn. fit for Sanaṅgu ib
- sa-nadī-giri-kānana mfn. (fr. 7. sa + n○ &c.) together with rivers and mountains and forests R
- sa-nanda m. (i.e. 7. sa + n○) = sanandana BhP
- (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○nandaka wṛ. for next Hariv
- ○nandana m. 'having joy', N. of one of the 4 or 7 mind-born sons of Brahmā (said to have preceded Kapila as teachers of the Sāṃkhya phil
- cf. sanaka) MBh. Hariv. Pur
- of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya and another author Cat
- -saṃhitā f. N. of a Tantra wk. (one of the Śubhâgamas) MW
- ○nara (sá-), mfn. together with men RV
- -dvipa mfn. accompanied by men and elephants MW
- ○narma-hāsa mfn. attended with merry laughter (as a speech), Kāthās
- ○naladânala-da mfn. 'having the Nalada' (i.e. Uśīra plant) and 'removing heat' (cf. 3. a) Kir. v, 27
- ○navanīta mfn. along with fresh butter Pañcar
- ○nāka-vanita mfn. having celestial women or Apsarases MW
- ○nātha mfn. having a master or protector, protected by (instr. or comp.) Kāv. Pur
- having a lord or husband (ā f. 'a woman whose husband is living') L
- filled with persons, crowded (as an assembly), Śāntiś. Sch
- occupied by, possessed of. possessing, furnished or endowed with (instr. or comp.) Kāv. Pur. Pañcat. &c
- -tā f. the state of having a protector or husband (acc. with √i, 'to take refuge with') Vcar. Pañcat
- ○thī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to cause to possess a master, afford shelter, protect Śak. Kathās. Hit
- to occupy (a place) VarBṛS
- ○nābha m. a near kinsman, uterine brother BhP
- ○nābhi (sá-), mfn. having the same nave or centre (as the spokes of a wheel or the fingers of the hand) RV. (cf. Naigh. ii, 5)
- connected by the same navel or womb, uterine, of kindred blood, a blood-relation
- m. or f. an uterine brother or sister (accord. to some = sa-piṇḍa, 'a kinsman as far as the seventh degree') RV. AV. Mn. BhP
- having a navel, naveled TS
- resembling, like, equal to (gen. or comp.) Bālar. Vcar. Vās
- ○nābhya m. a blood-relation (to the seventh degree) Mn. v, 84
- ○nāma mf(ā)n. having the same name as (gen.) MBh
- ○nāmaka mf(ikā)n. id. Hariv
- m. Hyperanthera Moringa L
- ○nāman (sá-), mf(mnī)n. = -nāma RV. MBh
- similar, like RV
- ○magrāha mf(ā)n. together with mention of the name Lāṭy
- ○nārāśaṃsa mfn. together with the Nārāśaṃsa verses AitBr
- ○nāla mfn. furnished with a stalk MBh
- (ī), f. a procuress (?) Gal
- ○niḥśvāsam ind. with a sigh Śak
- ○nikāra mfn. degrading (as punishment) Mṛicch
- ○nigaḍa-caraṇa mfn. dragging a chain on the foot (-tva n.) ib
- ○nigraha mfn. furnished with a handle Suśr
- ○nidra mf(ā)n. sleeping, asleep Kathās
- ○ninda mfn. accompanied with censure or reproach (am ind.) Śak. (v. l.)
- ○nimeṣa mfn. winking (as an eye) Kathās
- ○niyama mf(ā)n. restricted, limited (-tva n.) Kap
- one who has undertaken a religious observance Vikr. Kir
- ○nirghāta mfn. accompanied by a' hurricane or whirlwind MW
- ○nirghṛṇa mfn. having no pity, merciless, cruel R
- ○nirviśeṣa mfn. indifferent Kād
- ○nirveda mfn. having weariness or absence of liveliness, dull (as conversation) Kād
- (am), ind. with indifference Dhūrtan. [Page 1141, Column]
- in low spirits, despairingly Daś. Kathās
- ○niśvāsam ind. with a sigh Mṛicch. (vḷ. -niḥśv○, q.v.)
- ○niṣādīka mfn. together with the Nishādī (q.v.) Suparṇ
- ○niṣṭhīva mfn. accompanied with emission of saliva or sputtering, sputtered (as speech) L. (accord. to W. also -ṇiṣṭheva)
- ○niṣpeṣam ind. with a clashing sound Hariv
- ○niṣyadá mf(ā) n. flowing, running AV
- ○nīḍa (sá-), mfn. (in RV. sá-nīḻa) having the same nest, closely united or related, kindred, skin RV. AV
- near, proximate (also ○ḍaka) L
- m. or n. vicinity, neighbourhood (e ind. 'near, close to') Bhaṭṭ
- ○nīhāra mfn. (for sanī-hāra See col. 1) covered with mist or fog R
- ○nemi (sá-), mfn. having a felly (as a wheel) RV
- complete, perfect ib
- ind. completely, at all times, always ib
- sanava m. or n. (?) N. of a desert Buddh
- sanasaya m. (wṛ. for śaṇa-śaya?) N. of a teacher ib
- sanā sanāt &c. See col. 1
- sanāyu See p. 1140, col. 3
- sanāru m. N. of a teacher ŚBr
- sani f. (for 1. See p. 1140, col. 3) a quarter of the sky L
- sanitúr ind. (accord. to Sāy. gen. of sanitṛ́ fr. √san?) besides, without (with preceding acc.) RV
- sanutár ind. (perhaps orig. identical with prec.) aside, away, off, far from (abl
- with √yu and dhā, 'to keep away, ward off') ib
- secretly, clandestinely Naigh. iii, 25
- sánutara mfn. furtive, clandestine ib
- sánutya mfn. furtive, lying furtively in ambush ib
- sanutṛ saneru, See col. 1
- sanūda-parvata (?), m. N. of a mountain Hariv
- sano-jā See col. 2
- santa m. = saṃha-tala L
- N. of a son of Satya MBh
- santaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. sat) belonging to (gen.) Divyâv
- saṃ-√takṣ P. -takṣati (rarely Ā. ○te), to cut out together, cut out, form or fashion by cutting ŚrS. VarBṛS
- to compose, construct (hymns) RV. ii, 31, 7
- to cut through, cut to pieces, wound MBh
- to hurt with words Pāṇ. 3-1, 76 Sch
- saṃ-takṣaṇa n. hurting with words (vāk-s○ pl. 'sarcasm') Daś
- saṃ-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike together or forcibly, hit hard, hit with (an arrow &c.) MBh. Hariv. R
- to beat or play a musical instrument MBh
- saṃ-tāḍana n. striking or dashing to pieces ŚārṅgP
- saṃ-ḍtāḍya mfn. to be forcibly struck or beaten MBh
- saṃ-√tan P. -tanoti (ind. p. -tānam), to stretch along or over, cover RV. &c. &c
- to unite or join one's self with (instr. or acc.) RV. Lāṭy
- to join or connect or keep together, make continuous TBr. &c. &c
- to add, annex Vait
- to effect, accomplish TS. MuṇḍUp
- to exhibit, display, evince Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -tānayati, to cause to extend or accomplish, cause to be finished BhP
- sáṃ-tata mfn. (cf. sa-tata) stretched or extended along, spread over (loc.) PraśnUp
- covered with (instr.) MBh. Hariv. R
- held or linked or woven or sewn or strung together, dense, continuous, uninterrupted, lasting, eternal (ibc.or am ind. 'continually, uninterruptedly, incessantly') ŚBr. &c. &c
- -jvara m. continuous fever Suśr
- -druma mfn. (a wood) containing dense (rows of) trees R
- -varṣin mfn. raining continuously Dhūrtas
- -vepathu mfn. trembling all over MW
- ○tâpad. mfn. one whose misfortunes are continuous ib
- ○tâbhyāsa m. habitual practice, regular study or repetition (of the Vedas &c.) W
- ○tâśru-nipātana n. continuous shedding of tears R
- sáṃ-tati f. stretching or extending along, expanse, continuity, uninterruptedness TS. &c. &c
- causal connection (of things) MBh. i, 291 (Nīlak.) [Page 1142, Column]
- a continuous line or series or flow, heap, mass, multitude MBh. Kāv. &c
- density, intensity (of darkness) Rājat
- uninterrupted succession, lineage, race, progeny, offspring Mn. MBh. &c
- continued meditation (= dhī-s○) Prab
- disposition, feeling Divyâv
- = -homa ŚBr
- N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Kratu (cf. saṃ-nati) MārkP
- m. N. of a son of Alarka BhP
- -mat mfn. possessing offspring MārkP
- -homá m. N. of partic. sacrificial texts TBr
- sáṃ-taḍtatika (ifc.) = saṃ-tati, progeny, offspring Kull. on Mn. iii, 15
- saṃ-tateyu m. (fr. saṃ-tata) N. of a son of Raudrāśva (cf. saṃ-nateyu) Pur
- saṃ-tani mfn. continuing, prolonging, forming an uninterrupted line or series AitBr. Lāṭy. &c
- (○taní), m. or f. sound, harmony, music R
- (○táni), m. or f. a partic. oblation ŚBr. KātyŚr
- n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- saṃ-ḍtanika n. du. (with prajāpateḥ) N. of a Sāman ib
- saṃ-ḍtanu m. N. of a youth attending on Rādhā Pañcar
- saṃ-tāná m. (ifc. f. ā) continued succession, continuance, continuity. MBh. Kāv. &c
- an uninterrupted series, continuous flow Kālid
- ramification Suśr
- a sinew or ligature (of an animal) TS
- coherence, connection, transition (in recitation &c.) ŚrS. TUp
- a continuous train of thought Sarvad
- = saṃdhi Kām
- one of the five trees of Indra's heaven, the Kalpa tree or its flower Hariv
- N. of a son of Rudra MārkP
- of a place Cat
- (pl.) N. of a partic. class of worlds R
- m. n. continuous succession, lineage, race, family, offspring, son or daughter Nir. Mn. MBh. &c
- n. a partic. mythical weapon R
- -karman n. the act of producing offspring Nir
- -kartṛ m. a producer of offspring ib
- -gaṇa-pati m. a form of Gaṇêśa (worshipped to obtain progeny) W
- -go-pāla m. a form of Kṛishṇa (worshipped to obtain progeny, also N. of a Kāvya) Cat
- (○la-vidhi. m. N. of wk.)
- -ja mfn. sprung from the race of (gen
- with suta m. = 'the son of') Hariv
- -dīpikā f. -prada-sūrya-stotra n. -rāma-stotra n. N. of wks
- -vat mfn. possessing offspring MBh
- vardhana mfn. propagating a family Yājñ
- -vivekâvali f. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks
- -saṃdhi m. a peace cemented by family alliance (by giving a daughter in marriage &c.) Kām. Hit
- ○nârtham ind. for the sake of (begetting) progeny Mn.iii, 96
- ○"ṣtānaka mf(ikā)n. stretching, spreading, who or what spreads W
- m. one of the five trees of Indra's heaven, the Kalpa tree or its flower MBh. Kāv. &c
- pl. N. of partic. worlds R
- (ikā), f. a cobweb Suśr
- cream, coagulated milk ib
- froth, foam L
- the blade of a knife or sword L
- N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
- ○ka-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of flowers of the Kalpa tree Ragh
- ○kâkīrṇa mfn. strewn with celestial flowers (cf. prec.) MW
- ○kâraṇya n. N. of a place Bālar
- ○"ṣḍtānika mf(ī)n. made from flowers of the Kalpa tree (as a garland) R
- m. pl N. of partic. worlds (v. l. sāṃt○) R
- n. (with prajāpateḥ) N. of a Sāman (vḷ. saṃtanika) ĀrshBr
- ○"ṣḍtānin m. the subject of an uninterrupted train of thought Sarvad
- (inī), f. the upper part of milk, cream L
- ○"ṣḍtānīya (?) Hcat
- saṃ-√tap P. -tapati, to heat thoroughly, scorch, parch, dry up R. Suśr. VarBṛS. &c
- to feel pain or remorse Mn. MBh
- to pain by heat, torture, oppress, afflict, harass RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (ep. also ○ti), to be oppressed or afflicted, suffer pain, undergo penance (3. sg. impers. with gen. of pers.) ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati (Pass. -tāpyate), to cause to be heated, make very hot, burn, inflame, scorch Kauś. MBh. &c
- to pair by heat, torture, torment (ātmānam, 'one's self. i.e. to afflict the body by austerities'), afflict, trouble, distress MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-tapana mfn. heating, warming ĀpŚr. Sch
- the act of becoming warm Kauś
- inflaming, tormenting MW
- saṃ-tapta mfn. greatly heated or inflamed, burnt up &c
- red-hot, molten, melted ( See comp.)
- oppressed, pained, tormented, distressed, wearied fatigued MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. pain, grief, sorrow Mṛicch
- -cāmīkara n. glowing or molten gold MW
- -rajata n. molten silver ib
- -vakṣas mfn. oppressed in the chest or breathing, short-breathed Suśr
- -hṛdaya mfn. feeling great anguish of heart R
- ○tâyas n. heated or red-hot iron Bhartṛ
- saṃ-tapḍtapyamāna mfn. being inflamed or tormented or distressed BhP. [Page 1142, Column]
- -manas mfn. one whose mind is in a state of torture Vikr
- saṃ-tāpá m. (ifc. f. ā) becoming very hot, great or burning heat, glow, fire ŚBr. &c. &c
- affliction, pain, sorrow, anguish, distress (acc. with √kṛ, to be distressed about gen.', or to cause pain') MBh. Kāv. &c
- self-mortification, remorse, repentance, penance MBh. Kir
- -kara (Suśr.), -kārin (Kathās.), mfn. causing pain or affliction
- -vat mfn. afflicted with pain, sorrowful Kathās
- -hara (Daś.), -hāraka (Śak.), mfn. removing heat, cooling, comforting
- saṃ-ḍtāpana mfn. burning, paining, afflicting (comp.) BhP
- m. N. of one of the arrows of Kāma-deva L
- of a demon possessing children Hariv
- of one of Śiva's attendants L
- n. the act of burning, paining, afflicting, exciting passion W
- N. of a partic. mythical weapon R
- saṃ-ḍtāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made very hot, burnt, scorched, tormented, pained, afflicted, wearied MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-ḍtāpyá mfn. to be inflamed or kindled ŚBr
- saṃ-√tam P. tāmyati, to be distressed, pine away Gīt
- saṃ-tamaka m. oppression or distress (in breathing
- a form of asthma) Suśr
- saṃ-tamas n. great or universal darkness W
- saṃ-ḍtamasa n. id
- great delusion of mind Kāv. Kathās. &c
- mfn. darkened, clouded W
- saṃ-taraṇa &c. See saṃ-√tṝ
- saṃ-tarám or saṃ-tarā́m ind. (fr. 2. sám + t○) more together RV. AV. TS. ŚBr
- saṃ-√tark P. -tarkayati, to consider or regard as (two acc.) MBh
- saṃ-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, abuse, scold, terrify MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-tarjana mfn. threatening, abusing, reviling Car
- m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- n. and (ā), f. the act of threatening or reviling MBh. Kām. BhP
- saṃ-ḍtarjita mfn. threatened, abused, scolded, reproved W
- saṃ-tarpaka ○paṇa &c. See sam-√tṛp, col. 3
- saṃ-távītvat mfn. (pr. p. of Intens. of saṃ-√tu) one who has great power to effect or accomplish, able, capable RV
- saṃ-√tāy Pass. -tāyyate, to be spread or stretched out VS
- santi f. = sati, or sāti L
- saṃ-√tij Caus. -tejayati, to stir up, excite, arouse MBh. Bālar
- saṃ-tejana n. sharpening (fig.), exciting Suśr
- saṃ-√tud P. -tudati, to strike at, goad, sting MBh
- (with prarohān) to put forth new sprouts, i.e. recur again and again (as a disease) BhP
- saṃ-todín mfn. striking, stinging AV
- saṃ-√tul P. -tolayati, to weigh one thing against another, balance together (also in the mind) MBh
- saṃ-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to feel quite satisfied or contented, be pleased or delighted with, have great pleasure in (instr
- -tuṣya ind. 'with joy, joyful') MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati (m. c. also ○te), to make well satisfied or contented, propitiate, please, rejoice or present with (instr.)
- saṃ-tuṣita or m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit
- saṃ-tuṣiḍtaka m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit
- saṃ-tuṣṭa mfn. quite satisfied or contented, well pleased or delighted with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- -tarṇaka-vatī f. (a cow) having an easily satisfied calf. Hcat
- saṃ-ḍtuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment with (instr.) MBh. BhP
- saṃ-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) satisfaction, contentedness with (instr. or loc
- ○ṣaṃ-√kṛ, 'to be satisfied or contented') MaitrUp. MBh. &c
- Content (personified as a son of Dharma and Tushṭi and reckoned among the Tushitas, q.v.) Prab. Pur
- (ā), f. N. of the mother of Gaṅgā-dāsa Cat
- -vat mfn. satisfied, contented (in a-s○) Pañcat
- ○ṣânanda m. N. of an author Cat
- saṃ-ḍtoṣaka mfn. satisfactory, gratifying, pleasing MW
- saṃ-ḍtoṣaṇa n. the act of satisfying, propitiating, comforting MBh
- saṃ-ḍtoṣaṇīya mfn. to be gratified or pro. pitiated (-rūpa, mfn. 'one who has the semblance of being grṭgratified or propitiated') MBh. [Page 1142, Column]
- saṃ-ḍtoṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) satisfied, pleased, comforted Bhartṛ. Rājat
- saṃ-ḍtoṣin mfn. satisfied, contented, pleased with (comp.) Yājñ. Śāntiś. ŚārṅgP
- saṃ-ḍtoṣṭavya mfn. to be satisfied or gratified (n. impers.) Śaṃk. Sarvad
- saṃ-ḍtoṣya mfn. to be contented or gratified MBh
- saṃ-√tṛd P.Ā. -tṛṇatti, -tṛntte, to fasten or tie together by means of a perforation (through which a peg or pin is passed) ŚBr. Kāṭh. ChUp
- to hollow out, perforate ( See below)
- saṃ-tardana m. N. of a son of Dhṛishṭa-ketu Pur
- n. the act of connecting or fastening together Jaim
- saṃ-tṛṇṇa mfn. joined or fastened together ŚBr. KātyŚr
- hollowed out, perforated ŚBr
- saṃ-tṛdya mfn. to be joined together by pegs or fastenings ( See above) ĀpŚr
- saṃ-√tṛp P. -tṛpṇoti, or -tṛpyati, to satiate or refresh one's self with (gen.) RV. MBh.: Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate, refresh, invigorate, gladden, delight ŚBr. MBh. &c
- to feed on (instr.) Car
- saṃ-tarpaka mfn. satiating, refreshing, invigorating Bhpr
- saṃ-ḍtarpaṇa mfn. id. Kāv. Suśr
- n. the act of satiating or refreshing, refreshment R
- a means of strengthening, restorative Suśr
- a partic. luscious dish (consisting of a mixture of grapes, pomegranates dates, plantains, sugar, flour, and ghee) L
- saṃ-ḍtarpaṇīya mfn. treating of restoratives Car
- saṃ-ḍtarpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) satiated, satisfied Dhūrtas
- saṃ-ḍtarpya mfn. to be satiated or refreshed or gladdened MBh
- saṃ-√tṝ P. -tarati (Ved. also -tirati
- rarely Ā.), to cross or traverse together, pass through (acc.) RV. &c. &c
- to escape or be rescued from (abl.) MBh. Rājat
- to bring safely over, rescue, save MBh.: Caus. -tārayati (Pass. -tāryate), to cause to pass over, save or preserve from (abl.) Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-táraṇa mfn. conveying over or across, bringing out of (a danger) VS
- n. the act of crossing over or passing through (comp.) R
- sáṃ-tarutra mfn. conveying across, effective, sufficient (as wealth) RV
- saṃ-tāra m. crossing, passing over or through (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-ḍtāraka mfn. conveying or helping over
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- saṃ-ḍtārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to pass over, saved, rescued, delivered R
- saṃ-ḍtārya mfn. to be crossed over or passed through (lit. and fig.) R. Hariv. (vḷ. for saṃ-dhārya)
- saṃ-tīrṇa mfn. crossed or passed over &c
- saved or escaped from (abl.) MBh
- santya See p. 1141, col. 1
- saṃ-√tyaj P. -tyajati, to relinquish altogether, abandon, leave, quit, desert MBh. Kāv. &c
- to avoid, shun (dūreṇa, 'from afar') Bhartṛ
- to give up, renounce, resign Mn. MBh. &c
- to withdraw from (an obligation) Yājñ. ii, 198
- to yield, deliver up Kathās. BhP
- to leave alone, disregard, omit (-tyajya ind. 'excepting') VarBṛS. Rājat.: Caus. -tyājayati, to cause to abandon, deprive of (two acc.) MBh
- to rid of, free from(abl.) Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-tyakta mfn. entirely relinquished or abandoned, left R
- deprived or destitute of, wanting, lacking (instr. or comp.) VarBṛS. Pañcat
- saṃ-tyajana n. the act of entirely deserting or abandoning W
- saṃ-ḍtyajya mfn. to be left or abandoned MārkP
- saṃ-tyāga m. relinquishment, abandonment, renunciation, resignation R. MārkP
- saṃ-ḍtyāgin mfn. relinquishing, leaving, abandoning ib
- saṃ-ḍtyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or given up MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-√tras P. -trasati, or -trasyati, to tremble all over, be greatly terrified or frightened MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -trāsayati, to cause to tremble, frighten, terrify ib
- saṃ-trasta mfn. trembling with fear, frightened, alarmed MBh
- -gocara mfn. one who is looked at with terror Car
- saṃ-trāsa mfn. great trembling, terror, fear of (abl., -tas, or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-ḍtrāsana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of terrifying, alarming Chandom. [Page 1143, Column]
- saṃ-ḍtrāsita mfn. (fr. id.) made to tremble with fear, frightened, terrified Bhaṭṭ. Pañcat
- saṃ-√trai (only inf. -trātum, but below.), to protect well or effectually, preserve, defend MBh
- saṃ-trāṇa n. saving, rescuing MārkP
- saṃ-trāyati m. (used as a substantive to represent the above verb saṃ-√trai) MBh. viii, 1992
- saṃ-tvá n. (fr. 2. sam) TBr. (also wṛ. for śantvá)
- saṃ-√tvar Ā. -tvarate, to be in a great hurry, hasten ŚBr. &c. &c.: Caus. -tvarayati, to cause to hurry or hasten, urge on MBh. R
- saṃ-tvarā f. great haste, hurry ĀśvŚr
- saṃ-ḍtvarita mfn. greatly hurried, hastening MBh. R
- (am), ind. in a hurry, in great haste, quickly ib
- saṃ-√daṃś P. -daśati, to bite together, seize with the teeth MBh. R. BhP
- to press together, compress, press closely on anything, indent by pressure MBh. Kālid
- saṃ-daṃśá m. compression (of the lips) MBh
- too great compression of the teeth in the pronunciation of vowels RPrāt
- junction, connection Subh
- a pair of tongs or pincers or nippers AV. Br. Pur. Suśr
- N. of those parts of the body which are used for grasping or seizing (as the thumb and forefinger together, the opposite eye-teeth, the nippers of a crab &c.) Yājñ. VarBṛS. Suśr. Pañcat. Kathās
- a partic. Naraka or hell (where the flesh of the wicked is tortured with pincers) Pur
- a chapter or section of a book Dāyabh
- a partic. Ekâha Vait
- the site of a village &c. (fixed according to the compass) L
- saṃ-ḍdaṃśaka m. (or ikā f.) a pair of tongs or pincers or nippers, small shears or tongs, a vice Daś. Amar
- (ikā), f. biting, pecking (with the beak) Lalit
- saṃ-ḍdaṃśita mfn. armed, mailed MBh. (B. sa-d○)
- m. a defendant L
- saṃ-daṣṭa mfn. bitten, compressed, pressed closely together, pinched, nipped MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. a partic. fault in pronunciation (arising from keeping the teeth too close together) RPrāt. Pat
- -kusuma-śayana mfn. indenting (by pressure of the limbs) a couch of flowers Śak
- -tā f. (= saṃdaṣṭa n.) RPrāt
- -danta-cchada mfn. biting or compressing the lips MW
- ○ṭâdhara (-pallava) or ○ṭâuṣṭha (-puṭa), mfn. id. MBh. Amar
- saṃ-ḍdaṣṭaka n. a kind of paronomasia L
- saṃ-dadasvas See saṃ-√das
- saṃ-dadi See saṃ-√dā, col. 2
- saṃ-darpa m. pride, arrogance, boasting of (comp.) Kathās
- saṃ-darbha m. (√2. dṛbh
- ifc. f. ā) stringing or binding together (esp. into a wreath or chaplet), weaving, arranging, collecting, mixing, uniting Kāv. Kathās. Sarvad
- a literary or musical composition Mcar. Pratāp. Mṛicch. Sch
- -grantha (?), m. N. of wk. on the worship of Kṛishṇa
- -cintāmaṇi m. N. of a Comm. on the Śiśupālavadha by Candra-śekhara
- -vat mfn. artificially connected or composed Harav
- -viruddha mfn. contrary to order or consistency, incoherent, unconnected MW
- -śuddha mfn. clearly arranged, coherent, connected ib
- -śuddhi f. clearness of connection or arrangement (as of the parts of a composition or narrative), regular coherence Gīt
- ○bhâmṛta-toṣiṇī f. N. of a Comm. on the Mugdhabodha
- saṃ-ḍdarbhita mfn. strung together, arranged, composed L
- sáṃ-dṛbdha mfn. strung together, interwoven, bound or collected into a tuft or bunch ŚBr
- arranged, composed Naish
- corroborated, confirmed (-tva n.) Śaṃk
- saṃ-darśa ○śana &c. See saṃ√dṛś, p. 1144, col. 1
- saṃ-dalita mfn. (√dal) pierced through, pierced Dhūrtas
- saṃ-daśasya Nom. P. -daśasyati, to remit, pardon (a sin) RV. iii, 7, 10
- saṃ-√das (only pf. p. P. -dadasvás), to die out or become extinguished (as fire) RV. ii, 2, 6 (accord. to Sāy. saṃ-dadasvas = samyakprayacchat). [Page 1143, Column]
- saṃ-√dah P. Ā. -dahati, ○te, to burn together, burn up, consume by fire, destroy utterly RV. &c. &c
- (Ā.) to be burnt up, be consumed MW.: Pass. -dahyate, to be burnt up TS
- to burn, glow BhP
- to be distressed or grieved, pine away Ragh.: Caus. -dāhayati, to cause to burn up MBh.: Desid., saṃ-didhakṣu
- saṃ-dagdha mfn. burned up, consumed TS. &c. &c
- saṃ-dāha m. burning up, consuming MW
- inflammation of the mouth and lips ib
- saṃ-didhakṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to burn up or to consume by fire MBh. VarBṛS. BhP
- saṃ-√dā P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, to give together, present, grant, bestow RV. AV
- to hold together AV
- (Ā. or Pass.) to meet RV. i, 139, 1 ; iv, 44, 5
- saṃ-dadí mfn. grasping, comprehending RV
- saṃ-dāya mfn. giving, presenting (in go-s○, q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍdāyin mfn. id. Subh
- saṃ-√dā (or do), P. -dāti, or -dyati, to cut together, gather by or after cutting (as the sacrificial grass) KātyŚr
- to cut, divide AV
- saṃ-dāna n. the act of cutting or dividing MW
- that part of an elephant's temples whence the fluid called Mada issues (cf. 2. dāna) W
- saṃ-dita mfn. cut off, cut MW
- saṃ-√dā P. -dyati, to bind together, fasten together, tie RV. AV. VS. KātyŚr
- saṃ-dātṛ mfn. one who ties up or fetters Mn. viii, 342
- saṃ-dā́na m. the part under the knee of an elephant where the fetter is fastened (also -bhāga) L
- a bond, halter, fetter RV. AV. ŚBr
- -tā f. Daś
- saṃ-ḍdānikā f. a kind of tree L
- saṃ-ḍdānita mfn. bound together, tied, fettered Kāv
- saṃ-ḍdānitaka n. a collection of three Ślokas forming one sentence Naish. Sch
- saṃ-ḍdāninī f. a cow-house L
- saṃ-dāya m. a rein, leash Hariv
- saṃ-dita mfn. bound or fastened together, detained, caught R. Hariv
- saṃdāmitaka wṛ. for saṃ-dānitaka
- saṃ-dāva m. flight, retreat L
- saṃ-√diś P. -diśati (ind. p. -diśya, q.v.), to point out, appoint, assign R. Bhaṭṭ
- to state, tell, direct, command, give an order or message to (gen. or dat., sometimes two acc
- with abhi-dūti', to a female messenger') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to despatch any one (acc.) on a message to (dat.) Kum.: Caus. -deśayati, to cause to point out or declare, invite or ask to speak about MBh
- saṃ-diśya ind. bidding farewell Divyâv
- saṃ-diṣṭa mfn. pointed out, assigned &c
- stipulated, promised Yājñ
- n. news, tidings, information W
- -vat mfn. one who has given an order or message, to (gen
- also = pf. saṃ-dideśa, 'he-has given &c.') Kathās
- saṃ-diṣḍṭârtha m. one who communicates information or news, a messenger, herald, pursuivant W
- saṃ-deśa m. (ifc. f. ā) communication of intelligence, message, information, errand, direction, command, order to (gen. or loc
- -tas with gen., 'by order of') Kauś. MBh. &c
- a present, gift L
- a partic. kind of sweetmeat L
- -gir f. news, tidings L
- -pada n. pl. the words of a message Ragh
- -vāc f. (= -gir) L
- -hara m. a newsbringer, messenger, envoy, ambassador Kāv
- (ā), f. a female messenger Gal
- -hāra mfn. bringing news or tidings Sāh
- -hāraka (Sāh.), -hārin (Śak.), m. (= -hara)
- ○śârtha m. the contents of a message Megh
- ○śôkti f. (= -gir) L
- saṃ-ḍdeśaka m. or n. information, news, tidings Pañcat
- saṃ-ḍdeśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to point out, asked to declare MBh
- saṃ-ḍdeśyá mfn. to be directed or instructed Kathās
- founded on direction or impulse, done on purpose AV
- belonging to this place, domestic (as opp. to vi-deśya, 'foreign') AV
- saṃ-ḍdeṣṭavya mfn. to be informed or instructed MBh
- to be pointed out or enjoined or communicated Śak
- n. an injunction, direction, order MW
- saṃ-√dih P. -degdhi, to smear, besmear, cover Kauś. MBh. &c
- to heap together MW
- Ā. -digdhe (pr. p. -dihāna, or -dehamāna), to be doubtful or uncertain (said of persons ind things) Kāv. Śaṃk.: Pass. -dihyate, to be smeared over or covered, be confused, confounded with (instr.) Nir. ii, 7 [Page 1143, Column]
- be indistinct or doubtful or uncertain MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dehayati, to make indistinct or uncertain, confuse, perplex MBh
- (Ā.) to be doubtful or uncertain (in saṃ-dehayāna, v. l. -dehamāna) ib
- saṃ-digdha mfn. smeared over, besmeared or covered with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- confused, confounded with, mistaken for (instr. or comp.) Nir. Kum
- questioned, questionable MBh. Kāv. &c
- precarious, doubtful, dubious, uncertain, unsettled, doubtful about, despairing of (comp.) ib
- riskful, dangerous, unsafe (as a ship) Gaut
- (am) n. an ambiguous suggestion or expression Kpr. Pratāp
- -tā f. (MW.), -tva n. (Sāh.) uncertainty, hesitation, indistinctness
- -niścaya mfn. one who hesitates to hold a firm opinion R
- -punarukta-tva n. uncertainty and tautology Sāh
- -phala mfn. having arrows with poisoned tips (accord. to others' of uncertain result or efficacy'), Daś
- -buddhi (Śak.), -mati (Yājñ.), mfn. having a doubtful mind, sceptical
- -lekhya n. a writing or document of doubtful meaning or authority W
- ○dhâkṣara mfn. having indistinct utterance MW
- ○dhârtha mfn. having doubtful meaning, dubious in sense ib
- m. a doubtful or disputed matter Yājñ. ii, 12
- ○dhī-kṛta mfn. made to present a doubtful resemblance Bālar. vi, 31
- saṃ-díh f. a heap, mound, wall RV
- saṃ-degdhṛ mfn. inclined to doubt L
- saṃ-deghá m. (cf. next) a conglomeration of material elements (said contemptuously of the body) ŚBr
- saṃ-dehá m. (ifc. f. ā) a conglomeration or conglutination (of material elements
- See above) ŚBr. ChUp
- doubt, uncertainty about (gen., loc., or comp
- na or nâsti saṃdehaḥ or saṃdeho nâsti used parenthetically, 'there is no doubt, without doubt') Āpast. MBh. &c
- (in rhet.) a figure of speech expressive of doubt (e.g. 'is this a lotus flower or an eye?') Vām. iv, 3, 11
- risk, danger Kāv. Pañcat
- -gandha m. a whiff or slight tinge of doubt MW
- -cchedana n. cutting i.e. removal of doubt Kām
- -tva n. state of doubt or uncertainty Sāh
- -dāyin mfn. raising doubt or uncṭuncertainty concerning i.e. reminding of (comp.) Vās
- -dolā f. the oscillation or perplexity (caused by) dṭdoubt MBh
- (○lā-stha mfn. 'one who is in a state of suspense' Kām.)
- -pada mfn. subject to doubt, doubtful Kālid
- -bhañjana n. breaking or destroying doubt Kām
- -bhañjikā f. N. of wk
- -bhṛt mfn. having doubt about (loc.) Mcar
- -viṣâuṣadhi f. -samuccaya m. N. of wks
- ○hâpanodana n. (= - cchedana) APrāt. Sch
- ○hâlaṃkāra m. or ○hâlaṃkṛti f. a partic. figure of speech (cf. above) Sāh. Pratāp
- saṃ-ḍdehayāna See saṃ√dih
- saṃ-ḍdehin mfn. doubtful, dubious MW
- saṃ-ḍdehya m. the body (= saṃ-deha) BṛĀrUp
- saṃ-√dī (only Impv. -dīdihi, or -didīhi), to shine together VS
- to bestow by shining RV
- sandī wṛ. for āsandī
- saṃ-dīkṣita mfn. (√dikṣ) consecrated together KātyŚr. Sch
- saṃ-dīna mfn. (√3. dī) greatly depressed or afflicted Hariv
- saṃ-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (ep.also ○ti), to blaze up, flame, burn, glow Hariv.: Caus. -dīpayati, to set on fire, kindle, inflame RV., &c. &c
- to fire, animate MBh. BhP
- saṃ-dīpaka mfn. inflaming, exciting, making envious or jealous Gīt
- saṃ-ḍdīpana mfn. kindling, inflaming, exciting, arousing MBh. Uttarar
- m. N. of one of Kāma-deva's 5 arrows Vet
- (ī), f. (in music) a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
- n. the act of kindling or inflaming or exciting (envy &c.) Ṛitus. Pañcar
- -vat mfn. containing inflammable matter KātyŚr
- saṃ-ḍdīpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) lighted up, kindled, inflamed, excited Pañcat. BhP
- saṃ-dīpta mfn. inflamed, flaming, burning, being on fire ŚBr. &c. &c
- -locana mfn. one who has inflamed or flashing eyes Hariv
- saṃ-dīpya m. Celosia Cristata L
- saṃ-√duṣ P. -duṣyati, to become utterly corrupt or polluted or unclean MBh.: Caus. -dūṣayati (ind. p. -dūṣya), to corrupt, vitiate, defile, stain, spoil R. Suśr. Rājat
- to revile, abuse, censure, expose to shame or infamy MBh. Kām. [Page 1144, Column]
- saṃ-duṣṭa mfn. corrupted, defiled &c
- depraved, wicked, bad R
- ill-disposed, ill-affected towards (gen.) ib
- saṃ-dūṣaṇa mfn. (fr. Caus.) corrupting, defiling Mn. ix, 13
- n. the act of vitiating or corrupting, any vice which causes defilement Yājñ
- -kara mf(ī)n. defiling, disgracing (gen.) Hariv
- saṃ-ḍdūṣita mfn. (fr. id.) utterly corrupted or vitiated or spoiled Hariv
- made or grown worse (as a disease) Suśr
- exposed to shame, reviled, abused MBh
- saṃ-√duh P. Ā. -dogdhi, -dugdhe, to milk together or at the same time MBh
- (Ā.) to suck, imbibe, enjoy RV. ix, 18, 5
- (Ā.) to yield (as milk &c.) AV.: Caus. -dohayati (ind. p. -dohya), to cause to milk &c. ŚBr
- saṃ-dugdha mfn. milked at the same time, milked together MW
- saṃ-dugḍduhyā See sukha-saṃduhyā
- saṃ-doha m. milking together, milking Hariv. BhP
- the whole milk (of a herd) Nār. Hariv
- totality, multitude, heap, mass, abundance Kāv. Kathās. &c
- saṃ-ḍdohana mfn. yielding (as milk), bestowing Śukas
- saṃ-ḍdohyā See sukha-saṃdohyā
- saṃ-dṛbdha See p. 1143, col. 1
- saṃ-√dṛś P. Ā. (only in non-conj. tenses, e.g. pf. -dadarśa, -dadṛśe fut. -drakṣyati, ○te
- ind. p. -dṛśya
- inf. -draṣṭum, Ved. -dṛśe
- cf. sam-√paś), to see together or at the same time, well or completely, behold, view, perceive, observe, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
- (Ā. and Pass. -dṛśyate), to be seen at the same time, appear together with (instr.) RV. ŚBr
- to look like, resemble, be similar or equal RV
- to be observed, become visible, appear MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to cause to be seen, display, show, feign (ātmānam mṛta-vat saṃ-d○, to feign one's self dead') ib
- to represent Gīt. Rājat
- to expose, explain Divyâv
- to show one's self to (acc.) MBh. R.: Desid. of Caus., saṃ-didarśayiṣu: Desid., See saṃ-didṛkṣu
- saṃ-darśa m. sight, appearance MBh. BhP
- saṃ-darśana n. the act of looking steadfastly gazing, viewing, beholding, seeing, sight, vision (svapne "ṣnaṃ-√gam, 'to be seen by or appear to gen. in a dream'
- ○nampra-√yam, 'to show one's self to gen.'
- ○ne', in view or in the presence of gen. or comp.') Nir. KātyŚr. MBh. &c
- a gaze, look R. Sāh
- surveying, inspection, consideration MBh. Vikr. Hit
- appearance, manifestation Kāv. Sāh
- the rising of a with the sun VarBṛS
- meeting or falling in with (instr. with or without saha) Kathās. Pañcat. (fr. Caus.) the act of causing to see, showing, displaying, exhibition of or to (comp.) MBh. R. Pur
- (ī), f. (scil. vṛtti) a partic. manner of subsistence Baudh
- ○dvīpa m. N. of a Dviipa R
- ○patha m. the range of sight Hariv
- saṃ-darśayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to see, showing, pointing out Nir
- saṃ-ḍdarśita mfn. shown, displayed, manifested Mālav
- represented Gīt
- saṃ-didarśayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to show Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-didṛkṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to see MBh
- saṃ-dṛ́ś f. (e dat. as inf
- above.) sight, appearance RV. (samyak paśyati yaḥ, 'one who sees well or thoroughly' Sāy.) AV. VS. KaṭhUp
- view, direction RV. ii, 13, 10
- saṃ-ḍdṛśa See madhusaṃdṛśa
- saṃ-ḍdṛśya mfn. to be looked at i.e. appearing as (nom.) MBh
- saṃ-dṛṣṭa mfn. completely seen or beheld (pāpa-s○, 'having an evil aspect') VarBṛS
- foreseen, ordained, prescribed (in sacred books) R
- saṃ-dṛṣṭi f. complete sight, full view, aspect RV
- saṃ-ḍdṛṣṭika wṛ. for sāṃd○ Divyâv
- saṃ-draṣṭavya mfn. to be seen or sought for MBh
- saṃ-ḍdrahṭṛ mfn. one who sees well or beholds Nir. BhP
- saṃ-deśa See saṃ-√dis
- saṃ-deha See saṃ-√dih
- saṃ-dola m. (or ā f.) a kind of pendulous ornament Pañcar. [Page 1144, Column]
- saṃ-doha ○hana, ○hyā, See saṃ√ḍuh, col. 1
- saṃ-dru P. -dravati, to run together RV
- saṃ-drava m. flight L
- saṃ-drāva m. running together, a place where people run together Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-1, 119 Vārtt. 5
- flight L
- gait, manner of walking Bhaṭṭ
- saṃ-dha saṃ-dhaya &c. See saṃ√dhā
- saṃ-dhana-jít mfn. (= dhanasaṃ-jit) winning booty together, accumulating booty by conquest AV
- saṃ-√dhanv (only pf. Ā. -dadhanve, ○vire), to run towards or together RV
- saṃ-√dham (or dhmā), to blow together (into a flame), fuse or melt together RV. AV
- to proclaim aloud TĀr
- saṃ-dhartṛ See saṃ-√dhṛ
- saṃ-dharṣita mfn. (from Caus. of saṃ-√dhṛṣ) greatly injured, violated, disgraced Hariv
- saṃ-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte (ep. 1. pl. pr. [-dadhAmahe=-dadhmahe]
- pr.p. [-dhAna=-dadhAna]
- inf. [-dhitum=-dhAtum]), to place or hold or put or draw or join or fasten or fix or sew together, unite (with akṣīṇi, 'to close the eyes'
- with vraṇam, 'to heal a wound'
- with manas, 'to compose the mind'
- with mitrá-dhitāni, 'to conclude an alliance'
- with vācam', to hold or interchange conversation'), to combine, connect with (instr.) RV. &c. &c
- (Ā.) to bring together, reconcile Mn. MBh
- to be reconciled, agree with (instr., rarely acc.), Pañcav. Br. &c. &c
- to mend, restore, redress AitBr. ChUp. &c
- to lay down on or in (loc.), fix on (esp. an arrow on a bow, with instr. or with loc., e.g. dhanuḥ śareṇa, or śaraṃ dhanuṣi, 'to take aim'
- generally Ā.) MBh. R. Hariv
- (Ā.) to direct towards (tataḥ) Ragh
- to aim at (?) RV. v, 54, 2
- to involve in (loc.) RV. i, 165, 6
- to confer on (loc.), grant, yield, bestow (with nāma and gen., 'to give a name to'
- Ā. with śraddhām and loc., 'to place credence in'
- with sāhāyyam, 'to afford assistance') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to cause, inflict MBh. Kir
- (Ā.) to be a match for, hold out against (acc.) Pañcat
- to comprehend MBh
- (Ā.) to use, employ (instr.) MBh. iv, 964: Pass. -dhīyate, to be put together or joined or connected &c
- to be placed or held in (loc.) RV. i, 168, 3
- to become possessed of (instr.) AitBr.: Desid. -dhitsati, to wish to place or join together, desire to repair ŚBr
- saṃ-hita See p. 1123, col. 1
- saṃ-dha mfn. holding, possessing W
- joined, united ib
- n. junction, connection ŚBr
- (ā), f. See below
- saṃ-dhanīya wṛ. for saṃ-dhānīya
- saṃ-dhaya Nom. (fr. saṃ-dhi
- also with anu prefixed KāśīKh.) P. ○yati, to put or join together, unite (esp. 'to join bow and arrow', 'take aim'
- with ātmani, 'to appropriate to one's self, assume, acquire') MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c
- to be reconciled, conclude peace (only in inf. saṃ-dhitum, which may also be referred to saṃ-√dhā) BhP
- saṃ-dhā́ f. intimate union, compact, agreement AV. TS. Gobh
- a promise, vow Ragh
- intention, design Daś
- mixture, preparation of a beverage &c. L
- a boundary, limit Campak
- fixed state, condition (= sthiti) L
- often wṛ. for saṃdhyā (q.v.)
- -bhāṣita, -bhāṣya, or -vacana n. allusive speech (cf. saṃ-dhāya) SaddhP
- -veṇikā f. a game Divyâv
- saṃ-ḍdhātavya mfn. to be joined together or added Suśr
- to be allied with (n. impers.) MBh. Hit
- saṃ-ḍdhātṛ (sáṃ-), mfn. one who puts together or joins RV
- m. N. of Śiva and Vishṇu MBh
- saṃ-dhā́na mfn. joining, uniting, healing Suśr
- m. a partic. spell recited over weapons R
- N. of a minister Kathās
- (ī), f. mixing, distilling, the manufacture of fermented or spirituous liquors L
- a foundery or place where metals are wrought or stored L
- the small egg-plant L
- (am), n. the act of placing or joining together or uniting, junction, union Vait. MBh. &c
- assembling or meeting of men (○nam ā-√yā, 'to receive admission') Hariv. Kām. &c. [Page 1144, Column]
- a joint, point of contact, boundary TS. Lāṭy. Suśr
- a means of union TUp
- growing together, re-uniting, healing (as a wound) Suśr
- fixing on (as an arrow on a bow-string), aiming at MBh. R. BhP
- perceiving, perception Nalac
- combination of words (also, 'euphonic combination' = saṃ-dhi, q.v.) Prāt. ŚāṅkhŚr
- bringing together, alliance, league, association, friendship, making peace with (instr. with or without saha) MBh. Kāv. &c
- compounding, mixing, preparation (of a beverage &c
- cf. nīla-saṃdhāna-bhāṇḍa) ŚārṅgS. Bhpr
- sour rice-gruel L
- a kind of relish eaten to excite thirst L
- spirituous liquor L
- mixed or bell-metal (= saurāṣṭra) MW
- -karaṇa mf(ī)n. causing union or combination, who or what re-unites or heals or reconciles W
- n. the act of uniting or healing ib
- allying, making peace ib
- -kartṛ mfn. uniting, connecting, healing ib
- -kalpa-vallī f. N. of wk
- -kārin (MBh. Vāgbh.), -kṛt (Suśr.), mfn. (= -kartṛ)
- -tāla or -bhāva m. a kind of measure Pañcar
- ○nâsana n. = saṃ-dhāyâsana MBh
- saṃ-ḍdhānikā f. a kind of pickle or sauce MW
- saṃ-ḍdhānita
- saṃ-ḍdhāninī wṛ. for saṃ-d○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍdhānīya mfn. to be allied with, fit for an alliance Pañcat. (B. ○dheya)
- causing to grow together, healing Car
- saṃ-dhāya ind. having placed together &c
- having formed an alliance or settled terms of peace with reference to Buddh
- -gamana n. a march after peace has been made Kām
- -sambhāṣā f. a learned conversation among friends Car
- ○yâsana n. a halt after terms of peace have been agreed upon (cf. saṃ-dhānâsana) ib
- saṃ-ḍdhāyin mfn. joining or fixing together (as an arrow and a bow) Śiś
- saṃ-dhí mfn. containing a conjunction or transition from one to the other &c. TBr
- m. (exceptionally f. ; once in MBh. loc. pl. saṃdhīṣu) junction, connection, combination, union with (instr.) KaṭhUp. Subh
- association, intercourse with (instr.) MBh
- comprehension, totality, the whole essence or scope of (comp.) Pañcat
- agreement, compact TBr
- alliance, league, reconciliation, peace between (gen.) or with (instr. with or without saha), making a treaty of peace, negotiating alliances (one of a king's six courses of action, guṇa
- many kinds are specified, e.g. adṛṣṭa-puruṣa, ucchinna, kāñcana, kapāla, saṃtāna, qq. vv.) Mn. Yājñ. Hit. &c
- euphonic junction of final and initial letters in grammar (every sentence in Sanskṛit being regarded as a euphonic chain, a break in which occurs at the end of a sentence and is denoted by a Virāma or Avasāna, 'stop'
- this euphonic coalition causing modifications of the final and initial letters of the separate words of a sentence and in the final letters of roots and stems when combined with terminations to form such words) Prāt. Kathās. Sāh
- contrivance, management Ragh. Daś
- place or point of connection or contact, juncture, hinge, boundary, boundary line TS. Āpast. MBh. &c
- critical juncture, crisis, opportune moment MW
- a joint, articulation (of the body
- esp. applied to the five junctures of the parts of the eye) RV. &c. &c
- interstice, crevice, interval MBh
- the space between heaven and earth, horizon ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- the interval between day and night, twilight (= saṃ-dhyā) VS. &c. &c
- a seam Amar
- a fold Pañcat
- a wall or the hole or cavity or breach in a wall made by a housebreaker (acc. with √chid or bhid or Caus. of ut-√pad, 'to make a breach in a wall') Mn. Mṛicch. Daś
- the vagina or vulva L
- a juncture or division of a drama (reckoned to be five, viz. mukha, pratinukha, garbha, vimarśa, and nirvahaṇa, qq. vv
- or one of the 14 kinds of nirvahaṇa or catastrophe) Bhar. Daśar. &c
- a period at the expiration of each Yuga or age (equivalent to one sixth of its duration and intervening before the commencement of the next
- occurring also at the end of each Manv-antara and Kalpa) W
- a pause or rest ib
- a part, portion, piece of anything AitBr. Hariv. Naish. Sch
- a partic. Stotra Br
- (in mensuration) the connecting link of a perpendicular ib
- the common side of a double triangle, Śulbas
- = sâvakāśa L
- N. of a son of Prasuśruta BhP
- f. N. of a goddess presiding over junction or union VS
- ○kāṣṭha n. the wood below the top of a gable L
- ○kuśala mfn. skilled in the art of making treaties or forming alliances MW
- ○gupta n. an artificial sentence in which (by euphonic changes of letters) the meaning is hidden Cat
- ○gṛha m. a bee-hive MBh. Sch
- ○granthi m. a gland which connects (and lubricates) a joint W. [Page 1145, Column]
- ○camasa m. N. of partic. schools ĀpŚr. Vait
- ○cora m. = next A
- ○caura m. 'hole-thief', a thief who enters a house by a hole made in the wall L
- ○cchidā f. dismemberment, Pracand
- ○ccheda m. making holes or breaches (in a wall &c.) A
- ○cchedaka m. = -caura L
- ○cchedana n. housebreaking, burglary Mṛicch
- ○ja mfn. produced by conjunction or by transition &c. GṛS
- produced by euphonic Saṃdhi RPrāt. APrāt. Sch
- belonging to the junctures of the parts of the eye ( See above) Suśr
- prodṭproduced by distillation L
- (ā), f. Hibiscus Rosa Sinensis L
- n. spirituous liquor L
- ○jīvaka mfn. one who lives by dishonest means L
- ○tas ind. from an alliance MW
- ○taskara m. = -caura L
- ○dūṣaṇa n. the violation of a treaty breaking of peace Kir. (pl.)
- ○nāla m. or n. Unguis Odoratus L
- ○nirmocana n. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra
- ○pāda m. N. of wk
- ○pūjā f. N. of the third division of the great autumnal Durgā-pūjā MW
- ○prabandhana n. (in anat.) the ligament of a joint Suśr
- ○bandha m. the ligaments or sinews of the joints Śak
- (perhaps) cement or lime Inscr
- the plant Kaempferia Rotunda L
- = next Śak
- ○bandhana n. 'joint-binding', a ligament, tendon Śak
- ○bhaṅga m. joint-fracture, dislocation of a joint ŚārṅgS
- ○mat mfn. containing a concurrence of two days or day periods or life periods (vayaḥsaṃdhi-matī = aprasūta-taruṇī L.) Jyot. KātyŚr. Sch. ĀpŚr. Sch
- being or existing in peace (said of Vishṇu) MBh
- having an alliance, allied Kām
- mṆ. of two ministers Rājat
- ○mati m. N. of a minister ib
- ○mukta mfn. 'jointloosened', dislocated MW
- n. dislocation of a joint Suśr
- ○mukti f. dislocation MW
- ○randhrakā f. a hole or breach in a wall L
- ○rāga m. = saṃdhā-r○ Cat
- ○rūpa n. N. of wk
- ○rodha m. obstruction of a point of junction (as of the hinge in the lid of any vessel) Bhpr
- ○vigraha m. du. peace and war MW
- -kāyastha m. a secretary for managing (foreign) affairs in making peace and war Kathās
- -kāryâdhikārin m. du. the ministers presiding over the above affairs Hit
- -yāna-dvaidhībhāva-samāśraya-grantha m. N. of wk
- ○grahâdhikāra m. superintendence over the affairs of peace and war MW
- ○grahâdhikārin m. superintendent over the affairs of pṭpeace and war, a chief foreign ministes ib
- ○vigrahaka m. a minister presiding over the above Rājat
- ○vigrahika m. id. MBh
- ○vicakṣaṇa m. one skilled in peacemaking, an able negotiator of treaties W
- ○vid mfn. skilled in alliances MW
- m. a negotiator of treaties, minister W
- ○viparyaya m. du. peace and its opposite (i.e. war) Mn. vii, 65
- ○velā f. the period of twilight GṛŚrS. Mn
- any period or time which connects parts of the day or night or fortnight (e.g. morning, noon, evening, new moon, the first or 13th day of the fortnight, full moon &c.) W
- ○śūla n. a kind of painful indigestion (= āma-vāta) L
- ○ṣāman (for -sām○), n. a Sāman belonging to the Stotras called Saṃdhis PañcavBr. ŚrS
- ○sambhava mfn. produced by grammatical Saṃdhi
- m. a diphthong Cat
- ○sarpaṇa n. creeping through crevices PārGṛ
- ○sitâsita-roga m. a kind of disease of the eye Cat
- ○stotra n. N. of a partic. hymn
- ○hāraka m. = -caura L
- saṃdhī7raṇa m. N. of a man HPariś
- saṃdhíśvara m. N. of a sanctuary sacred to the putting together of the parts of the body of Saṃdhi-mati Rājat
- saṃdhika (ifc.) = saṃ-dhi, a joint Kathās
- m. a kind of fever Cat
- (ā), f. distillation L
- saṃdhiga m. a kind of fever Bhpr
- ○cikitsā f. its cure ib
- saṃdhita mfn. joined or fastened together MBh. Hariv. Rājat. &c
- put to or on, fixed (as an arrow) MBh. BhP
- joined or united with (mṛtyu-s○', united with or destined to death') ib
- allied, one who has concluded an alliance MBh. Pañcat. &c
- concluded (as an alliance), See samasaṃdh○
- prepared, mixed together Bhpr
- pickled W
- wṛ. for saṃdita Mn. viii, 342
- m. binding the parted hair L
- n. pickles W
- spirituous liquor L
- saṃdhitêṣu mfn. having an arrow fitted on a bow-string MW
- saṃdhitavya mfn. = saṃdheya. col. 2 MW
- saṃdhitsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to make peace or form an alliance with (saha) Śiś. Kām
- saṃdhin m. a minister of alliances R
- (inī), f. See next. [Page 1145, Column]
- saṃdhinī f. a cow in heat Gaut. Āpast. &c
- (accord. to L.) a cow which has just taken the bull
- a cow milked unseasonably or every second day
- ○kṣīra n. the milk of a cow in heat (prohibited as an article of food) Āpast. Mn. &c
- saṃdhilā f. (only L.) a breach or hole made in a wall
- a chasm, mine, pit
- spirituous liquor
- = nāndī = dvādaśa-tūrya-nirghoṣa
- = nadī, a river (wṛ. for nāndī)
- saṃdheya mfn. to be joined or united ( See āśu-s○)
- to be connected with &c. VPrāt
- to be reconciled, to be made peace or alliance with MBh. BhP
- to be made amends for ( See a-s○) Pañcat. &c. ( See also a-s○, āśu-s○)
- to be aimed at MW
- to be subjected to grammatical Saṃdhi Kāt
- n. (impers.) it is to be allied or reconciled with (instr. or loc.) MBh. BhP
- saṃdhy in comp. for saṃdhi
- ○akṣara n. a compound vowel, diphthong, ŚrS. RPrāt. &c
- ○adhyāya m. an Adhyāya or chapter on Saṃdhi MW
- ○arkṣa (for -ṛkṣa?) MārkP
- saṃ-dhya mfn. (for 2. See col. 3) being on the point of junction &c. ŚBr. Gobh. Suśr
- based on Saṃdhi or euphonic combination Prāt
- (ā), f. See next
- saṃ-dhyā́ f. holding together, union, junction, juncture, (esp.) juncture of day and night, morning or evening twilight Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
- juncture of the three divisions of the day (morning, noon, and evening) VarBṛS
- the religious acts performed by Brāhmans and twice-born men at the above three divisions of the day (acc. with √ās or anv-√ās or upa-√ās', to perform these Saṃdhyā services', which consist of sipping water, repetition of prayers and mantras, especially of the Gāyatrī prayer
- if regarded as an act of meditation the saṃdhyā may be connected with saṃ-dhyai) Mn. R. Pur. RTL. 401 ; 407
- Twilight (esp. evening Twilight, personified as a manifestation or daughter of Brahmā, and as the consort of Śiva, of the Sun, of Kāla, of Pulastya, of Pūshan &c., and as the mother-in-law of Vidyut-keśa) MBh. R. Pur. &c
- a girl one year old representing the goddess Saṃdhyā at the Durgā festival L
- a deity presiding over the three divisions of the day ĀśvP
- the period which precedes a Yuga or age of the world ( See yuga) Hariv. BhP
- a boundary, limit L
- promise, agreement, assent L
- = saṃ-dhāna L
- a partic. flower L
- N. of a river MBh
- saḍṃśa (○dhyâṃ○), m. (Mn. Hariv. Pur.) or m. (Hariv.) 'portion of twilight', the period at the end of each Yuga ( See above)
- ○"ṣṃśaka m. (Hariv.) 'portion of twilight', the period at the end of each Yuga ( See above)
- ○"ṣṃśu (○dhyâṃ○), m. 'twṭtwilight-ray', twilight W
- ○"ṣṃsa (○dhyâṃ○), mfn. having the morning and evening twilight for shoulders MBh
- ○kalpa m
- ○kārikā f. plṆ. of wks
- ○kārya n. the morning or evening devotional acts &c. Vikr
- ○kāla m. twilight-time, evening-time R. VarBṛS. Hit. Cāṇ
- the interval of a Yuga W
- ○kālika mfn. belonging to twṭtwilight-time, vespertine Vās. Sch
- ○krama-paddhati f. N. of wk. treating of the Saṃdhyā ceremonial
- ○"ṣcala (○dhyâc○), m. 'twṭtwilight-mountain', N. of a mountain, KāP
- -tarpaṇa-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○traya n. the 3 divisions or periods of the day (morning, noon, and evening) VarBṛS
- -prayoga m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○tva n. the state of twṭtwilight Daś
- the time for devotional exercises MW
- ○"ṣdi-brahma-karman (○dhyâd○), n. N. of wk
- ○nāṭin m. 'dancing at evening twilight', N. of Śiva L. (wṛ. -nādin)
- ○nirṇaya m
- ○nirṇaya-kalpa-vallī f
- ○nyāsa m
- ○pañcī-karaṇa-vārttika n
- ○paddhati f. N. of wks
- ○payoda m. a twilight rain-cloud Śak
- ○pātra n. a vessel used for pouring out water in performing the Saṃdhyā ceremonies MW
- ○puṣpī f. Jasminum Grandiflorum L
- nutmeg MW
- ○prayoga m. = -kārya Cat
- N. of wk
- ○prâyaścitta n. N. of wk
- ○bala m. 'strong during twṭtwilight', a Rākshasa L
- ○bali m. the evening or twṭtwilight oblation Megh
- a bull (or its image) in a temple of Śiva L
- ○bhāṣya n. N. of various wks
- ○"ṣbhra (○dhyâbh○), n. = -payoda Kāv. BhP. Pañcat
- a sort of red chalk L
- ○maṅgala n. the auspicious Saṃdhyā service Vikr
- ○mantra m. pl.,
- ○mantra-vyākhya f
- ○mantra-vyākhyāna n. N. of wks
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of twilight Hcar
- ○māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○rāga m. the red glow of twṭtwilight VarBṛS. Vās
- mfn. having the colour of twilight
- n. red-lead L
- ○"ṣrāma (○dhyâr○), m. 'delighting in the Saṃdhyā', N. of Brahmā L
- ○vandana n. the morning and evening hymns and acts of worship Vedântas. Vās
- N. of wk
- -gurubhāṣya n. -bhāṣya n. -mantra m. -laghubhāṣya, n. -vidhi m. -vivaraṇa, n. [Page 1145, Column]
- ○danôpâsana-krama m. N. of wks
- ○vāsa m. N. of a village Kathās
- ○vidyā f. N. of Vara-dā TĀr
- ○vidhi m. = -kārya Kathās
- N. of wk
- -mantra-samūha-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
- ○śaṅkha m. the evening conch-shell (of worship, used as an instrument to sound the evening hour)
- -dhvani m. the sound made with it Mālatīm
- ○śata-sūtrī-bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- ○samaya m. twṭtwilight-period Hit. Vās
- a portion of each Yuga MW
- ○sūtra-pravacana n. N. of wk
- saṃdhyôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- saṃdhyôpasthāna n. adoration (of the Sun) at the Śaṃdhyā TBr. Sch. RTL. 406
- saṃdhyôpâsana n. worship performed at the Śaṃdhyā Mn. ii, 69
- -vidhi m. N. of various wks
- saṃdhyāya Nom. Ā. ○dhyāyate, to resemble twilight Kād. (○yāyita mfn. Subh.)
- saṃ-dhāraṇa &c. See saṃ-√dhṛ
- saṃ-√dhāv P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te (ind. p. -dhāvya), to run together AV. MBh
- to run up to violently, assail, attack Hariv
- to run to, arrive at (acc.) MBh
- to run through (births) Divyâv
- saṃ-dhāv √2. Ā. -dhāvate, (ind. p. -dhāvya), to. cleanse or wash one's self ŚrS
- saṃ-√dhukṣ Ā. -dhukṣate, to inflame, kindle, animate, revive MBh. Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -dhukṣayati, to set on fire, light up, inflame, animate MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-dhukṣaṇa mfn. inflaming, exciting (comp.) Uttarar
- n. the act, of kindling, inflammation MBh. Suśr. Daś
- saṃ-ḍdhukṣita mfn. kindled, inflamed Kāv. Śuśr
- saṃ-ḍdhukṣya mfn. to be inflamed or kindled (as the fire of digestion) Car
- saṃ-√dhū P. Ā. [-dh�Unoti], ○nute, (P.) to scatter or distribute liberally, bestow on (dat.) RV
- (Ā.) to seize or carry off ib
- saṃ-dhūmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to smoke Divyâv
- saṃ-√dhṛ P.Ā. -dhārayati
- ○te (impf. ep. [sam-adhAram=-adhArayam]
- pr. p. P. saṃdhārayat
- Ā. -dhārayamāṇa, or -dhārayāṇa
- pf. saṃ-dadhāra), to hold together, bear, carry MBh. R. BhP
- to hold up, support, preserve, observe, maintain ib
- to keep in remembrance Pañcat
- to hold back, restrain, withstand MBh. R
- to suffer, endure ib
- to hold or fix the mind on (loc.) BhP
- to promise MBh
- to hold out, live, exist MārkP
- to be ready to serve any one (gen.) with (instr.) Kāraṇḍ.: Pass. -dhriyate, to resolve or fix upon (loc.) TS
- to be kept or observed R
- -dhāryate, to be held together or borne or kept or maintained MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-dhartṛ m. one who holds together, AtharvaśUp
- saṃ-dhāraṇa mfn. holding together, supporting (life) MBh
- (ā), f. attitude, posture, position (e.g. mukha-s○', position of the mouth') VPrāt. Sch
- direction (of thoughts) BhP
- (am), n. the act of holding together, supporting, maintaining MBh. Kād
- bearing (kukṣi-s○, 'bearing in. the womb') MBh
- holding in or back, checking, restraining RPrāt. Suśr. Car. Hcat
- refusal (of a request) Car
- saṃ-ḍdhāraṇīya mfn. to be supported or kept alive Kād
- saṃ-ḍdhārya mfn. to be borne or carried R
- to be kept (as a servant) Pañcat. (v. l.) to be held or maintained or observed Mn. iii, 79
- to be held back or restrained (v. l. saṃ-tārya, q.v.) Hariv
- sáṃ-dhṛta mfn. firmly held together, closely connected AV
- sáṃ-ḍdhṛti f. holding together Subh
- saṃ-√dhmā See saṃ-√dham
- saṃ-√dhyai P. -dhyāyati, to reflect or meditate on, think about MBh
- saṃ-dhya mfn. (for 1. See col. 2) thinking about, reflecting Vās. Sch
- saṃdhyā f. thinking about, reflection, meditation L
- saṃ-dhyātṛ mfn. one who reflects or meditates W
- one who binds (wṛ. for saṃ-dātṛ) Mn. viii, 342
- sáṃ-dhvāna mfn. sounding or whistling together (said of winds) MaitrS
- sanna sannaka, See p. 1139, col. 1. [Page 1146, Column]
- saṃ-nakha mfn. 'having the nails (of fingers and thumb) brought into contact', tightly closed
- m. (with muṣṭi) as much as can be grasped, a handful ĀpŚr. Car
- saṃ-nata &c. See saṃ-√nam
- saṃ-√nad P. -nadati, to cry aloud, sound, roar MBh.: Caus. -nādayati, to cause to resound, fill with noise or cries MBh. R. Hariv
- to cry aloud MBh
- saṃ-nāda m. (sg. and pl.) shouting together, a confused or tumultuous noise, uproar, din, clamour (also -śabda) MBh. R. &c
- m. N. of a monkey R
- saṃ-ḍnādana mfn. (fr. Caus.) making to sound, filling with noise or clamour MBh
- m. N. of a monkey R
- saṃ-ḍnādita mfn. (fr. id.) caused to resound, filled with noise or cries MBh. R
- saṃ-naddha See saṃ-√nah
- saṃ-√nam P. Ā. -namati, ○te, to bend together, bend down, bow down before or to (dat., gen., or acc. of person) MBh. R
- (A.) to submit or conform to, comply with, obey (dat.) RV. TS. VS
- to direct, bend in the right direction, put in order, arrange, prepare, make ready RV. AV. VS. Br. (Ā.) to be brought, about or fulfilled VS
- (P.Ā.): Caus. [-n�Amayati], to bend, cause to bow or sink MBh. Kum. BhP
- to bend in a particular direction, make right, arrange, prepare, bring about AV. ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- to subdue Divyâv
- saṃ-nata mfn. bent together, curved, stooping or bowing to (gen.) MBh. R. &c
- bowed, before, revered BhP
- deepened, sunk in, depressed, Śulbas. MBh. &c
- bent down through sorrow, dispirited, downcast R
- (sáṃ-), du. conforming to or harmonizing with each other VS
- m. N. of a monkey R
- -tara mfn. more deepened, deeper KātyŚr. Sch
- -bhru mfn. bending or contracting the brow, frowning MBh
- ○tâṅga mf(ī)n. having the body bent, having rounded limbs Kum. i, 34
- sáṃ-nati f. bending down, depression, lowness Śiś
- inclination, leaning towards, favour, complaisance towards (gen.) ib
- N. of verses expressing favour or respect (e.g. AV. iv, 39, 1) Kauś
- subjection or submission to, humility towards (loc.) MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- Humility personified (as a daughter of Devala and wife of Brahma-datta or as a daughter of Daksha and wife of Kratu) Hariv. Pur
- diminishing, lightening (of a burden) Hariv
- sound, noise L
- m. N. of a son of Su-mati Hariv
- of a son of Alarka ib
- -mat mfn. humble, modest towards (gen.) Hariv
- m. N. of a son of Su-mati Pur
- -homá m. N. of partic. oblations (cf. saṃtati-h○) TBr
- sáṃ-ḍnateyu m. N. of a son of Raudrāśva (cf. saṃ-tateyu) MBh. Hariv
- saṃ-nám f. favour, kindness AV. iv, 39, 1
- saṃ-ḍnamana n. bending together, narrowing KātyŚr. Sch
- saṃ-nāma m. bowing down, submission Nalôd
- changing L
- saṃ-ḍnāmayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be rendered submissive Divyâv
- saṃ-namasya Nom. P. ○syati, to show respect or honour, worship Hariv
- saṃ-naya &c. See saṃ-√nī
- saṃ-√nard P. -nardati (ep. also ○te), to roar aloud, bellow MBh
- saṃ-√naś (only in Ved. inf. saṃnáśe), to reach, attain RV. VS
- saṃ-naṣṭa mfn. (√2. naś,) entirely disappeared, perished R
- saṃ-√nas Ā. -nasate, to come together, meet, be united RV
- saṃ-√nah p. Ā. -nahyati, ○te, to bind or tie together, bind or fasten on, put or gird on (acc.), clothe or furnish with (instr.) AV. &c. &c
- (Ā.) to put anything (acc.) on one's self. dress or arm one's self with (e.g. saṃnahyadhvaṃ cārūṇi daṃśanāni, 'put ye on your beautiful armour') ib
- to prepare for doing anything (inf.) Bhartṛ.: Pass. -nahyate, to be fastened on &c., be harnessed MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -nāhayati, to cause to gird or bind on, cause to equip or arm one's self. GṛŚrS
- sáṃ-naddha mfn. bound or fastened or tied together, girt, bound RV. &c. &c
- armed, mailed, equipped, accoutred RV. &c. &c. [Page 1146, Column]
- harnessed AitBr
- prepared, ready Rājat
- ready to discharge water (said of a cloud) Megh. Vikr
- ready to blossom (as a bud) Śak
- wearing amulets, provided with charms W
- sticking or clinging or adhering to, pervading (loc.) Kālid
- adjoining, bordering, near R
- -kavaca mfn. one who has girded on his armour, clad in mail or accoutred Kāṭh
- saṃ-naddhavya n. (impers.) it is to be girded or fastened or made ready MBh
- saṃ-náhana n. tying or stringing together Nir. AśvGṛ
- preparing, making one's self ready Hariv
- a band, cord, rope TBr. ŚrS. MBh
- equipment, armour, mail MBh. R
- saṃ-náhaḍnahanīya wṛ. for saṃ-hananīya MBh
- saṃ-nāha ying up, girding on (esp. armour), arming for battle MBh. R. VarBṛS
- making one's self ready, preparation Daś
- equipment, harness ib. Kathās
- accoutrements, armous, mail, a coat of mail (made of iron or quilted cotton) AitBr. &c. &c
- a cord, string MBh
- saṃ-ḍnāhya m. 'armed or ready for battle', a war elephant L
- san-nāman &c. See p. 1137, col. 3
- sanni &c. See p. 1139, col. 1
- saṃ-ni-√kāś Caus. -kāśayati, to make quite clear, manifest, reveal, announce, declare, make known MBh. Kir. xiii, 35
- saṃ-nikāśa mf(ā)n. having the appearance of. resembling (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- saṃ-ni-√kuñc (only ind. p. -kuñcya), to draw together, contract Siṃhâs
- saṃ-ni-kīrṇa mfn. (√kṝ) stretched out at full length Megh
- saṃ-ni-√kṛṣ (ind p. -kṛ hya, See below), Pass. -kṛṣyate, to come into close or immediate contact wish (instr.) Nyāyas. Sch
- saṃ-nikarṣa m. drawing near or together, approximation, close contact, nearness, neighbourhood, proximity, vicinity (e', in the vicinity of, near', with gen. or comp
- at', from the neighbourhood or proximity of') Nir. GṛŚrS. MBh. &c. (-tā f. Kusum.)
- connection with, relation to, (in phil.) the connection of an Indriya or organ of sense with its Vishaya or object (this, accord. to the Nyāya, is the source of jñāna, and is of two kinds, 1. laukika, which is sixfold, 2. a-laukika, which is threefold MW.) Śaṃk. Sarvad
- a receptacle, repository BhP
- mfn. near, at hand Hariv
- -tattva-viveka m. -tā-vāda m. -vāda m. -vādârtha, m. -vicāra m. N. of wks
- saṃ-ḍnikarṣaṇa n. drawing together, approximation, close contact with (instr.) BhP
- saṃ-nikṛṣṭa mfn. drawn together or near, contiguous, proximate, near, imminent MBh. R. &c
- one who takes up the same or a similar position Kathās
- n. nearness, vicinity (e ind. 'in the neighbourhood of', with gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-ḍnikṛṣya ind. approaching, coming near Daś
- saṃ-nikṣāra m. the Piyāla tree W
- saṃ-ni-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to throw or lay down R
- saṃ-ni-√gam P. -gacchati, to go or come together, meet or unite with (instr.) ŚBr
- saṃ-ni-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hold down, keep under, overcome, subdue MBh. VarBṛS
- to lay hold of, seize MBh
- to check, curb, restrain, suppress ib
- saṃ-nigraha m. restraint, punishment MBh
- saṃ-ni-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or mix together ŚāṅkhGṛ
- saṃ-ni-caya m. (√1. ci) piling or heaping together, gathering, collecting MBh
- store, provision ( See alpa-s○)
- saṃ-nicita mfn. heaped together &c
- congested, constipated, stagnated Suśr
- saṃ-nitāla m. (in music) a kind of time or measure Saṃgīt
- saṃ-nidarśita mfn. (fr. Caus. of √driś) brought into view, shown, pointed out R. [Page 1146, Column]
- saṃ-nidāgha m. scorching heat (esp. of the sun) BhP
- saṃ-ni-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to put or place down near together, put down near or into, deposit in (loc.), place or put upon, direct towards (with or without dṛṣṭim, 'to fix the eyes upon'
- with manas, or hṛdayam, 'to fix or direct the mind or thoughts') TS. &c. &c
- to place together, collect, pile up MBh
- (Ā.) to appoint to (loc.) PraśnUp
- (Ā.) to be present in, be found with (loc.) Daś
- (Ā. or Pass. -dhīyate) to be put together in the same place, be near or present or imminent Kāv. Kathās. &c.: Caus. -dhāpayati, to bring near, make present or manifest, represent BhP.: Pass. of Caus. -dhāpyate, to appear or become manifested in the presence of (gen.) ib
- saṃ-nidha n. juxtaposition, vicinity L
- saṃ-nidhātṛ mfn. one who places down near, one who is near or close at hand (f. ○trī = fut. 'she will be present') Naish
- depositing, placing in deposit W
- receiving in charge MW
- m. a receiver of stolen goods Mn. ix, 278
- an officer who introduces people at court Pañcat. Rājat
- = kṣattṛ ŚBr. Sch
- saṃ-nidhāna n. juxtaposition, nearness, vicinity, presence ( e, with gen. or ifc., 'in the presence of, near'
- āt, with gen., 'from one's presence'
- ○na-tas ifc. 'towards') R. Hariv. &c
- presence = existence (cf. a-s○) Rājat
- placingdown, depositing W
- a place of deposit, receptacle, gathering-place, rallying-point MBh. Bhartṛ. BhP
- receiving, taking charge of ib
- saṃ-nidhāḍnidhānin mfn. (perhaps) gathering together or collecting (goods &c.) Divyâv
- saṃ-nidhāyin mfn. being near or close at hand, present, Mālatim
- saṃ-nidhi m. depositing together or near KātySr. Sāh
- juxtaposition, nearness, vicinity, presence (au, with gen. or ifc., 'in the presence of, near'
- im, 'near to, towards'
- id., with √kṛ, vi-√dhā or √bandh and, loc., 'to take one's seat or place or abode in') ĀśvŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- visibility, existence (cf. a-s○), Kusum
- receiving, taking charge of W
- -kāra m. laying aside (food for one's self) Buddh
- -vartin mfn. being near, neighbouring MW
- -viyoga m. separation (of vicinity) Mālav
- saṃ-nihita mfn. deposited together or near, contiguous, proximate, present, close, near, at hand MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c
- deposited, fixed, laid up ( See hṛdaya-s○)
- prepared to, ready for (dat.) Śak
- staying, being W
- m. a partic. Agni MBh
- -taratva n. greater nearness Gobh. Sch
- ○tâpâya mfn. having loss or destruction near at hand, transient, transitory, fleeting Hit
- saṃ-ni-√nī (only ind. p. -nīya), to bring or pour together, mix ŚāṅkhGṛ
- saṃ-ni-√pat P. -patati, to fly or, fall down, alight, descend upon (loc.) MBh. R. Hariv
- to come together, meet, fall in with (instr. with or without saha) Āpast. Megh
- to present one's self. arrive, appear among or in (loc.) Vajracch
- to perish, be destroyed MBh.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off, discharge MBh. R
- to cause to come together, join, unite, assemble, convoke GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
- to stretch out (a cord) to (loc.), Śulbas
- saṃ-nipatita mfn. flown or fallen down, descended &c
- met together, assembled Kāraṇḍ
- appeared, arrived MBh
- saṃ-ḍnipatya ind. having flown or fallen down &c
- immediately, directly ( See comp.)
- -kārin mfn. acting immediately Nyāyam
- ○tyôpakāraka mfn. directly effective Madhus
- saṃ-nipāta m. falling in or down together, collapse, meeting, encounter, contact or collision with (instr.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- conjunction, aggregation, combination, mixture Prāt. ŚrS. MBh. &c
- (also with maithune) sexual intercourse with (loc.) Āpast. MBh
- a complicated derangement of the three humours or an illness produced by it Suśr
- a partic. manner of wrestling VP
- falling down, descent ( See lakṣaṇa-s○)
- utter collapse, death, destruction MBh
- (in astron). a partic. conjunction of planets VarBṛS
- (in music) a kind of measure Saṃgīt
- -kalikā f. -kalikā-ṭīkā f. -candrikā f. -cikitsā, f. N. of wks
- -jvara m. a dangerous fever resulting from morbid condition of the three humours (one of the 8 kinds of fever) Suśr
- -nāḍīlakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- -nidrā f. a swoon, trance Kād. [Page 1147, Column]
- -nud m. 'removing the above fever', a species of Nimba tree Suśr
- -paṭa m. or n. (?), -mañjarī f. N. of wks
- saṃ-ḍnipātaka m. (in med.) = ○nipāta Suśr
- saṃ-ḍnipātana n. (fr. Caus.) causing to fall together ŚāṅkhŚr
- saṃ-ḍnipātika wṛ. for sāṃn○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-ḍnipātita mfn. (fr. Caus.) thrown or shot down, discharged R
- brought or called together, assembled MBh
- saṃ-ḍnipātin mfn. falling together, meeting (○ti-tva n.) ĀpŚr. Sch
- furthering or promoting immediately Nyāyam. Sch
- saṃ-ḍnipātya mfn. (fr. Caus.), to be caused to fall down, to be hurled upon (loc.) Śak
- saṃ-ni-baddha mfn. (√bandh) firmly bound together or on, closely connected with or attached to, dependent on or engrossed by (loc.) R. BrahmaP
- (ifc.) planted or covered with MBh
- saṃ-nibandha m. binding firmly together or on, tying together W
- attachment, connection, consequence ib
- effectiveness ib
- saṃ-nibaḍnibandhana n. the act of lying firmly or binding fast ib
- saṃ-nibarhaṇa n. the act of overthrowing or subduing Kām
- saṃ-ni-√budh P. -bodhati, to perceive completely or thoroughly MārkP
- saṃ-niboddhavya mfn. to be thoroughly perceived or understood VarBṛS
- saṃ-nibha mfn. like, similar, resembling (ifc
- often pleonastically with names of colours, e.g. pītâruṇa-s○ = pītâruṇa) MBh. Kāv. &c
- saṃ-nibhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) well kept secret, concealed, hidden Hit. (v. l.)
- discreet, prudent, modest BhP
- saṃ-ni-√majj P. -majjati, to sink entirely under, sink down, be immersed MBh
- saṃ-nimagna mfn. sunk entirely under, immersed W
- sleeping, asleep ib
- saṃ-ni-√mantr P. -mantrayati, to invite MBh
- san-nimitta &c. See p. 1137
- saṃ-ni-√mīl P. -mīlati, to entirely close, completely shut (the eyes) MBh
- saṃ-ni-√yam P. -yacchati, to hold together, keep back, restrain, subdue, suppress Mn. MBh. &c
- to annihilate, destroy BhP
- saṃ-niyacchana n. (fr. pres. stem) checking, restraining, guiding (of horses) MBh. viii, 1654
- saṃ-niyacchaḍniyata mfn. restrained, controlled R
- saṃ-niyantṛ mfn. one who restrains or chastises, a chastiser (with gen.). Mn. ix, 320
- saṃ-niyama m. exactness, precision Jaim. Suśr
- saṃ-ni-√yuj P. -yunakti, to connect with, place or put in (loc.) MārkP
- to appoint, employ MBh.: Caus. yojayati, to place in or on (loc.) Hariv. MārkP
- to appoint to, intrust with (loc
- or artham, arthāya ifc.) MBh. R
- saṃ-niyukta mfn. attached to, connected with (comp.) Pat
- appointed, employed Yājñ. Sch
- saṃ-niyoga m. connection with, attachment, application (to any pursuit &c.) W
- appointment, commission Hariv. R
- injunction, precept Pāṇ. 7-3, 118
- 119 Vārtt. 3 Pat
- saṃ-ḍniyojita mfn. (fr. Caus.) appointed, commissioned Pañcat
- destined, assigned ib
- saṃ-ḍniyojya mfn. to be appointed or employed or commissioned Baudh
- saṃ-ni-rudh P. -ruṇaddhi, to keep back, restrain, hinder, check, stop, obstruct, suppress MBh. Hariv
- to shut in, confine ŚvetUp. Hariv. BhP
- to withdraw (the senses from the outer world) Yājñ.: Pass. -rudhyate, to be kept back &c. MBh
- saṃ-niruddha mfn. kept back, held fast, restrained, suppressed MBh. Hariv. &c
- raked together (as fire) R
- crowded, filled, covered over MBh. Hariv
- -guda m. obstruction of the lower intestine Suśr
- saṃ-ḍniroddhavya mfn. to be shut up or confined Mn. ix, 83
- saṃ-ḍnirodha m. restraint, obstruction, suppression Suśr. MBh. BhP
- confinement, imprisonment BhP
- narrowness, a narrow pass (in parvata-s○) MBh
- saṃ-nir-√gam P. -gacchati, to go out together, go away, start, depart MBh. [Page 1147, Column]
- saṃ-nir-√math (only ind. p. -mathya), to churn out, stir or shake about together, crush together Pañcar
- saṃ-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) constructed, composed of (abl.) AitBr
- saṃ-nir-√vap P. -vapati, to scatter about, distribute, dispense AitBr
- saṃ-ni-√lī Ā. -līyate, to settle down, alight MBh
- to cower down, hide or conceal one's self. disappear R
- saṃ-ni-√vap P. -vapati, to throw or heap together, heap up AitBr
- saṃ-nivapana n. heaping together, piling up ( next)
- saṃ-nivapaḍnivapanīya mfn. connected with the piling up (of the sacrificial fire) ŚāṅkhBr
- saṃ-nivapaḍnivāpa m. the heaping together or mingling (of fires) Āpast
- saṃ-nivartana &c. See saṃ-ni√vṛt, col. 3
- saṃ-ni-√vas Ā. -vaste, to clothe with, put on (clothes &c.) MBh
- saṃ-ni-√vas P. -vasati, to dwell or live together with (instr.) MBh
- to live in, inhabit (loc.) ib
- saṃ-nivāsa m. (for san-n○ See p. 1137, col. 3) dwelling or living together BhP
- common habitation, a nest MBh
- saṃ-ḍnivāsin mfn. dwelling, inhabiting ( vana-s○)
- saṃ-ni-vāya m. (√ve) connection, combination BhP
- saṃ-nivāraṇa ○rya, See col. 3
- saṃ-ni-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to cause to know, make known, announce, inform, tell MBh. R
- to offer, present (ātmānam, 'one's self') R
- saṃ-ni-√viś Ā. -viśate, to sit or settle down together with, have intercourse or intimate connection with (instr.) MBh. (vḷ): Caus. -veśayati, to cause to enter or sit down together, introduce into or lodge in (loc.) Hariv. R
- to set down, deposit ib
- to draw up (an army) MBh
- to cause (troops) to encamp R. Kathās
- fasten or fix or establish in or on (loc.) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- to cast or hurl upon (loc.) MBh
- to found (a city) Hariv
- to appoint to (loc.) MBh. R. &c
- to intrust or commit anything to (loc.) MārkP
- to direct (the mind) towards (loc.) BhP
- saṃ-niviṣṭa mfn. seated down together, encamped, assembled MBh. R. Kathās
- fixed in or on, sticking or resting or contained in (loc. or comp.) Up. MBh. &c
- being on (a road or path, loc.) MBh. R
- dependent on (loc.) R
- entered deeply into, absorbed or engrossed in MW
- contiguous, neighbouring, present, at hand W
- saṃ-niveśa m. entering or sitting down together, entrance into, settlement (acc. with √kṛ or vi-√dhā, 'to take up a position, settle down') Kāv. Suśr
- seat, position, situation (ifc. 'situated in or on') Suśr. Kālid. Vās
- station, encampment, abode, place Kāv. Kathās
- vicinity W
- an open place or play-ground in or near a town (where people assemble for recreation) L
- assembling together, assembly, crowd Prasannar
- causing to enter, putting down together W
- insertion, inclusion Hcat
- attachment to any pursuit MW
- impression (of a mark
- See lakṣaṇa-s○)
- foundation (of a town) Cat
- putting together, fabrication, construction, composition, arrangement Kāv. Pur. Sāh
- Construction personified (as son of Tvashṭṛi and Racanā) BhP
- form, figure, appearance Ragh. Uttarar. BhP
- form of an asterism W
- saṃ-ḍniveśana n. (fr. Caus.) settlement, dwelling place, abode MBh. R. Kām
- erection (of a statue) VarBṛS
- insertion, arrangement Sāh
- saṃ-ḍniveśayitavya mfn. (fr. id.) to be placed or made to enter or inserted Śaṃk
- saṃ-ḍniveśita mfn. (fr. id.) made to enter in or settle, stationed, encamped, located R
- entered, impressed ib
- imposed, committed, intrusted Śak. (vḷ.)
- saṃ-ḍniveśin mfn. seated or fixed in (comp.) Suśr
- saṃ-ḍniveśya mfn. to be put in (loc.) VarBṛS
- to be put on or drawn (with colours) Hcat. [Page 1147, Column]
- saṃ-ni-√vṛ Caus. -vārayati, to keep off or back, restrain MBh
- saṃ-nivāraṇa n. keeping back, restrained MBh
- saṃ-ḍnivārya mfn. to be kept back or restrained ib
- saṃ-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn back, return from (abl.) MBh. R. &c
- to desist from (abl.) R. Pur
- to leave off, cease, stop BhP
- to pass away MBh.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to return or turn back, send back MBh. R
- to hinder, prevent or divert from (abl.) ib
- to cause to cease, suppress, stop R
- saṃ-nivartana n. (also pl.) turning back, return MBh. R
- saṃ-nivartaḍnivartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) caused to return, sent back or away MārkP
- saṃ-nivṛtta mfn. turned or come back, returned MBh. Kāv. &c
- withdrawn Megh
- desisted, stopped, ceased BhP. Suśr
- saṃ-ḍnivṛtti f. returning, coming back (in a-s○ and a-bhūyaḥ-s○) Ragh
- desisting from, forbearance, avoiding W
- saṃ-ni-√śam (only ind. p. [-z�Amya]), to perceive, hear, learn MBh. Kathās
- saṃ-niścaya m. a settled opinion (acc. with √yā', to make up one's mind') MBh
- saṃ-ni-śraya m. (√śri) support ( kim-s○)
- saṃ-niśrita mfn. connected with, devoted to Divyâv
- saṃ-ni-ṣad (√sad), to sink or sit down AV. MBh
- saṃ-niṣaṇṇa mfn. settled down, seated R
- halted, stationary W
- saṃ-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour into MBh
- saṃ-ni-ṣevita mfn. (√sev) served, frequented, inhabited by (instr.) MBh
- saṃ-niṣevya mfn. to be attended to or treated medically MBh
- saṃ-nisarga m. good-naturedness, gentleness MBh
- saṃ-ni-sūdita mfn. (√sūd) altogether killed, destroyed MBh. (B. -ṣūdita)
- saṃ-ni-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) delivered up or over, intrusted, committed MBh
- saṃ-nihatī f. N. of a river, Prâyaśc
- of a Tirtha MBh
- saṃ-nihana n. (used to explain saṃ-nihatī) MBh
- saṃ-ni-√han P. -hanti, to strike at, strike, kill MBh
- saṃ-√nī P. -nayati, to lead or bring or put together, join, connect, unite, conglomerate RV. TS. Āpast. BhP
- to mix together, mingle, mix (esp. with sweet or sour milk) ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. &c
- to lead or direct towards, bring, procure, bestow TS. Br. MBh
- to present with (instr.) RV
- to bring back, restore, pay RV. AV. Br. Mn
- to direct (the mind) towards (loc.), Bhp
- saṃ-nayá mfn. leading or bringing together RV
- m. a collection, assembly MBh
- the rear of an army, rear-guard L
- saṃ-ḍnayana n. leading or bringing together Kauś
- saṃ-nāyya wṛ. for sāṃn○, q.v
- saṃ-neya mfn. to be led or brought together Pāṇ. 3-1, 129 Sch
- saṃ-√nu Ā. -navate, to come together, meet RV. x, 120, 2
- saṃ-√nu Ā. -navate, to roar or sound together, bellow, bleat RV
- saṃ-√nud P. -nudati, to impel or bring together AV. Kauś.: Caus. -nodayati, to bring together or near, procure, find MBh. R
- to push or urge on, impel MBh
- to drive or scare away (?) MBh. xii, 5443 (Nilak.)
- saṃ-nodana mfn. driving away, Kāśikh,
- saṃ-nodaḍnodayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be impelled or stimulated Harav
- saṃ-√nṛt P. -nṛtyati, to dance together AV. [Page 1148, Column]
- saṃ-ny-√as P. -asyati (rarely -asati), to, throw down together, place or put or lay together ŚBr
- to impose, put or lay upon, intrust or commit to (gen. or loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to put or lay down, deposit MBh. Kāv. &c
- to lay aside, give up, abandon, resign (esp. the world, i.e. become an ascetic or Saṃnyāsin) Mn. MBh. &c
- saṃ-nyasana n. throwing down, laying aside, giving up, resignation, renunciation of worldly concerns Bhag
- saṃ-nyasta mfn. thrown down, laid aside, relinquished, abandoned, deserted MBh. Kāv. &c
- encamped R
- deposited, intrusted, consigned ib
- -deha mfn. one who has given up his body MW
- -śastra mfn. one who has laid aside his weapons Ragh
- saṃ-nyāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) putting or throwing down, laying aside, resignation, abandonment of (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. Sarvad
- renunciation of the world, profession of asceticism Mn. MBh. &c
- abstinence from food L
- giving up the body, sudden death W
- complete exhaustion Suśr
- deposit, trust R. Mṛicch
- compact, agreement Kathās
- stake, wager MBh
- Indian spikenard L
- -karma-kārikā f. N. of wk
- -grahaṇa n. assuming or practising asceticism Pañcar
- -grahaṇa-paddhati f. -grahaṇa-ratnamālā f. -grāhyapaddhati f. -dīpikā f. -dharma-saṃgraha m. -nirṇaya m. -pada-mañjarī f. -paddhati f. N. of wks
- -pallī, F. (for ○si-p○?) an ascetic's hut L
- -bheda-nirṇaya m. -rīti f. N. of wks
- -vat mfn. connected with asceticism L
- -vidhi, m
- ○sâśrama-vicāra m. ○sâhnika n. ○sôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- saṃ-ḍnyāsika in veda-s○ (q.v.)
- saṃ-nyāsin mfn. laying aside, giving up, abandoning, renouncing, AshṭāvS
- abstaining from food Bhaṭṭ
- m. one who abandons or resigns worldly affairs, an ascetic, devotee (who has renounced all earthly concerns and devotes himself, to meditation and the study of the Āraṇyakas or Upanishadas, a Brāhman in the fourth Āśrama q.v. or stage of his life, a religious mendicant
- RTL. 53, 55 &c.) Up. MBh. Pur
- (○si)-tā f. -tva n. abandonment of worldly concerns, retirement from the world MW
- -darśana n. N. of a ch. of the PadmaP
- saṃdhyā f. -samārādhana n. N. of wks
- san-maṅgala san-maṇi &c. See p. 1137, col. 3
- sap (cf. √sac), cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xi, 6) sapati (and Ā. ○te pf. sepuḥ RV
- fut. sapitā, sapiṣyati Gr.), to follow or seek after, be devoted to, honour, serve, love, caress (also sexually) RV. TS. VS. (cf. Naigh. iii, 5
- 14): Caus. sāpayati (Subj. aor. sīṣapanta), to serve, honour, worship, do homage (others 'to receive homage') RV. vii, 43, 4
- to have sexual intercourse (?) TBr. [?cf. Gk. ?]. [1148,]
≫sap
- sap (ifc.), See ṛta- and keta-sáp
≫sapa
- sápa m. (cf. śépa and pásas) the male organ of generation TBr. ĀśvŚr. MaitrS
- saparya Nom. P. ○yáti (prob. fr. a lost noun sapar), to serve attentively, honour, worship, adore RV. AV
- to offer or dedicate reverentially RV. x, 37, 1
- to accept kindly Kauś
- saparyá mfn. (of doubtful meaning) RV. x, 106, 5
- (ā), f. See next
- saparyā f. (also pl.) worship, homage, adoration (acc. with √kṛ or √dā, vi- or prati-vi-√dhā, and Caus. of √rac or ni-√vṛt', to perform worship, do homage'
- with √labh or prati-√grah, 'to receive wṭworship or homage'
- instr. with √pūj, abhi-√gā, upa-√ās, praty-ud-√i', to worship, adore, approach reverentially') MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○saptaka n
- ○sāra m. N. of wks
- saparyú mfn. serving, honouring, devoted, faithful RV
- saparyéṇya mfn. to be worshipped or adored RV
- sapin See nith-ṣapín
- sa-pakṣa mfn. (7. [sa+p○]) having wings, winged MBh. Hariv. &c
- feathered (as an arrow) Śiś
- having partisans or friends ib
- containing the major term or subject MW
- m. 'taking the same side', an adherent, friend (-tā f. -tva, n.) Kāv. Kathās
- partaker, one being in like or similar circumstances Naish
- (in logic) an instance on the same side (e.g. the common illustration of 'the culinary hearth'), a similar instance or one in which the major term is found MW. [Page 1148, Column]
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○pakṣaka mfn. having wings, winged Kathās
- ○pakṣapātam ind. with partiality or devotion, devotedly Rājat
- ○paṅkaja mf(ā)n. provided with a lotus ŚārṅgP
- ○paṭaham ind. with the sound of a drum Kathās
- ○paṭṭī f. (du.) two pieces of timber at the side of a door L
- ○paṇa mfn. accompanied with a wager Yājñ
- ○patāka mfn. furnished with flags or banners MBh. Hariv
- ○pattana mfn. possessing towns or cities MW
- ○pattra mfn. having feathers, feathered (as an arrow) ŚāṅkhŚr
- -lekha mfn. having fragrant pigments Ṛitus
- ○pattraka mfn. together with Achyranthes Triandra Pañcar
- ○pattrā ind
- -karaṇa n. wounding with an arrow or other feathered weapon so that the feathers enter the body (causing excessive pain) L
- √kṛ P. -karoti, to wound in the way described above Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-4, 61 and niṣpattrā-√kṛ) L
- -kṛta mfn. (accord. to some also sa-pattra-kṛta) severely wounded (as above described) MW
- m. a deer or other animal severely wounded ib
- -kṛti f. = -karaṇa L
- ○pattrita mfn. = sa-pattrā-kṛta L
- ○pátna
- ○páḍtnī See s.v
- ○padi ind. (sa + pada) at the same instant, on the spot, at once, immediately, quickly Kāv. VarBṛS. Pur. &c
- ○padma mfn. having a lotus Ṛitus
- ○padmaka mfn. having a lotus and splendid (fr. padmā = śrī) Śiś
- ○pannaga mfn. having serpents MW
- ○para n. a partic. high number MBh
- ○parākrama mfn. having valour, brave, bold ib
- ○parikara and mfn. attended by a retinue Pañcat
- ○parikrama mfn. attended by a retinue Pañcat
- ○paricchada mf(ā)n. attended by a train, provided with necessaries Mn. MBh. &c
- ○parijana mfn. = -parikara Pañcad
- ○paritoṣa mfn. possessing satisfaction, much pleased (am, ind.) Kāv. Kathās
- ○paribādha mfn. impeded, restricted, limited Śak
- ○paribṛṃhaṇa mfn. (the Veda) together with (its) supplements (such as the Vedânta &c.) Mn. xii, 109
- ○parivāra mfn. = -parikara Pañcad
- ○parivāha mfn. overflowing, brimful Śak
- ○parivyaya mfn. (food prepared) with condiments Mn. vii, 127
- ○pariśeṣa mfn. having a remainder, with the rest MW
- ○pariśraya (sá-), mfn. with an enclosure ŚBr
- ○pariśritkam ind. up to the Pariśrits (q.v.) KātyŚr
- ○pariṣatka mfn. surrounded by a college of disciples (as a teacher) Gobh
- ○parihāram ind. with reserve or shyness Śak
- ○parihāsa mfn. with) jesting, jocose, jocular Kād
- ○parṇa mf(ā)n. furnished with leaves Hcat
- ○paryāṇa mfn. provided with a saddle, saddled Kād
- ○parvata mfn. together with mountains
- -vana-druma mfn. with mountains and forests and trees MBh
- -vanârṇava mfn. possessing mountains and forests and seas (said of the earth) ib
- ○parṣatka mfn. (cf. pariṣatka) together with the court-circle Jātakam
- ○palāśa mf(ā) n. = -parṇa AitBr. GṛŚrS
- together with a Palāśa tree MW
- ○pallava mfn. together with shoots, having branches ib
- ○pavitra mf(ā)n. together with sacrificial grass (-tā f.) KātyŚr. Mn
- ○pavitraka mfn. id. MW
- ○paśu (sá-), mfn. together with cattle TS. ŚBr
- connected with animal sacrifice KātyŚr. (also ○śuka ib. Sch.)
- ○pātra mf(ā)n. together with the (necessary) vessels &c. KātyŚr
- holding the vessels &c. in the hands ib
- ○pāda mfn. having feet ( See comp.)
- with a quarter, increased by one-fourth Mn. Rājat. BhP.: -pīṭha mfn. furnished with a footstool MW
- -matsya m. the shad-fish, Silurus L
- -lakṣa m. or n. one hundred thousand and a quarter of it, i.e. 125, 000 Pañcat
- N. of a district (-kṣmāpāla m. a king of the above district
- -śikharin m. N. of a mountain) Uttamac. Inscr
- -vandanam ind. 'saluting a person's feet', respectfully, deferentially Mālatīm
- ○pāduka mfn. wearing shoes or sandals R
- ○pāla mfn. attended by a herdsman Mn. viii, 240
- together with a king or kings BhP
- m. N. of a king Buddh
- ○piṇḍa &c., See s.v
- ○pitṛka mfn. along with a father or with Pitṛis (de. ceased ancestors) ĀśvGṛ
- ○pitṛ-rājanya mfn. along with royal Pitṛis ib
- ○pitvá n. (cf. apapitva &c.) union, cummunion RV. i, 109, 7
- ○pidhāna mfn. provided with a cover or lid MBh
- ○piśāca mf(ā)n. connected with or proceeding from Piśācas (as a storm) Pāṇ. 6-3, 80 Sch
- ○pīḍa mfn. having pain or anguish, painful MW
- ○pītaka m. Luffa Foetida or another species L
- (ikā), f. a large gourd or cucumber L
- ○pīti (sá-), f. compotation, conviviality, drinking together MaitrS. VS
- m. a boon-companion RV. TS
- ○puccha mfn. with the tail or extreme end KātyŚr. Sch. [Page 1148, Column]
- ○putra mf(ā)n. having (or accompanied by) a son or children (also said of animals) ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
- adorned with child-like figures Hariv
- -jñātibāndhava mfn. with sons and kinsmen and relations Nār
- -dāra mfn. with son and wife MBh
- ○putraka mf(ikā)n. together with a little son PārGṛ
- ○putrin mfn. together with sons or children Hariv
- ○puraścaraṇa (sá-), mfn. together with preparations ŚBr
- ○purīṣa (sá-), mf(ā)n. provided with stuffing or seasoning KātyŚr
- containing faeces ŚBr
- ○puruṣa mfn. together with men or followers PañcavBr
- ○puro'nuvākya mfn. together with the Puro'nuvākyā (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○purolāsa mfn. provided with the Purolāsa (applied to a partic. Ekâha) ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○purohita mfn. accompanied by a family-priest MBh
- ○pulaka mfn. having bristling hairs, thrilled with joy or desire (am ind.) Amar. Gīt
- ○puṣpa mfn. having (or adorned with) flowers, flowering Vishṇ. Kāv
- -bali mfn. filled with offerings of flowers Ṛitus
- ○pūrva mf(ā)n. along with the preceding (letter or sound) TPrāt
- having or possessed by ancestors Rājat
- ○pṛṣata mfn. accompanied by rain MBh
- ○pṛṣad-ājya mfn. with curdled or clotted butter KātyŚr
- ○pota mf(ā)n. having a ship or boat Siṃhâs
- ○paura mfn. accompanied by citizens MBh
- ○pauṣṇa-maitra mfn. together with the Nakshatras Revati and Anurādhā VarBṛS
- ○prakāraka mfn. containing a statement of particulars or specification Tarkas
- ○prakṛtika mfn. along with √or stem or base Pat
- ○pragātha mfn. together with the Pragātha (q.v.) ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○praja mf(ā)n. = -prajas Ragh
- together with the children or offspring BhP
- ○prajas mfn. possessing offspring Kauś
- ○prajāpatika mfn. together with Prajāpati AitBr. ĀśvGṛ
- ○prajña mfn. endowed with understanding MBh
- ○praṇaya mfn. having affection, affectionate, confident, friendly, kind (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○praṇava mf(ā)n. together with the sacred syllable, Om Vas. Suśr
- ○praṇāmam ind. with a bow Śak. Dhūrtas
- ○pratigha mfn. having an opposite Buddh
- ○pratibandha mfn. attended with obstacles Mālav. (in law said of a legacy which, if there are not direct male descendants, devolves on a collateral branch or the widow &c. Yājñ. Sch.)
- ○pratibha mfn. possessed of quick discernment or presence of mind R. Kathās
- ○pratibhaya mfn. dangerous, uncertain (-tā f.) Jātakam
- ○pratiṣṭha (sá-), mfn. together with the receptacle ŚBr
- ○pratīkāśa mfn. together with the reflection ĀśvGṛ
- ○pratī7kṣam ind. expectantly R
- ○prativāpa mfn. with an admixture Suśr
- ○pratī7śa mfn. respectful Divyâv
- ○pratoda mfn. together with a goad ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○pratyabhijñam ind. with recognition, Mālatim
- ○pratyaya mf(ā)n. having trust or confidence, trusting in (loc.) Kāv. Kathās
- certain, secure, sure (with vṛtti f. 'sure means of subsistence') MBh
- = next MW
- ○pratyayaka mfn. together with a suffix Pat
- ○pratyādhāna (sá-), mfn. together with (its) repository ŚBr
- ○pratyāśam ind. hopefully, expectantly Vikr
- ○pratha mfn. (prob. for next) = sabhya TBr. (Sch.)
- m. N. of the author of RV. x, 181, 2 (having the patr. Bhāradvāja)
- ○prathas (sá-, or sa-práthas), mfn. extensive, wide RV. VS
- effective or sounding or shining far and wide ib
- m. N. of Vishṇu MW
- -tama mfn. (superl.) very extensive or large ib
- ○prapañca mfn. with all belonging thereto or connected therewith BhP
- ○prabha mfn. having the same lustre or appearance (-tva n.) MBh. VarBṛS
- possessing splendour, brilliant MW
- ○prabhāva mf(ā)n. possessing power or might, powerful Kathās
- ○prabhṛti mfn. beginning in the same, way
- m. the same or a like beginning PañcavBr. ŚāṅkhBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-3, 84)
- ○pramāṇa mf(ā)n. having proof or evidence, authentic MW
- having the law on one's side, having a right or title, entitled R
- ○pramāda mfn. heedless, inattentive, off one's guard Kāv
- ○pramodanam or ind. joyfully Dhūrtas
- ○pramoḍdam ind. joyfully Dhūrtas
- ○prayoga-nivartana mfn. along with the (secret spells for) using and restraining (certain weapons) R
- ○prayoga-rahasya mfn. possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) ib
- ○pravargya mfn. together with the Pravargya (q.v.) KātyŚr
- ○pravāda mfn. together with the derivative case forms RPrāt. [Page 1149, Column]
- ○praśrayam ind. affectionately, respectfully Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
- ○prasāva mf(ā)n. having progeny (-tva n.) Kāv. Sāh
- pregnant, with child Dhūrtas
- ○prasāda mfn. accompanied with favour or kindness, propitious, gracious (am ind.) Kād. Pañcat. Kathās
- rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pratiṣṭhā-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○prasveda mfn. having perspiration, sweating MBh
- ○prahāsam ind. with laughter, bursting into a laugh Mālav
- ○prâṇa (sá-), mfn. having breath, living TS. R. BhP
- ○prâya mfn. like, similar (ifc.) Lāṭy
- ○pru (sá-), mfn. (said to =) attended by lightning (cf. √pru) AitĀr
- ○prema mf(ā)n. having love, affectionate Kathās
- ○preman mfn. rejoicing in (loc.) Rājat
- ○prêṣya mfn. attended by servants MBh
- ○prâiṣa mfn. together with the Prâisha (q.v.), ŚrS
- ○psará mfn. (of doubtful meaning) either 'doing injury' (= hiṃsaka Sāy.), or 'having the same form' (= samāna-rūpa, 2. psu, p. 715), or (accord. to others) 'eating the same food' (cf. psaras), or 'inspiring awe' (said of the Maruts) RV. i, 68, 9
- sa-pátna m. (fr. 1. sa-pátnī below) a rival, adversary, enemy RV. &c. &c
- ○kárśana mfn. harassing rivals AV
- ○kṣáyaṇa mf(ī)n. destroying rivals AV. TS. Kauś
- ○kṣít mfn. id. VS
- ○ghnī́ See -hán
- ○cā́tana mfn. scaring away rivals AV
- ○ja mfn. produced by rivals Ragh
- ○jit mfn. conquering rivals MBh
- m. N. of a son of Kṛishṇa and Su-dattā Hariv
- ○tā f. rivalry, enmity MBh
- ○túr mfn. (nom. -tū́ḥ) overcoming rivals TBr
- ○tva n. = -tā Hariv
- ○dámbhana mfn. injuring rivals VS. AV
- ○dūṣaṇa mfn. destroying rivals ŚāṅkhGṛ
- ○nāśa m. destruction of a rival MBh
- ○bala-sūdana mfn. destroying a rival's power ib
- ○vṛddhi f. increase or power of rivals R
- ○śrī f. the fortune or triumph of a rival MBh
- ○sāda wṛ. for next
- ○sāhá mf(ī)n. = -túr VS. TS. Hariv
- ○hán mf(ghnī́)n. slaying rivals RV. ŚBr. MBh
- sapatnâri m. Bambusa Spinosa L
- sa-pátnī f. (once in R. ○tni) a woman who has the same husband with another woman (Pāṇ. 4-1, 35) or whose husband has other wives, a fellow-wife or mistress, female rival RV. &c. &c
- ○jana m. fellow-wives (collectively) Śak
- ○tas ind. from a rival wife MW
- ○tva n. the state of a woman whose husband has other wives MBh
- ○duhitṛ f. the daughter of a rival wife MW
- ○putra m. the son of a rival wṭwife ib
- ○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. N. of Śiva Hariv
- ○spardhā f. the rivalry among co-wives, Rijat
- sa-patnī mfn. = next R
- sa-patnīka mfn. accompanied with a wife or wives, ŚrS. Ragh. Kathās
- sapatnī-kṛta mfn. made a rival Cat
- sapatnya wṛ. for sāp (q.v.)
- sa-piṇḍa m. 'having the same Piṇḍa', a kinsman connected by the offering of the Piṇḍa (q.v.) to certain deceased ancestors at the Śrāddha (q.v
- the kinship is through six generations in an ascending and descending line, or through a man's father, father's father, father's grandfather
- mother, mother's father, mother's grandfather
- son, son's son, son's grandson
- daughter, daughter's son &c
- and also includes father's mother, father's grandmother &c., also father's brothers and sisters, mother's brothers and sisters, and several others) GṛŚrS. Gaut. Mn. v, 60 MBh. &c. (RTL.285 ; 286 IW. 248 ; 266)
- ○tā f. the condition of being a Sapiṇḍa, Sapiṇḍaship Mn. v, 60
- ○nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- sapiṇḍana n. investing with the relationship of a Sapiṇḍa Cat
- ○prayoga m. N. of wk
- sapiṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to invest a person with the rights of a Sapiṇḍa L
- to perform the Śrāddha with Sapiṇḍas (at the end of a full year after the death of a relative) L
- sapiṇḍī in comp. for sapiṇḍa
- ○karaṇa n. = sapiṇḍana ŚāṅkhGṛ. Yājñ. &c
- N. of wk. (also ○na-khaṇḍana n. ○ṇânta-karman n. and ○nânvaṣṭakā f.)
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti = piṇḍaya, Dattakac
- ○kṛta mfn. invested with the relationship of a Sapiṇḍa W
- ○kramaṇa wṛ. for -karaṇa
- saptán sg. and pl. (nom. acc. saptá
- instr. ○tábhis
- dat. abl. ○tábhyas
- gen. ○tānā́m loc. ○tásu) seven (a favourite number with the Hindūs, and regarded as sacred, often used to express an indefinite plurality [in the same manner as 'three', by which it is sometimes multiplied] [Page 1149, Column]
- hence 7 Mātṛis, 7 streams, 7 oceans, 7 cities [RV. i, 63,], 7 divisions of the world, 7 ranges of mountains, 7 Ṛishis, 7 Vipras [RV. i, 62,], 7 Ādityas, 7 Dānavas, 7 horses of the. Sun, 7 flames of fire, 7 Yonis of fire, 7 steps round the fire at marriage, 7 Samidhs, 7 tones, 7 sacrificial rites, 7 Maryādās, thrice 7 Padāni or mystical steps to heaven [RV. i, 72,], thrice 7 cows &c.) RV. &c. &c. [Cf. Zend hapta
- Gk. ? ; Lat. septem ; Lith. septynī ; Slav. [1149,] [sedm�i] ; Goth. sibun ; Germ. sieben ; Eng. seven.]
- sapta ifc. (cf. tri-ṣaptá, tri-saptá) and in comp. for saptán, seven
- mfn. = ○tamá L
- m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ. iii, 44 (where sapta mahā-bhāga may be two words
- cf. sapta-mahā-bh○)
- ○ṛṣí m. pl. = saptarṣí RV. ŚBr. &c
- N. of the authors of the hymn RV. ix, 107 Anukr
- -vat (○ṣí-), mfn. attended by the 7 Ṛishis AV
- ○ṛṣīṇa mfn. (fr. -ṛṣi) Nir
- ○kathā-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 7 tales Kathās
- ○kapāla (saptá-), mfn. being in or on 7 dishes or receptacles ŚBr
- ○karṇa m. N. of a man TĀr
- ○kumārikávadāna n. the legend of the 7 maids Buddh
- ○kṛt m. N. of a being reckoned among the Viśve Devāh MBh
- (-kṛd) bhava-parama m. a Śrāvaka in a partic. stage of progress L
- ○kṛtvas ind. 7 times Pur. VarBṛS
- ○koṇa mfn. septangular MW
- ○gaṅga n. N. of a place MBh
- (am), ind. Pāṇ. 2-1, 20 Sch
- ○gaṇa (○tá-), mfn. consisting of 7 troops TS. TBr
- ○gu (○tá-), mfn. possessing 7 oxen or cows, driving 7 oxen
- m. N. of an Āṅgirasa (author of the hymn RV. x, 47) Anukr
- ○guṇa mf(ā)n. sevenfold Jyot. Kathās
- ○gṛdhrá m. pl. the 7 vultures (?) AV. viii, 9, 18
- ○go-dāvara n. N. of a place (am ind. Pāṇ. 2-1, 20 Sch.) MBh
- (ī), f. N. of a river BhP
[[]]
- [saptagranthanibarhaNa
- zaivavaiSNavavicAra]sapta--grantha-nibarhaṇa śaiva-vaiṣṇava-vicāra m
- ○granthī f. N. of wks
- ○grahī f. the meeting of the 7 planets under one sign MW
- ○cakra (○tá-), mfn. having 7 wheels RV
- ○catvāriṃśa mfn. the 47th, ch. of MBh. and R
- ○catvāriṃśat (○tá-), f. 47 ŚBr
- ○caru n. (nom. ○rum?) N. of a place MBh
- ○citika (○tá-), mfn. piled up in 7 layers ŚBr
- ○cchada m. '7 leaved', a kind of tree MW
- Alstonia, Scholaris MBh. Kāv. Suśr
- (ā), f. id. MW
- ○cchandas mfn. containing 7 metres SaṃhUp
- ○cchidra mf(ā)n. having 7 holes Kauś
- ○jana m. pl. a collective N. of 7 Munis R
- ○jāni or mfn. (Ved
- ○jāmi mfn. (Ved
- prob.) having 7 brothers or sisters MW
- ○jihva mfn. 7-tongued MBh
- m. N. of Agni or fire (the 7 tongues of fire have all names, e.g. kālī, karālī mano-javā, su-lohitā, su-dhūmra-varṇā, ugrā or sphuliṅginī, pradīptā, and these names vary accord. to the partic. rite in which fire is used, See hiraṇya, su-varṇā, su-prabhā &c.) VarBṛS. BhP. Śiś. Sch
- ○jvāla m. '7-flamed', fire L
- ○tanti mfn. 7-stringed ŚBr. Sch. KātyŚr. Sch
- ○tantu (○tá-), mfn. '7-threaded', consisting of 7 parts (as a sacrifice) RV. MBh
- m. a sacrifice, offering MBh. Śiś. BhP. &c
- ○tantra mf(ī)n. 7-stringed MBh. Mṛicch
- ○triṃśa mfn. the 37th, ch. of MBh. and R
- ○triṃśat f. 37 (with a noun in apposition) MBh. Rājat. Pañcar
- (○śad)-rātra n. a partic. ceremony ŚrS
- ○triṃśati f. 37 (with the noun in apposition) Rājat
- ○daśá mf(ī)n. the 17th ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ. VarBṛS. &c
- connected with 17, plus 17 ŚBr
- consisting of 17 TS. VS. Br. &c
- connected with or analogous to a Stoma which has 17 parts TBr. VS. ĀśvŚr
- having 17 attributes (said of a kula or family) MW
- pl. 17 (= -daśan) MBh
- m. (scil. stoma) a Stoma having 17 parts VS. TS. Br. ĀśvŚr
- N. of a collection of hymns MW
- (am), n. a group or collection of 17 ŚrS
- N. of a Sāman VP
- -vat (○śá-), mfn. connected with the above kind of Stoma ŚBr
- -vartani (○śá-), mfn. forming the course for the above Stoma TS
- -stoma mfn. having the above Stoma SāṅkhŚr
- ○śâbhikḷpta mfn. corresponding to the above Stoma ŚBr
- ○daśaka mfn. consisting of 17 (saṃkhyāne ○śaka, 'supposing the number to be 17') BhP
- ○daśan (○tá-), mfn. pl. (nom. acc. ○śa) 17 TS. VS. Br. &c
- ○śa-cchadi (○tá-), mfn. having 17 roofs TS
- ○śa-tā f. the being 17 in number KātyŚr
- ○śa-dhā́ ind. 17-fold ŚBr. Sāṃkhyak
- ○śa-rātrá m. n. a partic. sacrificial performance lasting 17 days TS. Maś
- ○sa-rcá mfn. consisting of 17 verses
- n. a hymn consisting of 17 verses AV
- ○śa-vidha mfn. 17-fold ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○śa-śarāva (○tá-), mfn. having 17 Śarāvas (a partic. measure) Br
- ○śa-sāmidhenīka mfn. having 17 Sāmidheni verses ŚāṅkhBr. ĀpŚr
- ○śâkṣara (○tá-), mfn. having 17 syllables VS. [Page 1149, Column]
- ○śâra mfn. having 17 spokes Lāṭy
- ○śâratni (○tá-), mfn. 17 cubits or ells in length (○tni-tā f. Jaim. Sch.) ŚBr
- ○daśama mfn. the 17th Cat
- ○daśin mfn. possessing 17, having 17 (Stotras) PañcavBr
- ○dina or (ibc.) 7 days, a week VarBṛS
- ○divasa (ibc.) 7 days, a week VarBṛS
- ○dīdhiti m. 'having 7 rays of light', fire L
- ○dvārâvakīrṇa mfn. scattered over or dominated or affected by the 7 gates (i.e. accord. to Kull., 'by the 5 organs of sense, the mind and the intellect', or 'by this world and the 3 above and the 3 below it') Mn. vi, 48
- ○dvīpa (ibc.) the 7 divisions of the earth, the whole earth Pur
- mf(ā)n. consisting of 7 Dviipas (the earth) MBh. Hariv. Śak. &c
- (ā), f. N. of the earth MW
- (○pa) -dharā-pati m. the lord of the whole earth Cat
- -pati m. 'lord of the 7 Dviipas', id. MW
- -vat mfn. consisting of 7 Dviipas (the earth) NṛisUp. Pur. Siṃhâs
- (atī), f. the whole earth (-pati m. lord of the whole earth) BhP
- ○dhātu (○tá-), mf(u)n. consisting of 7, 7-fold RV
- consṭconsisting of 7 constituent elements (as the body) GarbhUp
- m. N. of one of the ten horses of the Moon L
- pl. the 7 constitṭconstituent elements of the body (viz. chyle, blood, flesh, fat, bone, marrow, and semen) W
- -maya mf(ī)n. made of 7 various metals or elements Hcat
- -varūthaka mfn. having the 7 constitṭconstituent elṭelements of the body for a chariot-guard BhP
- ○dhātuka mfn. consisting of 7 elements ( prec.) GarbhUp
- ○dhānya n. sg. or pl. the 7 kinds of grain Hcat
- -maya mf(ī)n. made of the 7 kinds of grain ib
- ○dhāra n. (Cat.) or (MW.) N. of a Tirtha
- ○dhārā-tīrtha n. (MW.) N. of a Tirtha
- ○nalī f. bird-lime Kāv
- ○navata mfn. the 97th Rājat
- ch. of MBh
- ○navati f. 97 MBh
- -tama mfn. the 97th, ch. of R
- ○nāḍika n. (with cakra) = next L
- ○nāḍī-cankra n. an astrological diagram, supposed to foretell rain (it consists of 7 serpentine lines marked with the names of the Nakshatras and planets) L
- ○nāman (○tá-), mfn. having 7 names RV
- ○nāmā f. Polanisia Icosandra L
- ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○pañcāśa mfn. the 57th, ch. of MBh. and R
- ○pañcāśat f. 57 MBh. Nir
- ○pattra mfn. 7-leaved L
- drawn by 7 horses Vās
- m. Alstonia Scholaris ib
- a kind of jasmine L
- the sun Harav
- ○pad (○tá-). mf(adī) n. making 7 steps (round the sacred fire for the conclusion of the marriage ceremony or for the ratification of a treaty) TS. GṛS. Mn., Sch,
- ratified, sealed MBh
- sufficient for all wants RV
- ○pada (○tá-), mf(ā)n. making the 7 steps (described above) AV. PārGṛ
- consisting of 7 Pādas TS. Br. &c
- (ī), f. the 7 steps (round the sacred fire at the marriage ceremony) Kṛishis. RTL. 364, 380, 3
- ○dârtha-candrikā f. ○dârthanirūpaṇa n. ○dârthī f. ○dârthī-ṭīkā f. ○dathī-vyākhya f. N. of wks
- ○dī-karaṇa n. (Mn. ix, 71, 72 Sch.) or
- ○gamana n. (MW.) the walking together round the nuptial fire in 7 steps ( See above)
- ○parāka m. a kind of penance RāmatUp
- ○parṇa mfn. 7-leaved W
- m. Alstonia Scholaris MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- (ī), f. Mimosa Pudica Suśr
- n. the flower of AlstṭAlstonia SchṭScholaris ŚārṅgP
- a sort of sweetmeat L
- ○parṇaka m. Alstonia Scholaris Pañcar
- ○parvata-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○palāśa mf(ī)n. consisting of 7 leaves Kauś
- m. Alstonia Scholaris L
- ○pāka-yajña-bhāṣya n
- ○pāka-yajña-seṣa
- ○pāka-saṃsthā-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○pātāla n. the 7 Pātālas or regions under the earth (viz. atala, vit○, sut○, rasāt○, talāt○, mahāt○ and pātāla RTL. 102) Rājat
- ○putra (○tá-), mfn. having 7 sons or 7 children RV
- -sū f. the mother of 7 sons or children L
- ○puruṣá mfn. consisting of 7 Purushas or lengths of a man ŚBr
- ○prakṛti f. pl. the 7 constituent parts of a kingdom (viz., the king, his ministers, ally, territory, fortress, army, and treasury, See prak○) W
- ○bāhya n. N. of the kingdom of Bālhika Hariv
- ○buddha-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- ○budhna (○tá-), mfn. having 7 floors or bases RV
- ○bodhy-aṅga-kusumâḍhya m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
- ○bhaṅgan m. N. of the Jainas VP
- ○ginaya m. (with Jainas) the method of the 7 formulas of sceptical reasoning (each beginning with the word syāt, 'perhaps', cf. bhaṅga) Sarvad
- ○bhaṅgītaraṃgiṇī f. N. of wk
- ○bhaṅgī-naya m. = ○gi-naya Bādar. Sch
- N. of wk
- ○bhadra m. Acacia Sirissa L
- ○bhuvana n. pl. the 7 worlds (one above the other, See loka) MW
- ○bhūma mfn. having 7 stories, 7 stṭstories high HPariś
- ○bhūmi f. = rasā-tala R. (Sch.)
- -maya mf(i)n. = -bhūma Siṃhâs
- ○bhūmika mfn. id. Pañcat. (○kā-prā. sāda wṛ.) [Page 1150, Column]
- ○kā-vicāra m. N. of wk
- ○bhauma mfn. = -bhūma MBh. R
- ○maṅgala-māhātmya n
[[]]
- saptamaṭhāmnāyadaśanāmābhidhāna3sapta--maṭhâmnāya-daśa-nāmâbhidhāna n
- ○maṭhâmnāyika N. of wks
- ○mantra m. fire L
- ○marīci mfn. 7-rayed
- m. fire VarBṛS
- ○mahā-bhāga m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. (accord. to Nīlak. saptabhir gāyatry-ādibhir arpaṇīyāḥ saptâiva mahāntoyajña-bhāgāyasya
- cf. saptan)
- ○mātṛ (○tá-), mfn. having 7 mothers RV
- f. collective N. of the 7 mothers L
- ○mānuṣa (○tá-), mfn. dwelling among the 7 races of mankind, present among all RV
- ○mārga m. N. of a man Virac
- ○māsya mfn. (a child) of 7 months Kāṭh
- ○muṣṭika m. a partic. mixture used as a remedy for fever ŚārṅgS
- ○mūrti-maya mf(ī)n. having 7 forms Siṃhâs
- ○mṛttikā f. pl. 7 earths collected from 7 places and used in certain solemn rites MW
- ○yama mfn. with or having 7 tones or pitches of the voice RPrāt
- ○yojanī f. a distance or extent of 7 Yojanas Rājat
- ○rakta n. sg. the 7 red-coloured parts of the body (viz. palms of hands, soles of feet, nails, eye-corners, tongue, palate, lips) L
- ○ratna n. N. of various wks
- -padma-vikārin m. N. of a Buddha Buddh. (vḷ. -padma-vikrāntagāmin)
- -maya mf(i)n. consisting of 7 gems Kāraṇḍ
- ○raśmi (○tá-), mfn. 7-roped RV. AV
- (perhaps) 7-tongued ib. ; 7-rayed MW
- m. N. of Agni RV
- ○rātra n. a period of 7 nights (or days), a week Mn. MBh. R. &c
- (○trá), m. a partic. Ahina AV. ŚrS. Maś
- n. pl. N. of various Vaishṇava sacred books
- ○rātraka mf(ikā) n. lasting 7 days Hariv
- ○rātrika (?), mfn. id. MW
- n. a period of 7 nights or days, IndSt
- ○rāva m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh. (v. l. -vāra)
- ○rāśika the rule of proportion, with 7 terms Col
- ○ruci mfn. 7-rayed
- m. fire Śiś
- ○rcá (○ta + ṛc), mfn. having 7 verses
- n. a hymn of 7 verses Vait
- ○rṣí (○ta-ṛṣi), m. pl. the 7 Ṛishis, q.v
- (in astron.) the 7 stars of the constellation Ursa Major (-pūtā dik, 'the northern quarter of the sky')
- sg. one of the 7 Ṛishis MBh
- -kuṇḍa n. pl. N. of bathing-places sacred to the 7 Ṛishis ib
- -cāra m. N. of the 13th Adhyāya of VarBṛS. and of another astron. wk
- -ja m. the planet Jupiter L
- -tā f. the condition of the 7 Ṛishis Hariv
- -mat mfn. Pat
- -mata n. N. of various wks
- -loka m. the world of the 7 Ṛishis Cat
- -stotra n. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha, m
- ○ṣī7śvara-māhātmya n. N. of wks
- ○rṣika (○ta-RS○), = -rṣi (ibc.) Hariv
- ○lakṣaṇa n. N. of various wks
- -bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- -maya mf(ī)n. having 7 characteristic marks Siṃhâs
- ○loka m. pl. the 7 worlds
- -maya mf(ī)n. constituting the 7 worlds (said of Vishṇu) AgP
- ○lokī f. the 7 divisions of the world, the whole earth Prasannar
- ○vat mfn. containing the word saptan
- (atī), f. a verse containing the word saptam ĀpŚr
- N. of a river BhP
- ○vadhri (○tá-), mfn. fettered by 7 thongs (applied to the soul) BhP
- m. N. of an Ātreya (protected by the Aśvins and author of the hymns RV. v, 78, viii, 62) RV. AV
- ○varūtha mfn. having 7 guards (said of a chariot, See var○) BhP
- ○varga m. a group of 7 Nidānas
- ○varman m. N. of a grammarian Buddh
- ○varṣa mf(ā)n. 7 years old ŚāṅkhGṛ. Sch
- ○vādin m. N. of the Jainas (cf. -bhaṅgin) VP
- ○vāra m. N. of one of Garuḍa's sons MBh. (v. l. -rāva)
- ○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 7 years old Pañcat. Siṃhâs
- ○viṃśá mfn. the 27th Br
- consisting of 27 CūlUp
- ○viṃśaka mfn. id. RPrāt
- ○viṃśat (acc. ○śat), 27 VP
- ○viṃśati (○tá-), f. 27 (with a noun in apposition or gen. or comp.) VS. ŚBr. Mn. &c
- -tama mfn. the 27th KātyŚr. Sch
- -rātra n. N. of a Sattra KātyŚr
- -śata n. pl. 127 ŚāṅkhBr. AitĀr
- -sādhu-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○viṃśatika mfn. consisting of 27 MārkP
- ○viṃśatima mfn. the 27th Cat
- ○viṃśin mfn. consisting of 27 Lāṭy. Nidānas
- ○vidāru m. a partic. kind of tree Col
- ○vidha (○tá-), mf(ā)n. 7-fold, of 7 kinds ŚBr. MaitrUp. Śulbas. &c. (○dhátā f. ŚBr.)
- ○vibhakti-nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- ○vṛṣá mfn. possessing 7 bulls AV
- ○velam ind. 7 times ŚārṅgS
- ○vyasana-kathā f
- ○śaktistotra n. N. of wks
- ○śata mfn. 700 ( See ardhasapta-ś○)
- n. 700 ; 107 (= saptâdhikaṃ śatam) MW
- (ī), f. 700 MBh
- the aggregate of 700 MW
- a collection of 700 verses ib
- N. of various wks. (cf. -śataka)
- (○tī)-kalpa m. -kavaca-vivaraṇa n. -kāvya n. -guptavatī-vyākhyā f. -chāyā f. -japârtha-nyāsa-dhyāna, n. -daṃśôddhāra m. -dhyāna n. -nyāsa m. -prayoga. paṭala, -bīja-mantra-vidhāna n. -bhāṣya n. -mantra-vibhāga m. -mantra-homa-vidhāna n. -māhātmya n. -mūla n. -vidhāna n. -vivṛti f. -vyākhyā f. -stotra, n. [Page 1150, Column]
- ○ty-utkīlana n. N. of wks
- ○śataka n. N. of a collection of 700 erotic verses in Prākṛit by Hāla (q.v.)
- (ikā), f. the aggregate of 700 MW
- N. of wk
- ○tikā-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○śapha (○tá-), mf(ā)n. 7-hoofed MaitrS. ĀpŚr
- ○śalāka m. (MW.) or (L.) a kind of astrological diagram marked with twice 7 lines crossing each other at right angles (it is used for indicating auspicious days for marriages)
- ○śalāḍka-cakra n. (L.) a kind of astrological diagram marked with twice 7 lines crossing each other at right angles (it is used for indicating auspicious days for marriages)
- ○kra-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○śāli-vaṭī f. a kind of mercurial pill used as a remedy for syphilis Bhpr
- ○śiras mfn. 7-headed R
- ○śirā See -sirā
- ○śiva (○tá-), mf(ā)n. blessing the 7 (worlds) RV. i, 141, 2 (Sāy.)
- (ā), f. a kind of plant (= nāga-vallī) ib
- ○śīrṣa mfn. 7-headed MBh
- N. of Vishṇu (interpreted in different ways), Vishṇ
- ○śīrṣan (○tá-), mf(ṣṇi)n. 7-headed RV
- ○śrotas wṛ. for -srotas,
- ○ślokī f. (also with gītā), N. of wk
- -bhāgavata n. -rāmâyaṇa n. -vivaraṇa n. N. of wks. or parts of wks
- ○ṣaṣṭa mfn. the 67th MBh
- ○ṣaṣṭi f. 67 (-śata n. pl
- -sahasra n. pl.) Jyot. MārkP
- -tama mfn. the 67th R
- -bhāga m. the 67th part, IndSt
- ○saṃsthā f
- ○saṃsthā-prayoga m
- ○saṃsthāna n
- ○saṃkhyā f. N. of wks
- ○saṃkhyāka mfn. 7 in number, amounting to 7 MW
- ○saptaka mfn. consisting of seven times seven or 49 Cat
- n. 7 x 7 (= 49)
- -vettṛ m. one who knows 7 x 7 sciences R
- ○saptata mfn. the 77th Rājat
- ○saptati f. 77 (vatsare "ṣptatau, 'in the 77th year' Rājat.) Caraṇ. VarBṛS
- -tama mfn. the 77th, ch. of R
- ○sapti mfn. having 7 horses
- m. N. of the Sun (cf. saptâśva) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○saptin mfn. each consisting of 7 TāṇḍyaBr
- ○sama See prācya-sapta-s○?
- ○samādhi-pariṣkāra-dāyaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
- ○samudra-vat mfn. surrounded by the 7 oceans BhP
- ○samudrânta mf(ā)n. extending to the 7 oceans (the earth) R
- ○sāgara n. N. of a Liṅga, Kāśikh
- -dāna n. 'gift of the 7 oceans, 'a partic. valuable gift (represented by 7 vases with 7 different contents) Cat
- -prādānikā f. -mahādāna-prayoga m. -māhātmya n. N. of wks. or chs. of wks
- -mekhala mf(ā)n. girded by the 7 oceans (the earth) NṛisUp
- -vidhi m. = ○ra-dāna Cat
- ○sāgaraka n. = ○ra-dāna Hcat
- ○sārasvata n. N. of a Tirtha MBh
- ○sirā f. betel L. (wṛ. -śirā)
- ○sū f. the mother of 7 children L
- ○sūtra n
- ○sūtra-saṃnyāsa-paddhati f
- ○soma-paddhati f
- ○soma-saṃsthā-paddhati f
- ○stava m
- ○sthala-māhātmya n. N. of wks
- ○spardhā f. N. of a river R
- ○srotas n. N. of a Tirtha BhP. (wṛ. -śrotas)
- (○to)-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○svasṛ (saptá-), mf(ṛ)n. having 7 sisters RV. Nir
- ○ha n. N. of a Sāman (also with jamad-agnes) Br
- ○hán mfn. slaying 7 RV
- ○haya m. = saptâśva KāśīKh
- ○hasta mfn. having 7 hands W
- measuring 7 cubits ib
- ○hotṛ (○tá-), mfn. having 7 sacrificial priests RV. VS. AV. &c
- m. pl. N. of partic. Mantras TBr
- ○hautra n
- ○hautra-prayoga m
- ○hautrasūcī f. N. of wks
- saptâṃśu mfn. having 7 rays MW
- -puṃgava m. 'eminent with 7 rays of light', the planet Saturn L
- saptâkṣara mf(ī)n. containing 7 syllables MaitrS. Pañcar
- m. a word or a Pāda which contains 7 syllables MW
- saptâgāram ind. in 7 houses Cat
- saptâgārika mfn. taking place in 7 houses Vishṇ
- saptâṅga mfn. consisting of 7 members or parts Up. Mn. &c
- saptâcala-dāna-paddhati f. N. of wk
- saptâtman mfn. having 7 essences NṛisUp
- m. N. of Brahman MW
- saptâdri m. '7 mountains', N. of mṭmountains Inscr
- saptâmraka n. N. of a temple near Vaiśālā Divyâv
- saptârci m. fire (= next) R. MārkP
- saptârcis mfn. 7-rayed, 7-flamed L
- evil-eyed L
- m. N. of Agni or fire MBh. Ragh. VarBṛS. &c
- of the planet Saturn VP
- a partic. plant (= citraka) MW
- saptârṇava (ibc.) the 7 oceans (-jale-śaya mfn. ) Ragh
- mf(ā)n. surrounded with 7 oceans BhP
- saptā-viṃśati f. (m.c. or incorrectly) = sapta-v○ (acc. ○ti) Hariv. VarBṛS
- saptâśīta mfn. the 87th L
- saptâśīti f. 87 L
- -tama mfn. the 87th L
- -śloka-sūtra n. N. of wk
- saptâśra mfn. septangular Hcat. (wṛ. ○tâsra)
- m. n. a heptagon (also spelt ○tâsra) MW
- saptâśva mfn. having 7 horses RV
- m. the sun (the 7 horses symbolizing the 7 days of the week), KāśīKh. [Page 1150, Column]
- -vāhana m. 'borne by 7 horses' ib
- saptâṣṭan mfn. pl. 7 or 8 (○ṭa ibc. MBh. R.) Hcat
- saptâsthita mfn. furnished with 7 (spikes &c.) TāṇḍyaBr
- (ā), f. N. of a Vishṭuti ib. Sch
- saptâsya mfn. 7-mouthed RV
- having 7 openings ib
- saptâsra See ○tâśra
- saptâhá m. (ifc. f. ā) 7 days
- a sacrificial performance lasting 7 days Br. KātyŚr. Mn. &c
- saptâhvā f. a kind of plant (= saptatā Suśr
- saptôttara mfn. having 7 in addition (e.g. ○raṃ śatam, 100 + 7 i.e. 107) Yājñ
- saptôtsada mfn. N. of a village Divyâv
- saptôtsāda mfn. having 7 prominent parts on the body Buddh
- -tā f. (one of the 32 signs of perfection of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83
- saptônā f. (scil. viṃśati, 20 being the normal number of verses m. a Sûkta) '20-7 i.e. 13' Sāy
- saptaka mfn. consisting of 7 (catvāraḥ saptakāḥ, 'consṭconsisting of 4 x 7 i.e. 28' Hariv
- sapta saptakāḥ or saptakāḥ sapta, '7x7 i.e. 49' ib. R.) RPrāt. Mn. MBh. &c
- the 7th W
- m. (Car.) or n. (Divyâv.) a week
- (ī), f. a woman's girdle L
- n. (ifc. f. ikā) a collection or aggregate of 7 Mn. Suśr. Kathās. &c
- saptata mfn. the 70th (only used after another numeral
- See eka-s○, dvā-s○, tri-s○ &c., and Pāṇ. 5-2, 58)
- saptátaya mf(ī)n. consisting of 7 parts ŚBr. ĀpŚr
- saptatí f. 70 (with the counted noun in apposition or in gen. pl. or ibc. or ifc.) RV. AV. ŚrS. &c. ; 70 years Mn. Suśr
- N. of wk. (= sāṃkhyakārikā)
- du. 2 seventies W
- pl. many sevṭseventies ib
- ○tama mfn. the 70th, ch. of MBh. and R
- ○ratna-mālikā f. N. of wk
- ○saṃkhyāka mfn. amounting to 70 Hariv
- ○sambandha m. a collection of 70 tales Śukas
- ○hāyana mfn. 70 years old VarBṛ
- saptatima mfn. the 70th (with bhāga m. 'a 70th part') Hcat
- saptátha mf(ī)n. the 7th RV
- saptadhā́ ind. in 7 parts, 7-fold TS. &c. &c. ; 7 times Ragh
- saptamá mf(ī́)n. the 7th VS. TS. ŚBr. &c. ; (ī), f. See below. [Cf. Zd. haptatha
- Gk. ?
- Lat. [1150,] septimus ; Lith. sékma-s ; Slav. [sedm�u] &c.]
- ○kalā f. the 7th digit of the moon MW
- saptamâṣṭamá mfn. du. the 7th, and the 8th AV
- saptamaka mfn. the 7th Śrutab
- saptamī f. (of saptamá above) the 7th Tithi or lunar day of the fortnight (on which day in the light fortnight there is a festival in honour of the 7th digit, of the moon
- often ifc., See gaṅgā-s○, jayantīs○) ŚrS. MBh. VarBṛS. &c
- the 7th case, i.e. the locative or its terminations Nir. VPrāt. &c
- the potential or its terminations Kāt
- a partic. Mūrchanā Saṃgīt
- ○pratirūpaka mfn. having the form of a locative case Pāṇ. 1-4, 66 Sch
- g. câdi
- ○vrata n. a religious observance to be performed on the 7th day of a month Cat
- ○samāsa m. a Tat-purusha compound of which the first member is supposed to be in a locative case, Kaiyy. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 35
- ○snapana n. 'bathing on the 7th day', a partic. religious observance Cat
- saptamy-arka-vrata n. a partic. religious observance ib
- saptamīya mfn. the 7th MārkP
- saptala m. N. of a man, g. naḍâdi
- (ā), f. N. of several plants (Arabian jasmine
- a soap-tree
- Mimosa Concinna
- Abrus Precatorius
- Bignonia Suaveolens), Susr. Pañcar. Hcar
- = nava-mālikā MW
- = carma-kaśā ib
- saptalikā f. a kind of plant Suśr
- saptārṣa n. (? ○târ○) N. of a Tirtha Vishṇ
- saptika mfn. having the length of 7, Śulbas
- saptin mfn. (for 2. See under sapti below) containing 7 RPrāt
- m. the 7-partite Stoma PañcavBr. Lāṭy
- sápti m. (possibly connected with √sap) a horse, steed, courser (cf. sapta-s○) RV. VS. Kāv. Pañcar
- N. of the author of RV. x, 79 (having the patr. Vājambhara) Anukr
- ○tā f. the condition of being a horse MBh
- saptin (only f. saptinī formed in analogy to vājinī) Lāṭy
- sáptī-vat mfn. moving with horses RV
- sáptya n. (prob.) a riding-ground for horses, race course RV
- sa-prakāraka sa-prakṛtika &c. See p. 1148, col, 3. [Page 1151, Column]
- sa-pratipādana wṛ. for sampratip○
- sa-prastāra wṛ. for sam-pr○
- sa-pha mfn. (7. [sa+pha]) together with the sound or letter ph (-tva n.) TāṇḍBr
- m. N. of various men ĀrshBr
- n. N. of various Sāmans, (tva n.) ib. &c
- saphara See saphara
- sa-phala mf(ā)n. together with fruits, having or bearing fruit or seed, fruitful (as a tree) PārGṛ. MBh. Kathās
- 'having seed', i.e. possessing testicles, not emasculated R
- having good results, productive, profitable, successful (with √kṛ, 'to fulfil', 'keep a promise') MBh. Kāv. &c
- together with the result VarBṛS
- -tva n. profitableness, successfulness Śiś. Kathās. Sāh
- -prârthana mfn. one whose desire is fulfilled Vikr
- ○lôdaya m. 'one whose appearance brings good results', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○lôdarka mfn. bearing fruit in the future, promising success Mālatīm
- saphalaka mfn. furnished with a shield MBh
- saphalaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make profitable or successful, derive advantage from, enjoy Kāv. Kathās
- saphalī in comp. for saphala
- ○karaṇa n. the act of making successful, Kāśikh
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti = saphalaya Pañcat. Śatr
- ○kṛta mfn. made profitable or useful Kāv. Kathās
- fulfilled, accomplished R
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to be successful, yield profit Subh
- ○bhūta mfn. become profitable or advantageous
- sa-phena mfn. having foam, foamy, frothy VarBṛS
- -puñja. mfn. covered with dense masses of foam (as the ocean) Kum
- sa-bandha mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + b○) having a pledge, secured by a pledge L
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○bandhaka mfn. = sa-bandha above Yājñ
- ○bandhu (sá-), mfn. being of the same race or family, related, of kin RV. AV. VS
- possessing a kinsman having a friend, befriended Hit
- ○barhis mfn. furnished with sacrificial grass Kauś
- ○bala (sá-), mfn. powerful, strong RV. &c. &c
- together with strength or power L
- accompanied by a force or army. MBh. R
- together with Bala (Kṛishṇa's eldest brother) BhP
- m. N. of a son of Manu Bhautya Hariv
- of a son of Vasishṭha (and one of the 7 Ṛishis) MārkP
- of one of the 7 Ṛishis under Manu Śāvarṇa ib
- -tā f. (ŚāṅkhBr.), -tva n. (Śiś.) power, strength
- -vāhana mfn. with an army and followers Yājñ. Sch
- -siṃha m. N. of a king Inscr
- ○lāt-kāram ind. with force, forcibly Śak
- ○lânuga mfn. followed by an army MBh. R
- = sa-balavāhana MW
- ○bali mfn. endowed with royal revenue ib
- accompanied with the Bali offering ib
- m. evening twilight (when the offering is made) L
- ○bahumānam ind. with great honour or reverence, very respectfully Kālid. Ratnâv. &c
- ○bā́dh mfn. harassed, annoyed, afflicted TS
- ○bādha mfn. painful, detrimental to (gen.) Yājñ
- ○bā́dhas mfn. = -bā́dh RV. v, 10, 6
- ind. urgently, eagerly ib. vii, 8, 1 ; 26, 2 &c
- m. = ṛtvij Naigh. iii, 15
- ○bāndhava mfn. having kindred or relations MW
- ○bāla-vṛddha mfn. with children and old men ib
- ○bāṣpa mf(ā)n. tearful, weeping (am ind.) Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
- -gadgadam ind. with tears and in a faltering voice Ragh
- ○bāṣpaka mfn. steaming, fuming, emitting vapour Suśr
- ○bāhyântaḥ-karaṇa mfn. with the external and internal organs (with ātman m. 'the whole self') Vikr
- ○bindu m. N. of a mountain MārkP
- ○bīja mf(ā)n. with seed or germ (lit. and fig.), containing seed or germ (-tva n.) MBh. Kap. VP
- ○bībhatsam ind. with disgust or abhorrence Mālatīm
- ○búva mfn. accompanied by the sound búvam (vḷ. sabva) TBr. (Sch.)
- ○brahmaka mfn. together with (the priest called) Brahman AśvŚr
- togṭtogether with (the god) Brahmā MBh
- together with the world of Brahmā Buddh
- ○brahmacārin m. (prob.) = next Yājñ. ii, 85
- ○brahmacārin m. a fellow-student, one who studies the same Śākhā of the Veda (iṇī f.) GṛS. Mn. Yājñ. Kathās
- (ifc.) a fellow, companion (in duḥkha-s○) Kād
- mfn. rivalling, vying with ib
- ○brāhmaṇa (sá-), mfn. together with Brāhmans AV
- ○brāhmaṇaspatya mfn. tṭtogether with the Pragāthas addressed to Brāhmanas-pati ŚāṅkhŚr
- sabar (prob.) n. (accord. to Sāy. = ) milk, nectar (only in comp. and prob. connected with Germ. saf, ṣaft [Page 1151, Column] ; AnglṢax. soep ; Eng. sap ; perhaps also with Lat. sapio, sapor)
- ○dúgha mf(ā)n. yielding milk or nectar RV
- ○dúh mfn. (nom. -dhúk) id. ib
- ○dhú mfn. id. ib
- sabda m. (in a formula) = sagara TS
- = ahaḥ ŚBr
- sabvá n. digested food (= pakvâśayagatam annam) VS. Mahīdh. (sabvám may perhaps be acc. of a f. sabū́
- cf. sa-búvam)
- sabh = √1. sah (cf. pra-sabham)
- sabha See sabhā below
- sa-bhaktikam ind. (fr. 7. sa + bhakti) respectfully Śukas
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○bhakṣa m. a messmate (in yathā-sabhakṣam, q.v.)
- ○bhaṅga mfn. with division (of a word into different parts)
- -śleṣa m. a Ślesha formed by the above division Sāh
- ○bhadra-musta mfn. full of the grass Cyperus Rotundus Ṛitus
- ○bhaya mf(ā)n. fearful, apprehensive (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- riskful, dangerous Lalit
- ○bharas (sá-), mfn. (perhaps) harmonizing with (instr
- others 'furnished with oblations or gifts') RV
- ○bhartṛkā f. (a woman) whose husband is alive L
- ○bhava m. together with Bhava (i.e. Śiva) BhP
- ○bhasmaka mfn. togṭtogether with ashes GopBr
- ○bhasman mfn. mixed or smeared with ashes R
- (○ma) -dvija m. pl. N. of Pāśupata or Śaiva mendicants Buddh
- ○bhāga mfn. (for sabhā-ga See under sabhā) having a share ( See comp.)
- common, universal Buddh
- corresponding, answering ib
- -tā f. participation, companionship, association ib
- ○gaya Nom. ○yáti, to impart AV
- ○bhāgya mf(ā) u. having good fortune, fortunate Hariv. R. MārkP
- ○bhājana mfn. (for sabhājana See under sabhāj, col. 3) furnished with vessels MBh. (B. mahājana)
- ○bhāṇḍa mfn. being in a vessel or receptacle BhP
- ○bhāra-tā f. fulness, abundance, great prosperity ŚāṅkhBr
- ○bhārya or mfn. with a wife, having a wife MBh. R. Pañcar
- ○bhāryaka mfn. with a wife, having a wife MBh. R. Pañcar
- ○bhāvana m. N. of Śiva MBh
- ○bhīti mfn. having fear, fearful, timid MW
- ○bhīma mfn. together with Bhīma ib
- ○bhūta mfn. attended by demons Kum
- ○bhūmi (sá-), mfn. with landed property, including landed property ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○bhṛkuṭī-mukha mfn. having a frowning face, frowning MW
- ○bhṛti (sá-), mfn. (prob.) offering or serving food RV
- ○bhṛtya mfn. attended by servants, with (the assistance of) servants MW
- ○bhrātṛ or mfn. with a brother, attended by brethren ib
- ○bhrātṛka mfn. with a brother, attended by brethren ib
- ○bhrū-kṣepam ind. with a frown Mṛicch
- ○bhrū-bhaṅga mfn. with a frown, frowning, knitting the brows (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās
- ○bhrū-bhedam ind. frowningly Śak. (v. l.)
- ○bhrū-vilāsam ind. with play of the brows Kathās
- sabhā́ f. (of unknown derivation, but probably to be connected with 7. sa
- ifc. also sabha, n
- Pāṇ. 2-4. 23 &c., and eka-sabhá) an assembly, congregation, meeting, council, public audience RV. &c. &c
- social party, society, good society ( See comp.)
- Society (personified as a daughter of Prajāpati) AV
- a place for public meetings, large assembly-room or hall, palace, court of a king or of justice, council-chamber, gambling-house &c. ib
- a house for lodging and accommodating travellers Mn. MBh. &c. ; an eating-house ( See mahā-s○). [Cf.Goth. sibja ; Germ. sippa, ṣippe ; Angl. Sax. sibb ; Eng. god-sib, gossip.]
- ○kāra m. the builder of a hall &c. MBh. R
- ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
- ○"ṣkṣa (sabhâkṣa), m. N. of a man Hariv
- ○gá mfn. (for sa-bhāga See above) going into an assembly or council ŚBr. ChUp
- ○gata mfn. one who appears before or is present at a court of justice Yājñ. Sch
- ○gṛha n. an assembly-hall Cat
- ○cará mfn. = -gá VS
- ○cāturya n. politeness in society MW
- ○"ṣcāra (sabhâc○), m. the customs or usages of society, courtmanners ib
- ○taraṃga m. N. of wk. on polite conversation in Sanskṛit (by Jagan-nātha-miśra)
- ○dhairya n. boldness in company MW
- ○nara m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv
- of a son of Anu Pur
- ○nāṭaka n. N. of a drama (by Mahêśvara)
- ○nāyaka m. the president of an assembly, chairman MW
- the keeper of a gambling-house ib
- ○"ṣntare (sabhânt○), ind. in society Subh
- ○páti m. the president of an assembly or council VS. Kathās. &c. [Page 1151, Column]
- N. of Bhūta-karman MBh
- of an author Cat
- -vilāsa m. N. of wk
- ○pariṣad f. the session of an assembly or council MBh
- ○parvan n. N. of the second book of the Mahā-bhārata (describing the great assembly at Hastināpura and the gambling between Yudhi-shṭhira and Śakuni, in which the former staked all his possessions, including his wife Draupadi)
- ○pāla m. the keeper of a public, building or assembly TBr. MBh
- ○pūjā f. respectful words addressed to an audience (in the prelude of a drama) MW
- ○prapādin mfn. frequenting assemblies NilarUp
- ○praveśana n. entering a court of justice PārGṛ
- ○"ṣbharaṇa (prob.) wṛ. for sabhyâbh○
- ○maṇḍana n. the adorning or arranging of an assṭassembly-room MW
- ○maṇḍapa m. an assembly-hall Vās
- ○madhye ind. in society Cāṇ
- ○yogya mfn. suitable for (good) society Prasaṅg
- ○rañjana n. N. of a Kāvya (by Nila-kaṇṭha Dikshita)
- ○"ṣraṇya-vitaṅka-vat (sabhâr○), mfn. one to whom the Sabhā and Araṇya-parvan (of the Mahā-bhārata) are the highest point MBh
- ○vat (sabhā́-), mfn. fit for a council or assembly RV
- ○vaśa-kara mfn. controlling or influencing an assṭassembly Hit
- ○"ṣvasara (sabhâv○), m. the occasion of an assṭassembly Vet
- ○vín m. the keeper of a gambling-house TBr. (Sch.)
- ○vinoda m. N. of wk. (by Daiva-jña Dāmôdara) on proper conduct in assemblies
- ○sád m. 'sitting at an assṭassembly', an assistant at a meeting or assessor in a court of justice AV. &c. &c
- ○sada m. id. R. Pañcat
- ○saṃnayana n. Pat, on Pāṇ. 1-i, 73 Vārtt. 2
- ○sāhá m. one who is superior in an assṭassembly, superior, eminent RV
- ○siṃha m. N. of a king of Bundelkhand (patron of Śaṃkara Dikshita) Cat
- ○"ṣsīna (sabhâs○), mfn. sitting in (or presiding at) a council or court of justice Rājat
- ○"ṣstāra (sabhâst○), m. an assistant at an assṭassembly, assessor in a court of justice Bhar
- a partaker of a game MBh
- ○stha mfn. being at an assṭassembly or court
- m. one who sits in an assṭassembly, a courtier MW
- ○sthāṇú m. 'post at a gambling-house', either 'a gambling-table' or 'a man who sits like a post at a gambling-table', a persistent gambler VS
- ○sthāna-stha mfn. being in the audience-hall (said of a king) Rājat
- sabhêśvara-stotra n. N. of a hymn
- sabhôcita mfn. fit for an assembly or for good society
- m. a learned Brāhman or any educated person W
- sabhôddeśa m. the neighbourhood of any place of meeting Nal
- sabhôpaviṣṭa mfn. = sabhâsīna Pañcat
- sabhika m. the keeper of a gambling-house Yājñ. Mṛicch
- sabhīka m. id. W
- sabhéya mfn. fit for an assembly or council, civilized, clever, well-behaved, decent RV. VS. ŚāṅkhŚr
- sábhya mfn. being in an assembly-hall or meeting-room, belonging to or fit for an assembly or court, suitable to good society, courteous, polite, refined, civilized, not vulgar, decorous (as speech) AV. &c. &c
- being at the court of (gen.) Vās., Introd
- m. an assistant at an assembly or council, (esp.) an assessor, judge Mn. MBh. &c
- the keeper of a gambling. house W
- a person of honourable parentage ib
- N. of one of the five sacred fires ( See pañcâgni) KātyŚr. Mn. iii, 100, 185 Kull
- ○kaṇṭhâbharaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○tama mfn. very worthy of good society, very courteous or polite or refined
- m. a very polite or refined person, an ornament of society W
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. politeness, refinement, good manners or breeding W
- sabhyâbharaṇa n. N. of a poem by Rāma-candra
- sabhyâbhinava-yati m. N. of an author Cat
- sabhyêtara mfn. 'other than refined', vulgar, indecorous, opposite to good manners Nir. Kāv. Śaṃk
- sabhāj cl. 10. P. (Dhātup. xxxv, 35
- rather Nom. fr. 7. sa + bhāj) sabhājayati (rarely ○te), to serve, honour, worship MBh. Kāv. &c
- to praise, celebrate Kathās. BhP
- to visit, frequent Car. Kathās
- to beautify MW
- to show ib
- sabhājana n. (for sa-bhājana See above, col. 2) service, honour, courtesy, politeness, civility (esp. in receiving or taking leave of a friend) R. Kālid. Śiś
- sabhājita mfn. served, honoured, gratified, pleased MBh. R. &c
- praised, celebrated BhP
- sabhājya mfn. to be honoured or praised by R. (gen.) R
- sa-bhāṇḍa sa-bhārya, sa-bhīti &c. See col. 2. [Page 1152, Column]
- sam or stam, cl. 1. P. samati or stamati, to be disturbed (accord. to some 'to be undisturbed'
- √.śam) Dhātup. xix, 82
- cl. 10. P. samayati or stamayati, to be agitated or disturbed Vop
- sám ind. (connected with 7. sa and 2. sama, and opp. to 3. vi, q.v.) with, together with, along with, together, altogether (used as a preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, like Gk. ?, [1152,] Lat. con, and expressing 'conjunction', 'union', 'thoroughness', 'intensity', 'completeness', e.g. saṃ√yuj, 'to join together'
- saṃ-√dhā, 'to place together'
- saṃ-dhi, 'placing together'
- saṃ-√tap, 'to consume utterly by burning'
- sam-uccheda, 'destroying altogether, complete destruction'
- in Ved. the verb connected with it has sometimes to be supplied, e.g. ā́po agním yaśásaḥ sáṃ hí pūrviíih, 'for many glorious waters surrounded Agni'
- it is sometimes prefixed to nouns in the sense of 2. sama, 'same'
- cf. samartha) RV. &c. &c
- sama mfn. (connected with 7. sa and with 2. samá and samāna
- cf. samaha, used as pron.: declined like sarva e.g. samasmai RV. vi, 51, 6) any, every RV. [Cf. Gk. ?, ? ; Goth. suma ; Angl. Sax. [1152,] sum ; Eng. some.]
- samá mf(ā́)n. (prob. originally identical with prec
- cf. samāna) even, smooth, flat, plain, level, parallel (karṇa-s○', on a level with the ear'
- bhūmi- or bhūmeḥ samaṃ-√kṛ', to make level with the earth') RV. &c. &c
- same, equal, similar, like, equivalent, like to or identical or homogeneous with (instr., e.g. mayā sama', like to me
- or gen., rarely abl.), like in or with regard to anything (instr., gen., loc., or -tas, or comp
- samaṃ-√kṛ, 'to make equal, balance') ib
- always the same, constant, unchanged, fair, impartial towards (loc. or gen.) ib
- even (not 'odd'), a pair VarBṛS
- having the right measure, regular, normal, right, straight (samaṃ-√kṛ', to put right or in order') AitBr. &c.&c
- equable, neutral, indifferent VarBṛS
- equally distant from extremes, ordinary, common, middling Mn. MBh. &c
- just, upright, good, straight, honest ib
- easy, convenient Pañcat
- full, complete, whole, entire L
- m. peace (perhaps wṛ. for śama) R. Kām
- the point of intersection of the horizon and the meridian line Gol
- N. of partic. zodiacal signs (esp. Vṛisha, Karkaṭa, Kanyā, Vṛiścika, Makara, and Mina) MW
- a kind of straight line placed over a numerical figure to mark the process of extracting the square √ib
- (in music) a kind of time Saṃgīt
- a grass-conflagration L
- a Jina Gal
- N. of a son of Dharma VP
- of a son of Dhṛitarāshṭra MBh
- of a king of the Nandi-vegas (v. l. śama) ib
- (ā), f. a year, See samā p. 1153
- (am), n. level ground, a plain (samé bhū́myāḥ, 'on level ground') AV. ŚBr. Mn. MBh. R
- equability, equanimity, imperturbability MBh
- likeness, similarity, equality (ena', equally, in the same manner'), Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 18
- right measure or proportion (ena, 'exactly, precisely') ŚBr
- settlement, compensation Mn. viii, 177
- good circumstances Mṛicch
- (in rhet.) a partic. figure, sameness of objects compared to one another Pratāp Kuval
- (in geom.) a mean proportional segment (described as a fourth proportional to the two perpendiculars and the link or segment, and used for solving problems in a trapezium) Col
- = samā f. a year ( See pāpa-s○, puṇya-s○, and su-ṣama)
- (samám), ind. in like manner, alike, equally, similarly RV. &c. &c
- together with or at the same time with or in accordance with (instr. or comp.) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- just, exactly, precisely Mn. VarBṛS. BhP
- honestly, fairly R. [Cf. Gk. ?, ?, ? ; [1152,] Lat. similis ; Germ. same, -sam ; Eng. same.]
- ○kakṣa mfn. having equal weight (-tā, f
- -tva n.) Sāh
- (ā), f. equilibrium (○kṣāṃ-√tul P. tulayati', to balance one another') MBh
- ○kanyā f. a suitable maiden, a girl fit to be married Dhanaṃj
- ○kara mfn. (for sa-makara See p. 1153, col. 2) levying regular or fair taxes Siṃhâs
- ○karṇa m. 'having equal ears', N. of Śiva MBh
- of Buddha (-tā f. one of the 80 minor marks of a BṭBuddha) Dharmas. 84 Buddh
- m. n. 'having two equal diagonals', an equi-diagonal tetragon Col
- ○karman mfn. having equal occupation MBh
- ○kāla m. the same time or moment W
- (ibc. or am, once also e v. l.), ind. simultaneously Yājñ. Kāv. &c
- -bhava m. a contemporary of (comp.) Rājat
- ○kālīna mfn. simultaneous with (comp.) Nyāyas. Sch. [Page 1152, Column]
- ○kola m. 'having an even breast', a serpent, snake L
- ○koṣṭha-miti f. the measure of compartments or number of equal squares of the same denomination (as cubit, fathom &c.) in which the dimension of the side is given
- the area or superficial contents Col
- ○krama mfn. keeping pace with Śiś
- -tā f. having the steps equal (one of the 80 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84
- ○kriya mfn. acting uniformly in or towards (loc.) MBh. Bhartṛ
- subject to the same medical treatment (-tva n.) Suśr
- ○kṣetra n. (in astron.) 'having an even or complete figure', N. of a partic. division or arrangement of the Nakshatras MW
- ○khāta n. a cavity having the figure of a regular solid with equal sides, a parallel epipedon, cylinder &c. Col
- ○gandha m. constant odour (one of the 4 kinds of odours) Dharmas. 37
- mfn. having the same odour L
- ○gandhaka m. a perfume compounded of similar ingredients L
- ○gandhika mfn. having equal or similar fragrance MW
- n. the fragrant √of the Andropogon Muricatus Bhpr
- ○cakra-vāla n. a circle, IndSt
- ○catur-aśra (or -asra), mf(ā)n. having four equal angles, square ĀśvGṛ. VarBṛS. BhP. &c
- m. n. a rectangular tetragon, square, Śulbas. Āryabh. Hcat
- an equilateral tetrṭtetragon MW
- (ī), ind. (with √kṛ) to transform into a square Hcat
- ○catur-bhuja mfn. having four equal sides
- m. or n. (?) a square or rhombus Col
- ○catuṣkoṇa mfn. having four equal angles (distinguished from sama-catur-aśra), IndSt
- ○catvāriṃśadanta-tā f. the having 40 even teeth (one of the 32 signs of perfection in a Buddha) Dharmas. 83
- ○citta mfn. even-minded, possessing equanimity, equable Kāv. BhP
- indifferent W
- having the thoughts directed to the same subject MW
- -tā f. (L.) or -tva n. (Bhag.) equanimity towards (loc.)
- ○cetas mfn. = -citta Bhartṛ. BhP
- ○codita mfn. = saṃ-c○, driven or shot off MBh
- ○ccheda mfn. having an equal denominator Āryabh. Sch
- ○dī-kṛ P. -karoti, to cause to have an equal denṭdenominator Bijag
- ○cchedana mfn. having like divisions or denominators MW
- ○jāti mfn. equal in kind, homogeneous MW
- ○jātīya mfn. id. MBh
- ○jñā f. fame L. (vḷ. for samājñā)
- ○taṭa N. of a country in eastern India VarBṛS. Buddh
- ○tā (samá-), f. sameness of level VarBṛS
- equality, sameness, identity with (instr., gen., or comp.) ŚBr. MBh. Hariv. &c
- fairness, impartiality towards (loc. or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- equableness, normal condition (○tāṃ-√nī, 'to decide or settle equitably') Mn. MBh. Suśr. &c
- equanimity. MW
- mediocrity Hit
- benevolence Pañcar
- -jñāna n. (with Buddhists) one of the 5 kinds of knowledge Dharmas. 94
- ○tīrthaka mf(ikā)n. full to the brim Lalit
- ○tulā f. equal value Kāv
- ○tulita mfn. of equal weight VarBṛS
- ○tṛṇa-maṇi-loṣṭa-kāñcana mfn. one to whom grass and jewels and clods and gold are of equal value Siṃhâs
- ○traya n. an equal quantity of 3 ingredients (viz. yellow myrobalan, dry ginger, and sugar) L
- ○tri-bhuja mfn. having 3 equal sides Col
- m. n. any figure containing 3 equal sides MW
- an equilateral triangle ib
- ○tryaṃśa mfn. consisting of 3 eqṭequal parts
- (ā), f. a partic. Vishṭuti TāṇḍyaBr
- ○tva n. equality with (instr. or gen.) KātyŚr. VS. Prāt. VarBṛ. &c
- equanimity HYog
- uniform conduct towards (loc. or comp.) Bhag. BhP
- equableness, normal condition Suśr
- ○tviṣ mfn. equally bright or lovely W
- ○daṃṣṭra-tā f. the having equal eye-teeth (one of the 50 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. 84
- ○danta mfn. having even teeth
- -tā f. one of the 32 signs of perfection (of a Buddha) Dharmas. 83
- ○darśana mfn. (ifc.) of similar appearance, like R
- (also with sarvatra or sarveṣām) looking on all (things or men) with equal or indifferent eyes MBh. Kāv. Pur
- ○darśin mfn. looking impartially on (loc.), regarding all things impṭimpartially MBh. R. &c
- ○duḥkha mf(ā)n. feeling pain in common with another, compassionate Kāv
- -sukha mfn. sharing grief and joy with another MBh. Śak
- indifferent to pain and pleasure Bhag. Aśhṭāv
- ○dṛś mfn. looking indifferently or impartially upon Bhartṛ. BhP
- regarding all things impṭimpartially BhP
- ○dṛṣṭi f. the act of looking on all equally or impartially Kathās
- mfn. looking on all impṭimpartially (-tva n.) BhP. Rājat. Vās
- even-eyed Vās
- ○deśa m. even ground Śak
- ○dyuti mfn. equal in radiance MW
- ○dvādaśâśra m. n. an equilateral dodecagon or dodecahedron ib
- ○dvi-dvibhuja mfn. having 2 x 2 equal sides [Page 1152, Column]
- m. or n. (?) a rhomboid Col
- ○dvi-bhuja mfn. having 2 equal sides ib
- m. n. a rhomboid havṭhaving 2 sides equal MW
- ○dharma mf(ā)n. (ifc.) of equal nature or character, resembling BhP
- ○dhā ind. equally with (instr.) Gaut
- ○dhura mfn. (for sa-madh○ See p. 1154) bearing an equal burden with (gen.) Ragh
- ○dhṛta mfn. made equal in weight Mn. Vishṇ
- equal or equivalent to W
- ○nara m.= -śaṅku Gol. Gaṇit
- ○nindā-navana mf(ā)n. indifferent to blame and praise, Nalod
- ○pakṣapāta mf(ā)n. favouring both sides equally, impartial Kir
- ○paṭa-vāsa m. (prob.) = -gandhaka L
- ○pada m. 'holding the feet even', a partic. posture in sexual union L
- an attitude in shooting ib
- ○padāti ind., g. tiṣṭhad-gu
- ○pāda n. 'holding the feet even', a partic. posture in dancing Saṃgīt
- a posture in shooting L
- ○prabha mfn. having equal splendour Mn. i, 9
- ○prādhānya-saṃkara m. (in rhet.) the artificial combination of two metaphors Kuval
- ○prêpsu mfn. eager for an equal position in regard to (loc.) Gaut
- ○buddhi mfn. esteeming all things alike, indifferent
- m. N. of a Muni Cat
- ○bhāga m. an equal share MW
- mfn. (prob.) receiving an equal share Pāṇ. 6-2, 1 Sch
- ○bhāva m. equability, homogeneousness Bhām. HPariś
- mfn. of like nature or property W
- ○bhūmi f. even ground (○mi-tale, 'on even ground') R
- ind. (prob.) = -m-bhūmí (below), g. tiṣṭhad-gu
- ○maṇḍala n. 'even-circle', the prime vertical circle (-śaṅku m. prime vertṭvertical pin or gnomon) Sūryas. Gol. &c
- ○mati mfn. even minded, equable BhP
- ○maya mf(ī)n. of like origin Pāṇ. 4-3, 82 Sch
- ○mātra mfn. of the same size or measure W
- of the same prosodial measṭmeasure, IndSt
- ○miti f. mean measure W
- ○m-bila mf(ī), n. filled with (instr.) to the aperture or brim KātyŚr
- ○m-bhūmí ind. even with the ground ŚBr. KātyŚr. Kauś
- ○yuga g. pratijanâdi
- ○yoga wṛ. for samāy○ L
- ○raṃhas mfn. having equal impetuosity or speed MW
- ○rajju f. equal or mean cord, mean or equated depth Col
- ○rañjita mfn. coloured equally Hariv
- = saṃ-r○, tinged, coloured MW
- ○rata m. n. a partic. posture in sexual union L
- ○ratha m. N. of a king BhP
- ○rabha m. 'equal-embrace', a kind of coitus MW
- ○rasa mfn. having equal feelings (-tva n.), Kāśikh
- ○rasī-karaṇa n. causing to have equal feelings ib
- ○rūpa mfn. of the same form MW
- ○rūpya mfn. = samād āgataḥ, formerly in the possession of an honest man (cf. rūpya) Pāṇ. 4-3, 81 Sch
- ○rekha mfn. forming an even line, straight Śak
- ○"ṣrca (fr. sama + ṛc), mfn. having the same number of verses ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○lamba mfn. having equal perpendiculars
- m. or n. (?) a trapezoid Col
- ○lepanī f. a bricklayer's instrument for levelling, a plane L
- ○loṣṭa-kāñcana mfn. one to whom a clod and piece of gold are all the same Ragh. Divyâv
- ○loṣṭâśma-kāñcana mfn. one to whom a clod and stone and gold are all the same, Ashṭāv
- ○loṣṭra-kāñcana mfn. (prob. wṛ.) = -loṣṭa-k○ MārkP
- ○vayaska mfn. of equal age MW
- ○varṇa mf(ā)n. of the same colour L
- being of equal caste Mn. viii, 269 ; ix, 156
- m. community of caste &c. W
- ○vartin mfn. being equal, being of a fair or impartial disposition MW
- acting uniformly L
- being equidistant (bāṇa-pāta-s○', being equidṭequidistant with an arrow-shot') Śak
- m. N. of Yama MBh. Car
- ○varṣaṇa mfn. raining equally Inscr
- ○vibhakta mfn. divided, equally, symmetrical (○tâñga, mfn. R.) KātyŚr
- ○vibhāga m. a division of property amongst sons in equal shares MW
- ○viṣama n. pl. level and uneven ground Pañcat. Śiś
- -kâra mfn. producing what is smooth and rough (as time) Śukas
- ○vīrya mfn. equal in strength Hit
- ○vṛtta mfn. uniformly round or equal and round BhP
- n. the prime vertical circle Gol
- a uniform metre, a metre with 4 equal Pādas Piṅg
- -karrṇa m. the hypotenuse of the shadow of the time when the sun reaches the prime vertical circle Gaṇit
- -śaṅku m. = sama-ś ib
- ○vṛtti f. even state or temper, equanimity MW
- of an equal or eventemper, equable, fair, moderate W
- whose conduct is uniform Kir
- -sāra, N. of wk
- ○vegavaśa m. pl. N. of a people MBh
- ○vedha m. the mean depth Col
- ○veṣa m. a similar dress (○ṣaṃ-√kṛ Ā. -kurute, 'to dress alike') MBh
- ○vyatha mfn. suffering equal pain ib
- ○vyāptika mfn. furnishing an example of mutual perpetual pervasion or concomitance KapS. Sch
- ○śaṅku m. the sun's gnomon i.e. altitude when it reaches the prime vertical circle Gaṇit. Gol. [Page 1153, Column]
- ○śarkara mfn. containing the same quantity of sugar
- n. (with cūrṇa) a partic. medicinal preparation Bhpr
- ○śaśin m. a moon with equal horns VarBṛS
- ○śas ind. (to divide) into equal parts ĀpŚr
- ○śīrṣikā f. equality with (instr. or comp.) Rājat
- ○śīla mf(ā)n. having the same customs or character MBh. BhP
- ○śīlin mfn. id. MBh
- ○śodhana n. equal subtraction, sṭsubtraction of the same quantity on both sides of the equation Col
- ○śruti mfn. having equal intervals Saṃgīt
- ○śreṇi f. a straight line (-gata mfn. 'written in straight lines as letters) MatsyaP
- ○saṃsthāna n. (with Yogins) N. of one of the 10 sitting postures Yogas. Sch
- ○saṃsthita mfn. being in easy circumstances Mṛicch
- ○saṃkhyāta mfn. pl. equal in number with (instr.) BhP
- ○saṃdhi m. equal alliance, peace on equal terms W
- ○saṃdhita mfn. allied on eqṭequal terms, bound or connected equally ib
- concluded on equal terms (as an alliance) Kām. Hit. (accord. to Kām. Sch. read -saṃdhi-tas ind.)
- ○samaya-vartin mfn. simultaneous
- (○ti) -tā f. simultaneousness Sarvad
- ○sarva-guṇa mfn. pl. endowed equally with all virtues Kathās
- ○siddhânta mfn. pursuing eqṭequal objects ĀśvŚr
- ○supti f. equal or general sleep (= 'the end of a Kalpa and dissolution of the universe') L
- ○sūtra-ga or mfn. situated on the same diameter (i.e. situated on two opposite points of the globe), living at the antipodes Sūryas
- ○sūtra-stha mfn. situated on the same diameter (i.e. situated on two opposite points of the globe), living at the antipodes Sūryas
- ○saurabha m. N. of a man MBh
- ○stha mf(ā)n. occurring with an even number VarBṛS
- being in flourishing circumstances MBh. R
- being level or even, equal, level, uniform W
- like, similar ib
- ○sthala n. even or level ground ib
- (ī), f. id
- the Doab or country between the Ganges and Jumnā rivers (cf. antarvedī) L
- ○lī-√kṛ, to turn into level ground, make level with the ground Śiś
- ○lī-kṛta mfn. made into level ground, levelled, filled up W
- ○sthāna n. a partic. posture in Yoga (in which the legs are closely contracted) L
- ○sparśa mfn. having the same contact, equal in touch, having the same effect of contṭcontact, equally defiling MW
- ○svara mfn. having the same or a similar tone or accent RPrāt
- samâṃśa m. an equal share (as in an inheritance
- ena ind. 'in equal share') Kathās. Vajracch
- mfn. containing equal parts Suśr
- entitled to or obtaining an equal share Mn. ix, 157
- (ā), f. Sida Cordifolia L
- -bhāgin mfn. sharing in equal portions L
- -hārin mfn. taking an equal portṭportions, sharing equally, a co-heir Dāyat
- samâṃśaka mf(ikā)n. obtaining an eqṭequal share ib. Yājñ
- samâṃśika mfn. consisting of equal parts Suśr
- entitled to an equal share MW
- samâṃsin mfn. obtaining an equal shṭshare Yājñ. Dāyat
- samâkara mfn. (ifc. or m.c.) = next R
- samâkāra mfn. (ifc.) of like appearance, similar, like R. Pañcat
- samâkṣara mfn. having the same number of syllables R
- -pada-krama mfn. containing a succession of Padas or metrical feet of the succession of sylṭsyllables MW
- ○kṣarâvakara m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- samâṅghrika mfn. standing evenly on (all four) feet (as a lion) Kathās
- samâcāra m. (for samācāra See sam-ā-√car) equal manners or customs MBh
- equal or virtuous conduct ib
- mfn. equal or similar in practice or in virtuous condṭconduct ib
- samâñjana n. a partic. eye-ointment Suśr
- samâtmaka mfn. possessing equanimity MBh. (v. l. śamât○)
- samâtman mfn. id. ib. (prob. wṛ. for mahât○)
- samânana mfn. (for sa-mānana See s.v.) having a like face with (instr.) Nalôd. 1
- sámânta m. (for 2. samânta See under samā) a borderer, neighbour MaitrS. (cf. sámanta). 1
- samântara mfn. (for 2. samânt○ See under samā) being a constant unit of difference (in measurement
- e.g. 'if a man forms the unit, a horse is tri-samântar aḥ i.e. = 'three men') Kām
- paralled A
- samā-priya mfn. = saṃtatāni ā samantāt priyāṇi yasmin BhP. (Sch.)
- samâphala N. of wk
- samârtha wṛ. for śam○ MBh
- samârthaka mfn. having the same sense L
- samârthin mfn. seeking or desiring equality W
- seeking peace with (instr.) R. (perh. wṛ. for śam○)
- samârdha-ga mfn. situated on the same side VarYogay
- samârṣa mfn. descended from the same Ṛishi MBh
- samā́vat &c., See col. 2
- samā-vikarta mfn. symmetrically cut (without being notched) ĀpŚr
- samâsana mfn. (for sam-ās○ See sam-√ās) sitting on even ground MārkP
- samâsama mfn. du. equal and unequal, of eqṭequal and uneqṭequal rank Gaut. Sarvad
- samâhva mfn. having the same name as (comp.) Śiś
- (ā), f. a kind of plant (= go-jihvā) L. [Page 1153, Column]
- samôttara-tas ind. directly northwards Āryabh
- samôdaka mfn. containing the same quantity of water L
- n. a mixture of half buttermilk and half water L
- samôpamā f. = upamā (ifc. = 'like, resembling') Divyâv
- (in rhet.) comparison expressed by sama in composition with the substantive to which an object is likened MW
- samâujas m. N. of a son of A-samañjas VP
- samaka mfn. equal, alike Kāv. Divyâv
- samaya P. ○yati (for 2. See sam-√i), to level, regulate L
- samáyā ind. through, into the middle of or midst of anything (acc. or instr.) RV
- entirely, thoroughly ib
- in the neighbourhood of (acc. or instr. or gen.) Śiś. Daś
- samayā ind. See under sam-aya, p. 1164, col. 2
- samayitavya mfn. to be levelled, to be adjusted (as a dispute) Bhar. (prob. wṛ. for śam○)
- samas See aiṣámas
≫samā
- sámā f. (of 2. sama above) a year RV. &c. &c. (also sama, n. in pāpa-sáma, puṇya-s○, su-ṣáma)
- a half-year AV
- season, weather AitBr. Kauś. Nir
- a day MW
- ○"ṣtī7ta (○mâ○), mfn. more than one year old Car
- ○nicaya mfn. one who has a store (of provisions) sufficient for a year Mn. vi, 18. -2
- ○"ṣnta (○mân○), m. (for 1. samân○ under 2. sama, col. 1) the end of a year ib. iv, 26. -2
- ○"ṣntara (○mân○), n. (for 1. samân○ col. 1) the interval of a year
- (e), ind. within a year Car
- ○"ṣrbuda (○mâr○), n. 100 millions of years MBh
- samāṃ-samīnā f. (fr. samāṃ samām) a cow bearing a calf every year Pāṇ. 5-2, 12
- samāti See á-s○
- samālokya n. (fr. sama-loka m. c. for sāmal○) sharing the same world with (gen.) MārkP
- samāvac in comp. for samā́vat below
- ○chás (for -śas), ind. equally, similarly, in like manner TS. MaitrS
- samāvaj in comp. for next
- ○jāmī mfn. uniform AitBr
- samā́vat mfn. similar, equally great or much TS. Br
- ind. equally much TS. Kāṭh. ĀśvŚr
- samāvad in comp. for prec
- ○indriya mfn. =
- ○vīrya TāṇḍyaBr
- ○bhāj mfn. obtaining an equal share GopBr
- ○vīrya (samā́vad-), mfn. equally strong ĀpŚr
- samika (fr. sámā
- for 2. See s.v.), See dvai-s○
≫samī
- samī in comp. for sama
- ○karaṇa n. the act of making even, levelling Kull. on Mn. vii, 184 &c
- assimilation Vedântas
- putting on a level with (instr.) Mn. Sch
- (in arithm.) equation, Bījag
- equalizing, setting to rights ChUp. Sch
- a roller (to level a sown field) L
- ○kāra m. equation Col
- ○√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to make even, level KātyŚr. R. MārkP. &c
- to equalize Hcat
- to place on an equality with, declare to be equal to (instr.) Kāvyâd
- to adjust, settle MBh. R. Mn. Sch
- to raze to the ground, annihilate Kathās. Jātakam
- ○kṛta mfn. made even, levelled, equipoised, equalized MW
- done in the Same manner, imitated ib
- summed up, added ib
- ○kṛti f. levelling L
- weighing Naish
- ○kriyā f. the act of equalizing MW
- (in arithm.) equation Col
- ○bhāva m. the becoming in a normal state Car
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to be or become equal, be equalized MW
- to place one's self on an equality Āpast
- to be razed to the ground or destroyed, Jātikam
- ○bhūta mfn. placed equally Vet
- equalized, equipoised Yājñ
- become indifferent Bhartṛ
- identified MW
- samīna mfn. (fr. samā, 'year') Pāṇ. 5-1, 85
- yearly, annual A
- hired for a year ib
- a year hence ib
- samīnikā f. (a cow) bearing a calf every year L
- samīya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be treated or accounted as equal by (instr.) Pañcat
- samīya mfn. g. gahâdi
- similar, like, of like origin MW
- sa-ma mfn. (fr. 7. [sa+mA]) 'together with Lakshmi', happy, prosperous Nalôd
- sa-makara mfn. (for sama-kara See p. 1152, col. a) having marine monsters
- sam-akta See sam-√añj, col. 3
- sam-akna See sam-√añc, col. 3
- sam-akṣa mfn. being within sight or before the eyes, present, visible Śak. BhP
- (ám, āt, e, and a-tas), ind. before the eyes, visibly, manifestly, in the sight or presence of (dat., gen., or comp.) RV. &c. &c. [Page 1153, Column]
- ○tā f. visibility MW
- ○darśana n. the act of seeing with the eyes, ocular evidence Mn. viii, 74
- sám-agra mf(ā́)n. ( See 2. sam) all, entire, whole, complete, each, every (ibc. = 'fully', 'entirely'
- n. 'all, everything') AV.&c. &c
- fully provided with (instr. or comp.) Mālav. Kāvyâd
- one who has everything or wants nothing MBh. R
- ○ṇī mfn. the very first among (gen.) BhP
- ○dhana mfn. possessing the whole of one's property Mn. viii, 380
- ○bhakṣaṇa-śila mfn. eating everything Cat
- ○mala-hāraka mfn. taking (upon one's self) all impurity Mn. viii, 308
- ○vartin mfn. entirely resting or fixed upon (loc.) Mālav
- ○śakti mfn. possessing full force Ragh
- ○sampad mfn. one who has every happiness ib
- ○sauvarṇa mfn. entirely golden Kathās
- samagrâṅga mfn. one who has his body or limbs complete MBh
- samagrêndu m. the full moon
- -nibhânana mfn. having a face like the full moon MBh
- samagraya Nom. P. ○yati, to make full or complete, restore Cat
- sam-aṅká mfn. (for 2. See sam√añc) bearing the same mark or sign ŚBr
- sám-aṅga mf(ā)n. ( See 2. sam) having all the limbs, complete AV. (in MBh. applied to the mythical cow Bahulā)
- m. a kind of game L
- N. of two men MBh
- (pl.) of a people ib
- (ā), f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. 'Rubia Munjista and Cordifolia, Mimosa Pudica, Aloe Indica, &c.') VarBṛS. Suśr
- of a river MBh
- sam-aṅgin mfn. complete in all parts, furnished with all requisites KātyŚr
- (inī), f. N. of a Bodivṛiksha-devatā Lalit
- sa-maṅgala mfn. endowed with happiness, auspicious MW
- sam-√aj P. -ajati, to bring or collect together RV
- to bring into conflict ib
- to subdue, overcome ib
- sám-aja m. N. of Indra AitĀr
- a multitude of animals L
- a number of fools L
- n. a forest, wood L
- sám-ajḍajyā f. place of meeting Kauś
- meeting, assembly L
- fame, celebrity (v. l. for samājñā) L
- sam-āja m. meeting with, falling in with (gen. or comp.) VarBṛS. BhP
- a meeting, assembly, congregation, congress, conclave, society, company (cf. dyūta-s○), association, collection (accord. to L. not applied to animals) Āpast. Mn. MBh. &c
- a convivial meeting, party, club W
- a quantity, plenty, abundance (in sukha-s○) Gīt. xi, 21
- a partic. conjunction of planets VarBṛS
- an elephant (prob. wṛ. for sāmaja) L
- -saṃniveśana n. a building or place suitable for an assembly, assembly-room, meeting-house MW
- sam-ḍājika wṛ. for sāmājika
- samajñā wṛ. for sam-ājñā
- sam-√añc (only ind. p. -acya), to bend together ŚBr. Sch.: Pass. -acyate, to be pressed or thrown together RV. v, 54, 12
- sam-akna mfn. bent together Pāṇ. 8-2, 48 Sch
- going or moving together or simultaneously, going. moving W
- sam-aṅka m. (for 1. See above) a hook, crotchet (fig. = 'pain, ache') AV
- a partic. animal destroying corn ib
- sam-áñcana n. bending in, contracting. TBr. ŚBr
- sam-√añj P. Ā. -anakti, -aṅkte, to smear over, anoint, adorn, beautify VS. ŚBr
- to prepare, make ready RV
- to honour, worship ib. VS. TBr
- to fit or put together, unite, compose RV
- to devour (Ā. with instr., 'to feed on') ib
- sám-akta mfn. prepared, made ready RV
- furnished with (instr.) ib
- combined or united with (instr.) TBr
- sam-áñjana mfn. fitting together AV
- n. smearing, anointing ( See next)
- -vat mfn. well smeared SaṃhUp
- sam-áñjanḍañjanīya mfn. employed in anointing ŚāṅkhGṛ
- sam-añjasa mfn. proper, right, fit, correct, sound, good, excellent (am ind.) Mn. MBh. &c
- m. N. of Śiva Śivag
- (ā). f. (with vṛtti) N. of a Comm. on the Brahma-sūtra
- n. propriety, fitness, truth, consistency, correct evidence MW
- ○sârthadīpikā f. N. of a Comm. on the Rasa-mañjarī. [Page 1154, Column]
- samaṇṭha m. or n. (?) a kind of culinary herb L
- sam-√at P. -atati, to resort to, approach, visit RV
- sam-ati-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to go or pass by entirely, cross or step over MBh
- to step out of (abl.) R
- to transgress, neglect, disregard, lose ib
- to surpass, excel exceed MBh
- to pass away, elapse (as time) Vet
- to let pass by or elapse (dvau māsau samatikramya, 'after the lapse of two months') R
- sam-atikrama m. going entirely over or beyond ( duḥ-s○)
- deviating from, transgressing, omission Mn. xi, 203
- sam-atikramḍatikrānta mfn. gone entirely over or beyond, gone through, fulfilled (as a promise) R
- passed away, elapsed Vet
- surpassed, exceeded MBh
- transgressed, neglected ib
- n. omission, transgression R
- sam-ati-pra-√śaṃs P. -śaṃsati, to praise excessively MBh
- sam-ati-√yā P. -yāti, to go completely beyond, pass by, elapse R
- sam-ati-rikta mfn. (√ric) excessively redundant or abundant, exceeding, excessive, much W
- sam-ati-√vah Caus. -vāhayati, to cause to be spent, pass, spend (as time) Nāg
- sam-ati-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass by (acc.) MBh
- to run away, escape from (acc.), avoid R. Hariv
- sam-ati-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) one who has taken leave, allowed to go ChUp
- sam-ati-sruta mfn. (√sru) entirely flowed asunder, become thoroughly liquid Suśr
- sam-atī7 (-ati-√i), P. -aty-eti, to go or pass by entirely, go through or beyond, cross over MBh. Kāv. &c
- to surpass, excel Bhag
- sam-atī7ta mfn. gone or passed by MBh. R. &c
- sa-matsara mfn. having envy or jealousy, envious, jealous of (uddiśya) Ragh. Kathās
- indignant, angry Rājat
- samatha wṛ. for śmatha Lalit
- sam-√ad P. -atti, to eat completely up, entirely devour Bhaṭṭ
- samád f. (prob. fr. 7. sa + mad, 'raging together'
- accord. to Yāska either fr. sam-√ad, or fr. sam-√mad
- accord. to others fr. 2. sam + suffix ad
- cf. sámana) strife, battle (often in loc. pl
- acc. with √kṛ or √dhā and dat., 'to cause strife among or between') RV. AV. Br
- samádvan mfn. fighting, warlike RV
- sa-mada mf(ā)n. intoxicated, excited with passion Kāv
- ruttish MBh
- sa-mádana n. conflict, strife RV
- mf(ā)n. impassioned, enamoured Mṛicch. Vās
- furnished with thorn-apple trees Vās
- samadu (?), f. a daughter L
- sam-adhika mf(ā)n. superabundant, superfluous, excessive, exceeding (with māsa m. 'more than a month, a month and more') R. VarBṛS. Hit
- exceeding what is usual, extra ordinary, intense, plentiful (am, ind.) Kāv. Sāh
- ○tara mfn. more abundant, exceeding, excessive
- -rūpa mfn. more beautiful thin (abl.) Ragh
- ○rôcchvāsin mfn. breathing or sighing more heavily Megh
- ○lajjā-vatī f. excessively ashamed or bashful Sāh
- ○lāvaṇya n. excessive loveliness or charm ib
- samadhikârambha m. an extraordinary enterprise Uttarar
- sam-adhi-√kṛt (only ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut up in addition or completely MBh
- sam-adhi-√gam P. -gacchati, to go towards together, come quite near, approach MBh. BhP
- to acquire. obtain Mn. MBh. &c
- to go completely over, surpass Ragh. Kir
- to go over, study, read Mn. iv, 20
- sam-adhigata mfn. gone quite near to, approached BhP
- sam-adhigatḍadhigama m. thoroughly understanding, perceiving ib. [Page 1154, Column]
- sam-adhigatḍadhigamana n. going beyond or above, surpassing, overcoming W
- sam-adhigatḍadhigamya mfn. to be understood or perceived Śaṃk
- sam-adhi-√ruh P. -rohati, to rise up, mount, ascend AitBr. Hariv
- to rise up to (the knowledge of), be convinced of MBh
- sam-adhirūḍha mfn. one who has risen up or mounted (with tulām, 'brought into a critical condition') Bālar
- convinced or (acc.) MBh
- sam-adhirūḍhḍadhirohaṇa n. mounting up, ascending Car
- sam-adhi-√śī Caus. -sāyayati, to lay or put anything in the place of any other thing Nid
- sam-adhi-√śri P. Ā. -srayati, ○te, to proceed or advance towards, approach, attack MW
- to put in or on the fire MBh
- sam-adhi-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand over, preside, govern, guide Kām
- to administer, manage MBh
- to mount upon, ascend MW
- sam-adhiṣṭhāna n. abiding, residing KāśīKh
- sam-adhiṣṭhita mfn. standing upon (acc.) MBh
- standing above or at the highest place Pañcar
- filling, penetrating (acc.) Car
- ridden or guided by (instr.) MBh
- sam-adhi-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to glide or slide along ŚāṅkhŚr
- sam-adhī (-adhi-√i), Ā. -adhī7te, to go over, repeat or read through or study thoroughly Mn. vi, 93
- sam-adhī7ta mfn. gone over, read through, studied MBh
- sam-adhyayana n. going over or studying together, (or) that which is gone over or repeated together Āpast
- sa-madhura mfn. (for sama-dh○ See p. 1152, col. 3) sweet L
- (ā), f. a grape L
- sa-madhyama mfn. moderate Kull. on Mn. vii, 155
- sam-adhy-√ās Ā. -āste, to sit upon together, inhabit, occupy R. Ragh.: Desid. -āsisiṣate, to wish to occupy Bhaṭṭ
- sam-adhyāsita mfn. sat upon or occupied together (as a scat) Ragh
- sam-adhva mfn. being on the same road, travelling in company Bhaṭṭ
- sam-√an P. -aniti, to breathe, live RV
- sam-anana n. breathing together Nir
- sam-āná m. (for samāna and sa-māna See p. 1160) one of the five vital airs (that which circulates about the navel and is essential to digestion
- it is personified as a son of Sādhya) AV. &c. &c
- sámana n. (prob. connected with 2. sam, or 2. sama) meeting (cf. a-samaná), assembly, concourse, festival RV. AV
- intercourse, commerce, pursuit RV. i, 48, 6
- amorous union, embrace RV. vi, 75, 4 &c
- conflict, strife ib. vi, 73, 3 ; 5 &c. (Naigh. ii, 17)
- ○gá mfn. going to an assembly RV
- samanā́ ind. in one point, together RV
- at a time, all at once ib
- likewise, uniformly ib
- samanyá mfn. fit for an assembly or for a festival (as a garment) RV
- sam-anantara mf(ā)n. immediately contiguous to or following (abl. or gen
- yaccâtra sam-anantaram, and what is immediately connected with it') R. BhP. Sarvad
- (am), ind. immediately behind or after (gen. or abl. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- sá-manas mfn. being of the same mind, unanimous RV. VS. Kauś
- endowed with understanding BhP
- sa-manaska mfn. unanimous KaṭhUp. Sarvad
- sam-anīká n. battle, war RV. (Naigh. ii, 17) Bālar. vii, 60/61
- ○tas ind. in battlearray AitBr
- ○mūrdhan m. the front of bṭbattlearray Vcar
- sam-anu-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to sympathize with, have pity on (acc.) Ragh
- sam-anukīrtana n. praising highly, high praise MBh. [Page 1154, Column]
- sam-anu-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati, to make any one (acc) attain to any state or condition (loc.) MBh
- sam-anu-√kram (only ind. p. -kramya), to go or pass through completely, run through (acc.) BhP
- sam-anu-√gam P. -gacchati, to go after, follow, pursue (acc.) R
- to penetrate, pervade MBh
- sam-anugata mfn. gone after or through, followed, pervaded Śaṃk
- coherent or connected with (instr.) ib
- sam-anu-√gā (only aor. -anv-agāt), to go after together, follow quite closely, follow MBh
- sam-anu-√gai P. -gāyati, to repeat in verse or metre Car
- sam-anu-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte, to collect or gather together, arrange or put in order MBh
- to show favour or grace to (acc.) Kām
- sam-anugrāhya mfn. to be favoured or treated graciously Hariv
- sam-anu-√cint P. -cintayati, to reflect deeply about, meditate on, remember (acc.) MBh
- sam-anuja mfn. together with a younger brother BhP
- sam-anu-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be born similar to or resembling (acc.) MBh
- sam-anu-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -janīte, to fully permit or allow or consent to, wholly acquiesce in or approve of (acc.) MBh. Hariv
- to authorize, empower ib
- to indulge, pardon, forgive, excuse (gen. of pers.) R
- to grant leave of absence, allow to go away, dismiss MBh
- to favour ib.: Caus. -jñāpayati, to beg or request any favour from (abl.) MBh
- to ask leave, beg permission from (abl.) ib. R
- to take leave of, bid adieu (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to greet, salute MBh
- sam-anujñā f. leave, permission L
- sam-ḍanujñāta mfn. entirely consented or agreed to &c
- authorized, empowered MBh
- allowed to go away, dismissed ib
- favoured, treated kindly ib
- sam-ḍanujñāna mfn. entirely acquiesced in, permitted, allowed W
- assent, permission ib
- sam-anu-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to suffer great subsequent pain, be very penitent, repent MBh
- sam-anu-√diś P. -diśati, to assign or apportion anything (acc.) to any one (dat.) AitBr
- sam-anu-√dṛś See sam-anu√paś
- sam-anu-√dru P. -dravati (ep.also Ā. ○te), to run after together, follow, pursue MBh
- sam-anu-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run after together, follow, pursue MBh
- sam-anu-√dhyai P. -dhyāyati, to reflect upon, think of (acc.) MBh
- sam-anu-ni-√śam (only ind. p. -śamya), to perceive, learn R
- sam-anu-√pad Ā. -padyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to enter into or upon, attain to MBh. Hariv. (v. l. -vatsyati for -patsyati)
- sam-anu-√paś P. Ā. -paśyati, ○te (only pres. base), to look well after, look at or on MBh. BhP
- to perceive, observe MBh. SaddhP
- to regard as, consider MBh
- sam-anu-√pāl P. -pālayati, to maintain or observe well, keep (a promise &c.) MBh. R
- sam-anu-√prach P. -pṛcchati, to ask or inquire about (acc.) MBh
- sam-anu-prâp (-pra-√āp), P. -prâpnoti, to attain or reach or arrive at (acc.) MBh
- sam-anuprâpta mfn. come, arrived at R
- one who has attained to (acc.) MBh. [Page 1155, Column]
- obtained, assumed MW
- entirely covered or overspread ib
- sam-anubandha m.= anubandha L
- sam-anu-√bhū P, -bhavati to enjoy together, feel, perceive Ragh
- sam-anu-√man Ā. -manyate, to assent, consent to ( See next)
- to recognize together as (acc.) Kām
- sam-anumata mfn. consented to, agreed upon
- n. consent AitBr
- sam-anu-√yā P. -yāti, to go after, follow MBh. VarBṛS
- sam-anuyāta mfn. gone after, followed MBh
- sam-anu-√yuj (only ind. p. -yujya and Pass. -yujyate), to inquire after, ask about Cat
- to appoint, order, enjoin R
- sam-anuyojya mfn. to be combined or mixed with (instr.) VarBṛS
- sam-anu-varṇita m. fn. (√varṇ) well described or narrated, explained MBh. BhP
- sam-anu-√vas P. -vasati, to abide by, follow, conform to (acc.) Hariv. (vḷ. -patsyati for -vatsyati)
- sam-anu-vid √1. Caus -vedayati, to cause to know or remember, remind AitBr
- sam-anu-vī7kṣ (-vi-√īkṣ) Ā. -vii7kṣate, to well observe, behold Kāv
- sam-anu-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to follow after, obey, conform to (acc.) MBh. R. &c
- to ensue, be the result or consequence BhP.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to take place or happen R
- sam-anuvartin mfn. obedient, willing, devoted to (gen.) R
- sam-anu√vraj P. -vrajati, to go after, follow or pursue with others MBh
- sam-anuvrata mf(ā) n. entirely devoted or attached to (acc.)
- sam-anu-√śās P. -śāsti, to teach thoroughly, instruct (two acc.) BhP
- (with rājyam, or rājya-akṣmīm) to rule or regulate well, govern MBh. Inscr
- sam-anuśiṣṭa mfn. well taught or instructed in (acc.) BhP
- sam-anu-√śuc P. -śocati, to mourn over, regret (acc.) MBh
- sam-anu-ṣṭhita mfn. (√sthā) furnished or provided with, rich in (comp.) ĀśvŚr
- sam-anuṣṭeya mfn. to be accomplished or performed MBh
- sa-manuṣya mfn. together with men AśvGṛ
- visited or frequented by men Sāy
- ○rājanya mfn. together with the princely among men AśvGṛ
- sam-anu-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to come near together, approach MBh
- sam-anu-√smṛ P. -smarati, to remember together, recollect Jātakam
- sam-anu-√svṛ P. -svarati, to resound, leave a sound Śiksh
- sám-anta mf(ā)n. 'having the ends together', contiguous, neighbouring, adjacent RV. AV. PañcavBr
- 'being on every side', universal, whole, entire, all (sámantam, ind., in contiguity or conjunction with', 'together with'
- samantám, or ○tāt or ○ta-tas ind. on all sides, around', or, wholly, completely'
- ○tena ind. 'all round'
- with na = 'nowhere') AV. &c. &c
- (ā), f. (pl.) neighbour. hood ŚBr
- N. of a grammar Col
- n. (also with agneḥ, varuṇasya, or vasiṣṭhasya) N. of various Samans Br
- n. or m. (?) N. of a country Buddh
- ○kusuma m. N. of a Deva-putra Lalit
- ○gandha m. a kind of flower L
- N. of a Deva-putra SaddhP
- ○cāritra-mati m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- ○tas ind., See above
- ○darśin m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
- ○dugdhā f. a species of Euphorbia L
- (?), f. -snuhā Hcar. Sch
- ○netra m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- ○pañcaka n. N. of the district Kuru-kshetra or of a Tīrtha in it (where Paraśu-rāma is said to have destroyed the Kshatrlyas) MBh. Pur. [Page 1155, Column]
- ○paryāyin mfn. all-embracing AitBr
- ○prabha m. a kind of flower L
- N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh
- ○prabhāsa m. N. of a Buddha SaddhP
- ○prasādika m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva (v. l. -prās○) Buddh
- ○prāsādika mfn. affording help or assistance on all sides (also v. l. for prec.) ib
- -tā f. complete readiness to offer help (one of the 8 minor marks of a Buddha) Dharmas.84
- ○bhadra mfn. wholly auspicious Harav
- m. a Buddha or a Jina L
- N. of a Bodhi-sattva Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Dharmas. 12)
- of a poet &c. Cat
- n. N. of a grammar
- ○bhuj m. 'all-devouring', N. of Agni or fire L
- ○mukha-dhārinī f. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra
- ○raśmi m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- ○vilokitā f. N. of a partic. Buddhist world Lalit
[[]]
- samantavyūhasāgaracaryavyavalokana3sám-anta--vyūha-sāgara-carya-vyavalokana m. N. of a Garuḍa-rāja Buddh
- ○śiti-bāhu (samantá-), mfn. having both fore-feet white VS. MaitrS
- ○śiti-randhra (samantá-), mfn. having both ear-cavities white ib. Pat. on Pāṇ. 2-1, 1 Vārtt. 27
- ○sthūlâvalokana m. or n. (?) a kind of flower Buddh
[[]]
- samantasphāraṇamukhadarśana3sám-anta--sphāraṇa-mukha-darśana m. N. of a Garuḍa-rāja ib
- samantâloka m. a partic. Simādhi ib
- samantâvalokita m. N. of a Bodhisattva ib
- sam-antara m. pl, N. of a people MBh
- sám-antikam ind. contiguously, near (compar. ○ka-taram) ŚBr
- sa-mantra mfn. accompanied with sacred verses or texts ĀpŚr. Sch
- sa-mantraka mfn. id. ib.,
- possessing charms or spells MW
- sa-mantrin mfn. together with or accompanied by counsellors (○tri-tva n.) Rājat
- sa-mantrika mfn. id. MW
- sam-andhakāra m. great or universal darkness Pat. on Pāṇ. 2-2, 6
- samandhakārī-kṛta mfn. made dark or inaccessible on all sides Kir
- sa-manmatha mfn. filled with love, enamoured Ṛitus
- samanyá See p. 1154, col. 2
- sá-manyu or sa-manyú mfn. having the same mind, unanimous (applied to the Maruts) RV
- wrathful, angry ib.,
- filled with sorrow, sorrowful MBh
- m. N. of Śiva ib
- sam-anvaṅgī-bhūta mfn. possessed by, provided with (instr.) Divyâv
- sam-anvaya &c. See sam-anv-√i
- sam-anv-ā-gata mfn. (√gam) attended by, furnished or provided with (comp.) Buddh
- sam-anv-ā-√rabh Ā. -rabhate, to take hold of or clasp together, take hold of one another AitBr. ŚBr. ĀśvŚr
- sam-anvārabdha mfn. taken hold of. MBh
- holding, touching ĀśvŚr
- (pl.) taking hold of one another Vait
- sam-anvārabdhḍanvārambha m. taking hold of from behind Śaṃkar
- sam-anvārabdhḍanvārambhaṇa n. id. Bādar
- sam-anv-ā-√ruh P. -rohati, to ascend after (as a wife the funeral pyre after her husband) MBh
- sam-anv-√i P. -eti, to go together after, follow MW
- to infer or ensue as a consequence ib
- sam-anvaya m. regular succession or order, connected sequence or consequence, conjunction, mutual or immediate connection (āt ind., in consequence of') Kap. Bādar. MBh. &c
- -pradīpa m. -pradipa-saṃketa m. sūtra-vivṛti f. N. of wks
- sam-anvita mfn. connected or associated with, completely possessed of, fully endowed with, possessing, full of (instr. or comp.) ŚvetUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- corresponding or answering to (comp.) R
- sam-anv-√iṣ P. -iṣyati, to seek out, look for or after Bālar
- sam-anv-√iṣ P. -icchati (ind. p. -iṣya), to search through, seek about everywhere MBh. [Page 1155, Column]
- sam-anveṣaṇa n. searching or seeking every. where L
- sam-anv-√īkṣ (only ind, p. -īkṣya), to look towards, look or gaze after ŚBr
- to keep looking at, keep in view ib
- sam-apa-cchid (√chid) P -cchinatti, to cut off, Śulbas
- sam-apa-√dhyai P. -dhyāyati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to think ill or badly of, meditate evil or injury against, injure MBh
- sam-apa-√vṛj Caus. -varjayati (p.p. varjita), to deliver over, present with, offer to (dat.) MBh
- sam-apa-√vrit Caus. -vartayati, to cause to roll away, drive away RV
- sam-apā-√vri P. -vṛṇoti, to unfasten, open MBh. (wṛ. sam-upā-√vri)
- sam-api-√dhā (only ind. p. -dhāya), to cover completely ŚBr
- sam-api-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow together, grow over AV
- sam-apôh (-apa- √1. ūh) P. -apâhati, to dispel completely, entirely exclude Sarvad
- sam-abhi-√kīrt (only ind. p. -kīrtya), to relate or tell fully, narrate MBh
- sam-abhi-√kram (only ind. p. -kramya), to go near to, approach MBh
- sam-abhi-kruddha mfn. (√krudh) greatly enraged, angry MBh
- sam-abhi-√gam P. -gacchati, to go towards together, approach R
- to go to, have sexual intercourse with (instr.) Kathās
- sam-abhi-√garj P. -garjati, to shout or cry at defiantly, challenge with a shout (acc.) MBh
- sam-abhi-√guh Ā. -gūhate, to crouch down, cower Hariv
- sam-abhi-cchanna mfn. (√chad) completely covered with (instr.) MBh
- sam-abhi-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to spring up together, arise R
- sam-abhi-jñā (only ind. p. -jñāya), to recognize fully, entirely acknowledge or Perceive MBh
- sam-abhi-√tarj P. -tarjayati, to threaten or menace greatly, abuse, blame, scold Hariv
- sam-abhitas ind. towards, to (acc.) MBh
- sam-abhi-√tyaj P. -tyajati, to give up entirely, wholly renounce or resign MBh
- sam-abhityakta mfn. wholly given up, renounced, risked MBh
- -jīvita mfn. one who has quite renounced his life Hariv
- sam-abhi-√dru P. -dravati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to run or hasten towards or against, rush full upon, attack, assail (acc.) Nir. MBh. &c
- sam-abhidruta mfn. running towards or against, rushing upon MBh
- rushed upon, attacked, infested ib
- (am), ind. hurriedly, quickly ib
- sam-abhi-√dhā p. -dadhāti, to speak to, address (acc.) Kathās
- to proclaim, announce Kir
- to direct all one's thoughts to (acc.) MW
- sam-abhidhā f. (only ifc.) a name, appellation Inscr
- sam-abhihita mfn. addressed, spoken to BhP
- sam-abhi-dhāv P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run hastily up to or towards, fly or dart at, assail MBh. R
- sam-abhi-√dhyai P. -dhyāyati, or -dhyāti, to reflect deeply on, meditate on MBh
- to direct all the thoughts upon, long for (acc.) Suśr. [Page 1156, Column]
- sam-abhi-√nand P. -nandati, to rejoice together with ( See next)
- to greet, salute R. Kathās
- sam-abhinandita mfn. rejoiced with, congratulated Kathās
- sam-abhi-nih-sṛta mfn. (√sṛ) come forth, gushed forth (as blood from a wound) MBh
- sam-abhi-pat P. -patati, to fall upon, attack (acc.) R
- sam-abhi-√pad Ā. -padyate, to come to, arrive at, attain (acc.) MBh
- to get one's reward ib
- to reply, answer ib
- sam-abhi-pāl P. -pālayati, to protect, rule, govern (acc.) Hariv
- sam-abhi-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to squeeze together, crush Hariv
- sam-abhi-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to worship, honour MBh
- sam-abhi-√pṝ Caus -pūrayati, to till up, fill MBh
- sam-abhi-prêkṣ (-pra-√īkṣ) Ā. -prêkṣate, to look at, perceive, view R
- sam-abhi-√plu Ā. -plavate, to inundate, wash ( See next)
- to overwhelm, cover MBh. R
- sam-abhipluta mfn. inundated, flooded, washed R
- overwhelmed, covered MBh
- eclipsed (as the moon) R
- (with rajasā) covered with menstrual excretions Mn. iv, 42
- sam-abhi-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also P. ○ti), to speak with or to, address (acc.) MBh
- sam-abhibhāṣaṇa n. conversation, colloquy with (instr. or comp.) R
- sam-abhi-√yā P. -yāti, to approach any one (acc.) together, go towards or near, advance MBh. Hariv. MārkP
- sam-abhi-√yāc P. Ā. -yācati, ○te, to ask earnestly, implore Hariv
- sam-abhi-√rañj Ā. or Pass. -rajyate, to be reddened, appeared, flash, glitter MBh
- sam-abhi-√ruh P. -rohati, to grow up together, ascend, Hiriv. (v. l. sam-adhi-r○): Caus. -rohayati (Pass. -ropyate), to cause to grow up or ascend, place or impose on (as a burden &c.) ib
- sam-abhi-laṣ P. -laṣati, to long for, be eager for Hariv
- sam-abhi-√vad Caus. -vādayati, to address or salute respectfully MBh. Hariv
- sam-abhi-√vadh (defective
- See √vadh), to strike or hit at any one (acc.) MBh
- sam-abhi-√vāñch P. -vāñchati, to long for, be eager for VarBṛS
- sam-abhi-vī7kṣ (-vi-√īkṣ) P. -vii7kṣate, to perceive, become aware of (acc.) Śak. (vḷ.)
- sam-abhi-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to go towards, advance MBh
- to attack, assail Hariv
- to come near, approach MBh
- to turn back, return, recur Suśr
- to remain, continue (tūṣṇīm, 'silent') R
- wṛ. for sam-ati-√vṛt
- sam-abhi-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow up, increase Hariv.: Caus. -vardhayati, to make larger, enlarge, increase, augment MBh. R
- sam-abhi-√vṛṣ P. -varṣati to rain down upon BhP
- sam-abhi-vy-ā-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to mention together Nyāyam
- to bring together, associate together MW
- sam-abhivyāhāra m. mentioning together KātyŚr
- bringing together, association, company Kaṇ
- association with a word of well-known meaning (= prasiddhârthakasya śabdasya saṃnidhiḥ) MW
- abhivyāhārin mfn. mentioning together ib
- accompanying. ib
- ḍabhivyāhṛta mfn. mentioned or spoken of together, Kusum. [Page 1156, Column]
- associated (= sahita), accompanied by MW
- sam-abhi-√śubh Ā. -śobhate, to be beautiful or shine with (instr.) R
- sam-abhi-śyāna mfn. (√śyai) thoroughly coagulated Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 26
- sam-abhi-ṣic (√sic) P. -ṣiñcati, to sprinkle down upon, wet Hariv
- to anoint, consecrate Kathās
- sam-abhi-ṣṭu (√stu) P.Ā. -ṣṭauti, -ṣṭute, to praise highly, extol MBh. R
- sam-abhiṣṭuta mfn. extolled, celebrated BhP
- sam-abhi-ṣṭhā (√sthā) P. -tiṣṭhati, to mount upon (as upon an elephant) MBh
- sam-abhi-ṣyand (√syand), Caus. -ṣyandayati, to cause to flow towards (acc.), Cir
- sam-abhiṣyandin mfn. causing hypertrophy Car
- sam-abhi-saṃ-vṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) entirely surrounded, encompassed MBh
- sam-abhi-saṃ-dhā 1. P. A. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place or put into (loc.) MBh
- to aim at, strive after, determine on (acc.) ib
- sam-abhi-√sṛ P. -sarati (ind. p. -sṛtya), to go towards, approach, advance, attack MW
- sam-abhisaraṇa n. the act of going towards or against, approaching, seeking, wishing or endeavouring to gain ib
- sam-abhi-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to seize upon or take together MW
- to seize, take, take out ib
- sam-abhiharaṇa n. the act of seizing upon, taking &c. ib
- repetition Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 22
- sam-abhiharaṇḍabhihāra m. seizing or taking together MW
- repetition, reiteration (kriyā-samabhihāreṇa, 'by a repetition of acts', 'by repeated acts') Pāṇ. Śiś
- excess, surplus W
- sam-abhi-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to cause great joy or exultation, gladden, delight MBh
- sam-abhī7 (-abhi-√i) P. -abhy-eti, to go towards, come near, approach RV. R. &c
- to accrue to (acc.) MārkP
- to follow, attend, wait upon Śiś
- sam-abhy-ati-√kram P. -krāmati, to come upon or into, enter into R
- sam-abhy-√arc P. -arcati, to pay great honour to, worship, greet, salute (acc.) Yājñ. MBh
- sam-abhyarcana n. the act of paying great honour to, worshipping, reverencing W
- sam-abhyarcanḍabhyarcita mfn. greatly honoured, worshipped, saluted ib
- sam-abhy-√arth Ā. -arthayate, to petition, solicit, request MW
- sam-abhyarthayitṛ mfn. seeking, petitioning, a petitioner Kum
- sam-abhy-ava-√gā P. -jigāti, to go into (acc.) GopBr
- sam-abhy-avê (-ava- √5. i) P. -avâiti, to penetrate entirely into (acc.) ŚBr
- to come to an agreement with (instr.) ib
- sam-abhy-√as P. -asyati, to practise, exercise Subh
- sam-abhyāsa m. practice, exercise, study KāśīKh
- sam-abhy-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come near ( See next)
- to meet Prasannar
- sam-abhyāgata mfn. come near, approached Pañcat
- sam-abhy-ā-√gā P. -jigāti, to come near, approach MBh
- to come upon, seize, visit (with affliction) ib
- sam-abhy-ā-dā √1. Ā. -datte, to comprehend ŚBr. [Page 1156, Column]
- sam-abhy-ā-√nī P. -nayati, to lead near or towards, introduce MBh
- sam-abhyāśa m. nearness, presence MBh
- sam-abhyāśī-karaṇa n. bringing near Pat. on Pāṇ. 2-1, 51
- sam-abhyāhāra m. bringing together, association, accompaniment MW
- sam-abhyuccaya m. heaping, piling up (-vat ind.) ĀpŚr
- sam-abhy-ut-thā (√sthā) Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to rise (said of a planet) Hariv
- sam-abhy-ud-√gam (only ind. p. -gamya), to come forth or spread from (abl.) Divyâv
- sam-abhy-ud-dhṛ (√hṛ) Ā. -dharate, to draw out, extract Sarasv
- to draw out of danger or distress, rescue, raise, promote further MBh
- sam-abhyuddharaṇa n. drawing out, rescuing MBh
- sam-abhy-ud-yata mfn. (√yam) striving, endeavouring Divyâv
- sam-abhy-un-nata mfn. (√nam) raised, risen, towering high (as clouds) Mṛicch
- sam-abhyupagamana n. the act of approaching or going near MW
- following, approving, agreeing with RPrāt. Sch
- sam-abhy-upê (-upa- √5. i) P. upâiti, to go very near, approach MW
- sam-abhyupeya mfn. to be gone or approached or followed ib
- n. = sam-abhyupagamana RPrāt. Sch
- sam-abhy-ê (-ā- √5. i) P. -âiti, to come up to, approach, go near to (acc.) MBh. Pañcat
- samam &c. See 2. sama, p. 1152
- sam-√am Ā. -amate, to ask eagerly, solicit, win over RV
- to fix or settle firmly ib
- to ally or connect one's self with AV
- sam-aya &c. See p. 1164, col. 1
- sam-ara &c. See sam-√ṛ, p. 1170
- sam-argha mfn. cheap VarBṛS. Vas
- sam-√arc P. -arcati, -ṛcati (pf. -ānṛca R
- -ānṛce RV.), to fix, establish RV. i, 160, 4
- to honour, worship, adore R
- to adorn, decorate VarBṛS.: Caus. -arcayati, to honour &c. MBh
- sam-arcaka mfn. worshipping KāśīKh
- sam-arcakḍarcana n. (or ā f.) the act of worshipping, adoration Pañcar
- sam-arcakḍarcā f. id. KāśīKh
- sam-arcakḍarcita mfn. worshipped, adored, honoured W
- sam-arṇṇa See sam-√ard, p. 1157
- sam-arti f. suffering loss or damage or misfortune (in á-s○, perhaps wṛ. for a-samārti) TS
- sam-√arth (in some senses rather Nom. fr. sam-artha below), Ā. -arthayate (rarely P. ○ti), to make fit or ready, prepare RV
- to finish, close L
- to connect with (instr.) in sense, construe (grammatically) Sāh. Kull
- to judge, think, contemplate, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
- to suppose to be, take for (acc. with prati) Vikr. iv, 58
- to notice, perceive, find out Kām. Kum. Śaṃk
- to fix upon, determine, approve R
- to cheer up, comfort, encourage Kathās
- samarthaya, often wṛ. for samarpaya, See sam-√ṛ
- sam-artha mf(ā)n. having a similar or suitable aim or object, having proper aim or force, very forcible or adequate, well answering or corresponding to, suitable or fit for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- very strong or powerful, competent, capable of. able to, a match for (gen., dat., loc., inf., or comp
- rarely acc., abl., or pr. p
- with varâṅganāsu = 'sexually potent') Mn. MBh. &c
- having the same sense or meaning (= tulyârtha, ekârtha) Pāṇ. 1-3, 42 &c
- connected in sense, having the same grammatical construction (= sambaddhârtha) Pāṇ. APrāt. &c
- m. a word which has force or meaning, significant word MW. [Page 1157, Column]
- the construction or coherence of words in a significant sentence ib
- n. ability, competence ( See -yukta)
- conception, intelligibility ( See duh-s○)
- -tara mfn. more (or most) competent, capable &c. Pañcat
- -tā f. (Saivad.), -tva n. (Rājat.) ability, capability, competence (-tayā, with gen., 'by virtue of')
- sameness of meaning, force or signification (of words) MW
- -pada-vidhi m. N. of a gram. wk
- -yukta mfn. adequate to or qualified for (loc.) R
- sam-arthḍarthaka mfn. able to, capable of (inf.) Vet
- maintaining. establishing, proving, corroborating, Salh
- n. Amyris Agallocha (?) W
- sam-arthana n. (or ā f.) reflection, deliberation, contemplation (○naṃ-√kṛ, 'to reflect, consider') MBh. Kathās
- reconciling differences, reconciliation W
- objecting, objection ib
- (ā), f. persuasion, invitation MBh
- insisting on what is impossible Vop
- (am), n. establishing, maintaining, corroboration, vindication, justification Pratāp. Kuval
- energy, force, ability, competence (āt, with gen., 'by virtue of') MBh
- sam-arthanḍarthanīya mfn. to be determined or fixed or established TPrāt. Sch
- sam-arthita mfn. taken into consideration, considered, judged, regarded, held R. Vikr
- resolved, determined R
- maintained, established TPrāt. Sch
- able, capable Kāv
- -vat mfn. one who has judged or considered &c. Pañcat. Kathās
- sam-arthya mfn. to be established or corroborated or justified Sāh
- sam-√ard Caus. -ardayati, to pain greatly, distress, wound MBh
- sam-arṇṇa mfn. pained, wounded &c. Pāṇ. Vop
- asked, solicited W
- sam-ardhaka ○dhana &c., See sam-√ṛdh, p. 1171, col. 1
- sam-arpaka ○paṇa &c. See sam√ṛ, p. 1170, col. 3
- sa-maryá mfn. (for sam-aryá See sam-√ri) attended by many persons, frequented (as a sacrificial ceremony) RV
- attended by (his) followers (said of Indra) ib
- sa-maryāda mfn. bounded, limited, keeping within bounds or in the right course, correct Vās
- respectful MW
- contiguous, neighbouring L
- (am) ind. decisively, exactly Bhartṛ
- m. contiguity, vicinity L
- sam-√arh Caus. -arhayati, to show honour, pay respect to BhP
- sam-arhaṇa n. respect, reverence, a respectful gift (acc. with upa-√hṛ, ni-√dhā and Caus. of pra-√vṛt, 'to show honour' or 'offer a gift of honour') BhP
- sa-mala mfn. having stains or spots, dirty, foul, impure Vās. Bhpr
- sinful Uṇ. i, 109 Sch
- m. N. of an Asura (v. l. sṛmara) Hariv
- n. (cf. śamala) excrement, feculent matter, ordure L
- samalī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to make dirty, stain, pollute, defile Bhadrab
- sam-alaṃ-√kṛ P.Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to decorate highly, embellish, adorn MBh. R
- sam-alaṃkṛta mfn. highly decorated, well adorned ib
- sa-mallikâkṣa mfn. with white spots on (their) eyes (said of horses) Vās
- sam-√av P. -avati, to drive or force into (hostile) contact RV. v, 34, 8
- to aid, refresh, comfort RV. AV
- sam-avana n. helping, protecting BhP
- sam-ava-kāra m. (√1. kṛ) a kind of higher Rūpaka or drama (in three acts, representing the heroic actions of gods or demons) Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
- sam-ava-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter completely over, cover entirely, overwhelm with MBh. R. BhP
- sam-ava-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to cast or thrust away, repel MBh
- sam-ava-√gam P. -gacchati, to perceive or understand thoroughly, become thoroughly acquainied with BhP
- sam-ava-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) completely wrapped up or enveloped in (acc.) R. [Page 1157, Column]
- sam-ava-√guh Ā. -gūhate, to crouch down, cower Hariv
- sam-ava-cchad (√chad) Caus. -chādayati (Pass. -cchādyate), to cover completely over, conceal, obscure MBh. Hariv
- sam-avacchanna mfn. covered all over ib
- sam-ava-√tṝ Caus. -tārayati, to cause to descend MBh
- sam-avatāra m. a sacred bathing-place (= tīrtha) Kir
- sam-ava-√diś P. -diśati, to point or refer to, explain with reference to anything Kāṭh
- sam-ava-√do (or √3. dā), P. -dāti, or -dyati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -dadire), to divide and put together piece by piece Br
- sam-ávatta mfn. cut up into bits, divided into fragments ŚBr. -dhāna mfn. containing the gathered fragments, AŚvGṛ
- (ī), f. a vessel containing the gathered fragments ŚBr. ŚrS
- sam-ava-√dru P. -dravati, to run away together ŚBr
- sam-ava-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to lay or put together ĀpŚr
- sam-avadhāna n. the being brought together, meeting, Kusum. Sarvad. Buddh
- great attention MW
- preparation ib
- sam-avahita See á-sam-avahitam
- sam-avadhīraya Nom. P. ○yati, to disregard, pay no heed to Kād
- sam-ava-nata mfn. (√nam) completely bent down, bowed, bending down, stooping (to drink water &c.) MW
- sam-ava-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to lead together, unite ŚBr
- to pour in together ib. AitBr. ĀśvGṛ
- sam-ava-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press together Suśr
- sam-ava-pluta mfn. (√plu) lept down, jumped off MBh
- sam-ava-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to perceive clearly, understand fully, learn, know MBh. R
- sam-avabodhana n. thorough knowledge, intelligence, perception MBh
- sam-ava-√mṛś P. -mṛśati, to lay hold of ŚBr
- sam-ava-√rudh P. -ruṇaddhi (ep. also -rundhati), to shut up, enclose, confine MBh.: Pass. -rudhyate, to be enclosed or contained in (loc.) PañcavBr
- to be shut out of. be deprived of. Hariv
- sam-avaruddha mfn. shut up, enclosed &c
- attained, obtained BhP
- sam-ava-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to take hold of. clasp, embrace MBh. VarBṛS
- sam-ava-√lī Ā. -līyate, to be dissolved Vedântas
- sam-ava-√lok P. -lokayati, to look at or about R
- to inspect survey ib. Hit. (v. l.)
- to behold, perceive R. Śak. Kathās
- sam-ava-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn towards ŚBr
- sam-ávavṛtta mfn. turned towards ib
- sam-ava-śeṣita mfn. (√śiṣ) left, spared, remaining MBh
- sam-ava-śyāna mfn. (√śyai) wasted, destroyed Kāś. on Pāṇ. 6-1, 26
- sam-ava-ṣṭambh (√stambh only ind. p. -ṣṭabhya), to raise or hold up, support, confirm MBh
- to rest on for support ind. p. = 'with the help of') ib. R
- sam-ava-sanna mfn. (√sad) sunk down, depressed, low-spirited MBh. [Page 1157, Column]
- sam-ava-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come down, descend (from heaven to earth ; said of a Jina) HPariś
- sam-avasaraṇa n. meeting, assembling, an assembly Buddh
- descent (of a Jina from heaven to earth) or place of descent HPariś
- aim, goal Buddh
- sam-avasṛta mfn. descended (from heaven to earth) HPariś
- sam-avasṛtḍavasṛti f. = sam-avasaraṇa ib
- sam-ava-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to let go, cast or hurl down upon (loc.) MBh
- to abandon ib
- to leave out AitBr
- to impose (a burden) upon (loc.) MBh
- sam-avasarga (of unknown meaning), Mahāvy
- sam-avasargḍavasargya mfn. to be let go or abandoned &c. Pāṇ. 3-1, 124 Vārtt. 2 Pat
- sam-avasṛjya mfn. id. AitBr
- sam-ava-√so P. -syati, to decide, be in agreement with another (upon the same place or time) ŚBr. ĀpŚr
- to reach, attain BhP
- sam-ava-√skand Caus. -skandayati, to attack, assail Mn. vii, 196
- to seize upon (acc.) Car
- sam-avaskanda m. a bulwark, rampart &c. Kām
- sam-ava-√sthā Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to stand from or still, stop MBh
- to establish, found ib
- sam-avasthā f. firm or fixed state or condition Kālid
- (ifc. f. ā) similar condition or state, Righ
- sam-avḍavasthāna n. resting or abiding in (loc.) Nīlak
- state, condition BhP
- sam-avḍavasthāpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to stand firmly, set up MBh
- fully established, founded ib
- sam-avḍavasthita mfn. standing or remaining firm, remaining fixed, steady MBh. Kāv. &c
- being in any place or position R. VarBṛS. Pur
- ready, prepared for (dat.) MBh. Hariv
- sam-ava-√sru (only ind. p. -sru-utya), to flow off or away, flow out MānGṛ
- sam-avasrava m. flowing off or away, flowing out, effluence ĀśvGṛ
- sam-avasravḍavasrāviṇī f. a partic. arrangement of 11 sacrificial posts (so that the middlemost is the lowest and the rest become lower and lower from both ends) ĀpŚr
- sam-ava-√hā (only ind. p. -hāya), to avoid, abandon BhP
- sam-ava-hāsya mfn. (√has) to be laughed at or derided (○tāṃ gam, to become ridiculous') MBh
- sam-avahita See col. 2
- sam-ava-hṛ √(only ind. p. -hāram), to collect, gather ChUp
- sam-avahāra m. collection, quantity, abundance MBh
- mixture BhP
- sam-avākāra wṛ. for sam-avakāra ( See col. 1)
- sam-avâp (-ava-√āp) P. Ā. -avâpnoti, ○pnute, to meet with, attain, reach, gain, obtain, incur MBh. R. &c
- sam-avâpta mfn. obtained, attained (-kāma mfn. 'one who has obtained his desires') MBh
- avâpti f. attainment, obtaining, getting W
- sam-avârj (-ava-√ṛj) P. -avârjati, to abandon or leave off together ŚBr
- sam-avê (-ava- √5. i) P. -avâiti, to come or meet or mix or assemble together, be united in (acc.) ŚBr. Śaṃk. (cf. pāṇ. iv, 4, 43)
- to regard, consider (with iva, 'to regard as') VP
- sam-avâya m. coming or meeting together, contact, concourse, congress, assemblage, collection, crowd, aggregate (ena or āt, 'in combination'
- ○yaṃ-√kṛ, 'to meet, combine, flock together') GṛS. Gaut. Mn. &c
- conjunction (of heavenly bodies) MBh. VarBṛS
- collision ŚrS. Gaut. Sarvad
- (in phil.) perpetual co-inherence, inner or intimate relation, constant and intimate union, inseparable concomitance (= nitya-sambandha, the sixth Padârtha or category of the Vaiśeshikas, expressing relation which exists between a substance and its qualities, between a whole and its parts e.g. between cloth and the yarn composing it, between a genus and its individuals &c.) Kap. Jaim. IW. 66 ; 69 [Page 1158, Column]
- course, duration (e, with gen., 'during') MBh. i, 556
- -khaṇḍana n. N. of wk
- -tas ind. in consequence of constant and intimate connection or relation MW
- -tva n. the state of (being) intimate relation, Kusum
- -pramāṇa-vādârtha m. vāda m. N. of wks
- -sambandha m. intimate and constant connection, inseparable relation (as described above), connection by inseparable inherence W
- sam-avâyḍavâyana n. the act of coming or meeting together &c. L
- sam-avâyḍavâyika mfn. being in connection with Saṃskārak
- samavâyi in comp. for samavâyin
- ○kāraṇa n. inseparable or inherent connection, material or substantial cause (in the Vedânta upâdān-k○ is more commonly used
- also -tva n.) Sarvad
- ○tva n. intimate connection or relation Bhāshāp
- samavâyin mfn. met together, closely connected or united, concomitant, inherent in (comp.) Kaṇ. Suśr. Vās. Sarvad
- aggregated, multitudinous W
- m. a partner L
- (with puruṣa), the soul combined (with a body), the individual soul Yājñ. iii, 125
- having or consisting of a combination (of the humours) Suśr
- samavâyī-kṛta mfn. come together, combined, united Hariv. Pur
- sam-avêta mfn. come together, met, assembled, united, all Mn. MBh. &c
- closely connected with, contained or comprised or inherent in (comp.) Sāh. Sarvad
- approached, come to (acc.) MārkP
- -tva n. the state of being intimately related or connected MW
- ○târtha mfn. containing a meaning, significant, instructive BhP
- sam-avêkṣ (-ava-√īkṣ) Ā. -avêkṣaete (ep. also P, ○ti), to look at, behold, observe, perceive, notice MBh. R
- to reflect or ponder on, consider, mind, heed Mn. MBh. &c
- to acknowledge, think fit or necessary R.: Caus. -avêkṣayati, to cause to look at or consider Kauś
- sam-avêkṣita mfn. observed, considered R
- sam-√aś P. Ā. -aśnoti, -aśnute (in ŚBr. once fut. aśnuviṣyāmahe), to reach, attain, gain, obtain RV. &c. &c
- to accomplish, fulfil (a wish) RV
- to pervade or penetrate thoroughly ( See sam-aṣṭi)
- sam-aśauva mf(ī)n. reaching, taking hold of. seizing ĀśvGṛ
- sám-aṣṭi f. reaching, attaining, attainment TS. Br
- receipt, reception TS. Sch
- conclusion, end TBr. Sch
- (in Vedânta) collective existence, collectiveness, an aggregate, totality (as opp. to vyaṣṭi, q.v.) Śaṃk. Vedântas. VP
- -tā f. the state of (being) an aggregate &c. Vedântas
- ([○ty)-abhiprâya] m. the regarding a group of objects collectively MW
- sam-√aś P. -aśnāti, to eat, taste, enjoy (lit. and fig.) Mn. MBh
- sam-aśana n. eating together Kauś
- eating promiscuously Car
- eating in general Pāṇ. 6-2, 71 Sch
- sam-aśanḍaśanīya mfn. to be eaten together Gobh
- sam-aṣṭhila m. (cf. 3. aṣṭi, aṣṭhi &c.) a kind of shrub L
- (ā), f. (also ○ṭhīlā) a kind of culinary herb or cucumber L
- sam-√as P. -asti, to be like, equal (acc.) RV
- to be united with (saha) AV
- to be (there), exist Kāv
- sam-√as P. -asyati (Ved. inf. sam-ā́sam), to throw or put together, add, combine, compound, mix, mingle, connect AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr. Śulbas.: Pass. -asyate, to be put together or combined &c
- (in gram.) to be compounded, form a compound Pāṇ. 2-2, 1 &c
- sam-asana n. the act of throwing or putting together, combination, composition, contraction L
- anything gathered or collected TS. Sch
- ○nâd mfn. eating collected food TS
- sam-asta mfn. thrown or put together, combined, united, whole, all ŚBr. &c. &c
- (in gram.) compounded, compound
- (in phil.) inherent in or pervading the whole of anything
- abridged, contracted W
- m. a whole, the aggregate of all the parts ib
- -kāla-nirṇayâdhikāra m. -devatāpūjā-vidhi m. N. of wks
- -dhātṛ m. the bearer or supporter of all (applied to Vishṇn) VP
- -bala R. a whole army, entire force MW
- -mantra-devatā-prakāśikā f. N. of wk
- -loka m. the whole world MW
- vastu-viṣaya mfn. relating to the whole matter Kpr
- -viskayika mfn. inhabiting the whole country Inscr. [Page 1158, Column]
- -vyasta-rūpaka n. a kind of Rūpaka (q.v.) Kāvyâd
- -sâkṣi m. witness of all, KaivUp
- ○tâgni-prayoga m. N. of wk
- sam-asya mfn. to be thrown or put together or compounded or combined W
- to be made entire or complete ib
- ○syârthā f. the part of a stanza to be completed (cf. next) L
- (ā), f. See next
- sam-asyā f. junction, union, the being or remaining together with (comp.) MBh. Hariv. Naish
- a part of a stanza given to another person to be completed Siṃhâs
- -pūraṇa-vidhi m. -"ṣrṇava (○syârṇ○), m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- sam-āsa m. (for 2. See sam-√ās) throwing or putting together, aggregation, conjunction, combination, connection, union, totality (ena, 'fully, wholly, summarily') Br. ŚrS. Mn. &c
- succinctness, conciseness, condensation (ibc. and -tas, concisely, succinctly, briefly') KaushUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- (in gram.) composition of words, a compound word (of which there are, accord. to native grammarians, 6 kinds, viz. Dvaṃdva, Bahu-vrīhi, Karma-dhāraya, Tat-purusha, Dvigu, and Avyaya or Avyayī-bhāva qq. vv.
- an improper compound is called asthāna-samāsa Prāt. Pāṇ. &c
- euphonic combination (= saṃdhi) VPrāt
- (in astron.) a partic. circle Sūryas
- composition of differences, reconciliation (-samarthana) L
- the part of a Śloka given for completion (= samasyā) L
- ○cakra n
- ○candrikā f
- ○cūḍāmaṇi m
- ○tattva-nirūpaṇa n. N. of wks
- ○tas ind. in a summary manner, succinctly, concisely Mn. R. VarBṛS. &c
- ○paṭala N. of wk
- ○pāda m. N. of chs. of various wks
- ○prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- ○prâya mfn. consisting chiefly of compound words L
- ○baddha-manoramā (?), f. N. of wk
- ○bâhula mfn. abounding in compounds (as a poetical style) MW
- ○bhāvanā f. composition of the sum of the products Col
- the rule for finding the sine of sum of two arcs Siddhântaś
- ○mañjarī f. N. of wk
- ○vat mfn. possessing compounds, compounded MW
- contracted, abridged ib
- m. Cedrela Toona L
- ○vāda m
- ○vāda-sāra
- ○vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○vyāsa-yoga-tas ind. succinctly and at large BhP
- ○ślkṣā f
- ○śobhā f. N. of wks
- ○saṃhitā f. a concise astronomical Saṃhitā Cat
- ○saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○saṃjña mfn. called a compound MW
- samāsâṅga n. a member or part of a compound word RPrāt
- samāsâdhyāhāra m. the supplying an ellipsis in a compound &c. MW
- samāsânta m. a suffix at the end of a compound belonging to the whole of it Pāṇ. Pat,
- samāsârṇava m. N. of wk
- samāsârtha m. the sense of a compound MW
- (ā), f. the part of a stanza given for completion (= sam-asyā) L
- (○tha). prakāśikā f. N. of wk
- samasâvali f. N. of wk
- samāsôkta mfn. concisely expressed VarBṛS. Sāh
- contained in a compound KātyŚr
- samāsôkti f. concise speach (a figure of speech by which the proceedings of any object spoken of are indicated by describing the similar action or attributes of another object) Vām. iv, 3, 3
- sam-āsita mfn. formed into a collection, assembled, aggregated MW
- sam-ḍāsin See vyāsa-s○
- sama-stha &c. See p. 1153, col. 1
- samaha ind. (fr. 1. sama) anyhow, somehow RV. (accord. to Sāy. voc. of an adj., praśasta, sadhana &c.)
- samahas wṛ. for su-mahas, q.v
- sa-mahāvrata mfn. having a Mahāvrata day ĀpŚr
- sa-mahīdhara mfn. having mountains, mountainous MW
- samahyā (?), f. fame, reputation (cf. sam-ajyā) L
- samā See p. 1153, col. 2
- samâṃśa &c. See p. 1153, col. 1
- sa-māṃsa mfn. connected or combined with meat, containing meat, fleshy R. VarBṛS. &c
- sam-ā-√karṇ P. -karṇayati, to give ear to, listen to, hear Pañcat. Kathās
- sam-ākarṇitaka n. any gesture which expresses the act of listening (ena = 'with an attitude of listening'
- as a stage direction) Bālar. [Page 1158, Column]
- sam-ā-√kāṅkṣ P. -kāṅkṣati, to long or hope for, desire MBh
- sam-ā-kuñcita mfn. (√kuñc) drawn in, brought to an end, stopped (as speech) Naish
- sam-ākula mf(ā)n. crowded together, crowded or filled with, full of, abounding in (instr. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- greatly agitated or confounded, troubled, confused, flurried, bewildered by (comp.) ib
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. great agitation or confusion, great bewilderment or trouble of mind MW
- sam-ā-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute
- -kṛṇoti, -kṛṇute, to bring together, unite RV. VS
- to gather, collect RV. AitBr
- to make ready, prepare RV. AV.: Caus. -kārayati, See next
- sam-ākāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) calling, summoning Pañcad
- sam-ākṛta mfn. brought or collected together MW
- sam-ā-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw together, draw towards, attract MBh
- to draw away or out, extract, take out Pañcat.: Caus. -karṣayati, to draw away, carry off ib
- sam-ākarṣa m. drawing near or towards Bādar
- sam-ḍākarṣaṇa n. id. Sāh
- sam-ḍākarṣin mfn. (only L.) drawing together, attracting
- spreading or extending far, diffusing fragrance
- (iṇī), f. a farspreading odour MW
- sam-ākṛṣṭa mfn. drawn together, attracted Amar
- sam-ā-√kṝ P. -kirati, to scatter or pour or strew over, cover or fill with anything MBh. R
- sam-ākīrṇa mfn. strewn over, bestrewed, completely covered, overspread ib
- sam-ā-√krand P. Ā. -krandati, ○te, to cry out together, cry or lament piteously MBh
- sam-ākrandana n. crying, shouting Bhartṛ
- sam-ā-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to tread or step upon MBh. R
- sam-ākramaṇa n. treading upon, stepping in, entering, frequenting PañcavBr. Ragh
- sam-ḍākrānta mfn. trod or stepped upon MBh. MārkP
- pressed or borne down R
- overrun, attacked, assailed, seized upon Ragh. Pañcat. Kathās
- kept (as a promise) R
- sam-ā-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play or sport along with (another) MBh
- sam-ā-kruṣṭa mfn. (√kruś) reviled, abused R
- sam-ā-klinna mfn. (√klid) well moistened, wet (with vasu, n. prob. = 'food and drink') MBh. iii, 13472
- sa-mākṣika n. together with honey Suśr
- sam-ā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw together, heap or pile up MBh
- to thrust or throw away, hurl ib
- to move violently, toss about (lips, arms &c.) ib
- to send forth, utter (words) ib
- to drive away, expel ib
- to throw down from, tear off R
- to take away, withdraw MBh
- to destroy, annihilate ib
- to insult, mock, ridicule ib
- to hint at, suggest, indicate Mṛicch. Sch
- sam-ākṣipta mfn. thrown or heaped together, thrown or cast off &c. MBh
- sam-ḍākṣepa m. hinting at, suggestion of (comp.) Sāh
- sam-ā-√khyā P. -khyāti, to reckon up, count up, calculate, enumerate Mn. MBh. R
- to relate fully, report, communicate, tell, declare MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ākhyā f. name, appellation Nir. Kaṇ. BhP
- explanation, interpretation Sarvad
- report, fame, celebrity L
- -bhakṣa m. drinking the Soma while mentioning by name (the partic. receptacles for holding it) ĀśvŚr. Sch
- sam-ākhyḍākhyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated Mn. vii, 56
- completely or fully related MBh. Sāṃkhyak
- proclaimed or declared to be (iti) Pañcat
- acknowledged as (comp.) Car. [Page 1159, Column]
- named, called VP
- famed, celebrated, notorious W
- sam-ākhyḍākhyāna n. naming, mentioning Āpast. Kām
- report, narrative MBh
- appellation, name KātyŚr
- sam-ākhyḍākhyāya mfn. to be addressed or exhorted Āpast. (vḷ.)
- sam-ākhyḍākhyāyam ind. while mentioning by name (in aṅga-s○) AitBr
- sam-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to come together (in a friendly or hostile manner
- also sexually), meet, be united with (instr. with and without saha, or sârdham) ŚBr. ChUp. MBh. &c
- to come together (as heavenly bodies in conjunction or occultation) VarBṛS
- to come to, come near, approach, arrive at (acc. or loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to come back, return from (abl.) ib
- to meet with, come upon, find (acc.) MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to come together, bring together, unite one thing or person (acc.) with another (instr. or loc.) R. Vikr
- sam-āgata mfn. come together, met, encountered, joined, assembled Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
- being in conjunction with (instr.) VarBṛS
- come to, approached, arrived, returned R. Mṛicch. &c
- (ā), f. a kind of riddle or enigma (the meaning of which is hidden by the Saṃdhi, q.v.) Kāvyâd
- sam-ḍāgati f. coming together, meeting, union W
- approach, arrival, similar condition or progress ib
- sam-āgantavya n. (impers.) it is to be met or approached Vās
- sam-āgama m. (ifc. f. ā) coming together (either in a hostile or friendly manner), union (also sexual), junction, encounter or meeting with (instr. with or without saha gen., rarely loc., or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- association, assembly of (comp.) MBh. R. Kathās
- conjunction (of planets) VarBṛS
- approach, arrival W
- -kārin mfn. causing union MW
- -kṣaṇa m. the moment of union Rājat
- -prârthanā f. the desire of association MW
- -manoratha m. the desire of union Vikr
- ○môpâya m. means of union MW
- sam-ḍāgamana n. coming together, meeting, union (also= sexual intercourse) MBh
- sam-ḍāgamin mfn. coming together, meeting, Ind. Ant
- future, imminent ib
- sam-ā-galita mfn. (√gai) fallen down, fallen MBh
- sam-ā-gāḍha mfn. (√gāh) intense, violent (only in -tara, 'more or most intense or violent') Kāraṇḍ
- sam-ā-gṛbhāya P. -gṛbhāyati (√grah), to seize together or at once, take hold of. RV. AV
- sam-āghāta See sam-ā-√han
- sam-ā-√ghrā P. -jighrati, to smell at, smell R. Mṛicch
- to kiss MBh. Ragh
- sam-āghrāṇa n. smelling at anything Kād
- sam-ā-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to relate fully, tell, report MBh. R. BhP
- sam-ā-√cam (only ind. p. -camya), to sip water (as a religious act in ceremonial observances, cf. ā-√cam) MBh
- sam-ā-√car P. -carati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to act or behave or conduct one's self towards (loc.) MBh. Pañcat
- to practise, perform thoroughly, do, accomplish (with āhāram and instr., 'to feed upon') Mn. MBh. &c
- to associate with (instr.) Gaut
- (with dūrāt) to remove Mn. iv, 151
- sam-ācara mfn. practising, observing W
- sam-ḍācaraṇa n. practising, performing, observing, be having, performance ib
- sam-ḍācaraṇiya mfn. to be practised or observed Daś
- sam-ḍācarita mfn. practised, performed, done, committed W
- sam-ācāra m. (for samâc○ See p. 1153, col. 1) procedure, practice, conduct, behaviour in (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- custom, usage, usual way or method' Pañcat. KātyŚr. Sch
- (ifc.) the customary presentation of. Kathās
- 'doings', news, report, information, tradition W
- sam-ācīrṇa mfn. performed, done, practised, committed MBh
- sam-ā-ci √1 P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to put together, heap up, accumulate MBh. Hariv. Pāṇ. Sch
- to load or cover with (instr.) MBh. R. &c
- to fill up (cavities in a road) AV
- sam-ācayana o. Putting or heaping together, accumulation, aggregation Pat. on Pāṇ. 3-1, 19 Vārtt. 3, [Page 1159, Column]
- sam-ḍācita mfn. heaped together, covered with, overspread MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ā-ceṣṭita n. (√ceṣṭ) gesture, procedure, behaviour, conduct Kād
- sam-ā-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati, to cover completely with, overspread veil, cloud (also fig. to obscure or stupefy the mind) MBh
- sam-ācchanna mfn. completely covered with &c. W
- sam-ā-cchid (√chid only ind. p. -cchidya), to cut or tear off, snatch away R
- sam-āja &c. See sam-√aj, p. 1153
- sam-ājuhūṣamāṇa See samā-√hve, p. 1163, col. 3
- sam-ā-√jñā to know or understand thoroughly, become acquainted with, ascertain, perceive, observe, recognize MBh. Hariv. Vet.: Caus. [-jn�Apayati] (cf. next), to order, command, direct, authorize MBh. R. &c
- sam-ājñapta mfn. (fr. Caus.) ordered, commanded, directed Hariv
- sam-ḍājñā f. appellation, name Lāṭy. TUp
- reputation, fame L
- sam-ājñāta mfn. known, ascertained, acknowledged as (nom. or comp.) MBh. Hariv
- sam-ājñḍājñāna n. the being acknowledged as (comp.) Nyāyas. Sch
- sam-ā-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, -tanute, to extend, stretch, bend (a bow) MBh. Rājat
- to effect, produce, cause MBh
- sam-ātata mfn. extended, stretched, strung (as a bow) MBh
- continuous, uninterrupted W
- samāti See á-samāti
- sa-mātṛ f. a stepmother BhP
- sa-mātṛka mfn. together with a mother BhP
- sa-mātṛ-cakravāla mfn. attended by the whole circle of divine Mātṛis MW
- sam-ā-dara m. (√dṛ) great respect, veneration MW
- sam-ḍādaraṇīya mfn. to be greatly respected or venerated ib
- sam-ādṛta mfn. very respectful, showing great regard BhP
- sam-ā-√dā P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (P.) to give, bestow, present MBh. Hariv
- to give back, restore BhP
- (Ā.) to take away fully or entirely, take away with one, accept, receive RV. &c. &c
- to take out or away, remove, with draw Mn. MBh
- to take hold of. grasp, seize MBh
- to gather, collect MBh
- to apprehend, perceive, comprehend, find out Daśar
- to take to heart, reflect on BhP
- to undertake, begin (with vacanam, or vākyam, 'a speech') MBh.: Caus. -dāpayati, to establish Divyâv
- to instigate ( See sam-ādāpaka &c.)
- sam-ādatta mfn. taken away, taken hold of. seized, received BhP
- sam-ādāna n. taking fully or entirely, taking upon one's self. contracting, incurring MBh
- beginning, undertaking Lalit
- resolve, determination ib. (L. also 'receiving suitable donations'
- •, the daily observances of the Jaina sect'
- the middle part of the sacrificial post')
- sam-ādḍādānika mfn. (fr. prec.), Mahāvy
- sam-ādḍādāpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) exciting, instigating Divyâv
- sam-ādḍādāpana n. excitation, instigation Lalit
- sam-ādḍādāya ind. having undertaken Divyâv
- sam-ādeya mfn. to be taken or received Pañcat
- sam-ā-√dis P. -diśati, to assign, allot Mn. MBh. R
- to point out, indicate, announce, communicate, declare Kāv. VarBṛS. BhP
- to appoint, name, designate MBh. R. &c
- to foretell, foreshow Kāv. Kathās
- to direct, advise, order, command to (dat., inf., or -artham) ŚrS. MBh. &c.: Caus. -deśayati, to order, command Pañcat
- sam-ādiṣṭa mfn. assigned, indicated, directed, commanded, enjoined MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ādeśa m. direction, advice, instruction, order, command Āpast. R. &c
- sam-ḍādeśana n. information, instruction Sāh
- sam-ā-√dru F. -dravati (cp. also Ā. ○te), to run together towards or against, rush at, attack, assail (acc.) MBh. R. [Page 1159, Column]
- sam-ā-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to place or put or hold or fix together ŚBr. MBh. &c
- to compose, set right, repair, put in order, arrange, redress, restore MBh. Hit
- to put to, add, put on (esp. fuel on the fire) AV. ŚBr. R
- to kindle, stir (fire) ŚBr
- to place, set, lay, fix, direct, settle, adjust (with astram', to adjust an arrow
- with garbham, 'to impregnate'
- with savituḥ, 'to lay in the sun'
- with dṛṣṭim, cittam, cetas', matim, manas, 'to direct or fix the eyes or mind upon' loc.
- with matim', to settle in one's mind, resolve', 'make up one's mind' [followed by iti]
- with ātmānam, or manas, 'to collect the thoughts or concentrate the mind in meditation &c.'
- without an acc. - 'to be absorbed in meditation or prayer') RV. &c. &c
- to impose upon (loc.) MBh
- to entrust or commit to (loc.) ib
- to establish in (loc.) Ragh
- to effect, cause, produce Hariv
- (in the following meanings only Ā.) to take to or upon one's self. conceive (in the womb), put on (a garment or dress), assume (a shape), undergo (effort), show, exhibit, display MBh. Kāv. &c
- to devote one's self entirely to, give one's self up to (acc.) R. Hariv. &c. (once in Bhaṭṭ. P.)
- to lay down as settled, settle, establish, prove, declare, Kap. Sch
- to admit, grant Kull. on Mn. viii, 54: Desid. -dhitsati, to wish to put together, desire to collect the thoughts MBh. xii, 9586
- sam-ādhā m. (only L.) putting together, adjusting, settling, reconciling, clearing up difficulties &c
- completion, accomplishment
- sam-ādhḍādhātavya mfn. to be put in order or set right Hit
- sam-ādhāna n. putting together, laying, adding (esp. fuel to fire) Gobh
- composing, adjusting, settling, and
- reconciliation MBh
- intentness, attention (acc. with √kṛ, 'to attend'), eagerness Śaṃk. Pañcar
- fixing the mind in abstract contemplation (as on the true nature of spirit), religious meditation, profound absorption or contemplation MBh. Kāv. Vedântas
- justification of a statement, proof(cf. -rūpaka) Sarvad
- (in logic) replying to the Pūrva-paksha MW
- (in dram.) fixing the germ or leading incident (which gives rise to the whole plot, e.g. Śak. i, 27)
- -mātra n. mere contemplation or meditation MW
- rūpaka n. a kind of metaphor (used for the justification of a bold assertion) Kāvyâd
- sam-ādhānḍadhānīya mfn. to be put together or joined Uṇ. ii, 109 Sch
- sam-ādhḍādhāyaka mfn. composing, reconciling Ṣaguruś
- sam-ādhi m. putting together, joining or combining with (instr.) Lāṭy
- a joint or a partic. position of the neck Kir
- union, a whole, aggregate, set R. Hariv. Ragh
- completion, accomplishment, conclusion Kum
- setting to rights, adjustment, settlement MBh
- justification of a statement, proof Sarvad
- bringing into harmony, agreement, assent W. RPrāt
- intense application or fixing the mind on, intentness, attention (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, 'to attend') MBh. R. &c
- concentration of the thoughts, profound or abstract meditation, intense contemplation of any particular object (so as to identify the contemplator with the object meditated upon
- this is the eighth and last stage of Yoga lW. 93
- with Buddhists Samādhi is the fourth and last stage of Dhyāna or intense abstract meditation ṃWB. 209
- in the Kāraṇḍa-vyūha several Samādhi are enumerated) Up. Buddh. MBh. &c
- intense absorption or a kind of trance MBh. Kāv.&c
- a sanctuary or tomb of a saint W. RTL. 261
- (in rhet.) N. of various figures of speech (defined as ārohâvarohakrama, artha-dṛṣṭi, anya-dharmāṇām anyatrâdhirohaṇa &c), Kāvyâd Vām. Kpr. &c
- N. of the 17th Kalpa (q.v.), of the 17th Arhat of the future Utsarpiṇī L
- of a Vaiśya Cat. (accord. to L. also 'silence
- a religious vow of intense devotion or self-imposed abstraction
- support, upholding
- continuance
- perseverance in difficulties
- attempting impossibilities
- collecting or laying up grain in times of dearth')
- -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- -tva n. the state of profound meditation or devotion Sarvad
- -niṣṭha mfn. devoted to meditation Pañcat
- -parihāṇi f. diminution of meditation Dharmas. 59
- -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- -bala n. the force of meditation Dharmas. 75
- -bhaṅga m. the disturbing or interruption of mṭmeditation Pañcat
- -bhṛt mfn. absorbed in meditation Śiś
- -bheda m. (= -bhaṅga) Kum
- -bhedin mfn. one who interrupts meditation Ragh
- -mat mfn. absorbed in meditation Kum
- attentive R
- making a promise or assent or permission W
- -matikā f. N. of a woman Mālav. (v. l. for samāhitikā in B.)
- -yoga m. employment of meditation, the efficacy of contemplation MW. [Page 1160, Column]
- -yoga-rddhi-tapo-vidyāvirakti-mat mfn. possessing or accompanied with meditation and self-abstraction and supernatural power and mortification and knowledge and indifference BhP
- -rāja m. N. of wk
- -vigraha m. embodiment of meditation
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- -samānatā f. N. of a Samādhi Buddh
- -stha mfn. absorbed in meditation Pañcat
- -sthala n. N. of a place in Brahmā's world Kathās
- sam-ḍādhita mfn. propitiated, reconciled Kathās
- sam-ḍādhitsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of settling or adjusting KātyŚr. Sch
- sam-ḍādhitsu mfn. (fr. id.) wishing to set right or prove Nyāyas. Sch
- sam-ḍādhin mfn. absorbed in contemplation W
- sam-ādheya mfn. to be put in order or set right R
- to be directed or informed or instructed ib
- to be granted or admitted Kull. Siddh
- sam-ā́hita mfn. put or held together joined assembled, combined, united (pl. 'all taken together') ŚBr. MBh. &c
- joined or furnished or provided with (instr. or comp.) ib
- put to, added (as fuel to fire) AV
- put or placed in or upon, directed, applied, fixed, imposed, deposited, entrusted, delivered over ib. &c. &c
- composed, collected, concentrated (as the thoughts upon, with loc.)
- one who has collected his thoughts or is fixed in abstract meditation, quite devoted to or intent upon (with loc.), devout, steadfast, firm Up. MBh. &c
- put in order, set right, adjusted R
- suppressed, repressed, lowered (as speech) L
- made, rendered Hariv
- completed, finished, ended MBh
- concluded, inferred, demonstrated, established L
- granted, admitted, recognised, approved Āpast. Hariv
- corresponding or equal to, like, resembling (comp.) R. Hariv
- harmonious, sounding faultlessly L
- m. a pure or holy man MW
- n. great attention or intentness MW
- (in rhet.) a partic. kind of comparison Vām. iv, 3, 29
- -dhī mfn. one who has concentrated his thoughts in devotion, Bhp
- -mati mfn. one who has an attentive mind Yājñ. Sch
- -manas mfn. having the mind absorbed in (anything) MW
- -mano-buddhi mfn. having the mind or thoughts collected or composed R
- ○tâtman (saṃā́h○), mfn. one whose spirit is united with (instr.) ŚBr
- samāhitikā f. N. of a woman (cf. samādhimatikā) Mālav
- sam-ā-dhāv P. Ā. -dhāvati, ○te, to run together towards, rush towards, run near to MBh. Hariv
- sam-ā-dhūta mfn. (√dhū) driven away, dispersed, scattered R
- sam-ā-√dhmā P. -dhamati (only pf. -dadhmuḥ), to cause (musical instruments) to sound forth together, blow (a horn &c.) Bhaṭṭ
- sam-ādhmāta mfn. made to sound forth together, blown into MBh. Hariv
- swelled up, puffed up, swollen, inflated Suśr
- sam-ā-√dhyai P, -dhyāyati, to meditate deeply upon, reflect upon, be lost in thought Hariv. R
- samāná mf(ī́, or ā)n. (connected with 1. and 2. sama
- in RV. v, 87, 4 abl. sg. samānásmās for samānā́t, See 1. sama
- for sam-ana See sam-√an, for sa-māna See col. 3) same, identical uniform, one (= eka L.) RV. &c. &c
- alike, similar, equal (in size, age, rank, sense or meaning &c.), equal or like to (with instr., gen., or comp.) VS. &c. &c
- having the same place or organ of utterance, honogeneous (as a sound or letter) Vop
- holding the middle between two extremes, middling moderate BhP
- common, general, universal all RV. Br. ŚrS. BhP
- whole (as a number opp to 'a fraction') Pāṇ. 5-2, 47 Vārtt. 4
- being (= sat, after an adj.) Divyāv
- virtuous, good L
- -varṇa-bhid L
- (am), ind. like, equally with (instr.) Kir
- m.an equal. friend TBr. Cāṇ. BhP
- (ī), f. a kind of metre Piṅg
- (prob.) n. N. of wk. (cf. śākhā-s○)
- ○karaṇa mfn. having the same organ of utterance (said of a sound) Prāt
- ○kartṛka mfn. (in gram.) having the same subject (i.e. that which is spoken of) in a sentence (-tā, f
- -tva n.) Pāṇ. ĀpŚr. Sch. KātyŚr. Sch. ( See kartri)
- ○kartṛ-tva n. identity of subject, ApŚr. Sch
- ○karmaka mfn. (in gram.) having the same object Pāṇ. 3-4, 48 ( See -karman)
- ○karman n. the same object, (ibc.) the same action KapS
- mfn. expressing the same action Nir
- ○kāraka mfn. making all things equal or the same (said of time) Śukas. [Page 1160, Column]
- ○kāraṇa See a-s○
- ○kāla mfn. simultaneous (am ind.) RPrāt
- of equal length or quantity (as a vowel) TPrāt
- ○kālīna mfn. simultaneous, contemporaneous (-tva n.) L
- ○kṣema mfn. having the same or an equal basis, balancing each other (-tva n.) KapS
- ○khyāna mfn. = sakhi Sāy. (cf. samānâkhy○)
- ○gati mfn. 'going together', agreeing together (-tva, n.) Bādar. Sch
- ○guṇa mfn. having equal virtues Vet
- ○gotra mfn. being of the same family ŚāṅkhBr. ĀśvŚr
- ○grāma m. the same village PārGṛ
- ○grāmīya mfn. dwelling in the same village ĀśvGṛ
- ○jana m. a person of the same rank PañcavBr. ŚrS. Anup
- a person of the same family or race MW
- -pada mfn. being of the same people KātyŚr
- ○janman (○ná-), mfn. having the same origin ŚBr
- of equal age Mn. ii, 208
- ○janya mfn. proceeding from or belonging to persons of the same rank PañcavBr
- ○jāti mfn. of the same kind ĀśvŚr
- ○jātīya mf(ā)n. of the same kind with (comp
- -tva n.) ŚāṅkhŚr. Sarvad. &c
- ○jñātitva-maya mf(ī)n. based on equality of race Jātakam
- ○tantra mfn. having the same chief, action, proceeding in one and the same line of action ŚrS
- ○tas (○ná.), ind. uniformly RV
- (prob.) wṛ. for sa-nāma-tas, 'with the same name' Gaut
- ○tā (○ná-), f. equality with (gen. or comp.) ŚBr. RPrāt. Śiś. &c
- community of kind or quality W
- ○tejas mfn. having equal splendour, equal in glory MW
- ○tra (○ná-), ind. on the same spot ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- ○tva n. equality with (instr.) KapS. MārkP. &c
- community of quality MW
- ○dakṣa mfn. having the same will, agreeing RV
- ○dakṣiṇa mfn. attended with an equal reward, ŚaṅkhSr
- ○duḥkha mfn. having the same griefs, sympathizing MW
- ○dṛś looking at (loc.) equally HPariś
- ○devata mfn. relating to the same deity Lāṭy
- ○devatyá mf(ā́)n. id. ŚBr
- ○dharman mfn. having the same qualities, similar to (instr.) Kām
- a sympathizer, appreciator of merits Mālatīm
- ○dhiṣṇya (○ná.), mfn. having the same Dhishṇya (q.v.) ŚBr
- ○nāman mfn. having the same name Vop. vi, 98
- ○nidhana (○ná-), mfn. having the same conclusion ŚBr
- ○pakuhá m. the same half-month TBr
- ○pātra (○ná-), mfn. having the same cup MaitrS
- ○pratipatti mfn. of equal intelligence, judicious Ratnâv
- ○prabhṛti (○ná-), mfn. beginning equally TS. Kāṭh. ŚBr. KapS
- ○ḍprayojana mfn. having the same object MW
- ○pravara-grantha m. N. of wk
- ○prasiddhi mfn. having eqṭequal success Sāy
- ○preman mfn. equally loving Mālatīm
- ○baṇḍhu (○ná-), mf(u) n. having the same relatives RV. ŚBr
- ○barhis (ná-), mfn. having the same sacrificial grass ŚBr. ŚrS
- ○bala mfn. of equal strength (-tva n.) Nyāyam. Sch
- ○brahma-cārin = sa-b○ L
- ○brāhmaṇa mfn. having the same (directions given in the) Brāhmaṇa texts ĀpŚr
- ○brāhmaṇīya mfn. id. (-tva n.) ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○bhṛ́t f. N. of partic. bricks ŚBr
- ○māna mfn. equally honoured with (instr.) Kir
- ○mūrdhan mf(dhnī)n. equal-headed PārGṛ
- ○yama m. the same pitch of voice, APrāt
- ○yoga-kṣema mf(ā) n. being under the same circumstances of security &c. with (instr.) Car
- (ifc.) having the same value with (-tva n.) Sarvad
- ○yojana (○ná-), mfn. yoked in the same way, equally harnessed RV
- ○yoni (○ná-), mfn. born from the same womb ŚBr
- ○ruci mfn. having the same taste (-tā f.) Rājat
- ○rūpa mf(ā)n. having the sṭsame colour as (gen. or comp.) VarBṛS
- having the same appearance as (comp.) L
- (ā), f. a kind of riddle in which the same words are to be understood in a literal and figurative sense Kāvyâd
- ○"ṣrṣi (fr. ○na + ṛṣi), mf(ī)n. having the same Ṛishi (for ancestor) Gobh
- ○loka (○ná), mfn. gaining the same heaven ŚBr
- ○vacana mfn. = sa-v○ Pāṇ. Vop
- ○vayas (BhP.) or (Sāy.), mfn. of the same age
- ○vayaska (Sāy.), mfn. of the same age
- ○varcas (○ná-), mfn. having equal vigour &c. RV. Nir
- of equal splendour MW
- ○varcasa mfn. having equal splendour with (comp.) MBh
- ○varṇa mf(ā)n. having the same colour VarBṛS
- having the same vowels RPrāt
- ○vasana mfn. clothed in the same way Kauś
- ○vidya mfn. possessing equal knowledge (-tā f.) Mālav
- ○vrata-cārin mfn. having the same practices with any one (gen
- ○ri-tva n.) Vishṇ
- ○vrata-bhṛt mfn. leading a similar life Kāv
- ○śabdā f. a kind of riddle Kāvyâd
- ○śayya mfn. having the same bed (-tā f.) Lāṭy
- ○śākhīya mfn. belonging to the same Śākhā, g. gahâdi
- ○śila mf(ā)n. of a similar disposition BhP
- ○saṃkhya mf(ā)n. of an equal number with (instr.) RPrāt. [Page 1160, Column]
- ○sambandhana (○ná-), mf(ā)n. equally connected ŚBr
- ○salila mfn. = samānôdaka VP
- ○sukha-duḥkha mfn. having joys and sorrows in common (-tā f.) Kām. Hit
- ○sūtra-nipāta m. 'falling of the same line'
- (e), ind. on the diametrically opposite side BhP
- ○stotriya mfn. having the same Stotriya, SāṅkhSr
- ○sthāna n. interposition BhP
- mfn. being in the same place Sāy
- occupying the same position (in the month) VPrāt
- samānâkṣara n. a simple vowel (short or long
- opp. to saṃdhy-ak○ or, 'diphthong') RPrāt. APrāt. TPrāt
- samānâkhyāna mfn. = sakhi Nir. (cf. samāna-khy○
- samānâcārya m. a common or universal teacher Divyâv
- samānâdhikaraṇa n. grammatical agreement in case with (comp.) Pāṇ. 3-2, 124
- common or same government or case-relation MW
- same predicament or category, common substratum W
- mfn. being in the same case-relation with (instr. or comp.), relating to the same subject (-tā f
- -iva n.) Tarkas. Sarvad. &c
- being in the same category or predicament or government MW
- having a common substratum (in the Vaiśeshika phil.) ib
- samānâdhikāra m. the same rule or government or generic character ib
- samānâbhihāra m. intermixture of equal things, Saṃkhyak
- samānârtha m. equivalence Lalit
- mf(ā)n. having the same object or end ĀśvŚr. R
- having the same meaning as (instr. or comp.) Kāś
- -tā f. equivalence, equality of birth' or rank Lalit
- -tva n. having the same object KātyŚr
- identity of meaning Kāś
- -prayojana mfn. having a common object and purpose MW
- samānârthaka mfn. having the same meaning Pāṇ. 3-3, 152 Sch
- samānârṣapravara mf(ā)n. descended from the same Ṛishi and having the same Pravaras Vishṇ
- samānârṣeya mfn. descended from the same Ṛishi, SāṅkhGṛ
- samānâlaṃkāra mfn. wearing the same ornaments MW
- samānâsya-prayatna mfn. being pronounced with the same effort of the organs VPrāt. APrāt. Sch
- samānôttamamadhyamâdhama mfn. one to whom the best and the middle and worst are all the same BhP
- samānôdaka mfn. having (only) libations of water (to ancestors) in common, distantly related (the relationship, accord. to some, extending to the 14th degree, the first 7 being both Sa-piṇḍas and Samānôdakas, while the remaining 7 are SamṭSamānôdakas only) Mn. ix, 187 Kull. Sch. VP. RTL. 286
- -bhāva m. the above relationship Mn
- samānốdarka mfn. ending equally TS. ŚBr. KapS
- samānôdarya mfn. descended from the same mother AitBr
- m. a brother of whole blood Bhaṭṭ
- samānôpamā f. a simile in which the common term is one in sound but yields two senses (e.g. sâlakânana, 'a face with curls', and sālakānana, 'a wood with Sāla trees') Kāvyâd. ii, 29
- samānôpâdhyāya m. a common or general preceptor Divyâv
- samānôlba mfn. having equal or similar embryo-membranes ŚBr
- samānaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make equal or similar, equalise R. Ghaṭ
- samānikā f. a kind of metre Col
- samānyā́ ind. equally, jointly, together RV. MaitrS
- sa-māna mfn. (for samāna See col. 1
- for sam-āna See p. 1154, col. 2)possessing honour or esteem, honoured by (gen.) Vet
- with anger BhP
- sa-mānana mfn. (for samânana See p. 1153, col. 1) being in honour or respect Nalôd
- sa-mānitam ind, honourably, respectfully Kathās
- sa-māna mfn. (for 1. See above) having the same measure L
- sam-ā-√nand Caus. -nandayati, to gladden, rejoice Subh
- samānāsa (?), m. N. of a serpentdemon L
- sam-ā-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to lead or conduct together, join, unite, collect, assemble MBh. Kāv. &c
- to lead anyone to another, unite one person (acc.) with another (instr. with or without saha) ib
- to lead towards, bring near ib
- to bring home' ib
- to pour together, mingle (liquids) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to bring or offer (an oblation) MBh.: Caus. -nāyayati (ind. p. -nāyya), to cause to be brought together or near, convoke, assemble MBh. Hariv. R. [Page 1161, Column]
- sam-ānayana n. bringing together or near Bhar
- pouring together Jaim
- sam-ānīta mfn. brought together or near, brought, conducted, convoked, assembled MBh. Kāv. &c
- samânta samântara, See p. 1153, cols. 1 and 2
- sam-√āp P. -āpnoti, to acquire or obtain completely, gain AV. MBh. &c
- to accomplish, fulfil ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to reach AV.: Caus. āpayati, to cause to gain or obtain completely ŚBr
- to bring to an end, finish, complete, conclude Mn. MBh. &c
- to put an end to, put to death, destroy (with or scil. atmānam 'one's self') Āpast. Kathās. BhP.: Desid. of Cats. -āpipayithati, to wish or try to accomplish ŚBr.: Desid. -ipsati, to wish to obtain or reach or accomplish, wish for, desire ib
- sam-āpa m. sacrificing, offering oblations to the gods (= deva-yajana) Vop
- sam-ḍāpaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. ) completing, finishing, supplying (-tva n.) Śiś. Bhar
- (ikā), f. a verb or any part of speech used as a verb to complete a sentence MW
- ○aka-kriyā f. a finishing act, finishing stroke ib
- sam-ḍāpana mfn. (in some meanings fr. Caus.) accomplishing, completing, concluding Kauś. MBh
- (ā), f. highest degree, perfection MBh
- n. the act of causing to complete or completing, completion, conclusion Br. GṛŚrS. Mn. &c
- coming to an end, dissolution, destruction (of the body) MBh
- section, chapter, division (of a book) MārkP
- profound meditation (= samādhāna) L
- sam-ḍāpanīya mfn. relating to completion Kauś
- sam-ḍāpayitavya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be furnished or provided with anything KaushUp
- sam-āpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) accomplished, finished, concluded, done Kāv. Kathās
- sam-āpin mfn. concluding, forming the conclusion of anything Kathās
- sam-āpipayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to cause to complete, desirous of accomplishing MBh
- sam-āpta mfn. completely obtained or attained or reached, concluded, completed, finished, ended KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- perfect, clever MBh. xiv, 2561
- -cinta (?), m. N. of a man Buddh
- -punar-ātta or ○ttaka mfn. concluded and again resumed
- n. a partic. kind of pleonasm (also ○tta-tva n.) Kpr. Sāh. Pratāp
- -prayoga m. N. of wk
- -prâya mfn. nearly finished MW
- bhūyiṣṭha mfn. nearly completed or ended ib
- -lambha m. a partic. high number Buddh
- -śikṣa mfn. one who has completed his studies MW
- sam-āptāla (?), m. a lord, master L
- sám-āpti f. complete acquisition (as of knowledge or learning) Āpast.,
- accomplishment, completion, prefection, conclusion, solution (of the body) Mn. ii, 244
- reconciling differences, putting an end to disputes L
- -vāda m. N. of a Nyāya wk
- -sādhana n. means of accomplishment or completion MW
- ○ty-arthā, v. l. for samacyârthā (q.v.)
- sḍaptika mfn. one who has finished or completed (esp. a course of Vedic study) Mn. iii, 145
- final, finite Kathās
- sam-āpyá mfn. to be reached or attained AV
- to be accomplished or concluded or completed (n. impers.) Sāh
- sam-īpsita mfn. (fr. Desid.) wished or longed for, desired R
- sam-ā-√pat P. -patati, to fly together towards, rush violently upon, attack, assail (acc.) MBh. R. &c
- to descend, alight VarBṛS
- to come together, be united sexually with (saha) MBh
- to come to, attain ib
- sam-āpatita mfn. come, arrived, taken place Kautukas
- sam-ā-√pad Ā. -padyate, to fall upon, attack, assail MBh
- to fall into any state or condition, attain to, undergo, incur ib. &c
- to undertake, begin, Kīraṇḍ
- to take place, occur, appear APrāt. Sch.: Caus. -padayati, to cause to come to pass MW
- to bring about, complete, accomplish ib
- to restore ib
- sam-āpatti f. coming together, meeting, encountering Kālid
- accident, chance ( See comp.)
- falling into any state or condition, getting, becoming (comp.) Yogas
- assuming an original form, APrāt
- completion, conclusion Āpast. (vḷ. sam-āpti)
- yielding, giving way (in a-s○) ib. [Page 1161, Column]
- (with Buddhists) a subdivision of the fourth stage of abstract meditation (there are eight Samāpattis) MWB. 233
- -dṛṣṭa mfn. seen by chance Daś
- sam-āpadyana n. (?fr. samāpadya stem of pres. tense) the being absorbed, absorption into SaddhP
- sam-āpanna mfn. fallen into (acc.) MBh
- meeting with (?) Divyâv
- having ib
- one who has undertaken (instr.) Kāraṇḍ
- arrived, come, happened, occurred Hit. (v. l. sam-āsanna)
- furnished or endowed with (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- perfect, proficient (in any science) W
- accomplished, concluded, done L
- distressed, afflicted ib
- killed ib
- n. death L
- sam-āpādana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of bringing about, accomplishing &c. MW
- restoration ib
- sam-āpḍāpādanīya mfn. to be brought together or in accordance with (comp.) ĀpŚr
- sam-āpḍāpādya mfn. to be restored to its original form Prāt
- n. the change of Visarga to s or ṣ (= upâ-carita) ib
- the change to ṣ (in Vedic phonetics, = ṣa-tva) ib
- sam-ā-√pā P. -pibati, to drink in entirely, suck in, absorb MBh. Kām
- sam-ā-pū P. -punāti, to purify thoroughly, purge Siddh
- sam-ā-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to become completely full, be quite filled MBh.: Caus, -pūrayati, to make quite full, fill out with (instr.) ŚBr
- to draw or bend (a bow) R
- sam-āpūrṇa mfn. completely full, whole, entire R
- sam-ā-√pyai Ā. -pyāyate (only in pf. -pipye), to grow larger, swell, grow, increase Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -pyāyayati, ○te, to cause to increase or grow, refresh, reanimate, enliven MārkP
- sam-āpyāyita mfn. nourished, invigorated, refreshed MBh
- sam-ā-√prach (only ind. p. -pṛcchya), to take leave of. R. Kathās
- sam-ā-√plu Ā. -plavate, to immerse together, immerse in water, bathe MBh. Hariv
- to overflow, inundate, overwhelm MBh
- to spring or rush upon (acc.) R
- to come into violent collision with MBh
- sam-āplava or m. immersion in water, bathing, a bath MBh
- sam-āplāva m. immersion in water, bathing, a bath MBh
- sam-āpluta mfn. immersed, flooded, overwhelmed, bathed MBh
- sam-ā-√bandh (only jn ind. p. -badhya), to bind or fasten on firmly R
- sam-ā-√bhā P. -bhāti, to appear like (iva) MBh
- sam-ā-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to talk with, converse together, address, speak to MBh. R. BhP
- to speak about, communicate MBh
- sam-ābhāṣaṇa n. talking together, conversation with (comp.) Ragh
- sam-ā-√bhuj P. -bhunakti, to enjoy or possess entirely, rule over (acc.) BhP
- sam-ā-√bhṛ P. -bharati, or -bibharti, to bring together, produce, procure TS
- sam-ābhṛta mfn. brought together, procured AV
- sam-āmá m. (cf. vy-āma) length AV
- sam-āmyá mfn. stretching or extending in length ib
- sam-ā-√mantr Ā. -mantrayate, to call upon, invoke Cat
- to bid farewell to (acc.) MBh
- sam-ā-√mnā P. Ā. -manati, ○te, to repeat or mention together, repeat memoriter, hand down from memory or by tradition (esp. collections of sacred words or texts) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
- to suppose to be, take for (acc.) Nir
- sam-āmnāta mfn. repeated or mentioned together, handed down by tradition or from memory MBh. BhP
- (ifc.) mentioned as, g. kṛtâdi
- n. mentioning together, enumeration Āpast
- sam-āmnḍāmnātṛ m. a repeater memoriter, collector or editor of Vedic texts Śaṃk. [Page 1161, Column]
- sam-āmnāna n. mentioning together, enumeration, repetition from memory Nir
- sam-āmnāya m. mention together, traditional collection, enumeration, list Nir. Prāt. &c
- handing down by tradition or from memory MBh
- collection or compilation of sacred texts (esp. any special redaction of a Vedic text) ĀśvŚr
- the sacred texts in general BhP
- the destruction of the world (= samhāra) ib
- totality, aggregate W
- N. of Śiva MBh
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of (or containing) the sacred texts BhP
- sam-āmnḍāmnāyika See pāśu-samāmnāyika
- sam-āya ○yin, See p. 1164, col. 2
- sam-ā-yatta mfn. (√yat) resting or dependent on (loc.) MBh. R
- sam-ā-yam P. Ā. -yacchati, ○te, to draw together, contract TS. ŚBr
- to draw, pull, stretch RV
- sam-āyata mfn. drawn out, lengthened, extended, long MBh
- sam-ā-yasta mfn. (√yas) distressed, troubled, oppressed R
- sam-ā-√yā P. -yāti, to come together, meet MBh. Kāv. &c
- to come near, approach, come from (abl.) or to (acc. or loc.), go to or towards (acc.) ib
- to elapse, pass away MBh
- to fall upon, get into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat. Rājat
- sam-āyāta mfn. come together or near &c
- returned Hcat
- sam-ā√yu P. -yauti, to mingle, stir up MaitrS
- sam-āyuta mfn. joined or brought together, gathered, collected Nir
- made or consisting of (comp.) MBh
- united or connected with, possessed of (comp.) ib. Suśr
- sam-ā-√yuj P.Ā. -yunakti, -yuṅkte, to join or fasten together, join, prepare, make ready BhP
- to meet, encounter (in a hostile manner) MBh
- to surround MW.: Caus. -yojayati, to furnish or supply with (instr.) MBh
- sam-āyukta mfn. joined, prepared, ready R
- entrusted, committed MBh
- met together, encountered, brought into contact MBh. R
- furnished or supplied or provided with (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- intent upon, devoted to MW
- sam-āyoga m. conjunction, union, connection, contact with (instr. with and without saha, or comp
- āt with gen. or ifc. = 'in consequence of' or 'by means of') Mn. MBh. &c
- making ready, preparation, Ksd. Hcar
- fitting (an arrow to a bow), aiming MW
- heap, multitude W
- cause, origin', motive, object ib
- sa-māraka mfn. including the world of Māra Buddh
- sam-ā-rata mfn. (√ram) ceased from, left off, desisted ChUp
- sam-ā-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (rarely P. ○ti), to take in hand, undertake, begin, commence (with acc. or inf
- ind. p. -rabhya with acc.= 'begining from') TS. &c. &c
- to try to get near to or propitiate MBh
- sam-ārabdha mfn. taken in hand, undertaken, begun (also, begun to be built') MBh. Kāv. &c
- one who has begun or commenced MBh
- happened, occurred R
- -tara mfn. more frequent Nidānas
- sam-ḍārabhya mfn. (cf. above) to be undertaken or begun (superl. -tama) MBh
- sam-ārambha m. undertaking, enterprise MBh. R. &c
- spirit of enterprise MBh. v, 990
- beginning, commencement, Śāntiś
- wṛ. for samārambhaṇa, an unguent Śak. Sch
- sam-ḍārambhaṇa n. taking in hand, undertaking grasping Kāv
- anointing (= sam-ālambhana) Śak. Sch
- sam-ḍārambhin mfn. (prob.) hung with Cat
- sam-ārāṇá See sam-√ṛ, p. 1170
- sam-ā-√rādh Caus. -rādhayati (m. c. also Ā. ○te), to conciliate, propitiate, win over MBh. Pur
- sam-ārādhana n. conciliation, propitiation, gratitication Ragh. Sarvad. [Page 1162, Column]
- a means of propitiating or winning Mālav
- sam-ā-√rudh (only ind. p. rdhya), to block up, obstruct R
- sam-ā-√ruh P. -rohati, to ascend or rise to or upon (acc., loc., or upari), mount, enter (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to advance towards or against (acc.) MBh
- to enter upon, attain to, under. take, begin (with tulām, 'to become like or similar') KaushUp. Mn. &c.: Caus. -rokayati, or -ropayati, to cause to mount or ascend (two acc. or acc. and loc.) AV. &c. &c
- to cause to rise (a star) MārkP
- to place upon, impose MBh. R. Kathās
- to lift up, erect, raise (lit. and fig.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to place in or among (acc.) Kāv. Kathās
- to deposit (the sacred fire) in (acc. or loc.) TS. Br
- to string (a bow) R. BhP
- to deliver over, entrust or commit to (loc.) MBh
- to ascribe, attribute, transfer to (loc.) BhP. Sarvad.: Desid., See next
- sam-ārarukṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to mount or ascend (acc.) Ragh
- sam-ārūḍha mfn. mounted or ridden by (instr.) MBh. R. Kathās
- one who has mounted or ascended, riding upon (acc., loc., or upari), fallen upon, entered on or in (acc.) ib
- one who has agreed upon (acc.) Mn.viii, 156
- grown, increased Ratnâv
- grown over, healed Hariv
- sam-āropa m. (fr. Caus.) placing in or upon (loc.) KātyŚr. Sch
- stringing (a bow) Bālar
- transference to (loc.), attribution Daśar. Sāh. Pratāp. āropaka, mf(ikā)n. making to grow or thrive Divyâv
- sam-ḍāropaṇa n. transference, transposition, change of position (esp. of the sacred fire) ĀśvŚr. Sch
- stringing (a bow) Bālar
- sam-āropita mfn. caused to mount or ascend &c
- placed in or on (acc.) Veṇis
- put forth, displayed R
- -kārmuka mfn. one who has strung a bow ib
- -bhāra mfn. one on whom a burden has been placed ib
- -vikrama mfn. one who has displayed valour ib
- sam-āroha m. ascending, mounting, riding upon W
- agreeing upon ib
- sam-ḍāróhaṇa n. the act of mounting or ascending, ascent to (gen.) ŚBr. Nir. &c
- growing (of the hair) MārkP
- changing the position of the sacred fire (symbolically), Sinhâs
- sam-ḍārohaṇīyā f. pl. N. of partic. verses SāṅkhŚr
- sa-mārgaṇa mfn. furnished with arrows MBh
- -guṇa mfn. furnished with arrows and a bowstring ib
- sa-mārdava mfn. having softness, with softness, together with leniency Yājñ
- sam-ā-√lakṣ (only ind. p. -lakṣya), to look at, behold, observe, consider, watch MBh
- sam-ālakṣya mfn. visible, perceptible Sāh
- sam-ā-lagna mfn. (√lag) adhering or clasped or united together, closely attached MBh
- sam-ā-√lap P. -lapati, to speak to, address (acc.) Sāh
- sam-ālāpa m. talk, conversation with (saha or anyo'nyam, also anyo'nya-s○ Kāv. Kathās
- sam-ā-√labh Ā. -labhate, to take hold of seize, touch ŚBr. &c
- to stroke, handle MBh
- to obtain, acquire Hit. (vḷ.)
- to rub, anoint, smear over Kāv. Kathās. Suśr
- sam-ālabdha mfn. taken hold of &c
- (ifc.) come into contact with Vās
- sam-ḍālabhana n. unguent Śak. (vḷ.)
- sam-ālambha m. taking hold of seizing a victim (for sacrifice) MBh
- unguent (ifc. - 'anointed with') ib.,
- sam-ḍālambbana n. taking hold of, touching (in a-s○) Gobh
- anointing, unguent R. Śak
- sam-ḍālámbham ind. while taking hold of. ŚBr
- sam-ḍālambhin mfn. seizing (the sacrificial victim), killing MBh
- sam-ā-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to hang on, cling to (acc.) MBh. Rājat
- to lean on, depend on, trust to (acc.) Kathās
- to take to (acc.) Cat
- to take hold of. seize, grasp Kum. Kathās
- to have recourse to, assume R. Mṛicch. Bhaṭṭ
- to acquire, obtain, appropriate Hit. (vḷ.)
- to fall to the lot of (loc.) ib.: Cam. lambayati, to cause to hang or rest, suspend to (loc.) Pañcat
- sam-ālambana n. the act of clinging to, learning on, support W. [Page 1162, Column]
- sam-ḍālambita mfn. suspended MW
- clung to ib
- rested on, supported, upheld, maintained ib
- sam-ḍālambin mfn. clinging to, laying hold &c. ib
- m. a kind of fragrant grass L
- sam-ā-√likh P. -likhati, to scratch or mark down, mark out, write down, delineate, paint VarBṛS. Kathās. Sarvad. Hcat
- sam-ā-√liṅg P. Ā. -liṅgati, ○te, to embrace closely, clasp or hold in a firm embrace MBh. R. &c
- sam-āliṅgana n. a close embrace VarBṛS
- sam-ḍāliṅgita mfn. clasped firmly, embraced closely Pañcat
- sam-ā-√lip P. Ā. -limpati, ○te, to anoint all over (A., 'one's self') Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -lepayati, to anoint or smear over, anoint well Sāh
- sam-ālipta mfn. well anointed or smeared MW
- sa-mālī f. a collection of flowers, nosegay L
- sa-mālya mfn. garlanded, crowned Hariv
- sam-ā-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, stir in, mix together, mingle with (instr.) MBh. Suśr. AgP
- to agitate, disturb, confuse MBh
- to rummage, investigate Cat
- sam-ā-√lok P. -lokayati, to look at attentively, inspect, view, behold, regard MBh. Kāv. &c
- to consider or acknowledge as (two acc.) Pañcat
- sam-āloka m. looking at, viewing, beholding Gīt. Sāh
- sam-ḍālokana n. id., contemplation, inspection VarBṛS. Rājat
- sam-ḍālokin mfn. looking into, one who has considered or studied (comp.) Cāṇ
- sam-ā-√loc P. -locayati, to look at attentively, consider well or thoroughly Pañcar. Hit.' (vḷ.)
- sam-ācana m. colloquy, conversation (= saṃvadana) L. ○ālocin vḷ. for ○ālokin
- samāvacchás &c. See samāvac, p. 1153, col. 2
- sam-ā-√vad P. -vadati, to speak with certainty, state, declare MBh
- sam-ā-√vap P. -vapati, to sow or scatter together, mix up together, throw in together Br. GṛŚrS. Suśr.: Caus. -vāpayati, id. MBh. Suśr
- sam-āvāpa m. mixing up (the sacred fires), a sacrifice in which the fires are mixed up or combined ĀśvŚr
- sam-ôpta m. thrown in together, mixed, mingled Lāṭy
- sam-āvarjana See sam-ā-√vṛj
- sam-āvarta &c. See sam-ā-√vṛt
- sam-āva-lokya mfn. (√lok
- prob. m. c. for sam-ava-l○) to be perceived or observed MW
- sam-ā-vas √5. P. -vasati, to dwell or settle in, inhabit (acc.) R. Kām. BhP
- to halt, encamp (for the night) Kathās.: Caus. -vāsayati, to pitch a camp, halt, settle down Hit
- sam-āvāsa m. dwelling-place, residence, abode, halting-place, encampment MBh. Pañcat
- sam-āvḍāvāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to dwell or settle, lodged, encamped, sojourned Hit
- -kaṭaka mfn. one who has pitched a camp ib
- sam-ā-√vah P. Ā. -vahati, ○te, to bear or bring together or near, collect, assemble Br. Hariv
- (Ā.) to procure means of subsistence AitBr
- sam-āvaha mfn. bringing about, effecting, causing, producing Suśr
- sam-āvâpti f. (m. c. for sam-av○, q.v. under sam-avâp, p.: 157) Hcat
- sam-āvâya m. (m.c. for sam-av○, q.v. under sam-avâp. 1157) MBh. R. BhP
- sam-ā-vigna mfn. (√vij) agitated, terrified, trembling greatly R
- sam-ā-√vid Caus. -vedayati, to cause to know or be known thoroughly, report fully, announce tell MBh. Kām. [Page 1162, Column]
- sam-āvedya mfn. to be told or communicated fully W
- sam-ā-√viś P. -viśati, to enter together or at once, enter into, enter thoroughly, take possession of, occupy, penetrate, fill MBh. Hariv. Pur
- to sit or settle down in or on (acc. or loc.) Mn. MBh. R
- to go or fall into any state or condition (acc.) MBh
- to appl o, begin, undertake R.: Caus. -veśayati, to cause to enter together or thoroughly, introduce, insert Kauś
- to cause to sit down Rājat
- to conduct, lead or bring to or into (acc.) BhP
- to place or fix (eyes or mind) upon, direct towards (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (with svasmin) to insert in one's self. contain Pāṇ. 5-1, 52 Sch
- (Ā.) to deliver over, consign or commit or entrust to (loc.) ib
- sam-āviṣṭa mfn. entered together or at once, seized, occupied, possessed by or filled with (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- provided or endowed or furnished with (comp.) MBh. Vet. Pañcar
- taught or instructed in (instr.) or by (instr.) MBh. xiii, 1971
- sam-āveśa m. entering together or at once, entering Cat
- meeting, penetration, absorption into (comp.) RPrāt. Hariv
- simultaneous occurrence, co-existence MBh. Daśar
- (in gram.) applying together, common applicability of a term Vārtt. on Pāṇ. Kāś
- agreeing with, agreement Uṇ. i, 108 Sch
- sam-ḍāveśana n. entering, taking possession Saṃskārak
- consummation of marriage, ĀPGṛ
- sam-ḍāveśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to enter together, brought together, caused to enter, inserted, placed, fixed, absorbed, engrossed Kāv. Pur
- sam-ā-√vṛ P. Ā. -vṛṇoti, -vṛnute, to cover all over, conceal, veil, envelop, encompass, surround MBh. R. &c
- to fill, pervade MBh
- to obstruct, hinder, stop ib
- sam-āvṛta mfn. covered all over, concealed, enveloped, wrapt in, surrounded or beset with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R
- protected or guarded by (instr.) MBh
- filled or inhabited by (comp.) R
- closed to i.e. withdrawn from (gen.) MBh
- sam-ā-√vṛj Ā. -vṛṅkte, to bend or turn towards one's self. appropriate TS.: Caus. -āvarjayati, ○āvarjita
- sam-āvarjana n. attracting, winning Daśar
- sam-ḍāvarjita mfn. bent down, inclined, lowered
- -ketu mfn. one who has lowered his standard Kum
- -netra-śobha mfn. one who has the (lustre of) his eyes bent down Ragh
- sam-ā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn back, come back, return RV. &c. &c
- to return home (said esp. of a Brahma-cārin or young Brāhman student of the Veda who has returned home after completing his studies in the house of a preceptor) GṛŚrS. MBh. &c
- to come near, approach MBh. to turn towards (acc
- pradakṣiṇam, 'with one's right side') R
- to turn out well, succeed MBh. xii, s155
- to come to nought, perish VS. (Mahīdh.): Caus. -vartayati, to cause to return, drive away or home RV
- to dismiss (a pupil after the completion of his studies) ChUp
- to repeat, recite VarYogay. Hcar
- sam-āvarta m. turning back, return to (loc.) MBh
- N. of Vishṇu ib
- sam-āvartana n. returning, (esp.) the return home of a Brāhman student as above (also 'the Saṃskāra ceremony performed on the above occasion'
- cf. saṃskāra) Mn. Saṃk. BhP. Sarvad. (RTL. 353 &c.)
- -karman n. -prayoga m. -vidhi, m
- ○nâdi-prayoga m. N. of wks
- sam-ḍāvartanīya mfn. relating to a return, Kaus
- sam-ḍāvartamāna mfn. (pr. p.) returning from the home of a preceptor MW
- sam-ḍāvartin mfn. id. Saṃskārak
- sam-āvṛtta mfn. turned back, returned (esp. as described above) Mn. MBh. &c
- approached, come from (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- completed, finished MBh. i, 3256
- -vrata mfn. one who has completed a religious vow MBh
- sam-ḍāvṛttaka m. a pupil who has returned home L
- sam-ḍāvṛtti f. = ○āvartana Gaut
- sam-ḍāvṛttika See a-samāvṛttika
- sam-ā-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to weave or string together ŚBr
- sam-ốta mfn. woven or strung together AV
- sam-ā-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to cover with Suśr. [Page 1163, Column]
- sam-ā-√vyadh P. -viddhyati, to whirl, brandish R. Hariv
- sam-āviddha mfn. shaken, agitated (others, wasted, destroyed') MBh. xv, 1031
- sam-ā-√vraj P. -vrajati, to go back, return MBh
- sam-āśa m. (√2. eating, a meal Pāṇ. 6-2, 71 Sch
- sam-ā-√śaṃs P. Ā. -śaṃsati, ○te, (P.) to adjudge, assign anything to (dat.) RV
- (Ā) to trust or confide in (acc.) MBh
- to wish or long for, desire MW
- sam-ā-śaṅkita mfn. (√śaṅk) very fearful or apprehensive W
- doubted, doubtful ib
- sám-āśir mfn. mixed (as Soma) RV
- sam-ā-√śri P. Ā. -śrayati, ○te, to go or have recourse to together (esp. for protection), fly to for refuge, seek refuge with, lean on, trust to, confide in (acc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to resort to, approach, enter, occupy, obtain, assume ib
- to follow, practise MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-āśraya m. (ifc. f. ā) going together to any one (esp. for support or shelter), connection with, dependence on, relation to (ifc. = 'relating to, concerning'
- āt, 'in consequence of. owing to') MBh. R. VarBṛS. &c
- support, shelter, place of refuge, asylum. Kāv. Pur. Kathās
- dwelling-place, habitation, home (ifc. = 'living or dwelling or situated or being in' R. Pañcat. Kathās
- sam-ḍāśrayaṇa n. resorting ar attaching one's self to, choosing, selecting (comp.) Bālar
- -sampradāya m. N. of wk
- āśrayaṇīya mfn. to be had recourse to or taken refuge with Pañcat
- m. to be taken service with', a master (as opp. to sam-āśrita, 'a servant') Rājat.,
- ḍāśrayin mfn. assuming, occupying. (a place), taking possession of (comp.) Rājat
- sam-āśrita mfn. come together, assembled Nir
- going or resorting to, living or dwelling in, fixed or staying or standing in or on, flowing into (acc., loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (also -vat, one who has attained', with acc.) Hariv. Pañcat
- following or practising, leaning on, taking refuge with (acc.) ŚāṅkhGṛ. R
- resting or dependent on (loc.) KaṭhUp
- relating to, concerning (comp.) R. MBh. Rājat
- stating, asserting Sarvad
- (with pass. sense) leaned on (for support), resorted to Rājat
- had recourse to, chosen Kār. on Pāṇ. 7-1, 1
- endowed or provided or furnished with (instr.) Kathās
- visited or afflicted by (comp.) MBh
- m. a dependant, servant (cf. ○āśrayaṇīya), Raljat
- -tva n. resort to, seeking refuge with (comp.) Pañcat
- sam-ā√śru P. Ā. -śṛṇoti, -śṛṇute, to promise MW.: Caus. śrāvayati, to inform, apprise of (two acc.) BhP
- sam-ā-√śliṣ P. -śliṣyati, to cling to (acc.) MBh
- to embrace closely or firmly ib. &c.: Caus. -śleṣayati, to join together TS
- sam-āśliṣṭa mfn. closely embraced, firmly attached (also with anyo'nyam) MBh. Sāh
- sam-āśleṣa m. a close or firm embrace MBh. Mālatīm
- sam-āśleṣḍaśleṣaṇa n. id. Pañcar
- sam-ā-√śvas P. -śvasiti, or -śvasati, to breathe again, recover breath, revive, take courage (often in 2. sg. Impv. -śvasihi, 'take courage!') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to trust or confide in (loc.) MBh.: Caus. -śvāsayati, to cause to revive, reanimate, encourage, comfort, calm, console MBh. R. &c
- sam-āśvasta mfn. recovered, revived, reanimated, comforted, consoled R. Kathās
- trusting, confiding, full of confidence Mn. vii, 59
- sam-āśvāsa m. recovering breath, relief. comfort R
- trust, belief. confidence MBh. Kathās
- sam-āśvāsana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of causing to take breath, encouraging, cheering, comforting, consolation R. Vikr. Pañcat
- āśvāsita mfn. reanimated, revived, refreshed &c. MBh. R
- āśvḍāśvāsya mfn. to be revived or cheered or comforted R. Kathās
- sam-√ās Ā. -āste (pr. p. -āsīna, q.v.), to sit together, sit or assemble round (acc.) RV. AV. MBh
- to sit, be seated Mn. R
- to sit or abide in (loc.) R. [Page 1163, Column]
- to hold a council, deliberate AV. ŚBr
- to practise, observe (acc.) R
- to behave like (iva), resemble MBh
- to be dejected or lowspirited R
- to mind, attend to, acknowledge R
- to be a match for, cope with (acc.) MBh. R
- sam-āsa (for 1. See under sam-√as), m. abiding together, connection MW
- sam-āsana n. (for samâs○ See p. 1153, col. 1) sitting down, sitting together with (saha) MBh
- sam-ḍāsīna mfn. sitting together with (instr.) ib
- sam-ḍāsyā f. sitting together, session, colloquy, interview MBh. R
- sam-ā-√sañj P. -sajati, to fasten or stick together, join or attach to, fix or place on, wrap or suspend round MBh. Hariv
- to impose, resign or deliver over to (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c.: Pass. -sajyate, or -sajjate, to cling or adhere closely together, cling or stick to, become attached to MW
- sam-āsakta mfn. suspended, attached to or fixed upon (loc.) MaitrUp. R
- harnessed with (instr.) R
- dependent on (loc.) ib
- concerning, relating to (loc.) MBh
- intent upon, devoted to occupied with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Pañcar
- stopped (in its effect, as poison) MBh
- committed or entrusted to (loc.) R
- affected by (comp.) Kathās
- joined, united, combined MW
- reached, attained ib
- sam-ḍāsakti f. sticking or adhering closely to, attachment, devotion MārkP. Rājat
- sam-āsaṅga m. the committing or entrusting (of business) to any one (loc.) R
- āsañjana n. (accord. to some also -āsajjana) joining, union, connection, contact W
- sam-ā-√sad P. -sīdati, to be take one's self to, come near to, approach or advance to, reach, arrive at (acc.) MBh. R. &c
- to meet, encounter (either in a friendly or hostile manner), attack, assail MBh
- to attain, obtain, meet with, find, recover Rājat. Kathās.: Caus. -sādayati (ind. p. -sādya, q.v.), to come to, to approach, advance to, arrive at, fall or get into, reach, attain, incur MBh. Kāv. &c
- meet, encounter (a friend or enemy), attack, assail ib
- to hit (as an arrow) MBh
- to accrue to (acc.) Rājat
- sam-āsatti f. nearness, vicinity Pāṇ. 3-4, 50
- sam-āsanna mfn. reached, approached, attained &c
- near, proximate, close to (comp.) Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās
- sam-āsādana n. (fr. Caus.) the act or approaching, meeting with, attaining Pat
- effecting, accomplishing W
- sam-āsḍāsādita mfn. approached, met with &c. W. 1
- sam-āsḍāsādya ind. having approached &c
- according to, by means or on account of (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c. 2
- sam-āsḍāsādya mfn. attainable, practicable L
- sa-māsârdha mf(ā)n. (a year) with a half-month added Rājat
- sam-ā-√sic P. -siñcati, to sprinkle or pour out together ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to instil (wisdom) into (acc.) MBh. xii, 4585
- sam-āseka m. pouring out together Kauś. Sch
- sam-āsecana n. id., KauŚ
- sam-ā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati (often v. l. -sajati), to attach or fasten to (loc.) MBh. R
- to deliver over, consign to (loc.) Hariv. Mn
- sam-āsarjana n. delivering over, consigning, abandoning W
- sam-āsṛṣṭa mfn. delivered over, consigned, abandoned ib
- sam-ā-√sev Ā. -sevate, to practise, perform, pursue, enjoy Mn. Subh
- to serve, honour, gratify MW
- sam-āsevana n. the act of practising, following, employing, serving W
- sam-ḍāsevita mfn. practised, followed, employed, served ib
- sam-ā-√skand P. -skandati, to assail, attack Bhaṭṭ. MārkP
- sam-āskanna mfn. attached or added to (loc.) Nir
- scattered over (= viprakīrṇa) ib. Sch
- sam-ā-√stṛ P. Ā. -stṛṇoti, ○ṇute, or -stṛnāti, ○ṇīte, to spread entirely over, cover over MBh. R. Jātakam
- to extinguish MBh
- sam-ā-√sthā P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to mount, ascend Hariv
- to go to R
- to stop, halt MBh
- to enter upon, undergo, undertake (a march), assume (a form), seek (a maintenance), apply (assiduity) to (loc.) MBh. R. &c. [Page 1163, Column]
- to perform, accomplish BhP.: Caus. -sthāpayati, to cause to stop, make to halt R
- to cause to be performed or practised ib
- sam-āstha wṛ. for sama-stha MBh. v, 6029
- sam-āsthita mfn. standing or sitting upon (acc., loc., or comp.) MBh. R
- persevering in (loc.) R
- one who has entered upon or submitted to (as slavery &c.) MBh
- one who has had recourse to, engaged in, occupied with, intent upon (acc.) MBh. R
- sam-ā-√svad Caus. -svādayati, to taste, enjoy R. Kām
- sam-ā-√han P. -hanti, to strike together TS. ŚBr
- to strike upon or against MBh.: Hariv. &c
- to strike down, slay, kill MBh
- to clash together, meet with (instr.) ib
- to beat (a drum) TBr. MBh. &c
- sam-āghāta m. striking together, collision Daśar. Sāh
- conflict, war, battle L
- sam-āhata mfn. struck together MBh
- joined, united Nir
- struck down, wounded, killed MBh. Kāv. &c
- beaten (as a drum) Amar. Kathās
- sam-āhanana n. the act of striking upon or against ĀpŚr. Sch
- sam-ā́hita See p. 1160, col. 1
- sam-āhūta See sam-ā-√hve
- sam-ā-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te (ind. p. -hṛ́tya, q.v.), to bring together, collect, assemble, contract, combine, unite AV. &c. &c
- to bring back, restore to its place (loc.) Mn. viii, 319
- to draw back, withdraw Hariv
- to ravish, enrapture ib
- to take off, put aside BhP
- to crush together, destroy, annihilate Bhag
- to Perform, offer (a sacrifice) R
- sam-āhara mfn. crushing together, destroying R. ○āharaṇa n. bringing together, collection, accumulation, combination, composition W
- sam-ḍāhartṛ m. a collector (in artha-s○) Mn. vii, 60
- sam-āhāra m. seizing, taking hold of. Gṛihyās
- aggregation, summing up, sum, totality, collection, assemblage, multitude MBh. Kāv. &c
- (in gram.) conjunction or connecting of words or sentences (as by the particle ca) Saṃk. Prāt. Sch. Pāṇ. Sch
- compounding of words, a compound (esp. applied to a Dvamdva whose last member is in the neuter gender [e.g. ahi-nakulam, 'a snake and an ichneumon'], or to a Dvigu, when it expresses an aggregate
- See trilokī). Pāṇ
- = pratyāhāra Vop (cf. IW. 169, n. 1)
- withdrawal (of the senses from the wor1d) Kām
- contraction, abridgment L
- -varma, m. N. of the diphthongs ai and au Pat,
- sam-āhḍāhārya mfn. to be collected or united or combined ŚBr. MBh
- sam-āhṛta mfn. brought together, collected, fetched MBh. Kāv. &c
- gathered, assembled, met Hariv. Ragh. BhP
- taken together, contracted, combined, all Kāś. Kathās
- drawn (as a bowstring) Kathals
- related, told BhP
- accepted, received, taken W
- sam-ḍāhṛti f. taking together, collecting (= saṃgraha) L
- withdrawal (of the senses) from (abl.) L
- sam-āḍhṛ́tya ind. (taking) together, all at once TBr. Kauś
- sam-ā-√hve P. Ā. -hvayati, ○te (ind. p. -hūya), to call together, convoke MBh. R. &c
- to call near, invite ib
- to summon, challenge, provoke (to battle or to a game of chance) ib.: Desid. -juhūṣate, See next
- sam-ājuhūṣamāṇa mfn. (fr. Desid.) challenging (e.g. samarāya, 'to battle') MW
- sam-āhūta mfn. called or collected together, assembled, summoned, challenged (to fight or to a game of chance) MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-āhva m. calling out, mutual calling, challenge, defiance W
- (ī), f. id. ib
- (ā), f. a partic. plant (= go-jihvā). L
- mfn. (fr. sam + āhvā) bearing the same name Śiś
- sam-ḍāhvaya m. challenge, conflict MBh
- setting animals to fight for sport, betting (esp. betting on animals, as distinguished from gaming with dice &c
- See dyūta) Mn. Yājñ
- an appellation, name (also n.) Pañcar
- sam-āhvātṛ m. one who summons, a challenger to (dat.) MBh
- sam-āhvāna n. calling upon or together R. Pañcat
- summons, challenge (to fight or to grumble) MBh. R
- betting on the battles of animals Suśr. [Page 1164, Column]
- sam-√i P. -eti, to go or come together, meet at (acc.) or with (instr. or dat.), encounter (as friends or enemies) RV. &c. &c
- to come together in sexual union, cohabit (acc. or sârdham, saha) MBh. R
- to come to, arrive at, approach, visit, seek, enter upon, begin RV. &c. &c
- to lead to (acc.) RV. iii, 54, 5
- to consent, agree with (instr., it is agreed between', with gen. of pers. and loc. of thing) ŚBr. MBh.: Pass. -īyate, to be united or met or resorted to &c.: Intens. -īyate, to visit, frequent RV
- to appear, be manifested BhP
- sam-ayá m. (ifc. f. ā) coming together, meeting or a place of meeting AV. ŚBr
- intercourse with (instr.) Mn. x, 53
- coming to a mutual understanding, agreement, compact, covenant, treaty, contract, arrangement, engagement, stipulation, conditions of agreement, terms (ena or āt or -tas, according to agreement, conditionally'
- tena samayena, 'in consequence of this agreement'
- samayaṃ acc. with √kṛ, 'to make an agreement or engagement', 'agree with any one [instr. with or without saha]', 'settle', stipulate'
- with sam√vad id
- with √dā, to propose an agreement, offer terms'
- with √brū or √vac or abhi-√dhā, to state the terms of an agrṭagreement, 'make a promise
- with √grah or prati-√pad, 'to enter into an agrṭagreement', 'make or accept conditions of an agrṭagreement'
- with √pāl, or √rakṣ or pari-√rahṣ &c., 'to keep an agrṭagreement', 'keep one's word'
- with √tyaj or √bhid or vy-abhi-√car &c., 'to break an agrṭagreement'
- abl. with √bhraṃś id
- loc. with √sthā, 'to keep an engagement, 'keep one's word'
- acc. with Caus. of √sthā or of ni-√viś 'to fix or settle terms', 'impose conditions') TS. &c. &c
- convention, conventional rule or usage, established custom, law, rule, practice, observance MBh. R. BhP
- order, direction, precept, doctrine Nir. MBh. Śaṃk. Sarvad
- (in rhet.) the conventional meaning or scope of a word, Kusum
- appointed or proper time, right moment for doing anything (gen. or Pot. Pāṇ. 3-3, 68), opportunity, occasion, time, season (ifc. or ibe. or e ind., 'at the appointed time or at the right moment or in good time for', or 'at the time of', 'when there is'
- tena samayena, 'at that time') MBh. Kāv. &c
- juncture, circumstances, case (iha samaye, under these circumstances', 'in this case') Pañcat. Hit
- an ordeal Vishṇ
- sign, hint, indication W
- demonstrated conclusion ib
- limit, boundary ib
- solemn address, harangue, speech, declaration Vishṇ
- (in gram.) a Vedic passage which is the repetition of another one RPrāt
- (in dram.) end of trouble or distress Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
- N. of a son of Dharma VP
- (with Śāktas) N. of the author of a Mantra Cat
- ○kamalâkara m
- ○kalpa-taru m. N. of wks
- ○kāma (samayá), mfn. desiring an agreement TS. -kāra m. making an agrṭagreement or appointment or engagement, fixing a time W
- = śailī, saṃksta L
- ○kriyā f. making an agrṭagreement or compact or engagement MW
- enjoining certain duties or obligations Mn. vii, 202
- preparation of an ordeal Vishṇ
- ○cyuti f. neglect of the right time, Bharīṛ
- ○jña mfn. knowing the right time (said of Vishṇu) MBh
- ○dharma m. a duty based on agreement, covenant, stipulation Pañcat. Yājñ. Sch
- ○naya m
- ○nirṇaya m. N. of wks
- ○pada n. pl. any matters or points agreed upon Āpast
- ○parirakṣaṇa n. the observance of a compact Kir
- ○prakāśa m
- ○pradīpa m. N. of wks
- ○bandhana mfn. bound by an agreement MārkP
- ○bheda m. breaking an agrṭagreement
- ○dôparacana-cakra n. N. of wk
- ○bhedin mfn. breaking an agrṭagreement Mn. viii, 218
- ○mayūkha m
- ○mātrikā f
- ○ratna n
- ○rahasya n. N. of wks
- ○vajra m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○vidyā f. 'science of right moments, astrology Daś
- ○vidhāna n. N. of wk
- ○viparī7ta mfn. contrary to agreement, not performing engagements, Bk
- ○velā f. a period of time, Śṛiṅgār
- ○vyabhicāra m. transgression or violation of a compact MW
- ○vyabhicārin mfn. breaking an agreement Mn. viii, 220 ; 221
- ○sāra N. of wk
- ○sundara-gaṇi m. N. of an author Cat
- ○sū7kta n. pl. N. of wk
- ○setu-vārita mfn. restrained by the barrier of custom MW
- samayâcāra m. conventional or established practice R
- (with Tāntrikas) N. of partic. orthodox wks
- -tantra n. nirūpaṇa n. N. of wks
- samayā-tantra n. N. of wk
- samayâdhyuṣita mfn. half-risen (as the sun) Gṛihyās. Mn. &c
- n. a time at which neither stars nor sun are visible MW. [Page 1164, Column]
- samayânanda-saṃtoṣa m. N. of an author Cat
- samayânuvartin mfn. following established rules, observant of duties MW
- samayânusāreṇa ind. according to the occasion, suitably to the time or season ib
- samayârṇa-mātṛkā f
- samaḍyâloka m
- samaḍyâṣṭa-nirūpaṇa n. N. of wk
- samayôcita mfn. suited to the occasion or time or to an emergency, seasonable, opportune BhP
- (am), ind. suitably to the occṭoccasion MW
- -śloka, mṆ. of wk
- samayôddyota m. N. of wk
- samayôllaṅghita-tva n. the violating of contracts or agreements MW
- samayā (for 1. samayā See p. 1153, col. 2), in comp. for samaya
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to pass time, let time pass, lose time (= kāla-kṣepaṃ-√kṛ) Pāṇ. 5-4, 60
- samayi-√kṛ P. -karoti, to stipulate, make incumbent or necessary R
- sam-āya m. a visit, arrival W
- sam-ḍāyín mfn. occurring together or simultaneously (cf. a-s○) ŚBr
- sam-it f. (for samit See below) hostile encounter, conflict, battle, war MBh. Kāv. &c
- -sajja mfn. ready for war or battle Rājat
- sám-ita mfn. (for sa-mita See below) come together, assembled, joined or united or combined with instr. or comp.) RV. MBh
- promised, agreed, assented to MW
- finished, completed ib
- sám-iti f. (for 2. See below) coming together, meeting, assembling, an assembly, council RV. AV. MBh. BhP
- a flock, herd Kir
- association, society (personified as daughter of Prajā-pati) BhP
- a league, plot RV. AV
- encounter, hostile meeting, war, battle Br. MBh. R
- sameness, likeness (cf. 2. samá) L
- (with Jainas) rule of life or conduct (five are enumerated, viz. īryā-, bhāṣā-, eṣaṇā-, ādāna-, and utsarga-s○) Sarvad
- ○ṃgama (○tíṃ-), mfn. assisting a council ŚBr
- ○ṃjaya (○tíṃ-)nent in an assembly' (also N. of Yama and Vishṇu) MBh. Hariv. BhP
- m. N. of a warrior MBh
- ○mardana mfn. crushing or harassing in battle ib
- ○śālin mfn. warlike, brave BhP
- ○śobhana mfn. conspicuous in fight or battle MBh. R
- sam-ithá m. hostile encounter, conflict, collision RV
- fire L
- offering, oblation ib
- samika n. (for 1, See p. 1153, col. 2) a pike, javelin, dart L
- sam-√iṅg Caus. -iṅgayati, to cause to move or throb, agitate, shake about RV
- sa-mita mfn. (fr. 7. sa + 2. mita) measured, meted out (opp. to a-mita) Kpr
- (= sam-mita) commensurate, equal to (comp.) MBh. Suśr
- (am), ind. continually, always Kāraṇḍ
- (ā), f. wheat-flour Bhpr. Divyâv
- sam-iti ind. (for 1. See above) a sacred verse beginning with sam MW
- samitṛ wṛ. for śamitṛ q.v
- sa-mitra mfn. attended by a friend, along with friends MBh
- sá-mithuna mf(ā)n. together with the pair or couple (or, with the mate') ŚBr
- sam-iddha mfn. (for 2. See col. 3), Prākṛit for sam-ṛddha, perfect, full, complete HirGṛ
- samin, m. N. of a son of Rājâdhideva (vḷ. śamin) Hariv
- sam-inakṣ ( See inakṣ), -inakṣati, to wish to attain, strive to reach, be desirous of RV
- sam-√indh Ā. -inddhe, or -indhe (once in Br. 3. pl. impf. -aindhan
- Nir. x, 8
- Ved. inf. -ídham and -ídhe), to set fire to, set alight, light up, kindle, iguite, inflame (lit. and fig.) RV. AV. Br. Mn
- to take fire RV. vii, 8, 1
- to swell, increase, exhibit, show, betray. (skill) Bhaṭṭ.: Pass. -idhyate, to be kindled, take fire, break out into flame RV. &c. &c
- samit in comp. for samidh (for sam-it See above)
- ○kalāpa m. a bundle of firewood IndSt
- ○kāṣṭha n. pl. logs of wood, fuel ŚBr
- ○kuśa n. fuel and Kuśa grass Ragh
- ○tvá n. the state of (being) fuel TBr. Bālar
- ○pāṇi (samít.), mfn. holding fuel in the hands ŚBr. [Page 1164, Column]
- m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat
- ○pāntha m. fire Gal
- ○pūla m. a bundle of firewood MānGṛ
[[]]
- samitsamāropaṇaprātaraupāsanaprayoga3samit--samāropaṇaprātar-aupāsana-prayoga m. and N. of wks
- ○samāropaṇa-vidhāna n. N. of wks
- samid in comp. for samidh
- ○anta mfn. ending with the word samidh KātyŚr
- ○ādhāna n. the placing on of wood or fuel (for the oblation to fire) Mn. ii, 176
- ○āharaṇa n. fetching fuel Śak
- ○idhma-vraścana n. splitting fire wood of various kinds Mcar
- ○dṛṣadá n. fire. and a stone Pāṇ. 5-4, 106 Sch
- ○dhārá (for -hāra), mfn. fetching fire (nom. with √gam, 'to go to fetch fire Āpast
- ○dhoma (for -homa), m. an oblation of fire (to fire) MW
- ○vat (samíd-), mfn. provided with fire Śak
- containing the word samidh (samid-vatī f. a verse containing the word samidh) TS. Vait
- sám-iddha mfn. (for 1. See col. 2) set alight or on fire, lighted, kindled, ignited, inflamed RV. &c. &c
- ○darpa mfn. inflamed with pride MW
- ○vat mfn. containing the word samiddha KātyŚr
- ○śarana mfn. having (its) habitations set on fire (as a town) MW
- ○homá m. a libation poured out upon lighted wood ŚBr
- sámiddhâgni mfn. one who has kindled his fire RV
- samiddhârcis n. a blazing flame MW
- samiddhârthaka m. N. of a man Mudr
- samídh mfn. igniting, flaming, burning RV
- f. firewood, fuel, a log of wood, faggot, grass &c. employed as fuel (7 Samidhs, or sometimes 3 X 7 are mentioned, as well as 7 Yonis, 7 flames &c.) RV. &c. &c
- kindling, flaming RV. VS. ŚBr
- -samid-ādhāna ŚrS
- samḍidha (ifc.) = samidh, fuel, wood R
- m. fire L
- (ā), f. an oblation to fuel or firewood Gṛihyās
- samídham
- samḍídhe See above under verb
- sam-idhya Nom. P. ○yati (fut. -idhyitā or -idhitā), to wish for fuel Pāṇ. 6-4, 50 Sch
- sam-idhyamāna mfn. (pr. p. Pass.) being kindled or ignited
- -vat mfn. containing the word samidhyamāna KātyŚr
- sam-indhana m. N. of a man Cat
- n. the act of kindling Nir
- fuel, firewood Bhaṭṭ
- a means of swelling or increasing of (gen.) MBh. xii, 4385
- sam-eddhṛ́ mfn. one who kindles, kindling RV
- sam-√inv P. -invati, to impart, bestow RV
- to put together, restore ib
- sam-ira m.= sam-īra, wind, air ( See sam-√īr) L
- N. of Śiva L
- sa-miśra mfn. mixing, mingling, undergoing mixture or combination (in a-sam○) BhP
- sam-íṣ f. (√1. iṣ) a dart, javelin RV
- sam-iṣaṇya Nom. P. ○yati, to drive together RV
- sam-iṣṭa mfn. (√yaj) sacrificed together, sacrificed
- n. sacrifice ( See next)
- -yajus n. sacrificial formula and sacrifice VS. ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sám-iṣṭi f. a complete sacrifice or oblation TS. TBr
- samīka See samy-añc, p. 1181
- samī-karaṇa samī-√kri &c. See p. 1153, col. 2
- sam-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to look at or inspect thoroughly, investigate closely, view, perceive, see VS. &c. &c
- to become aware of. ascertain R
- to find out, contrive, invent MBh
- to think of, aim at, have in view, bear in mind MBh
- to consider well, inquire into, investigate, examine, contemplate Mn. MBh. &c
- to look closely at in order to choose or destine for (two acc.) R.: Caus. -īkṣayati, ○te, to cause to look at or view or perceive AV. KātyŚr
- to let one's self be seen, show one's self, appear AV
- sam-īkṣa n. complete investigation', N. of the Sāmkhya system of philosophy L
- (ā), f. thorough or close inspection, perceiving, beholding (dat., within the range of any one's gen. sight') Āpast
- desire or wish to see MBh
- a glance BhP
- view, opinion in regard to (with prati) MBh
- deep insight, understanding, intellect BhP
- investigation, search W
- the Mīmāṃsā philosophy or any work examining or explaining Vedic ritual ib
- essential nature or truth or principle (= tattva, q.v.) ib. [Page 1165, Column]
- effort ib
- sam-ḍīkṣaṇa n. looking at or looking about thoroughly, ŚrS
- search, close investigation W
- mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to look at or perceive BhP
- sam-ḍīlkṣita mfn. well looked at, perceived, considered, investigated PārGṛ. R
- sam-ḍīkṣitavya mfn. to be well considered or investigated or ascertained RPrāt. Sch
- sam-ḍīkṣya mfn. id. ib
- n. the Sāṃkhya philosophy, Ślś. ii, 59
- samīca &c. See under samy-añc
- samīcchā wṛ. for sam-īkṣā, or sam-īhā MBh. xii, 9363
- sam-√īj, Ā. -ījate, to drive together, collect RV
- sam-√īd (only 3. pl. pf. -īḍire), to praise together, celebrate BhP
- samīdā m. fine wheat-flour (cf. samitā). L
- samīna &c. See p. 1153, col. 2
- samīpa mfn. (prob. fr. sam + áp and formed analogously to pratīpa, dviipa, anūpa
- accord. to some fr. sam + √āp and =, 'easy to attain') near (in place or time), contiguous, proximate, adjacent, close by, at hand, approching, imminent Kāv. VarBṛS. &c
- (am), n. nearness, proximity, vicinity, presence, imminence (with gen. or ifc., am, 'to, towards'
- āt, from'
- e, 'in the vicinity, near, close at hand, beside, in the presence of. at the time of. before, at, towards'
- cf. saṃdhivelā-s○) KātyŚr. MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○kāla m. nearness in time Pāṇ. 8-1, 7 Sch
- ○ga mf(ā)n. going near, accompanying, standing beside (gen. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- ○gamana n. the act of going near, approach R
- ○ja mf(ā)n. growing close by (gen.) MBh
- relating to nearness, approaching R
- ○jala mfn. having water close by, being near the water VarBṛS
- ○tara mfn. nearer
- -vartin mfn. being nearer at hand, neighbouring Mṛicch. Sch
- ○tas ind. (with gen. or ifc.) from, from the presence of. Hariv. Kathās
- near at hand, near, in the presence of MBh. R. &c
- (with gen.) towards, to R. Pañcat
- immediately, very soon VarBṛS
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. nearness, contiguity, proximity Kāv. Sarvad
- ○deśa m. a country or place close at hand, neighbourhood Yājñ. Sch
- ○nayana n. leading near to, bringing to (gen.) Śak
- ○bhāj mfn. 'partaking of nearness', neighbouring Kautukar
- ○maraṇa-cihna n. the signs of approaching death (a topic treated of in certain Pura2nas) Cat
- ○vartin mfn. being near, living near &c., Ṛitus Pañcat
- ○saptamī f. the locative case expressing nearness ĀpGṛ. Sch
- ○sahakāra m. a mango tree standing near Śak. iv, 13 (v. l.)
- ○stha mfn. -vartin MBh. Kāv. &c
- approaching, imminent (as death) Subh
- ○sthāna n. the being near or in the vicinity Sāy
- samīpâvasita mfn. settled down in the neighbourhood KātyŚr
- samīpôpagata mfn. approached near MW
- samīpaka n. nearness, vicinity (e ifc., 'near, close by') Hcat
- samīpī in comp. for samīpa
- ○√kṛ P. -karoti, to make near, bring near
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to become near Pāṇ. 5-4, 50, V1artt. 3 (also with √as)
- samī-bhāva sāmīya &c. See p. 1153, col. 2
- sam-√īr (only impf. aírat), to join together, bring about, create RV
- to effect, promote ib.: Caus. īrayati, ○te, to cause to move, set in motion, impel, agitate, urge on, send forth RV. TBr. Bhaṭṭ
- to bring about, accomplish, produce, create RV. AV
- to reanimate, revive ŚBr
- to confer, bestow, endow with AV. ŚBr
- sam-īra m. air, breeze, wind (also of the body, below) MBh. Kāv. &c
- the god of wind L
- the Śamī tree MW
- pl. N. of a people MBh
- -gajakesarin m. a partic. mixture used as a remedy for disease of the nerves L
- -lakṣman n. 'wind-sign', dust Śiś
- -sāra m. Aegle Marmelos L
- sam-īraṇa mfn. setting in motion, causing activity, stimulating, promoting MBh. R. Carm. (ifc. f. ā) breeze, wind, air, breath (also 'the god of wind') MBh. Kāv. &c
- wind of the body (of which there are five, See vāyu) Suśr
- N. of the number 'five' VarBṛS
- a traveller L
- marjoram or a similar plant L
- (am), n. setting in motion TPrāt. [Page 1165, Column]
- hurling, throwing MBh
- -sahāya mfn. accompanied or fanned by the wind (as a forest fire) MW. ○īrita mfn. stirred, moved, tossed, thrown MBh. Kāv. &c
- sent forth, uttered (as a sound) R
- sam-īrṇa mfn. (accord. to Pāṇ. 7-1, 102 Sch., fr. sam-√ṛ) moved about, moved &c. MW
- sam-√īṣ Ā. -īṣate, to become extended or lengthened out Kāṭh
- sam-īṣantī f. a partic. Vishṭuti Lāṭy
- sám-īṣita mfn. extended, stretched out, lengthened TS. Kāṭh
- sam-√īh Ā. -īhate (pr. p. -īhat), to strive after, wish for, desire, endeavour to gain (acc.) VS. &c. &c
- sam-īhana mfn. zealous, eager (said of Vishṇu) MBh
- sam-īhā f. striving after, longing for, wish, desire MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ḍīhita mfn. longed or wished for, desired, striven after, undertaken R. Bhartṛ. Pañcat
- n. great effort to obtain anything, desire, longing, wish Kāv. Kathās. Hit
- samu a metre containing 76 syllables Nidānas
- sam-ukta See saṃ-√vac, p. 1114
- sam-√ukṣ P. -ukṣati, to sprinkle well or thoroughly, besprinkle, pour over or out RV. AV. ŚBr
- sam-ukṣaṇa n. the act of sprinkling or pouring over, shedding, effusion Mālatīm
- sám-ukṣita mfn. sprinkled, poured out, effused RV. AV. MBh
- strengthened, increased, encouraged (cf. √vakṣ) RV
- sa-mukha mfn. 'mouthy', talkative, loquacious, eloquent L
- sam-√uc P. -ucyati (pf. -uvoca), to delight in, like to be together with (instr.) RV
- sam-ucita mfn. delighted in, liked, well suited, fit, right, proper R. Megh. Inscr
- accustomed or used to (gen.) Megh
- sam-ucca mfn. lofty, high KāśīKh
- sam-uc-car (-ud- √car), P. -carati, to go out together Nir
- to go up, be borne upwards, ascend MW
- to utter, pronounce, repeat HPariś.: Caus. -cārayati, to utter sounds together, talk together MW
- sam-uccara m. going or coming forth together MW
- ascending, flying upwards ib
- traversing ib
- sam-uccāra m. utterance, pronunciation, Kāsīkh
- sam-ḍuccāraṇa n. (fr. Caus.) simultaneous utterance or pronunciation Pāṇ. 1-3, 48
- sam-uc-cal (-ud-√cal) P. -calati, to start or set out together Daś. Mālatīm
- sam-uc-ci (-ud- √1. ci) P. Ā. -cinoti, -cinute (ind. p. -cayitvā), to heap or pile up together, accumulate, add together MBh
- to collect, gather, arrange in order Baudh.: Desid., sam-uccicīṣā
- sam-uccaya m. aggregation, accumulation, collection, assemblage, multitude Kāv
- totality, aggreseutences (as by the particle ca, and'), conjunctive sense (opp. to the disjunctive vā, 'or') Nir. GṛS. Suśr. &c
- (in rhet.) a figure of speech (the joining together of two or more independent things associated in idea with some common action) Sāh. Kpr
- ○yâlaṃkāra m. the above rhetorical figure
- ○yôpamā f. a simile containing the above Kāvyâd. ii, 21
- sam-ḍuccayana n. collecting or heaping together Pat
- sam-uccicīṣā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to accumulate or collect or combine or add together VS. Sch
- sam-uccita mfn. accumulated, collected together, regularly arranged Kār. on Pāṇ. 7-2, 10 (○tī-kṛta mfn. id. Naish.)
- sam-uccetavya mfn. to be taken together or collectively (i.e. one equilly with the other) Nyāyam
- sam-ḍucceya mfn. id. ib. Sch
- sam-uc-chad (-ud- √1. chad) P. -chādayati, to uncover, undress MW
- sam-ucchanna mfn. = sam-utsanna, uncovered, destroyed, annihilated Prab. (v. l.)
- sam-uc-chal (-ud-√śal) only in -ucchalat and -ucchalita, mfn. jerking or jerked up Cat. [Page 1165, Column]
- sam-uc-chid (-ud-√chid) P. Ā. -chinatti, -chintte, to cut up or off completely, tear up, up√, exterminate, destroy utterly MBh. Pañcat
- sam-ucchitti f. cutting off completely, utter destruction Divyâv
- sam-ucchinna mfn. torn up, uprooted, eradicated, utterly destroyed, lost Sūryas
- -vāsana mfn. one whose dress is torn off (or 'one whose delusion is completely removed') Prab
- sam-uccheda m. utter destruction, extermination MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ḍucchedana n. id. Subh
- sam-uc-chuṣ (-ud-√śuṣ) P. -chuṣyati, to be or become completely dried up Bhaṭṭ
- sam-uc-chri (-ud-√śri) P.Ā. -chrayati, ○te (only 3.pl. pf. -uc-chiśriyuḥ), to raise well up, raise aloft, erect, elevate Bhaṭṭ
- sam-ucchraya mfn. who or what rises or grows up (sarvam "ṣrayam = 'all living beings') R
- m. raising aloft, erection, elevation MBh. SaddhP
- height, length Hariv. Ragh. VarBṛS
- an eminence, hill, mountain MBh
- rising, rise, exaltation, high position MBh. Kāv. &c
- increase, growth, high degree Hariv. Suśr
- stimulation Suśr
- accumulation, multitude Kāraṇḍ
- (with Buddh.) birth (according to others, 'body') Divyâv
- opposition, enmity L
- sam-ḍucchrāya m. rising, increase, growth, height, high degree Suśr. Dhātup
- sam-ucchrita mfn. well raised or elevated MBh. Kāv. &c
- surging, high ib
- exalted, powerful Suśr
- -dhvaja-vat mfn. having flags hoisted (in it, said of a town) R
- -bhuja mf(ā)n. having arms well raised ib
- sam-ḍucchriti f. augmentation, increase, growth Suśr
- sam-uc-chvas (-ud-√svas) P. -chvasiti, or -chvasati, to breathe well or regularly Suśr
- to breathe again, recover, revive Kathās
- to spring or sprout up Śiś.: Caus., See sam-ucchvāsita
- sam-ucchvasita mfn. breathed or sighed deeply (n. used impersonally) Amar
- n. breathing Kād
- a heavy or deep sigh W
- sam-ḍucchvāsa m. heavy expiration, sighing ib
- sam-ḍucchvāsita mfn. raised, elevated, swelled Kum. iii, 38 (= vi-śleṣita Sch.)
- sam-uj-jihīrṣu mfn. (fr. I)esid. of 2. sam-ud-√hṛ) desirous of drawing up Kir
- desirous of taking away or removing BhP
- sam-uj-jṛmbh (-ud-√jṛmbh) Ā. -jrimbhate, to gape wide open, be extended or spread out Mṛicch
- to burst forth, become visible, arise Prab. Sch
- to begin, be about to (inf.) Bhartṛ
- sam-uj-jval (-nd-√jval) P. -jvalati, to blaze up with great intensity, shine very brightly MBh.: Caus. -jvalayate, to set on fire, kindle GopBr
- sam-ujjvala mfn. shining, radiant, splendid in or with (comp.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- sam-√ujjh P. -ujjhati, to abandon, renounce, give up Pañcat
- sam-ujjhita mfn. abandoned, renounced, resigned Prab
- (ifc.) free from, rid of. ib
- n. that which is left, a remnant, leavings ( See bhukta-s○)
- sa-muñja mfn. having Muñja grass Gobh
- sam-utka mfn. desirous of, longing for (comp.) Kathās
- sam-utkaca mfn. beginning to bloom, blooming, expanded Pañcar
- sam-utkaṭa mfn. high, elevated, sublime KāśīKh
- (ifc.) richly furnished with Jātakam
- sam-utkaṇṭakita mfn. having the hair (of the body) bristling or thrilled with joy or passion Kād
- sam-utkaṇṭha Nom. Ā. -utkaṇṭhate, to think of regretfully, pine or long after Sāh
- sam-utkaṇṭhā f. wish or longing for (comp.) Vās
- sam-utkaṇṭhā mfn. trembling vehemently Jātakam
- sam-ut-kīrṇa mfn. (√kṝ) completely perforated or pierced Ragh. [Page 1166, Column]
- sam-ut-√kṛt (only ind. -kṛtya), to cut off or out completely MBh
- sam-ut-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw or raise well up, elevate MBh
- to draw tight (the bowstring) BhP
- sam-utkarṣa m. self-elevation, setting one's self up (as belonging to a higher rank than one's own tribe) Mn. xi, 55
- pre-eminence, excellence MBh. Bhar
- laying aside (a gridle) MBh
- sam-ut-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to go upwards, depart (from life), NadabUp
- to overstep, transgress, violate MBh
- sam-utkrama m. going upwards, rise, ascent W
- transgressing propar bounds MW
- sam-ut-kruṣṭa mfn. (√kruś) cried out, called out R
- sam-utkrośa m. crying out aloud, clamour MW
- an osprey L
- sam-ut-kliṣṭa mfn. (√kliś) greatly distressed or disturbed, very uneasy or uncomfortable, Suīr
- sam-utkleśa m. great uneasiness or disturbance Car
- sam-ut-√kṣip P: Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw or raise or lift up MBh. Pañcat. MārkP
- to throw or scatter about, throw aside, loosen R
- to liberate Pañcat
- to waste, destroy R
- sam-utkṣepa m. throwing in (a word), allusion to (dat.) MBh. ii, 2513
- sam-ḍutkṣepaṇa n. the altitude above the horizon (opp. to nāmana) Gol
- sam-ut-√khan P. Ā. -khanati, ○te (ind. p. -khāya), to dig up by the roots Kauś
- to eradicate, exterminate or destroy utterly Prab
- to draw forth, draw (a sword) Prasannar
- sam-uttara n. = uttara, answer, reply Sāh
- sam-uttāna mfn. = uttāna, having the palms turned upwards (said of the hands) Cat
- sam-ut-√tij Caus. -tijayati, to excite, fire with enthusiasm Divyâv
- sam-uttejaka mfn. exciting, stimulating SaddhP
- sam-ḍuttejana n. the act of exciting or inflaming greatly Mudr
- sam-ḍuttejita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited or inflamed or irritated W
- sam-uttuṅga mfn. = uttuṅga, lofty, high L
- sam-ut-√tṝ P. -tarati (ind. p. -tīrya, to pass or come out of (abl
- with or without jalāt, 'to step or emerge out of the water') GṛS. MBh. &c
- to escape from, get rid of (abl.) MBh. R. &c
- to break through, pass over or beyond, cross over, cross ib
- sam-uttāra m. passing over safely, deliverance from (comp.) Divyâv
- sam-uttīrṇa mfn. come forth from, escaped from, passed through, crossed, landed Yājñ. MBh. &c
- broken through MBh. vii, 5219
- sam-ut-√tras Caus. -trāsayati, to frighten thoroughly, terrify Sāh
- sam-uttrasta mfn. thoroughly frightened, greatly alarmed ŚBr
- sam-ut-thā (-ud-√sthā) P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati ○te, to rise up together Jātakam
- to rise up (as from death), get up (from sleep &c.) ŚBr. MBh. &c
- to recover (from sickness) Car
- to rise (in the sky), gather (as clouds) MBh. Kathās
- to come forth, spring from (abl.), appear, become visible ŚBr. &c. &c
- to arise for action, prepare for or to (loc. or inf.) MBh. VarBṛS.: Caus
- ○thâpayati to cause to rise together, lift or raise up, elevate MBh. R. BhP
- to awaken, excite, arouse R. Jātakam
- sam-uttha mf(ā)n. rising up, risen, appearing, occurring in, occasioned by, sprung or Produced or derived from (comp., rarely abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-utthāna n. (ifc. f. ā) the act of rising up together, getting up R
- hoisting (of a flag) Tithyād
- recovering from sickness or injury MBh
- healing, cure Mn. Yājñ
- swelling (of the abdomen) R
- augmentation, increase, growth (of property), Yājh5
- rise, origin (ifc. = 'rising or springing from') Suśr. Hariv. Kāv
- performance of work, active operation, effort, industry (ekī-s○ or sambhūya-s○ 'common enterprise', 'co-operation', 'partnership' Mn. viii, 4) Mn. Kām. MBh. R. [Page 1166, Column]
- indication or symptom of disease L
- -vyaya m. the expense of recovery or cure Mn. viii, 287
- sam-ḍutthāpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) rousing up, awakening, stirring Buddh
- sam-ḍutthāpya mfn. (fr. id.) to be raised or elevated VarBṛS
- sam-utthita mfn. risen up together, risen, raised (as dust), towering above (as a peak), surging (as waves), gathered (as clouds) MBh. . Kāv. &c. appeared, grown, sprung or obtained or derived from (abl. or comp
- dhanaṃ daṇa-samutthitam, 'money derived from fines') ŚvetUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- ready, prepared for (loc.) MBh. R. BhP
- one who withstands all (opponents) R
- cured, healed W
- swollen up MW
- sam-ḍuttheya n. (impers.) it is to be risen (for action) MBh
- sam-ut-√paṭ P. -pāṭayati, to tear completely out or up, up√, detach, sever MBh. R. Kathās
- to expel, dethrone Rājat
- sam-utpāṭa m. tearing out or away, severing, detaching W
- sam-ḍutpāṭita mfn. torn completely out or away, uprooted, detached ib
- sam-ut-√pat P. -patati, to fly up together, spring up, ascend, rise (as the sun, clouds &c.) AV. &c. &c
- to rush upon, attack, assail Kām
- to rush out of. burst forth MBh
- to arise, appear ib
- to fly away, depart, disappear Pañcat.: Desid., See below
- sam-utpatana n. the aet of flying up together, rising, ascending Pañcat
- making effort, energy, exertion W
- sam-utpatita mfn. flown up together, sprung up, risen, appeared MBh. Hariv. BhP
- flown away, departed, gone Pañcat
- exerted, vigorous W
- sam-ḍutpatiṣṇu mfn. desirous of standing or rising up Harav
- sam-utpāta m. a portent (boding some calamity) MBh. Ragh
- sam-utpipatiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to start or spring up Kir
- sam-ut-√pad Ā. -padyate (ep. also ○ti), to spring up together, be brought forth or born of (loc.), arise, appear, occur, take place, happen MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -pādayati, to cause to arise, produce, effect, cause MBh. R. Pur
- sam-utpatti f. rising together, rise, birth, origin Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-utpanna mfn. sprung up together, arisen, produced, begotten by (abl.) or on (loc.), occurred, happened, taking place Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-utpāda m. rise, origin, production Sarvad
- sam-ḍutpādana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of bringing forth, producing, effecting W
- sam-ḍutpādya mfn. to be produced or caused Pañcat
- sam-utpiñja mfn. excessively confused or confounded, bewildered, disturbed L
- m. complete confusion MBh. vii, 8514
- sam-utpiñjala (W.) and m. id
- sam-utpiñḍjalaka (MBh.), m. id
- sam-ut-piṣṭa mfn. (√piṣ) crushed or squeezed together, greatly crushed Suśr
- sam-ut-pīḍana n. (√pīd) the act of pressing together, great pressure or distress Dhūrtas
- sam-ut-puṃsana n. ( See √puṃs and utpuṃsaya) wiping away, removing, destroying Alaṃkārav
- sam-ut-√pṛ Caus. -pārayati, to spread out, stretch forth MW
- sam-ut-√plu Ā. -plavate, to jump or leap up together, move by jumps Bhaṭṭ
- sam-utphāla m. a jump, canter, gallop L
- sam-utphulla mfn. (having the eyes) opened wide Kād
- sam-ut-√sad Caus. -sādayati, to destroy utterly, overturn, overthrow MBh. R
- sam-utsanna mfn. utterly destroyed, samucchanna
- sam-utsava m. a great featival or festivity R. [Page 1166, Column]
- sam-ut-√sah Ā. -sahate (rarely P ○ti), to be able to or capable of, have energy to do anything (inf.) MBh. R. MārkP.: Caus. -sāhayati, to strengthen or encourage together, animate, incite MBh
- sam-utsāha m. energy, force of will MBh. Suśr
- -tā f. id, (with dāne, 'alacrity in giving, great liberality') Cāṇ
- sam-ut-sikta mfn. (√sic) overflowing with, proud of (comp.) MBh. R
- sam-utsuka mf(ā)n. very uneasy or anxious, anxiously desirous, longing for (comp.), eager to (inf.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○tā f. desire, longing Daś
- ○tva n. agitation, emotion R
- = prec. Ṛitus
- sam-utsukaya Nom. P. ○yati, to cause to long for or yearn after Kir
- sam-ut-√sṛ Caus. -sārayati, to send away, dismiss MBh
- to drive away, disperse, dispel Kād. Hcar. Prab
- sam-utsāraka mfn. driving away, dispelling Hcar
- sam-ḍutsāraṇa n. the act of driving away &c. Kād. Vās
- sam-ut-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to pour out or send forth together, hurl, throw, shoot oft (arrows) R
- to give forth, emit, discharge (urine &c.), shed (tears), utter (a curse &c.) Mn. MBh. &c
- to leave or abandon or completely put aside, put off or down, throw into (loc.) ib
- to let loose, release ib
- to give up, renounce (together or at the same time) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to deliver over, Present to (dat.), give R. Hcat
- sam-utsarga m. pouring out or shedding forth together (of urine) Mn. iv, 5o
- emission (of semen
- ○gaṃ-√kṛ with loc., 'to have sexual intercourse with') Kull
- sam-utsṛṣṭa mfn. altogether poured or shed forth, given away, wholly given up or abandoned MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ut-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to glide or soar upwards together, to rise up to (acc.) Ragh
- to rise, set in, begin (as darkness) Amar. (vḷ.)
- sam-utsarpaṇa n. getting along, proceeding, being accomplished Inscr
- sam-utsedha m. (ifc. f. ā) elevation, height MBh. R
- swelling up, intumescence, fatness, thickness MW
- sam-√ud (or und), P. -unatti (ind. p. -udya, having well moistened'), to moisten thoroughly, sprinkle all over, water, wet PārGṛ. Nir
- sam-udrá m. (n. only RV. vi, 72, 3
- ifc. f. ā cf. udrá, an-udrá
- for sa-mudra See p. 1168, col. 2) 'gathering together of waters', the sea, ocean (in Veda also, the aerial waters', 'atmospheric ocean or sky' [Naigh. i,]
- in VP. ii, 4, seven circular concentric elsewhere 3 or 4 oceans are named, viz. lavaṇa, 'salt-water'
- ikṣu, 'syrup
- surā, 'wine'
- ghṛta, 'clarified butter'
- dadhi', 'curds'
- dugdha, 'milk'
- jala, fresh water'
- in later language the Ocean is often personified as king of the rivers) RV. &c. &c
- N. of the number, four (four principal oceans being reckoned by some, one for every quarter of the sky) Gaṇit
- a large Soma vessel RV. vi, 69, '6 ; ix, 29, 3 &c
- N. of an immensely high number (1 with 14 cyphers) TS. ŚāṅkhSr. MBh
- a partic. configuration of the stars and planets (when the 7 planets are situated in the and, 4th, 6th, 8th, 10th and 12th houses) VarBṛS
- = rukma VS. Sch
- N. of Śiva MBh
- of a Daitya Hariv
- of various authors (also with sūri) Cat
- of the son of a merchant born on the sea Buddh
- of other men HPariś
- of a wk. quoted by Padmanābha Cat
- of a place ib
- (ā), f. N. of two plants (= śaṭī and śamī) L
- m. or n. N. of two Ssmans ĀrshBr
- of various metres TS. Nidānas. &c
- ○kaṭaka a ship VarYogay. Sch
- ○kapha m. = -phena L
- ○kara
- ○kara-bhāṣya n. N. of wks
- ○kallola m. 'ocean-wave', N. of an elephant Kathās
- ○kāñcī f. 'sea-girdled', the earth L
- ○kāntā f. 'sea-beloved', a river L
- Trigonella Corniculata L
- ○kukṣi f. the sea-shore MBh
- ○ga mf(ā)n. ocean-going, seafaring VarBṛS
- flowing towards the ocean MārkP
- m. a seafarer, seaman W
- (ā), f. a river MBh. Kāv. [Page 1167, Column]
- ○gamana n. going or voyaging by sea, sea-roving MW
- ○gāmin mfn. sea-going, seafaring ib
- ○gupta m. N. of a king of Northern India (who reigned from about 345 till 380 AḌ.) Inscr
- ○gṛha n. a bath-house, bath-room L
- ○culuka m. 'holding the ocean in his mouth', N. of the sage Agastya (fabled to have drunkup the ocean) L
- ○já mfn. produced or found in the sea AV. Suśr. Pañcat
- ○jyeṣṭha (○drá-), mf(ā)n. having the ocean as chief(said of waters) RV
- ○taṭa n. the seacoast W
- ○tatā f. a kind of metre Col
- ○tás ind. from the sea RV
- ○tīra n. the sea-shore Hit
- ○tirīya mfn. dwelling on the sea-shore Buddh
- ○tva n. the state or condition of the ocean Pat
- ○datta m. N. of various persons Kathās. Hit. &c
- ○dayitā f. 'sea-beloved', a river L
- ○deva m. the god of the ocean, Sinhâs
- ○devatā f. an ocṭocean-deity Uttamac
- ○navanīta or n. 'ocean ghee', the nectar (produced at the churning of the ocean) L
- ○navanīḍtaka n. 'ocean ghee', the nectar (produced at the churning of the ocean) L
- the moon ib. (cf. RTL. 108)
- ○niṣkuṭa m. a pleasure-ground near the sea
- N. of a pleasure-grṭground MBh
- ○nemi mf(ī)n. surrounded by the ocean (as the earth) MBh. Ragh
- (also a, ○mī), f. the earth MBh
- ○mī-pati or ○miśvara m. 'earth-lord', a king MBh
- ○patnī f. wife of the sea, a river Ragh
- ○paryanta mf(ā) n. sea-bound (as the earth) AitBr. Pañcat
- ○priya m. N. of a man HPariś
- ○phala n. 'sea-fruit', a partic. drug L
- ○pheṇa (wṛ.) or m. 'sea-foam, the bone of the cuttle-fish (so light that it floats) Ragh. Suśr. Bhpr
- ○phena m. 'sea-foam, the bone of the cuttle-fish (so light that it floats) Ragh. Suśr. Bhpr
- ○bandha-yajvan m. N. of a man Cat
- ○bhava mfn. being in the ocṭocean, produced from or in the sea MW
- ○mathana m. N. of a Daitya Hariv
- n. the churning of the ocean, Nītiś
- N. of a drama
- ○mahiṣī f. 'chief wife of the ocean', N. of the Ganges MBh
- ○mātra n. Pāṇ. 6-2, 14 Sch
- ○mālin mfn. sea-wreathed (the earth) R
- ○m-īṅkhaya mfn. causing the Soma-vessel to shake or move (as Soma) RV
- ○mekhalā f. 'seagirdled', the earth L
- ○yātrā f. a sea-voyage Hariv
- ○yāna n. id. Mn. viii, 157
- a vessel, ship MW
- -mimāṃsā f. N. of wk
- ○yoṣit f. 'wife of the sea', a river Vcar
- ○raśana mf(ā)n. (also written -ras○) sea-girdled (said of the earth) Hariv. Ragh. VarBṛS
- (ā), f. the earth L
- ○lavaṇa n. sea-salt L
- ○varṇana n. N. of the 68th ch. of the Sundara-kāṇḍa of the Rāmâyaṇa
- ○varman m. N. of a king Kathās
- ○vallabhā f. 'mistress of the sea', a river Vcar
- ○vasana mf(ā)n. sea-clothed, seagirt (the earth) Hariv
- (ā), f. the earth L
- ○vahni m. submarine tire L
- ○vākya n. N. of wk
- ○vāsas (○drá.), mfn. 'sea-clothed' veiled or concealed in the waters (said of Agni) RV
- ○vāsin mfn. dwelling near the sea MBh
- ○vijaya m. N. of the father of the 22nd Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī L
- ○velā f. the flood-tide MaitrUp. Hit
- an ocean-wave W
- ○vyacas (○drá-), mfn. whose capacity equals that of the sea or a Somavessel (said of Indra) VS
- ○vyavahārin mfn. trading by sea Śak
- ○śukti f. a sea-shell Mālav. Siṃhâs
- ○śūra m. N. of a merchant Kathās
- ○śoṣa m. the creeping plant Convolvolus Argenteus MW
- ○śrī f. N. of a woman HPariś
- ○salile-śaya mfn. lying in sea-water (a kind of penance) Hariv
- ○sāra n. 'quintessence of the sea', a pearl MBh
- ○subhagā f.' ocean's-favourite', the Ganges MW
- ○sūri m. N. of an author Cat
- ○sena m. N. of a king MBh
- of a merchant Kathās
- ○sthalī f. g. dhūmâdi
- ○snāna n. ablution in the sea
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- samudrâdi the 4th or other syllable in a stanza when a caesura follows Piṅg. Sch
- samudrânta m. the sea-shore Cāṇ
- mf(ā)n. reaching to the sea (said of the earth) R. Kathās
- falling into the sea (as a river) BhP
- (ā), f. the earth,
- the shrub Alhagi Maurorum Bhpr
- the cotton plant ib
- Trigonella Corniculata ib
- n. nutmeg L
- samudrâbhisāriṇī f. a maiden going to meet the god of the ocean Vikr
- samudrâmbarā f. seaclothed', the earth L
- samudrâmbhas n. sea water MW
- samudrâyaṇa mf(ā)n. flowing to the sea PraśnUp
- samudrâru m. 'sea-torment', a large fabulous fish (= grāha-bheda)
- also = setubandha L
- samudrârtha mf(ā)n. tending, to the sea RV
- samudrâvagāhana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- samudrâvaraṇa mf(ā)n. seaclothed (the earth) BhP
- samudrâvarohaṇa m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- samudre-ṣṭhá mf(ā́) n. being io the waters TS. [Page 1167, Column]
- samudrônmādana m. N. of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- samudrôpapluta mfn. inundated or submerged by the ocean BhP
- samudrāya Nom.Ā.' ○yate, to resemble the sea, appear like the ocean Mṛicch
- samudríya mf(ā)n. belonging to or flowing into the sea RV
- relating to or being in the Soma vessel ib. ix, 107, 16
- n. (prob.) a kind of metre ŚBr
- samudrīya mfn. relating to the sea, marine, oceanic MW
- samudryá mfn. id. SV
- sam-undana n. becoming thoroughly wet, moisture, wetness L
- sam-unna mfn. well moistened or sprinkled, thoroughly wet L
- sa-mud mfn. joyful, glad Śiś
- sam-ud-√añc P. -añcati, to rise, draw up, come near, begin Bhām
- sam-ūdakta mfn. lifted up, raised up, thrown up L
- sam-údanta mfn. rising above the edge, about to overflow MaitrS. Br. ŚrS
- sam-ud-asta mfn. (√2. as) drawn or raised from a deep place L
- sam-ud-ā-√gam P. -gacchati, to rise together Divyâv
- to arrive at full knowledge ( See next)
- sam-udāgata mfn. one who has attained full knowledge, excelling in (comp.) Lalit
- sam-udāgama m. full or complete knowledge Buddh
- sam-ud-ā-√car Ā. -carate, to move or travel about (e.g. rathena, 'in a chariot') Siddh
- P. -carati, to act towards, treat MBh
- to practise, accomplish, do ib
- to speak to, address Divyâv
- sam-udācarita mfn. addressed Divyâv
- sam-udācāra m. preset station, offering, entertainment (of a guest &c.) MBh. Hariv
- proper or right practice or usage or conduct or behaviour MBh. R. &c
- intercourse with (instr.) MBh
- address Hariv. Kāv. &c
- salutation Divyâv
- intention, purpose, design, motive L
- mfn. = next BhP
- -vat mfn. one who conducts himself well MBh
- sam-ḍudācārin mfn. accosting, addressing Divyâv
- sam-ud-ā-naya m. (√nī) bringing together, assembly MBh
- bringing about, accomplishment, perfection Lalit
- -tā f. id. Divyâv
- sam-udānaya Nom. P. ○yati, to collect Divyâv
- to bring about, attain ib
- sam-ḍudānayana n. bringing near Jātakam
- sam-ḍudānayitavya mfn. to be mastered thoroughly SaddhP
- sam-ḍudānita mfn. attained (vḷ. ○nīta) Lalit. Divyâv
- sam-ḍudānītatva n. the being accomplished Jātakam
- sam-ḍudānetavya mfn. to be brought near Divyâv
- sam-ud-ā-√vah P. -vahati, to lead or conduct out, draw or carry away Hariv
- to draw along (said of horses) R
- to conduct home, marry MBh
- sam-ud-ā-√hṛ P. -harati, to utter together, pronounce, declare Hariv. R. BhP
- sam-udāharaṇa n. declaring, uttering W
- illustrating, illustration ib
- sam-ḍudāhāra m. (in kathās○ ) conversation Divyâv
- sam-udāhṛta mfn. talked to, addressed Hariv
- talked about, mentioned as, named, called ĀśvŚr. Mn. R. &c
- stated, declared Yājñ
- illustrated W
- sam-ud-√i P. -eti, to go upwards or rise up together, come together or prepare (for battle &c.) MBh
- to rise (as the sun) ib
- sam-udaya m. (rarely n.) coming together, union, junction, combination, collection, assemblage, multitude, aggregation, aggregate (acc. with √kṛ, 'to collect or assemble') MaitrUp. MBh. &c
- (with Buddhists) the aggregate of the constituent elements or factors of any being or existence (in later times equivalent to 'existence' itself) Buddh. Sarvad
- a producing cause (e.g. duḥkhas○ 'the cause of suffering') Dharmas. 22
- income, revenue Mn. MBh
- success, prosperity Mṛicch
- war, battle L
- a day L
- = udgama or samudgama L. [Page 1167, Column]
- rising (of the sun &c.) W
- n. an auspicious moment (= lagna) L
- sam-udāya m. combination, collection, multitude, mass, totality, a whole Prāt. Kāv. Pañcat
- (with Buddhists) = sam-udaya Sarvad
- a partic. Nakshatra VarYogay
- war, battle L
- the rear or reserve of an army L
- -prakaraṇa n. N. of wk
- sam-ḍudāyin mfn. combining, forming an aggregate Śaṃk
- sam-udita mfn. (for 1. See saṃ-√vad, p. 1114, col. 2) gone up, risen, elevated, lofty R. Kir
- collected, gathered together, united, assembled R. Daś. Siddh
- possessed of, furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R
- furnished with everything, well supplied, wanting nothing ib
- sam-uditṛ mfn. rising, surging (used to explain samudrá) Nir. x, 32
- sam-uditvara mfn. going up, rising KāśīKh
- sam-ud-√īkṣ Ā. -īkṣate, to look up at, look at attentively, perceive, observe R. Amar
- to have regard or respect for (acc.) MBh
- sam-ud-√īr Caus. -īrayati, to drive out, expel MBh
- to raise (dust) MBh
- to hurl, throw ib
- to utter, speak, declare Kathās
- sam-udīraṇa n. setting in motion or getting into motion MārkP
- raising the voice, uttering pronouncing, reciting W
- sam-ḍudīrita mfn. (fr. Caus.) set in motion, raised, uttered, pronounced MBh
- sam-ḍudīrṇa mfn. greatly moved or agitated or excited R. Suśr
- -khara mfn. agitated and sharp or pungent Suśr
- -mānasa mfn. agitated or excited in mind R
- sam-ud-√īṣ P. -īṣati, to rise well upwards ChUp
- sam-udêta mfn. (cf. 2. sam-udita above) excelling in (comp.) Āpast
- possessed of all good qualities ib
- samudga m. (of doubtful derivation
- for sam-udga See below) the point of a bud (in arka-s○, q.v.)
- a round box or casket (said to be also n
- ifc. f. ā) Yājñ. VarBṛS. Kathās
- a round form of a temple VarBṛS
- (in rhet.) a kind of paronomasia (in which a verse or part of a verse identical in sound but different in meaning is repeated) Kāvyâd. iii, 54-56
- -yamaka n. id. Bhaṭṭ. Sch
- samudgaka m. n. a round box or casket Daś. Ratnâv. &c
- (in rhet.) = prec. L
- samudgala See ratna-s○
- sam-ud-√gam P. -gacchati, to go or rise up together, come or break forth MW
- sam-udga mfn. (for samudga See above) going up or rising together W
- sam-ḍudgata mfn. risen up, come forth, appeared, begun Ṛitus. Lalit
- sam-ḍudgama m. going up, rising, ascending Kāv. Kathās
- sam-ud-gāra m. (√2. gṝ) vomiting or spitting out, ejection Hariv
- sam-udgīrṇa mfn. vomited forth, ejected, raised
- uttered, exclaimed (in these senses perhaps fr. √1-, grī) L
- sam-ud-gīta mfn. (√gai) sung out loud, chanted loudly MW
- n. a loud song, chant ib
- sam-ud-√guñj P. -guñjati, to begin to hum Prasannar
- sam-ud-√granth (only iiid. p. -grathya), to bind up together, tie or fasten up MBh
- sam-ud-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to raise o lift up, take hold of. seize on ŚBr
- sam-ud-√ghaṭ Caus. -ghāṭayati, to open R
- to uncover (one's head, i.e. 'be able to show one's self in public') Kād
- sam-udghāṭa m. taking away, removal (perhaps wṛ. for ○ghāta) Lalit
- sam-udghāta m. destruction, extermination Buddh
- sam-udghātin See vimati-s○, p. 979, col. 3
- sam-ud-ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub together, grind, pound Prasannar
- sam-uddaṇḍa mfn. uplifted (as an arm) Daś. [Page 1168, Column]
- sam-uddidhīrṣu See below
- sam-ud-√diś P. -diśati (ind. p. diśya, q.v.), to point out or indicate fully, mention at full, state, declare, communicate Mn. MBh. &c
- to designate as, name (two acc.) VarBṛS
- to enter into discussion with (instr.) AitĀr
- to refer or relate to ( See next)
- sam-uddiśya ind. having fully pointed out &c
- (with acc.) with reference or regard to, on account or in behalf or in honour of. at, against, towards, to MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ḍuddiṣṭa mfn. fully pointed out or declared or indicated, shown, explained, enumerated, particularized Mn. MBh. &c
- designated as, named, called VarBṛS
- sam-uddeśa mfn. full exposition, accurate or complete description, theory, doctrine MBh. Sarvad
- a place, locality, abode of (gen.) MBh. R. Hariv
- sam-ḍuddeśīya See vyādhi-samuddeśīya
- sam-ud-√dīp Caus. -dīpayati, to light up, inflame R
- sam-ud-dṛpta mfn. (√dṛp) haughty, arrogant R
- sam-ud-√dṝ Pass. -diryate, to be completely rent or torn in pieces, burst asunder MW
- sam-ud-√dyut Ā. -dyotate, to blaze up, shine very brilliantly Prab
- sam-ud-√dru P. -dravati, to run forth together, escape together ŚBr
- sam-ud-dhata mfn. (√han) raised well up, uplifted, elevated, whirled up (as dust), flowing (as a river) high up on (comp.), heaving, swelling (as waters), towering, lofty, high MBh. Kāv. &c
- increased, intense, violent R. Jātakam
- puffed up with pride, arrogant, impudent L
- swelling with, abounding in, full of (comp.) R. Śiś
- wṛ. for sam-ud-dhuta and -dhṛta
- -taraṃgin mfn. (a river) whose waves are heaving or swelling MBh
- -lāṅgūla. mfn. (an animal) whose tail is raised or cocked up (vḷ. sam-un-nata) Hit
- sam-ud-dhasta (for -ud-hasta), mfn. wiped off with the hand W
- sam-ud-dhā (-ud-√hā) Ā. -ujjihīte, to rise together, come forth, appear BhP
- to burst forth, be heard, sound Prasannar
- sam-uddhura mfn. lifted up, stretched out Caurap
- sam-ud-√dhū P. Ā. -dhūnoti, -dhūnute, to shake up, raise (dust), agitate, move hither and thither MBh. R. Hariv
- sam-uddhū́ta mfn. shaken up, agitated, moved hither and thither ib
- hurled or thrown near MBh
- sam-uddhūṣara mfn. (prob.) dust-coloured, grey (= dhūsara) Pañcar
- sam-ud-√dhṛ (only in next)
- sam-uddidhīrṣu mfn. wishing to save Cat
- sam-ud-dhṛ (-ud-√hṛ) P. Ā. -uddharati, ○te, to take quite out, draw well out, extract from (abl.) Kauś. MBh. Kāv. &c
- to √out, extirpate, exterminate, destroy utterly MBh
- to rescue, save, deliver from (abl.) MBh. Jātakam. Pañcat
- to lift, hold up MBh. Mṛicch
- to pick up (a coin) Hit
- to raise up, strengthen, restore MBh
- to divide, Bījag. R. &c.: Desid., See sam-uj-jihīrṣu (s.v.)
- sam-uddharaṇa n. the act of drawing well out or up, extricating, raising, lifting MBh. Kāv. &c
- taking off or away, removal Cat
- eradication, extirpation W
- taking out from (as a part or share), deduction ib
- food thrown up (from the stomach), vomit L
- sam-ḍuddhartṛ mfn. one who lifts up or raises or extricates from (abl.) MBh. MārkP
- m. an uptearer, extirpator Ragh
- sam-uddhāra m. drawing out, extraction from (abl.) MārkP
- extrication from any danger, rescue, delivery Śatr
- removal, destruction Kāv
- N. of a prince (for hari-kṛṣṇa-s○), Kshîś
- sam-uddhṛta mfn. well raised or drawn up or uplifted &c. &c
- taken out from (as a share), deducted (○tôddhāre, loc 'if a deduction be made') Mn. ix, 116. [Page 1168, Column]
- sam-ud-dhṛṣ (-ud-√hṛṣ) Caus. -uddharṣayati, to excite joyfully, gladden, delight Kāṭh
- sam-uddharṣa m. war, battle (perhaps wṛ. for sam-udgharṣa) MBh
- sam-ud-dhvasta mfn. (√dhvaṃs) completely overspread, sprinkled or covered with (comp.) R
- sam-ud-√bandh (only ind. p. -badhya), to bind up firmly MBh
- sam-udbandhana is. hanging up (ātmanaḥ, 'one's self') Kād
- sam-ud-√budh Caus. -bodhayati, to rouse up thoroughly, awaken, animate Nīlak
- sam-udbodha m. becoming consciousness Sāh
- sam-ḍudbodhana n. (fr. Caus.) thorough rousing up, awakening (from a swoon), resuscitation Prasannar
- sam-ud-√bṛh P. -bṛhati, to draw out together, pull out MBh
- sam-udbhāsana n. lighting up, illuminating Kād
- sam-ud-√bhū P. -bhavati, to spring up from, arise, be produced, exist Kāv
- to increase, augment, grow Suśr
- sam-udbhava m. (ifc. f. ā) existence, production, origin (ifc. either 'arisen or produced from' or 'being the source of') Mn. MBh. &c
- coming to life again, revival MBh
- N. of Agni at the Vratâdeśa Gṛihyās
- sam-udbhūta mfn. sprung up, arisen, born, produced, derived MBh. R. Pur
- existing Pratāp
- vḷ. or wṛ. for sam-uddhūta or sam-uddhata MBh
- sam-ḍudbhūti f. arising, appearance Sāh
- sam-udbheda m. bursting forth, appearance, development, growth Daśar. Sāh. ; iii, 8522
- sam-ud-bhrānta mfn. (√bhram) roused up, excited, bewildered MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-udya See saṃ-√vad and sam-√ud, pp. 1114, 1166
- sam-ud-√yam P. -yacchati, to raise up, lift up MBh. R. &c
- to rein in, curb, restrain, drive (horses &c.) MBh
- sam-udyata mfn. raised up, lifted up MBh. Kāv. &c
- offered, presented R. MārkP
- intended, prepared, begun ib
- ready or eager for action, prepared to or about to (inf. or dat.), engaged in (loc.) R. BhP. Kathās
- ready to march against (prati) MBh. vi, 5166
- sam-udyama m. lifting up MBh
- great effort or exertion, setting about, readiness to or for (loc., dat., or comp.) Kāv. Kathās
- sam-ḍudyamin mfn. exerting one's self. strenuous, eager, zealous Kām
- sam-ud-√yā P. -yāti, to rise up against (acc.), assail MBh
- sam-udyāta mfn. risen up against (acc.)
- sam-ud-√yuj Caus. -yojayati, to excite, animate Mālav. Prab
- sam-udyoga m. thorough preparation, making ready, setting about (acc. with Caus. of √kṛ and gen., 'to undertake anything against') MBh. R. &c
- employment, use MBh
- concurrence (of many causes) Pratāp
- sa-mudra mf(ā)n. (for sam-udra See p. 1166, col. 3) having a stamp or seal, stamped, sealed, marked Mn. Yājñ. Mudr
- sa-mudra-lekhaka mfn. marked with partic. inauspicious signs (perhaps wṛ. for sām○) Buddh
- sam-ud-rikta mfn. (√ric) abundantly furnished with (instr.) VP
- sam-ud-√vas Caus. -vāsayati, to expel, remove, ŚBr
- sam-ud-√vah P. Ā. -vahati, ○te, to lift out, carry forth Bhaṭṭ
- to lead away, lead home, marry Yājñ. R. BhP
- to lift up, raise MBh
- to bear (with manasā, or hṛdayena', in the heart'), tolerate, suffer, endure MBh. R. Kathās
- to wear, possess Ratnâv
- to exhibit, show, display R. VarBṛS. [Page 1168, Column]
- sam-udvaha mfn. who or what lifts up W
- moving up and down ib
- sam-ḍudvāha m. bearing up MW
- leading away, marriage MBh
- sam-ud-√vij Ā. -vijate, to tremble greatly, shrink or start back together MBh
- sam-udvigna mfn. greatly agitated or disturbed, terrified, anxious R. Pur
- sam-ḍudvega m. great agitation or perturbation, terror, alarm, fear MBh
- sam-ud-vī7kṣ (-vi-√īkṣ) Ā. -vii7kṣate, to look at together, look at, perceive MBh. Pañcat
- sam-ud-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to cause to rise or swell R
- sam-udvṛtta mfn. risen up, swollen MBh
- sam-ud-√vṛh See sam-ud-√bṛh
- sam-√und See sam-√ud, p. 1166
- sam-un-nad (-ud-√nad) P. -nadati, to cry out together, shout out, roar out MBh. Hariv
- sam-unnada m. N. of a Rākshasa R
- sam-ḍunnāda m. simultaneous roaring or shouting MBh
- sam-un-nam (-ud-√nam) P. -namati, to rise up or ascend together, rise aloft, ascend Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. [-n�Amayati], to raise well up, erect, lift completely up, elevate MBh. Śak. Śuśr
- sam-unnata mfn. risen up, lifted up, raised aloft Kāv
- arched, vaulted VarBṛS. Rājat
- high, sublime Kām
- proud, arrogant W
- -lāṅgula mfn. having the tail erect Hit. (cf. sam-uddhata-l○)
- sam-ḍunnati f. rising, swelling Subh
- exaltation, eminence, high position MBh. Kāv. &c
- elevation, increase, growth (with manasaḥ, 'elevation of mind'
- cittaṃ samunatim aśnule, the spirit experiences elevation') Kālid. Pañcat
- sam-unnamana n. raising, arching (as the brows) Sāh
- sam-unnasa mfn. having a prominent nose Hariv
- sam-un-nah (-ud-√nah) P. Ā. -nahyati, ○te, to bind or tie up &c. ( See next)
- sam-unnaddha mfn. tied or bound up (= ūrdhva-baddha) L
- swollen, pressed up or out Suśr
- raised up, elevated, exalted Kāv. Pur
- full, excessive BhP
- proud, arrogant ib
- unfettered, loosened ib
- produced, born L
- sam-unnāha m. pressing up or out Suśr
- height, elevation BhP
- sam-unnidra mfn. wide awake, opened wide (as eyes) Dharmaś
- sam-un-nī (-ud-√nī) P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to lead or conduct upward, together, raise completely up, elevate, increase MBh. BhP
- to instigate, stimulate Kām
- to deduce, infer Rājat. Sāh
- to pay off (a debt) Kull. on Mn. ix, 107
- sam-unnaya m. bringing out, inference, deduction Cat
- occurrence, event, advent Bhaṭṭ
- sam-ḍunnayana n. raising up, arching (as the brows) Daśar
- sam-ḍunnīta mfn. raised up, elevated, increased MBh
- sam-ḍunneya mfn. to be brought out or deduced Sāh
- sam-un-majj (-ud-√majj .only ind. p. -majjya), to dive under, bathe MBh
- sam-unmiśra mfn. mixed or mingled with, accompanied by (instr.) MBh. Hariv
- sam-un-miṣ (-ud-√miṣ) P. -miṣati, to rise up, spring up from (abl.) Rājat
- to shine forth, shine bright, HYogay
- sam-un-mīl (-ud-√mīl) P. -milati, to become fully expanded or unfolded or displayed Amar. Prap.: Caus. -mīlayati to open (the eyes) MBh. R
- to expand, display, exhibit Uttarar
- sam-unmīlita mfn. opened, expanded, displayed Prab
- sam-unmukha mfn. 'having the face erected', upright, high (○khī-√kṛ, 'to lift up') Naish
- sam-un-mūl (ud-√mūl) P. -mūlayati, to up√or eradicate completely, exterminate or destroy utterly Rājat. Hit. [Page 1169, Column]
- sam-unmūlana n. the act of uprooting or eradicating completely, utter destruction, extermination Uttarar. Prab
- sam-un-mṛj (-ud-√mṛj) to rub up MaitrS. MānŚr
- to rub completely off or out Kāṭh
- sam-upa-√kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to draw towards at one time or together, draw near R
- sam-upa-√kḷp Ā. -kalpate, to be prepared or made ready together MW.: Caus. -kalpayati, to make ready together, prepare, make ready, accomplish MBh
- sam-upakalpita mfn. made ready, prepared, arranged MBh. R
- sam-ḍupakḷpta mfn. prepared or made ready together ŚāṅkhSr
- sam-upa-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to go up to, approach MW
- to begin, commence to (inf.) MBh. R
- sam-upakrama m. commencement L
- comṭcommencement of medical treatment Car
- sam-ḍupakramya mfn. to be treated medically ib
- sam-ḍupakrānta mfn. approached MW
- one who has begun R
- sam-upa-√gam P. -gacchati, to go or proceed together towards, go or come near to (acc.), approach, have recourse to MBh. R
- to go to any state or condition, undergo R. Kathās
- sam-upagata mfn. approached W
- undergone Śak
- sam-upagantavya mfn. to be gone to &c
- n. it is to be gone to &c. (asya viśvāse samupagantavyam, 'one should place confidence in him') Pañcat
- sam-upagama m. going near, approach, contact W
- sam-upa-√guh P.Ā. -gūhati, ○te, to embrace, surround Caurap
- sam-upa-√ghrā P. -jighrati, to smell at, kiss R
- sam-upacāra m. attention, homage Pañcar
- sam-upa-√ci P. -cinoti, to heap up, gather Nāg.: Pass. -cīyate, to grow up, increase Suśr
- sam-upacita mfn. collected, heaped W
- abundant Ratnâv
- thick Car
- -jala mfn. having accumulated waters (as the ocean) MW
- sam-upa-cchāda m. (√1. chad) Pāṇ. 6-4, 96 Sch
- sam-upa-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to arise, spring up, take place Kāv
- to be born again MBh.: Caus. -janayati, to generate, cause, produce Ṛitus
- sam-upajanita mfn. (fr. Caus.) generated, produced, caused ib
- sam-upajāta mfn. arisen, produced Prab
- aroused MW
- -kopa mfn. one whose anger is roused, provoked or moved to anger ib
- ○tâbhiniveśam ind. after having formed a determined resolution Prab
- sam-upajoṣam ind. entirely according to wish or liking, quite contentedly (= upaj○, q.v.) L
- sam-upa-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -janite, to ascertain fully, find out MBh
- to perceive, learn W
- sam-upa-√tap Pass. -tapyate, to feel pain MBh
- sam-upa-√diś P. -diśati, to point out or indicate fully, show MBh
- to assign (with acc. of person and of thing) R
- sam-upa-√dṛś Caus. -darśayati, to cause to see or be seen, show, exhibit, Karaṇḍ
- sam-upa-√dru P. -dravati (ep. also Ā. ○te), to run together towards, rush upon (acc.) MBh. R
- to run up to, assail, attack Var. BṛS
- sam-upadruta mfn. assailed, attacked, overrun ib
- sam-upa-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to put together, construct, create, produce MW. [Page 1169, Column]
- sam-upa-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run near or towards (acc.) MBh
- sam-upa-√nī P. Ā. -nayati, ○te, to lead up to together, bring or draw near to, lead to (acc.) MBh. Kāv. VarBṛS
- to take away, carry off MBh
- to offer (a sacrifice) R
- to bring about, cause Hariv
- sam-upanayana n. the act of leading near to Dharmaśarm
- sam-upanīta mfn. brought or led to (acc.) R
- sam-upa-ny-√as P. -asyati, to lay down fully, state at full length Hit
- sam-upanyasta mfn. fully stated ib
- sam-upa-√pad Ā. -padyate, to come to pass, be brought about or accomplished MBh
- to meet with (acc.), experience ib.: Caus. -pādayati, to bring about, make ready, prepare. R
- sam-upapādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made ready, prepared ib
- sam-upa-pluta mfn. (√plu) overwhelmed, assailed, distressed R
- sam-upa-√bṛh Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to cause to increase, augment, strengthen, complete MBh. VāyuP
- sam-upa-√bhuj Ā. -bhuṅkte, to enjoy sexually, have sexual union with (acc.) MBh. R
- sam-upabhoga m. enjoying, eating MBh
- cohabitation, sexual union MW
- sam-upa-√yā P. -yāti, to go up to or approach (with acc.) R
- to betake one's self to (acc.) MBh. VarBṛS
- to go to any state or condition (with acc.) VarBṛS
- sam-upayāta mfn. gone up to, approached (with acc.) ib
- sam-upa-√yuj P. -yunakti, to make complete use of, consume MBh.: Caus. -yojayati id. ib
- sam-upayukta mfn. completely used up or consumed, eaten MW
- sam-upayḍupayukta-vat mfn. one who has consumed MBh
- sam-upayoṣam ind.= samupajoṣam, col. 1
- sam-upa-√ruj P. -rujati, to break or cut up MW
- to press hardly upon Hariv
- sam-upa-√rudh P. -ruṇaddhi, to hinder greatly, disturb, obstruct: Pass, -rudhyate, to be hindered or interrupted MBh
- sam-upa-√lakṣ P. Ā. -lakṣayati, ○te, to look at or observe attentively Kām
- to see, perceive MBh
- sam-upa-√labh Ā. -labhate (ep. also P. -labhati), to take or receive fully, obtain MBh. R
- to acquire by experience, learn, Perceive VarBṛS
- sam-upa-√vas P. -vasati, to abide wholly in, engage in, devote one's self to ( See below)
- to abide in a state of abstinence, fast Hcat
- sam-upôṣaka mfn. fasting, Kṛishṇaj
- sam-ḍupôṣita mf(ā) n. engaged in, devoted to (acc.) MārkP
- one who has fasted MBh. VarBṛS. BhP
- sam-upa-√vah P. -vahati, to bear or carry along with, flow with MBh.: Pass. -upôhyate, to be borne near, approach Hariv
- sam-upôḍha See p. 1170, col, 2
- sam-upa-√viś P. -viśati, to sit down together or near, sit down on (loc., acc., or gen. with upari) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. ChUp. &c
- to lie down upon (acc.) ib
- to encamp ib
- to oversleep (the right time for anything) R.: Caus. -veśayati, to cause to sit down, ask to be seated Hit
- to cause to encamp Rājat
- sam-ḍupaviṣṭa mfn. seated, sat down MBh. Pañcat. &c
- sam-upaveśa m. sitting down together MW
- inviting any one to sit down or rest, entertaining W
- a seat Uttarar
- sam-ḍupaveśana n. the act of causing to sit down MW
- a habitation, building ib. [Page 1169, Column]
- a seat Uttarar
- sam-ḍupaveśita mfn. made to sit down, invited to rest W
- sam-upa-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to go together towards, proceed together MW
- to behave R
- sam-upa-√śam P. -sāmyati, to become quiet, cease MBh. Car
- sam-upa-√śru P. -sṛṇoti, to listen to anything (acc.), hear, hear or perceive any one (gen.), hear from or be told by any one (abl.) MBh. R. BhP
- sam-upaṣṭambha m.= sam-uvastambha below MBh
- sam-upa-saṃ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to restrain, stop ( See next)
- sam-upasaṃhṛta mfn. restrained, stopped Uttarar
- sam-upa-√sad P. -sīdati to go to, approach (acc.) MBh
- to get at, obtain (acc.) Śiś
- sam-upa-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach R
- sam-upa-√sṛp P. -sarpati, to go to (acc.), approach MBh. R. Bālar
- to attack MW
- sam-upa-√sev Ā. -sevate, to make use of together MW
- to be addicted to, enjoy R
- sam-upastambha m. propping, supporting MBh
- a support Car
- sam-upa-√sthā P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand near (at any one's service) R
- to lean on (acc.) ib
- to go to, approach (acc.) MBh
- to occur, arise, befall Śak.: Caus. sthāpayati, to set up Suśr
- sam-upasthā f. standing near, approximation, proximity W
- happening, befalling ib
- sam-ḍupasthāna n. approximation, approach ib
- nearness ib
- happening, occurring ib
- sam-upasthita mf(ā)n. approximated, approached, come to (teṣām agrato nadī samupasthitā = 'they came upon a river') MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- sitting or lying on (loc.) R
- arisen Hariv
- appeared, begun, imminent MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- seasonable, opportune MBh
- come upon, fallen to, fallen to one's share (with acc. or gen.) Kāv. Bhag. &c
- ready for (dat. or loc.) MBh. BhP
- undertaken, resolved R
- attained, acquired W
- sam-ḍupasthiti f. = ○upasthāna above. ib
- sam-upa-√spṛs P. -spṛśati, to touch R
- to touch (water for ablution), touch with water (instr.), bathe in (loc.) MBh. Yājñ
- to sip water MW
- sam-upa-hata mfn. (√han) stricken, impaired (as reason) VarYogay
- sam-upahava See sam-upa-√hve below
- sam-upa-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to bring towards, offer R. Jātakam
- to pay (honour) Jātakam
- to perform (a sacrifice) MW
- sam-upahvara m. a hidden place, hiding-place MBh
- sam-upa-√hve P. Ā. -hvayati, ○te (ind. p. -hūya, or -hāvam), to call together, invite TS. Br. ŚrS
- to challenge (to fight) MBh. R
- sam-upahavá m. an invitation together with others, common invitation Br. Lāṭy
- sam-upâ-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to satisfy, pay off MBh
- sam-upâ-krānta mfn. (√kram) one who has approached or attained to or arrived at (acc.) R
- sam-upâ-√gam P. -gacchati, to go up to together, go near to, resort to, approach, meet MBh. Kāv. &c
- to undergo, incur, get into any state or condition (acc.) R
- sam-upâgata mfn. gone near to, approached, met, come, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 1170, Column]
- one who has attained R
- one who has incurred or undergone ib
- sam-upâ-√ghrā (only ind. p. -ghrāya), to smell at, kiss MBh. R
- sam-upâ-√car P. -carati, to attend, wait on, treat (medically) Suśr
- to practise, attend to, be intent upon (acc.) MBh
- sam-upā-√dā Ā. -datte (ind. p. -dāya, q.v.), to gain, receive, acquire MBh. MārkP
- to take away from, deprive of. MBh
- to collect, heap together R
- to assume, put on MBh
- sam-upâtta mfn. gained, acquired, taken, robbed, gathered, collected MBh. R. &c
- sam-upâdāya ind. having gained &c. &c
- having used or employed (with acc. = 'with the help of.', by means of') R
- sam-upâ-√nī P. -nayati, to conduct or lead together towards, bring or gather together, assemble R
- sam-upânayana n. bringing near, procuring MBh
- sam-upânīta mfn. brought together, gathered, assembled MBh
- sam-upâbhi-cchāda m. (fr. √1. chad) Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 96
- sam-upâ-√yā P. -yāti, to go up to together, go or resort to (acc.), approach, meet MBh. Kathās
- sam-upâyāta mfn. come near, approached, arrived Kāv
- sam-upā-yukta mfn. (√yuj) furnished with, possessed of. surrounded by, full of (instr.) MBh
- sam-upâ-rabdha mfn. (√rabh) begun, commenced, undertaken MBh
- sam-upâ-√ruj = sam-upa-√ruj
- sam-upâ-√ruh P. -rohati, to mount up, ascend MBh
- sam-upârūḍha mfn. mounted upon, ascended R
- sam-upârj (-upa-√arj) Caus. -upârjayati, to gain or acquire together, procure Bhpr
- sam-upârjana n. the act of gaining or acquiring together, simultaneous acquisition Mn. vii, 152
- sam-ḍupârjita mfn. brought together, prepared MW
- acquired, gained ib
- stored up ib
- sam-upâlambha m. reproach, censure MBh
- sam-upâ-√vis P. -viśati, to enter upon together, undertake, begin, commence R.: Caus. -veśayati, to conceal, hide HPariś
- sam-upâ-√vṛ (prob.) wṛ. for sam-apâ-√vṛ (q.v.)
- sam-upâś (-upa- √2. aś) P. -upâślnāti, to taste fully or completely, enjoy MBh
- sam-upā́-śrita mfn. (√śri) leaning against, supported by, resting on (acc.) MBh. R. &c
- resorted to, one who has recourse to (acc.) ib
- occupied by (instr.) Rājat
- visited or afflicted by (instr.) MBh
- sam-upâs (-upa-√ās) Ā. -upâste (pr. p. -upâsīna), to sit near together or near each other R
- to engage in or devote one's self to anything together, practise in common (or singly) Gṛihyās. R
- to serve or honour together, revere, worship, adore MBh. Mṛicch. Ragh
- sam-upâ-√sthā P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te, to stand near to Hariv
- to practise, observe MBh
- sam-upâsthita mfn. come near, approached MBh. R
- sam-upâ-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to bring near, fetch, procure MBh. R. &c
- to offer, sacrifice MBh. R. BhP
- to sacrifice one's self. Rājat
- to enter upon (initiation) R
- sam-upê (-upa- √5. i) -upaī7ti, to come together, meet (as friends or foes) MBh. R. Pañcat
- to have sexual intercourse MBh
- to come near, approach, go to (acc.) ib. [Page 1170, Column]
- to have recourse to, apply to, SārṅgP
- to attain, incur, partake of VarBṛS. Śiś
- to occur, happen, appear MBh
- to come upon, befall R
- to be absorbed in RPrāt
- sam-upêta mfn. come together &c. &c
- come, arrived MBh
- furnished or supplied with, abounding in (instr. or comp.) ib
- sam-upêkṣ (-upa-√īkṣ) Ā. -upêkṣate (ep. also ○ti), to look completely over or beyond, take no notice of, disregard, neglect, abandon MBh. Mṛicch. Amar
- sam-upêkṣaka mfn. overlooking, not heeding, disregarding. neglecting (gen.) BhP
- sam-upêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid. of sam-upa-√āp) wishing to obtain, striving after (acc.) Kāv
- sam-upôḍha mfn. (√1. ūh) brought near, presented, offered Mn. vi, 41
- commenced, begun (as a battle) R. (also -upôlha ĀśvGṛ.)
- risen (as the moon) Uttarar
- sam-upôpa-viṣṭa mfn. (cf. upôpa [for upa-upa-√viz]) seated together, sitting down Hariv. 7042
- sam-upôṣ (-upa-√uṣ) P. -upôṣati, to burn or consume together, burn up completely ŚBr
- sam-√ubj P. -ubjati, to cover over, close up, press together ŚBr
- sám-ubjita mfn. covered over, closed up AV
- sam-√ubh P. -ubhnāti, -unapti (impf. -unap), to confine, shut up, keep closed, cover up RV
- sám-ubdha mfn. confined, closed, covered up ib
- sam-ulbaṇa mfn. strong, big, brawny VarBṛS
- sam-ul-laṅgh (-ud-√laṅgh) P. -laṅghayati, to leap beyond, violate, transgress, neglect MārkP
- to carry over, transport Hcar
- sam-ul-lambita mfn. (fr. samud-√lamb), hanging up, hanging Mṛicch
- sam-ul-las (-ud-√las) P. -lasati, to shine forth, gleam, glitter Śiś
- to break forth, appear Kir. Pañcat
- to sound, resound Prasannar.: Caus. -lāsayati, to cause to jump or sport, exhilarate, make glad MW
- sam-ullasita mfn. shining forth, gleaming, brilliant, beautiful Gīt
- sportive, sporting W
- sam-ullāsa m. sporting, dancing, prancing (of a horse) L
- excessive brilliance, exhilaration MW
- sam-ullāsin mfn. shining forth, glittering Kpr
- sam-ul-likh (-ud-√likh) P. -likhati, to scratch up all round, dig up. ŚBr
- to scratch, furrow Kum
- to rub against, graze R
- to write down, mention (in a book) L
- sam-ullekha m. digging up all round, extermination (= utsādana) L
- sam-ul-lup (-ud-√lup) P. -lumpati, to seize upon, lay hold of, pick up ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sam-√uṣ P. -oṣati, to burn up, consume by fire AV. ŚBr
- sam-uṣita See saṃ-√vas, p. 1114, col. 3
- sa-muṣka mfn. having testicles, uncastrated Baudh
- sam-uṣyalá mf(ā́)n. (fr. sam + √uṣ = vaś) desirous, loving or exciting love AV
- samuhitṛ v. l. for sam-uditṛ (q.v.)
- sam-uhya sam-ūḍha, See sam-√ūh
- samūra or samūru m. a kind of deer (the skin of which may be used as a student's seat &c
- accord. to some it has a white mane
- cf. camūru) L
- samūruka m. id. W
- samūrtaka (prob.) wṛ. for saṃvartaka MārkP. [Page 1170, Column]
- sá-mūla mfn. having roots, overgrown, grassy, green, verdant ŚBr. Kauś. R
- together with the √, √and branch, entire or entirely (also ibc. and am ind.) Br. &c. &c
- based upon, founded Gobh. Sch
- ○kāṣam ind. with √and branch (with √kaṣ', to exterminate completely') Mcar. Sarvad
- ○ghātam ind. with utter extirpation (with √han, 'to destroy utterly') Śiś. Sarvad
- sa-mūlaka mfn. together with the roots MBh
- together with radish-√ib
- sam-√ūh (cf. saṃ-√vah), P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te (ind. p. -bham, q.v.), to sweep together, bring or gather together, collect, unite RV. AV. Br. Up. BhP.: Caus. -ūhayati, to sweep together, heap up, Kuś
- sam-uhyá mfn. in comp. for sam-ūhya
- ○purīṣa (○hyá.), mfn. consisting of rubbish swept or heaped together ŚBr. KātyŚr
- sám-ūḍha (or -ūlha), mfn. swept or pressed together, brought together, collected, united RV. TS
- regularly arranged, restored to order (as opp. to vy-ūḍha, 'disarranged', 'transposed') Br. ŚrS
- purified L
- tamed L
- -cchandas mfn. having metres restored to their order ŚBr
- -dvādaśâhapaddhati f. -puṇḍarīka-paddhati f. N. of wks
- sam-ūhá m. (ifc. f. ā) a collection, assemblage, aggregate, heap, number, multitude AV. &c. &c
- an association, corporation, community Mn. Yājñ. &c
- sum, totality, essence MBh
- N. of a divine being(?) MBh. xiii, 4355
- (ā), f. (scil. vṛtti) a partic. mode of subsistence Baudh
- ([○ha) -kArya] n. the business or affairs of a community MW
- -kṣāraka m. civet L
- -gandha m. civet L
- sam-ḍūhaka m. collection, heap, multitude ĀpŚr. Pañcar
- sam-ḍūhana mfn. sweeping together, collecting, gathering Mn. iv, 102
- (ī), f. a broom Āpast. Baudh
- n. the act of Sweeping together &c. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- placing an arrow on the bowstring L. ○ūhin mfn. forming an aggregate or fit for the formation of an aggregate Nyāyas. Sch
- sam-ūhyá mfn. to be swept together &c. (in Sulbas. = samuhyá-purīṣa above) TS. Kāṭh
- m. (scil. agni) a kind of sacrificial fire (to be brought or carried by the priest) Pāṇ. 3-1, 131
- a place prepared for the reception of the sacrificial fire W
- sam-ūhya ind. having brought together
- sam-ohá m. hostile encounter, conflict, war RV
- sam-óham ind. bringing or sweeping together ib
- sam-√ūh (only Pot. -uhyāt), to per. ceive, understand Vop
- sam-√ṛ P. -iyarti, -ṛṇoti, -ṛṇvati, or -ricchati (in some forms also Ā
- for -ṛcchati, te○, See Pāṇ. 1-3, 29), to join together, bring to pass, bring about RV. iii, 2, 1
- to bring together, drive together (3. sg. aor. -ārata
- perf. p. -ārāṇa) ib. i, 54, 1
- to be brought about ib. iii, 11, 2
- to run together, hasten together towards (acc. or loc.), meet with (instr.), come into collision or conflict RV. AV. ŚBr. Kauś. Bhaṭṭ.: Caus. -arpayati, ○te, to throw at, hurl at (acc.), strike, hit AV. MBh
- to cause to come into conflict or collision ŚBr
- to fix or place or insert in, put in or on or down ib. &c, &c
- to impose, enjoin R
- to deliver over, consign, commit Kāv. Kathās. Sāh
- to send off, despatch (a messenger) R
- sam-ará m. (or n. g. ardharcâdī) coming together, meeting, concourse, confluence RV. AV. ŚBr
- (ifc. f. ā) hostile encounter, conflict, struggle, war, battle with (saha) ŚāṅkhBr. MBh. &c
- N. of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
- of a king of Kāmpilya Hariv
- of a brother of king Avantivarman Rājat
- -karman n. the action of battle or war R
- -kātara m. 'timid in battle', N. of a general Kautukas
- -kāma-dīpikā f. N. of wk
- -kṣiti f. field of battle R
- -jambuka m. 'battle-jackal', N. of a man Kautukas
- -jit (Kathās.), -ṃ-jaya (Cat.), m. victorious in bṭbattle', N. of a king
- -tuṅga, -bala, and -bhaṭa m. 'eminent in bṭbattle', and 'battleforce', and 'battle-soldier', N. of warriors Kathās
- -puṃgava m. (with dīkṣita) N. of an author Cat
- -bhū or -bhūmi f. field of battle Vās
- -manoharī f. N. of an astron, wk
- -mardana m. 'destroying in battle', N. of Śiva MBh
- -mūrdhan m. the front or van of battle R
- -varman, ni. N. of a king Rājat
- -vasudhā f. (= -bhū) Inscr
- -vijaya m. N. of a ch. of the Rudra-yāmala [Page 1171, Column]
- -vijayin mfn. victorious in battle Bhartṛ
- -viira m. battle-hero', N. of the father of Yaśo-dā W
- -vyasanin mfn. fond of war Mṛicch., Introd
- -śiras n. (= -mūrdhan) Kāv. Kathās
- -śūra m. a hero in battle VarBṛS
- -sāra m. n. N. of wk. (containing prognostics of success or defeat in warfare
- also -saṃgraha, m.)
- -siṃha m. 'battle-lion', N. of an astronomer Cat
- -sīman m. or f. battlefield Bālar.: -svāmin m. N. of an image or idol set up by Samara-varman Rājat
- ○râkhya m. (in music) a kind of time
- ○râgama m. outbreak of war VarBṛS
- ○râgra n. the front of battle R
- ○râṅgaṇa or ○rângana Kathās.), ○râjira (Śiś.), n. battle field
- ○râtithi m. 'battle -comer', any one encountered in battle Hariv
- ○rôcita mfn. fit for battle (as an elephant) L
- ○rôtsava m. the festival or joy of battle Kathās
- ○rôddeśa m. battle-field MBh
- ○rôdyata mfn. prepared for battle or war MW
- ○rôpâya m. stratagem of war, Var Yogay
- sam-áraṇa n. coming together, meeting Nir
- conflict, strife, battle, war RV
- sam-arpaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) furnishing, yielding (-tā f.) Śaṃk. Sarvad
- sam-arpaṇa n. the act of placing or throwing upon ŚBr
- delivering or handing completely over, consigning, presenting, imparting, bestowing (cf. ātma-s○) R. Kathās. BhP
- making known, communicating Śaṃk. Sarvad
- (in dram.) angry invective between personages in a play (one of the 7 scenes which constitute a Bhāṇikā, q.v.) Sāh
- sam-arpaṇḍarpaṇīya mfn. to be delivered or handed over or entrusted Kād
- sam-arpaṇḍarpayitavya mfn. id. Hit
- sam-arpaṇḍarpayitṛ mfn. one who hands over or bestows or imparts (gen. or comp.) MBh. Hariv
- sam-arpaṇḍarpita mfn. thrown or hurled at &c. &c. ( See Caus.)
- placed or fixed in or on, made over or consigned to (loc. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- restored Hit
- filled with Lalit
- -vat mfn. one who has consigned or delivered over MW
- sam-arpaṇḍarpya mfn. to be handed over or consigned Pañcar
- sam-aryá n. (for sa-m○ See p. 1157, col. 1) concourse (of people assembled on festive occasions), crowd, multitude RV
- an assembly, congregation, community ib
- tumult of battle ib
- -jit mfn. victorious in war or battle RV
- -rā́jya n. the region occupied by a concourse (such as the above) ib
- samarya Nom. P. ○yáti, to long for battle or war RV
- sam-īrṇa mfn. (referred to sam-ṝ = sam-√ṛ Sch. on Pāṇ. vii, 1, 102), See under sam-√īr
- sám-ṛta mfn. come together, met RV
- come into conflict or collision ( See next)
- -yajña m. pl. coincident or concurrent sacrifices TS
- -somá m. pl. concurrent Soma-sacrifices ib
- sám-ḍṛti (sám-), f. coming together, meeting, contact RV
- conflict, war, fight ib
- sam-ṛc See sam-√arc, p. 1156
- sam-ṛch See sam-√ṛ, p. 1170
- sam-√ṛdh P. -ṛdhyati, -ṛdhnoti (Ved. inf. -ṛdhe), to succeed well, prosper, flourish, increase or grow greatly Mn. MBh. Pass. -ṛdhyate, to be completely successful, be fulfilled or accomplished, succeed, prosper RV. AV. ChUp. R
- to share in abundantly, be amply furnished with (instr.) ŚBr.: Caus. -ardhayati, to cause to succeed or prosper, accomplish, fulfil VS. ŚBr
- to cause to be abundantly furnished with (instr.) ib
- to bestow liberally on (dat.) BhP
- sam-ardhaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to prosper &c., granting or bestowing any advantage L
- sam-ardhakḍardhana mf(ī)n. causing to prosper or succeed ŚāṅkhSr
- sam-ardhakḍardhayitṛ mf(trī)n. one who fulfils, fulfiller, bestower ĀśvGṛ. ChUp
- sam-ardhuka mfn. prospering, succeeding TS
- -sam-ardhaka L
- (ā), f. a daughter L
- sám-ṛddha mfn. accomplished, succeeded, fulfilled, perfect, very successful or prosperous or flourishing, fortunate AV. Br. ChUp. MBh. R
- full-grown (as trees) MBh
- complete, whole, entire ib
- fully furnished or abundantly endowed with (instr., abl., or comp.) ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- rich, wealthy ib. Kathās
- plenteous, abundant, much Ratnâv
- m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- -tejas mfn. endowed with splendour or strength R
- -yaśas mfn. rich in fame, renowned, celebrated MW
- -vega mfn. increasing in speed, excessively swift Bhag
- ○ddhârtha mfn. having increased substance or wealth, increasing in resources R. [Page 1171, Column]
- sám-ṛddhi f. great prosperity or success, growth, increase, thriving, welfare, fortune, perfection, excellence (ifc. = 'increased by') AV. ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
- abundance, plenty of (comp.) Kāv
- wealth, riches (also pl.) Yājñ. MBh. &c
- N. of a partic. Vedic hymn (causing prosperity) VarBṛS
- -karaṇa n. means of procuring prosperty PārGṛ
- -kāma (sám○), mfn. desirous of prosperty ŚBr
- -mat mfn. perfectly succeeding or successful or fortunate MBh. Naish. MārkP
- richly furnished with (comp.) Kāvyâd
- -vat mfn. (prob. wṛ.), id. Śaṃk
- -vṛddhi-lābha m. acquisition of increase of prosperity MBh
- -samaya m. a season of great prosperity MW
- sam-ṛddhin mfn. possessing abundance of (comp.) MBh. R
- prosperous, happy, blessed (said of Gaṅgā) MBh
- samṛddhī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to make prosperous or wealthy Daś
- sam-ṛ́dh f. success, welfare RV. vi, 2, 10
- sam-ḍṛdha mfn. full, complete, perfect ib. viii, 103, 5
- sam-ṛṣ √1. P. -arṣati, to come together, meet with (instr.) RV
- to come together to (acc.) AV
- sam-é (-ā.√5. i), P. -âiti (pr. p. -êāna MBh.), to come together, approach together, meet at or in (acc. or loc.) or with (instr. with or without samam), go to or across, arrive at (acc.) RV. &c. &c
- to unite with (instr.) in marriage R
- to enter Hit
- to emulate, cope with (acc.) R
- (with yogam) to lead or join together, form an alliance between (gen.) and (instr.) ŚvetUp. (= saṃ-gamayya, Samk.)
- sam-êta mfn. come together, assembled, joined, united Mn. MBh. &c
- connected or united or furnished with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- encountered, come into collision with (instr.) MBh
- come near or to, got into any state or condition (acc.) Pañcat
- -māya mfn. affected by or possessing illusions MW
- sa-megha-lekha mfn. having streaks of cloud MW
- sam-ej √P. -ejati, to rise, get in motion RV. MBh
- sameḍī f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda (cf. bheḍī) MBh
- sam-eddhṛ See sam-√indh
- sam-√edh Ā. -edhate, to prosper greatly, thrive, increase AV. BhP.: Caus. -edhayati, to cause to prosper or succeed, make happy or fortunate, increase, swell, strengthen ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
- sam-edhana n. thriving, prospering, growth, increase R
- sam-ḍedhita mfn. greatly increased or augmented, swelled, increased, strengthened, made happy or fortunate MBh. R. BhP
- sá-medha mfn. full of strength or vitality, vigorous TS
- sam-êr (-ā-√īr, only in 3. pl. pf. Ā. -êrire), to put together, create RV. x, 40, 4
- samairaya (of unknown meaning, in vaiśvadevāḥ samairayāḥ) ĀrshBr
- sám-okas mfn. living or dwelling together, closely united with (instr.) RV. TBr. Kauś
- furnished with, possessed of (instr.) RV
- samôttara-tas samôdaka &c. See p. 1153, col. 2
- sam-ôpeta mfn. (for sam-ā-up○, √5. i) furnished or endowed with, possessed of (comp.) MBh. Pañcat
- sam-ôpta See sam-ā- √2. vap
- sam-oha ○ham, See sam- √1. ūh
- samâujas See p. 1153, col. 2
- sa-mauli-ratna mfn. with a crown-jewel, having a crest-jewel MW
- sampa m. = patana L
- (ā), f. = śampā, lightning (for sam-pā See p. 1172, col. 3). sam-√pac, Caus. -pācayati, to bake or cook thoroughly, burn Suśr. [Page 1171, Column]
- sam-pakva mfn. thoroughly boiled, made tender by boiling Kull
- thoroughly matured or ripened Hariv. Suśr
- ripe for death, about to die MBh
- sam-pāka m. cooking or ripening thoroughly, maturing MW
- Cathartocarpus Fistula (prob. wṛ. for śamyāka) Suśr. (L. also mfn. reasoning well
- impudent
- lustful, lewd
- small, little')
- sam-pācana n. (fr. Caus.) making ripe, maturing, making tender (by boiling), softening, fomenting (a tumour &c.), Susr
- sam-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to read aloud or recite or repeat (Vedic texts) thoroughly or continuously Mn. iv, 98
- sam-pāṭha m. an arranged text Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 59
- sam-ḍpāṭhya mfn. to be read or recited together with (cf. a-s○)
- sam-√pat P. -patati, to fly or rush together (in a friendly or hostile manner), encounter, meet any one (acc.), meet with (instr.) RV. &c. &c
- to fly along, fly to, hasten towards, arrive at, reach (acc. or loc.) AitBr. MBh. &c
- to fly or fall down, alight on (loc.) MBh
- to go or roam about R. VarBṛS
- to come to pass, take place, happen, occur MBh. Hariv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fly or fall, throw or hurl down R. BhP
- sám-patita mfn. flown or rushed together &c. &c
- run together, coagulated AV
- sam-pāta m. (ifc. f. ā) flying or rushing together, collision, concussion, encounter with (saha) MBh. Kāv. &c
- confluence VarBṛS
- place of contact, point of intersection id. Gol. flight, swift descent, fall MBh. R. &c
- a partic. mode of flight (of birds) Pañcat
- a partic. manner of fighting MBh. Hariv
- taking place, happening, appearance, occurrence Kauś. MBh. &c
- that which falls or settles to the bottom, remnant (of fluid), residue (of an offering) Kāṭh. GṛŚrS. Suśr
- anything thrown in or added as an ingredient MW
- = -sū7kta AitBr. ŚrS
- N. of a son of Garuḍa (prob. wṛ. for sampāti) RV
- -pāṭava n. skill in jumping L
- -vat mfn. ready, at hand, the first the best, any one Kauś
- containing Sampāta hymns ( See next) ĀśvŚr
- containing ingredients MW
- -sū7kta n. pl. certain hymns which are contiguous in the Saṃhitā and ritual ŚrS
- ○tâyāta mfn. come or brought in without any obvious purpose Sāṃkhyapr
- sam-ḍpātaka mfn. relating to a remnant or residue Saṃskārak
- sam-ḍpātam ind., See vidyut-s○
- sam-pātaya Nom. P. ○yati, to sprinkle with the remnant of a fluid Kauś. Sch
- sam-pāti m. N. of a fabulous bird (the eldest son of Aruṇa or Garuḍa and brother of Jaitāyu) MBh. R. &c
- of a king MBh
- of a son of Bahugava and father of Ahaṃ-yāti (cf. saṃ-yāti) Hariv
- of a monkey R
- of a Rākshasa ib
- sam-ḍpātika m. the above bird W
- pl. N. of partic. demons Gobh
- sam-ḍpātín mfn. flying together MBh
- flying as rivals (= 'equally swift) Nir
- falling down Uttarar
- N. of a fabulous bird R
- of a Rākshasa ib
- sám-patnī f. (a woman) together with her husband AV
- sampatnīya m. a partic. libation ĀpŚr
- sam-√pad Ā. -padyate (in some forms also P
- ind. p. -pādam, q.v.), to fall or happen well, turn out well, succeed, prosper, accrue to (dat. or gen.) AV. &c. &c
- to become full or complete (as a number), amount to Br. ChUp. Hariv
- to fall together, meet or unite with, obtain, get into, partake of (instr. or acc.) Br. Mn. MBh. &c
- to enter into, be absorbed in (acc. or loc.) ChUp. BhP
- to be produced, be brought forth, be born, arise MBh. R
- to become, prove, turn into (nom.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to be conducive to, produce (dat.) Pañcat. Vārtt. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 13
- (with adv. in sāt) to become thoroughly Pāṇ. 5-4, 53
- to fall into a Person's, power ib. 54
- (with adv. in tra) to fall to a person's share ib. 55
- to produce a partic. sound (as that expressed by an onomatopoetic word in ā) Vop. vii, 88: Caus. -pādayati (rarely ○te), to cause to succeed, cause to arise, bring about, produce, effect, accomplish (with śuśrūṣām and gen., 'to obey') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to make full, complete ŚBr. BhP
- to transform, make or turn into (acc.) Kathās
- to provide or furnish with (instr
- with kriyayā, to charge or entrust a person with a business') ŚBr. MBh. [Page 1172, Column] SaddhP
- to afford to, procure for (dat. or gen.) AitBr. MBh. &c
- to attain, obtain, acquire AV. R. &c
- to ponder on, deliberate MBh
- to consent, agree Br. ChUp.: Desid. of Caus. -pipādayiṣati ( See sam-pipādayiṣā &c., col, 2): Intens. -panīpadyate, to fit well Sarvad
- sampac in comp. for sampad
- ○chanivārapūjā (-śan○), f
- ○chukravāra-pūjā (-śukr○), f. N. of wks
- sampat in comp. for sampad
- ○kumāra m. N. of a form of Vishṇu
- -prapatti f. maṅgalâśāsana n. -vijaya m. -stotra, n. N. of wks
- ○pradā f. 'bestowing fortune', N. of a form of Bhairavi Cat
- of a Buddhist deity W. (cf. Dharmas. 4)
- ○saṃtāna-candrikā f. N. of wk
- sam-patti f. prosperity, welfare, good fortune, success, accomplishment, fulfilment, turning out well (instr. = 'at random') Nir. R. &c
- concord, agreement ŚrS
- attainment, acquisition, enjoyment, possession AitBr. &c. &c
- becoming, turning into Śaṃk
- being, existing, existence Suśr. Hcat
- good state or condition, excellence MBh. Suśr
- plenty, abundance, affluence Kāv. Kathās. MārkP
- a sort of medicinal √W
- a partic. Kalā (q.v.) of Prakṛiti and wife of Īśāna Cat
- sam-ḍpattika (ifc.) = ○patti, good condition, excellence Kull
- sampád f. success, accomplishment, completion, fulfilment, perfection Yājñ. MBh. &c
- a condition or requisite of success &c. BhP
- concord, agreement, stipulation, bargain TS. ĀśvŚr
- equalization of similar things Śaṃk
- attainment, acquisition, possession, enjoyment, advantage, benefit, blessing VarBṛS. Sarvad. Pur
- turning into, growing, becoming Śaṃk
- being, existence (ifc.= 'possessed of') R. Kathās. BhP
- right condition or method, correctness RPrāt. MBh
- excellence, glory, splendour, beauty Mn. MBh. &c
- excess, abundance, high degree MBh. Kāv. &c
- fate, destiny Bhag. (also pl.)
- good fortune, prosperity, riches, wealth (personified = lakṣmī) ŚBr. ChUp. MBh. &c
- a kind of medicinal plant (= vṛddhi) L
- a necklace of pearls L
- -vara, v. l. for saṃyad-v○, Uṇ iii, 1 Sch
- vasu m. N. of one of the seven principal rays of the sun (supposed to supply heat to the planet Mars
- cf. saṃyad-v○) VP
- vipada n. (prob.) good and ill-luck Kāś. on Pāṇ. 5-4, 106
- -vinimaya m. an interchange of benefit or advantage MW
- sam-pada (for 2. See col. 2) = sam-panna furnished with (ifc.) Car
- sampadin m. N. of a grandson of Aśoka Buddh
- sam-panna mfn. fallen or turned out well, accomplished, effected, perfect, excellent (ifc. or with loc. = 'perfectly acquainted or conversant with') AV. &c. &c
- of perfect or correct flavour, palatable, dainty, ĀśvGṛ. MBh. R
- endowed or furnished with, possessed of (instr., adv. in -tas, or comp. also with transposition of the members
- below.) ŚBr. MBh. &c
- (ifc.) become, turned into R
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- (am), n. dainty food, a delicacy MBh. xiii, 4567
- -krama m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- -kskīrā f. giving good milk (superl. ○ra-tamā), Kāś. on Pāṇ. 2-3, 41
- -ṃ-kāram ind. making dainty, seasoning ib. iii 4, 26
- -tama mfn. most complete or perfect, AitAr
- -tara mfn. more or most dainty or delicate R
- -tā f. the being endowed with or possessed of (comp.) Daś
- -danta mfn. possessing teeth ĀśvGṛ
- -pānīya mfn. rich in water Pat. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 52
- -rūpa mfn. of perfect form, complete MW
- dainty, delicate ib
- sam-ḍpannaka mfn. = ○panna ib
- sam-pāda m. (in duḥ-s○, q.v.)
- sam-pādaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) procuring, bestowing Uttamac
- effecting, producing (-tva n.) Vās
- sam-pādana mf(ī)n. (fr. id.) procuring, bestowing MBh.'
- accomplishing, carrying out Vcar
- n. the act of procuring or bestowing Kathās. Sarvad
- bringing about, carrying out, accomplishing effecting, making Kāv. Pañcat. Kathās
- Putting in order, preparing Mn
- sam-ḍpādanīya mf(ā)n. to be procured, to be carried out or accomplished or effected Hit. Kull
- to be appeased (as a longing) Uttarar
- sam-pā́dam ind. making complete (in number) TBr
- sam-ḍpādayitṛ mfn. a procurer, accomplisher, Producer Kum. Sāh. Kull
- sam-pādita mfn. brought about, accomplished, fulfilled (-tva, n.) Śak
- sam-ḍpādin mfn. coinciding with, fit or suitable for (instr. or comp.) Nir. [Page 1172, Column]
- effecting, accomplishing, procuring Yājñ. Kathās. Sāy
- sam-ḍpādya mfn. to be brought about or accomplished (-tva, n.) MBh. Sarvad
- to be made complete (in number) TS
- sam-pipādayiṣā f. (fr. Desid.) the wish to bring about or accomplish Yogas. Sch
- the desire to make fit or appropriate Śaṃk
- sam-piḍpipādayiṣita mfn. wished to be completed (-tva, n.) Saṃk
- sam-pada n. (for 1. See col. 1) standing with the feet together or even (= samam pada-yugmam) L
- sam-para g. utkarâdi
- samparīya mfn. (fr. prec.) ib
- sam-parâya m. (fr. sam-parā. √5. i) decease, death Vas. BhP
- existence from eternity, Sāṇḍ
- conflict, war, battle Suparṇ. Daś
- calamity, adversity L
- futurity, future time L
- a son W
- sam-ḍparâyaka m. hostile encounter, war, battle L
- sam-parêta mfn. liable to die AitĀr
- deceased, dead BhP
- sam-pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake violently, agitate BhP
- sam-pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to enumerate fully VarBṛS
- sam-parikīrtita mfn. fully enumerated Suśr
- sam-pari-√kram P. Ā. -krāmati, -kramate, to go or walk round, visit in succession MBh. Pañcat
- sam-pari-√khyā P. -khyāti, to communicate completely, relate in full MBh
- sam-pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇati, -grihṇīts, to accept, receive R
- to receive in a friendly manner MBh
- to embrace MW
- to undertake, accomplish, perform MBh
- to take in or understand thoroughly KaṭhUp
- sam-parigraha m. receiving with kindness Ragh
- property MBh
- sam-pari-√car P. -carati, to attend on, serve BhP
- sam-paricintita mfn. (√cint) thought out, devised R
- sam-pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to feel quite satisfied or content MW.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, appease ib
- sam-paritoṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) fully satisfied, quite appeased ib
- sam-pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati, to abandon, desert, leave Hariv. R
- sam-parityakta mfn. abandoned, given up
- -jīvita mfn. (a battle) in which expectation of life is abandoned R
- sam-pari-√dah Pass. -dahyati, to be burnt or consumed by fire MBh
- sam-pari-pālana n. (√pāl) guarding, protecting R
- sam-pari-pūj √Caus. -pūjayati, to respect highly, revere MBh
- sam-pari-pūrṇa mfn. (√pṝ) quite filled, fully satisfied R
- perfected
- -vidya mfn. perfect in knowledge MBh
- sam-pari-pṛṣṭa mfn. (√prach) questioned, asked MBh
- sam-pari-prêpsu mfn. (Desid. √āp) lying in wait to seize (acc.) MBh
- sam-pari-√plu Ā. -plavate, to flow quite over, overflow ( See p.p.)
- sam-paripluta mf(ā)n. overflowed MBh
- overwhelmed (with misfortune), distressed ib
- sam-pari-√bhū P. -bhavati, to despise, contemn: Pass. -bhūyate, to be despised MBh.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to keep together, fix firmly together ib
- sam-pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. (fr. √bhraṃś) deprived of (abl.) MBh. [Page 1172, Column]
- sam-pari-mārgaṇa n. (√mārg) searching about for, search R
- sam-pari-√mud Ā. -modate, to rejoice or exult far and wide Hariv
- sam-pari-√rakṣ P. -rakṣati, to protect, defend R
- sam-pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate, to clasp or embrace together R
- to take well hold of MW
- sam-pari-vṛ √1. P. -vṛṇoti, -vṛṇute, to surround, encompass ( See below)
- Caus. -vārayati id. MBh. R
- sam-parivārita mf(ā)n. (fr. Caus.) surrounded, encompassed ib
- sam-parivṛta (R.) or (AV.), mfn. id
- sam-ḍpárīv○ (AV.), mfn. id
- sam-pari-√vṛj Caus. -varjayati, to shun, avoid MBh
- sam-pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to turn round, roll round (with acc.), revolve, roll (as the eyes
- with hṛdi or manasi, to turn over in the mind') MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- to exist MW
- to turn back, return R
- to turn back or desist from (abl.) BhP.: Caus. -vartayati, to lead round R
- to wring (the hands) Divyâv
- sam-parivarta m. moving to and fro, stirring, Dharniaśarm
- sam-parivṛtta mfn. turned round Suśr
- sam-pari-veṣṭita mfn. (fr. √veṣṭ) wound round Suśr
- sam-pari-śoṣaṇa n. drying or withering up R
- sam-pari-śrānta mfn. (√sram) exceedingly wearied or fatigued R
- sam-pari-√śri P. Ā. -śrayati, ○te, to cover over AitBr
- sam-pariśrita mfn. covered over ib
- sam-pari-ṣvañj (√svañj), P. Ā. -ṣvajati, te○, to clasp, embrace MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- sam-páriṣvakta mfn. closely embraced ŚBr. MBh
- sam-pari-√hṛ P.Ā. -harati, ○te, to cause to turn round or back MBh
- sam-pari-√hṛṣ Caus. -harṣayati, to make completely happy, delight MBh
- sam-parī7 (-pari- √5. i), P. -paryeti, to go round, circumambulate R
- to embrace, contain AV
- to deliberate, ponder, KaiṭhUp
- sam-parêta See col. 2
- sam-parka &c. See sam-√pṛc
- sam-pary-√āp (only ind. p. āpya), to take hold of together or simultaneously Kauś
- sam-pary-āsana n. (Caus. of √2. as) the act of upsetting (as of a carriage) VarBṛS
- sam-palây ( See palây
- only aor. -palâyiṣṭa), to run away together, escape Bhaṭṭ
- sam-pavana &c. See sam- √pū
- sam-√paś P. Ā. -paśyati, ○te (occurring only in present
- cf. saṃ-√dṛś), to see at the same time, survey (Ā. 'to look at each other', also= 'to be together') RV. TS. AV
- to see, behold, perceive, recognize (yasya sam-paśyataḥ, 'before whose eyes') Mn. MBh. &c
- to look at, inspect, review ib
- to see, i.e. admit into one's presence, receive MBh. R
- to look upon as, regard as, (two acc.) MBh
- to attend to, ponder, consider Mn. MBh. &c
- to count over or up, calculate, recapitulate TS. ŚBr
- sam-pā √1. P. Ā. -pibati, ○te, to drink together RV. AV. Br. ŚāṅkhGṛ.: Caus. -pāyayati, to cause to drink together, make to drink BhP
- sam-pā f. drinking together TS. ŚBr
- (with vasiṣṭhasya) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- sam-pibá mfn. swallowing down AV. [Page 1173, Column]
- sam-pīti f. drinking in company, compotation Pāṇ. 3-3, 95 Sch
- sam-pāka &c. See sam-√pac
- sam-pāṭa m. (= pāṭa) the intersection of the prolonged side of a triangle by a perpendicular Col
- a spindle L
- sam-pāta ○ti &c. See sam-√pat
- sam-pāda ○daka &c. See sam-√pad
- sam-pāra ○raṇa &c. See sam- √1. pṛ
- sam-√pāl P. -pālayati, to protect, guard MBh. MārkP.: to keep (a promise) MBh
- sam-pālita mfn. got over, overcome MBh
- sam-√piṇḍ P. -piṇḍayati, to heap together, accumulate MBh
- sam-piṇḍita mfn. heaped together, drawn or brought together into one mass R. Kathās
- ○tâṅguli mfn. having the fingers clenched or closed L
- sam-pidhāna n. covering, a cover ([=AcchAdana]) L
- sam-√piṣ P. -pinaṣṭi, to grind or rub together, pound or crush to pieces, shatter, destroy, kill RV. &c. &c
- sam-piṣṭá mfn. crushed or broken to pieces, pounded, bruised, shattered, destroyed MBh. R
- sam-peṣa m. g. saṃtāpâdi (cf. sāmpeṣika)
- sam-ḍpeṣaṇa n. the act of grinding together, pounding MW
- sam-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to compress, press or squeeze together, torment, harass, force (ind. p. -pīḍya = 'by pressure or force', 'forcibly') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to reckon up, calculate together Sūryas. Kull
- (in astron.) to obscure, eclipse (cf. below)
- sam-pīḍa m. pressing or squeezing together, pressure Kir
- (ā), f. pain, torture Gobh. Mn. Hariv
- sam-ḍpīḍana n. compression, pressing, squeezing (also as a partic. fault in pronunciation) MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ḍpīḍita mfn. pressed together, squeezed &c
- obscured, eclipsed VarBṛS
- thoroughly filled with, Karaṇḍ
- sam-pīti See above
- sam-puñja m. a heap, multitude Subh
- sam-puṭa m. (ifc. f. ā
- cf. puṭa) a hemispherical bowl or anything so shaped Kāv. Suśr. Hcat
- the space between two bowls Bhpr
- a round covered case or box or casket (for jewellery &c.) Nīlak
- a hemisphere Gol
- the Kurabaka flower L
- a kind of coitus L
- credit, balance (○ṭe-√likh with gen., 'to write down to the credit of') Kathās
- N. of wk. Buddh
- = eka-jātīyôbhayamadhya-vartin Tantras
- sam-puṭaka m. (prob.) a wrapper, envelope Hcat
- a round case or box or casket L
- a kind of coitus L
- (ikā), f. a box filled with ornaments Pañcat
- sampuṭī in comp. for sam-puṭa
- ○karaṇa n. the furnishing with a cover or lid Saṃk. -√kṛ P. -karoti, to furnish with a cover, cover up Hcat. AgP
- sam-√puth Caus. -pothayati, to crush down, destroy MBh. Hariv
- sam-√puṣ P. -puṣṇāti, to become thoroughly nourished, increase, grow Bhartṛ
- sam-puṣka mfn. = akṣata, unground (perhaps wṛ. for saṃ-śuṣka) ĀpGṛ
- sam-puṣṭi f. perfect prosperity ŚrS
- sam-poṣya mfn. to be well nourished or supported MW
- sam-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, -punīte, to cleanse thoroughly, purify RV. ĀśvGṛ.: Caus. -pāvayati, to make thoroughly clean, cleanse, purify ŚBr
- sam-pavana n. perfect purification Gṛihyās
- sam-pāvana n. (fr. Caus.) id. KātyŚr
- sam-pūyana n. the being thoroughly purified, complete purification Gṛihyās
- sam-pūj Caus. -pūjayati, to salute deferentially, honour greatly, revere Mn. MBh. &c. [Page 1173, Column]
- to present respectfully with (instr.) Hit
- to praise, commend MBh
- sam-pūjaka mfn. honouring, revering Car
- sam-pūjana n. the act of treating with great respect Mn. iii, 137
- sam-pūjā f. honouring, reverence, esteem MBh
- sam-ḍpūjanīya or mfn. to be highly honoured or valued or respectcd W
- sam-ḍpūjayitavya mfn. to be highly honoured or valued or respectcd W
- sam-ḍpūjita mfn. greatly honoured &c
- m. N. of a Budda Lalit
- sam-ḍpūjya mfn. to be greatly honoured or respected Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-pūrva mfn. preceded by or compounded with sam MW
- sam-pṛ Caus. -pārayati√1. to bring or convey over to the further side, bring to an end, accomplish, perform Br. ŚrS
- sam-pāra m. N. of a king (son of Samara and brother of Pāra) VP
- sam-ḍpā́raṇa mfn. conveying to the further side, leading to a goal, furthering, promoting (any useful object) RV. ŚBr
- (am), n. accomplishment, fulfilment MaitrS
- sam-ḍpārin mfn. conveying across (as a boat or ship) AitBr
- sam-√pṛc P. Ā. -pṛṇakti, -pṛṅkte (Ved. also Impv. -pipṛgdhi
- Pot. -pipṛcyāt
- inf. -pṛ́caḥ), to mix together, commingle, bring into contact, connect, unite (Ā. and Pass., 'to be mixed &c.'
- 'to be in contact or connected or united') RV. &c. &c
- to fill up, fill or satiate or endow or present with (instr
- Ā. and Pass., 'to be filled or presented with') RV. AV. TBr
- sam-parka m. (ifc. f. ā) mixing together, mixture, commingling, conjunction, union, association, touch, contact between (comp.) or with (instr. with or without saha gen., or comp.) MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
- bodily contact, sexual intercourse with (comp.) Kull
- addition, sum Āryabh
- sam-ḍparkin mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142) mixed, blended W
- connected or united with Bhaṭṭ. Bālar
- sam-ḍparkīya mfn. relating to contact or connection, liable to come in contact W
- sam-parcana n. (used to explain √kuc and ric) Dhātup
- sám-pṛkta mfn. mixed together, blended, combined, connected, come into contact with (instr., loc., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- filled with TBr
- interspersed, inlaid W
- -tva n. the being connected or united, junction, union Vām. iii, 1, 14
- sam-pṛ́c mfn. being in or coming into contact VS
- sam-pṛccham sam-pṛcche, See sam-√prach, p. 1174, col. 1
- sam-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to be completely filled, become quite full ŚBr.: Caus. pūrayati to fill completely, make full Pañcat. Kathās
- to complete (a number) Lāṭy
- to fill (with noise) MBh
- to fulfil (a desire) Kathās
- sam-pūraka mfn. filling completely, cramming or stuffing (as the stomach) Car
- sam-ḍpūraṇa n. filling the stomach, eating one's fill (also 'nourishing food') ib
- sam-ḍpūraṇīya mfn. to be made complete (as a number) Hcat
- sam-ḍpūrita mfn. filled quite full, filled with Pañcat
- sam-pūrṇa mfn. completely filled or full (also said of the moon), full of, completely endowed or furnished with (instr., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- complete (also in number), whole, entire Mn. MBh. &c
- abundant, excessive Bhartṛ
- possessed of plenty ŚārṅgP
- fulfilled, accomplished, Mṛicch Śak
- m. (in music) a scale which comprehends all the notes of the gamut W
- one of the four wagtails employed for augury VarBṛS. xl, 2
- (ā), f. a partic. Ekādaśī (q.v.)
- n. ether, the ethereal element or atmosphere W
- -kāma mfn. filled with desire Kum
- -kālīna mfn. occurring at the full or right time Kull
- -kumbha m. a full jar Subh
- -tara mfn. more filled, very full R
- -tā f. complete fulness, perfection, completeness Rājat. (also -tva W.)
- a full measure (-yukta mfn. possessing abundance or one's fill') Pañcat
- -puccha mfn. spreading the tail (as a peacock) Mṛicch
- -puṇya-mahiman mfn. one whose greatness is acquired by abundant meritorious acts Rājat
- -phala-bhāj mfn. obtaining a full reward Mn. i, 1C9
- -mūrchā f. a partic. mode of fighting MBh
- -lakṣaṇa mf(ā)n. complete in number Kathās
- -vidya mfn. replete with knowledge MW
- -vrata n. a partic. observance Cat. [Page 1173, Column]
- -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- -spṛha mfn. one whose desire is fulfilled (-tā f.) Sāh
- ○ṇâṅga mfn. complete in limbs or parts, entire Mudr
- sam-pūrti f. fulfilment, completion Sāy. Naish
- sam-pṛṇa mfn. filling up, filling ŚāṅkhŚr
- sam-peṣa ○ṣaṇa, See sam-√piṣ
- sam-pra-√kamp Ā. -kampate, to tremble or be greatly agitated, shiver Kāṭh.: Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, agitate R
- sam-pra-√kās Ā. -kāśate, to become manifest, be visible, appear
- to shine, glitter MBh. R.: Caus. -kāśayati, to illuminate, make manifest, discover Lalit
- sam-prakāśa m. bright appearance Bhaṭṭ
- sam-ḍprakāśaka mfn. manifesting, announcing, directing Lalit
- sam-ḍprakāśana n. manifestation, discovering Kām
- tā f. the taking place of a manifestation Buddh
- sam-ḍprakāśita mfn. made manifest, displayed MBh
- sam-ḍprakāśya mfn. to be manifested or displayed Pañcat
- sam-pra-kīrṇa mfn. (√kṝ) mixed, mingled (a-s○) ŚāṅkhŚr
- sam-prakīrtita mf(ā)n. mentioned MBh
- designated, called Bhag. Pañcat. Suśr
- sam-pra-√kṛ P. Ā. -karoti, -kurute, to produce or effect together Car
- to perform, begin MBh
- to effect, render, cause anything to become (with two acc.) R
- sam-pra-kṛṣ P. -karṣati, to drag along with MBh
- sam-pra-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati, to install MBh
- to regulate, appoint, settle Kāty
- sam-prakalpita mfn. (fr. Caus.) installed, disposed, settled MBh
- sam-prakḷpta mfn. prepared, arranged Bhaṭṭ
- well provided with MW
- sam-pra-√kram Ā. -kramate, to proceed to do or set about anything, to begin (with acc. or inf.) MBh. R
- sam-pra-√kliś P. -kliśnāti, to crush or press together, knead, squeeze ĀpŚr
- sam-pra-kṣāla mfn. (√2. kṣal) performing the prescribed ablutions MBh
- m. a kind of hermit or holy man R
- sam-prakṣālana n. the act of washing entirely away, destruction (of the world) by inundation ib
- complete ablution, purification by water MW
- bathing ib
- (ī), f. (scil. vṛtti) a partic. kind of livelihood Baudh
- sam-pra-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw or hurl at, cast MBh
- sam-pra-√kṣubh P. Ā. -kṣubhyati, -kṣobhate, to be shaken or agitated, become confused R
- sam-prakṣubhita mfn. shaken, tossed about
- -mānasa mfn. agitated or confused or perplexed in mind R
- sam-pra-√kṣai Caus. -kṣāpayati, to extinguish TS
- sam-prakhyāna n. Mahāvy
- sam-pra-garjita n. (√garj) loud roaring Buddh
- sam-pra-√gāh Ā. -gāhate, to dive or plunge into, enter (acc.) MBh
- sam-pra-gṝ √1. P. -gṛṇāti, to name AitBr
- to recite or celebrate together MW
- sam-pra-√gai P. -gāyati, to begin to sing, sing, pronounce by singing Lāṭy. MBh
- sam-pra-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -gṛhṇīte, to hold forth or stretch forth together ŚBr
- to seize or take hold of together ib
- to take hold of MBh. VarBṛS
- to accept, receive (with vacanam, 'to receive any one's words well or kindly') ib. Yājñ
- sam-pra-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub into or on Suśr. [Page 1174, Column]
- sam-pra-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe, to explain, expound ib
- to suppose, assume BhP
- sam-pra-√car P. -carati, to advance, begin to move R
- to go on, be carried on, take place MBh. BhP.: Caus. -cārayati, to dismiss Hcat
- sam-pra-ci √1. P.Ā. -cinoti, -cinute, to gather, increase MBh
- sam-pra-√cud Caus. -codayati, to urge on or impel quickly, set in rapid motion, incite, drive on
- to promote, encourage MW
- sam-pracodita mf(ā)n. urged on, impelled, incited MBh
- required R
- sam-pra-cchid (√chid), P. Ā. -cchinatti, -cchintte, to cut or split to pieces, cut through Hariv
- sam-pra-√cyu Caus. -cyāvayati, to cause to proceed or come forth from different directions, bring together TS
- sam-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (Ved. inf. -pṛccham and pṛ́cche), to ask, question about (with two acc.), inquire into the future MBh. Hariv. BhP. VarBṛ
- (Ā.) to make inquiries, consult about, salute or greet one another RV
- sam-pṛṣṭa mfn. asked, interrogated, inquired about MBh. R. BhP. Śukas
- sam-praśná m. asking, inquiring about (comp.), inquiry, question (○praśno' tra na vidyate, 'there is here no question, it is a matter of course') RV. MBh. Kāv. &c
- courteous inquiry MW
- a refuge, asylum (Ved.) ib
- sam-praṣṭavya mfn. to be inquired MBh
- sam-pra-√jan Ā. -jāyate, to be produced, spring up, arise from (abl.) R. Pañcat
- to exist, be existent Pañcat
- to be born again MBh
- sam-prajāta mfn. produced, arisen MW
- (ā), f. (a cow) which has calved Gobh
- sam-pra-jñā √P. Ā. -jānati, -janīte, to distinguish, discern, recognize, know accurately or perfectly MBh. Hariv
- sam-prajanya (?), n. full consciousness Divyâv
- sam-ḍprajāna (?), id. L
- sam-prajñāta mfn. distinguished, discerned, known accurately Yogas
- -yogin m. a Yogin who is still in a state of consciousness KapS. Sch
- ○tâvasthā f. the above state ib
- sam-pra-√jval P. -jvalati, to flame or blaze up, catch fire MBh. Hariv. R.: Caus. -jvālayati, to light up, kindle MBh
- sam-prajvalita mfn. flaming, blazing ib
- lighted, kindled MW
- sam-pra-ṇad (√nad), P. Ā. -ṇadati, ○te, to cry out, cry R.: Caus., See -ṇādita
- sam-praṇāda m. sound, noise Hariv
- sam-ḍpraṇādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made to resound R
- sam-pra-ṇam (√nam), P. -ṇamati, to bow down or bend one's self before (acc.) ib
- sam-pra-ṇardita mfn. (√nard) roared out, bellowed W
- sam-pra-ṇaś (√2. nas), P. -ṇasyati, to be lost, vanish, disappear MBh
- sam-pranaṣṭa mfn. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 36) vanished, disappeared ib
- sam-pra-ṇi-√dhā P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, to leave behind in (loc.) MBh
- to put aside, disregard ib
- sam-pra-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to bring together, collect, raise (taxes) MBh
- to compose ib
- (with daṇḍam) to apply the rod, inflict punishment on (loc.) Mn. vii, 16
- sam-praṇīta mfn. brought together MBh
- composed (as poetry) ib
- sam-praṇetṛ m. a leader, chief (of an army) MBh
- a ruler, judge W
- (with daṇḍasya) 'applier of the rod', in inflicter of punishment Mn. vii, 26
- a maintainer, sustainer MBh
- sam-pra-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. nudati, ○te, to drive or press forward, urge on, remove or move away from (abl.) MBh
- sam-praṇudita mfn. driven or urged on ib. [Page 1174, Column]
- sam-pra-√tap Caus. -tāpayati, to warm TBr. Sch
- sam-pratapta mfn. excessively heated MW
- greatly pained, tortured ib
- suffering pain, distressed Suśr. Kam
- sam-prataḍpratāpana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of heating Suśr
- inflicting great pain, afflicting W
- N. of a hell Mn. Yājñ. Vishṇ
- sam-pra-√tark P. -tarkayati, to form a clear conclusion or conjecture MW
- to consider as, think, regard (with two acc.) Hariv
- sam-pratardana mfn. (prob.) cleaving, piercing (v. l. ○pramardana) MBh
- sam-pratí ind. directly over, against or opposite, close in front of (acc.) ŚBr. PārGṛ
- rightly, in the right way, at the right time Br. ChUp
- exactly, just TS. ŚBr. ChUp
- now, at this moment, at present Kāv. RāmatUp. VarBṛS. &c
- (with impf.) immediately, at once Kathās
- ○vid mfn. knowing (only) the present (not what is beyond), having only common sense KaushUp
- sam-prati m. N. of the 24th Arhat of the past Utsarpiṇī L
- of a son of Kuṇāla HPariś
- sam-prati-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, -grihṇīte, to receive hospitably, welcome MBh
- sam-pratigraha m. kind reception, predilection for Jātakam
- sam-prati-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, -janīte, to promise MBh
- sam-pratijñāta mfn. promised ib
- sam-prati-√nand P. -nandati, to greet or welcome gladly ( See next)
- sam-pratinandita mfn. greeted joyfully, welcomed MBh
- sam-prati-√pad Ā. -padyate, to go towards together, go near to, approach, arrive at (acc.) Gaut. Suśr
- to addict one's self to, indulge in (acc.) Pañcat
- to attain to, obtain, recover R. Hariv
- to be fully agreed about, agree upon, assent to (acc. or loc.) MBh. R
- to consider, regard as (two acc.) Kum
- to come to pass, arise MW
- to bring about, perform, accomplish MBh.: Caus. -pādayati, to cause to come to or receive, bestow, grant, give over to (gen. or loc.) MBh. BhP
- sam-pratipatti f. going towards, approach, arrival, attaining to, obtaining, acquirement MBh
- correct conception, right understanding Kaṇ. Pat. MBh. &c
- presence of mind ( See comp.)
- agreement, concurrence, acknowledgement, admission, assent, affirmation MBh. Kāv. &c
- going against, assault W
- (in law) a partic. kind of reply or defence, confession or admission of a fact (cf. pratyavaskanda), Bṛihasp
- co-operation W
- bringing about, performing, effecting ib
- -mat mfn. having presence of mind MBh
- sam-pratipanna mfn. gone near, come up to, approached, attained, arrived MBh. Kāv. &c
- agreed upon or assented to, acknowledged, recognized Yājñ. Sch. Kull
- brought about, performed W
- sam-pratipādana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of causing to receive, delivering or giving over to, granting Kām
- appointing to (loc.) MBh
- sam-pratipādita mfn. (fr. id.) delivered over, bestowed, given BhP
- sam-prati-√pāl (only Pass. -pālyate), to expect, wait for Hariv
- sam-prati-√pūj (only ind. p. -pūjya), to honour greatly, revere, respect R
- sam-pratipūjā f. great respect or reverence Pat. on Pāṇ. 5-3, 99
- sam-pratiḍpūjita mfn. greatly honoured, much respected MBh
- sam-prati-prâṇa m. the chief breath AitĀr
- sam-prati-√budh Caus. -bodhayati, to rouse up or awaken thoroughly MBh
- sam-prati-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine out fully, appear, seem MBh
- to appear clearly, be fully understood ib. [Page 1174, Column]
- sam-prati-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak in return, answer MBh
- sam-pratibhāsa m. perception which tends to combine or unite, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
- sam-prati-mukta mfn. (√muc) firmly or completely bound, fastened BhP
- sam-pratirodkaka m. complete restraint, confinement, imprisonment, obstruction Yājñ
- sam-prati-√lakṣ Pass. -lakṣyate, to be seen or perceived clearly MBh
- sam-prati-vid Caus. -vedayati√1. to cause to be fully known, announce, report, relate MBh
- sam-prati-vedhakī or ○dhikī f. (√vyadh) opening, disclosing Divyâv
- sam-prati-√śru (only ind. p. -śrutya), to listen attentively to, assent, promise BhP.: Caus. -śrāvayati, to make to promise or repeat a promise, remind of a promise R
- sam-prati-ṣidh (√2. sidh), P. -ṣedhati, to ward off, keep at a distance MBh
- sam-prati-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. -tiṣṭhati, to stand firmly on, rely on (loc.) MBh.: Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to enclose, confine (as cows) MBh
- to concentrate in (loc.) ChUp
- to make firm, establish MBh
- to found, introduce BhP
- sam-pratiṣṭhā f. perseverance BhP
- permanence, continuance (as opp. to, 'beginning' or 'end') Bhag
- high rank or position MBh
- sam-ḍpratiṣṭhāna n. a means for supporting (the frame) or keeping one's self upright Car
- sam-ḍpratiṣṭhita mfn. standing or resting firmly on (loc.), established, fixed, settled Up. MBh
- lasting, existing, being Cat
- sam-pratisaṃcara m. re-absorption or resolution (brāhmaḥsam-pratisaṃcara, 're-absorption into Brahma') MBh
- sam-prati-√han Pass. -hanyate, to hurt one's self, strike (instr.) against Car
- sam-pratī (-prati- √5. i), P. -pratyeti, to go towards, arrive at, come to a firm conviction, believe firmly in, trust in (gen.) R. Bhaṭṭ
- Pass. -pratī7yate, to be meant or understood Pat.: Caus. -pratyāyayati, to cause to be meant or understood by ib
- sam-pratī7ta mfn. come back again, returned BhP
- firmly believing in, fully convinced of MBh
- firmly resolved ib
- thoroughly ascertained or admitted, well known, renowned ib
- respectful, compliant MW
- sam-pratī7ti f. complete belief or trust, full knowledge, notoriety, fame Kir
- respect for, compliance MW
- sam-pratyaya m. assent, agreement ( yathā-s○)
- firm conviction, perfect trust or faith or belief. MBh. Kāv. &c
- right conception Pat. KātyŚr. Sch
- notion, idea VarBṛS
- sam-ḍpratyāyaka mf(ikā)n. (fr. Caus.) causing any one to mean anything (gen.) by (-tva n.) Pat
- sam-pratī7kṣ (-prati- √īkṣ), Ā. -pratī7kṣate (ind. p. -pratī7kṣya, q.v.), to look out for, wait for, await, expect MBh
- sam-pratī7kṣa mfn. expecting (ifc.) Śiś
- sam-ḍpratī7kṣā f. expectation W. 1
- sam-ḍpratī7kṣya mfn. to be expected Yājñ. 2
- sam-ḍpratī7kṣya ind. while waiting for, i.e. a long time MBh
- sam-pratīṣ (-prati- √3. iṣ), P. -pratī7cchati, to wish together with, assent to, agree, promise MW
- sam-pra-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati, to be or become quite satisfied, be contented MBh
- sam-pra-√tṝ P. -tarati, to cross over (acc.) Naish
- sam-pratolī f. = pratolī (q.v.) MBh
- sam-pratti See sam-pra- √1. dā
- sam-pratyaya See sam-prati. [Page 1175, Column]
- sam-praty-avêkṣaṇatā f. (√īkṣ) complete perception or comprehension
- sam-praty-ā-gata mfn. (√gam) come back, returned MBh
- sam-prathā (prob.) wṛ. for suprathāh, Rajat
- sam-prathita mfn. (√prath) universally known or celebrated MBh
- sam-pra-√dah P. -dahati, to burn quite up, consume, destroy MBh
- sam-pra-dā √1. P.Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (ind. p. -dāyam), to give completely up or deliver wholly over, surrender, give (also in marriage) PañcavBr. MBh. &c
- to transmit, hand down by tradition, impart, teach MBh. KātyŚr. Sch. Cat
- to grant, bestow MBh.: Caus. -dāpayati, to cause to give over or transmit R.: Desid, -ditsati, to wish to give over Nir
- sam-prátti f. (for sam-pradatti) giving entirely up, delivering over ŚBr
- -karman n. the act of delivering over KaushUp. Sch
- sam-prada mfn. giving, liberal Hcat
- sam-ḍpradatta mfn. given over, imparted, transmitted, handed down MBh
- given in marriage (in a-s○) Hariv
- sam-ḍpradātavya mfn. to be given or delivered over or transmitted MBh
- to be handed down ib
- to give, administer (medicine) Car
- sam-ḍpradātṛ m. one who gives or delivers over Mn. ix, 186
- sam-pradāna n. the act of giving or handing over completely, presenting, bestowing (also in marriage) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- handing down by tradition, imparting, teaching VPrāt. Gaut
- granting, allowing R
- a gift, present, donation KaushUp. MBh. &c
- (in gram.) one of the six Kārakas, the idea expressed by the dative case, the recipient to which the agent causes anything so be given ( See 1. kāraka) Pāṇ. 1-4, 32 ; 44 &c
- sam-ḍpradanīya mfn. to be given or delivered over Pañcat
- relating to the tradition (of any doctrine) Suśr
- sam-pradāya m. a bestower, presenter ŚārṅgP
- tradition, established doctrine transmitted from one teacher to another, traditional belief or usage GṛŚrS. &c. &c
- any peculiar or sectarian system of religious teaching, sect RTL. 61 ; 62
- -candrikā f. N. of wk
- -tas ind. according to tradition MW
- -nirūpaṇa n. -paddhati f. -pariśuddhi f. -prakāśinī, f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpa-paddhati f. N. of wks
- -pradyotaka m. a revealer of the tradition of the Veda, Kusum
- -prâpta mfn. obtained through tradition MW
- -vigama m. want or loss of tradition Śiś
- -vid m. one versed in traditional doctrines or usages Sāy
- sam-pradāyin mfn. bringing about, causing, effecting VarBṛS
- m. 'having a tradition', a holder of any traditional doctrine, a member of a sect (e.g Vaishṇavas are sometimes called Śrī-sampradātyins) W
- sam-pra-√diś P. -diśati, to point out or indicate fully, appoint, designate MBh. BhP
- sam-pradiṣṭa mfn. clearly pointed out, indicated, designated MBh. VarBṛS
- known as, called (nom.) MBh
- sam-pra-√dīp Caus. -dīpayati, to set fire to, inflame, kindle MBh
- sam-pradīpta mfn. blazing or flaming up, shining very brightly, brilliant ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv
- sam-praduta (?), m. N. of a man Buddh
- sam-pra-√duṣ P. -duṣyati, to become thoroughly bad, deteriorate MBh. Suśr
- sam-praduṣṭa mfn. wholly corrupted or polluted VarBṛS
- sam-pradūṣaṇa n. utter deterioration, corruption Car
- sam-pra-√dṛś (cf. sam-pra√paś), Pass. -dṛśyate (○ti), to be clearly seen or observed, appear MBh. R. Hariv.: Caus. -darśayati, to cause to see, show, indicate, declare (ātmānam mṛta-vat, 'to feign one's self dead') ib. &c
- sam-pradarśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) clearly shown, exhibited, manifested, declared MBh. [Page 1175, Column]
- sam-pra-√dru P. -dravati, to run away together, run quite off, escape MBh. BhP
- sam-pradruta mfn. run away, escaped MBh
- sam-pra-dhāna n. (√1. dhā) consideration, ascertainment W
- sam-pra-dhāv √1. to run quite away, hurry off, escape MBh
- to hasten towards, be attracted BhP
- sam-pra-√dhṛ Caus. -dhārayati, to direct towards, deliver over to (dat.) MBh
- (with buddhim) to fix the mind or thoughts steadily upon (loc.), determine, resolve, settle, decide ib. Śiś
- (with or without buddhyā, manasā, or hṛdaye) to ponder, reflect, consider, deliberate or think about (acc.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -dhāryate, to be fixed upon or determined MBh
- sam-pradhāraṇa n. (and ā f.) determinatinn, deliberation, deciding on the propriety or impropriety of anything Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
- sam-ḍpradhārita mfn. fixed or determined upon, deliberated about MW
- sam-ḍpradhārya mfn. to be considered or deliberated about R
- sam-pra-√dhṛṣ Caus. -dharṣayati, to offer violence to, outrage, insult, violate, hurt MBh
- sam-pra-nṛtta mfn. (√nṛt) beginning to dance or move about MBh
- sam-pra-√pac Pass. -pacyate, to become quite ripe or mature, come to a head (as a boil &c.) Suśr
- sam-pra-√pad Ā. -padyate (in some forms also P.), to go towards or enter together, approach, enter (acc.) AitBr. BhP
- to set out (on a journey, acc.) Hariv
- to betake one's self or have recourse to (acc.) MBh. Hariv. BhP
- to succeed, be accomplished Pañcat
- to become, be turned into (-sāt) Bhaṭṭ
- to set about, begin MW
- sam-prapanna mfn. gone together towards, entered &c
- one who has recourse to (acc.) MBh
- (ifc.) endowed or filled with Caurap
- sam-prapada n. pl. standing on tiptoe Yājñ. iii, 51 (cf. Mn. vi, 21)
- sam-pra-√pīḍ Caus. -pīḍayati, to press well together Car
- sam-prapīḍita mfn. greatly afflicted or harassed MBh
- sam-prapuṣpita mfn. richly furnished with blossoms or flowers R
- sam-pra-√pūj Caus. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, revere Hariv
- sam-pra-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to press or drive back, repel, resist MBh
- to oppress, pain, torment R
- sam-pra-√budh Ā. -budhyate, to awake, i.e. begin to take effect (as a spell or incantation) Cat.: Caus. -bodhayati, to rouse up, awaken ŚBr
- sam-prabuddha mfn. roused up, awakened MBh
- sam-ḍprabodhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) convinced, persuaded Hariv
- consulted or deliberated about ib
- sam-pra-bhagna mfn. (√1. bhañj) entirely broken, broken up, dispersed, routed (as an army) MBh.: R
- sam-prabhava m. coming forth, rising, appearance (only ifc.) VarBṛS
- sam-pra-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine forth clearly, be conspicuous, appear MBh
- sam-pra-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (ep. also ○ti), to speak to, accost, address (acc.) MBh
- to speak, say, proclaim, recite, repeat ib. Hariv
- sam-pra-bhinna mfn. (√bhid) split quite asunder, split open, cleft (said of an elephant whose temples are cleft during the rutting season
- cf. mada) MBh
- sam-pra-matta mfn. (√mad) very excited (said of an elephant in rut) Hariv
- very careless, thoughtless, neglectful MBh. [Page 1175, Column]
- very fond of (inf.) ib. viii, 3509 (B. sam-pra-vṛtta)
- sam-pra-√math (or manth), P. -mathati, -manthati, or -mathnāti (ind. p. -mathya, q.v.), to stir about or agitate violently, violate, outrage, oppress, harass, annoy MBh
- to tear out (the eyes) R
- sam-pramathya ind. violently, by force R
- sam-pramardana See sam-pra. √mṛd below
- sam-pramāda See a-s○
- sam-pramāpaṇa n. (fr. sam + 2. pr○) killing, slaughter Yājñ. Sch
- sam-pra-mārga m. (√mṛj) purification Gobh. Sch
- sam-pramukhita mfn. ( See pramukha) placed at the head, foremost, first, chief. Lalit
- sam-pra-√muc P. Ā. -muñcati, ○te (ind. p. -mucya, q.v.), to loosen entirely, set quite free, deliberate ŚāṅkhBr.: Pass. -mucyate, to free one's self from, get rid of (abl.) GopBr
- sam-pramukti f. letting loose (cattle) Kāṭh
- sam-pramucya ind. having abandoned or quitted, being quite free from (abl.) ŚBr
- sam-pra-muṣita mfn. (√muṣ) carried quite away, abstracted, distracted L
- sam-pramoṣa m. carrying off, abstraction, loss (= nāśa) BhP
- sam-pra-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te to become completely stupefied or embarrassed, be perplexed or unconscious MBh
- to be obscured or darkened R.: Caus. -mohayati, to completely perplex, confuse, embarrass MBh
- sam-pramugdha mfn. completely confused
- -tva n. confusion, perturbation Pat
- sam-pramūḍha mfn. utterly bewildered or confused, perplexed, embarrassed MBh
- sam-pramoha m. utter bewilderment, embarrassment, infatuation MBh
- sam-pra-√mṛd (only ind. p. -mṛdya), to trample or crush to pieces, destroy MBh
- sam-pramardana mfn. crushing down, destroying ib
- sam-prameha m. morbid flow of urine Car
- sam-pra-√mokṣ P. Ā. -mokṣayati, ○te, to make free, clear away (Ā. 'to clear a way for one's self') MBh
- sam-pramoda m. excessive joy or delight MBh
- sam-pra-√yat Ā. -yatate, to strive eagerly for, exert one's self about, be intent upon (dat.) Kām
- sam-pra-√yam P. Ā. -yacchati, ○te, to offer or present or bestow together (Ā. also, 'mutually'), give or present to (dat., gen., accord. to Pāṇ. 1-3, 55 also instr.) RV. &c. &c
- to give in marriage MBh
- to give back, restore R
- sam-pra-√yā P. yāti, to proceed or set off together, to advance towards, go to (acc. with or without prati) ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- to move, revolve (as the heavenly bodies) Sūryas
- to go (together) to any state or condition (acc. ) VarBṛS
- sam-prayāṇa n. proceeding together towards, setting out, departure MBh. BhP
- sam-ḍprayāta mfn. gone forth together &c
- proceeding with, i.e. making use of. employing (instr.) MBh
- sam-pra-√yāc Ā. -yācate, to ask for together, solicit, beg, request (two acc.) MBh
- sam-prayāsa m. great exertion, effort, exhaustion BhP
- sam-pra-√yuj P. Ā. -yunakti, -ynṅkte, to yoke or join together, yoke, harness MBh. R
- to employ, make use of BhP
- to perform, execute (a song) L
- to instigate, incite, induce to (instr.) R.: Pass. -yujyate, to be joined or connected with (instr.), be added or attached Nir. Hariv. &c
- to be united sexually Rājat
- to be implicated in (instr.) Yājñ.: Caus. -yojayati, to join together, connect with (instr.) MBh. Sāh. [Page 1176, Column]
- to equip, prepare Hariv
- sam-prayukta mfn. yoked or joined together, yoked, harnessed &c
- united or connected or furnished or endowed with (instr. or comp.) RPrāt. MBh. &c
- come into contact or having intercourse with (instr.) Mn. xi, 179
- sexually united MW
- encountering in a hostile manner MBh
- engaged in or occupied with (comp.) Kām
- concentrated, wholly intent on one object MBh
- bound to, dependent on (loc.) ib
- urged, impelled, incited ib
- sam-prayuktaka mfn. co-operative L
- sam-prayuj mfn. surrounded or encompassed by (comp.) Śiś
- sam-prayoktavya mfn. to be used or employed Sāh
- sam-ḍprayoga m. (ifc. f. ā) joining together, attaching, fastening Mṛicch
- conjunction, union, connection, contact with (instr. with and without saha, or comp.) Āpast. MBh. &c. (cf MWB. 44)
- matrimonial or sexual union with (comp.) MBh. VarBṛS
- (in astron.) conjunction (of the moon and the lunar mansions) VarBṛS
- mutual proportion, connected series or arrangement W
- application, employment Cat
- spell L
- mfn. = arthita L
- sam-ḍprayogikā f. N. of wk
- sam-ḍprayogin mfn. addicted to sexual intercourse, wanton = kāmuka L
- = su-prayoga L
- sam-prayojita mfn. (fr. Caus.) joined together, connected Sāh
- produced, brought forward MBh
- enployed, used MW
- well suited for anything, adapted, suitable ib
- sam-ḍprayojya mfn. to be executed or performed Bhar
- sam-pra-√yudh Ā. -yudhyate, to begin to fight together, commence a war or battle, fight R. Hariv
- sam-prayuddha mfn. engaged in war, fighting MBh. Hariv
- sam-pra√ruc Ā. -rocate to appear very bright or beautiful, appear good or right, please MBh
- sam-pra-rudh √2. Pass. -rudhyate, to be completely debarred from, be deprived of (vḷ. sam-ava-r○) Hariv
- sam-pra-ruṣṭa mfn. (√ruṣ) greatly enraged or irritated, furious MBh
- sam-pralāpa m. talk, chatter Sāh
- sam-pra-√lī Ā. -līyate, to be completely dissolved in (loc.), become absorbed, disappear, vanish MBh. BhP
- sam-pralīna mfn. wholly dissolved or melted away, disappeared, vanished R
- absorbed i.e. contained in (loc.) MBh
- sam-pra-√lup Pass. -lupyate, to be violated or injured MBh
- sam-pra-√lubh Caus. -lobhayati, to allure or entice away, try to seduce or deceive MBh
- sam-pra-√vac P. -vakti, to explain or declare together ŚāṅkhBr
- to relate at full or comprehensively, declare, communicate, announce Mn. MBh. &c
- sana-prôkta mfn. spoken to, addressed MBh
- declared, announced, proclaimed Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-pra-√vad P. Ā. -vadati, ○te (Ved. inf. -vaditos), to pronounce aloud PañcavBr
- (P.) to utter cries together, sing together Pāṇ. 1-3, 48 Sch
- (Ā.) to talk or converse together Bhaṭṭ
- Caus. vādayati, See below
- sam-pravadana n. talking together, conversation W
- sam-pravāda m. id. AitĀr
[[]]
- SampravAdana]3ṭṣam-pravādana n. (fr. Caus.) the act of causing to sound together or at the same time ĀpGṛ. Sch
[[]]
- SampravAdita]3ṭṣam-ḍpravādita n. causing to sound together Lalit
- sam-pravāha m. continuous stream, uninterrupted continuity Kād. BhP
- sam-pra-vi-√car Caus. -cārayati, to examine or consider carefully R
- sam-pra-√vip Ā. -vepate, to tremble violently MBh. [Page 1176, Column]
- sam-pravilāpana n. dissolving, causing to disappear MBh. Sch
- sam-pra-√viś P. -viśati (ep. also ○te), to enter into together or completely (with mānasam, or dhyānam, 'to be lost in thought') ĀśvGṛ. MBh. &c
- to have commerce or intercourse with (acc.) MBh
- to be sexually united with (acc.) Mn. MBh.: Caus. -veśayati, to cause to enter, introduce, lead into (acc. or loc.) R. Hariv. &c
- sam-praviṣṭa mfn. entered together or completely, gone into R. Kathās. &c
- sam-praveśa m. entering into together, complete entrance, going into (loc. or comp.) KātyŚr. MBh. R
- place of entrance, place entered by (gen.) MBh
- sam-ḍpraveśita mfn. (fr. Caus.) made or allowed to enter or return (opp. to nir-vāsita, exiled') Rājat
- sam-pra-vi-√hṛ (only ind. -hṛtya), to roam or wander all over (acc.) MBh
- sam-pra-vṛ √2. Caus. -vārayati, to wait on, entertain Divyâv
- sam-pra-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to come forth, arise, be produced from (abl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (with manasi) to turn or think over in the mind, think deeply about R
- to begin, commence (said of persons and things), set about, prepare for (dat., loc., or inf.), Mbh R. &c
- to take place, happen R
- to act, proceed, deal with (loc.) R. MārkP. Sāh
- to go against, assail, attack MW
- to be present or near at hand ib.: Caus. vartayati, to cause to proceed or go forward, spread about, circulate, set in motion or action MBh. BhP. Rājat
- to undertake, begin MBh. Hariv
- sam-pravartaka mfn. (fr. Caus.) setting in motion, promoting, furthering Kām
- producing, creating (applied to Śiva) MBh
- sam-ḍpravartana n. moving or hurrying about Kām
- the act of setting in motion or action, undertaking MW
- sam-ḍpravartin mfn. putting in order, setting right Car
- sam-pravṛtta mfn. gone forward, proceeded, set off BhP
- arisen, existent, present, near at hand ib
- commenced, begun MBh. R
- passed, gone by W
- setting about anything (inf., dat., or loc.) MBh
- engaged in (loc. or comp.) ib
- sam-pravṛtti f. (only pl.) coming forth, appearance, occurrence MBh
- sam-pra-vṛdh √Ā. -vardhate, to grow well up, attain full growth, grow, increase MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vardhayati, to cause to grow or increase R
- sam-praviddha mfn. full grown, increased, swelled, enhanced, well advanced MBh. VarBṛS. Kām
- rich in (instr.) MBh
- sam-pra-vṛṣṭa mfn. (√vṛṣ) begun to rain MBh
- n. what has been completely rained, a whole rainfall VarBṛS
- sam-pra-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave, sew or string together, connect ŚāṅkhBr
- sam-pra-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wind round Suśr
- sam-pra-vyathita mfn. (√vyath) greatly troubled or alarmed R
- sam-pra-śānta mfn. (√śam) ceased, disappeared MBh
- sam-pra-√śās P. -śāsti, (with rajyam) to exercise government, bear sway, rule, reign MBh
- sam-praśna sam-praṣṭavya, See sam-√prach, p. 1174, col. L
- sam-praśraya m. respectful demeanour, modesty, humbleness BhP
- sam-praśrita mfn. modest, humble, well-behaved MW
- sam-pra-√sañj Pass. -sajjate (ep. also ○ti), to cling to, be attached to or fond of (loc. or instr.) MBh
- sam-prasakta mfn. devoted to, intent upon, occupied with (atra) MBh
- lasting, continuous, permanent R
- sam-pra-√sad P. -sīdati, to settle down quietly, be soothed, be kindly disposed or gracious towards (gen.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -sādayati, to appease, propitiate ib. [Page 1176, Column]
- sam-prasatti f. = sam-prasāda (in Vedânta), Saṃk
- sam-prasanna mfn. soothed, appeased ChUp
- propitious, favourable, gracious BhP
- samprasā́da m. perfect quiet (esp. mental repose during deep sleep) ŚBr. Lalit
- favour, grace Uttarar
- serenity Bhaṭṭ. (v. l.)
- (in Vedânta) the soul during deep sleep ChUp. MBh. &c
- trust, confidence W
- samḍprasādana mfn. (fr. Caus.) calming, sedative Car
- sam-prasava m. (sam + 2. pr○) admission Kull. on Mn. viii, 112 (vḷ. prati-pr○)
- sam-pra-√sah P. -sahati (fut. -sahiṣyati, or -sakṣyati, vḷ. -śakṣyati), to have power over, become a match for, withstand, check, curb, restrain MBh
- to endure, tolerate ib
- to overcome ib
- sam-prasahya ind. thoroughly. by all means MBh
- sam-pra-√sādh Caus. -sādhayati, to accomplish, settle, set right ( See below)
- to make one's own, acquire MW
- sam-prasādhana n. accomplishing, arranging, decorating Car. Bhpr
- the act of effecting or accomplishing W
- sam-ḍprasādhya mfn. to be accomplished or set right Kām
- sam-pra-√sic Pass. -sicyate, to flow out, issue Hariv. Suśr
- sam-pra-siddha mfn. (√3. sidh) well prepared, cooked Suśr
- sam-prasiddhi f. success, good luck Divyâv
- sam-pra-supta mfn. (√svap) fallen fast asleep, sleeping MBh
- closed (not expanded, as a flower) ib
- sam-pra-sū √2. Ā. -sāte, or -sūyate, to bring forth, beget, generate Mn. MBh.: Pass. sūyate (or ○ti), to be born MBh. iii, 12978
- sam-prasūta mfn. brought forth, begot, procreated MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c
- sam-ḍprasūti f. bringing forth together or at the same time VarBṛS
- sam-pra-√sṛ Caus. -sārayati, ○te, to stretch or spread out, extend VS. TS. MaitrS. Hcat
- to draw asunder ĀpŚr
- sam-prasāra m. one through whom all goes on well BrahmUp
- sam-ḍprasāraṇa n. drawing asunder Anup
- (in gram.) the mutual interchange of the vowels i, u, ṛ, ḷ, and their corresponding semivowels y, v, r, l Pāṇ. 1-1, 45 &c
- sam-pra-sṛp P. -sarpati, to approach or enter in a creeping way ŚBr
- sam-prasarpaṇa n. moving along ŚāṅkhŚr
- sam-prastāra m. = pra-stotṛ Hariv. (Nilak.)
- sam-pra-stuta mfn. (√stu) ready to, prepared for (inf.) Rājat
- sam-pra-√sthā Ā. -tiṣṭhate, to take up a position together (before the altar) ŚāṅkhBr
- to set out together, depart, proceed, advance, approach, go to (acc. or loc.) PraśnUp. MBh. &c.: Caus. sthāpayati, to dispatch, send out to (acc.) R
- sam-prathāna n. the act of setting out together, setting out on a journey, departure W
- sam-prasthita mfn. set out on a journey, departed MBh. R. &c
- advancing towards Buddha hood (?) Divyâv
- sam-pra-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch or sprinkle with water, wash, bathe MW
- sam-pra-√sru P. -sravati, to flow forth together, issue from (abl.) Up. R.: Caus. srāvayati, to cause to run together, mix, mingle TBr
- sam-pra-√has P. -hasati, to laugh together, break into a laugh MBh. R. BhP.: Caus. -hāsayati, to make sport of. deride Vas
- sam-prahāsa m. laughing at, loud laughter Bhaṭṭ
- mockery, derision R. [Page 1177, Column]
- sam-pra-hā √3. P. -jahāti, to leave, abandon MBh. R
- sam-pra-hita mfn. (√hi) thrown, hurled MBh
- sam-pra-√hṛ P. Ā. -harati, ○te, to hurl or throw together, hurl upon (dat. or loc.) MBh
- to attack, assail, strike at, rush upon (acc. or loc.)
- Ā. (m.c. also P.) to strike at mutually, come to blows, fight together (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 15 Vārtt. 2 Pat.) MBh. R. &c
- sam-prahāra m. mutual striking or wounding, war, battle, fighting with (acc. or instr. with or without saha
- with madīya, 'fighting with me') MBh. Kāv. &c
- a stroke, blow R
- going, motion, gait Vas
- sam-ḍprahāri Uṇ. iv, 124 Sch
- sam-ḍprahārin mfn. fighting together, combating R
- sam-pra-√hṛṣ P. Ā. -hṛṣyati, ○te., to rejoice greatly, be exceedingly glad, thrill with pleasure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -harṣayati, to rejoice, make glad, comfort, SāṅkhBr. MBh. &c
- sam-praharṣa m. great joy, thrill of delight MBh. R
- sam-ḍpraharṣaṇa mfn. exciting sexually Car
- (also ā f.) impelling, encouragement Jātakam
- sam-ḍpraharṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) much pleased, thrilled with delight MBh
- sam-ḍpraharṣin mfn. rejoicing greatly, delighted, very glad R
- sam-prahṛṣṭa mfn. excessively rejoiced, rejoicing, joyful MBh. R. &c
- erect, bristling (or 'standing on end', as the hair of the body), thrilling ib
- -tanūruha mfn. having the hairs of the body bristling with delight MBh
- -manas mfn. overjoyed in heart R
- -mukha mfn. having the face radiant with joy MBh
- sam-prâ√dru (only in pr. p. -prdravat, with vḷ. -pra-dr○, to run away together MBh. ix, 1675
- sam-prânta m. ultimate or absolute end, Kāśikh
- sam-prâp (-pra-√āp), P. -prâpnoti, to reach or attain fully to, arrive at, effect, acomplisch ŚBr. &c. &c
- to get, obtain, acquire, partake of, incur, undergo Mn. MBh. &c
- to obtain as a wife or in matrimony Kathās.: Caus. -prâpayati (aor. -prâpipan), to cause to get or obtain ŚBr.: Desid., See sam-prêpsu below
- sam-prâpta mfn. well reached or attained, obtained, gained &c
- one who has reached or attained, arrived at, met with, fallen into (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ifc.) extending to Suśr
- come, become, appeared, arrived (as a period of time) Mn. MBh. &c
- sprung or descended from (-tas) Mn. ix, 141
- -yauvana mfn. one who has fully attained youth or manhood, come of age MBh
- -vidya mfn. one who has acquired all knowledge ib
- sam-prâḍprâptavya mfn. to be got or obtained MBh
- sam-prâḍprâpti f. arrival at (comp.) MBh. R
- rise, appearance Car. Sāh
- attainment, gain, acquisition MBh. R. &c
- -dvādaśī f. N. of a partic. twelfth day Cat
- sam-prâḍprâpya mfn. to be fully attained to, attainable, obtainable MW
- sam-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to attain, striving after (acc.) MBh
- wishing to get at, waylaying ib
- sam-prârth (-pra-√arth), P. -prârthayati, to ask for earnestly, request, entreat MBh. R
- sam-prârthita mfn. asked for, begged, requested MBh
- sam-prâv (-pra-av), P. -právati, to assist together, aid, help AV
- sam-prâś (-pra- √2. aś), P. -prâśnāti, to eat, enjoy Hcat
- sam-√prī Ā. -prīyate, to be completely satisfied or contented, be greatly pleased with, delight in (loc. or abl.) MBh. R. &c.: Caus. -prīṇayati, to make completely happy or pleased Pur. Hcat
- sám-priya mfn. mutually dear, being on friendly terms with (instr.) VS. TS. GṛS
- very dear or beloved MW
- (ā), f. N. of the wife of Vidūratha (or Videra) MBh
- n. contentment, satisfaction R
- tā f. dearness, the being very dear or dearer than (abl.) Kir. [Page 1177, Column]
- sam-prīṇana n. (fr. Caus.) gladdening, delighting BhP
- sam-ḍprīṇita mfn. made completely happy, thoroughly satisfied, well pleased MārkP
- sam-prīta mfn. completely satisfied or pleased, delighted MBh
- -mānasa mfn. delighted in mind ib
- sam-ḍprīti f. complete satisfaction, joy, delight in (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- attachment, affection, good will, friendship with (instr. with or without saha), love for (loc. or gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
- -mat mfn. satisfied, pleased, delighted MBh
- sam-prê (-pra- √5. i), P. -prâiti to go forth together, flow together RV. AV
- sam-prêkṣ (-pra. √īkṣ), to look well at, observe carefully, become aware of. perceive MBh. Kāv. &c
- to consider well, reflect on, examine Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-prêkṣaka mfn. looking well at, a spectator, beholder Hariv
- sam-ḍprêkṣaṇa n. the act of looking well at, beholding, seeing W
- deliberating about, considering, investigating ib
- sam-ḍprêkṣita mfn. well looked at or seen, beheld ib
- considered, investigated ib
- sam-prếddha (-pra + iddha), mfn. kindled, lighted AV
- sam-prêpsu See sam-prâp, col. 1
- sam-prêr (-pra-√īr), Ā. -prêrte, to come forth together, rise together RV. TS.: Caus. -prêrayati, to drive or push forwards Pañcat
- sam-prêrṇa mfn. risen up together MW
- sam-prêṣ (-pra- √1. iṣ), P. -préṣyati, to send forth, throw, fling, cast MW
- (in Vedic ritual) to summon, invite (cf. 2. prêṣ) Br. ŚrS.: Caus. -prêṣayati, to send forth together, send away, despatch, send, dismiss MBh. R. &c
- to send a message to (gen.) MBh
- to direct (the thoughts) towards (loc.) Lalit
- sam-prêṣa m. = sam-prâiṣa L
- sam-ḍprêṣaṇa n. the act of sending forth together, sending away, despatching Mn. MBh. &c
- dismissal R
- (ī), f. N. of a funeral ceremony (performed on the twelfth day after death) L
- sam-ḍprêṣita mfn. sent forth, despatched, ordered MBh
- summoned, invited ĀśvŚr
- sam-prâiṣá m. summons, invitation, direction (to an officiating priest) ŚBr. ŚrS
- dismissing, sending away W
- sam-prôkta See sam-pra-√vac
- sam-prôkṣ (-pra-√ukṣ), P. Ā. -prôkṣati, ○te, to sprinkle well over (Ā. 'one's self'), consecrate by sprinkling Kauś. Yājñ
- sam-prôkṣaṇa n. the act of sprinkling well over, consecration (of a temple &c.) Cat
- (ī), f. consecrated water Kauś
- (○ṇa) -krama m. -vidhi m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- sam-ḍprôkṣita mfn. well sprinkled or wetted (esp. with holy water), consecrated Kauś
- sam-prôrṇu (-pra-√ūrṇu), P. Ā. -prârṇoti, or ○ṇauti, -prôrṇute, to cover all over, cover completely RV. ŚBr
- sam-√plu Ā. -plavate, to flow or stream together, meet (as waters) MBh
- to be heaped or massed together (as clouds) ChUp
- to founder, go down (as a ship) GopBr
- to fluctuate, waver (as the mind) Uttarar.: Caus. -plāvayati to cause to flow or mass together (as clouds) TS. ŚBr
- to melt into, mingle or merge with (instr.) AgP
- to float over, inundate, submerge MBh. R
- sam-plava m. flowing together, meeting or swelling (of waters), flood, deluge R. Hariv. BhP. a dense mass, heap, multitude Mn. MBh. &c
- conglomeration, taking a form or shape, rise, origin BhP
- noise, tumult (esp. of battle) Hariv. R
- submersion by water, destruction, ruin Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
- end, close of (comp.) BhP
- sam-pluta mfn. flowed or streamed together, met MBh
- one who has bathed in (comp.) BhP
- flooded over, overspread, covered or filled with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
- ○tôdaka mfn. flooded with water Bhag
- sam-√psā (only ind. p. -psāya), to chew thoroughly, bite in pieces ŚBr
- sam-phala mf(ā)n. (√phal) rich in fruit or seed, fruitful Pāṇ. 4-1, 64 Vārtt. 2 Pat. [Page 1177, Column]
- m.= sam-phāla L
- samphalīya mfn. (fr. prec.), g. utkarâdi
- sam-phāla m. a ram, sheep L
- sam-phulla mfn. full-blown, blossomed, fully opened or expanded (as a flower) Kāv. Rājat
- sam-pheṭa m. (prob. for saṃ-spheṭa, q.v.) mutual conflict or encounter of angry persons, angry or passionate contention (in dram. one of the 13 elements of the vimarśa q.v., illustrated by the altercation between Śakuntalā and the king in Śak
- or as one of the 4 elements of the ārabhaṭi q. v., illustrated by the encounter of Mādhava and Aghora-ghaṇṭa in Māatīm.) Bhar. Daśar. Sāh
- samb samba &c. See √śamb, p. 1055
- sam-√baṃh Caus. -baṃhayati, to make firm or prosperous, establish firmly, increase Bhaṭṭ
- sam-bāḻha mfn. firm, strong TĀr. (Sch.)
- sambat ind.= saṃ-vat L
- sam-√bandh P. -badhnāti, to bind or fasten or tie together, bind or fix on, attach, connect, join, construct, form ŚBr. &c. &c
- to procure, furnish, supply Ragh.: Pass. -badhyate, to be bound or fastened together &c
- to be connected with or supplied, belong to Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 51 &c.: Caus. -bandhayati, to cause to bind or be bound together &c. R
- to cause to connect with or refer to (instr.) Kull. on Mn. v, 85
- sam-baddha mfn. bound or tied together, joined, connected ŚBr. KātyŚr
- connected in sense, coherent, having meaning ( See ○a-s)
- shut, closed Kām
- connected or covered or filled with, belonging or relating to (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- combined with, i.e. containing (comp.) Hariv
- attached to anything, i.e. existing, being, found in (loc.) Kālid
- (am), ind. jointly, moreover MBh. ix, 3443
- -darpa mfn. one who has feelings of pride (existing in his heart) MBh
- -sainyâugha mfn. one who has the main body of troops concentrated Kām
- ○ddhânta (sám-.), mf(ā)n. joined with the ends ŚBr
- badhyamāna mfn. being bound together or connected MW
- ḍbadhyamānaka mfn. (ifc.) being in some degree related to L
- sam-bandha m. (ifc. f. ā) binding or joining together, close connection or union or association, conjunction, inherence, connection with or relation to (instr. with or without saha, or comp
- in phil. relation or connexion is said to be of three kinds, viz samavâya, saṃyoga, and sva-rūpa, q.v.) ŚrS. Śaṃk. Sarvad.: personal connection (by marriage), relationship, fellowship, friendship, intimacy with (instr. with and without saha loc., or comp.) PārGṛ. Mn. MBh. &c
- a relation, relative, kinsman, fellow, friend, ally Āpast. MBh. BhP
- a collection, volume, book Śukas
- a partic. kind of calamity VarBṛS
- prosperity, success L
- fitness, propriety L
- the application of authority to prove a theological doctrine W
- mfn. able, capable L
- fit, right, proper L
- (ifc.) often wṛ. for sam-baddha (q.v.)
- -gaṇa-pati m. -tattva n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcāśikā f. -rahasya n. N. of wks
- -varjita n. 'want of coherence', a partic. fault of style Pratāp
- -vāttika n. -viveka m. -vyavasthāvikāśa, m
- ○dhôddyota m. ○dhôpadrśa m. N. of wks
- sam-ḍbandhaka n. connection by birth or marriage, relation, friendship, intimacy MBh. R
- a relation, friend MW
- (scil. saṃdhī) a kind of alliance proceeding from relationship ib
- mfn. relating to, concerning W
- fit, suitable MW
- sam-ḍbhdhayitṛ mfn. one who connects or puts together (v. l. for sam-bodhayitṛ) MaitrUp
- sam-bandhi (m. c. and in comp. for ○bandhin), mfn. joined or connected with ( See sukha-s○)
- m. a relation, kinsman Hariv
- -tā f. belonging to (comp.) Yājñ. Sch
- connection with, relation to (instr. or comp.) Sarvad
- relationship, conṭconnection by marriage MBh
- -tva n. relation to or conṭconnection with (instr. or comp.) Sarvad
- kinship, relationship MārkP
- -bhinna mfn. divided or shared by relatives MW
- -śabda m. a word expressing relationship Pāṇ. 1-1, 71 Vārtt. 3
- sam-bandhikatva n. connection Saṃskārak
- sam-bandhin mfn. connected with, belonging or relating to (gen. or comp.), adjunct, inherent Mn. MBh. &c
- connected with = possessed of (comp.) Sarvad. [Page 1178, Column]
- related, connected by marriage, a relative Mn. MBh. &c
- sam-bandhu m. a kinsman, relative AV.Paipp
- sambara v. l. for śambara, saṃ-vara, and sam-bhara (qq.vv.)
- sambarya See saṃ-varya, p. 1114
- sambala See śambala, p. 1055
- sambalana wṛ. for saṃ-vanana
- sam-bahula mfn. very much or many, very numerous, plentiful, abundant Lalit. Jātakam
- sam-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to press together, compress, press down AV
- to bind firmly together SāṅkhŚr
- to oppress, afflict, torment R
- sam-bādhá m. a throng, crowd
- contracted space (ifc. [f. ā] = 'crowded with', 'full of', 'abounding with') MBh. Kāv. &c
- the female organ of generation Vām. ii, 1, 17
- pressure, affliction, distress, annoy RV. AV. MBh
- the road to Naraka or hell L
- mf(ā)n. contracted, narrow Suśr
- crammed with, full of (instr.) Śiś
- -tandrī́ f. pl. affliction and exhaustion AV
- -vartin or (v. l.) -vartman mfn. (pl.) moving in dense crowds, jostling or crowding together on a road Ragh
- sam-ḍbādhaka mfn. pressing together, contracting Bhaṭṭ
- pressing upon, thronging, crowding MW
- sam-ḍbādhana n. (only L.) compressing, obstructing, opposing
- a barrier, gate
- the female organ
- a door keeper
- the point of a stake or spit
- (ā), f. rubbing, chafing Siṃhâs
- sam-bāḻha See sam-√baṃh
- sam-bīja n. universal seed, Kāśikh
- sam-√budh Ā. -budhyate (pr. p. -budhyamāna, q.v.), to wake up MBh. R
- to perceive or understand thoroughly, notice, observe, know ib. &c.: Caus. -bodhayati, to cause to wake up, rouse R
- to cause to know, inform, advise, instruct
- teach (two acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to call to MBh. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-2, 33
- to cause to agree MW.: Desid. of Caus., sam-bubodhayiṣu
- sam-buddha mfn. wide awake, clever, wise, prudent R
- well perceived, perfectly known or understood ib
- m. a Buddha or a Jaina deified sage L. (cf. MWB. 133)
- sam-buddhi f. perfect knowledge or perception MW
- calling out to (a person in the distance), making one's self heard KātyŚr. Pāṇ. 1-2, 33
- the vacative case or its termination Pāṇ. 1-?16 &c
- an epithet W
- sam-budhyamāna mfn. being quite aware MBh
- sam-bubodhayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to arouse or make attentive MBh
- wishing to convert HPariś
- sam-bodha m. perfect knowledge or understanding MBh. Hariv. (sometimes wṛ. for saṃrodha)
- sam-ḍbodhana mfn. (partly fr. Caus.) awaking, arousing MBh
- perceiving, noticing, observing MBh
- recognizing MaitrUp
- the act of causing to know, reminding MBh. Hariv
- calling to Pāṇ. 2-3, 47
- the vocative case or its termination Siddh. Subh
- bodhayitṛ mfn. (fr. Caus.) causing to know, informing MaitrUp
- ḍbodhi f. (with Buddhists) perfect knowledge or enlightenment MWB. 43 (○dhy-aṅga n. an 'integral part of perfect knowledge or enlightenment' Lalit.)
- ḍbodhita mfn. fully warned, duly apprised MBh
- ḍbodbya mfn. to be enlightened or instructed Pañcat. Kathās
- sam-bṛh √1. (or vṛh), P. -bṛhati (pf. -babraha, or -vavarha), to tear out together, pluck out, extract AV. ŚBr
- sam-bṛh √2. (or bṛṃh), P. -bṛhati (pf. -babarha), to join firmly AV. ŚBr.: Caus. -barhayati, to join or unite with (dat.) RV
- -bṛṃhayati, to strengthen, refresh, encourage MBh
- sam-bṛṃbaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) strengthening, refreshing Car
- sam-√brū P. Ā. -braviiti, -brūte, to speak well, converse RV
- (Ā.) to talk together, agree ib
- to say anything to (acc.) MBh
- sam-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣoyati, to eat together ĀśvŚr. [Page 1178, Column]
- to eat up, devour, consume MBh. R. &c
- sam-bhakṣa mfn. feeding upon (comp.), one who eats or devours MBh
- eating together, food in common MW
- sam-√bhaj P. Ā. -bhajati, ○te, to distribute completely, share, bestow, grant Sāy
- (Ā.) to cause to participate in, present with a gift PārGṛ. MBh
- to divide Sūryas
- sám-bhakta mfn. distributed, divided, shared &c
- participating in, possessed of (gen.) AV
- devoted to, faithfully attached (vḷ. saṃ-sakta) Hariv
- sám-ḍbhakti f. distribution, allotment, bestowal Dhātup
- possessing, enjoying MW
- favouring, honouring ib.,
- sám-ḍbhaktṛ mfn. one who distributes or grants (-tama, superl
- -tara, compar.) Nir. Sāy
- one who shares or participates MW
- one who favours or honours or worships ib
- sam-bhaja (of unknown meaning) Sch. on Kauś. xli, 18
- sam-ḍbhajana n. distributing, granting, bestowing Sāy
- sam-ḍbhajanīya mfn. to be shared in or enjoyed or liked MW
- to be favoured or honoured ib
- sam-√bhañj P. -bhanakti, to break to pieces, shatter, shiver MBh. Kathās
- sam-bhagna mfn. broken to pieces, shattered, dispersed, routed, defeated MBh
- baffled, frustrated ib
- m. N. of Śiva ib. (accord. to Nīlak. fr. sam√bhaj = samyak-sevita)
- sam-bhará &c. See sam-√bhṛ
- sam-bhartsita mfn. (√bharts) much censured, abused, reviled R
- sam-√bhal P. -bhūlayati, to observe well, perceive, learn Naish
- sam-bhalá m. (prob. originally = sam-bhara
- often v. l. for śambhala, q.v.), one who brings together', a match-maker AV. Kauś
- a suitor, wooer MW
- a procurer ib
- (ī), f. a procuress ib
- sambhalīya mfn. relating to a procuress &c. Naish
- sam-bhavá &c. See p. 1179, col. 1
- sam-√bhā P. -bhāti, to shine fully or brightly, be very bright TBr
- to shine forth, be visible or conspicuous MBh
- to appear, seem to be (nom. with and without iva, or yathā) ib. R. &c
- sam-bhāṇḍaya (fr. sam + bhāṇḍa), Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te, to collect vessels or utensils, Bhaṭṭi
- to gather provisions Hcar
- sam-bhāvana &c. See p. 1179
- sam-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate (pr. p. in MBh. also -bhāṣat), to speak together, converse with (instr. with or without saha) Gaut. Mn. MBh. &c
- to speak to (acc.), address, greet, salute KaushUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
- to join in a conversation Vait
- to agree, consent, enter into an engagement R
- to talk over, persuade Hit
- to speak, say, recite Hariv
- to have sexual intercourse with MW.: Caus. -bhāṣayati (ind. p. -bhāṣitvā, v. l. in B. for -bhāṣayitvā), to converse with (instr.) Hariv
- to speak to, address (acc.) R
- to persuade, prevail upon (vḷ. for -bhāvayati) MBh
- sam-bhāṣa m. discourse, talk, conversation with (gen. or instr. with or without saha, or comp.) Gṛihyās. R. &c
- (ā), f. id. MBh. Kāv. &c
- engagement, contract, agreeiment Subh
- watchword W
- greeting MW
- sexual connection ib
- sam-ḍbhāṣaṇa n. conversation, discourse with (gen., instr., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- watchword MW
- sexual intercourse ib
- -nipuṇa mfn. skilled in conversation Daś
- sam-ḍbhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be conversed with BhP
- sam-ḍbhāṣita mfn. spoken or conversed with &c
- n. talk, conversation Pañcat
- sam-ḍbhāṣin mfn. conversing, speaking Amar
- sam-ḍbhāṣya mfn. to be conversed with MBh. BhP
- to be addressed Sāh
- fit for conversation ( See a-s○)
- sam-√bhid P. Ā. -bhinatti, -bhintte, to break to pieces, split or break completely asunder, pierce, hurt AV. &c. &e
- to bring into contact, combine, join, mingle TS. &c. &c
- to associate with (acc.) SaddhP
- sam-bhinna mfn. completely broken or divided &c
- interrupted, abandoned ( See -vṛtta)
- contracted ( See -sarvâṅga)
- joined, combined, mingled TS. &c. &c. [Page 1178, Column]
- come into contact with (comp.) Bhaṭṭ
- close, tight Pañcar
- solid, compact MārkP
- -tā f. the being joined or united with Sarvad
- -pralāpa m. idle talk (with Buddhists one of the 10 sins) Divyâv. (Dharmas. 56)
- -pralāpika mfn. talking idly ib
- -buddhi mfn. one whose understanding is broken or impaired Pat
- -maryāda mfn. one who has broken through barriers or bounds MBh
- -vṛtta mfn. one who has abandoned good conduct ib
- -vyañjanā f. a kind of hermaphrodite (○na n. 'the condition of a hermaphrodite'), Mahāvy
- -sarvâṅga mfn. one who has contracted or compressed the whole body (as a tortoise) MBh
- sam-bheda m. breaking, piercing Suśr
- becoming loose, falling off ib
- disjunction, division, separation (of friends or allies), sowing dissension Kām
- a kind, species Cat
- union, junction, mixture Kāv. Sāh
- contact with (comp.) Sāh
- the confluence of two rivers, junction of a river with the sea ŚBr. (cf. á-s○) TS. &c
- -vat mfn. come into contact or collision with (sârdham) Gīt
- sam-ḍbhedana n. breaking, splitting Cat
- bringing into contact or collision MW
- sam-ḍbhedya mfn. to be broken through or pierced or perforated Sarasv
- to be brought into contact ( See a-s○)
- sam-bhīta mfn. (√bhī) greatly alarmed, afraid of (gen.) R
- sam-bhugna mfn. (√1. bhuj) completely bent or curved Bhaṭṭ
- sambhoga See bhuja-s○, p. 759, col. 1
- sam-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (aor. Subj. -bhujam RV.) to eat together, make a meal in common AV. Āpast
- to enjoy (esp. carnally) Rājat
- to partake of (gen.) RV. ii, 1, 4: Caus. -bhojayati, to cause to enjoy or eat, feed any one (acc.) with (instr.) Yājñ. MBh. BhP
- sam-bhukta mfn. eaten, enjoyed &c
- run through, traversed VarBṛS. Sch
- sam-bhoktṛ m. an eater, enjoyer Pañcar
- sam-bhogá m. (ifc. f. ā) complete enjoyment, pleasure, delight in (comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- carnal or sensual enjoyment, sexual union with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (in rhet.) a subdivision of the Sṛiṅgāra or sentiment of love (described as 'successful love leading to union', and opp. to vipralambha', disappointed love, separation') Daśar. Sāh. &c. (only L., 'duration
- joy
- employment, use
- a Partic. part of an elephant's trunk
- a jaina or Buddhist edict
- a libertine')
- N. of a man Buddh
- -kāya m. body of enjoyment', N. of one of the three bodies of a Buddha MWB. 247
- -kṣama mfn. suitable for enjṭenjoyment MW
- -yakṣiṇī f. N. of a Yogini (also called Vīṇā, wṛ. ○kṣaṇī) Cat
- -vat mfn. having enjṭenjoyment, leading a joyous life VarBṛS
- -veśman n. 'enjoymentṛoom', the chamber of a concubine Cat
- sam-ḍbhogin mfn. enjoying together or enjoying each other mutually AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- enjoying, using, possessing Kāv. VarBṛS
- m. a sensualist, libertine L
- sam-ḍbhogya mfn. to be (or being) enjoyed or used (-tā, f.) Kām
- sam-bhoja m. food BhP
- sam-ḍbhojaka m. one who serves food, attendant at a meal (perhaps 'a cook') MBh
- an eater, taster MW
- sam-ḍbhojana n. eating together, a common meal, dinner party MBh
- food Suśr
- (ī), f. eating together Āpast. Mn. MBh
- sam-ḍbhojanīya mfn. to be fed BhP
- sam-ḍbhojya mfn. id. ib
- to be eaten, eatable MBh
- one with whom one ought to eat ( See a-s○)
- sam-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (ind. p. -bhūya, q.v.), to be or come together, assemble, meet, be joined or united with (instr. with or without saha, or loc.) RV. &c. &c
- to be united sexually with (instr. with or without saha or sârdham, or acc.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
- to be born or produced from (abl.), arise, spring up, develop ib
- to happen, occur, be, be found, exist MBh. Kāv. &c
- to be possible Hit. Vedântas
- to be or become anything (nom.) RV. Br. MBh
- to accrue to, fall to the share of (loc. or gen.) R. Kathās
- to prevail, be effective ŚBr
- to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) Śiś
- to enter into, partake of, attain to (acc.) Yājñ
- to find room in, be contained in or numbered among (loc.) RV. MBh. &c
- to be adequate MBh
- to be capable of holding Pāṇ. 5-1, 52: Caus. -bhāvayati, to cause to be together, bring together, present or affect any one (acc.) with (instr
- with doṣeṇa, 'to attach blame to', with annena, to give food to') Kāv. Kathās. BhP. [Page 1179, Column]
- to cause to be born or produced, effect, accomplish, make AitBr. MBh. &c
- to foster, cherish MBh
- to resort to (acc.) ib
- to meet with, find (jīvantīm, 'alive') Hcar
- to honour, revere, salute, greet MBh. Kāv. &c
- to receive or accept graciously Pañcat
- to imply, suggest a possibility, suppose anything possible in any one (loc. or gen.) MBh
- kāv. &c
- to regard or consider as (two acc.) Kālid. Pañcat
- to think it possible that (Pot. with and without yad, or fut.) Pāṇ. 3-3, 155 Sch
- (with na) to think it impossible that (Pot. with and without yad, yacca, yatra, yadā, yadi, or jātu
- fut. with and without kiṃ kila) Pāṇ. 3-3, 145 &c. Sch
- (Ā) to reach, arrive at (acc.) Pat.: Pass. of Caus. -bhāvyate, to be brought about or together &c. ( See above)
- to be (thought) possible or probable or fitting or consistent Mṛicch. Kālid. &c.: Desid. -bubhūṣati, to wish to thrive or prosper SāṅkhŚr
- sam-bhavá (or sám-bhava), m. (ifc. f. ā) being or coming together, meeting, union, intercourse (esp. sexual intṭintercourse, cohabitation) Gobh
- finding room in, being contained in (ifc.= 'contained in') MBh. Suśr
- birth, production, origin, source, the being produced from (abl
- ifc. = 'arisen or produced from, made of, grown in') Mn. MBh. &c
- cause, reason, occasion (ifc.= 'caused or occasioned by') ib
- being brought about, occurrence, appearance (ifc. = 'occurring' or 'appearing in') ib
- being, existence ŚvetUp. MBh. &c
- capacity, ability, possibility (ifc. 'made possible by'
- ena, 'according to possibility', 'as possible') MBh. MārkP. Sāh
- (in rhet.) a possible case Kuval
- (in phil.) equivalence (regarded as one of the Pramāṇas, q.v
- illustrated by the equivalence between one shilling and pence) MW
- agreement, conformity (esp. of the receptacle with the thing received) W
- compatibility, adequacy ib
- acquaintance, intimacy ib
- loss, destruction ib
- (with Buddhists) N. of a world SaddhP
- N. of a prince, VF
- of the third Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī. L
- mf(ā)n. existing, being Pañcar
- -kāṇḍa m. n. N. of a Pauranic wk
- -parirnan n. 'the section about the origin (of the gods)', N. of ch. of the first book of the MBh
- sam-ḍbhavana n. containing Pāṇ. 1-4, 23 Vārtt. 9
- sam-ḍbhavin mfn. possible Sāh. Sarvad
- sam-ḍbhaviṣṇu m. a producer, creator BhP
- sam-ḍbhavya mfn. to be produced together, be capable &c. (cf. a-s○)
- m. Feronia Elephantum L
- sam-bhāvana mfn. (fr. Caus.) having a high opinion of (comp.) BhP
- (ā), f. (rarely n.) bringing together, assembling Pañcat
- bringing near, procuring R
- coming together, meeting with (gen.) Ratnâv
- worship, honour, respect, esteem, regard for, high opinion of (loc
- ātmani, of one's self') MBh. Kāv. &c
- imagination, supposition, assumption (also as a rhet. figure, described by some as the use of the verb in the Imperative or Potential mood
- acc. with √bhaj, to be supposed'
- ○nôjjhita mfn. 'rejected as an assumption', doubted') Pāṇ. Kāv. Sarvad. Kpr. Vās. Sch
- fitness, adequacy Kir
- competency, ability W
- fame, celebrity ib
- sam-ḍbhāvanīya mfn. to be partaken of or assisted at (n. impers.) MBh
- to be honoured cr respected or greeted BhP
- to be assumed or supposed, possible, probable Mṛicch. (cf. a-s○) Sāh
- sam-ḍbhāvayitavya mfn. to be respected or honoured Prab
- to be supposed, probable Śaṃk
- sam-ḍbhāvayitṛ mfn. one who honours or respects or reveres Daś
- sam-ḍbhāvita mfn. brought together, brought about &c
- seized, grasped Kād
- thought highly of, esteemed, honoured, respected MBh. Kāv. &c
- honoured or presented with (instr.) BhP
- considered, supposed, conjectured, reflected MBh. R. &c
- suited, adequate, fit for, possible, probable Śak. Ragh
- n. conjecture, supposition Ratnâv
- -tama mfn. most honoured or respected Saṃk
- -tara mfn. more honoured or esteemed, more confided in R
- ○tâtman mfn. noble-minded, of respected character ib
- sam-ḍbhāvitavya mfn. = ○bhāvayitavya (v. l. ○bhāvanīya) BhP
- sam-ḍbhāvin mfn. faithfully adhering or devoted to Kathās
- suitable, conformable MBh
- sam-ḍbhāvya m. to be honoured or respected or well treated Hariv. MārkP
- to be (or being) honourably mentioned MBh
- to be regarded or considered as (nom.) Pañcat
- to be supposed or expected, possible, probable MBh. Kāv. &c
- suited, fit, adequate Sāy. (in a quotation)
- capable of. able io (loc.) Pañcat. (vḷ.)
- m. N. of a son of Manu Raivata VP
- n. adequacy, competency, fitness MW. [Page 1179, Column]
- sam-bhu mfn. produced from, made of (comp.) Yājñ
- m. a parent, progenitor Pāṇ. 3-2, 180 Kāś
- N. of a metre Col
- sam-bhūta mfn. being or come together, united or combined with ( See -tva)
- become, born, produced or arisen or proceeding from, made or composed of (abl. or comp.) Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- (ibc.) one in whom anything has arisen &c., i.e. provided with, possessed of &c. ( See comp.)
- become or changed into anything (nom.) MBh
- capable, adequate, equal W
- m. N. of a son of Trasa-dasyu Hariv. VP
- of a judge Buddh
- -tva n. state of union or combination with (loc
- pañjasu bhūteṣu sambhūta-tvaṃ ni-√gam 'to undergo union with the five elements', i.e. 'to die') MBh. xiv, 174
- -bhūri-gaja-viji-padāti-sainya mfn. possessed of an army (consisting) of numerous elephants and horses and foot-soldiers Kathās
- -vijaya m. (= ○ti-vijaya) HPariś
- -saṃtrāsa mfn. seized with fear, afraid, alarmed Rājat
- sam-ḍbhūti (sám-.), f. birth, origin, production (ifc.= 'risen or produced or descended from') VS. &c. &c
- growth, increase ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- manifestation of might, great or superhuman power (= vi-bhūti) BhP. (Sch.)
- suitability, fitness (also personified as the daughter of Daksha and wife cf Marīci, or as the wife of Jayad-ratha and mother of Vijaya) Pur
- m. N. of a son of Dubsaha VP
- of a brother of Trasa-dasyu ib
- of a judge Buddh
- -vijaya m. (with Jainas) N. of a Śruta-kevalin (also = ta-vijaya) HPariś
- sam-bhūya ind. being together, being united or combined with (in later language often used as an adv. = 'together, in common, in company, 'and sometimes forming first member of a comp
- sambhūya samutthānam, engaging in business after joining partnership', 'association in trade', 'partnership') Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. IW. 261)
- -kārin mfn. acting in concert or in company, a coadjutor, co-partner, colleague W
- -gamana n. or -yāna n. going in company Kām
- sam-ḍbhūyas g. bahv-ādi
- sam-bhūyasya Nom. P. ○syati g. kaṇḍv-ādi
- sam-√bhūṣ P. -bhūṣati, to procure or provide anything (acc.) for any one (loc.) RV
- sam-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (Ved. pf. -jabhāra), to draw together, roll or fold up RV. i, 115, 4
- (Ā) to close (the jaws) ib. x, 79, 1
- to bring together, gather, collect, unite, compose, arrange, prepare, make ready, procure (materials or ingredients of any kind, esp. for a sacrifice
- with sam-bhārān○, to collect all requisites', prepare what is necessary') RV. &c. &c
- to pay back MaitrS
- to maintain, cherish R
- to offer, present MW.: Cam. -bhārayati, to cause to bring together or prepare R
- sam-bhará mfn. one who brings together, a supporter, bestower RV
- m. N. of a district and lake in Rājputāna (the lake commonly called Sambhar, where the salt gaḍa-lavaṇa is found, lies between the Jaipur and Jodhpur states) L
- ○rôabhava n. 'produced in Sambhar', the above salt L
- sam-ḍbháraṇa m. a kind of brick TS
- (ī), f. a partic. Soma-vessel KātyŚr
- n. putting together, composition, arrangement, preparation ṢaḍvBr. KātyŚr
- collection, mass, multitude RV
- sam-ḍbharaṇīya mfn. to be brought together or collected or combined or united TBr. Sch
- (ifc.) relating to the preparation of ŚrS
- sam-bhārá m. (ifc. f. ā) bringing together, collecting (= sam-bhṛti) ŚBr
- preparation, equipment, provision, necessaries, materials, requisite, collection of things required for any purpose (with Buddhists twofold, viz. 1. puṇya-s○, 'meritorious acts', and 2. jñāna-s○, 'science'
- others add 3. śamatha-s○, 'quietude', and 4. vidarśana-s○, 'farsightedness' Dharmas. 117) AV. &c. &c
- = -yajus TBr
- property, wealth MBh
- fulness, completeness ib
- multitude, number, quantity Kāv. Pur. Sarvad
- high degree, excess of (love, anger &c.) Ratnâv. Vās
- maintenance, support, nourishment W
- -tvá n. the state of (being) a requisite ŚBr
- -yajús n. N. of partic. texts ĀpŚr
- -śīla n. (with Buddhists) the virtue of possessing the requisites ( See above) Dharmas. 106
- sam-ḍbhārin mfn. full of (comp.) Kāv
- sam-ḍbhāryá mfn. to be put together or composed of various parts Br. ŚrS
- to be prepared or made useful (compar. -tara) TS
- to be maintained or nourished, a dependant W
- m. N. of an Ahīna ĀśvŚr. [Page 1179, Column]
- sám-bhṛta mfn. brought together, collected, assembled, accumulated, concentrated RV. &c. &c
- provided, stored, laden, filled, covered, furnished or endowed with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) AV. &c. &c
- carried, borne (in the womb) MBh
- well maintained or nourished RV. R
- honoured, respected BhP
- produced, effected, caused, made, prepared ŚBr. Kālid. Suśr
- loud, shrill (as a sound) MBh. vii, 3911
- -kratu mfn. one in whom all knowledge is concentrated, intelligent, wise (said of Indra) RV
- -tama mfn. fully concentrated ŚāṅkhŚr
- -bala mfn. one who has assembled an army Rājat
- -śrī (sám○), mfn. one in whom all beauty is concentrated, lovely, charming AV. Megh
- -śruta mfn. possessed of knowledge, learned, wise Rājat
- -sambhāra (sám○), mfn. one who has brought together all requisite materials, quite ready or prepared for anything TS. MBh. BhP
- -sneha mfn. full of love for (loc.) Megh
- ○tâṅga (sám○), mfn. one whose body is well nourished or fed TBr
- (ifc.) one whose limbs are covered with MBh. (B. sam-vṛt○)
- ○tártha mfn. one who has accumulated wealth Ragh
- ○tâśva (sám○), mfn. one who has well-fed horses RV
- ○tâuṣadha mfn. one who has collected many drugs MBh
- sám-ḍbhṛti f. collection L
- equipment, preparation, provision ĀpŚr. Kathās
- multitude Harav
- plenitude, fulness W
- complete maintenance, support, nourishment ib
- sám-ḍbhṛtya mfn. to be collected or arranged or prepared TS. TBr
- to be maintained or nourished W
- bhṛtvan mfn. collecting, accumulating AV
- sam-bhṛṣṭa mfn. (√bhrajj) thoroughly fried or roasted, parched, dried, dry, brittle Suśr
- sam-√bhraṃś (or bhraś, only 3. sg. Pot. Ā. bhraśysta), to fall quite away, slip off ŚāṅkhŚr
- sam-√bhram P. bhramati, or -bhrāmyati, to roam or wander all about, go quite astray Kathās
- to be greatly confused, be perplexed or puzzled MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to lead astray, perplex, bewilder &c.: (only in) Pass. -bhrāmyate, to be perplexed about, despair of (abl.) MBh
- sam-bhrama m. (ifc. f. ā) whirling round, haste, hurry, flurry, confusion, agitation, bustling
- activity, eagerness, zeal (āt and ena, 'excitedly, hurriedly'
- acc. with √kṛ or √gam, and dat., to get into a flurry about, show great eagerness or zeal'
- with √tyaj or vi-√muc, 'to compose one's self') MBh. Kāv. &c
- awe, deference, respect Kāv. Kathās
- error, mistake, delusion (ifc. =, feigning or seeming to be') Rājat. Kathās
- grace, beauty (vḷ. for vi-bhrama) Bhartṛ
- N. of a class of beings attending on Śiva Cat
- mfn. agitated, excited, rolling about (as the eyes) BhP
- -jvalita mfn. excited by flurry MW
- -bhṛt mfn. possessing bewilderment, embarrassed, agitited ib
- sam-bhrānta mfn. whirled about, flurried, confused, perplexed, agitated, excited MBh. Kāv. &c
- quickened, brisk, lively (gait) R
- -jana mfn. one whose people are bewildered MW
- -manas mfn. bewildered in mind MBh
- sam-ḍbhrānti f. agitation, bewilderment Sāh
- sam√bhrāj (only pr. p. P. -bhrājat), to shine brightly. sparkle BhP
- sam-magna mfn. (√majj) sunk down, immersed in or overwhelmed by (comp.) MBh. R
- sam-√math (or manth
- only Pass. -mathyate), to bruise or pound together, crush to pieces MBh
- sam-mathita mfn. bruised, pounded, dashed to pieces, destroyed ib
- sam-√mad P. Ā. -madati, ○te, to rejoice together, rejoice with (instr.) RV
- to rejoice at, delight in (instr.) ib. VS.: Caus. -madayati, ○te, to intoxicate, exhilarate AitBr
- (Ā.) to be completely intoxicated or exhilarated AV. AitBr
- sam-matta mfn. completely intoxicated (lit. and fig.), exhilarated, enraptured, enamoured MBh. Hariv
- rutting, in rut ib
- sam-mad f. (used to explain samád) Nir. ix, 17
- sam-ḍmada m.exhilaration, happiness, joy, delight at (comp.) Hariv. Kathās. Sāh. [Page 1180, Column]
- N. of a Ṛishi Br
- of a king of the fish VP
- mfn. = next W
- -maya mf(ī)n. greatly exhilarated, happy, glad Kathās
- -vaī mfn. being together in rut or sexual passion', and, feeling delight' Bālar
- sam-ḍmadin mfn. gladdening, exhilarating Bhām
- sam-máda m. great exhilaration, intoxication, frenzy L
- sam-√man Ā. manyate (ep. also P. ○ti), to think together, agree, assent to, approve ( See sam-mata below)
- to think, fancy MBh
- to regard or consider as (acc. or two acc.) ib. &c
- to mean, contemplate, intend, resolve R
- to think highly of esteem, value, honour MBh. R.: Caus. -mānayati, to honour, reverence, respect Yājñ. MBh. &c
- to regard, consider Bhaṭṭ
- to assure any one (gen.) of (acc.) MārkP.: Desid. of Caus., See sam-mimānayiṣu below
- sam-mata mfn. thinking together, being of the same opinion, agreed, consented or assented to, concurred in, approved by (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ifc.) agreeing with BhP
- thought, supposed, considered or regarded as (nom.) R
- thought highly of, esteemed, renowned, celebrated, highly honoured by (gen.) Mn. MBh. &c
- allowed, authorized ( See a-sammata)
- m. N. of a son of Manu Sāvarṇa Hariv
- (pl.) of a school Buddh
- (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Marutta Hariv
- of a treatise on the Dhātu-pāṭha
- (am), n. opinion, impression (e or ena with gen., 'in the opinion of.' 'under the idea of') MBh
- consent, assent, approval, acquiescence, concurrence (e, 'with the consent or approval of') MW
- sam-ḍmati f. sameness of opinion, harmony, agreement, approval, approbation ĀśvŚr. Prab. Hit
- opinion, view Siddh
- respect, homage R. Kir
- wish, desire L
- self-knowledge L
- regard, affection, love W
- order, command ib
- N. of a river VP
- mfn. being of the same opinion, agreeing, g. driḍhâdi (-man, m. ib.)
- m. N. of a son of Harsha VP
- sam-ḍmatīya m. N. of one of the four divisions of the Vaibhāshika system of Buddhism (said to have been founded by Upāli, a disciple of Gautama Buddha) MWB. 157, n. 1 &c
- sám-manas mfn. unanimous AV. ŚBr
- sám-ḍmaniman m. unanimousness, harmony, g. dṛḍhâdi
- sám-ḍmantavya mfn. to be highly valued MBh
- sam-māna m. or (accord. to some) n. (for 2 col. 2) honour, respect, homage MBh. Kāv. &c
- -kara mfn. doing honour, honouring RPrāt
- sam-ḍmanana n. (or ā, f
- fr. Caus.) the act of honouring, worshipping, homage Nir. Pāṇ. MBh. &c
- sam-ḍmānanīya mfn. (fr.id.) to be honoured or respected BhP
- sam-ḍmānita mfn. (fr. id.) honoured, treated with reverence or respect Kāv. Kathās
- -vimānita mfn. (first) honoured and (then) disgraced Ml
- sam-ḍmānin mfn. having a sense of honour Kāv
- sam-ḍmānya mfn. to be (or being) highly honoured by (gen.) R
- sam-mimānayiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) wishing to honour or revere MBh
- sam-√mantr P. -mantrayati (ind. P. -mantrya, or -mantrayitvā), to consult together, take council with (instr. with or without saha or samam) MBh. R. &c
- to hold a council, deliberate, advise, express an opinion R
- to salute, greet, address MBh
- sam-mantraṇīya mfn. to be consulted MW
- to be saluted MBh
- sam-mantrita mfn. deliberated, considered Kathās
- sam-√mand Ā. -mandate, to rejoice at, delight in (instr.) RV. viii, 12, 16
- (aor. -amandiṣuḥ), to intoxicate, exhilarate ib. 52, 10
- sam-maya ○yana, See sam- √1. mi
- sam-marda ○dana &c. See sam√mṛd, p. 1185, col. 1
- sam-marśana ○śin, See sam√mṛś, p. 1181, col. 1
- sam-marṣa m. = marṣa, patience, endurance BhP
- sam-mahas n. (prob.) common or mutual joy ( mahas), ŚrS
- sam-mā √3. P. Ā. -māti, -mimīte, to measure out, measure RV. &c. &c
- to make of the same measure, make equal, equalize (in size, number, quantity &c.) AV. TS. ŚBr. [Page 1180, Column]
- to compare with (instr.) BhP
- to mete out, distribute, bestow RV. iii, 1, 15 ; v, 4, 2
- (with śrávāṃsi) to direct one's course or flight towards ib. iii, 34, 22
- to be of the same capacity with, be contained in (loc.) Kuval.: Pass. -mīyate, to be of the same measure, be contained in (loc.) Nīlak
- sam-ma f. equality in size or number, symmetry AitBr. PañcavBr
- a kind of metre RPrāt
- sam-mātṛ mfn. (for 2. See below) one who measures &c. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-1, 115
- sam-māna n. (for 1. See sam-√man) the act of measuring out, equalizing, comparing MW
- measure ib
- sám-mita mfn. measured out, measured, meted BhP
- measuring. so much, just so much (no more nor less) MBh. BhP
- of the same measure or extent, equal, like, same (in length, height, number, value &c.), corresponding to, resembling, passing for (instr., rarely gen
- or comp.) AV. &c. &c
- reaching up to (comp.) ŚBr. ĀśvŚr
- symmetrical (?) Pañcar
- consisting of. furnished or provided with (instr. or comp.) MBh. Pañcar
- destined for (comp.) MBh. ; v, 2462 (B. saṃdhita)
- (am), ind. perpetually, incessantly Kāraṇḍ. (prob. wṛ. for samitam)
- m. N. of a mythical being Yājñ
- of a son of Vasishṭha VP
- (am), n. distance (e ifc. = 'at a distance from') VarBṛS
- -tva n. (in rhet.) universal analogy Pratāp
- -varṇā f. N. of a Commentary
- sám-ḍmiti f. equalization, comparision Pāṇ. 4-4, 35 (vḷ. sam-iti)
- sammātura wṛ. for sāmmātura, q.v
- sam-mātrí or sám-mātṛ mfn. (for 1. See above) having the same mother, twin RV. AV. Kāṭh
- sam-māna. 2 See sam-√man and sam- √3. mā, col. 1
- sam-mārga sam-mārjaka &c. See sam-√mṛj., p. 1181, col. 1
- sam-mi √1. P. Ā. -minoti, -minute, to fasten at the same time or together, fix, erect TS. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- sam-maya m. (of unknown meaning) Vop. xxvi, 171 (vḷ, )
- sam-ḍmayana (sám-), n. erection of a sacrificial post ŚBr
- sam-mikṣ √1. (or -mimikṣ
- √1. miksk
- only Impv. -mimikṣvā́ and 2ḍu. pf. -mimikṣáthuḥ, but accord. to some referable to sam- √1. mih, q.v.), to mix with, furnish or endow with (instr.) RV. i, 48, 16
- to prepare (an oblation) ib. viii, 10, 2
- sam-mita &c. See above
- sam-mimardiṣu See sam√mṛd, p. 1181, col. 1
- sam-mimānayiṣu See sam√man, col. 1
- sam-√mil P. Ā. -milati, ○te, to meet or assemble together, be present, associate with Kathās
- sam-milita mfn. met together, assembled, collected ib. Pañcat
- sam-melana n. mingling or meeting together, mixture, union Uttarar. Sāh
- sam-miśra mf(ā)n. commingled, mixed together, joined, connected, furnished or endowed with (instr. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- sam-ḍmiśraṇa n. the act of commingling or mixing together Kull. on Mn. vii, 193
- sam-ḍmiśrita mfn. mixed together, mingled, intermixed with (instr.) MBh
- sám-miśla mf(ā)n. = sam-miśra above RV
- m. 'universal mingler', N. of Indra MBh
- sam-√mih See sam- √1. mikṣ and √1. mikṣ, √1. mih
- sam-√mīl P. -mīlati, to shut the eyes RV. Br. GṛŚrS
- to close up (as a flower) Śak. Suśr.: Caus. -mīlayati (with or without netre), to close the eyes Kālid. Kathās. Suśr
- to cause to close the eyes, i.e. make insensible, kill Uttarar. Sāh
- sam-mīlana n. closing (of a flower, of the eyes &c.) Suśr. [Page 1180, Column]
- cessation of activity Daśar
- covering up, obscuring, a total eclipse Sūryas
- sam-ḍmīlits (sám.), mfn. one who has closed the eyes TS
- closed (as eyes &c.), asleep (opp. to vi-buddha, 'awake') Suśr. Ragh
- -druma m. a Punarnavā with red flowers L. 1
- sam-ḍmī́īya ind. having closed or shut or covered RV. &c. &c. 2
- sam-ḍmīlya n. N. of a Sāman Br
- sam-mukhá mf(ī rarely ā) n. facing, fronting, confronting, being face to face or in front of or opposite to (gen. or ifc. or ibc.), present, before the eyes ŚBr. &c. &c
- being about to begin or at the beginning of (comp.) Hariv
- directed or turned towards ŚBr. KātyŚr
- inclined or favourable to (gen. or comp.), propitious Kāv. Kathās. Pañcat
- intent upon (loc. or comp.) Śatr. Kathās
- adapted to circumstances, fit, suitable Lalit
- with the mouth or face ĀpŚr
- (am), ind. towards, near to (atmanaḥ, 'one's self')
- opposite, in front or in presence of (gen.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (e), ind. opposite, before, face to face, in front or in presence or in the beginning of (gen. or comp
- with √bhū, 'to oppose, resist'
- with √sthā, to look any one in the face') ib
- ○vinaya m. (prob.) reproving any one face to face (i.e. when he is alone and no one else present), Mahāvy
- sam-mukhaya Nom. P. ○yati, to aim at (loc.) Bhām
- sam-mukhin m. a looking-glass, mirror L
- sammukhī in comp. for ○kha. -√kṛ P. -karoti, to place facing, make one's chief aim (○khīkṛta mfn. 'aimed at') Rāghav. root
- ○bhū P. -bhavati, to be or stand face to face or opposite, be opposed to, Balar
- sammukhīna mf(ā) n. facing, confronting, opposite Bhaṭṭ. Hcar. &c
- propitious, favourable to (gen.) Ragh
- -tva n. the being in front Kull. on Mn. iv, 52
- presence Sāh
- sam-√muc P. -muncati, to let loose together,
- pour out, discharge, shed (tears) MBh.: Caus. -mocayati, next
- sam-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) set free, liberated, released Ragh
- sam-√mud (only in pr. p. -modamāna, q.v.)
- sam-múd f. joy, delight (cf. svādu-s○) AV
- sam-moda m. id. L
- odour, fragrance MBh. (v. l.)
- -gandha m. id. Jātakam
- sam-ḍmodana mf(ī)n. friendly, kind (○nī-kathā f. complimentary talk') Divyâv
- sam-ḍmodanīya (Mahāvy.),
- sam-ḍmodamāna (Divyâv.), mfn. friendly ib
- sam-ḍmodika m. a kind or friendly person, comrade, companion SaddhP
- sam-√murch (or -mūrch), P. -mūrchati, to congeal into a fixed form, become dense, thicken, coagulate Kāv. VarBṛS. Suśr
- to become stupid or senseless ( See -mūrchita)
- to acquire consistency or firmness or strength, increase, expand, become powerful, make a loud sound Ragh.: Caus. -mūrchayati, to cause to assume consistency, form, fashion ( See -mūrchita-vat)
- to stupefy, cause to faint Uttarar
- sam-mūroha m. (prob.) thickening, augmenting, increase, expansion, spreading L
- -ja m. grass or any gramineous Plant ib
- sam-ḍmūrchana n. the act of congealing or thickening, increasing, spreading, accumulating Kaṇ
- stupefaction, insensibility, fainting away L
- height, elevation W
- nôdbkava m. a fish or other aquatic animal L
- sam-ḍmūrchita mfn. coagulated, congealed, thickened, strengthened, intensified (ifc. = 'filled with') R. Suśr
- stupefied, senseless, unconscious MBh. R
- reflected (as rays) VarBṛS
- modulated (as tone) Bhar
- -vat mfn. one who has (or = he has) formed or shaped Śaṃk
- sam-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, to steal, rob, take away Hariv
- sam-√muh P. -muhyati (pf. -mumoha, or -mumuhs), to become quite stupefied or bewildered or unconscious MBh. R. BhP
- to become confused or unrecognizable (as the quarters of the sky) MBh. : Caus. -mohayati, to stupefy, make unconscious, perplex, bewilder, lead astray MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-mugdha mfn. gone astray ( See a-s○)
- perplexed, bewildered, stupefied Uttarar
- not clearly understood Nīlak
- (am), ind. furtively Gīt. [Page 1181, Column]
- sam-mūḍha mfn. completely stupefied, astounded, perplexed, bewildered, unconscious, senseless MBh. Kāv. &c
- foolish, ignorant Yājñ. Rājat
- heaped, accumulated (as clouds
- accord. to others, 'torn asunder') Hariv
- produced rapidly W
- broken ib
- (ā), f. a kind of riddle or enigma Cat
- (○ḍhacetas mfn. troubled or infatuated in mind, Śāntiś
- -tā f. (Kathās.), -tva n. (MaitrUp.) stupefaction, infatuation, bewilderment, unconsciousness
- -piḍakā f. N. of partic. eruptions on the membrum virile Suśr
- -hṛdaya mfn. troubled in heart MW
- sam-mohá m. stupefaction, bewilderment, confusion, insensibility, unconsciousness, ignorance, folly, illusion of mind (also with manasaḥ
- manaḥ-, mati-, citta-s○ &c.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- tumult, battle (= saṃgrāna) Naigh. ii, 17
- (in astrol.) a partic. conjunction of planets VarBṛS
- (ā), f. a kind of metre Col
- (○ha) -maulin mfn. having illusion for stupefying, infatuating, bewitching, fascinating MBh
- sam-ḍmohana mf(ī)n. (fr. Caus.) id. MBh. Hariv. &c
- m. N. of one of the five arrows of Kāmadeva Kum. Gīt. Sch. (cf. RTL. 200)
- (ī), f. a kind of fascination or illusion (māyā) Hariv
- n. deluding, infatuating, leading astray MārkP
- a kind of mythical weapon MBh. Ragh. Kathās
- -tantra n. N. of a Tantra
- sam-ḍmohita mfn. (fr. id.) stupefied, bewildered, fascinated, enraptured R. Gīt. BhP
- sam-mūtraṇa n. making water upon (comp.) VarBṛS
- sam-√mṛj P. -mṛjati, -mārṣṭi, -mārjati, -mārjayati (cf. √mārj), to sweep together, sweep clean, rub or wipe off, cleanse, strain, filter (Soma), purify (fire by removing ashes) RV. &c. &c
- to take away, remove Rājat
- to stroke, caress R
- sam-mārga m. wiping off, cleansing Kum. TBr. Sch
- a wisp of grass (for tying faggots together) ŚrS
- sam-mārjaka mfn. sweeping, cleansing, a sweeper Kull. on Mn. vii, 126
- = bahu-dhányârjaka L
- m. a broom L
- sam-ḍmā́rjana n. the act of sweeping or cleansing thoroughly, cleansing, scouring, purifying, brushing ŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
- the anointing and washing (of images &c.) MW
- a wisp (or bunch of Darbha grass for purifying ladles &c.) TBr. KātyŚr
- remains of food wiped off from dishes &c. MārkP
- a wisp or broom (made of tough grass and stalks) Saṃskārak. Kull
- sam-ḍmārjita mfn. well swept or scoured MBh. Hariv
- removed, destroyed Rājat
- sam-mārṣṭi f. cleansing, purification L
- sam-mṛṣṭa mfn. well swept or scoured, cleaned, cleansed ŚBr. &c. &c
- strained, filtered L
- sam-√mṛṇ P. -mṛṇati, to kill, slay, destroy RV. Kāṭh
- sam-mṛta mfn. quite dead W
- sam-mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (Ved. inf. -marditoḥ), to press or squeeze together, rub or grind to pieces, crush, destroy TS.: Caus. -mardayati (pr. p. -mardayāna), to cause to be rubbed together, crush, pound, bruise R. BhP
- to rub Suśr
- to clean MW
- sam-marda m. pressing or rubbing together, friction, pressure Pratāp
- trampling MBh. R. &c
- impact (of waves) Rājat
- meeting, encounter (esp. with enemies), war, battle MBh. Kāv. &c
- sam-ḍmardana m. N. of a son of Vasu-deva BhP
- of a king of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
- n. rubbing, friction Siṃhâs
- sam-ḍmardin mfn. pressing thoroughly, rubbing, crushing Bhaṭṭ
- sam-mimardiṣu mfn. about to crush MBh
- sam-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te, to take hold of. seize, grasp, touch, graze, stroke (Ā. 'each other') ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- to touch mentally, judge ( See below)
- sam-márśana n. stroking ŚBr. ŚrS
- sam-ḍmarśin mfn. able to judge TUp
- sam-megha m. the cloudy season TāṇḍBr
- sammeta m. (cf. samêta and next) N. of a mountain Śatr. [Page 1181, Column]
- sammeda m. N. of a mountain (-māhātmya n. N. of wk.) Cat
- sam-melana See sam-√mil
- sam-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati, to set quite free, liberate MBh
- sam-moda ○dana &c. See sam√mud, p. 1180, col. 3
- sam-moha ○haka, ○hana &c. See col. 1
- sam-√myakṣ (only 3. pl. pf. -mimikṣuḥ and -mimikṣire), to be held together or united or associated, dwell together RV
- sam-mrakṣita mfn. (√mrakṣ) rubbed in, anointed Suśr
- samy-áñc mfn. (fr. sami = 2. sam + 2. añc Pāṇ. 6-3, 93
- nom. samyán, samīcī́, or samī́cī, samyák) going i, long with or together, turned together or in one direction, combined, united (acc. with √dhā, to unite or provide with' acc. or dat. of pers. and instr. or acc. of thing), entire, whole, complete, all (samyañcaḥ sarve, 'all together') RV. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
- turned towards each other, facing one another RV. VS. Br
- lying in one direction, forming one line (as foot steps) ŚBr
- correct, accurate, proper, true, right BhP
- uniform, same, identical W
- pleasant, agreeable ib
- (ī́cī), f. praise, eulogy L
- a doe Uṇ. iv, 92 Sch
- N. of a divine female TBr
- of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv
- (ák), ind. in one or the same direction, in the same way, at the same time, together (with √sthā, 'to associate with') RV. MBh
- in one line, straight (opp. to akṣṇayā, 'obliquely') ŚBr. KātyŚr
- completely, wholly, thoroughly, by all means (with na, by no means, not at all') Mn. MBh. &c
- correctly, truly, properly, fitly, in the right way or manner, well, duly (with √kṛ, 'to make good a promise') Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- distinctly, clearly MW
- samīká n. hostile encounter, conflict, fight RV
- (sometimes written śamīka) N. of a Ṛishi MBh. Hariv. Pur
- of a son of Sūra ib
- samī́ca m. the sea, ocean Uṇ. iv, 92 Sch
- (ī), f. See samy-áñc above
- samīcaka m. sexual union, copulation W
- samīcīná mf(ā́)n. tending in a common direction, going with or in company with, being or remaining together, connected, united, complete, all, whole RV. TS
- fit, proper, correct, true, just, right KaushUp. Pañcat. BhP. n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- = next W
- ○tā f. (Rāghav.),
- ○tva n. (Nīlak.), propriety, fitness, truth
- samyak in comp. for samyañc
- ○karmânta m. (with Buddhists) right action or occupation (one division of the āryâṣṭâṅga-mārga, 'holy eightfold path'
- the other 7 are given below) Lalit. Dharmas. 50 MWB. 44 &c
- ○kārin See a-s○
- ○cāritra n. (with Jainas) rṭright conduct ( See ratna-traya)
- ○tā f. rightness, correct manner Prab. Sch
- ○tva n. id. MBh
- completeness, perfection Śatr. (kṣāyika-s○, 'that perfection in which material existence is destroyed' W
- -kaumudī f. -prakāśa m
- ○tvâdhyayana or ○dhyāpana n. N. of wks
- -mithyā. tva-sarva-saṃgrasana m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- ○pāṭha m. right pronunciation VPrāt
- ○pālana n. right or due protection, Ratnâv
- ○praṇidhāna n. true or profound meditation (as leading to Arhatship) Divyâv
- ○prayoga m. right use or employment, due practice (eṇa, 'by the use of proper means') MBh. Kum. Car
- ○pravṛtti f. right action or function (of the senses) Col
- ○prahāṇa n. (= Pali sammappadhāna) right abandonment, right effort, right exetion (with Buddhists of four kinds, 1 -to prevent demerit from arising, 2. get rid of it when arisen, 3. produce merit, 4. increase it) Divyâv
- Dharnsas. 45 MWB. 50
- ○sraddhāna n. (with Jainas) rṭright belief. Sarvad
- ○saṃkalpa m. (with Buddh.) rṭright resolve
- ○sattva n. N. of a Commentary
- ○satya m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○samādhi m. right meditation (with Buddh.)
- ○sambuddha mfn. one who has attained to complete enlightenment (said of the Buddha) Kāraṇḍ
- ○sambuddhi f
- ○sambodha m. and complete enlightenment ib
- ○samboḍdhi f. complete enlightenment ib
- ○sthiti f. remaining together BhP. Sch
- ○smṛti f. (with Buddh.) right recollection
- samyag in comp. for samyañc
- ○avabodha m. right understanding Pāṇ. 1-3, 47 Sch
- ○ājīva m. right living. [Page 1181, Column]
- ○ājñā f. = -avabodha, Mahāv
- ○ukta mfn. properly or accurately said, said in the same away MW
- ○gata mfn. behaving rightly, holy Divyâv
- ○gamana n. the act of going with, accompanying MW
- ○guṇa n. right or true virtue Vet
- ○goptṛ m. a true protector or guardian MW
- ○ghuta (for -huta), mfn. properly kindled (fire) Ragh
- ○jñāna n. right knowledge ( ratna-traya)
- -tva n. Śamk,
- ○dagdha n. (in surgery) rṭright burning or cauterizing Suśr
- ○daṇḍana n. the act of punishing rightly or legally W
- ○darśana n. right perception or insight ( See ratna-traya)
- mf(ā)n. = next BhP
- sampanna mfn. possessed of true insight Mn. vi, 74,
- ○darśin (Śaṃk.),
- ○dṛś (Cat.), mfn. id
- ○dṛṣṭi f. right insight or belief (with Buddh.) Lalit
- mfn. possessed of right belief. orthodox (-tva n.) HPariś. Divyâv
- ○bodha m. right understanding Pāṇ. 1-3, 47 Sch
- ○yoga m. a true Yoga MaitrUp. BhP
- ○varṇa-prayoga m. 'right use of sounds', correct pronunciation Śiksh
- ○vartamāna mfn. continuing in the right discharge of duty W
- ○vāc f. right speech (with Buddh.)
- ○vānta mfn. that has well vomited (as a leech) Suśr
- ○vijayin mfn. completely victorious MBh
- ○vṛtta mfn. well-conducted MW
- wholly confiding in ib
- ○vṛtti f. regular or complete performance, right discharge of duties MBh
- ○vyavasita mfn. firmly resolved Bhag
- ○vyāyāma m. right exertion (with Buddhists)
- samyaṅ in comp. for samyañc
- ○mati f. correct opinion Śaṃk
- sam-rā́j m. (fr. saṃ- √rāj Pāṇ. 8-3, 25
- nom. samrā́ṭ) a universal or supreme ruler (a N. of Varuṇs, the Ādityas, Indra, Manu &c.) RV. VS. ŚBr. VP
- a sovereign lord, paramount sovereign (of men)
- one who rules over other princes and has performed the Rājasūya sacrifice RV. &c. &c
- N. of a son or grandson of Kāmyā Hariv
- of a son of Citra-ratha BhP
- of various authors Cat
- a kind of metre RPrāt
- a partic. Ekâha Vait
- (-rāj), f. N. of a daughter of Priya-vrata VP
- samrāja Nom. P. (fr. prec
- cf. saṃ-√rāj) ○jati (only pr.p. ○jat), to reign over, rule (gen.) RV. i, 27, 1
- samrā́jñī f. a queen or any woman or mistress who is superior in rank RV. AV. TBr
- samrāṭ in comp. for samrāj
- ○siddhânta m. N. of wk
- samrāḍ in comp. for samrāj
- ○āsandī́ f. a chair or stool used foe the Pravargya-gharma (q.v.) ŚBr. ŚrS
- ○dúghā f. the cow that gives milk for the Pravargya ŚBr
- ○yantra n. N. of wk
- say cl. 1. Ā. sayate, to go Dhātup. xiv, 8
- saya (fr. si), only in the following
- ○tvá n. binding, fastening TS. TBr. Kāṭh
- sayana n. binding Nir
- in. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh. (B. seyana)
- sa-ya mfn. (i.e., 7, sa + ya) with the sound or letter ya RPrāt
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○yakṣman mfn. having consumption, suffering from consumption, consumptive MBh
- ○yajña-pātra mfn. together with sacrificial vessels Hcat
- ○yati mfn. having a caesura, with a caesura Ked
- ○yatna mfn. making efforts, taking pains with, endeavouring to (inf
- am ind. 'with effort') Hit
- ○yantra mfn. with or possessing machines MW
- -jala-śaila mfn. having engines and water and a rock ib
- ○yantrika mfn. together with a charioteer KātyŚr
- ○yava mfn. together with barley, Kaus
- ○ya-va mfn. containing the sounds ya or va VPrāt
- ○yāvaka mfn. dyed with lac Kir
- ○yā́van mf(arī)n. going along with, associated with (inttr.), accompanying RV
- ○yuktvá n. (fr. sa-yuj) the being united ŚBr
- ○yúgvan mfn. (fr. id.) united or associated with, a companion of (gen.) ib
- having a team of horses ChUp
- ○yúj mfn. united, a companion, comrade RV. AV. Br. ŚrS
- f. N. of partic. bricks TS
- ○yujya mfn. (fr. prec.) closely united with MW
- tā f. intimate union or junction ib
- ○yudhi-ṣṭhira mfn. with or accompanied by Yudhi-shṭhira MW
- ○yūthya (sá-), mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 4-4, 114) belonging to the same herd or tribe VS. AitBr
- ○yoga mfn. possessed of Yoga Ragh
- m. (m. c.) for saṃ-yoga, junction, union (opp. to viyoga) BhP
- n. (scil. guṇa-sthāna, with Jainas) N. of the last but one of the 14 stages leading to emancipation Cat. [Page 1182, Column]
- ○yoni (sá-), mfn. having a womb female L
- having the same womb, uterine, having a common origin with (instr.) RV. AV
- connected with the womb or place of origin or birth-place &c. AV. TS
- m. (only L.) 'one who is from the same womb', a uterine brother
- proximity to a wife (?) a pair of nippers for cutting areca-nut
- N. or Indra
- -tā f. (AitBr.), -tvá n. (TS.) identity of origin, the having the same birth-place
- ○yoṣaṇa mfn. attended by women, along with the women MW
- ○yauvana mfn. possessing youth, youthful, young Ṛitus
- sará mf(ā)n. (fr. √sṛ) fluid, liquid VS
- cathartic, purgative, laxative Suśr. Vāgbh
- (ifc. f. ī Pāṇ. 3-2, 18) going, moving &c. (cf. anu-, abhi-, puraḥ-s○)
- m. going, motion L
- a cord, string (cf. prati-, maṇi-, muktā-maṇi-, and mauktika-s○)
- a short vowel (in prosody) Col
- salt L
- N. of Vāyu or the wind L
- a waterfall L
- often vḷ. or wṛ. for śara (also in comp. sara-ja &c. for śara ja &c.)
- (ā́), f. moving or wandering about Gal
- a brook AV. TS
- a cascade, waterfall L
- Paederia Foetida L
- (ī), f. a cascade (cf. sari) L
- n. a lake, pool (also irregularly in comp. for saras) Uṇ. iv, 188 Sch
- milk L
- ○tva n. fluidity, laxity, the being a purgative Suśr
- ○vatī f. N. of the river Vitastā MW
- sarôtsava m. 'delighting in water', the Indian crane L
- sarôdaka n. the water of a pond Śiś
- sarôdapāna n. pl. ponds and wells MBh
- sarôpânta n. the neighbourhood of a pond Pañcat
- saraḥ in comp. for saras
- ○kāka m. 'lakebird', a gander (ī f. a goose) L
- ○priya m. 'fond of water', a partic. aquatic bird (vḷ. sura-pr○) Hariv
- saraka mfn. going, moving, proceeding L
- m. or n. a drinking vessel, goblet (esp. for spirituous liquors) R. Suśr
- spirituous liquor (esp. that distilled from sugar), rum Kathās
- drinking spirituous liquor Śiś. xv, 114
- distribution of spirituous liquor L
- a caravan L
- (ikā), f. a kind of plant (= hiṅgu-pattrī) L
- a string of pearls L
- n. a pearl, jewel L
- a pond, lake L
- 'going' or 'the sky' (gamana or gagana) L
- N. of a Tirtha MBh
- saraṇa mfn. (for sa-raṇa See p. 1183) going, moving, running GopBr
- m. a kind of tree Col. (perhaps wṛ. for sorala)
- N. of a king Buddh
- (ā or ī), f. Paederia Foetida L
- (ā), f. a sort of convolvulus L
- n. running, quick motion (with ājeḥ, 'a foot-race, 'running-match') GṛŚrS. ChUp. MBh
- moving from one place to another, locomotion VarBṛS
- running after, following R
- iron rust or filings L
- ○jīvin mfn. living by running ĀśvGṛ
- ○deva m. N. of a grammarian Col
- saraṇi f. a road, path, way (also ○ṇī) Bhartṛ. Daś
- a strait or continuous line L
- a disease of the throat L
- saraṇya Nom.P. ○yáti, to run, hasten, speed RV
- saraṇyú mfn. quick, fleet, nimble RV
- m. (only L.) wind
- a cloud
- water
- spring
- (ū́), f. N. of a daughter of Tvashṭṛi (in RV. represented as the wife of Vivasvat and mother of the two Aśvins, and, accord. to some, of the twins Yama and Yamī, whom she brought forth in the form of a mare
- accord. to some also N. of the Dawn) RV. x, 17, 2
- Naigh. v, 6 Nir. xii, 9. [Cf. accord. to some, Gk. ?.] [1182,]
- sarat mfn. going, flowing, proceeding &c. ( See √sṛ)
- m. a thread L
- sárapas (prob.) n. flowing water RV. ii, 13, 12
- sarámā f. the fleet one', N. of a female dog belonging to Indra and the gods (represented in RV. X, 14, 10 as the mother of the four-eyed brindled dogs of Yama [IW. 47], and called in MBh. i, 671 deva-śunī in the RV. said to have gone in search of and recovered the cows stolen by the Paṇis
- elsewhere regarded as the mother of beasts of prey Saramā Deva-śunī is also said to be the authoress of part of RV. x, 108) RV. PārGṛ. MBh. &c
- a female dog in general, bitch L
- N. of a Rākshasī R
- of a daughter of the Gandharva king Śailūsha and wife of Vībhtshaṇa ib
- of a wife of Kaśyapa VahniP
- ○tmaja (○mâtm○), m. 'son of Saramā', a dog VarBṛS
- ○putra and m. id. Subh
- ○suta m. id. Subh
- saraya Nom. Ā. ○oráyate, to begin to flow RV. Iv, 17, 2
- saráyu m. air, wind L
- f. N. of a well-known river (commonly called Surjoo
- on which stood the ancient city Ayodhyā [R. i, 5 ;]
- it is a tributary of the Gogra [see gharghara], and in RV. is mentioned along with the rivers Sarasvatī, Sindhu, Gaṅgā, Yamunā, and Śutudri). [Page 1182, Column]
- sarayū f. later N. of the river Sarayu (above) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○taṭa m. n. the bank of the Sartayn Ragh
- N. of a place Cat
- ○vana n. a forest on the river Sarayu MW
- sararūka (used in explaining salalūka) Nir. vi, 3
- sarala mf(ā)n. 'running on', straight (not 'crooked') Kāv. Rājat
- outstretched Kathās. Rājat
- right, correct Prasaṅg. TPrāt. Sch
- upright, sincere, candid, honest, artless, simple Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
- real (not 'sham'), Bāar
- = vigīta L
- m. a species of pine tree, Pinus Longifolia MBh. Kāv. &c
- a kind of bird, Pavo Bicalcaratus L
- fire L
- a Buddha L
- (ā), f. the above pine Bhpr
- Ipomoea Turpethum L
- N. of a river L
- (am), n. resin of the pine R. Suśr
- a partic. high number Buddh
- ○kāṣṭha n. the wood of the pine MW
- ○tā f. uprightness, honestly, simplicity Prasannar
- ○tva n. straightness Cat
- ○drava m. the above resin L
- ○yāyin mfn. going in a straight line W
- upright, honest ib
- (inī), f. a plant with an upright stem ib
[[]]
- saralaskandhasaṃghaṭṭajanman3sarala--skandha-saṃghaṭṭa-janman mfn. arising from the friction of pine-branches MW
- ○syanda m. = -drava Rājat
- saraláṅga m. id. L
- saralâṅguli-śobhin mfn. having beautiful straight fingers Rājat
- saralaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make straight, straighten Nalac
- saralā-bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- saralāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to advance well L
- saralita mfn. straightened, straight Vcar
- saralī in comp. for sarala
- ○karaṇa n. making straight Cat. = root
⋙kṛ
- kṛ P. -karoti, to make straight ib
- sáras n. 'anything flowing or fluid', a lake, large sheet of water, pond, pool, tank RV. &c. &c
- . a trough, pail RV
- water Naigh. i, 2
- speech (a meaning given to account for saras-vatī) ib. i, 11
- ○tīra n. the shore or bank of a lake or pond Pañcat
- ○vat (sáras-), mfn. abounding in or connected with ponds &c. BhP
- juicy, sapid L
- elegant ib
- sentimental ib
- finding pleasure or delight in (loc.) Cat
- m. N. of a divinity belonging to the upper region (considered as offspring of the water and plants, as guardian of the waters and bestower of fertility) RV. AV. TS. PañcavBr
- of a male deity corresponding to Sarasvatī TS. ŚBr
- the sea Śiś
- a river L
- N. of a river (= sarasatī) BhP
- a buffalo W
- (atī), f. See s.v
- sarasa n. (for sa-rasa See s.v.) = saras, a lake, pond, pool ( See jala-, deva-, and maṇḍūka-s○)
- sarasara mfn. moving hither and thither L
- sarasarāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to move hither and thither Kāraṇḍ
- sarasi (loc. of saras), in comp
- ○ja mfn. produced or living in lakes or ponds (as fish) Suśr. n. a lotus Kāv. Kathās
- -mukhī f. a lotus-faced woman, Dhūetan
- ○jā́kṣī f. a lotus-eyed woman, Daśak
- ○ñanman m. lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Śiś
- ○ruha n. growing in a lake or pond', a lotus Kāv
- -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā MW
- -sūnu m. lotus-son', id. Bhām
- sarasika m. the Indian crane (also sarasīka
- cf. sārasa) L
- sarasī f. a pool, pond, lake RV. Kāv. Rājat
- N. of a metre Col
- ○ja n. 'lake-born', a lotus Kāv
- locana, -"ṣjâkṣa, and -"ṣjikṣaṇa mfn. lotus-eyed ib
- ○ruh n. 'lake-growing', a lotus ib
- m. N. of a poet Cat
- ○ruha n. id ib. -bandhu m. friend of the lotus', the sun Vcar
- ○hâkṣa or ○hekṣaṇa mfn. lotus-eyed Kāv
- sarasyá mfn. relating to ponds or lakes VS. TS. KātyŚr
- sarasvati in comp. for sarasvatī
- ○kṛta (sári○), mfn. made by Sarasvatī VS
- ○vat mfn. accompanied by Sarasvati KātyŚr
- sárasvatī f. (of sárasvat, q.v. under sáras) a region abounding in pools and lakes MBh. i, 7745
- N. of a river (celebrated in RV. and held to be a goddess whose identity is much disputed
- most authorities hold that the name Sárasvatī is identical with the Avestan Haraquaiti river in Afghanistan, but that it usually means the Indus in the RV., and only occasionally the small sacred rivers in Madhya-deśa see below
- the river-goddess has seven sisters and is herself sevenfold, she is called the mother of streams, the best of mothers, of rivers, and of goddesses
- the Ṛishis always recognize the connection of the goddess with the river, and invoke her to descend from the sky, to bestow vitality, renown, and riches
- elsewhere she is described as moving along a golden path and as destroying Vṛitra &c
- as a goddess she is often connected with other deities, e.g. with Pūshan, Indra, the Maruts and the Aśvins [Page 1182, Column]
- in the Āpri hymns she forms a triad with the sacrificial goddesses Iḍā and Bhātrati
- accord. to a myth told in the VS. xix, 12, SṭSárasvatī through speech [vācā] communicated vigour to Indra
- in the BrṢmaṇas she is identified with vāc, 'Speech', and in later times becomes goddess of eloquence, See below) RV. &c. &c
- N. of a well-known small river (held very sacred by the Hindūs
- identified with the modern Sursooty, at, d formerly marking with the Dṛishadvatī one of the boundaries of the region Ārya-deśa and of the sacred district called Brahmâvarta [see Mn. ii, 1] in RV. vii, 95, 2, this river is represented as flowing into the sea, although later legends make it disappear underground and join the Ganges and Jumnā at Allahibād
- See tri-veṇī, prayāga) ib
- N. of various rivers (esp. of rivers which in sacredness are equal to Sárasvatī and which are three accord. to AV. vi, 101, and seven accord. to MBh. ix, 2188)
- any river Naigh. i, 13
- N. of the goddess of eloquence and learning (cf. above
- she is opposed to Śri or Lakshmī [Vikr. v, 2], and sometimes considered as the daughter and also wife of Beahmā, the proper wife of that god being rather Sāvitri or Gāyatri
- she is also identified with Durgā, or even with the wife of Vishṇu and of Manu, and held to be the daughter of Daksha) Mn. MBh. &c
- speech or the power of speech, eloquence, learning wisdom MBh. Kāv. &c
- a celestial or oracular voice Kālid. Kathās. Rājat
- a cow VS. viii, 43
- an excellent woman (= strī-ratna) L
- N. of various plants (Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Egle Marmelos, Ruta Graveolens &c.) L
- N. of a twoyear-old girl representing Durgā at her festival L
- of a poetess Cat
- of various other women (esp. of the wives of Dadhica, Śaṃkarâcārya, Maṇḍaṇamiśra &c.) ib
- of one of the ten mendicant orders traced back to Śarnkaracārya (whose members add the word sarasvatī to their names)
- ○kaṇṭhâbharaṇa n. the necklace of Sarasvat1 (goddess of eloquence) Dhūrtas
- N. of wk. on Alarnkāra (generally ascribed to Bhoja-deva, but probably written by some Pandit during or after the reign of that king, in the end of the 11th century AḌ.)
- ○kuṭumba m. N. of a poet Cat
- -duhiśri f. of a poetess ib
- ○kṛta mfn. made or composed by Sárasvatī ib
- ○tantra n. N. of two wks
- ○tīrtha n. N. of a Tirtha (-māhātmya n.) Cat
- m. N. of an author (also called nara-harr ib
- ○daṇḍaka n
- ○daśa-ślokī f
- ○dāna-vidhi m
- ○dvādaśanāma-stotra n. N. of wks
- ○nivāsa m. N. of a poet (author of the Rukmiṇī-naṭaka) Cat
- ○purāṇa n. N. of wk
- ○pūjana n. or the worship of Sárasvatī (observed as a holiday on the fifth of the light half of the month Māgha and therefore also called Vasanta-pañcamī, on which day books and writing implements are held sacred and not allowed to be used) RTL. 429
- ○pūjā f. the worship of SṭSárasvatī (observed as a holiday on the fifth of the light half of the month Māgha and therefore also called Vasanta-pañcamī, on which day books and writing implements are held sacred and not allowed to be used) RTL. 429
- (○jā) -vidhāna n. N. of wk
- ○prakriyā f. N. of a Comm. on the Sárasvatī-sūtra (by Anubhūti-svarūpa)
- ○prayega m. a kind of mystical rite peculiar to the Tāntrikas MW
- ○bāla-vāṇī f. a partic. dialect Col
- ○mantra m
- ○māhātmya n
- ○rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○vat (sár○), mfn. accompanied by Sárasvatī RV. AitBr
- ○vinaśana n. the place where the river Sárasvatī disappears PañcavBr
- ○vilāsa m. N. of various wks
- ○vrata n. N. of a partic. religious observance Cat
- ○ṣaṭ-ślokī f. N. of wk
- ○saras n. N. of a sacred lake MW
- ○sū7kta n. N. of a hymn
- ○sūtra n. the aphorisms of the Sárasvatī grammar (by an unknown author
- cf. -prakryā)
- ○stava in.,
- ○stotra n. N. of hymns
- ○svāmin m. N. of an author Cat
- sarasvaty-aṣṭaka-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- sarāsara mfn. moving
- hither and thither L
≫sari
- sari f. a cascade, waterfall (cf. sara, ○rā, ○rī) L
- a quarter of the compass L
- sarika mfn. See agre-s○
- (ā), f. See saraka
- sarit f. a river, stream (saritāṃ varā, 'best of rivers', the Ganges
- ○tāṃ nātha, 'lord of rivers', the ocean
- ○tām pati id., an expression for the number 'four' RV. &c. &c
- a metre of 72 syllables Nidānas
- a thread, string L
- N. of Durgā L
- ○kapha ocean Kāv. Kathās. BhP
- ○vat mfn. possessed of rivers', the ocean L
- ○sāgara (?), m. N. of wk
- ○suta m. 'river-son', N. of Bhīshnia (soti of Gaṅgā) L
- ○suraṅgā f. a channel of water Nalac. [Page 1183, Column]
- sarita mfn. flowing, fluent (as speech), Māhāvy
- sarid in comp. for sarit
- ○adhipati m. lord of rivers, the ocean Śukas
- ○āśrita See arṇavasarid-āśrita
- ○ubhaya (prob. n.) the bank of a river, Var Yogay
- ○dīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa (v. l. pari-dviipa) MBh
- ○bhartṛ m. = -adhipati
- N. for the number, four' Ked
- ○vadhū f. a woman compared to a river MW
- ○varā f. best of rivers', the Ganges MBh
- sárin mfn. approaching, coming to aid RV
- sarin in comp. for sarit
- ○nātha m. 'river-lord', the ocean L
- ○maru-vanâśraya mfn. protected by a river and a desert and wood MW
- ○mukha n. the mouth or source of a river W
- sariman m. wind, air Uṇ. iv, 147 Sch
- going, proceeding W
- sarirá n. (cf. salila) the heaving sea, flood, tide VS. TBr
- = bahu Naigh. iii, 1
- the universe (= loka or tri-loka) VS. Sch
- sarilá n. = salila, water L
- sárīman (only loc. ○maṇi) the course or passage of the wind RV
- = sariman Uṇ. iv, 147 Sch
≫saro
- saro in comp. for saras
- ○ja mfn. produced or found in lakes or ponds Tarkas
- n. a lotus Kāv. VarBṛS
- m. a prosodial foot containing 6 instants (accord. to some '6 long syllables') Col
- -kalikā f. N. of wk
- -khaṇḍa n. a group of lotuses Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 51
- -tā f. the being a lotus Naish
- -dṛś, -nayanā, and -netrā f. a lotus eyed woman Kāv
- -rāga m. a ruby (cf. padmar○), Hcit
- sundara m. or n. (?) N. of wk
- ○janman n. 'lake-born', a lotus L
- ○jala n. the water of a pond or lake W
- ○jin mfn. (fr. saroja) having lotuses
- m. N. of Brahmā (connected with a lotus) L
- of a Buddha L
- (inī), f. a pond abounding in lotus or a multitude of lotus (also incorrectly = 'a lotus-flower') Kāv. Sāh
- ○jīya Nom. (fr. saro-ja), P. ○yati, to be like a lotus Kāv
- ○bindu m. a kind of song (gītaka) Yājñ
- ○rakṣa m. the guardian of a pool MW
- ○ruh n. 'lakegrowing', a lotus L
- ○ruha n. id. Kāv. Kathās. &c
- m. N. of a poet Cat
- -dṛś f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām
- -vajra m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○hâkṣī f. (= ○ha-dṛś) Uttarar
- ○hâsana m. 'sitting on a lotus', N. of Brahmā (as having appeared sitting on the lotus which grew from the navel of Vishṇu) L
- ○ruhiṇī f. = sarojinī Kir
- ○vara n. (accord. to some also m.) a lake or large pond, any piece of water deep enough for the lotus Kāv. Pur. &c
- sártave
- sártavai See √sṛ
- sártṛ m. a courser (horse) ŚBr
- sárma m. going, running, flowing RV. i, 80, 5. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [1183,]
- sa-rakta mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + r○) bleeding, bloody Suśr
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following)
- ○rakta-gaura mfn. being of a red and whitish colour Laghuj
- ○raṅga mfn. (for saraṅga See s.v.) having colour Kāv
- having a nasal sound Śiksh
- (also ○gaka) a kind of metre Col
- ○raja mfn. dusty, dirty BhP
- m. pl. N. of a people MārkP
- ○rajas mfn. having dust or pollen Pāṇ. 5-4, 77 Sch
- f. a woman in her monthly period L
- ○rajasa mfn. dusty, dirty PañcavBr. (-tā f. Kir.)
- (am), ind. with the dust, i.e. with the last remnant Pāṇ. 5-4, 77 Sch
- ○rajaska mf(ā)n. 'having pollen' and 'having the menses' Bhām
- ○raṇa mfn. (for saraṇa See p. 1182, col. 1) connected with war or conflict Lalit
- ○raṇaraṇikam ind. (perhaps wṛ. for ○ṇakam) with longing, regretfully Śukas.,
- ○ratha (sá-), mf(ā)n. together with the chariot ŚBr. MBh
- (sa-rátham), ind. on the same chariot with, (or simply) together with, accompanied by (instr.) RV
- m. a warrior or Kshatriya (as riding in a chariot) MW
- -pādāta mfn. accompanied by or along with chariots and infantry ib
- ○rathin mfn. riding on the same chariot VS
- ○randhra mfn. having holes or openings or apertures, perforated Ragh
- having a loop (for pulling anything through) Āpast.Pray
- ○abhasa mfn. possessing speed or impetuosity, impetuous, speedy, quick, agitated, eager, passionate (am ind. impetuously, hurriedly, passionately
- also ibc.) Kāv. Kathās. Vet
- ○raśana mfn. having a girdle or together with the girdle ĀpŚr
- ○raśmi (sá-.), mfn. having rays, radiant RV
- ○rasa &c., See s.v. [Page 1183, Column]
- ○rahasya mfn. along with the secret or mystical doctrine (i.e. with the Upanishads Mn. ii, 140, 165)
- possessing anything secret or mystical MW
- ○rāga mfn. having colour (sometimes = 'not quite clean') Kād
- reddened MBh. Kālid
- charming, lovely (am ind.) Bhaṭṭ
- enamoured, impassioned, passionate (am ind.) Kām. Gīt
- -tā f. (Pañcat.), -tva n. the being coloured or flushed with passion, impassioned, redness, passion, love
- -intra mfn. red-eyed MBh
- ○rājaka (MBh
- ikā f. Jātakam.),
- ○rájan (KātyŚr.), mfn. possessing a king, along with the king
- ○rāti (sá.), mfn. equal in (bestowing) gifts, equally kind RV
- ○rātri mfn. = samāna-r○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 85
- ○rāṣṭra or mfn. possessing or along with a kingdom MW
- ○rāṣḍṭraka mfn. possessing or along with a kingdom MW
- ○rāhu mfn. possessed or held by Rāhu (q.v.), eclipsed BhP
- ○rīḍham ind. with contempt or neglect KāśīKh
- ○ruc mfn. possessing splendour splendid, magnificent Śiś
- ○ruj mfn. feeling the same pain, Śāh
- suffering pain, sick, ill Hāsy
- ○ruja mfn. having pain, causing it Car
- suffering pain or sickness, ill, diseased MBh. R. &c
- -tva n. sickness, illness Mālav
- ○siddhâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
- ○rudhira mfn. bloody (am ind.) Suśr
- -mūtra mfn. discharging bloody urine (-tā f.) ib
- ○ruṣ mfn. angry, enraged, Śiś Pañcat
- ○rūpa (sá-), mfn. having the same shape or form, uniform, similar, like, resembling (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- having the same sound identical in sound, consonant, Kavyâd
- having shape or form, embodied VP
- shapely formed, beautiful, handsome (prob.also wṛ. for su-r○) PañcavBr. Kāv
- m. a partic. mythical being Suparṇ
- (ā), f. N. of the wife of Bhūta and mother of innumerible Rudras BhP
- (○pa) -kṛt mfn. producing the same form or colour AV
- (○paṃ) -káraṇa mf(ī)n. id. ib
- -tā f. -tva n. identity of form, likeness, resemblance to (comp.) AitBr. MBh. Kām. &c
- assimilation to the deity (one of the four stages in the progress towards final emancipation) RTL. &c
- -vatsā f. a cow with a calf of the same colour GṛŚrS
- ○pôpamā, v. l. for samāna-rūp○ Kāvyâd
- ○rūpaya Nom. (fr. sa-rūpa), P. ○yati, to make equal in form Sarvad
- ○rūptn mfn. equally shiped or formed KāśīKh
- ○retas (sá-), mfn. having semen, possessing seed Br
- ○repha mfn. together with the sound or letter r RPrāt
- ○roga mfn. affected with disease, sick, diseased
- -tā f. (v. l. ○gi-tā) sickliness Hit
- ○ḍrogin mfn. (and ○gi-tā f.) = prec. W
- ○rodha mfn. having hindrance or obstruction or opposition MW
- having destruction or loss ib
- m. obstruction, opposition W
- ○roma mfn. having hair, hairy VarBṛS
- -kaṇṭaka mfn. having the hair bristling or thrilling with ecstacy MW
- -vikriya mfn. id. ib
- ○mâñca mfn. id. (am ind.) Kathās. Prab
- ○roṣa mfn. full of anger, angry, wrathful (am id.) R. Kālid. Pur
- -rāgôpahata mfn. suffused with a flush of anger MW
- -sambhrama mfn. wrathful and agitated Śiś
- -smitam ind. with an angry smile Ratnâv
- ○rkṣa
- ○rca &c., See sa-rkṣa, sa-rca s.v
- sarágh f. (of unknown derivation
- only in nom. sg. saráṭ dat. pl. saráḍbhyaḥ, and nom. pl. sarághaḥ) a bee RV. TS. ŚBr
- sarághā f. id. TBr. PañcavBr. Ragh
- Pon. gamia Glabra L
- N. of the wife of Bindumat and mother of Madhu BhP
- saráṭ f. See sarágh
- (prob.) m. 'wind' or 'a cloud' Uṇ. i, 133 Sch
- saraṭa m. a lizard, chameleon Mn. VarBṛS. wind Uṇ. iv, 105 Sch
- ○patana-praśānti f. N. of wk. (on removing the evil consequences of a lizard falling on one's head)
- ○śāstra n. N. of wk. (on prognostics derived from the movements of lizards)
- saraṭaka m. N. of a Bharaṭaka Cat
- saraṭu m. a lizard, chameleon L
- saraḍ (prob.) m. a kind of tree L
- a cloud L
- a kind of camel L
- saraḍa m. the crawling of a serpent L
- a tree L
- saraṅga m. (for sa-r○ See col. 1) a kind of bird L
- a kind of antelope (cf. sāraṅga) L
- sarájat mfn. (of unknown meaning Sāy. = saha-rajat
- others = sṛjat
- accord. to others saraj- = Gk. ?.) RV. x, 115, 3. [1183,]
- saraṇa ○ṇi &c. See p. 1182, col. 1, [Page 1183, Column]
- saraṇḍa m. (cf. śaraṇḍa) a bird, Uṇ, i, 128 Sch
- saratni mf. (cf. ratni, aratni) a partic. measure (from the elbow to the closed hand) L
- sa-ratha ○thin, See col. 1
- sara-pattrikā f. a lotus-leaf (prob. wṛ. for śara-p○) L
- sarapas See p. 1182, col. 1
- sarabha m. N. of a monkey (prob. wṛ. for śarabha) RāmatUp
- sarabhaka m. a kind of insect infesting grain AdbhBr
- sa-rabhasa &c. See col. 1
- saramā See p. 1182, col. 1
- saraṣaṭṭa N. of a place Cat
- sa-rasa mf(ā)n. (for sarasa See p. 1182, col. 2) containing sap, juicy, pithy, potent, powerful TS. Br. GṛŚrS. Megh
- moist, wet Hariv. Kāv. Kathās
- fresh, new Mālav. Śiś. Sāh
- tasty, tasting like (comp.) Kathās
- elegant, beautiful, charming, gracious Kāv. Kathās
- expressive of poetical sentiment ( See rasa)
- passionate, impassioned, enamoured, full of love or desire ib
- (am), ind. with rapture Vikr
- (ā), f. = saralā, Ipomoea Turpethum L
- ○kavi-kulânanda m. N. of a Bhāṇa (q.v.) by Rāma-candra
- ○tā f. juiciness AitBr. ŚāṅkhBr
- ○tva n. id. Kāṭh
- freshness AitBr. ŚāṅkhBr
- ○tva n. id. Kāṭh
- freshness, novelty Subh
- ○bhāratī f. N. of a poem
- ○vāṇī f. N. of the wife of Maṇḍana-miśra Cat
- ○śabdasaraṇi f. N. of a vocabulary
- sarasâṅga-yaṣṭi mfn., one whose delicate body is moist with perspiration (cf. 2. yaṣṭi) MW
- sarasī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to moisten, refresh, comfort Prasannar
- sarasamprata (?), m. Asteracantha Longifolia L
- sarasika sarasi-ja &c. See p. 1182
- sarasvatī &c. See p. 1182, col. 2
- saraha m. N. of a man Buddh
- sarāṭa N. of a place. Cat
- sarārī See kṛmi-s○
- sarāva m. a kind of venomous insect Suśr
- wṛ. for śārva
- sari sarit &c. See p. 1182, col. 3
- sariṇyu wṛ. for saraṇyu
- sariṣapa m. = sarṣapa, mustard, a mustard seed L
- sarisrará (?), m. (fr. Intens. of √sṛ) going or flowing apart TBr
- sarisrut (?), f. (fr. id. or √sru ?) = surā Harav
- sarī-sṛp m. (fr. Intens. of √sṛp) = sarīsṛpa, any creeping animal BhP
- sarīsṛpá mfn. crawling, creeping
- m. or n. (ifc. f. ā) a creeping animal, reptile, snake RV. &c, &c
- m. N. of Vishṇu L
- sáru mfn. (for śaru fr. √śrī, p. 1056) minute, thin, fine
- m. = śáru m. an arrow = tsaru, the hilt or handle of a sword L
- sa-ruc sa-ruj &c. See col. 2
- sarudbhava (prob.) wṛ. for sarâdbhava, a lotus
- saro-ja &c. See col. 1
- sarka m. (of unknown derivation) the wind, air L
- the mind L
- N. of Prajā-pati L
- sa-rkṣa mf(ā)n. (i.e. 7. sa + ṛkṣa) joined or united with a Nakshatra, Kṛishṇaj
- sárga m. (ifc. f. ā
- fr. √sṛj) letting go, discharging, voiding (as excrement) MBh. R
- starting (a race-horse), racing RV
- a herd let loose from a stable, any troop or host or swarm or multitude ib. Rājat
- a draught of air, gust of wind RV
- a stream, gush, rush, downpour (of any fluid
- acc. with √kṛ, 'to cast or strike down' RV.) [Page 1184, Column]
- a dart, shot ib
- emission or creation of matter, primary creation (as opp. to pratisarga 'secondary creation'), creation of the world (as opp. to its pralaya 'dissolution', and sthiti, 'maintenance in existence' ; 9 different creations are enumerated in BhP. iii, 10, 13
- ā sargāt, 'from the creation or beginning of the world'
- sarge 'in the created world') Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- a created being, creature (with daiva 'a divine creation', 'a god') Ragh
- begetting, procreation MBh
- origin BhP
- offspring, a child ib
- nature, natural property, disposition, tendency Bhag. v, 19
- effort, exertion, resolution, eesolve, will Ragh. Śiś
- a section, chapter, book, canto (esp. in an epic poem)
- assent, agreement L
- fainting (= moha) L
- implement of war MBh. xi, 2165 (Nīlak.)
- = visarga, the aspiration at the end of a word Cat
- N. of Śiva MBh
- of a son of Rudra Pur
- ○kartṛ m. the creator (-tva n.) Pañcar
- ○kālīna mfn. relating to or happening at the time of creation Sāṃkhyapr
- ○kṛt m. = -kartṛ Hariv
- ○krama m. the order of creation MW
- ○takta or (sárga-), mfn. dashing along in rapid motion, hastening RV
- ○pratakta (sárga-), mfn. dashing along in rapid motion, hastening RV
- ○pralaya-kaṇṭakôddhāra m. N. of wk
- ○bandha m. 'chapter-construction', any poem or composition divided into sections or chapters (esp. a Mahā-kāvya or great poem) Kāvyâd. Sāh
- sargaka mfn. producing, effecting Sarvad
- sargya See pāṇi-s○
- sarja m. one who emits or lets go, one who creates or makes (see, -rajju-s○)
- Vatica Robusta MBh. Kāv. &c
- the resin of Vatica Robusta VarBṛS
- Terminalia Tomentosa L
- (ī), f. See s.v
- ○gandhā f. the ichneumon plant L
- ○nāman n. the resin of Vatica Robusta Suśr
- ○niryāsaka m
- ○maṇi m. id. L
- ○rasa m. MBh. Suśr
- a kind of tree Hariv. (v. l.)
- a partic. musical instrument L
- ○vṛkṣa m. Vatica Robusta Hcat
- sarjaka m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
- Vatica Robusta L
- n. the first change in warm milk when mixed with Takra L
- (ikā), f. See below
- sarjana n. abandoning, giving up or over, surrendering, ceding MBh
- voiding (excrement &c.) L
- the act of creating, creation Sarvad
- the rear of an army L
- m. resin L
- (ī), f. one of the three folds of the anus, SarṅgS
- sarjayitavya mfn. to be emitted or created Up
- sarji f. natron, impure alkali or carbonate of soda L
- ○kṣāra m. id. L
- sarjikā f. natron (cf. sarji) Suśr
- ○kṣāra m. id. L
- sarjī f. natron L
- ○kṣāra m. id. L
- sarjya m. the resin of Vatica Robusta L
- sa-rca m. (fr. 7. sa + ṛc) accompanied by a Ṛic Gobh
- sarj cl. 1. P. sárjati, to rattle, creak RV
- sarj (cf. √arj), cl. 1. P. sarjati, to earn by labour, acquire, gain Dhātup. vii, 50
- sarju m. a merchant, trader L
- f. lightning L
- sarjū m. a merchant Uṇ. i, 82 Sch
- a necklace L
- going, following L
- sarjūra m. a day L
- sarṇīka n. (perhaps connected with √sṛ) water ŚBr. (Naigh. i, 12)
- sarṇṇa m. a kind of serpent L
- sárdigṛdi m. a facetious expression for the female organ, T8
- sarpá mf(ī)n. creeping, crawling stealing along Gaut. (cf. pīṭha-, vṛkṣa-s○)
- m. (ifc. f. ā) a snake, serpent, serpent-demon (cf. nāga
- sarpāṇām ayanam, 'a partic. annual festival'), tortuous motion RV. &c. &c
- a partic. constellation (when only the three unfavourable planets are situated in the three Kendras) VarBṛS
- Mesua Roxburghī L
- N. of one of the 11 Rudras MBh. of a Rākshasa VP
- (pl.) N. of a partic. tribe of Mlecchas (formerly Kshatriyas and described, is wearing beards) Hariv
- (ī), f. a female snake MBh
- N. of the wife of a Rudra ib
- n. = sapa-sāman, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ? Lat. [1184,] serpens
- See also under √srip.]
- ○ṛṣi m. 'serpent-Ṛishi', N. of Arbuda AitBr
- ○kaṅkālikā or,
- ○kaṅkāḍlī f. N. of a partic. medicinal plant and antidote L
- ○koṭara n. a snake's hole Pañcat
- ○gati f. a snake's tortuous movement (in wrestling) R. [Page 1184, Column]
- ○gandhā f. the ichneumon plant L
- ○ghātinī f. a kind of plant L
- ○cīra-nivāsana m. 'clothed in a snake's skin', N. of Śiva MW
- ○cchattra (W.) or (Car.), n' 'snake-umbrella', a mushroom
- ○cchattḍraka (Car.), n' 'snake-umbrella', a mushroom
- ○jāti f. a species of snake (of which there are 80 varieties) L
- ○tanu f. a species of Solanum (bṛhatī) L
- ○tā f. the being a snake Kathās
- ○tṛṇa m. = nakula L
- ○tva n. = -tā
- -sambhāvavā f. supposing anything to be a snake, mistaking for a snake' Vedântas
- ○daṃṣṭra m. a snake's fang W
- Croton Polyandrum or Tiglium L
- (ā), f. Tragia Involucrata ib
- ○daṃṣṭrikā or f. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata ib
- ○daṃṣḍṭrī f. Odina Pinnata or Tragia Involucrata ib
- ○daṇḍā f. a kind of pepper ib
- (ī), f. a kind of plant (= go-rakṣī) ib
- ○dantī f. Tiarīdium Indicum ib
- ○damanī f. a kind of plant (= vandhyā-karkoṭakī) ib
- ○daṣṭa n. a snake-bite Suśr
- ○deva-janá m.pl. the Sarpas and Deva-janas (-vidyā, f,) ChUp
- ○devi f. N. of a Tirtha MBh
- ○dviṣ m. 'snake-foe', a peacock Subh
- ○dhāraka m. a snake-catcher or charmer MW
- ○nāmá n. pl. N. of partic. texts ŚBr
- (ā), f. a kind of plant L
- ○nirmocana n. the cast-off skin of a snake Car
- ○netrā f. an ichneumon plant (a bulb) L
- ○pati m. a snake-king Hariv
- ○puṃgava m. N. of a snṭsnake-demon VP
- ○puṇya-jana m. pl. the Sarpas and Puṇya-janas GopBr. Vait
- ○pura-kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○puṣpī f. Tiaridium Indicum L
- ○phaṇa m. a snake's hood Suśr
- -ja m. 'produced in a snake's hood', the snṭsnake-stone (a gem or pearl said to be found in a snake's head and to resemble the berry of the Abrus Precatorius) L
- ○bandha m. 'snake-fetter', an artifice, subtle device MBh
- ○bala n. N. of a Pariśshiṭa of the Sāma-veda
- ○bali m. an offering to Serpents, PāeGṛ
- N. of wk
- -karman n. (= -bali) Cat
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○bhuj m. 'snake-eater, a peacock L
- a crane W
- a large snake or a kind of snake L
- ○bhṛtā f. 'supported by snṭsnake', the earth L
- ○maṇi m. 'snake -gem', the snṭsnake-stone, a kind of carbuncle (said to be found in a snṭsnake's head and to have the power of expelling poison) W
- ○mālā f. a kind of plant L
- ○mālin m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh. (vḷ. sarpi-m○)
- ○mudraka n. a seal-ring with a snṭsnake Mālav
- ○yāga m. a snake-sacrifice BhP
- ○rāja m. a snake-king Gobh. Hariv. &c
- N. of Vāsuki R
- ○rājñī́ f. a snake -queen Br
- pl. (or du.) N. of the verses RV. x, 189 (or TS. i, 5, 4) ĀpŚr
- ○rūpin mfn. formed like a snṭsnake Mālav
- ○latā f. Piper Betle L
- ○vallī f. id. ib
- ○vid mfn. acquainted with snake ŚBr. ĀśvŚr
- m. one who understands snake, a' snake-charmer MW
- ○vidyā́ f. snake-science ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- the charming of snake MW
- ○vināśana n. destruction of snṭsnake MBh
- ○vivara m. n. the hole of a snṭsnake Hit
- ○viṣa-pratiṣedha m. the keeping of or expelling of snake-poison Cat
- ○viṣa-hara-mantra m. N. of wk
- ○vṛścika-roma-vat mfn. having snake and scorpions for hair R
- ○veda mṣnṭsnake -science GopBr
- N. of wk
- ○vyāpādana n. the killing of a snake MW
- the being killed by a snake ib
- ○śapharī f. a kind of snake L
- ○śiras m. (scil. hasta) 'snṭsnakeheaded', N. of a partic. position of the hands Cat
- ○sīrṣá mfn. having a head like a snṭsnake Vas
- m. a partic. position of the hands Cat
- n. a partic. brick TS. Kāṭh
- ○śīrṣan or m. 'snake-headed', a kind of fish Āpast
- ○śīrḍṣin m. 'snake-headed', a kind of fish Āpast
- ○saṃskāra m. N. of wk
- ○sattra n. a snake -sacrifice (performed by Janamejaya) MBh
- (prob.) = sarpāṇām, ayanam ( See sarpá) PañcavBr. ŚrS
- ○sattrin m. 'performer of a snṭsnake-sacrifice', N. of king Janam-ejaya (a legend relates that to revenge the death of his father, who was killed by a snṭsnake-bite, he employed Mantras to compel the whole serpent-race to be present at a sacrifice, where all except a few chief snakes were destroyed) L
- ○sahā f. a kind of plant L
- ○sāt ind. to a snake, to the state, to the state of a serpent MW
- ○sāman n. N. of various Sāmans SV. Br
- ○su-gandhā f. a kind of plant SāmavBr
- ○han m. 'snake -killer', an ichneumon L
- ○hṛdaya-candana m. a kind of sandal
- sarpâkṣa m. the berry of the Elaeocarpus Ganitrus L
- Ophiorrhiza Mungos ib
- (ī), f. a kind of plant Suśr
- the plant Sarps-kaṅkālī MW
- = gandha-nākulī L
- = gaṇḍâlī Bhpr
- = nāga-phaṇī ib
- = nāḍī-kalāpaka MW
- sarpâkhya m. Mesua Roxburghī L
- a species of bulbous plant ib
- sarpâṅgábhihata n. a tumour caused by the touch of a snake Suśr
- sarpâṅgī f. a variety of pepper L
- = nākulī Bhpr
- another plant (= -ghātinī) L
- a variety of the Sarpa-kaṅkālt W
- sarpâdanī f. the ichneumon plant L
- sarpânta m. N. of one of the sons of Garuda MBh
- sarpâpahārin m. N. of a robber Vīrac. [Page 1184, Column]
- sarpâbha mfn. resembling a snake L
- sarpārāti m. 'enemy of snake', N. of Garuḍa L
- an ichneumon W
- a peacock ib
- sarpâri m. 'id.', a peacock Subh
- an ichneumon L
- N. of Garuḍa (in next)
- -kstana m. N. of Kṛishṇa Hariv
- sarpâvali f. a row of snake MW
- sarpâvāsa m. the abode of a snake Hariv
- an anthill VarBṛS
- n. the Saudal tree or wood L
- sarpâśana m. 'snake-eater', a peacock L
- sarpâsya m. 'snake-faced', N. of a Rākshasa R
- (ā), f. N. of a Yoginī KāśīKh
- sarpâhuti f. N. of the section TS. v, 5, 10
- sarpêtara-jana m. pl. the serpent-race and the Itara-jana GopBr. ĀpŚr. Vait
- sarpêśvara m. 'serpent-king', N. of Vāsuki Hit
- pêśvara m. N. of a Tīrtha Cat
- sarpêṣṭa n. 'loved by snakes', the Sandal tree or wood L
- sarpâuṣadhi N. of a Buddhist monastery Buddh
- sarpaṇa n. the act of creeping or gliding, stealing away AitBr. Nir. MBh. &c
- (in ritual) moving softly &c. GṛŚrS
- going tortuously MW
- the flight of an arrow nearly parallel with the ground W
- sárpat n. the crawling creature, all that crawls AV
- sarpāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble a snake, Śṛiṅgar
- sarpi m. N. of a man AitBr
- n. (m.c. for sarpis) clarified butter, Var Vogay
- ○maṇḍa m. = sarpirm○ Divyâv
- sarpiḥ in comp. for sarpis below
- ○samudra m. the sea of clarified butter L
- sarpikā f. a little snake ( See toya-s○)
- N. of a river R
- sarpita n. a real snake-bite Suśr
- sarpin mfn. (ifc.) creeping, gliding, moving slowly (śītânila-s○, 'exposed to currents of cold winds') ŚBr. Hariv. Kir
- (iṇī), f. a female serpent KāśīKh
- a kind of shrub (= bhnjagī) L
- wṛ. for sarpa-vāṇī, a serpent's voice Pañcat
- sarpir in comp. for sarpis below
- ○anna (○pír-), mfn. eating clarified butter RV
- ○abdhi m. the sea of clṭclarified butter MārkP
- ○āsuti (○pir-), mfn. sipping clṭclarified butter RV
- sacrificed or worshipped with clarified butter MW
- m. N. of Agni RV
- ○ilā f. N. of the wife of a Rudra BhP
- ○grīvá mf(ī́)n. having a neck composed of clarified butter TS
- ○dāna-ratna n. N. of wk
- ○maṇḍa m. the scum of melted butter Suśr
- ○mālin m. N. of a Ṛishi MBh. (vḷ. sapa-m○)
- ○mehin mfn. having urine like clṭclarified butter Suśr
- sarpiṣ in comp. for sarpis
- ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to like clarified butter Pāṇ. 8-3, 39 Sch
- ○kuṇḍikā f. a butter-jar, g. kaskâdi
- ○ṭama n. superl. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-3, 101
- ○ṭara n. more genuine clṭclarified butter, more excellent ghee ib. APrāt. Sch
- ○ṭas ind. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-3, 101
- ○ṭā f. (ib.) or (ib. Kāṭh.) the being clarified butter
- ○ṭva n. (ib. Kāṭh.) the being clṭclarified butter
- ○mat (sárpiṣ.), mfn. provided or prepared with clarified butter ŚBr. Uttarar
- ○vat (sapíṣ-), mfn. id. Kāṭh. TS. TBr
- sarpiṣka (ifc.) = sarpis g. uraḥ-prabhṛti
- sarpís n. clarified butter (i.e. melted butter with the scum cleared off, commonly called 'ghee', either fluid or solidified
- also pl.) RV. &c. &c
- ○samudra m. = sarpiḥ-s○ W
- ○sāt ind. APrāt. Sch
- sarpī f. See under sarpá
- ○"ṣṣṭa (○pI7S○), n. = sarpêṣṭa L. (prob. wṛ.)
- sarpī in comp. for sarpa. root
- ○bhū P. -bhavati, to become a serpent Kathās
- sarb (also written samb), cl. 1. P. sarbati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 30
- sarma See p. 1183, col. 1
- sarv vḷ. for √śarv, q.v
- sárva mf(ā)n. (perhaps connected with sāra, q.v
- inflected as a pronoun except nom. acc. sg. n. sarvam, and serving as a model for a series of pronominals, cf. sarva-nāman) whole, entire, all, every (mṣg. 'every one'
- pl. 'all'
- n. sg. 'everything'
- sometimes strengthened by viśva [which if alone in RV. appears in the meaning 'all', every', 'every one'] and nikhila
- sarve' pi, 'all together'
- sarvaḥ ko' pi', every one so ever'
- gavāṃ sarvam, 'all that comes from cows'
- sarva with a negation = 'not any', 'no', 'none' or 'not every one', 'not everything') RV. &c. &c
- of all sorts, manifold, various, different MBh. &c
- (with another adjective or in comp
- below.) altogether, wholly, completely, in all parts, everywhere RV. ChUp. &c
- (am), ind. (with sarveṇa) completely Divyâv
- m. (declined like a subst.) N. of Śiva MBh
- of Kṛishṇa Bhag
- of a Muni Cat
- pl. N. of a people MārkP
- n. water Naigh. i, 12. [Cf. Gk. ? [1184,] for ? Lat. salvus.] [Page 1185, Column]
- ○ṃ-saha mfn. all-bearing, all-enduring, bearing everything patiently MBh. Pañcat. Hit. &c
- (ā), f. the earth Kāv. Inscr
- a partic. Śruti Saṃgīt
- ○ṃ-hara mfn. taking or carrying away everything ŚāṅkhBr
- ○kara m. 'maker of all', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○kartṛ m. the maker or creator of all (-tva n. Sarvad.) KapS. Kālac
- N. of Brahmā L
- ○karman n. pl. all kinds of works or rites or occupations (○ma-saha mfn. 'equal to all kṭkinds of works'
- ○ma-kārin mfn. 'performing all kinds of works'), ŚrŚ. Mn. &c
- mfn. containing all works ChUp
- m. one who performs all acts MW
- N. of Śiva ib
- of a son of Kalmāsha-pāda MBh. Hariv
- ○karmīṇa mfn. doing every work, practising or understanding every occupation Pāṇ. Bhaṭṭ
- pervading every action &c. W
- ○kāñcana mfn. wholly of gold R. MārkP
- ○kāma m. pl. all kinds of desires MBh. RāmatUp. &c
- (sarvá-), mfn. wishing everything ŚāṅkhBr. ŚrS. BhP
- fulfilling all wishes Kauś. MBh
- possessing everything wished for ŚBr. MBh
- m. N. of Śiva MW
- of a son of Ṛitu-parṇa Pur
- of an Arhat Buddh
- -gama mfn. going or moving wherever one wishes MBh
- -da m. 'grasiting all desires', N. of Śiva MBh
- -dugha mf(ā)n. yielding everything wished for (like milk) MBh. BhP
- -duh mfn. id. Cat
- -maya mf(ī)n. full of wishes MaitrUp
- -vara m. 'best of all objects of desire', N. of Śiva MBh
- -samṛddha mfn. amply stocked with all desired objects, fulfilling every desire ib
- m. See sārvakāma-s○
- ○kāmika mfn. fulfilling all wishes BhP
- obtaining all one's desires MBh
- ○kāmin mfn. fulfilling all wishes ib
- acting entirely according to one's wish ŚāṅkhŚr
- having all desired objects MBh. -1
- ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for everything Pat. -2
- ○kāmya mfn. loved by all Pañcar
- to be wished for by every one, having everything one can desire MW
- wṛ. for -kāma MBh
- ○kāraka mfn. Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch
- ○kāraṇa n. the cause of everything Madhus
- -kāraṇa, u. (incorrectly also m.) the cause of the cṭcause of every Pañcar
- ○kārin mfn. making or doing all things W
- able to do all things R
- m. the maker of all things MW
- ○kāla (ibc.), at all times, always BhP
- (am), ind. id. (with na, 'never') VarBṛS. Kathās. &c
- (e), ind. id. Pañcat
- (○la)-prasāda m. 'propitious at all seasons', N. of Śiva MBh
- -mitra n. a friend at all times Mṛicch
- -vicārin mfn. always irresolute Car
- ○kālikâgama m. N. of wk
- ○kālīnā mfn. belonging to all times or seasons, perpetual W
- ○kāṣam ind. (with √kaṣ) so as to rub away or destroy utterly Prab
- ○kṛcchra mfn. being in all kinds of difficulties MBh
- ○kṛt mfn. all-producing Hariv
- ○kṛṣṇa mfn. quite black Pan vi, 2, 93 Sch
- ○keśa m. N. of a place, g. śaṇḍikâdi
- ○keśaká mfn. having the hair of the head entire AV
- ○keśin m. 'having all kinds of headdress', an actor Pat. L. (cf. -veṣin)
- ○kesara m. Mimusops Elengi Kir. Sch
- ○kratu m. pl. sacrifices of any or every sort (-tā f.) Lāṭy. BhP
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing all sorts Pañcar
- ○kṣatriya-mardana m. the destroyer of all Kshatriyas MBh
- ○kṣaya m. destruction of the universe Kād
- ○kṣāra m. a kind of alkali L
- ○kṣit mfn. abiding in all things MaitrUp
- ○kṣiti-patitva n. lordship of the world Jātakam
- ○kṣetratīrtha-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○ga mfn. allpervading, omnipresent (-tva n.) Up. MBh. Yājñ. &c
- m. the universal soul L
- spirit, soul, w
- N. of Brahman L
- of Śiv1 ib
- of a son of Bhīma-sena MBh
- of a son of Paurṇamāsa VP
- of a son of Manu Dharma-sāvarṇika ib
- (ā), f. the Priyaṅgu plant L
- n. water ib
- ○gaṇa m. the whole company PārGṛ
- (sárva-. or sarvá-), mfn. having or forming a complete company RV. AV. TS. &c
- having all kinds or classes, of every kind MW
- n. salt soil L. (vḷ. sārvag○)
- ○gata mfn. = -ga (papracchânāmayaṃ tayoḥ sarva-gatam, 'he asked whether they were in all respects well MBh
- yacca kiṃ cit sarva-gataṃ bhūmau, all whatever exists on the earth' ib.) Up. Yājñ. &c
- m. N. of a son of Bhima-sena BhP
- -tva n. universal diffusion, omnipresence, Bhashap
- ○gati f. the refuge of all MBh. Pañcar
- ○gandha m. pl. all kinds of perfumes Suśr. VarBṛS. Hcat
- (sárva.), mfn. containing all odours ŚBr. ChUp
- m. n. a partic. compound of various perfṭperfumes Bhpr. Hcat
- any perfṭperfumes W
- (ā), f. a partic. perfṭperfumes Suśr
- (○dha) -maya mf(ī)n. including all perfumes Hcat
- -vaha mfn. wafting perfume of all kinds Mn. i, 76. [Page 1185, Column]
- ○gandhika mfn. consisting of all perfumes Suśr
- ○gambhīra mfn. deepest of all Buddh
- ○gavī f. pl. all cows ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○gātra n. pl. all limbs Ml
- ○gāmin mfn. = -ga A
- ○gāyatra (sarvá-), mfn. consisting wholly of the Gāyatrī Br
- ○gila mfn. all-swallowing
- m. N. of a minister Campak
- ○gu (sárva-), mfn. together with all cows AV
- ○guṇa mfn. valid through all parts, guṇa
- -viśuddhi-garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- -saṃcaya-gata m. a partic. Samādhi ib
- sampanna mfn. endowed with every excellence, gifted with every good quality MW
- ○ṇâlaṃkāra-vyūha m. a partic. Samādhi SaddhP
- ○ṇôpêta mfn. endowed with every good quality MW
- ○guṇin mfn. possessing all excellences MBh
- ○guru mfn. consisting of only long syllables, Piṅg. Sch
- ○gubya-gṛhyá mfn. together with all domestics ŚBr
- ○granthi m. or the √of long pepper L
- ○granthika n. the √of long pepper L
- ○gráha m. eating or swallowing all at once Car
- -rūpin mfn. (perhaps) having the form of (or pervading) all the planets (said of Kṛishṇa) Pañcar
- ○grāsa mfn. swallowing all NṛisUp
- (am), ind. (with, √gras) so as to entirely devour Prab
- ○ṃ-kaṣa mf(ā)n. oppressing or injuring all, cruel to all Kāv. Rājat. &c
- all-pervading Bhaṭṭ
- m. a rogue, wicked man W
- (ā), f. N. of Mallinatha's Comm. on the Siśupāla-vadha
- ○cakra vicāra m. N. of wk
- ○cakrā f. (with Buddhists) N. of a Tantra deity Buddh
- ○caṇḍāla mfn. 'wholly a Caṇḍala', N. of a Māra-putra Lalit
- ○candra m. N. of an author Cat
- ○carita n. N. of a drama
- ○caru m. N. of a man Br
- ○carmīṇa mfn. wholly made of leather Pāṇ. 5-2, 5
- made of every kind of skin or leather W
- ○cārin m. 'all-pervading', N. of Śiva MW
- ○cohandaka mfn. all-winning or all-captivating MBh. ('fulfilling all wishes' Nīlak.)
- ○ja mf(ā)n. wheresoever produced ĀpŚr
- prodṭproduced from or suffering from all three humours Suśr
- ○jagat f. the whole world, the universe W
- ○jaṭa mfn. (prob.) wearing a whole braid of hair MānGṛ
- ○jana m. every person VarBṛS. BhP. Pañcar. &c
- -tā f. id. Pañcar
- -priya mfn. dear to every one ib
- (ā), f. a kind of medicinal plant (= ṛddhi) L
- -vaśya-hanuman-mantra m. N. of wk
- ○janīna mfn. salutary to every one Pāṇ. 5-1, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat
- relating or belonging to every one Sarvad
- peculiar to every one (-tva n.) ib. Sāy
- ○janīya mfn. = sarveṣāṃjanāya hitaḥ Pāṇ. 5-1, 9 Vārtt. 5 Pat
- ○janman (sarvá-), mfn. of all kinds AV
- ○jaya m. a complete victory Cat
- (ā), f. Canna Indica L
- a partic. religious observance performed by women in the month Mārgasīrsha SkandaP
- ○jāgata (sarvá.), mfn. consisting wholly of Jagatī ŚBr
- ○jit mfn. all-conquering L
- conquṭconquering all (three) humours, Cir
- all-surpassing, excellent W
- m. death Car
- a partic. Ekâha PañcavBr. KātyŚr. Vait
- the 21st year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years VarBṛS
- N. of a man KaushUp
- (-jin) -mahā-vrata-prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○jīva m. the soul of all BhP. Pañcar
- -maya mf(ī)n. being the soul of all R
- ○jīvin mfn. one whose progenitors (i.e. father, grandfather, and great grandfṭgrandfather) are all alive AśvŚr
- ○jña mf(ā)n. all-knowing, omniscient (said of gods and men, esp. of ministers and philosophers) Up. Kāv. &c
- a Buddha L
- an Arhat (with Jainas) ib
- N. of Śiva Pañcat. KāśīKh
- of various men R. Hit. Buddh
- (ā), f. N. of Durgā, DeviiP
- of a Yoginī Hcat
- -jñānin mfn. thinking one's self omniscient Divyâv
- -tā f. (MBh. Kathās.) or -tva n. (MBh. R. &c.) omniscience
- -deva (Buddh.), -nārāyaṇa (Cat.), m. N. of scholars
- -putra m. N. of Siddha-sena Siṃhâs
- -bhaṭṭa m. N. of a man ib
- -mānin mfn. (= -jñānin) Divyâv
- -mitra m. N. of various persons Rājat
- Bundh
- -m-manya mfn. (-jñānin
- ○ya-tā f.) Rājat
- -rāmêśvara-bhaṭṭāraka m. N. of an author Cat
- -vāsudeva m. N. of a poet ib
- -viṣṇu m. N. of a philosopher Sarvad
- -vyavasthāpaka, N. of wk
- -śrī-nārāyaṇa m. N. of an author Cat
- -sūnu m. patr. of Skanda KāśīKh
- ○jñâtma-giri (Col.) or ○mamuni (Cat.), m. N. of an author
- ○jñârdha-śarīriṇī f. N. of Umā, Kāśtkh
- ○jñātṛ mfn. omniscient
- -tva n. omniscience Cat
- ○jñāna n. 'aknowledge', N. of a Tantra wk
- m. N. of a deity Buddh
- -tantra n. N. of a Tantra wk
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing all knowledge Mn. R
- . vid mfn. acquainted with all knowledge MW
- ○nôttama, or ○nôttama-tantra n. ○nôttara n. ○nôttara-vṛtti f. N. of wks. [Page 1185, Column]
- ○jñīya mfn. Kaṇ. Sch
- ○jyāní f. the complete loss of all one's property AV. Br. ŚrS. SaṃithUp
- ○jyotiṣa-saṃgraha m. N. of wk. T
- ○jyotis m. N. of an Ekâha PañcavBr. KātyŚr
- ○jvara m. all kinds of fever, (or) fever arising from disturbances of all the humours
- -vipāka m. N. of ch. of the Rudray
- -hara (L.) or -jvarâpaha (Suśr.), mfn. removing such fever
- ○tathāgata in comp
- -dharma-vāṇ-nithprapañcajñāna-mudrā, -prajñā-jñāna-m○, -bandhanajñāna-m○, -vajrâbhiṣeka-jñāna-m○, -viśvakarma-jñāna-m○ f. N. of partic. positions of the fingers L
- -vyavalokana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- saṃtoṣaṇī f. N. of a Tantra deity L
- -samājâdhiṣṭhāna-jñāna-mudrā f. a partic. position of the fingers L
- su-rata-sukhā f. ○tâkarṣaṇī f. N. of Tantra deities L
- ○tânurāgaṇa-jñāna-mudrā f. a partic. position of the fingers L
- ○tânurāgaṇī f. N. of a Tantra deity L
- ○tâśāparipūraṇa-jñāna-mudrā f. a partic. position of the fingers L
- ○tanu or (sárva-.), mfn. complete in regard to the body or person AV. ŚBr. TĀr. ĀśvŚr
- ○taḍnū (sárva-.), mfn. complete in regard to the body or person AV. ŚBr. TĀr. ĀśvŚr
- (ū), m. one who is born again with his whole body MW
- ○tantra n. pl. all doctrines Hcat
- mfn. = sarvaṃ tantram adhī7te veda vā Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
- universally acknowledged, admitted by all schools (as a philosophical principle) W
- m. one who has studied all the Tantras. ib
- -maya mf(ī)n. (prob.) containing all doctrines Hcat
- -śiromaṇi m. N. of wk
- -siddhânta m. a dogma admitted by all systems (opp. to pratitantra-s○, q.v.) Car. Nyāyad
- ○tapo-maya mf(ī)n. containing all penances, Pallear
- ○tamonuda mfn. driving away all darkness (as the sun) MBh
- ○tara comp. of sarva Pāṇ. 6-1, 191 Sch
- ○tas See s.v
- ○tā f. wholeness, totality Nyāyam
- ○tāti (sarvá-.), f. totality RV
- completeness, perfect happiness or prosperity, soundness ib. AV
- (ā loc.), ind. all together, entirely RV. ŚāṅkhŚr
- (accord. to Sāy. 'everywhere' or 'at the sacrifice.')
- ○tāpana mfn. all-inflaming W
- m. N. of Kāma L
- ○tiktā f. Solanum Indicum L
- ○tīkṣṇa mfn. quite sharp VPrāt
- ○tīrtha N. of a village R
- n. pl. all sacred bathing places MBh
- maya mf(ī or m. c. ā) n. containing all sacred bathing-places Hcat. Pañcar
- -yātrā-vidhi. m. N. of wk
- ○thâtmaka mfn. (= ○tha-maya) Pañcar
- ○thêśvara n. N. of a Liṅga in Benares KāśīKh
- ○tūrya-ninādin m. 'playing all instruments', Siva MW
- ○tejas n. all splendour ( See comp.)
- m. N. of a son of Vyushṭa BhP
- ○jo-maya. mf(ī)n. containing all splṭsplendour, allglorious Mn. R. Hit
- contṭcontaining all power W
- ○tyāga m. complete renunciation Mcar
- loss of everything Car
- ○traiṣṭubha (sarvá-), mfn. consisting wholly of Trishîubh ŚBr
- ○tvá n. wholeness, totality, completeness ib. TS
- ○thā See s.v
- ○da mf(ā)n. all-bestowing Siṃhâs. Kuval. Pañcar. m. N. of Śiva MW
- -rāja. m. N. of a king Buddh
- ○daṇḍa-dhara mfn. punishing every one (Siva) MBh
- ○damana mfn. all-subduing or all-taming
- m. N. of Bharata (son of Sakūtalā) MBh. Hariv. Śak
- of an Asura Kathās
- ○darśana mfn. allviewing BhP. Śivag
- -śiromaṇi m. N. of wk
- -saṃgraha m. 'compendium of all the Darśanas', N. of a treatise on the various systems of philosophy (not including the Vedûnta) by Mādhavâcārya or his brother Sāyaṇa IW. 118 ; 119
- ○darsin mfn. all-seeing MBh. R. VarBṛS
- m. a Buddha L
- an Arhat (with Jainas) ib
- ○dā See s.v
- ○dātṛ mfn. all-giver (-tva n.) Sāy
- ○dāna n. the gift of everything, gift of one's all L
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○nâdhika mfn. better than every gift Yājñ
- ○dāsa m. N. of a, poet Cat
- ○dāha m. complete combustion ĀpŚr
- ○digvijaya m. conquest of all regions, universal conqṭconquest MW
- ○diṅ-mukham ind. towards all regions Śatr
- ○dúkha-kṣaya m. destruction of all pain, final emancipation from all existence L
- ○duṣṭânta-kṛt mfn. destroying all the wicked Pañcar
- ○dṛś mfn. all-seeing Hariv. BhP. Pañcar
- f. pl. all eyes, i.e. all organs of senses BhP
- ○deva m. pl. all the gods Ml
- -tā-piṣpâdi-pūjana n. tā-pratisthṭhā-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- -ta-maya mf(ī)n. containing all deities BhP
- -pūjana-prakāra m. -pūjana-prayoga m. -pratiṣṭhā f. -pratiṣṭhā-karman n. -pratithṭhā-krama-vidhi m. -pratiṣṭā-vidhi m. N. of wks
- maya (ī)n. comprising or representing all gods R. Rājat. BhP. &c
- m. N. of Śiva MW
- -mukha m. (?) 'mouth of all the gods', N. of Agni L. [Page 1186, Column]
- -mūrti-pratiṣṭhā-vidhi m. -sādhāraṇa-nityapūjā-vidhi m. -sū7kta n. N. of wks
- -sūri m. N. of an author Cat
- -hutâśana mfn. eating the sacrifice designed for all gods
- m. N. of Agni R
- ○vâtmaka (Sāy.) or ○vâtman (RāmatUp.), mfn. having the nature of all gods, containing all gods
- ○vêśa m. lord of all gods (Śiva) MBh
- sarva-deviimayī f. containing or representing all goddesses Hcat
- ○devata mfn. relating to all the deities MW
- ○devatyá mfn. sacred to or representing all the gods TS. Br
- ○deśa-vṛttânta-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○deśīya mfn. coming from or existing or found in every country KāśīKh. Kull. on Mn. viii, 143
- ○deśya mfn. being in all places RPrāt
- ○daivatya mfn. representing all the gods, BṛArUp. Sch
- -sārnad○ MW
- ○dravya n. pl. all things Ml
- ○druhṭṛ mfn. all-viewer, allseeing NṛisUp
- ○dvārika mfn. favourable to a warlike expedition towards all regions, Var Yogay
- ○dhana n. all one's property W
- (in arithm.) a sum total, sum or total of a series (in progression) ib
- ○dhanin mfn. possessed of all goods Pat. on Pāṇ. 2-1, 69 Vārtt. 5
- ○dhanvin m. 'best archer', the god of love L. (wṛ. -dhanvan)
- ○dhara m. N. of a lexicographer Col. Cat
- n. N. of wk
- ○dharman m. N. of a king VP
- (sarva-dharma, in comp
- padaprabheda m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- -prakāśa m. N. of wk
- -praveśana n. -praveśa-mudra m. N. of a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing all laws Yājñ
- -mudra m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- -vid mfn. knowing all laws Mn. Yājñ. Sch
- -ramatā f. N. of a Samādhi Buddh
- -samatājñāna-mudrā f. a partic. position of the fingers ib
- -ramavaśaraṇa-sigara-mudrā f. -samavasaraṇa-sāgara-mudra m
- ○rmâtikramaṇa m. N. of Samādhis ib
- ○rmôpravṛtti-nirdeśa m. N. of wk
- ○rmôttara-ghoṣa m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh
- ○rmôdgata. m. N. of a Samādhi ib.)
- ○dhā́ mfn. all-refreshing, all-pleasing RV
- all-containing, all-yielding MW
- ○dhâman n. the, abode or home of all Pañcar
- ○dhārin m. allholder', N. of Śiva MBh
- of the 22nd year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years (also -dhārī f. accord. to some) VarBṛS
- ○dhārī the 22nd year of the cycle (accord. to some
- prec.) W
- ○dhnrā-vaha mfn. bearing all burdens, mfn. L
- m.= next, m. W
- ○dhurīṇa mfn. fit for any kind of carriage or draught Pāṇ. 4-4, 78
- m. a draught ox or other animal W
- ○nakṣatrêṣṭi f. N. of wk
- ○nara m. every man Vedântas
- ○nāman n. (in gram.) N. of a class of words beginning with sarva (comprising the real pronouns and a series of pronominal adjectives, such as ubhaya, viśva, ekatara &c
- under. sarva) Āpast. Nir. Aprāt. &c. mfn. having all names Nir. BhP
- ○ma-tā f. or ○ma-tva n. the being a pronoun or a pronominal
- ○ma-śaktivāda m. N. of wk
- ○ma-sthāna n. a case-termination before which the strong base of a noun is used Pāṇ
- ○nāśa m. complete loss KātyŚr
- destruction of everything, complete ruin (○śaṃ √kṛ, 'to lose everything') Mn. Pañcat. Hit
- ○nāśin mfn. all-destroying MW
- ○nikṣepā f. a partic. method of counting Lalit. (cf. -vikṣepatā)
- ○nidhana m. a partic. Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○niyantṛ m. allsubduer (-tva n.) Vedântas
- ○niyojaka mfn. impelling or directing all (Vishṇu) Pañcar
- ○nirākṛti mfn. causing to forget everything BhP
- ○nilaya mfn. having one's abode everywhere ib
- ○nivaraṇa-viṣkambhin m. N. of a Bodhisattva Buddh. (wṛ. -ṇīv○ Kāraṇḍ.)
- ○ṃ-dada m. N. of a man Buddh
- ○ṃ-dama or m. 'all-subduing', N. of Bharata (son of Śakuntalā) L
- ○ṃ-daḍmana m. 'all-subduing', N. of Bharata (son of Śakuntalā) L
- ○paṭṭa-mara mf(ī)n. made of cloth of all kinds Vās
- ○pati m. a lord of everything
- ○pattrīṇa mfn. occupying the whole chariot Pāṇ. 5-2, 7
- ○patha m. every road or way, every direction W
- ○pathīna mf(ā)n. occupying the whole road Pāṇ. Bhaṭṭ. Śiś
- going in every direction, propagated or celebrated everywhere (-tā f.) Hcat. Śiś. Sch
- ○pad (strong base -pād
- sárva-), mfn. all-footed AV
- ○pada n. pl. (or ibe.) words of every kind Naigh. Nir
- ○paddati f. N. of wk
- ○pariphulla mfn. full blown L
- ○parus (sárva-.), mfn. having all joints AV
- ○paro'kṣa mf(ā)n. imperceptible by all SaṃhUp
- ○paśu m. 'all animal', N. of a blockhead Cat
- pl. all animal sacrifices Lāṭy
- (sarvá-), mfn. fit for every animal or animal sacrifice, consisting entirely of animal sacrifice ib. TBr. -1
- ○pā mfn. drinking everything MW
- f. N. of the wife of the Daitya Bali L. -2
- ○pā mfn. all-preserving MW. [Page 1186, Column]
- ○pāñcālaka mfn. consisting entirely of Pañcālas Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch
- ○pātrīṇa mfn. filling the whole dish Pāṇ. 5-2, 7
- ○pāda m. N. of a man W
[[]]
- sarvapāparogaharaśatamānadāna3sárva--pāpa-roga-hara-śata-mānadāna n. N. of wk
- ○pāpa-hara mfn. removing all sin MW
- ○pāraśava mfn. made entirely of iron MBh
- ○pārśva-mukha m. 'having a face on all sides', N. of Śiva MW
- ○pārṣada n. a text-book received by all grammatical schools (-tva n.) Sarvad
- ○pālaka mfn. all-preserving or all-protecting Pañcar
- ○pāvana m. 'all-purifing', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○puṇya mfn. perfectly beautiful MBh
- -samuccaya m. N. of a Samādhi Buddh
- ○pura-kṣetra-māhātmya n
- ○purāṇa n
- ○purāṇa-sāra
- ○purāṇârtha-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○puruṣa or (sárva-), mfn. having all men &c. AV. ĀśvŚr. Kauś
- ○pūr○ (sárva-), mfn. having all men &c. AV. ĀśvŚr. Kauś
- ○pūjita m. 'worshipped by all', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○pūta mfn. completely pure, NṛisUP
- ○pūraka mfn. all-filling Pañcar
- ○pūrṇa mfn. full of everything
- -tva n. entire fulness or completeness, complete preparation or provision L
- ○pūrti-kara-stava m. N. of wk
- ○pūrva mfn. the first of all Pat
- preceded by any (sound) RPrāt
- ○pṛthvī-maya mf(ī)n. containing the whole earth Hcat
- ○pṛṣṭha (sárva-), mf(ā)n. provided with all the (6) Pṛishṭhas (q.v.) TS. Kāṭh. Br. ĀśvŚr
- (ā), f. a partic. sacrifice TS. ŚāṅkhBr
- m. or n. (?) N. of various wks
- -prayoga m. -hautra-prayoga, m
- ○ṭhâptor-yāma-pray○ m. ○thâptor-yāma-sāman n. pl., -ṭhâptor-yāma-hautra-prayoga m. ○ṭhêṣṭi f. -ṭhêṣṭi-prayoga m. ○ṭhêṣṭi-hautra n. -ṭh7ṣṭi-hautra-paddhati f. N. of wks
- ○prakāra mfn. existing in all forms Sarvad
- (am), ind. in every manner, in every respect MārkP
- ○pratyakṣa mf(ā)n. being before the eyes of all, SaṃphUp
- ○pratyayamālā f. N. of wk
- ○prathamam ind. before all, first of all Lalit
- ○prada mf(ā)n. all-bestowing Pañcar
- ○prabhu m. the lord of all Ragh
- ○prayatna m. every effort
- (ena), ind. with all one's might, to the best of one's ability Hcat
- ○prâṇa m
- (ena), ind. with all one's soul R. Kathās
- ○prâpti f. attainment of all things KapS
- ○prâyaścittá mf(ī́)n. atoning for everything ŚBr
- n. expiation for everythṭeverything, Gaut
- a partic. libation in the Āhavanīua GṛŚrS
- N. of wk
- -prayoga m. -lakṣaṇa n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○prâyaścitti f. complete atonement AitBr
- ○prâyaścittya mfn. relating or belonging to the Sarva-prâyacitta libation, Kaul. Vait
- ○priya mfn. loving all or dear to all W
- ○phala-tyāga-caturdaśī f. N. of a partic. 14th day
- -vrata n. a partic. religious observance Cat
- ○bandha-vimocana m. 'delivering from every bond', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○bala n. a partic. high number Lalit
- ○bāhu m. a partic. mode of fighting Hariv
- ○bāhya mfn. the outermost of all, IndSt
- ○bīja n. the seed of everything Pañcar
- ○jin mfn. containing all seed Pāṇ. 5-2, 135 Vārtt. 2 Pat
- ○buddhs in comp
- -ksketra-saṃdarśana m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. -buddha-kṣatra-s○)
- -vijayâvatāra m. N. of a Buddhist Sūtra wk
- saṃdaśana m. N. of a world Buddh
- ○bhakṣa mf(ā)n. eating or devouring everything, omnivorous (tva n.) MBh. R. &c
- being entirely eaten up ŚrS
- (ā), f. a she-goat L
- ○bhakṣin (Kāv. Pañcat. Hit) or (wṛ. for -bhakṣa), mfn. all-devouring, eating all things, omnivorous
- ○bhakṣya (wṛ. for -bhakṣa), mfn. all-devouring, eating all things, omnivorous
- ○bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author Cat
- ○bhayaṃ-kara mfn. terrifying all Pañcar
- ○bhavâraṇi f. the Araṇi or cause of all welfare MārkP
- ○bhavôttāraṇa m. a partic. Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- ○bhāj mfn. sharing in everything (ingānāṃ na sarva-bhāk, 'not being of every gender') Pāṇ. Kār
- ○bhāva m. (ifc. f. ā) whole being or nature MW
- the whole heart or soul R
- complete satisfaction Bālar
- pl. all objects MaitrUp. Mn
- ena (Bhag. Hit. BhP.) or ais (Pañcar.) or ibc (R.), with all one's thoughts, with one's whole soul
- -kara m. 'causer of all being', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○vâdhiṣṭhātṛ m. the chief of all beings (-tva n.) Cat
- ○bhāvana mfn. all-creating or all-producing R. Pañcar
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- ○bhāsa mfn. Pāṇ. 6-2, 105 Sch
- ○bhuj mfn. all-devouring BhP
- ○bhūtá mfn. being, everywhere Pur
- n. pl. (or ibc.) all beings TĀr. ŚāṅkhGṛ. MBh. &c
- -kṛt mfn. framing all beings Mn. i, 18
- m. n. the maker or cause of all things or beings W
- -guhā-śaya mfn. being in the heart of all beings ŚvetUp
- -damana (sárva-bh○), mfn. subduing all beings TĀr
- (○nī f. a form of Durgā Hcat.)
- -pitāmaha m., 'grandfather of all beings', N. of Brahmā MBh. [Page 1186, Column]
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing or representing all beings Mn. R. BhP
- m. the supreme pervading Spirit W
- -ruta-grahaṇī f. 'comprising the sounds of all bṭbeings', a kind of writing (cf. sarva-ruta-saṃgrahiṇi-lipī) Lalit
- -stha or -sthita mfn. present in all elements or bṭbeings MBh
- -hara m. N. of Śiva ib. (RTL. 82)
- -hita n. the welfare of all created beings ib
- mfn. serviceable to all creatures Kāv
- ○bhūtâtmaka mfn. comprising all beings MārkP
- ○bhūtâtman m. the soul of all beings (○ma-bhūta mfn. being Lhe soul of all beings BhP.) Mn. i, 54
- the essence or nature of all creatures (ma-medhas mfn. 'having a knowledge of the essence of all creatures') MW
- N. of Śiva ib
- mfn. having the nature of all beings, containing all bṭbeings ib
- ○bhūtâdhipati m. the supreme lord of all beings (Vlshṇu) ṢaḍvBr
- ○bhūtântaka mfn. destroying all beings MBh
- ○bhūtântar-ātman m. the soul of all beings RāmatUp. MBh. Śaṃk
- ○bhūtêp. sita mfn. desired by all beings MW
- ○bhūmi f. the whole earth Pāṇ. 5-1, 41
- g. anuśatikâdi
- mfn. owning the whole earth AitBr
- ○bhṛt mfn. all-sustaining or all-supporting Bhag
- ○bhogin mfn. enjoying all W
- ○bhogīṇa mfn. advantageous to all, to be enjoyed by all Bhaṭṭ
- ○bhogya mfn. id. Śak
- ○bhauma wṛ. for sārvabh○ Kathās
- ○maṅgala mfn. universally auspicious, Paūcar
- (ā), f. N. of Durgā RāmatUp. Hit
- of Lakshmi Pañcar
- of various wks
- n. pl. all that is auspicious R
- -mantra-paṭala, N. of ch. of wk
- ○maṇḍala-sādhanī f. N. of wk
- ○manorama mf(ā)n. delighting every one MBh
- ○mantra-śāpa-vimocana n
- ○mantrôtkīlana n
[[]]
- sarvamantrotkīlanaśāpavimocanastotra3sárva--mantrôtkīlana-śāpa-vimocana-stotra n
- ○mantrôpayuktaparibhāṣā f. N. of wks
- ○máya mf(ī)n. all- containing comprehending all ŚBr. Nir. &c
- ○malâpagata m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- ○mahat mfn. greatest of all (-tara, 'greater than all the rest') MBh. Kathās
- completely great Pāṇ. 6-2, 93
- ○mahī f. the whole earth W
- ○maṃsâda mfn. eating every kind of flesh Mn. v, 15
- ○māgadhaka mfn. consisting entirely of Magadhas Pat
- ○mātṛ f. the mother of all (du. with rodasī) MBh
- ○mātrikā-puṣpâñjali m. N. of wk
- ○mātrā f. a kind of metre RPrāt. Nidānas
- ○mānya-campū f. N. of wk
- ○māya m. N. of a Rākshasa Mcar
[[]]
- sarvamāramaṇḍalavidhvaṃsanakarī3sárva--māra-maṇḍala-vidhvaṃsana-karī f. 'destroying the whole company of Māras', N. of a partic. ray Lalit
[[]]
- sarvamāramaṇaḍalavidhvaṃnajñānamudrā3sárva--māra-maṇaḍala-vidhvaṃna-jñāna-mudrā f. a partic. position of the fingers Buddh
- ○mitra m. a friend of every one MBh
- N. of a man Buddh
- ○mukha mfn. facing in every direction (-tva n.), BṛārUp. Sch
- ○mūrti mfn. all-formed VP
- ○mūrdhanya (with Śaktas) N. of an author of mystical prayers Cat
- ○mūlya n. 'general token of value', a cowry L
- any small coin MW
- ○mūṣaka m. 'all-stealing', time L
- ○mṛtya m. universal death Pañcar
- ○medhá m. a universal sacrifice (a 10 days' Soma sacrifice) ŚBr. ŚrS. &c
- every sacrifice BhP
- N. of an Upanishad
- ○medhya mfn. universally or perfectly pure (-tva n. 'universal purity') Yājñ. VarBṛS. &c
- ○m-bhari mfn. allsupporting ChUp. Sch
- ○yajña m. every sacrifice (without Soma, accord. to Sch.) BhP
- pl. all sacrifice MBh
- ○yatna m. every effort (ena ind. 'with all one's might', to the best of one's ability) MBh. Cāṇ. &c
- -vat mfn. making every possible effṭeffect Kām
- ○yantrin mfn. provided with all implements KātyŚr
- ○yamaka n. congruity in sound of all the 4 Pādas (e.g. Bhaṭṭ. x, 19)
- ○yogin m. N. of Siva MW
- ○yoni f. the source of all (-tva n.) Ragh. ChUp. Sch
- ○yoṣit f. pl. all women Ml
- ○rakṣaṇa mfn. preserving from everything BrahmaP
- -kavaca n. an all-preserving amulet or charm MW
- ○rakṣita m. N. of a grammarian Cat
- ○rakṣin mfn. all-protecting MW
- preserving from all (harm) R
- ○ratna m. 'having all gems', N. of a minister of king Yudhi-shṭhira Rājat
- (ā), f. N. of a Śruti Saṃgīt
- -maya mf(ī)n. made up of all (kinds of) jewels Kathās
- entirely studded with jewels MBh. R
- -samanvita mfn. possessed of all jewels MBh
- ○ratnaka m. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 9 treasures and of the deity presiding over it L
- ○rathā́ ind. with the whole line of chariots RV
- ○rasa m. every taste or flavour BhP
- the saline flavour L
- the resinous exudation of the Vatica Robusta Bhpr. (wṛ. for sarja-r○)
- pl. (or ibc.) all kinds of juices or fluids VarBṛS. BhP
- all kinds of palatable food ŚārṅgP
- mfn. (sárva-) containing all juices ŚBr. ChUp. [Page 1187, Column]
- wise, learned L
- m. a sort of musical instrument L
- a scholar W
- ○sôttama m. 'best of all flavours', the saline flavour ib
- ○rā́j m. a king of all VS. MBh
- ○rājêndra m. 'chief of all kings', N. of a divine being Cat
- (ā), f. a partic. position of the fingers Kāraṇḍ
- ○rājya n. universal sovereignty MBh
- ○rātra m. the whole night
- ibc. or (am), ind. all through the night KātyŚr. Śiś. Vās
- ○rāsa m. (cf. -rasa above) the resinous exudation of the Vatica Robusta L
- a sort of musical instrument ib
- ○ruta-kauśalya m. or n. (?) a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- ○ruta-samgrahiṇi-lipi (?), f. a partic. mode of writing Lalit
- ○rūpa (sárva- or sarvá-), mf(ā)n. having or assuming all forms (-tā f.) Pañcar. Jaim. Sch
- having all colours ŚBr. ŚrS
- of all kinds AitBr. PārGṛ. MuṇḍUp
- -bhāj mfn. assuming all forms Ragh
- -saṃdarśana m. a partic. Samātdhi SaddhP
- ○rūpin mfn. having or assuming all forms R
- ○roga (ibc.) all kinds of diseases Cat
- -nidāna n. -śānti f. N. of wks
[[]]
- sarvarodhavirodhasampraśamana3sárva--rodha-virodha-sampraśamana m. a partic. Samāsdhi Buddh
- ○rohita (sarvá-), mf. quite red ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○rtu (○va + ṛtu), m. every season MW
- 'containing all seasons', a year L
- -parivarta m. 'revolution of all the seasons', id. _ ib
- phala, n. the fruit of all the seasons MW
- ○rtuka (○va + ṛt○), mfn. adapted to every season, habitable in every seasons, existing in every seasons Mn. R. Hariv. &c
- -vana n. N. of a forest Hariv
- ○lakṣaṇa (ibc.) all auspicious marks R. BhavP
- -tāparya n. -pustaka, N. of wks
- -lakṣita m. 'characterized by all marks', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○laghu mfn. entirely consisting of short syllables Ked
- ○lālasa m. N. of Śiva MBh
- ○liṅga mfn. having all genders, used as an adjective (-tā, f.) Pat
- -pradātri mfn. liberal to adherents of every faith MBh. -samnyāsa m. -saṃnyāsa-nirṇaya m. -sādhanī, f
- ○gâdhyāya m. N. of wks
- ○liṅgin m. 'having all kinds of external marks', a heretic L
- ○luṇṭāka m. 'all-robbing', N. of a fraudulent official Campak
- ○loká m. the whole world VS. Hariv. R
- the whole people VarBṛS
- every one MBh. R. &c. pl. (or ibc.) all beings VarBṛS
- every one R. Pañcar. &c
- -krit m. Universe-maker', N. of Śiva MBh
- -guru m. N. of Vishṇu BhP
- -dhātu-vyavalokana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- -dhatū7padra. vôdvega-pratyuttīrṇa m. N. of a Buddha Buddh
- -pitāmaha m. progenitor of all creatures', N. of Brahmā R
- -prajāpati m. 'father of the Universe', N. of Śiva Śivag
- -bhayaṃ-kara mfn. appalling to the whole world R
- -bhayâstambhita. tva-viddhvaṃsana-kara m. N. of a Buddha, Buddh
- -bhṛt mfn. supporting the whole world (said of Śiva) Śivag
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing the whole world R. Hcat
- -maḥśvara m. N. of Śiva R
- of Kṛishna Bhag
- -vid mfn. acquainted with all world MBh
- ○kântarātman m. the soul of the whole world MBh
- ○kêśa m. 'lord of the whole world', N. of Kṛishṇa, Kṛishṇaj
- ○kêśvara m. 'id., 'id. ib
- N. of Brahmā R
- ○lokin mfn. containing the whole world RāmatUp
- ○locanā f. the ichneumon plant L
- ○loha mfn. entirely red Mn. Sch
- m. an iron arrow L
- n. (ibc.) all kinds of metal Cat
- -maya mf(ī)n. entirely of iron Pañcat
- ○lohita mfn. entirely red R
- ○lauha m. 'entirely of iron', an iron arrow L
- ○vat mfn. containing all, MāuGṛ
- ○vani mfn. all-acquiring or all-possessing Kāv
- ○varṇa mf(ā)n. all-coloured TĀr
- ○varṇikā f. the tree Gmelina Arborea L
- ○varṇin mfn. (prob.) of various kinds MBh
- ○vartikā vḷ. for varṇikā L
- ○varman m. N. of a grammarian (cf. śarva-v○) Buddh
- ○vallabha mfn. dear to all MW
- (ā), f. an unchaste woman L
- ○vāg-īśvarêśvara m. N. of Vishṇu Pañcar
- ○vāṅ-nidhana m. N. of an Ekâha ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○vāṅ-maya mf(ī)n. containing all speech, entirely consisting of speech BhP. Cat
- ○vāta-saha mfn. able to bear every wind (said of a ship) MW
- ○vādin m. N. of Śiva MBh
- (○di) -sammata mfn. approved by all disputants, universally admitted MW
- ○vāram ind. all at once, simultaneously Pañcat
- ○vārṣika-parvan n. pl. all the junctures or special periods of a year BhP
- ○vāsa m. 'all-abiding', Siva MBh
- ○vāsaka mfn. completely clothed MBh
- ○vāsin m. = -vāsa MW
- ○vikrayin mfn. selling all kinds of things Mn. ii, 118
- ○vikṣepatā f. a partic. method of counting Buddh. (cf. -nikṣepā)
- ○vikhyāta m. 'celebrated by all', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○vigraha m', all-shaped', Śiva ib
- ○vijñāna n. knowledge of everything Sarvad
- mfn. knowing everything (-tā f.) R. Sch. [Page 1187, Column]
- ○vijñānin mfn. id
- (○jñāni)-tā f. omniscience ib. (v. l.) Kām
- ○vid mfn. all-knowing, omniscient AV. MuṇḍUp. MBh. &c
- m. the Supreme Being. MW
- f. the sacred syllable Om L
- (-vit) -tva n. omniscience Cat
- ○vidya mfn. possessing all science, omniscient ŚvetUp
- (ā́), f. all science TBr
- every science, pl. all science TĀr
- ○yā-maya mf(ī)n. containing all science Cat
- ○yâlaṃkāra, ○yā-vinoda, ○yā-vinoda-bhaṭṭâcārya m. N. of authors ib
- ○yā-sithântavarṇana n. N. of wk
- ○vināśa m. entire destruction Gaut
- ○vinda m. a partic. mythical being ib
- ○vibhūti f. dominion over all MW
- ○viśrambhin mfn. trusting all Car
- ○viśva n. the whole world Pañcar
- ○viṣaya mfn. relating to everything, general Vām
- ○viṣṭuti-prayoga m
- ○vihārīya-yantra n. N. of wks
- ○vīra (sárva-.), mf(ā)n. all-heroic, consisting of or relating to or accompanied by or leading all men or heroes RV. AV. Kauś
- possessing numerous male descendants MW
- -jit mfn. conquering all heroes Pañcar
- -bhaṭṭāraka m. N. of an author Cat
- ○vīrya (sárva.), mf(ā)n. endowed with all powers ŚBr
- ○vṛddha mf(ā)n. recited entirely according to the quantity of the vowels SaṃhUp
- ○vega m. N. of a king VP
- ○vettṛ mfn. allknower, omniscient (-tva n.) L
- ○veda mfn. having all knowledge MW
- acquainted with all the Vedas Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
- m. a Brāhman who has read the four Vedas W
- -tri-rāta m. a partic. Ahīna ŚāṅkhSr
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing all the Vedas BhP
- ○dâtman wṛ. for sarva-devâtman RāmatUp
- ○dârtha m. N. of ch. of the BhP
- ○vedas (sárva-), mfn. having complete property AV
- m. one who gives away all his propṭproperty to the priests after a sacrifice L
- ○vedasá mfn. accompanied by a gift of all one's goods (as a sacrifice
- also m. [scil. kratu], a sacrifice of the above kind') MaitrS. Br. ŚrS
- giving all one's property to priests after a sacrifice Mn. xi, (vḷ.)
- (am), n. all one's propṭproperty TS. Br. KaiṭhUp. ŚrS
- -dakṣiṇa mf(ā)n. attended with a gift of all one's propṭproperty as a fee (at a sacrifice) ŚrS. Mn
- ○vedasin mfn. giving away all one's property Kāṭh
- ○veditṛ mfn. = -vettṛ MBh
- ○vedin mfn. omniscient Śiś
- knowing all the Vedas Hariv
- ○veṣin m. 'having all dresses', an actor L. (wṛ. -veśin)
- ○vaidalya-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○vaināśika mfn. believing in complete annihilation Col
- m. a Buddhist ib
- N. of a class of BuddhṭBuddhist who hold the doctrine of total annihṭannihilation MW
- ○vyāpad f. complete failure AitBr
- ○vyāpin mfn. all-pervading Up. MBh
- embracing all particulars MW
- m. N. of Rudra ib
- (○pi) -tva n. universality ib
[[]]
- sarvavyūharatisvabhāvanayasaṃdarśana3sárva--vyūha-rati-svabhāva-naya-saṃdarśana m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Buddh
- ○vrata n. a universal vow, ĀtvGṛ. BhP
- mfn. all-vowing ĀśvGṛ. Kauś
- ○tôdyāpana n. ○tôdyāpana-priyoga m. N. of wks
- ○śak mfn. all-powerful, ominpotent MW
- ○śakti f. entire strength (○tyā ind., 'with all one's might') MBh
- power of accomplishing all, Jam
- ○śakti-vat mfn. almighty MW
- ○śankā f. suspicion of everybody L
- ○śabdaga mfn. uttering various sounds MBh
- ○śarīra n. the body of all things (-tā f.) Sarvad
- ○śarīryātman m. the soul of all that has a body BhP
- ○śás See s.v., P. 1189, col. 2
- ○śastrin mfn. provided with all kinds of weapons MBh
- ○śākuna n. the complete science of augury VarBṛS
- ○śāntí f. universal tranquillity or calm AV
- N. of wk
- -kṛt m. 'causing univṭuniversal tranquillity or calm', N. of Bharata (sovereign of all India and son of Śakuntalā) L. (cf. -damana)
- -prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○śāsá mfn. all-ruling RV
- ○śāstra mfn. knowing every science MW
- -pravetṛ m. charioteer of all science', one well acquainted with all science ib
- -maya mf(ī)n. containing all treatises Pañcar
- -vid or -viśārada mfn. skilled in all science MW
- ○trârtha-nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- ○śiṣya mfn. to be taught by every one (-tā f.) Kshem
- ○śīghra mfn. swiftest of all, IndSt
- ○śukla mf(ā)n. entirely light or white ŚārṅgP
- ○śuddha-vāla (sarvá-), mfn. entirely white-tailed VS. MaitrS
- ○śubhaṃkara mfn. auspicious to all MBh
- m. N. of Śiva MW
- ○śūnya mf(ā)n. completely empty Cāṇ. Hit. Vet. &c
- thinking everything non-existent Pañcar
- -tā f. complete void KapS. Sch
- the theory that everything is non-exṭexistent, nihilism Sarvad
- -tva n. id. (-vādin m. 'an adherent of that theory', nihilist' Bādar. Sch.) ib
- ○śūra m. N. of a Bodhisattva Kāraṇḍ
- ○śeṣa mfn. remaining out of a whole W. [Page 1187, Column]
- ○śaikyâyasa mf(ī)n. (prob.) entirely damaskeened MBh
- ○śoka-vināśin mfn. removing all sorrow or griefs MW
- ○śrāvya mfn. audible to all ib
[[]]
- sarvaśrutipurāṇasārasaṃgraha3sárva--śruti-purāṇa-sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- ○śreṣṭha mfn. the best of all (-tama id. MBh.) R. MārkP
- ○śveta (sárva-), mfn. entirely white Suparṇ
- whitest of all Pāṇ. 6-2, 93, and h
- (ā), f. a kind of venomous insect Suśr
- a partic. mythical herb Kāraṇḍ
- ○saṃśliṣṭa mfn. contained in everything MBh. Pañcar
- ○saṃsarga-lavaṇa n. salt soil L
- a partic. kind of salt or salt soil (mixing with everything) MW. (vḷ. sārvasam○)
- ○saṃstha mfn. omnipresent Hariv
- all-destroying ŚvetUp
- (ā), f. pl. all the Soma-saipsthās ĀpŚr
- ○saṃsthāna mfn. having all shapes VarBṛS
- ○saṃhāra mfn. all-destroying
- m. time R
- universal destruction NṛisUp. Hariv
- ○saṃhārin mfn. all-destroying Kathās
- ○saguṇa mfn. possessing excellencies in everything ib
- ○saṃgata mfn. united with all, met with universally W
- m. a sort of rice ripening in 6o days. L
- ○saṅga-parityāga m. abandonment of all worldly affections or connections MW
- ○saṅgā f. N. of a river MBh
- ○saṃgraha m. a general or universal collection W
- N. of various wks
- mfn. possessed of everything R
- ○saṃjñā f. (with Buddbists) a partic. high number Lalit
- ○sattva-trātṛ m. N. of a mythical being SaddhP
- ○sattva-pāpa-jahana m. N. of a Samādhi Buddh
- ○sattva-priya-darśana m. N. of a Buddha ib
- of a Bodhi-sattva ib
- of another person ib
- ○sattva9ujo-hārī f. N. of a Rākshasi ib. (vḷ. sattvôj○)
- ○satya mfn. truest of all Pañcar
- ○saṃnahana n. (L.) or (MW.) a complete armament or armour
- ○saṃnaḍhanârthaka m. (MW.) a complete armament or armour
- ○saṃnāha m. id. W
- being completely armed or prepared for anything, going about anything zealously L. the universally-pervading spirit W
- ○samatā f. sameness or identity with all things ib
- equality or impartiality towards everything Mn. xii, 125
- ○samarpaṇa-stotra n. N. of wk
- ○samāsa m. complete union, all together KātyŚr
- ○samāhara mfn. all-destroying R
- ○samṛddha (sarvá-), mfn. entirely well arranged ŚBr. ĀśvGṛ
- ○sampatti f. success in everything R. Hcat
- abundance of every Kathās
- ○sampád f. complete agreement ŚBr
- ○sampanna mfn. provided with everything, ĀSvGṛ
- -sasya mf(ā)n. having grain or corn provided everywhere Mṛicch
- ○sampāta m. every residue, all that remains Hariv
[[]]
- sarvasampradāyābhedasiddhānta3sárva--sampradāyâbheda-siddhânta m. N. of wk
- ○sambhava m. the source of everything, MāekP
- ○sammata-śikṣā f. N. of wk
- ○sara m. a kind of ulcer in the mouth Suśr. Bhpr
- ○sasya (ibc.) all kinds of grain
- mf(ā)n. yielding all kinds of grain L
- -bhū f. a field yielding all kinds of grain L
- -vat mfn. (= -sasya mfn.) Hcat
- ○saha mf(ā)n. all enduring, very patient MBh. BhP. Śivag
- m. bdellium L
- (ā), f. the earth MW
- N. of a mythical cow MBh
- ○sâkṣin m. the witness of everything NṛisUp. Pañcar
- N. of the Supreme Being MW
- of the Wind. ib
- of Fire ib
- ○sāda mfn. that wherein everything is absorbed Hariv. (Nīlak.)
- ○sādhana mfn. accomplishing everythṭeverything Pañcat
- m. Śiva MBh
- ○sādhāraṇa mf(ā or ī)n. common to all NṛisUp. R. &c
- -prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○sādhu ind. very good, very well (used as an exclamation) Hit
- -niṣevita m. 'honoured by all good people', Śiva MBh
- ○sāmānya mf(ā)n. common to all Rājat
- ○sāmprata n. omnipresence Śatr
- ○sāmya n. equality in all respects ĀśvŚr
[[]]
- sarvasāmrājyamedhasahasranāman3sárva--sāmrājya-medha-sahasra-nāman n. N. of wk
- ○sāra n. the essence or cream of the whole (also -tama) Cat
- N. of various wks
- -nirṇaya m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- -saṃgrahaṇī f. a partic. mode of writing Lalit
- ○sārâpanithad f. N. of an Upanishad
- ○sāraṅga m. N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- ○sāha mfn. all-enduring ib
- ○siddhā f. N. of the 4th and 9th and 14th lunar nights, IndSt
- ○siddhânta m
- ○siddhânta-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○siddhârtha mfn. having every object accomplished, having every wish gratified Mn. R. Pañcar
- ○siddhi f. accomplishment of evṭevery object, universal success W
- entire proof, complete result KapS
- m. AEgle Marmelos L
- ○sukka-kṛt mfn. causing universal happiness MBh
[[]]
- sarvasukhaduḥkhanirabhinandin3sárva--sukha-duḥkha-nirabhinandin m. a partic. Samādhi Buddh
- ○sukhāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to feel every pleasure or delight Hcat
- ○surabhí n. everything fragrant, all perfumes ŚBr. [Page 1188, Column]
- ○sulabha mfn. easy to be obtained by every one Sarvad
- ○sū7kta n. N. of wk
- ○sūkṣma mfn. finest or most subtle of all MBh
- ○sūtra (sárva-), mfn. made of all-coloured threads MaitrS. (cf. sārvas○)
- ○sena (sárva-), mfn. leading all the host RV
- m. the lord of the whole host MW
- N. of a son of Brahma-ditta Hariv
- of an author Cat
- of a place, g. śaṇḍikôdi
- ○nâdhinātha (Viddh.) or ○nā-pati (MBh.), m. a commander in chief
- ○saivarṇa mfn. entirely of gold Pāṇ. 6-2, 93 Sch
- ○stya-kṛt mfn. one who steals everything Mn. iv, 256
- ○stoma (sárva-), mf(ā)n. provided with all the (6) Stomas TS. Br. ŚrS
- m. N. of an Ekâha KātyŚr. Lāṭy. Vait
- ○sthāna-gavāṭa m. N. of a Yaksha Kathās
- ○smṛt mfn. (prob.) wṛ. for -spṛt, all-obtaining or -procuring MaitrUp
- ○smṛti f
- ○smṛti-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- ○sva n. (ifc. f. ā) the whole of a person's property or possessions GṛŚrS. Mn. MBh. &c
- (ifc.) entirety, the whole, whole sum of. MBh. Hariv. Kāv. &c
- (ā), f. entire property Kauś
- -dakṣiṇa mfn. (a sacrifice) at which the whole propṭproperty is given away Ragh
- -daṇḍa mfn. fined or mulcted of all possessions W
- n. confiscation of entire propṭproperty ib
- -phalin mfn. with all one's possessions and fruits Mṛicch
- -rahasya n. N. of wk
- -haraṇa n. or -hāra m. the seizure or confiscation of all one's property W
- ○svara-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○svarita mfn. having only the Svarita (q.v.) Vprāt. Sch
- ○svarṇa-maya mf(ī)n. entirely golden Kāv
- ○svāmin m. the owner or master of all W
- a universal monarch ib
- (○mi). guṇôpêta mfn. endowed with all the qualities of a master ib
- ○svāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, (ifc.) to regard as one's whole property Kpr. Sch
- ○svāra m. N. of an Ekâha Lāṭy. Maś. Nyāyam
- ○svin m. a kind of mixed caste (the offspring of a Gopa or cowherd female and a Nāpita 'or barber), BrahniavP
- ○hatyā f. every kind of murder NṛisUp
- ○hara mfn. appropriating everything MBh
- inheriting a person's whole property Vishṇ
- all-destroying (as death) Bhag. R. VarBṛS. Pañcar
- m. N. of Yama Hariv
- ○haraṇa n. confiscation of one's entire property Mn. Sch
- ○hari m. N. of the hymn RV. x, 96 ŚāṅkhBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- of the author of the same hymn (having the patr. aindra) Anukr
- ○harṣa-kara mfn. causing universal joy Pañcar
- ○hāyas (sárva-), mfn. having all strength or vigour AV
- ○hāra m.= -haraṇa Mn. viii, 399
- (am), ind. confiscating a person's whole property Kathās
- ○hārin m. 'all-seizing', N. of an evil spirit MārkP
- ○hāsya mfn. derided by all Rājat
- ○hita mfn. useful or beneficial to all
- m. N. of Śākya-muni VarBṛS
- n. pepper L
- ○hút mfn. offered completely (as a sacrifice) RV. TS. Br. Lāṭy
- (prob.) all-sacrificing or sacrificing all at once MW
- ○huta (sárva-), mfn. offered entirely (-tva n.) AV. TS. GṛŚrS
- ○huti f. a complete sacrifice AitBr
- ○hṛd n. the whole heart or soul
- (○dā́), ind. with all one's heart RV
- ○hema-maya mf(ī)n. entirely golden Hcat
- ○homa m. a complete oblation ib
- (asarva-h○, 'not a complete oblṭoblation' KātyŚr.)
- -paddhati f. N. of wk
- sarvâkara-prabhā-kara m
[[]]
- sarvākaraprabhākaravaropeta3sarvâkara-prabhā-ḍkara-varôpêta m. N. of partic. Samādhis Buddh
- sarvâkāra (ibc.) or ind. in all forms, in every way Ratnâv. Mcar
- sarvâḍkāram ind. in all forms, in every way, Ratnâv. Mcar
- sarvâkṣa mfn. (prob.) casting one's eyes everywhere Pañcar
- sarvâgamôpaniṣad f. N. of an Upainshad
- sarvâgneya mfn. sacred only to Agni ŚāṅkhŚr
- sarvâgrayaṇa-kāla-nirṇaya m. N. of wk
- sarvâṅka m. N. of an author (or of wk.) Cat
- sarvâṅga n. (ifc. f. ī) the whole body, Vlā. Kathās. &c
- pl. all the limbs R. Kathās. Maitr. Up. Sch
- all the Vedâṅgas KenUp
- (sárv○), mf(i)n. entire or perfect in limb RV. AV
- complete, (-bhaṅga m. 'entire collapse') Kām. Rājat
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- (am), ind. in all respects exactly Kathās
- -nyāsa m. -yoga-dīpikā f. N. of wks. rūpa m. N. of Śiva MBh
- -vedanā-sāmanyakarma-prakāśa m. N. of ch. of wk
- -sundara mfn. beautiful in every member, completely beautiful MW
- m. (also -rasa m. 'whose essence is good for all the limbs') a partic. drug or medicament L
- (ī), f. N. of various Comms
- sarvâṅgika mfn. (an ornament) destined for the wholebody, Māatīm
- sarvâṅgīṇa mf(ā) n. (wṛ. ○gīna) covering or pervading or thrilling the whole body Kāv. Kāvyâd. &c
- relating or belonging to the Aṅgas or Vedâṅgas collectively W
- sarvâcāra m. N. of wk
- sarvâcārya m. the teacher of all Veṇis. [Page 1188, Column]
- sarvâjīva mfn. bestowing a livelihood on all ŚvetUp
- sarvâñc See p. 1189, col. 2
- sarvâtithi mfn. receiving every one as guest Gaut. MBh
- -vrata mfn. devoted to all guests W
- sarvâtithya n. N. of a lake Śukas
- sarvâtiśāyin mfn. surpassing everything Mcar
- sarvâtisārin mfn. suffering from diarrhoea caused by all the humours Suśr
- sarvâtodya-parigraha m. 'comprehending every musical instrument', N. of Siva MBh
- sarvâtmaka the whole soul (ena ind. 'with all one's soul') BhP
- mfn. all. containing (-tva n.) ib. Saṃk
- contained in everything NṛisUp. R
- proceeding from all the Doshas (= sarva-doṣâtm○) Bhpr
- m. a partic. form of the Aptor-yāma ĀpŚr. Sch
- sarvâtmán m. the whole person (○nā ind., with all one's soul') ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- the universal Soul Up. MBh. R. &c
- the whole being or nature (○nā ind. 'entirely, completely') Kād. Nyāyam. Sch
- a Jina HYog
- N. of Śiva MBh
- (sárv○ or ○vât○), mfn. entire in person or nature AV. Br. ĀśvŚr
- ○ma-tva n. the state or condition of the univṭuniversal Soul LiṅgaP. (-darśana n. 'the doctrine of the oneness of everything with Spirit' MW.)
- ○madṛś mfn. seeing one's self everywhere Cat
- ○mabhūti f. walfare of the whole self Mn. iii, 91
- all beings collectively W
- sarvâdi m. the beginning or first of all things Pañcar
- mfn. having any kind of commencement whatever RPrāt
- sarvā-dṛśa mfn. like to all MW
- sarvâdbhuta-śānti f. N. of wk
- sarvâdya mf(ā)n. the first of all, having existed the first Pañcar
- sarvâdhāra m. a receptacle of everything ib
- sarvâdhika- mfn. superior to everything Bhām
- sarvâdhikaraṇa n. pl. all occasions (eṣu ind. 'on all occasions') MatsyaP
- sarvâdhikāra m. general superintendence W
- a chapter on various objects Cat
- a chapter on objects concerning all ĀpŚr. Sch
- sarvâdhikārin mfn. superintending everythṭeverything Rājat
- m. a general superintendent W
- sarvâdhikya n. superiority to all ib
- sarvâdhipatya n. universal sovereignty ŚvetUp
- sarvâdhyakṣa m. a general superintendent, Pañcir
- sarvânanda m. N. of various authors and other persons (also -kavi, -nātha, -miśra, -vandya-ghaṭīya) Cat
- of wk
- sarvânavadya-kāriṇī f. N. of wk
- sarvânavadyâṅga mf(ī)n. having an entirely faultless body MBh
- sarânukārin mfn. all-imitating MW
- (iṇī), f. Desmodium Gangeticum L
- sarvânukrama m. (Caraṇ.),
- sarvânukraḍmaṇikā f. (Cat.) or (ib.) a complete index (esp. to the Veda)
- sarvânukraḍmaṇī f. (ib.) a complete index (esp. to the Veda)
- N. of wks
- ṇī-vṛtti f. N. of Comm
- sarvânudātta mfn. entirely accentless (-tva n.) RPrāt. Sāy
- sarvânunāsika mfn. speaking through the nose, Siksh
- sárvânubhū mfn. all-perceiving ŚBr
- sarvânubhūti f. universal experience MW
- a white variety of the Tri-vṛit plant ib
- Convolvulus Turpethum Car
- m. 'all-perceiving, (with Jainas) N. of two Arhats L
- sarvânumati f. the consent of all MW
- sarvânuṣṭubha mfn. entirely consisting of Anushṭubh ŚBr
- sarvânusyūta mfn. strung together with everything (-tva n.) BhP
- sarvânta m. the end of everything (e ind. 'at the very end of gen.') Divyāv
- -kṛt mfn. making an end of everything, Pañcir
- sarvântaka mfn. = prec. ib
- sarvântará (ŚBr. NṛisUp.) or (Cat.), mfn. being in everything
- sarvânḍtarastha (Cat.), mfn. being in everything
- sarvântar-ātman (Pañcar.) or (BhP. Sch.), m. the universal Soul
- sarvântar-āḍtar-yāmin (BhP. Sch.), m. the universal Soul
- sarvânna-bhakṣaka mfn. eating all sorts of food (whether pure or not) L
- sarvânna-bhūti m. a kind of divine being ŚāṅkhGṛ. (doubtful reading)
- sarvânna-bhojin (L.) or (Apast.) ?or (Apast.) ?or Pāṇ. L.), mfn. = ○vânna-bhakṣaka
- sarḍvânnin (Apast.) or Pāṇ. L.), mfn. = ○vânna-bhakṣaka
- sarḍvânnīna Pāṇ. L.), mfn. = ○vânna-bhakṣaka
- sarvânya mfn. entirely different Pāṇ. 8-1, 51
- sarvâpara-tva n. 'being beyond all things', final emancipation MaitrUp
- sarvā-puṣṭi-prayoga m. N. of wk
- sarvâpêkṣa mfn. relating to every particular ĀpŚr. Sch
- sarvâpti f. attainment of all AitBr. KaushUp
- sarvâbhayaṃ-kara mfn. causing universal safety R
- sarvâbhaya-prada mfn. giving safety to all (and of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
- sarvâbharaṇa-bhūṣita mfn. adorned with all ornaments Nal
- sarvâbharaṇa-vat mfn. having all ornaments Hcat
- sarvâbhāva m. non-existence or failure of all Āpast. Mn. ix, 189
- absolute non-existence Sāṃkhyak
- sarvábhibhū m. N. of a Buddha Buddh
- sarvâbhiśaṅkin mfn. mistrusting all (○ki-tva n.) MBh. Car
- sarvâbhisaṃdhaka mfn. deceiving every one Mn. iv, 195
- sarvâbhisaṃdhin mfn. id. L
- m. a cynic, caluminator W. [Page 1188, Column]
- sarvâbhisāra m. an attack with a complete army Pārśvan
- sarvâbhyantara mfn. the innermost of all, IndSt
- sarvâmara-tva n. absolute immortality R
- sarvâmātya m. pl. all who belong to a household or family, servants &c., MānG2r
- sarvámbhonidhi m. the sea, ocean MBh
- sarvâyasa mf(ī)n. entirely made of iron ib
- sarvâyu mfn. having or bestowing &c. all life (-tva n.) VS. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
- śarvâyudha m. armed with every weapon', N. of Śiva MBh
- ○dhôpôta mfn. possessing all weapṭweapon ib
- sarváyuṣa (TUp.) or (TS.), n. whole life
- sarḍvấyus (TS.), n. whole life
- sarvâraṇyaka mfn. living on whatever a forest affords Baudh
- sarvârambha m. entire energy in the beginning of a work (eṇa, ind. 'with all one's might') Cāṇ
- sarvâriṣṭa-śānti f. N. of wk
- sarvârtha m. pl. (or ibc.) all things or objects, all manner of things MaitrUp. Madhus
- all matters (eṣu ind. 'in all matters, in all the subjects contained in any particular work') MW
- (am), ind. for the sake of the whole Jaim
- mfn. suitable for every purpose (-tva n.) KātyŚr. ib. Sch
- regarding or minding everything Pañcar
- m. N. of the 29th Muhūrta (in astron.)
- -kartri m. the creator of all things Pañcar
- -kuśala mfn. skilful in all matters Nal
- -cintaka mfn. thinking about everything
- m. a general overseer, chief officer Mn. MBh
- -cintāmani m. N. of various wks
- -tā f. the possessing of all objṭobjects MW
- 'attending to everything', distraction (opp. to ekâgra-tva), Cit
- -nāman m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva Buddh
- -sādhaka mf(ikā)n. effecting everything, fit for everything (-stotra n. N. of wk.) MBh. Kathās. &c
- (ikā), f. N. of Durgā Deviim
- -sādhana mfn. = -sādhaka
- (or) n. a means of accomplishing everything, Pallcat. Kāv
- -sāra-saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- -siddha mfn. one who has accomplished all aims R
- m. N. of Gautama Buddha (so called, according to some, because his parents' wishes were all fulfilled by his birth) Lalit
- of a king W
- -siddhi f. accomplishment of all aims Kathās
- N. of various wks
- m. pl. (with Jainas) a class of deities L
- ○thânusādhin, effecting all things
- (inī), f. N. of Durgā L
- sarvârhaṇa mfn. deserving everything, having a claim to everything Pañcar
- sarvâloka-kara m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- sarvā́-vat mfn. containing everything ŚBr
- entire, complete Divyâv
- sarvâvasara m. 'universal leisure', midnight L
- (am), ind. on every occasion Vet
- sarvā-vasu m. a partic. sun-beam VP
- sarvâvatham ind. 'in all positions', from all sides MBh
- sarvâvasthā f. every condition (āsu, at all periods') MW
- sarvâvāsa (MBh. Śivag.) or (Śivag.), mfn. having one's abode everywhere
- sarvâvāḍsin (Śivag.), mfn. having one's abode everywhere
- sarvâvṛddha mf(ā)n. entirely recited without giving the quantity of the vowels, SaiphUp
- sarvâśaya m. 'refuge of all', N. of Śiva MBh
- sarvâśin mfn. eating all sorts of food Mn. ii, 118
- sarvâścarya-maya mf(ī)n. containing or consisting of all marvels Bhag. BhP. Pañcar
- sarvâśyá n. the eating of all things ŚBr
- sarvâśramin mfn. belonging to or being in every order of life, KaivUp
- sarvâśraya mf(ā)n. common to all Yājñ
- giving shelter or protection to all W
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- sarvâsambhava m. the not being possible every where KapS
- sarvâstitva-vādin m. ○sti-vādin Bādar. Sch
- sarvâsti-vāda m. the doctrine that all things are real (N. of one of the 4 divisions of the Vaibhāshika system of Buddhism, said to have been founded by Rāhula, son of the great Buddha) MWB. 157
- = next MW
- sarvâsti-vādin mfn. or m. an adherent of the above doctrine Buddh
- sarvâstra mfn. having all weapons MW
- (ā), f. N. of one of the 16 Jaina Vidyā-deviis L
- -mahā-jvālā f. N. of one of the 16 jaina VṭVidyā-dṭdeviis ib
- -vid mfn. knowing or skilled in all world MW
- sarvâsya n. the whole mouth Śiksh
- mfn. connected with the whole mouth TS. Sch
- sarvâham-mānin mfn. believing everything to be the Ego NṛisUp
- sarvâhṇá m. the whole day MaitrS
- (am), ind. all the day, Apast
- sarvâhṇika mfn. daily Pañcar. (wṛ. ○hnika)
- sarvâhna m. -"ṣhṇa MW
- sarvêndriya-sambhava mfn. arising from every sense ib
- sarvêjta mfn. connected with all Ilās (Iḍāts) ŚāṅkhŚr
- sarvêśa m. the lord of all KaushUp. Pañcar
- the Supreme Being W
- a universal monarch ib
- (ā), f. the mistress of all Pañcar
- sarvêśvara m. the lord of all NṛisUp. BhP. Pañcar. &c
- a universal monarch W
- a partic. medicinal preparation Cat
- N. of Śiva W
- of a Buddhist saint W. [Page 1189, Column]
- (also with tīra-bhuktīya or soma-yājin) of a teacher and various authors Sadukt. Cat
- -tattva-nirṇaya m. N. of ch. of wk
- -tva n. almightiness RāmatUp. Vedântas
- -stuti-ratnamālā f. N. of wk
- sarvêṣṭa-da mf(ā)n. accomplishing all wishes Cat
- sarvâiśvarya n. the sovereignty of every one KapS
- sovṭsovereignty over all Pañcar
- sarvôechitti f. (KapS.) or (Pañcat.) complete extermination
- sarvôeḍcchedana n. (Pañcat.) complete extermination
- sarvôtkaruha m. pre-minence over all KapS
- sarvôttama mfn. best of all Kāv
- -stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- sarvôttaratvâbhidhāna n. N. of wk
- sarvôdātta mfn. having the acute accent everywhere RPrāt. VPrāt. Sch
- sarvôdyukta mfn. exerting one's self to the utmost R
- sarvôpakārin mfn. assisting all MW
- (iṇi), f. N. of various Comms
- sarvôpadha mfn. having any kind of preceding vowel, having any penultimate letter RPrāt
- sarvôpaniṣat-sāra
[[]]
- sarvopaniṣatsārapraśnottara3sarvôpaniṣat-sāra-praśnôttara n
- sarvôpaniṣad f
[[]]
- sarvopaniṣadarthānurbhūtiprakāśa3sarvôpaniḍṣad-arthânur-bhūti-prakāśa m. N. of wks
- sarvôparama m. cessation of all things, absolute rest (-tva, n.) Vedântas
- sarvôpâdhi m. a general attribute MW
- sarvôpâya-kauśalya-praveśana m. a partic. Sam1dhi Kāraṇḍ. (wṛ. ○ya-kcz○)
- sarvôru-trivedin m. N. of an author Cat
- sarvôllāsa-tantra n. N. of wk
- sarvâugha m. an army complete in all its accoutrements L
- = gurubheda or guru-vega L
- n. a kind of honey L
- sarvâuṣadhá mfn. consisting of various herbs TBr
- n. all herbs ŚBr. TUp. Lāṭy
- a partic. compound of strong smelling herbs L
- -nidāna n. N. of wk
- sarváhsbadhi f. sg. or pl. all (kinds of) herbs GṛŚrS. &c
- (ī), f. pl. N. of 10 different herbs Hcat
- (i), m. a class of 10 partic. herbs L
- -gana m. id. ib
- -niṣyandā f. a partic. kind of writing Lalit
- -rasa m. the juice or infusion of the herb called the Sarvâushadhi MW
- -varga, m.= -sarvrvâuṣadhi m. ib
- sarvaká mf(ikā)n. all, every, whole, entire, universal AV
- (e), ind. everywhere L
- sárvata mf(ā)n. (perhaps) all-sided MaitrS
- sarvataḥ in comp. for sarvatas
- ○pānipāda mfn. having hands and feet everywhere ŚvetUp. Vishṇ. MBh
- ○śubhā f. Panicum Italicum L
- ○sruti-mat mfn. having ears everywhere ŚvetUp. MBh
- ○sarvêndriya-śakti mfn. having organs all of which operate everywhere Vishṇ
- sarvataś in comp. for sarvatas
- ○câkṣus mfn. having eyes everywhere MBh
- sarvátas ind, from all sides, in every direction, everywhere RV. &c. &c
- around (acc.) Vop. v, 7 Pāṇ. 2-3, 2 Sch
- entirely, completely, thoroughly AV. Mn. MBh. &c
- = sarvasmāt or sarvebhyas, from all, from every one &c., ŚrS. Mn. Yājñ. &c
- sárvati m. N. of a man MaitrS
- sarvato in comp. for sarvatas
- ○kṣi-śiromukha mfn. having eyes and head and mouth everywhere ŚvetUp. Vishṇ. MBh
- ○gāmin mfn. going in all directions Kum
- ○dikka mfn. extending in every direction, Jairv. Sch
- (am), ind. = (or wṛ. for) next Rājat
- ○diśam ind. from all sides, in all directions MBh. R. Rājat. BhP
- (as), ind. id. MW
- ○dhāra mfn. having a sharp edge in every dirṭdirection MBh
- ○dhura mfn. being every where at the head Baudh
- ○bhadra mfn. in every dirṭdirection or on every, side good, it every way auspicious &c. BhP. Pañcar
- m. a temple of a square form and having an entrance opposite to every point of the compass ib
- a form of military array Kām
- a square mystical diagram (painted on a cloth, and used on partic. occasions to cover a sort of altar erected to Vislṇu
- but below.) W
- an artificial stanza in which each half Pāda read backwards is identical with the other half (e.g. Kir. xv, 25 Śiś. xix, 40
- also n. Kpr.)
- a kind of riddle or charade (in which each syllable of a word has a separate meaning?) Kāv
- the car L
- N. of a mountain BhP
- of a forest MW
- Azadirachta Indica L
- a bamboo ib
- a kind of perfume VarBṛS
- (ā), f. the tree Gmelina Arborea Bhpr
- a sort of Dioscorea L
- an actress ib
- (am), n. a building having continuous galleries around VarBṛS
- a mystical diagram of a square shape but enclosing a circle (employed for astrological purposes or on special occasions to foretell good orbad fortune ; perhaps identical with the above) Cat
- a partic. mode of sitting ib
- N. of a garden of the gods BhP
- (m. or n. ?) N. of various works
- -cakra n. a partic. diagram ( See above) Cat
- N. of various wks
- kra-vyākhyāna n. N. of wk. [Page 1189, Column]
- -devatā-sthāpana-prayoga m. -prayoga m. -phala-vicāra, m. -maṇḍala n. -maṇḍala-krama m. -maṇḍala-devatā-mantra, m. pl., -maṇḍalâdikārikā f. -lakṣaṇa n. -liṅgato-bhadra, -homa, ○bhadrâdi-cakrâvali f. N. of wks
- ○bhadraka m. (with cheda) a fourfold incision in the anus for fistula Suśr
- a partic. form of temple (= -bhadra) VarBṛS
- (ikā), f. Gmelina Arborea L
- ○bhāva m. the being all around Nir
- ○mārgam ind. in all way or directions BhP
- ○mukha (sarv4to.), mf(ī)n. facing in all dirṭdirection, turned every where VS. TS. ŚBr. &c
- complete, unlimited Kāv
- m. a kind of military array Kām
- soul, spirit L
- N. of BrahmS ('having four faces') ib
- of Śiva ib
- a Brāhman L
- of Agni MBh
- the heaven, Svarga ib
- N. of wk
- n. water Cat
- sky, heaven L
- -kārikā f. pl., -paddhati f. -prakaraṇa n. -prayoga m
- ○khôdgatṛ-tva n. ○khâugālra-prayoga m. N. of wks
- ○vilāsa m. N. of Comm
- ○vṛtta mfn. omnipresent MBh
- sarvátra ind. everywhere, in every case, always, at all times (of ten strengthened by api, sarvadā &c
- with na, in no case') ŚBr. &c. &c
- = sarvasmin (with na, 'in no case', 'not at all' &c.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○ga mf(ā)n. all-pervading, omnipresent Mn. MBh. &c
- m. air, wind W
- N. of a son of a Manu Hariv. MārkP
- of a son of Bhīnia-sena VP
- ○gata mfn. extending to evṭeverything, universal, a perfect MBh
- ○gāmin mfn. all-pervading Lalit
- m. air, wind L
[[]]
- sarvatragāminīpratipattijñānabala3sarvátra--gāminī-pratipatti-jñāna-bala n. the faculty of knowing the means of going everywhere (one of the 10 faculties of a Tathāgata), Dharnias. 76
- ○sattva n. omnipresence RāmatUp
- sarvatrâpi mf(ī)n. reaching everywhere PañcavBr
- sarvatrâpratigha mfn. not kept back from i.e. penetrating everywhere MW
- sarváthā ind. in everyway, in every respect, by all means (often joined with sarvatra and sarvadā
- also with api
- with na, in no case', 'not at all') Mn. &c. &c
- in whatever way, however MBh. R. RPrāt
- altogether, entirely, in the highest degree, exceedingly MBh. Kāv. Hit
- at all times MW
- ○viṣaya mfn. in whatever way appearing Cat
- sarvadā́ ind. always, at all times (often joined with sarvatra and sarvathā
- with na, 'never') AV. &c. &c
- sarvadâiva-sattva n. being at all times RāmatUp
- sarvadry-añc mfn. ( See 2. añc) turned towards all Vop
- honouring all MW
- sarvaśá ind. wholly, completely, entirely, thoroughly, collectively, altogeiher, in general, universally (sometimes used to denote that a collective noun in sg. or the pl. may be in any case or ibc.) TBr. ChUp. ŚāṅkhŚr. &c
- in every or any way Mn. R
- universally, always, everywhere TBr. RPrāt
- on all sides MW
- sarvâñc mfn. (○va + 2. añc) turned in all directions, SāṅkhGṛ
- sarvāṇs f. N. of Śiva's wife or Durgā Cat. (cf. śarvāṇī)
- sarvīya mfn. relating or belonging to all, suitable. or fit for all, Pāṇ. v, 1, 10, Vārtt. 1 Pat
- sarvarī wṛ. for śarvare, q.v
- sarvalā or ○lī f. an iron cIub or crow L
- sarṣapa m. mustard, mustardseed ṢaḍvBr. &c. &c
- a mustard-seed used as a weight, any minute weight Mn. ŚārṅgS
- a kind of poison L
- (ī), f. a kind of herb L
- a partic. eruption of the body Car
- a kind of small bird (said to be a species of wagtail, = khañjanikā) L
- ○kaṇa m. a grain of mustard-seed Kāv
- ○kanda m. a kind of poisonous √Suśr
- ○taila n. mustard-oil ib
- ○śāka m. a kind of culinary herb Car
- ○sneha m. = -taila Suśr
- sarṣapâruṇa m. N. of a demon that seizes on children PārGṛ
- sarṣapaka m. a kind of snake Suśr
- (ī), f. a partic. venomous insect ib
- a kind of eruption (= sarṣapī) ib
- sarṣapāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to appear as small ns a grain of mustard-seed BhP
- sarṣapika m. a partic. venomous insect Suśr
- (ikā), f. See sarṣapaka
- sa-rṣi-gaṇa mfn. (fr. 7. sa + ṛṣi-g○) having or attended by a host of Ṛishis MW
- sarṣi-marnd-gaṇa mfn. with a host of Ṛishis and Maruts ib. [Page 1189, Column]
- sarṣīkā f. a kind of metre RPrāt
- sa-rṣṭika mf(ā)n. (fr. 7. sa + ṛṣṭ○) furnished with spears MBh. (v. l.)
- sal (for sar, a form of √sṛ), cl. 1. P. salati, to go, move Dhātup. xv, 40
≫sala
- sala m. (cf. sara) a dog L
- water L
- salalū́ka (prob.) n. aimless wandering (?) RV. iii, 30, 17
- salasala mfn. going, moving L
- salasala mf(ā)n. (cf. sarirá) flowing, surging, fluctuating, unsteady RV. AV. MaitrS
- (ā), f. (in Sāṃkhya) one of the four kinds of ādhyātmikā tuṣṭi or internal acquiescence (the other three being ambhas, ogha, and vṛṣṭi
- cf. su-pārā) Tattvas
- (am), n. (ifc. f. ā) flood, surge, waves RV. AV. Br
- (also pl.) water (acc. with √kṛ, to offer a libation of water to gen.') Kauś. MBh. &c
- rainwater, rain VarBṛS
- eye-water, tears Megh
- a kind of wind ( See -vāta)
- a partic. high number, ŚiṅkhŚr
- a kind of metre Nidānas
- ○karman n. 'water-rite', a libation of water offered to a deceased person MBh
- ○kukkuṭa m. a partic. aquatic bird BhP
- ○kuntala m. 'wṭwater-hair', Vallisneria or Blyxa Octandra L
- ○kriyā f. = -karman R
- ○gargarī f. a water jar Mṛicch
- ○guru mfn. heavy with tears Megh
- ○cara m. 'water-goer', an aquatic animal, VarnBṛS
- -ketana m. 'fish-bannered', the god of love Daś
- ○ja mfn. produced or living in wṭwater VarBṛS
- m. an aquatic animal ib
- a shell MBh
- n. = next L
- ○janman n. 'water-born', a lotus L
- ○tva n. the state of water MārkP
- ○da m. presenter of water', a kind of official R
- a cloud VarBṛS
- ○dāyin mfn. causing rain ib
- ○dhara m. 'water-bearer', a cloud MBh
- ○nidhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Chandom
- a kind of metre Col
- ○nipāta m. fall of rain VarBṛS
- ○niṣeka m. sprinkling with wṭwater Ṛitus
- ○pati m. 'water-lord', N. of Varuṇa VarBṛS
- ○pavanâśin mfn. drinking only water and air Kāv
- ○pūra m. a large quantity of wṭwater (-vat ind.) Pañcat
- ○priya m. 'fond of water', a hog L
- ○bhaya n. danger from wṭwater, inundation VarBṛS
- -dāyin mfn. causing inundation ib
- ○bhara m. 'mass of water', a lake Bhām
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of water VarBṛS
- ○muc m. 'discharging w. a rain-cloud Bālar
- ○yoni m. water-born', N. of Brahma Hariv
- ○raya m. 'water-flow', a current, stream W
- ○rāja m.= -pati MBh
- ○rāśi m. 'heap of water', the ocean Śiś
- any piece of water W
- ○vat mfn. provided with, wṭwater R
- ○vāta (salilā-), mfn. = salilâkhyena vāta-viteṣeṇânugṛhītá TS. (Sch.)
- ○saraka m. n. a bowl of wṭwater Suśr
- ○stambhin mfn. stopping wṭwater Veṇis
- ○sthala-cara m. living in water and on land', an amphibious animal Pañcat
- sâlilâkara m. a great mass of water MBh
- the ocean Rājat
- salilâñjali m. two handfuls of wṭwater (as a libation) R
- salilâdhipa m. = ○la-pati Hariv
- salilârṇava m. the (heaving) ocean R
- -sāyaka mfn. reposing on water (applied to Vishṇu) Vishṇ
- salilârthin mfn. wishing for water, thirsty MW
- salilâlaya m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean R
- salilâvagāha m. bathing in water Śak
- salilā-vatī f. N. of a place VP
- salilâśana mfn. subsisting only on water BhP
- salilâśaya m. 'water-receptacle', a pond, lake R. VarBṛS. BhP
- salilâhāra mfn. = ○lâśana R
- salile-cara mfn. moving about in wṭwater MBh
- salilêndra m. (= ○la-pati)
- -pura n. Varuṇa's city R
- salilêndhana m. 'water -ignition', the submarine fire (cf. vaḍabâgni) L
- selilêśa m. = (○la-pati) MBh
- salile-śaya mfn. resting or lying in wṭwater (also as a kind of penance) MBh. Hariv. Pur
- salilêśvara m. (= ○la-pati) MBh
- salilôccaya mf(ā)n. abounding in wṭwater ib
- salilôttha mfn. risen from the ocean Mṛicch
- salilôdbhava mfn. 'produced in water' Hariv
- m. a shell MBh
- n. a lotus-flower R
- salilôpajīvin mfn. subsisting by wṭwater (as a fisherman) VarBṛS
- salilôpaplava m. 'a flood of wṭwater', inundation MW
- salilâuikas mfn. dwelling or living in wṭwater R. BhP
- salilâudana m. n. rice boiled in water Hariv
- sa-lakṣa mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + l○) having a lac or a hundred thousand MW
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prifixed to the following):
- ○lakṣaṇa mfn. having the same marks or characteristics, homogeneous, similar Daśar. Kāvyâd
- ○lakṣman (sá-), mfn. id. RV. VS. TS
- ○lagnaka mfn. (a loan) secured by a surety, Vivsd
- ○lajja mfn. feeling shame or modesty, bashful, embarrassed (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- m. Artemisia Indica and Austriaca L. [Page 1190, Column]
- -tva n. shame, bashfulness Campak
- ○lajjita mf(ā)n. ashamed, abashed Pañcar
- -sneha-karuṇam ind. with bashfulness and love and compassion Uttarar
- ○lalitam ind. with spot, wantonly MW
- ○lavaka mfn. together with the substance called Lavaka Pañcar
- ○lavaṇa mfn. with salt VarYogay
- n. tin (?) L
- ○lāja-kusuma mfn. accompanied with sprinkled grain and flowers MW
- ○līṅga mf(ā)n. having the same marks or attributes ĀśvŚr. Kauś
- (ifc.) corresponding i.e. directed to MBh
- ○liṅgin m. 'having the usual marks (as of an ascetic &c., without belonging to the order)', a religious impostor (applied to the 7 schisms) Jain
- ○līla mf(ā)n. playing, sporting (not in earnest) MBh. R
- mocking, sneering R
- sportive, coquettish Śak. Kathās
- (am), ind. playfully, with ease (also with iva) R. BhP
- sportively, coquettishly Mṛicch. Kālid. Kir
- -gaja-gāmin m. N. of a Buddha Lalit
- -parihāsa mfn. smiling coquettishly Mālatīm
- -haṃsa-gamanā f. having the wanton gait of a Haṃsa Kathās
- ○leka (sá-), m. (said to be) N. of an Āditya (cf. leka) TS
- ○lepa mfn. with oily substances KātyŚr
- ○leśa mfn. having parts or portions, with every part, entire
- (am), ind. with every particle, entirely, wholly MW
- ○loka (sá-), mfn. being in the same world with (gen. or loc.) AitBr. ŚBr
- with the people or inhabitants Cat
- ○lokátā f. the being in the same world or sphere with (gen., instr., or comp.), residence in the same heaven with the personal Deity (one of the four states of final beatitude = sālokya RTL. 41) AitBr. &c. &c
- ○lokya mfn. = -loka (with gen.) MBh
- ○lobha mfn. greedy, avaricious Kathās
- ○lomadhi m. N. of a king (cf., lom○ and su-l○) BhP
- ○loman (sá-), mfn. with the grain corresponding to or co-extensive with (instr.) TS. Br
- ○ma-ivá n. the being with the grain &c. ŚBr. PañcavBr
- ○lohita mf(ā)n. having the same blood Vop
- coloured blood-red MBh
- salakhaka m. N. of a man Inscr
- salada (f. ī), g. gaurâdi (Kāś. salanda)
- salarin (?), m. N. of author Cat
- salalūka See p. 1189, col. 3
- salavi See apa-s and pra-s○
- salā-vṛkī́ f. = sālā-vṛ○ (q.v.) TS. MaitrS
- sáliga mfn. (said of the sea
- v. l. salīga) MaitrS. Kapishṭh
- salūna m. a kind of worm or parasite ŚārṅgS
- salais See apa-salaiḥ
- salya salyaka, See vi-s○
- sallakī sallakīya = śall○, q.v
- sal-lakṣaṇa-tīrtha n. (fr. sát + l○, See p. 1134) N. of a Tirtha W
- sal-lakṣya ll. a good aim, right aim or object Cat
- sal-loka m. pl. good people, excellent persons Kāv
- salladra m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet, Cat
- sallayá sallāpa wṛ. for saṃ-l○
- sálva m. pl. N. of a people (also written śalva) ŚBr
- ○deśa m. N. of a country MW
- salha m. N. of a man (also written sahla) Rājat
- salhaṇa m. N. of a man ib
- savá m. (fr. √3. su) pressing out the juice of the Soma plant RV. ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- pouring it out L
- the moon L
- n. the juice or honey of flowers L
- ○latā f. the plant yielding Soma-juice (cf. soma-l○) Sāy. on RV. viii, 29, 1
- ○vidha (savá.), mfn. = savana-v○ ŚBr
- sávana n. (for 2. See col. 2) the act of pressing out the Soma-juice (performed at the three periods of the day
- cf. tri-ṣavaṇa
- prātaḥ-., mādhyaṃdina- and tṛtīya-s○) RV. &c. &c
- the pressed out Soma-juice and its libation, a Soma festival, any oblation or sacrificial rite ib
- (with puṃsaḥ) = puṃsavana Yājñ. i, 11 (pl.) the three periods of day (morning, noon, and evening) Gaut. Mn. BhP. [Page 1190, Column]
- time (in general) BhP
- bathing, ablution, religious bathing (performed at mṭmorning, noon, and evening) Kir
- ○karman n. the sacred rite of libation Śak
- ○kāla m. the time for libation ŚBr
- ○kṛ́t mfn. performing a lṭlibation ŚBr
- ○krama m. the order of lṭlibation or sacrṭsacred rites VPrāt
- ○gata mfn. going to perform a lṭlibation Āpast
- ○traya n. the three libation ṢaḍvBr
- ○devatā f. the deity of a lṭlibation ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○paṅkti mfn. accompanied by five libation AitBr
- ○praycga m. N. of wk
- ○bhā́j mfn. partaking of a lṭlibation TS
- ○mukh4 n. the beginning of a lṭlibation TS
- ○khīya mf(ā)n. belonging to it KātyŚr
- ○vid mfn. knowing the times or periods of a libation BhP
- ○vidha mfn. of the same value as a libation, like a libation Lāṭy
- ○śas ind. at each of the lṭlibation ĀśvŚr. BhP
- ○saṃsthā f. the end of a lṭlibation Lāṭy
- ○samīṣantī f. a partic. Vishṭmi ib
- ○stha mfn. engaged in a a lṭlibation or sacrifice Yājñ
- savanânukalpam ind. according to the three periods of day Āpast
- savanênta m. the end of a libation or sacrifice KātyŚr
- savanika See tṛtīya-s○
- savanī́ya mfn. relating to the Soma libation or to any sacrificial rite, fit for it &c. Br. ŚrS
- having access to a sacrifice, authorized to partake of it Baudh
- ○kāla m. the time for a Soma lṭlibation ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○paśu m. an animal fit for sacrifice BhP
- ○pātra n. a Soma vessel ĀpŚr
- savá m. (fr. √1. sū) one who sets in motion or impels, an instigator, stimulator, commander VS. ŚBr
- m. the sun (cf. savitṛ) L
- setting in motion, vivification, instigation, impulse, command, order (esp. applied to the activity of Savitṛi
- dat. savā́ya, for setting in motion') RV. AV. VS. TBr
- N. of partic. initiatory rites, inauguration, consecration Br
- a kind of sacrifice Kauś
- any sacrifice MBh
- a year (?) BhP. ( See bahu-s○)
- ○kāṇḍa m. N. of the fifth book of the Śatapatha-brāhmaṇa
- ○pati (savá-), m. the lord of the Sava ceremony MaitrS
- sávana n. (for 1. See col. 1
- for See p. 1191, col. 2
- for sa-vana See col. 3) instigation, order, command (cf. satyá-s○) RV. MaitrUp
- savas n. id. See satyá-s○
- savitara Nom. P. ○rati, to be like the sun, resemble the sun (cf. next) Kpr
- savitṛ́ m. a stimulator, rouser, vivifier (applied to Tvashṭṛi) RV. iii, 55, 19 ; x, 10, 5
- N. of a sun-deity (accord. to Naigh. belonging to the atmosphere as well as to heaven
- and sometimes in the Veda identified with, at other times distinguishead from Sūrya, 'the Sun', being conceived of and personified as the divine influence and vivifying power of the sun, while Sūrya is the more concrete conception
- accord. to Sāy. the sun before rising is called Savitṛi, and after rising till its setting Sūrya
- eleven whole hymns of the RV. and parts of others [e.g. i, 35 ; ii, 38 ; iii, 62, 10-12 &c.] are devoted to the praise of Savitiṛi
- he has golden hands, arms, hair &c
- he is also reckoned among the Ādityas q.v., and is even worshipped as 'of all creatures', supporting the world and delivering his votaries from sin
- the celebrated verse RV. iii, 62, 10, called gāyatrī and sāvitrī qq.vv. is addressed to him) RV. &c. &c
- the orb of the sun (in its ordinary form) or its god (his wife is Pṛiśni) MBh. Kāv. &c
- N. of one of the 28 Vyāsas VP
- of Śiva or Indra L
- Calotrcpis Gigantea L
- (○trī), f. See below
- ○tanaya m. N. of the planet Saturn VarBṛS
- ○datta m. N. of a man, Kāś. on Pāṇ. 5-3, 83
- ○dvata or n. the constellation Hastā or the 13th of the lunar mansions (presided over by the sun) L
- ○daivata n. the constellation Hastā or the 13th of the lunar mansions (presided over by the sun) L
- ○putra m. the son of Savitṛi, IndSt
- ○prasūta (savitṛ-), mfn. stimulated or roused by Savitṛi (○tá-tā f.) TS. Br
- ○suta m. = -tanaya VarBṛS
- -dina n. Saturday ib
- savitṛla m. endearing form of sarntṛ-datta Kāś. on Pāṇ. 5-3, 83
- savitriya mfn. relating or belonging to the sun, solar Siddh
- sávīman n. (only in loc, ) setting in motion, instigation, direction, guidance RV. VS. ŚāṅkhŚr
- sava m. (fr. √2. sū) offspring, progeny L
- sávitave See √2. sū
- savitra n. (prob.) a cause of generation, instrument of production Pāṇ. 3-2, 184
- savitrī f. (accord. to some f. of savitṛ above) a mother Kum
- a female producer Kir. (wṛ. for sāvitrī, q.v.) [Page 1190, Column]
- sa-vaṃśā f. (i.e. 7. sa + vaṃśa) a kind of plant Kauś
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○vacana mfn. = samāna-v○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 85
- ○vajra-saṃghāta mfn. with the stroke of a thunderbolt MBh
- ○vat mfn. containing (6.) sa PañcavBr
- ○vatsa mfn. together with a calf having a calf Kauś. MBh
- having descendants MW
- ○vadhūka m. along with a wife, a man and his wife Kathās
- ○vana mf(ā)n. (fur savana See col. 1 &c.) together with woods MBh
- ○vapuṣa mf(ī)n. having body or form, embodied W
- ○vayas (sá.), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 85) being of the same vigour or age MaitrS
- m. a co-eval, contemporary, comrade, friend RV. Ragh. Kathās
- f. a woman's female friend or confidante Śiś
- ○vayasa (BhP.),
- ○vayuka (KāśīKh.), mfn. equal in age
- ○varūtha (MBh.),
- ○varūḍthin (Hariv.), mfn. furnished with a protecting ledge ( See varūha)
- ○vargīya mfn. belonging to the same group of consonants (as gutturals &c.) TPrāt
- ○varṇa (sá-), mf(ā)n. having the same colour or appearance, similar, like, equal to (gen. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- of the same tribe or class Mn. MBh. &c
- belonging to the same class of sounds, homogeneous with (comp.) Prāt. Pāṇ. (cf. a-s○)
- m. the son of a Brāhman and a Kshatriya woman Gaut
- a Māhisliya (q.v.) who lives by astrology L
- (ā), f. a woman of the same caste Gaut
- past
- N. of the woman substituted by Saraṇyū for herself as a wife of the Sun (she is said to have given birth to Manu, and is called in later legends Chāyā
- cf. saraṃyū) L
- of a daughter of the Ocean and wife of Pracīna-barhis Hariv. VP
- ○ṇa-tva n. identity of colour with (instr.) Suśr
- having the same denominator Āryabh
- ○ṇavarṇa n. the same colour MBh
- ○ṇâbha mfn. similar in colour to (comp.) MārkP
- ○ṇâsavarṇa-vivāha m. the marriage of people of the same and of different castes MW
- ○ṇôpâyin mfn. one who approaches a woman of the same caste ib
- ○varṇana n. reduction to the same denominator Līl
- ○varṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, to reduce to the same denominator ib
- ○varṇi-liṅgin mfn. wearing the marks of a religious student, disguised as a Brahmacārin ( See varṇin) MW
- ○varṇī-karaṇa n. = -varṇana Āryabh. Sch
- ○varman mfn. having armour, along with armour MW
- ○várya mfn. endowed with excellent qualities TBr. (Sch.)
- ○valga mfn. provided with a bridle Śiś
- ○vāk-chala mfn. untruthful in speech, mendacious Kathās
- ○vācas (sá-), mfn. employing similar speech (v. l. su-v○) AV
- ○vātṛ́ (?). mfn. having the same calf. VS. TBr. (Sch.)
- ○vārija mfn. abounding in lotusflowers Kir
- ○vārttika mfn. (a Sūtra) with its Vārttikas Pat
- ○vālakhilya mfn. together with the Vālakhilya hymns MW. = 1
- ○vāsa mfn. scented, perfumed Jātakam. -2
- ○vāsa mfn. having a dwelling ib
- ○vāsas (sá-), mfn. with clothes, clothed ŚBr. Mn. v, 77 &c
- ○vāsín mfn. dwelling together AV
- ○viṃsá mfn. that to which one-twentieth is added Jyot
- m. a partic. Stoma VS. TS
- ○vikalpa mfn. possessing variety or admitting of distinctions, differentiated Vedântas. (also ○paka ib. &c.)
- admitting of an alternative or option or doubt, optional, doubtful MW
- together with the intermediate Kalpas. BhP
- ○vikāra mfn. with its developments or derivatives or products Gaut. Bhag. BhP
- altered in feeling, growing fond of. Gīt
- undergoing modification or decomposition (as food) Siṃhâs
- ○vikāśa mf(ā)n. shining, radiant Kathās
- ○vikrama mfn. vigorous, energetic Śiś
- ○vikrośana ind. with a cry of alarm MBh
- ○viklavam ind. piteously, dejectedly Mālav
- ○vigraha mfn. having body or form, embodied Rājat
- having meaning or import, meaning, importing W
- ○vicāra mf(ā)n. that to which consideration is given Lalit
- ○vicikitsitam ind. having or causing doubt, doubtfully Mcar
- ○vijñāna (sá.), mfn. endowed with right understanding ŚBr
- -tva n. Sāy
- ○vitarkam mfn. accompanied with reason or thought Lalit
- (am), ind. thoughtfully Ratnâv
- ○vitta mfn. together with the property Lāṭy
- ○vid mfn. (said to be) = savita-rūpa and = vidvas MaitrUp
- ○vidiś mfn. with the intermediate quarters MW
- ○vidya mfn. pursuing the same studies Vop
- having learning, versed in science Cāṇ. Rājat
- ○vidyut mfn. accompanied with lightning MBh
- -stanita mfn. accṭaccompanied with lightning and thunder MW
- ○vidyutá n. a thunderstorm AV
- ○vidha mfn. of the same kind or sort, APrāt. [Page 1191, Column]
- proximate, near Mālatīm
- n. proximity Kāv. Kathās
- (am), ind. according to rule or precept BhP
- ○vidhī-√kṛ P. -karoti, to bring near Bālar
- -√bhū P. -bhavati, to be or become near ib
- ○vinaya mfn. having good behaviour or propriety, well-conducted, well-behaved, modest (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās
- ○vibhaktika mfn. having a case-termination Pat
- ○vibhāsa m. 'having great lustre', N. of one of the seven suns (prob. wṛ. fur vibhāsa) VP
- ○vibhrama mfn. employing amorous or coquettish glances, coquettish, wanton (am ind.) Kāv
- ○vimarśa mf(ā)n. reflecting, thoughtful, deliberate (am, ind.) Kāv. Kathās. -vilakṣam ind. with shame or embarrassment Pañcat
- ○kṣa-smitam ind. with a bashful smile Mṛicch. Pañcat
- ○vilambam ind. hesitatingly, dilatorily Rājat
- ○vilāsa mfn. acting coquettishly, wanton, amorous, playful (am ind.) Kāv. VarBṛS. BhP
- ○vivadha mfn. holding the equipoise (-tvá n.) TS
- ○viveka mfn. possessed of judgment, discerning Kathās
- ○viśaṅka mf(ā)n. having apprehension or anxiety, suspicious R
- ○viśeṣa mfn. possessing specific or characteristic qualities Sarvad
- peculiar, singular, extraordinary Kum. Kathās
- having discrimination, discriminating Hit
- (am), ind. with all particulars, in detail Mcar. Pañcat
- particularly, especially, exceedingly (kānta mfn. excessively beloved Ragh
- -kautūhalam ind. in a particularly festive or solemn manner Mālav
- -taram ind. more particularly, particularly) MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. the number indicating the proportion of the diagonal of a square to its side, Śulbas
- ○viśeṣaka mfn. with particular characteristics or particularity Bhāshāp
- having distinguishing properties or peculiar qualities MW
- discriminated ib
- n. any distinguishing peculiarity or characteristic ib
- ○viśeṣaṇa mfn. possessing distinctions or peculiarities or attributes L
- -rūpaka n. a metaphor consisting of mere attributes Kāvyâd
- ○viśeṣatas ind. especially, particularly, singularly, excellently W
- ○viśrambha mf(ā)n. confidential, intimate (am ind. Kathās
- ○viśvāsam ind. with confidence Vās. Sch
- ○viṣa mf(ā)n. poisonous Suśr. (○ṣâśis mfn. 'having venomous fangs' Rājat.)
- poisoned Śak
- m. a partic. hell Yājñ
- ○viṣāṇa mfn. possessing horns or tusks along with tusks MBh
- ○viṣāda mf(ā)n. having despondency, despairing, dismayed (am ind.) Kāv. Pañcat
- ○viṣṭara mfn. having a bundle of rushes or grass spread out for sitting upon Hcat
- ○visaṃkulam See vi-saṃkula, p. 953, col. 1
- ○vistara mf(ā)n. having diffuseness, diffuse, detained, complete (am ind.) Pañcat. Kathās
- with the texts belonging to it (i.e. to the Veda) Hariv. BhP
- ○vismaya mf(ā) n. having astonishment, surprised, perplexed, doubtful (am ind.) Śiś. Ratnâv
- ○vihaṃga mfn. possessing birds, with birds MW
- ○vīra (sá-), mfn. with retainers or followers TBr
- ○vīrya (sá-), mfn. having equal power or strength with (instr.) VS. ŚBr
- powerful, mighty (tvá n.) TS. Kāṭh. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- ○vivadha mfn. (-tā f. -tva n.) = -viv○ AitBr. PañcavBr
- ○vṛkṣakihupa-lata mfn. having trees and bushes and creepers MW
- ○vrít (in a formula) VS
- ○vṛtayajña m. (prob.) an oblation offered at the same time GopBr
- ○vṛta-sema mfn. offering a Soma libation at the same time ib. Vait
- ○vṛtta mfn. well-conducted R
- (of unknown meaning) Nir.v, 4
- ○vritti mfn. with a maintenance or salary Mṛicch
- ○vṛttika mfn. being in motion, active (-tā f.) Sarvad
- ○vṛddhika mfn. bearing interest, along with the interest, Bṛihasp
- ○vṛ́dh mfn. increasing together RV
- having increase, growing VS
- ○vriṣaṇa mf(ā)n. having testicles, with the testṭtesticles R. Gaut. Āpast
- possessing two fruits or seeds resembling testṭtesticles ĀpGṛ. (Sch.)
- ○vṛṣṭika mfn. accompanied by rain Cat
- ○vega mfn. equal in speed or velocity to (comp.) R
- violent, impetuous (am ind.) Pañcat
- ○veṇī f. = samānav○ Vop
- ○veṇu-vīṇam ind. with flutes and lutes VarBṛS
- ○ṇā-paṇavânunāda mfn. resounding with flutes and lutes and tabours MW
- ○vetāla mfn. occupied by a Vetāla (said of a dead body), Kathās
- ○vedanam ind. with pain, painfully Dhūrtas
- ○vedas (sá-), mfn. having the same or common property (Agni-Soma) RV
- ○vedika mfn. along with a seat bench MBh
- ○vedha mfn. = sa-vidha, proximate, near L
- n. proximity ib
- ○vepathu mfn. having tremor, tremulous MBh. Kāv. Suśr
- ○vepitam ind. tremblingly
- ○veśa mfn. neighbouring, near Pāṇ. 6-2, 23. [Page 1191, Column]
- ○veśīya n. (with marutām), N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○veṣa mfn. apparelled, dressed, ornamented, decorated W
- ○veṣṭana mfn. having a turban, turbaned (as a head) Mṛicch
- ○vaiklavyam ind. with bewilderment or despair Mṛicch. Mālatīm
- ○vaidika wṛ. for -vedika
- ○vaira mfn. hostile, inimical Śiś
- ○vairāgyam ind. with disgust or indifference Pañcat. Dhūrtas
- ○vailakṣya mf(ā)n. with shame, ashamed, pretended, forced (am ind.) Ratnâv
- having contrary marks or characteristics, unnatural MW
- -smitam ind. with a pretended or forced smile Ratnâv
- ○vyajana mfn. with fanning Suśr
- ○vyañjana mfn. with consonants, joined with a consonants Prāt
- ○vyatha mf(ā)n. feeling pain, afflicted, grieved, sorrowful Kāv. Kathās
- ○vyadha mfn. having cuts or wounds MW
- ○vyapatrapa mf(ā) n. ashamed, bashful, abashed, R
- ○vyapêkṣa mfn. requiring, presupposing, dependent on or connected with (comp.) Uttarar. Kathās
- ○vyabhicaraṇa mfn. liable to inaccuracy, possibly inexact or false, not absolutely exact or certain Car
- ○vyabhicāra mfn. id
- m. (in phil.) an argument wide of the mark or incompatible with the conclusion drawn from it, an allegation proving too much (one of the Hetv-ābhāsas q.v.), a too general middle term (as 'fire' to prove smoke) Nyāyas. Sarvad
- N. of various Nyāya wks
- -kroḍa m. -grantha-rahasya n. -nirukti f. -pūrva-pakṣa-kroḍa m. ○kṣa-grantha-ṭīkā f. ○kṣa-grantha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○kṣa-grantkaloka m. -vāda m. sāmānya-nirukti f. and ○ti-kroḍa m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭikā f. othadīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-rahasya n. ○tha-loka m. N. of wks
- ○vyāja mfn. artful, fraudulent, false, deceitful (am ind.) Kālid. Ratnâv
- ○vyādhi mfn. seized with illness, sick, Kav
- ○vyāpāra mf(ā)n. having an employment, occupied, busily engaged Megh
- ○vyāhṛti mfn. accompanied with the three Vyāhṛitis (q.v.) AmṛitUp. (also ○tika Yājñ. i, 238)
- -praṇavaka mfn. with the above and the syllable Om ( praṇava) Mn. xi, 248. -vraṇa mfn. having a wound, wounded, sore MBh. (with śukra n. 'a partic. disease of the white in the eye' Suśr.)
- having a fault or flaw Hariv
- ○vrata (sá-), mf(ā)n. fitting together, harmonious (others 'following the same law or order') RV
- bound by a rule or law ĀśvŚr
- ○vratin mfn. acting in like manner or having the same customs with (comp.) MBh
- ○vrīḍa mfn. feeling shame, bashful, modest (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- savatya mfn. = savātya MaitrS
- savatha m. (fr. √su, or sū) N. of a man Rājat
- savana n. (fr. √su or sū
- for 1. 2 See 1190, cols. 1. 2 for sa-vana, p. 1190, col. 3) fire BhP
- a kind of hell VP
- N. of a son of Bhṛigu MBh
- of a son of Vasishṭha (one of the seven Rishsis under Manu Rohita) VP
- of a son of Manu Svayambhuva Hariv
- of a son of Priya-vrata (vḷ. savala) Pur
- savara n. (cf. śabara) = śiva, or salila L
- savala See śabala and 3. savana
- savahā f. = saralā, a kind of Convolvulus L
- savātyá or savātyá mfn. (said to = ) born from one mother MaitrS. VS. TS. TBr. Kāṭh
- saviḍālambha (?), n. a partic. kind of jest (for exciting laughter) Bhar
- savitri saviiman, See p. 1190, col. 2
- savyá mf(ā)n. (accord. to Uṇ. iv, 109 fr. √sū
- perhaps for skavya, Gk., col. 3) left, [1191,] left hand (am, éna, ā́ e, and ibc., 'on the left') RV. &c. &c
- opposite to left, right, right hand (am, ena, and ibc., 'on the sight')
- south, southern (am &c., 'to the south'), Sūryas. VarBṛS
- reverse, contrary, backward L
- m. the left arm or hand RV. Br. KātyŚr. Yājñ
- the left foot, KatyŚr. Gobh
- one of the ten ways in which an eclipse takes place VarBṛS
- a fire lighted at a person's death L
- N. of Vishṇu L
- (sávya) N. of a man befriended by the Aśvins RV
- of an Aṅgirasa and author of RV. i, 51-57 Anukr
- n. (scil. yajñôpaviita) the sacred thread worn over the left shoulder (acc. with √kṛ, 'to put the sacred thread over the left shoulder') KātyŚr. Sch. [accord. to some for skavya, Gk. ? [Page 1191, Column] ; Lat. scaevus
- [1191,] accord. to others for syavya, Slav. s8ujî]
- ○cārin mfn. vḷ. for -sācin MBh
- ○jānu n. a mode of tighting (by using the left knee) Hariv
- ○tas ind. from or on the left (also 'contrary' or, inauspicious') side (acc. with √kṛ, 'to place on the left side') RV. MBh
- on the right side VarBṛS
- ○pādalekhā f. an outline or impression of the left foot Kir
- ○bāhu n. a mode of fighting with the left arm Hariv
- ○ṣṭṛ́ m. (nom. ṣṭhā́) id. ŚBr
- -sārathī́ du. (prob.) two warriors (or charioteers) standing on the left and right side ib
- ○ṣṭhā́ m. a warrior standing on the left side (in a chariot) AV
- ○sācin (savyá-), mfn. drawing (a bow) with the left hand, ambidexterous MBh
- mṆ. of Arjuna ib
- of Krishṇa
- Terminalia Arjuna L
- savyâdhara mfn. having the left undermost Lāṭy
- savyânata n. 'bending to left', a partic. mode of fighting Hariv
- savyâpagrâhaṇa mfn. that which is laid aside or to rest on the left MaitrS
- savyâpasavya mfn. left and right, reverse and direct, wrong and right MW
- savyā-praṣṭí m. the horse harnessed on the left side of the yoke-horses (opp. to dakṣiṇā-pr○) ŚBr
- savyā-yugyá m. the left yoke-horse (opp. to dakṣiṇā-y○) ib
- savyâvṛt mfn. with a turn to the left GṛŚrS
- savyâvṛtta mfn. turned to the left KātyŚr. Kauś
- savyâśūnya mfn. not loosened on the lṭleft KātyŚr
- savyêtara mfn. 'other than left', right MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. a partic. mode of fighting Hariv
- -tas ind. left and right BhP
- savyôttāna mfn. holding the left hand with the palm uppermost SāṅkhŚr
- savyônnata n. 'uplifted towards the left', a partic. mode of fighting Hariv
- savye (loc. of savya), in comp
- ○ṣṭha m. (= savya-ṣṭha)
- -sārathī du. two charioteers standing left and right TBr. (Sch.)
- ○ṣṭhṛ m. a charioteer Uṇ. ii, 102 Sch
- sa-śakala mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + ś○) having scales, together with scales, IndSt
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○śaṅka mf(ā)n. fearful, doubtful, timid, shy (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- suspicious Kathās
- ○śaṅkha mfn. having a conch-shell MW
- -goṣa mfn. resounding with conch-shells ib
- ○śatru mfn. having enemies MBh
- ○śapatham ind. with an oath Mṛicch
- ○śabda mf(ā)n. having sound or noise, full of cries, sounding Kāv. Kathās. Rājat
- proclaimed MW
- (am), ind. with noise, noisily Gobh. MBh. &c
- ○śayana mf(ī)n. lying or standing together, contiguous, neighbouring ṢaḍvBr
- Lāṭy
- ○śara mfn. furnished with an arrow, together with an arrow R. Kālid
- -cāpa-hasta mfn. holding a bow with an arrow in the hand Ml
- ○râsana mfn. with a bow VarYogay
- ○rin mfn. furnished with an arrow MBh
- ○śarīra (sá.), mf(ā)n. with the body: embodied TBr. PañcavBr. R
- with the bones KātyŚr
- ○śarkara mf(ā)n. together with gravel or sand VarBṛS
- with brown sugar. Suśr
- ○śâlka mfn. having bark or rind or scales Gaut
- m. 'scaly', a kind of fish Mn. v, 16
- ○śalya mf(ā)n. pierced by an arrow or dart, stung, wounded (also fig.= 'pained, afflicted') R. Kālid. Kathās
- thorny, connected with pain or sorrow, troublesome, difficult HPariś
- m. a bear L
- ○śāstra mf(ā)n. having or containing an invocation ( See p. 1044, col. 1) MārkP
- -marutvatīya m. the second Graha (q.v.) at the midday libation VS. Sch. 2
- ○śutra mfn. having arms, armed Veṇis
- ○śasya mfn. wṛ. for -sasya Hariv
- (ā), f. Tiaridium Indicum L
- ○śādvala mf(ā)n. covered with grass Vishṇ
- ○śālmala mfn. possessing silk-cotton trees MBh
- ○śikhaṇḍin mfn. accompanied by Sikhaṇḍin MBh
- ○śikhara mfn. having a top (as a tree) R
- ○śibira mfn. together with (his) camp, Śṛiṅgar
- ○śiras mfn. along with the head Āpast
- ○raḥkampam ind. shaking the head Mṛicch
- ○raska mfn. (= -śiras) Gobh
- ○râvamajjana n. (fr. śira = śiras + av○) diving with the head foremost ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○śiṣya mfn. attended by pupils Śak
- ○śītkāra mfn. uttering a murmuring sound Vikr
- (am), ind. with a murmuring sound MW
- with a sigh ib
- ○śīrṣan (sá.), mfn. having a head (opp. to apa-ś○) TS. TBr
- ○śukra (sá.), mfn. together with brightness or with what is bright (-tvá n.) TS. ŚBr
- ○śuc mfn. grieved, afflicted Amar
- ○śūka mf(ā)n. furnished with awns ĀpŚr
- m. a believer in the exist ence of God (= āstika) L
- ○śūlam ind. with sharp pain (as of colic or gout) Suśr
- ○śṛṅgāra mfn. having ornaments, adorned, decorated Pañcat. Kathās. [Page 1192, Column]
- ○rakam ind. with love, passionately, tenderly Mṛicch
- ○śeṣa mfn. having a remainder, not entirely emptied or exhausted, incomplete, unfinished KātyŚr
- -tva n. the having a remainder (-tvād āyuṣaḥ, 'because life had not yet run out') MBh
- ○ṣânna mfn. one who eats up the remnants of food (= 'having a good appetite') Suśr
- ○śailavana-kānana mfn. having mountains and woods and groves MBh
- ○śoka mf(ā)n. sorrowful, sad (am ind.) R. Kālid. &c
- -tā f. sorrow, sadness MBh
- ○śmaśru mfn. having a beard, bearded L
- f. a woman with a beard L
- ○śyāparṇa mfn. attended by the Syaparṇas AitBr
- ○śraddha mf(ā)n. trustful, frank, confident Kathās
- ○śrama mf(ā)n. feeling fatigue, wearied W
- ○śrī mfn. like, similar to (comp.) KāśīKh
- ○śrilka mf(ā)n. having beauty, lovely, splendid (-tā f. -tva n.) Vikr. Ratnâv
- having prosperity, prosperous, fortunate Śiś. Sch
- ○srī-vṛkṣa mfn. marked with a circular tuft or curl of hair on the breast (as a horse) Kathās
- ○ślāgham ind. boastfully, pompously Vikr. Prab
- with praise, eulogistically MW
- ○śleṣa mfn. ambiguous, having a double meaning (-tva n.) Kāvyâd
- ○śvāsa mfn. having breath, breathing, living Rājat
- saśc ( only soścat). See √sac
- saśyāna wṛ. for saṃ-śāna GopBr
- sa-ṣoḍaśika mfn. connected with the 16 partite Stotra PañcavBr
- saṣki (?) g. sidhmâdi (Kāś. sakthi)
- saṣkila mfn. ib
- sa-ṣṭúbh f. a kind of metre (cf. anu-, pari-ṣṭubh &c.) TS
- sas cl. 2. P. (Dhātup. xxiv, 70) sásti (in TS. also sasâsti and in VS. sásasti, pr. p. sasát RV. AV
- Gr. also pf. sasāsa aor. [as�AsIt]
- fut. sasitā, sasiṣyati), to sleep RV. &c. (cf. above) Naigh. iii, 22
- to be inactive or idle RV.: Caus. sāsayati aor. asīṣasat), Gr.: Desid. sisasiṣati ib.: Intens. sāsasyate, sāsasti ib
≫sasa
- sasá mfn. sleeping Naigh. iv, 2
- m. N. of an Ātreya (author of RV. v, 21)
- m. or n. (?) herb, grass, corn (cf. sasyá) RV
- sa-saṃrambha mfn. (i.e. 7. [sa+s○]) enraged, angry Kathās
- (am), ind. angrily Prab
- hastily, hurriedly, very briefly Sarvad
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following)
- ○saṃvāda mf(ā)n. agreeing (am ind.) Kathās
- ○saṃvid mfn. one with whom an agreement has been made ib
- ○saṃśaya mf(ā)n. doubting doubtful, uncertain MBh. Kathās
- dubious R
- (in rhet.) ambiguity (regarded as a fault) Kāvyâd
- ○ṣaṃphāra mfn. having the means of restraint (said of magical weapons which can only be made to return to the owner by repeating certain Mantras) MW
- ○sakhi ind. similar to a friend Pāṇ. 2-1, 6
- ○sakhīkā f. together with female friends Kathās
- ○sakhī-gaṇā f. with all the company of female friends ib
- ○saṃkaṭa mfn. containing difficult passes or defiles (as a road) Śaṃkar
- ○saṃketa mfn. one with whom an agreement has been made or who is privy to any secret compact Kathās
- ○saṅga mfn. adhering, attached (-tva n. 'adhesion, contact') Kap
- ○saṃgraha mfn. one who studies the Saṃgraha (q.v.) together (i.e. subsidiarily) Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
- ○saciva mfn. along with (his) minister or ministers MBh
- ○saṃjña mfn. having sense, sensible, conscious R
- ○saṭa mfn. very shaggy VarBṛS
- ○sattrín (or sá-s○), m. a companion at a sacrifice or festival ŚBr
- ○sattva mf(ā)n. possessing energy or vigour MBh
- containing living creatures or animals Mn. Ragh
- (ā), f. containing an embryo', a pregnant woman Ragh. iii, 9
- ○satya (sá-), mfn. accompanied with truth MaitrS
- ○sadbhāva mfn. accṭaccompanied with affection Kād
- ○saṃtatika (Kull)
- ○ṣaṃtāna (Mn.iii. 15), mfn. with offspring
- ○saṃdeha mfn. having doubt or hesitation, Kashās
- (in rhet.) a kind of indirect praise Kāvyâd. ii, 358
- ○saṃdhya mf(ā)n. having or relating to the period called Saṃdhyā, vespertine R
- ○dhyâṃśa mfn. with the period called Saṃdhyâṃśa Mn. i, 70
- ○saṃnāma mfn. bending down, submissive, humble Nalôd
- ○saptaka mfn. containing ā heptade Jyot
- ○sapta-dvīpa mf(ā)n. with the seven Dviipas (q.v.) NṛisUp. [Page 1192, Column]
- ○sabhya mfn. along with assessors or judges Yājñ. Sch
- ○samid-gaṇa mfn. with a heap of fuel R
- ○sampad mfn. possessing happiness or prosperity, happy Śiś
- ○sampada mfn. happy, delighted W
- ○sampātin mfn. together with (the Rākshasa) Sampātin R
- ○samoprâiṣa mfn. with a summons or invitation to the officiating priest to commence a ceremony) Cat
- ○sambhāra-yajuṣka mfn. with the Yajus called Sambhāra ĀpŚr
- ○sambhrama mf(ā)n. filled with confusion or bewilderment, bewildered, flurried, agitated (am ind.) R. Kālid. &c
- ○sarpa mf(ā)n. having serpents, infested by serpents MBh
- ○sasya mf(ā)n. grown with corn Hariv
- ○saháya mfn. along with associates, having companions or accomplices Mn.viii, 193
- ○sâkṣika mfn. (happening) before witnesses (am ind.) Yājñ
- ○sāgara mfn. together with the oceans Ratnâv
- ○sātyaka mfn. with Sātyaka Hariv
- ○sādi mfn. with charioteers MBh
- ○sādhana mfn. having means MBh
- with materials or instruments (of, var &c.) Kām
- ○nôpavarga-nirūpaṇa n. N. of ch. of a wk
- ○sādhvasa mfn. dismayed, terrified, alarmed, timid (am ind.) Śiś. Ratnâv
- ○sādhvīka mfn. with Arundhatī VarBṛS
- ○sāṃnāyyaka mfn. with the oblation called Sāṃnāyya KātyŚr. Sch
- ○sāra mfn. possessing strength or energy (-tā, f) Kum. Śiś
- with curds Suśr
- -vāṇa mfn. possessing both strength and sound MW
- ○sārathi mfn. with the charioteer Kauś
- ○sârtha mf(ā)n. with a caravan Kathās
- containing goods, laden (as a ship) R
- ○sāvarn a, mfn. with the Saṃhitā Sāvirnikā Cat
- ○sita mfn. with sugar Suśr
- ○tôpala mfn. id. Pañcar
- ○tôpala-mālin mfn. wreathed with white lotus flowers VarBṛS
- ○sīta mfn. with Sītā R
- ○sīmaka mfn. with the limit or boundary Pāṇ. 1-1, 7, Vartt. 8 Pat
- ○sīman mfn. having the same boundary, conterminous, near L
- ○sugandha mfn. having a pleasant smell, fragrant VarBṛS
- ○dhi-gātra mfn. accompanied by perfumed men Vishṇ
- ○suta mf(ā)n. having a son, together with sons or children MBh
- ○sutvan mfn. accompanied by Soma-offering priests MW
- ○sudarśana mfn. armed with Vishnu's discus (called SudṭSudarśana) Hcat
- ○sundarīka mfn. with a beautiful woman or wife Siṃhâs
- ○suparṇa mfn. with the SupṭSuparṇa texts, IndSt
- ○subrahmaṇya mfn. with the Subrahmaṇya ĀpŚr. Sch. 1
- ○sura mfn. along with the gods Siś
- cāpam ind. with Indra's bow MW. 2
- ○sura mfn. with liquor, having liquor Śiś
- intoxicated Cat
- ○suvarṇa mfn. with gold Vishṇ
- ○suhṛd mfn. having friends or kinsfolk MBh
- ○hṛj-jana mfn. id. MW
- ○hṛn-mitra-bāndhava mfn. with friends and companions and relatives Pañcar
- ○sūka (of unknown meaning) HPariś
- ○suta mfn. with the charioteer MBh
- ○sūti (sá), wṛ. for sákūti MaitrS
- ○sūnu (sá-), wṛ. in AV. v, 27, 1
- ○sena mfn. with an army, commanding an army MW
- ○sainya mfn. id. R
- -bala-vāhana mfn. with guards and armies and equipages MW
- ○soma (sá-). mfn. with Soma ŚBr. (-tva n. TāṇḍBr.)
- -pītha mfn. partaking of a draught of Soma equally with another (instr.) AitBr
- ○saurabha mfn. having perfume, fragrant Śiś
- ○saurāṣṭra mfn. with the SaurṭSaurāshṭra Kathās
- ○stara m. having leaves strewn so as to form a bed W
- ○stuta-śastra mfn. joined with a Stotra and Śastra ĀpŚr
- ○strīka mfn. attended by a wife ib
- having a wife, married Kāv
- ○sthaṇḍilaka mfn. with the sacrificial places Pāṇ. 1-1, 7 Vārtt. 8 Pat
- ○sthāṇu-jaṅgama mfn. along with immovables and movables MBh
- ○sthāna mfn. occupying the same position as (gen.) ĀrshBr
- produced in the same part of the mouth or with the same organ as (gen. or comp.) Prāt
- ○sthā́van mfn. standing or fixed together RV. viii, 37, 4
- ○sthāsnu-cārin mfn. = sthāṇujaṅgama MBh. vii, 372 (wṛ. saṃ-sth○ ind saṃ-sthāna-cārin)
- ○sthūṇa (sá-), mfn. together with the pillar, Ś/br
- -cchinna mfn. hewn down with the stump Kām
- ○sneha mf(ā)n. oily, greasy Mn. MBh. &c
- affectionate (am ind.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- -bahumāna mfn. with affection and esteem Kathās
- ○spṛha mfn. filled with desire or longing, longing for, desirous of (loc. or inf.), Ritnâv
- expressing a desire Kād
- (am), ind. lovingly Śiś
- enviously Ragh
- ○sphura mfn. throbbing, i.e. living. Bhaṭṭ
- ○sphuliṅga mfn. emitting sparks Nār. MBh. R
- ○smaya mf(ā)n. haughty, arrogant (am ind.) Śiś
- ○smita mf(ā)n. accompanied with smiles, smiling, laughing (am ind.) Ratnâv. Śiś. [Page 1192, Column]
- ○smeram ind. smilingly Hāsy
- ○syád = -srút
- ○sraj mfn. wreathed, garlanded ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○srút mfn. flowing, streaming RV
- ○srotas (sá-), mfn. id. VS
- ○svadha m. pl. 'having the Svadha (q.v.), a partic. class of deceased ancestors MW
- ○svana mf(ā)n. sounding, loud (am ind.) MBh
- ○svara mfn. sounding, having the same sound with (instr. or comp.) Prāt
- having accent, accentuated IndSt
- (am), ind. loudly VP
- ○svāhā-kāra mfn. accompanied with the exclamation Svāhā AitBr. ĀpŚr
- ○sveda mfn. moist with sweat, perspiring, exuding MBh. Kathās. Rājat
- (ā), f. a girl who has been recently deflowered L
- sasarparī́ f. (prob. fr. √sṛp, of unknown meaning, accord. to Sāy. vāc
- accord. to others = 'war-trumpet', or 'N. of a mystical cow') RV. iii, 53, 15 ; 16
- sasavas See √1. san, p, 1140
- sásni mfn. (fr. √1. san) procuring, bestowing
- gaining, winning RV
- = saṃ-snāta Nir. v, 1
- ○tama mfn. most bountiful (fr. √1. san), or cleanest, purest (fr. √snā), or most firmly joined (fr. √snai) ŚBr
- saspíñjara mfn. = śasp○, TS
- sasyá n. (of unknown derivation
- also written śasya
- ifc. f. ā) corn, grain, fruit, a crop of corn (also pl.) AV. &c. &c
- ○kreṇī f. buying corn Uṇ. iv, 48. Sch
- ○kṣetra n. a corn-field Hit
- ○pāla m. a field-guarder Rājat
- ○pūrṇa mfn. full of or grown with corn Hit
- ○prada mfn. yielding corn, fertile Mn. vii, 212
- ○pravṛddhi f. the growth of cṭcorn VarBṛS
- ○mañjarī f. an ear of corn L
- ○mārin m. 'corn-destroying', a kind of rat or large mouse L
- ○mālin mfn. 'corn-wreathed', abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) R
- ○rakṣaka m. = -pāla Hit
- ○rakṣā f. guarding the fields L
- ○vat mfn. bearing a rich crop Hariv. R. Mark
- ○veda m. the science of agriculture Hcat
- ○śālin mfn. = -pūrṇa R. Hcat
- ○śīrṣaka n. = -mañjarī L
- ○śulika n. an awn of grain L
- ○saṃvara or m. Vatica or Ṣorea Robusta L
- ○saṃvaraṇa m. Vatica or Ṣorea Robusta L
- ○han mfn. destroying crops MBh
- m. N. of an evil demon (the son of Duhsaha) MārkP
- ○hantṛ m. = prec. ib
- saiyâkara-vat mfn. (prob, ) producing abundant crops Kām
- sasyâd mfn. eating corn or fruit AV.Paipp
- sasyânanda m. N. of wk
- sasyânte ind, when the grain is at an end, i.e. eaten up Mn. iv, 27
- sasyâvāpa m. sowing of crops Yājñ. Sch
- sasyêṣṭi f. sacrifice offered on the ripening of new grain W
- sasya m. (perhaps incorrect for śasya) a sort of precious stone L
- n. a weapon L
- virtue, merit L
- sasyaka mfn. possessed of good qualities, perfect in its kind, Kaś. on Pāṇ. 5-2, 68
- m. a sword L
- m. n. a kind of precious stone L
- sasrá mf(ā́) n. (fr. √sṛ) flowing, streaming RV
- sásri mfn. running rapidly, speeding along ib
- sa-srut sa-srotas, See above
- sasvár ind. (of unknown derivation), secretly RV. (cf. Nalgh. iii, 25)
- sasvártā ind. id. ib
- sah cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xx, 22) sáhate (Ved. and ep. also ○ti and exceptionally sāhati, once in MBh. 1. sg. sahyāmi ; p. sáhat sáhamāna q.v. ; pf. sche, sasāha ; Ved. also [sas�Ahé] and sāsāhat ; sāsáhat ; sāsahīṣṭā́ḥ, sāsahyāma3sāsahyā́ma ; p. sehāná, sāsahāná, [s�Asahvás] and sāhvás q.v. ; aor. asākṣi, sākṣi, sākṣate RV. ; sākṣīt GopBr. ; sakṣati AV. ; sakṣat, sā́kṣāma RV. ; Impv. sakṣi, [s�AkSva] ib. ; p. sákṣat ib. ; ásahisṭa RV. ; Prec. sahyās, sāhyā́ma ib. ; sākṣīya. AV. ; sā́hiṣīmáhi RV. ; fut. soḍhā MBh. &c. ; sahitā Gr. ; sakṣyati MBh., ○te Br. ; sākṣye [?] AV. ; -sahiṣyati, ○te MBh. ; Cond. asahisyat ib. ; inf sáhadhyai RV. Kāṭh. ; sā́ḍhyai MaitrS. ; soḍhum, sahitum MBh. ; ind. p. soḍhvā ĀpŚr. Sch. ; sādhvā, sahitvā Gr. ; sáhya RV. &c. ; sáham Br.), to prevail, be victorious
- to overcome, vanquish, conquer, defeat (enemies), gain, win (battles) RV. AV. Br. R. Bhaṭṭ
- to offer violence to (acc.) AitBr. ŚBr. [Page 1193, Column]
- to master, suppress, restrain MBh. R. &c
- to be able to or capable of (inf. or loc.) ib
- to bear up against, resist, with. stand AV. &c. &c
- to bear, put up with, endure, suffer, tolerate (with na, 'to grudge') MBh. Kāv. &c
- to be lenient towards, have patience with any one (gen.) Bhag
- to spare any one MārkP. Pañcat
- to let pass, approve anything Sarvad
- (with kalam, kala-kṣepam &c.) to bide or wait patiently for the right time Kāv. Kathās.: Caus. or cl. 10. sāhayati (aor. asīṣahat), to forbear Dhātup. xxxiv, 4: Desid. of Caus. sisāhayiṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 62?: Desid. sī́kṣate (p. sī́kṣat ; accord. to Pāṇ. 8-3, 61, also sisahiṣa), to wish to overcome RV. TS.: Intens. sāsaṣyate, sāsoḍhi (cf [s�Asahí] Gr. [Cf. sahas and ? for ? ; ?, ?.]
≫sah
- sah (strong form sāh), mfn. bearing, enduring, overcoming (ifc
- See abhimāti-ṣā́h &c.)
≫saha
- sahá mf(ā)n. powerful, mighty RV
- (ifc.) overcoming, vanquishing MBh
- bearing, enduring, withstanding, defying, equal to, a match for (gen. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- causing, effecting, stimulating, exerting Śiś
- able to, capable of (inf. cr comp.) Kālid. Śiś. Kathās
- m. the month Mārgaśīrsha ( See sahas) VS. ŚBr. Car
- a partic. Agni MBh
- a species of plant AV
- N. of a son of Manu Hariv
- of a son of Prâṇa and Ūsjasvatī BhP
- of a son of Dhṛitarāshîra MBh
- cf a son of Kṛishṇa and Mādrī BhP
- (ā), f. the earth L
- (with Buddhists) N. of a division of the world (with loka-dhātu, 'the world inhabited by men') Kāraṇḍ
- N. of various plants (accord. to L. = Aloe Perfoliata, daṇḍôpatā, rāsnā &c.) VarBṛS. Suśr
- Unguis Odoratus L
- n. = bala L
- kind of salt L. 1
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. (for. See under 2. saha) sufferance, endurance, capacity of enduring, capacity, ability Kām. Rājat. Kathās
- ○pati m. 'lord of the world of men, N. of Brahmā Lalit
- ○rakṣa and See under 2. saha, p. 1194, col. 2
- ○raḍkṣas See under 2. saha, p. 1194, col. 2
- sáhā-vat or mfn. possessing strength, powerful, mighty RV
- sâhā́-vat mfn. possessing strength, powerful, mighty RV
- sahā́-van mfn. (Padap. sahá-van), id. ib
- sahaka mfn. patient, suffering, enduring (gen.) Nalôd
- sáhat mfn. mighty, strong. RV. viii, 40, 1
- lasting, solid ib. v, 23, 1
- sáhadhyai See under √1. sah, p. 1192, col, 3
- sahana mf(ā)n. powerful, strong (in explanation of the etymology of siṃha) Nir. viii, 15
- patient, enduring ( See a-s○)
- m. (saṃjñāyām), g. nandyādi
- n. patient endurance, forbearance MārkP. Sāh
- ○śila mfn. of a patient disposition MW
- sahanīya mfn. to be borne or endured, pardonable R. Hariv
- sáhantama mfn. (superl. of sahat) strongest, most powerful RV
- sahantya mfn. prevailing, conquering ib
- sáhamāna mfn. (for saha-m○ See under 2. saha) conquering, victorious AV. TBr
- (ā), f. a kind of plant AV
- N. of that part of the frame enshrining the Universal Spirit which faces the south (the 3 others being juhū, rājñī, and su-bhūta) ChUp. xv, 2
- sáhas mfn. powerful, mighty, victorious (superl. tama) RV
- m. the month Mārgaśīrsha or Agrahāyaṇa (November-December), the winter season VS. Suśr. Pur
- n. strength, power, force, victory (sahasas putra or ○sah sūnu m. 'son of strength', N. of Agni in RV
- sahacā ind., See below
- sahobhih ind. = 'inightily, intensely') RV. &c. &c
- water Naigh.i, 12
- light L. ; N. of various Sāmans ĀrshBr. [Cf. Goth. sigis ; Angl. Sax. sigor, sege ; Germ. ṣieg],
- ○kṛt mfn. bestowing strength or power VS. TS. (vḷ.)
- ○kṛta (sáhas-), mfn. produced by strength (said of Agni) RV
- invigorated, increased, excited ib
- ○vat (sáhas-.), mfn. powerful, mighty, victorious RV. AV. BhP. (-vat ind. mightily) RV
- containing the word sahas AitBr
- m. N. of a king (vḷ. mahas-vat) VP
- (atī), f. (prob.) N. of a plant. RV. AV
- sahasā (instr. of sahas), forcibly, vehemently, suddenly, quickly, precipitately, immediately, at once, unexpectedly, at random, fortuitously, in an unpremeditated manner, inconsiderately (with instr. 'together with')
- ○dṛṣṭa m. 'seen fortuitously', an adopted son L
- sahasôdgata m. N. of a man Buddh
- sahasāná mfn. powerful, mighty. RV
- m. a peacock Uṇ. ii, 87 Sch
- a sacrifice, oblation ib. [Page 1193, Column]
- sahasānu mfn. patient, enduring L
- m.= prec. L
- sahasā-vat mfn. (-sahas-vat) strong, mighty (mostly said of Agni) RV
- sahasin mfn. powerful, mighty RV
- sahasyá mfn. mighty, strong RV. AV
- m. the month Pausha (December-January) VS. &c. &c
- ○candra m. the wintry moon MW
≫sahā
- sahā
- sahā-vat See under 1. saha, col. 1
- sahānya m. a mountain L
- sahām-pati m. (rather fr. acc. of sahā than fr. gen. pl. of 2. [sah+p○]
- cf. saka-poti N. of Brahmā (with Buddhists) Lalit. (MWB. 210 ; 211)
- of a Bodhi-sattva Kāraṇḍ
- of a serpent-demon ib
- f. N. of a Kiṃ-nari ib
- sahita mfn. (for 2. See p. 1195, col. 1) borne, endured, supported W
- sahitavya mfn. to be borne or endured MBh
- sahitṛ mfn. = soḍhṛ Siddh
- sahitra n. patience, endurance Pāṇ. Vop
- sahira m. a mountain L
- sahiṣṭha mfn. strongest, most mighty or powerful RV
- sahiṣṇu mfn. patient, forbearing
- bearing, enduring, putting up with (acc., gen., or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- m. N. of a Ṛishi Hariv
- of one of the 7 Ṛishis under the 6th Manu ib. MārkP
- of a son of Pulaha Pur
- of Vishṇu RTL. 106, n. 1
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. patience, resignation, forbearance MBh. Kāv. &c
- sáhīyas mfn. more (or most) mighty or power. ful RV. Kauś. BhP
- sáhuri mfn. mighty, strong, victorious RV
- m. the sun, Uṇ, ii, 73 Sch
- f. the earth ib
- N. of Agni L
≫saho
- saho in comp. for sahas
- ○jā́ mfn. strength born, produced by stṭstrength RV
- ○jít mfn. victorious by strength AV
- ○dā́ mfn. bestowing strength RV
- ○dairghatamasa n. du. N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr
- ○bala n. great force or violence, cruelty MW
- ○bhári mfn. supporting strength RV
- ○rayiṣṭhīya n. N. of two Sāmans ArshBr
- ○van (sáho-), mfn. mighty, superior AV
- ○vṛ́dh mfn. increasing strength RV
- sahya mfn. to be borne or endured, endurable, tolerable, resistible MBh. R. &c
- able to bear, equal to W
- powerful, strong ib
- sweet, agreeable W
- m. N. of one of the 7 principal ranges of mountains in India ( kula-giri)
- of a mountainous district (in which the Go-dāvarī rises in the N. W of the Deccan) MBh. VarBṛS. &c
- of a son of Vivasvat (vḷ. mahya) MBh
- (am). n. help. assistance (oftener sāhya) MBh. Hariv
- health, convalescence L
- ○karman n. help, assistance MBh
- ○tā f. endurableness Mālav. Kād
- ○parvata or m. the Sahya range of mountains MBh
- ○mahībhṛt m. the Sahya range of mountains MBh
- ○varṇana n. N. of a ch. of the SkandaP. (containing a description of the Sahya mountains)
- ○vāsinī f. inhabiting the SṭSahya mountains', N. of Durgā Mālatīm
- sahyâtmajā f. 'Sahya's daughter', N. of the river Kāverī Cat
- sahyâdri m. the Sahya mountain
- -khaṇḍa m. N. of a ch. of the Skandap
- sáhyas mfn. = sahīyas RV
- sáhyu mfn. conquering, victorious RV
- sahra m. a mountain L
- sáhvan mfn. powerful, mighty ŚBr
- sāḍhá mfn. =
- soḍhá overcome, conquered (cf. a-ṣāḍha, aṣāṭha) RV. AV. &c
- sā́ḍhṛ or mfn. = sodhṛ, conquering, a conqueror RV
- sāḻhṛ mfn. = sodhṛ, conquering, a conqueror RV
- sā́ḍhyai See under √1. sah, p. 1192, col. 3
- sāsahāná mfn. (for sa-s○) overcoming, conquering RV
- sāsahí mfn. (fr. Intens.) conquering, victorious ib
- (ifc.) able to bear Naish
- sāsahvás and sāhvás mfn. = -sāsahāna RV
- sī́kṣat See Desid. of √1. sah
- sehaná mfn. = sāsahāṇa RV
- soḍha &c. See s.v
- sah cl. 4. P. sahyati, to satisfy, delight Dhātup. xxvi, 20
- to be pleased ib
- to bear, endure (cf. √1. sah) ib
- sahá ind. (prob. fr. 7. [sa+dhA], which in Veda may become dha
- 1. sadha) together with, along with, with (with √grah and ā-√dā, 'to take with one'
- with √dā, to give to take away with one'
- with kṛtvā and acc., 'taking with one, 'in the company of'
- often as a prep. governing instr. case, but generally placed after the governed word, e.g. tena saha, 'along with him' [Page 1193, Column]
- exceptionally with abl., e.g. aiśvaryāt saha, 'with sovereignty' Cāṇ. 104)
- in common, in company, jointly, conjointly, in concert (often used as a prefix in comp., expressing 'community of action', e.g. sahâdhyayana, q.v
- or forming adjectives expressing 'the companion of an action', e.g. saha-cara, q.v.)
- at the same time or simultaneously with (prefixed to adverbs of time, e.g. saha-pūrvâhṇam, q.v
- rarely ifc., e.g. vainateya-s○, 'with Vainateya' Hariv.) RV. &c. &c
- m. a companion L
- (ā), f. a female companion BhP
- ○ṛṣabha mf(ā)n. (cf. saharṣ○) together with a bull, ŚaṅkhSr
- ○kaṇṭhaka (saha-), mf(ikā)n. with the throat AV
- ○karaṇa n. acting together, common action or performance Saṃskārak
- ○kartṛ m. a co-worker, assistant Mn. viii, 206,
- ○kāra m. (for sa-hakāra See p. 1195, col. 1) acting with, co-operation, assistance, Kusum Bhāshāp. Sch
- a kind of fragrant mango tree MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. a mango blossom Hariv
- mango juice VarBṛS
- -tā f. the state of a mango tree Mālav
- -taila, mango oil Suśr
- -bhañjikā f. the breaking of mango blossoms', a kind of game Cat
- -mañjarī f. N. of a woman Vās
- ○rôpadeśa m. N. of wk
- ○kārin mfn. acting together, co-operating, concurrent
- m. a concurrent agent, expedient, assistant Sāh. Bhashāp. Sarvad
- ([○ri)-tA] f. (Sāh.), -tva n. (TS.), -bhāva m. (Nīlak.) concurrence, co-operation, assistance
- ○kṛt mfn. co-operating, assisting, an assistant W
- ○kṛta mfn. co-operated with, accompanied by, assisted, aided, Kusum. Bhāshāp. Sarvad
- ○kṛtvan mf(arī)n. co-operating, assisting, a coadjutor Naish
- ○kramya mfn. to be taken into or concluded in the Krama-text RPrāt
- ○khaṭvâsana n. sitting together on a bed Mn. viii, 357
- ○gata mfn. gone or going with, accompanied, associated W
- ○gamana n. going with or accompanying (esp. a widow's going with her deceased husband, i.e. burning herself with his dead body) ib
- ○gāmin mfn. = -gata
- (inī), f. a woman who burns herself with her deceased husband ib
- ○gu mfn. together with cows AV.Paipp
- ○guḍa mfn. provided with sugar VarBṛS
- ○gopa (sahá-), mf(ā)n. with the cowherd RV
- ○candra-lalāma mfn. along with the mooncrested i.e. Śiva, Bhp
- ○cara mfn. going with, accompanying, associating with Kālid. Prab. &c
- belonging together AitBr
- similar, like Subh
- m. a companion, friend, follower Kālid. Śiś. BhP
- a surety W
- Barleria Prionitis and Cristata Car
- = pratibandhaka L
- (ī), f. a female companion or friend, mistress, wife Kālid. Kathās
- Barleria Prionitis or Cristata L
- ○ra-bhinna m. (in rhet.) separation of what belongs together, joining discordant things or ideas(also ○nna-tā f. -tva n.) Kpr. Sāh
- ([○rI)-dharma] m. 'the wife's duty, sexual intercourse Hariv
- ○caraṇa mfn. going or belonging together GopBr
- ○carat mfn. going with, accompanying, attending W
- ○carita mfn. gone or going with &c
- congruent, homogeneous (-tva n.) Pat. Sāh. TPrāt. Sch
- ○cārá m. going together AV
- agreement, harmony. congruence, concomitance (esp. in logic, the invariable accompaniment of the hetu or middle term by the sādhya or major term', as opp. to vyabhicāra
- -tva n.) Bhāshāp. Kusum
- = saha-gamana ( See -vidhi), N. of various phil. wks
- -grantha-prakāśa m. -rahasya n. -vāda m. N. of wks
- -vidhi m. N. of wk. on the ceremonies enjoined upon a widow burning herself on the pyre of her husband
- ○cārin mfn. going or living together, gregarious Car
- connected or associated together, essentially belonging to (comp) Sāh
- m. a follower, associate, companion MBh. R. &c
- (iṇī), f. a female companion, confidante, friend R. Kathās
- ([○ri) -grantha-rahasya] n. N. of wk
- -tva n. the being connected together, concomitance, inseparability TPrāt. Sch
- ○caityavat mfn. together with sanctuaries R
- ○cchandas (sahá-), mfn. along with metre RV. x, 130, 7
- ○já mf(ā)n. born or produced together or at the same time as (gen.) TS. Mn. Kathās
- congenital, innate, hereditary, original, natural (ibc., by birth, 'by nature', 'naturally'
- with deśa m. 'birthplace', 'home') MBh. Kāv. &c
- always the same as from the beginning Hariv. 4238
- m. natural state or disposition (said to be also n.) L
- a brother of whole blood L
- N. of various kings and other men MBh. Rājat. &c
- of a Tāntric teacher Cat
- (ā), f. N. of various women Rājat. Buddh
- (am), n. N. of the third astrol. mansion (said to be also m.) VarBṛS
- emancipation during life Cat
- -kīrti m. N. of a Jaina author Cat. [Page 1194, Column]
- -dhārmika mfn. innately honest Hit
- -pāla m. N. of various men Rājat
- -malina mfn. naturally dirty, spotty by nature Kuval
- -lalita m. N. of a man Buddh
- -mitra m. a natural friend (as a sister's son, cousin &c.) W
- -vatsala mf(ā)n. fond or tender by nature Hit
- -vilāsa m. N. of a man Buddh
- -śatru m. (-"ṣjâri) MW. -siddhi f. N. of wk
- -suhṛd m. a natural friend Prab
- ○jâdhínātha m. N. of a king Cat
- ○jânanda m. N. of the founder of a Vaishṇava sect (also called Svāmi-nārāyaṇa, born about 1780 AḌ.) RTL. 148 ; 149
- of an author (also da"ṣ-tīrtha and -nātha) Cat
- ○jândha-dṛś mfn. blind by nature or from birth Śiś
- ○jâri m. a natural enemy, one hostile by birth (as the son of the same father by another mother, the son of a paternal uncle &c.) W
- ○jâṣṭaka, u. N. of wk. by Saṃpkarâcārya
- ○jêtara mfn. other than natural, not innate or inherent or congenital, accidental W
- ○jêndra m. N. of a man Cat
- ○jôdāsīna m. one who is born neutral or who is naturally neither an enemy nor a friend, a common acquaintance, friend, unconnected by birth W
- ○jagdhi f. eating together (used in explaining sa-gdhi) Nir. ix, 43
- ○janman mfn. inherited from birth a servant) MārkP
- ○janya m. N. of a Yaksha BhP. (Sch.)
- (ī), f. N. of an Apsaras MBh. Hariv. &c
- ○jā́ mfn. born or produced together RV
- ○jāta mfn. born together or at the same time, equal in age Kathās
- innate, natural ib
- both from the same mother, twin-born L
- ○jāni (sahá-), mfn. together with a wife TS
- ○jānuṣa (sahd-), mfn. with offspring RV. i, 108, 4.,
- ○jit mfn. victorious at once (said of princes) MBh
- ○jīvin mfn. living together ib
- ○joṣaṇa mfn. (used in explaining sa-joṣas) Nir. viii, 8.-2
- ○tā f. (for 1. See 1. saha) association, connection, communion MW. 2
- ○tva n. (for 1. See ib.) id. ŚrS
- -karman n. an action to be performed together ĀpŚr
- ○daṇḍa mfn. with an army Bhaṭṭ
- ○dāna n. common oblation (to various gods) Pāṇ. 6-3, 26 Sch
- ○dānu (sahá-), mfn. with a Dānu or with Dānus RV
- ○dāra mfn. along with a wife, having a wife, married MBh
- ○dīkṣitin mfn. undertaking the Dīkshā (q.v.) together, TāṇdBr,
- ○deva (sahá-), mfn. with the gods MBh. BhP
- m. N. of a Ṛshi (with the patr. vārṣāgira) RV. i, 107
- of a man (with the patr. śāñjaya) ŚBr
- of the youngest of the five Pāṇḍava princes (son of Mādrī and reputed son of Pāṇḍu, best really son of the Aśvins, and twin-brother of Nakula
- See mādrī MBh
- of a son of Haryaśvata Hariv
- of a son of Harsha-vardhana VP
- of a son of Haryavana BhP
- of a son of Soma-latta Hariv
- of a son of Jārā-saṃdha ib
- of a son of Divā-kara VP
- of a son of Devāpi ib
- of a son of Divârka BhP
- of a son of Su-dāsa VP
- of a son of Su-prabuddha and uncle of Gautama Buddha Buddh
- of a Rājaputra (mentioned together with Yudhi-shthira) Rājat
- of an author (also with bhaṭṭa). Cat
- (ā), f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. Sida Cordifolia Echites Fnitescens, = daṇḍôtpalā &c.) Suśr. VarBṛS. (v. l.)
- of a daughter of Devaka and wife of Vasudeva Hariv. Pur
- (ī), f. N. of various plants (accord. to L. 'Sida Cordifolia and Rhombifolia, = sarpâkṣī &c.') VarBṛS. Pañcat
- ([○va)-ja] mfn. together with Deva-ja (or m. 'N. of Kṛiśâśva') BhP
- -śāstra n. N. of wk
- ([○vI) -gaNa] m. a collection of herbs ured in certain ablutions at the consecration of an idol &c.) MW
- ○devata (sahá), mfn. together with the deities AV
- ○devi wṛ. for sāhad○ Rājat
- ○droṇa mfn. along with Droṇa MW
- ○dharma m. community of duty or law, common usage or characteristic MBh
- -cara mfn. one following the same law or duties MBh. R
- (ī), f. a wife who helps in the fulfilment of duties ib
- -caraṇa n. the fulfilment of duties (in common with a husband) Śak
- -cārin mfn. sharing the duties of(gen ) Śak
- (iṇī), f. a wife who helps a husband in fulfilling duties, a helpmate, lawful or legitimate wife R. Ragh. Uttarar
- ○dharman mfn. along with duties, sharing duties &c. BhP
- ○dharmin mfn. following the same duties or customs L
- (inī), f. a wife who shares duties, a lawful or legitimate wife ib
- ○dhānya mfn. provided with corn or grain or food ŚāṅkhGṛ
- ○nartana n. the act of dancing together L
- ○nirvāpa m. a common oblation Pat
- ○nivāsin mfn. dwelling together with (instr
- ○si-tā f.) Mālatīm
- ○nṛtya n. = -nartana Gaut
- ○nau mfn. with the ship BhP
- ○patni mfn. with a wife R
- ○patnī (sahá.), f. along with a husband AV
- ○patnīka mfn. with a wife ĀpŚr. [Page 1194, Column]
- ○pathin m. and f. (nom. -panthās, pathī) going by the same road, a companion on a journey, fellowtraveller MW
- ○pāṃsu-kila m. one who has played with another in the dust or sand', a friend from childhood, cotemporary L
- ○pāṃsu-krīḍana n. playing together with dust or sand (in childhood) Mālatīm
- ○pāṃsu-krīḍita mfn. one with whom another has played &c. ( See above), a friend from childhood Kād
- ○pāṭha m. the being mentioned together KātyŚr
- ○pāna (ib. Sch.) or (L) n. drinking tṭtogether
- ○pānaka (L) n. drinking tṭtogether
- ○piṇḍa-kriyā f. offering of the piṇḍa (q.v.) in common Mn. iii, 248
⋙pīti
- pīti f. (used in explaining sá-pīti) Nir. ix, 43
- ○putra mf(ā)n. with a son or children MBh
- ○puruṣa mfn. with men ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○pūruṣa (sahd-), mfn. id. AV
- ○pūrvāhṇam ind. simultaneously with the beginning of forenoon Pāṇ. 6-3, 81 Sch
- ○prakṛti or f. a precept about simultaneousness or concomitance KātyŚr. (and v. l.)
- prakḷpti f. a precept about simultaneousness or concomitance KātyŚr. (and v. l.)
- ○prama (sahá-), mfn. with the measure RV. x, 130, 7
- ○prayāyin mfn. setting out tṭtogether, a fellow-traveller Kathās
- ○prayoga m. simultaneous practice or application KātyŚr. Sch
- ○pravāda mfn. with the case-forms (= sa-pr○) RPrāt
- ○prathāyin mfn. = -prayāyin Kathās
- ○bāndhava mfn. with relatives R
- ○bhakṣa (sahá-), mfn. eating or enjoying together MaitrS. AV. Lāṭy
- ○bhasman mfn. with the ashes AitBr
- ○bhārya mfn. with a wife MW
- ○bhāva m. the being together, companionship, community Kuval
- connection together, concomitance, inseparability Śaṃk. Sarvad
- ○bhāvanika mfn. along with Bhāvanikā Kathās
- ○bhāvin mfn. connected together, coherent, connected with (comp.) Śaṃk
- m. a friend, adherent, partisan W
- ○bhuj mfn. eating together with (comp.), Kusum
- ○bhū mfn. being together (used in explaining sacā-bhū) Nir. v, 5
- appearing together with (comp.) ĀpŚr. Sch
- innate, natural Ratnâv. Kād
- counterpart: of (gen.) Kād
- ○bhūta mfn. being together, joined, connected Pat
- ○bhūti f. AV. iv, 31, 6 (vḷ. for abhi-bh○ in RV.)
- ○bhojana n. eating together, commensality with (comp.) Gaut
- common enjoyment or possession of (gen.) MBh
- ○bhojin m. one who eats together, a messmate ib
- ○bhrātṛ mfn. together with a brother or brothers W
- ○manas mfn. with intelligence Rājat
- ○maraṇa n. dying together, concremation, burning with the corpse of a husband W
- ○marmâsthi-saṃghāta mfn. with the joints and the whole frame of bones R
- ○mátṛka mfn. along with the mother Vop
- ○māda m. (used in explaining sadha-m○) Sāy. on RV. iii, 35, 4
- ○māna mfn. (for saham○ See p. 1193, col. 1) possessing pride, full of arrogance MW
- ○mārīca mfn. with Mārīca R
- ○mitra m. N. of a man HPariś
- ○mukha mfn. with the mouth ĀpŚr
- ○mūra and mfn. along with the √(cf. sa-mūla) RV
- ○mūla (sahá.), mfn. along with the √(cf. sa-mūla) RV
- ○mṛtā f. a woman who has burned herself with her dead husband (cf. saha-maraṇa) Pañcar
- ○yajña mf(ā)n. with sacrifices Bhag
- ○yaśas (sahá-), mfn. glorious, splendid TS
⋙yāta
- yāta wṛ. for -jāta Kathās
- ○yāyin mfn. going together, a fellow-traveller Śak. Kathās
- ○yuj mfn. yoked or harnessed together Nir. ix, 24
- ○yudhvan mfn. fighting tṭtogether, a brother-in-arms Śiś ....
- ○yoṣit mfn. with a wife R
- ○yaugaṃdharāyaṇa mfn. with Yaugaṃdharāyaṇa Kathās
- ○rakṣa (VP.) or (sahá- TS) m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fire (that which receives the offering to the Rakshasas
- ○rakṣas (sahá- TS) m. one of the three kinds of sacrificial fire (that which receives the offering to the Rakshasas
- the latter also, 'a forest fire', L)
- ○rasā f. Phaseolus Trilobus (a sort of bean) L
- ○rājaka mfn. together with the king MBh
- ○rahabha (for
- ○ṛṣakha
- sahá-), mf(ā)n. along with the bull TS
- ○lakṣmaṇa mfn. with LakshṭLakshmaṇa R
- ○loka-dhātu m. the world inhabited by men, the earth Buddh
- ○vatsa mf(ā)n. with the calf ĀpŚr
- ○vartin mfn. being together, keeping company MW
- ○vasati f. dwelling together Śak
- ○vasu (sahá-), mfn. with wealth or with one's property (accord. to Sāy. 'N. of an Asura') RV. ii, 13, 8
- ○vah (strong form -vāh), mfn. drawing together (said of horses) RV. vii, 97, 6
- ○vācya mfn. to be spoken tṭtogether Lāṭy
- ○vāda m. speaking together', colloquy, disputation MBh.,
- ○vārṣṇeya-jīvala mfn. with Vārshṇeya and Jīvala MBh
- ○vārṣṇeya-bāhuka mfn. with VṭVārshṇeya and Bāhuka ib. = vārṣṇeya-sārathi, mfn. with the charioteer Vārshṇeya ib
- ○vāsa m. dwelling together, common abode ib. Hariv. Kathās
- = next MW
- ○vāsika or mfn. one who lives with another, a fellow-lodger or neighbour MBh. [Page 1194, Column]
- ○vāsin mfn. one who lives with another, a fellow-lodger or neighbour MBh. [Page 1194, Column]
- ○vāhana mfn. along with vehicles MBh
- ○vivakṣā f. the intention to utter anything together or at once Pat
- ○vīra (sahá-), mfn. together with men or heroes RV. VS
- ○vīrya n. fresh butter L
- ○vṛddhi-kṣaya-bhāva mfn. possessing or partaking of the increase and wane (of the moon) Subh
- ○vaiśikya mfn. with the Vaiśikyas MārkP
- ○vrata mf(ā)n. having common observances or duties
- (ā), f. = -dharmacāriṇī, col. 1 Hariv
- a religious community, sect Lalit
- ○śava See digdha-s○
- ○sayyā f. the lying together with Āpast
- ○śayyâsanâśana mfn. lying and sitting and eating together BhP
- ○śiṣṭa mfn. taught or enjoined together or at once (-tva, n.) ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○śéyya n. = -śayyā RV
- ○saṃvāda m. speaking together, conversation BhP
- ○saṃvāsa m. dwelling together Rājat. -
- ○saṃvega mfn. vehemently excited MBh
- ○saṃsarga m. carnal contact or intercourse with (instr.) MBh
- ○saṃjāta-vṛddha mfn. born and grown up together ib
- ○sambhalā (sahá), f. with (her) suitor RV
- ○sambhava mfn. born or produced together or at the same time (with janmanā = 'innate') Kāv
- ○sāman (sahá-), mf(○mnī)n. accompanied with songs or hymns, rich in songs RV
- ○siddhā mfn. innate (-tva n.) Śaṃk. (quot)
[[]]
- sahasuralalanālalāmayūthapati3sahá--sura-lalanā-lalāmayūtha-pati mfn. with the leaders of the troops who form the ornament of the gods' wives BhP
- ○sū7kta-vāka (sahá-), mfn. accompanied with sacred hymns or formulas AV
- ○sevin mfn. having intercourse with MBh
- ○soma (sahá-), mfn. with Soma draughts VS
- ○saumitri mfn. with Saumitri (i.e. Lakshmaṇa) R
- ○stoma (sahá-), mfn. with hymns, having hymns RV
- ○stha mfn. being together with, being present
- m. a companion. Kathās
- ○sthāna n. (used in explaining sadha-stha and sadana) Nir
- ○sthita mfn. = -stha Kathās
- ○sthiti f. abiding together in (comp.) Naish
- ○sphya mfn. with the sacrificial implement called Sphya (q.v.) ĀpŚr
- ○huta mfn. with the oblation Kauś
- sahā-cara m. (for saha-c○) a Baeleria with yellow flowers Car
- sahâya mfn. along with clarified butter KātyŚr
- sahâdaram ind. with reverence, reverentially Pañcar
- sahâdhyayana n. studying together, companionship in study MBh
- sahâdhyāyin m. a fellow-student, condisciple Kauś. Hariv. &c
- one who studies the same science VarBṛS
- sahânugamana n. = saha-maraṇa L
- sahānuja mfn. with a younger brother MW
- sahánumaraṇa n. (= saha-maraṇa)
- -viveka m. N. of wk. on widow-burning
- sahâpatya mfn. accompanied with offspring Āpast
- sahâpavida mfn. containing contradictions, disagreeing RPrāt
- sahâmātya mfn. with a minister or councillor or councillor, attended by ministers R
- sahâya &c., See p. 1195
- sahâyatana mfn. with the fire-shrine ĀśvGṛ
- sáhârámbha mfn. beginning together GopBr
- sahârogya (?), mfn. possessing freedom from disease, healthy L
- sahârjuna mfn. with Arjuna MBh
- sabârtha m. accompanying or accessory matter Kpr
- a common object MW
- mfn. having the same object or meaning, synonymous W
- -tva n. (prob.) co-peration Car
- -nāśa mfn. one who is the same (i.e. unchanged) in profit and loss or fortune and misfortune Kir
- ○rthī-√bhū P. -bhavati, to accompany, attend (○rthī-bhāva, m. companionship, community') Pat.on Pāṇ. 1-4, 23 Vārtt. 3
- sahârdha mfn. together with a half Rājat
- sahâlāpa m. colloquy, conversation with (comp.) Pañcar
- sâhâvasthita mfn. staying or being together (tā f.) Sarvad
- sahâśrāya m. N. of a king VP
- sahâsana n. sitting or abiding tṭtogether Mn. MBh. &c
- sahâsyā f. id. (with instr.) Suśr. BhP
- sahêti mfn. with the particle iti, followed by it
- sahêti-karaṇa and -kāra mfn. (or n. scil. pada, a word) followed by the particle iti RPrāt
- sahêndra mfn. with Indra MBh
- sâhâika-sthana n. the standing or being alone with (any one) Yājñ. ii, 284
- sahôkti f. speaking together or at the same time Vop
- (in rhet.) a comparison of many objects by using the word saha (opp. to vinôkti, q.v.) Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c. (cf. IW. 458)
- sahôṭaja m. a kind of hut made of leaves (sometimes but with the body of an ascetic) L
- sahôḍha m. (for sa-hôdha See p. 1195), 'brought with (a woman pregnant at her marriage)', a son by another man than her husband Vishṇ. Mn. MBh. &c
- -ja id. Yājñ
- (ā), f. a woman married at the same time with another R
- sahôttha mfn. innate (= sahaja) L
- m. N. of the third astrol. mansion VarBṛS. [Page 1195, Column]
- sahôtthāyin mfn. rising together, conspiring with, accomplice in a plot Mudr
- sahôtpatti f. simultaneous birth or origin MBh
- sahôdaka mfn. = samānôdaka MārkP
- sahôda-kumbha mfn. together with the water-jar Gobh
- sahódana mfn. together with rice ĀśvGṛ
- sahôdaya mf(ā)n. together with the following (words, letters &c.), RPr1t
- sahôdara mf(ā and ī)n. co-uterine, born of the same womb Mn. MBh. &c
- closely resembling or similar Vcar. Bālar
- m. uterine brother MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ā or ī), f. a uterine sister Mn. MBh. &c
- sahôdita mfn. said together, declared comprehensively or collectively W
- sahôpadha mfn. together with a panultimate sound or letter RPrāt
- sahôpapativeśman mfn. living tṭtogether with a wife's paramour Vishṇ. Yājñ
- sahôpamā f. 'comparison by the word saha', = sahôkti above MW
- sahôpalambha m. simultaneous perception Sarvad
- sahôru mf(ū)n. = saṃhitâru Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-5, 70
- sahôṣita mfn. one who has dwelt with another MBh. Hariv
- sahâu4jas mfn. endowed with strength or power VS
- sahâya m. (ifc. f. ā prob. fr. saha + aya, cf. sahâyana
- but, accord. to some, a Prākṛit form of sakhāya, sakhi, p. 1130), one who goes along with (another)', a companion, follower, adherent, ally, assistant, helper in or to (loc. or comp
- ifc. 'having as a companion or assistant, accompanied or supported by') Mn. MBh. &c
- (ibc.) companionship, assistance ( See comp.)
- N. of Śiva MBh
- the ruddy goose L
- a kind of drug or perfume L
- ○karaṇa n. the act of rendering assistance, aiding MW
- ○kṛt m. 'rendering assistance', afriend, companion KāśīKh
- ○kṛtya n. = karaṇa R
- ○tā f. a number of companions &c. Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 43
- = next R. Kālid. &c
- ○tva n. companionship, association, friendship, assistance, help R. Pañcat. Kathās
- ○vat mfn. having a companion or assistant, accompanied or befriended or assisted by, provided with (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- sahâyârtham ind. for the sake of company Mn. iv ; 239
- sahârthin mfn. seeking a companion, desirous of an ally MW
- sahâyaka (ifc.) = sahāya MBh
- sahâyana n. going together, fellowship, company R
- sahâyin mfn. going together, a companion, follower (mostly inī f. 'a female companion') R. Pañcat
- sahâyī in comp. for sahâya
- ○bhāva m. the being or becoming a companion L
- ○√bhū P. -bhavati, to be or become a companion ib
- sahita mf(ā.)n. (for 1. See p, 1193, col. 2) -saṃhita (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 144 Vārtt. 1 Pat.), joined, conjoined, united (du. 'both together'
- pl. [also with sarve], 'all together')
- accompanied or attended by, associated or connected with, possessed of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- attached or cleaving to KātyŚr
- being quite near ib. MBh
- (in astron.) being in conjunction with (instr, or comp) VarBṛS
- (ā), f. N. of a river VP
- n. a bow weighing 300 Palas L
- (am), ind. together, along with MBh
- near, close by KātyŚr
- ○kumbhaka m. a partic. mode of suppressing the breath ( See prâṇâyāma)
- ○tva n. the being joined together, junction with (comp.) TPrāt
- ○sthita mfn. standing together Kathās
- sahitâṅguli mfn. having fingers which have grown together L
- sahitôttara n. a bow weighing 500 Palas L
- sahitôru mf(○rū) n. saṃhitôru Pat. on Pāṇ. 4-1, 70
- sa-haṃsa-pāta mfn. (i.e. 7. sa + h○) accompanied with, flights of swans or geese Ragh
≫sa
- sa (to be similarly prefixed to the following):
- ○haṃsa-vāla-vyajana mf(ā)n. with swans as chowries or fly-whisks, ŚsrṅgP
- ○hakāra mfn. (for saha-k○ See p. 1193, col. 3) having the sound ha (i.e. the sound used in calling) Nalôd
- ○hanana mfn. with the drum-stick ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○haya mfn. with horses MBh
- ○hara m. N. of a Dānava (v. l. saṃ-h○) Hariv
- ○hari m. a bull L
- the sun L
- ind. like Hari, i.e. Vishṇu Pāṇ. 2-1, 6, Sch
- ○harṣa mf(ā)n. joyful, glad (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās. (also wṛ. for saṃ-harṣa)
- -mṛgayu. grāma-nināda-maya mf(ī)n. resounding with the shouts of the joyful troop of hunters Kathās
- -vairāgyam ind. joyfully and (yet) with disgust Dhūrtas. -sādhvasam ind. with joy and (yet) trepidation Mālatīm
- ○ṣâkūtam n. ind. with joy and eagerness ib. [Page 1195, Column]
- ○harṣita mf(ā)n. joyful, glad MBh
- ○halanīya m. (prob.) a plough-mate (used in explaining sāmanta) IndSt
- ○hasa mf(ā) n. having laughter, laughing, smiling. Śiś. vi, 57
- ○hasta mfn. having hands, Bhp
- dexterous or skilled in handling weapons L
- -talam ind. with clapping of hands, Mṛcch
- ○hasra See below
- ○hālin m. plough-mate (?)', N. of a man Buddh
- ○hārda mf(ā)n. feeling or betraying affection, affectionate Śiś. MārkP
- ○hāva mfn. employing amorous gestures, wanton (am ind.) Bhaṭṭ
- ○hāsa mf(ā)n. accompanied with a laugh, laughing (am, ind.) Śiś. MārkP
- -rabhasa, (ibc.) laughingly and violently Amar
- -hā-kāram ind. laughing and uttering the exclamation hā Śiś
- ○hima mfn. having ice or snow Rājat. Kathās
- cold (as wind) R
- ○hiraṇya (sá-), mfn. provided with gold ŚBr. Kauś
- -pātra (sá-h○), mfn. with a golden vessel ŚBr
- ○hila m. 'having semen (?)', N. of a man Rājat
- ○huḍa mfn. having a ram, with rams MBh
- ○hūti (sá-), f. (instr, ○tī) conjoint or united invocation RV
- ○hṛd mfn. accompanied with the formula hṛdā hri KāśīKh
- ([-hRR) -lekha] mfn. 'having distress of heart', doubtful, restless MBh
- questionable, causing doubt or suspicion, suspected, Prâyaśc
- n. questionable food MW
- ○hṛdaya (sá-), mf(ā)n. with the heart TBr. Vikr
- hearty, sincere AV
- possessing a heart, good-hearted, full of feeling, sensible, intelligent Kāv. Daśar. Sāh
- m. a learned man W
- m. or n. (?) N. of wk. on Ācāra
- līlā f. N. of a rhet. wk. by Rucaka
- ○hṛdayâloka m. N. of wk. also called Dhvany-āloka
- ○hṛṣṭakam ind, with bristling hair, with a thrill Kāv
- ○hetu mfn. having a cause or reason, well-founded, reasonable, Kāvyad
- ○hetuka mfn. id Bhāshāp
- together with a reason Rājat
- ○hemaka mfn. together with the gold pieces Kathās
- ○hemakakṣya mfn. having golden girths MW
- ○hela mfn. full of play or sport, wanton, careless, unconcerned (am ind.) Kāv. Kathās. &c
- m. N. of a man (also ○laka) Rājat
- ○hôḍha mf(ā)n. (for sahâḍha See p. 1194, col, 3) one who has the stolen property with him, Vaś. Mn. &c
- ○hautra mfn. together with the functions of the Hotṛi SāṅkhŚr. -nakṣatra-sattva-prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○hlādam ind. joyfully, gladly Prab
- sahaṇḍuka n. a partic. condiment prepared with meat &c. L
- sahama n. (fr. Arabic ?) good or evil luck arising from the influence of the stars
- ○kalpalatā
- ○candrikā f. N. of wks
- sa-hara ○ri &c. See col. I
- sahas ○sa &c. See p. 1193, col. 1
- sahásra n. (rarely) m. (perhaps fr. 7, sa + hasra = Gk. ? for ? ; Pers. haśār) a thousand [1195,] (with the counted object in the same case sg. or pl., e.g. sahasreṇa bāhunā, 'with a thousand arms' Hariv
- sahasraṃ bhiṣajaḥ, 'a thousand drugs' RV
- or in the gen., e.g. dv-sahāsre suvarṇasya', two thousand pieces of gold' Rājat
- catvāri sahasrāṇ varṣāṇam', four thousand years' Mn
- sometimes in comp., either ibc., e.g. yuga-sahāsram, 'a thousand ages' Mn., or ifc., e.g. sahāsrâśvena, 'with a thousand horses'
- sahasram may also be used as an ind., e.g. sahasram riṣibhiḥ, 'with a thousand Ṛishis' RV
- with other numerals it is used thus, ekâdhikaṃ sahasram, or eka-sahasram', a thousand + one', 1001
- dvyadhikaṃ s○, 'a the + two', 1002
- ekādatâdhikam' sahasram or ekādaśaṃ s○ or ekādaśa-s○, 'a thousand + eleven or 'a thousand having eleven', 1011
- viṃśaty-adhikaṃ s○ or vimaṃ s○, 'a thousand + twenty', 1020
- dve sahasre or dvi-sahacram, 'two thousand
- trīṇi sahacrāṇi or tri-sahasram, 'three thousand' &c.) RV. &c. &c
- a thousand cows or gifts (= sahasraṃ gavyam &c., used to express wealth
- sahasraṃ śatâśvam, 'a thousand cows and a hundred horses' ŚāṅkhŚr.) RV. VS. ŚBr. (in later language often= '1000 Paṇas, e.g. Mn. viii, 120 ; 336 &c.)
- any very large number (in Naigh. iii, 1 among the bahu-nāmāni
- cf. sahasra-kiraṇa &c. below)
- mf(ī)n. a thousandth or the thousandth (= sahasra-tama which is the better form
- Pāṇ. 5-2, 57)
- ○ka mfn. (for sahasraka See p. 1196) thousand-headed Yājñ
- ○kaṃdhara-rāmâyaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○kara m. 'thousand-rayed', the sun VarYogay. Kathās
- ○karapan-netra mfn. having a thousand hands and feet and eyes Yājñ
- ○kalaśa-snapanâdi [Page 1195, Column]
- ○kalasâbhiṣeka-prayoga m. N. of wks
- ○kalā f. N. of a woman Uttamac
- ○kavaca m. N. of a mythical personage, Vīrac
- ○kāṇḍa (sahásra-), mfn. consisting of a thousand parts AV
- (ā), f. white-flowering Dūrvā grass L
- ○kiraṇa m. = -kara Śak. VarBṛS. Pañcat
- N. of a man Cat
- (ī), f. N. of wk
- ○nâvali f. N. of wk,
- ○kuṇapa (sahásra-), mf(ā)n. having a thousand dead bodies AV
- ○kṛtvas ind. a thousand times Mn. Gaut
- ○ketu (sah4sra-), mfn. having a thousand forms RV
- thousand-bannered MW
- ○gaṇanāman n
- ○gīti f. N. of wks.,
- ○gu mfn. possessing a thousand cows Mn. Gaut
- thousand-rayed L
- thousand eyed,
- m. the sun Var
- N. of Indra Vām
- ○guṇa mfn. a thousandfold (-tā f.) Ragh. Rājat
- ○guṇita mfn. multiplied a thousand times MBh. Pañcat. Vet
- ○godāna-paddhati f. N. of wk
- ○ghātin mfn. killing a thousand
- n. a partic. engine of war VarBṛ. Sch
- ○ghní mfn. killing a thousand AV. (v. l. -ghnyá)
- ○cakṣas (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-eyed RV
- ○cakṣu mfn. id. AV
- ○cakṣas mfn. id,
- m. N. of Indra R. VarBṛS
- ○caṇḍī-vidhāná n
- ○caṇḍīvidhi m
[[]]
- sahasracaṇḍīśatacaṇḍīvidhāna3sahásra--caṇḍī-śata-caṇḍī-vidhāna n
[[]]
- sahasracaṇḍyādiprayogapaddhati3sahásra--caṇḍy-ādiprayoga-paddhati f. or N. of wks
- ○caṇḍyādi-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○caraṇa mfn. thousand footed (said of Vishṇu) MBh. R
- ○citya m. N. of a king MBh
- ○cetas (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand aspects or appearances RV
- ○jaladhāra m. 'having a thousand clouds', N. of a mountain Hariv
- ○ñit mfn. conquering or winning a thousand RV
- m. N. of Vishṇu L
- of a king MBh
- of a son of Indu VP
- of a son of Krishṇa BhP
- = sahajrā-jit MW
- ○jihva mfn. thousand-tongued Hāsy
- ○jyotis m. N. of a son of Su-bhrāj MBh
- ○nī m. (fr. s○ + nī) a leader of a thousand or thousand BhP
- ○ṇīti (sahásra-), mfn. (fr. s○ + nīti) having a thousand ways and means RV
- ○ṇītha (sabásra), mfn. (fr. s○ + nītha) having a thousand expedients or artifices RV
- praised in a thousand hymns MW
- skilled in a thousand' sciences ib
- ○tamá mf(ī́)n. the thousandth TS. ŚBr. Pāṇ. Sch
- ○da mfn. giving a thousand (cows) Mn. R
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- of a son of Indu Hariv
- ○daṃṣṭra mfn. thousand-toothed L
- m. = next Suśr
- ○daṃṣṭrin m. a sort of sheat fish L
- ○dakṣin a (sahásra-), mfn. accompanied with a fee or recompense of a thousand (kine), containing or giving a thousand (kine) RV. AV. GṛŚrS. &c
- m. or n. (?) a partic. ceremony Vait
- ○dala mfn. having a thousand petals Pañcar
- ○dā́ mfn. giving a thousand VS. SV
- -tama mfn. RV
- ○dātu (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-fold RV
- ○dāna (sahásra-), mf(ā)n. bestowing a thousand gifts RV
- ○dā́van mfn. giving a thousand RV
- m. a giver of thousand MW
- ○dīdhiti m. 'thousand-rayed', the sun Kād. Nāg. Priy
- ○driś mfn. 'thousand-eyed R
- N. of Indra MBh. RāmatUp
- of Vishṇu A
- ○dos mfn. having a thousand arms
- m. N. of Arjuna Kārtaviirya L
- ○dvār (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-gated RV
- ○dvāra mf(ā)n. id. MBh
- ○dhā́ ind. thousand-fold, in a thousand ways or parts RV. &c. &c
- ○dhalman (sahásra-), mfn. having thousand-fold splendour AV. TBr
- m. the sun Mudr
- ○dhā́yas mfn. nourishing or sustaining a thousand TĀr. 1
- ○dhāra (sahásra-), mf(ā)n., thousand-streamed', discharging a thousand streams RV
- flowing in a thousand streams MW
- (ā), f. a streams of water conveyed through a vessel pierced with a thousand little holes L. 2
- ○dhāra mfn. having a thousand edges
- m. the discus of Vishnu L
- ○dhī mfn. thousand-witted
- m. N. of a fish Pañcat
- ○dhauta mfn. cleansed a thousand times Car
- ○nayana mfn. thousand-eyed
- m. N. of Indra MBh. R. &c
- of Vishnu A
- ○nāman (sahásra-), mf(mnī)n. thousand-named, containing a thousand names AV. Pañcar
- n. pl. (or -nāma ibc.) the thousand names (of any deity, esp. of Vishṇu) Cat
- ○ma-kārikā f. ○ma-bhāṣya n. ○ma-vivaraṇa n. ○ma-sarayu f. ○ma-stuti f. ○ma-stuti f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mârtha-śloka-sahasrâvati f. N. of wks
- ○nirṇji (sah4ra-), mfn. having a thousand ornaments RV
- ○nītha See -nītha
- ○netra mfn. thousand-eyed MBh. BhP
- m. (ifc. f. ā) N. of Indra MBh. Ragh. Vās
- of Vishnu A
- ○rânana-pādabāhu', mfn. having a thousand eyes and faces anâ feet and arms, Cat
- ○pati m. chief of a thousand (villages) Mn. MBh
- ○pattra m. N. of a mountain Śatr
- m. having a thousand petals', a lotus MBh. Hariv. Ragh
- ○râbharaṇa mfn. adomed with lotuses MW
- ○pad (sahásra-
- strong base -pād), mfn. thousand-footed RV. AV. Br. &c
- having a thousand columns MBh
- m. N. of Purusha MW
- of Vishṇu ib
- of Śiva ib
- of Brahmā W
- of a Ṛishi MBh
- ○parama mf(ā)n. the most excellent among thousand TĀr
- ○parṇa (sa-hásra.), mf(ī́). thousand-feathered (said of an arrow) RV
- thousand-leafed AV
- (ī́), f. (prob.) a kind of plant ib. [Page 1196, Column]
- ○parvā f. white Dūrvā grass L
- ○pākya m. 'boiled a thousand times', (with sneha) a partic. kind of oil Car
- ○pājas (sahásra-), mfn. glittering in a thousand ways RV
- ○pāthas (sahâsra-), mfn. appearing in a thousand places ib
- ○pād See -pad
- ○pāda m. 'thousand-footed' or 'thousand-rayed', the sun L
- a sort of dock L
- N. of Vishṇu L
- ○dâkṣi-śirôru-ba0hu mfn. having a thousand feet and eyes and heads and thighs and arms, Sinhâs
- ○pāśa mf(ā)n. forming a thousand fetters MantraBr
- ○pūraṇa mfn. the thousandth, (and) obtaining a thousand Śiś. (Sch.)
- ○pṛṣṭha (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand level places AV. 1
- ○poṣá m. (RV. AV. VS. TS.) or (Kauś.) welfare or wealth (increased) a thousand-fold
- ○poṣā f. (Kauś.) welfare or wealth (increased) a thousand-fold
- ([○Sa)-kAma] mfn. 'desirous of a thousand-fold wṭwealth Lāṭy
- ([○Sa)-púSi] (?), mfn. MaitrS. 2
- ○poṣa mfn. prosperity (increasing) a thousand-fold GṛŚrS
- ○poṣín mfn. thriving a thousand-fold RV
- ○poṣyá n. = -poṣá m. RV
- ○prakāra mf(ā)n. a thousand-fold Kauś
- ○pradhana (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand prizes gained in battle RV
- one who has experienced a thousand battles MW
- ○prâṇa (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand lives AV. (not in MS.)
- ○bala m. N. of a king VP
- ○bāhavīya n. (with indrasya) N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○bāhu (sahásra.), mfn. having a thousand arms, thousand-armed MantraBr
- (also applied to AV. xix, 6, beginning with the above word)
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- of Arjuna R
- of one of Skanda's attendants MBh
- of the Asura Bāṇa MW
- m. or f. a N. (others, 'battle, war') RV. viii, 45, 26
- ○buddhi mfn. thousand-witted
- m. N. of a fish Pañcat. (cf. -dhī)
- ○bhakta n. a partic. festival at which thousands are treated Rājat
- ○bhara (sahásra-), mfn. carrying off a thousand as spoil RV
- ○bharṇas (sahásra-), mfn. (prob.) a thousand fold RV
- ○bhāgavatī f. N. of a divinity SV
- ○bhānu mfn. thousand-rayed Śiś
- ○bhāva m. the becoming a thousand ĀśvŚr
- ○bhid m. musk Bhpr
- ○bhuja mf(ā)n. thousand-armed Deviim
- m. N. of Vishṇu MW
- of a Gindharva Kāraṇḍ
- (ā), f. N. of Durgā MW
- -jihvâkṣa mfn. having a thousand arms and tongues and eyes MBh
- -rāma-dhyāna n. N. of wk. (wṛ. -dhyāna-rāma)
- ○bhṛṣṭi (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-pointed RV
- ○bheda-śas ind. in a thousand different ways, thousand-fold Hcat
- ○maṅgala N. of a place Rājat
- ○manyu (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand-fold courage SV
- ○marīci m. thousand-rayed, N. of the sun MW
- ○mīḍha or (sahásra-), mfn. characterized by a thousand combats (said of a battle) RV
- ○mīlha (sahásra-), mfn. characterized by a thousand combats (said of a battle) RV
- ○mukha mfn. having a thousand exits Pañcat
- ○raviṇa-caritra n. N. of wk
- ○muṣka (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand testicles RV. (accord. to Sāy. also, 'having many flames')
- ○m-ūti (sahásra-), mfn. helping a thousand-fold RV. (cf. sahasrôi)
- ○mūrti mfn. appearing in a thousand forms BhP. Siṃhâs
- ○mūrdha m. 'thousand -headed' N. of Vishṇu MBh
- -śravaṇâkṣi-nāsika mfn. having a thousand heads and ears and eyes and noses BhP
- ○mūrdhan mfn. thousand-headed ib. Pañcar
- m. N. of Śiva MBh
- of Vishṇu A
- ○mūla (sahásra.), mfn. having a thousand roots AV
- (ī), f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
- ○mauli m. 'thousand-crested', N. of Vishṇu MBh
- ○m-bhará mfn. bringing a thousand RV
- ○m-bhari mfn. nourishing a thousand, Sin1hâs
- ○yajñá m. a sacrifice of a thousand MaitrS
- N. of a man Lalit
- -tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat
- ○yāj mfn. next PañcavBr
- m. one who sacrifices a thousand victims MW
- ○yājin mfn. one who conducts a sacrifice for a recompense of a thousand (cows) TS. Br
- ○yāman (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand paths RV
- ○yuga n. a period of a thousand ages MBh
- ○yoga m
- ○yoga-cikitsā f. N. of wks
- ○yojaná n. a distance of a thousand Yojanas VS. MaitrS
- ○raśmi mfn. thousand-rayed
- m. the sun MaitrUp. MBh. Kāv. MārkP
- -tanaya m. 'son of the sun', the planet Saturn VarBṛS
- ○ruc m. the sun Harav
- ○retas (sahásra-), mfn. having thousand fold seed RV
- ○roman n. 'having a thousand hairs', a blanket W
- ○liṅgī f. a thousand Liṅgas Rājat
- ○locana mfn. thousand-eyed
- m. N. of Indra Kāv
- of Vishṇu A
- ○vaktra mfn. thousand-mouthed, Pañcar
- ○vat (sahásra.), mfn. a thousand fold RV
- containing the word sahasra ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○vadana mfn. id
- m. N. of Vishṇu L
- ○varcas (sahásra.), mfn. having thousand-fold power or efficacy RV
- ○vartâni mfn. having a thousand paths MW
- ○vartanin mfn. having a thousand wheels
- n. N. of a Saman ṢaḍvBr
- ○vartman mfn. having a thousand paths Śiś
- ○valisa or (sahásra.), mfn. thousand-branched RV. MaitrS
- ○valśa (sahásra.), mfn. thousand-branched RV. MaitrS
- ○vāka mfn. containing . thousand words or verses Gaut
- ○vāc m. N. of a son of Dhṛita-rāshtra MBh
- ○vāja (sahásra.), mfn. having thousand-fold vigour or energy RV. [Page 1196, Column]
- ○vīra (sahásra-), mfn. sufficient for a thousand men RV
- ○vīrya (sahásra-), mf(ā)n. having a thousand energies VS. AV
- (ā), f. a kind of plant Suśr. Car
- Dūrvā grass (with white or blue flowers) L. Bhpr
- = mahā-śatāvarī. Bhpr
- Asa Foetida A. -vṛ́t mfn. including thousand TĀr. (accord. to Sch. vṛt = vriyamāṇa, prârthyamāna)
- ○vedha n. a kind of sorrel MW
- a kind of sour gruel L
- ○vedhin m. a kind of sorrel Bhpr
- musk ib
- Calamus Fasciculatus W
- n. Asa Foetida Bhpr
- ○śakti mfn. able to give a thousand MBh
- ○śatá-dakṣiṇa mfn. accompanied with a fee of a hundred thousand (cows) ŚBr. Mn
- ○śala (sahásra-), a distance of a thousand Śalas MaitrS. Kāṭh
- ○śás ind. by thousands AV. &c. &c
- ○śākha mfn. having a thousand branches (also fig.) TUp. Kusum
- ○śikhara mfn. thousand-peaked
- m. N. of the Vindhya mountains MārkP
- ○śiras mfn. thousand-headed R. BhP. Pañcar
- ○śirasa mfn. id. MBh
- ○sôdara mfn. having a thousand heads and abdomens ib
- ○śīrṣa mfn. thousand-headed TĀr. Up
- (ā), f. a partic. Mantra or the N. of the Ṛig-veda hymn x, 90 (usually called the Purusha hymn) Yājñ. Sch
- RTL. 17
- ○śīrṣan (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-headed RV. ṢaḍvBr. &c
- ○śṛṅga (sahásra-), mfn. thousand-horned RV. AV
- ○śokas (sahásra-), mfn. emitting a thousand flames RV
- ○śravaṇa m. 'thousand-eared', N. of Vishṇu MW
- ○sruti m. N. of a mountain BhP
- ○saṃvatsara (sahásra-), n. a sacred rite of a thousand years Br. KātyŚr. &c
- ○saṃkhya mfn. numbering a thousand MBh
- (ā), f. the sum of a thousand MW
- ○saṃkhyāka mfn. amounting to a thousand ib
- ○saní mfn. gaining or bestowing a thousand Br. GṛS
- f. a gift of a thousand ŚBr
- ○sama mfn. lasting a thousand years (as a sacred rite) BhP
- ○sammita (sahásra-), mfn. measuring a thousand TS. Br
- ○sava mfn. having a thousand libations MW
- ○sā́ mfn. gaining or granting a thousand RV
- -tama mfn. giving thousand ib. AV
- ○sāvá m. thousandfold Soma-pressing RV
- ○sāvya n. a partic. Ayana ĀśvŚr. Nir. Maś
- ○sīta mfn. having a thousand furrows ĀśvGṛ
- ○stari (sahásra-), mfn. having a thousand barren cows RV
- ○stuka (sahásra.), mf(ā)n. having a thousand tufts or curls of hair AV
- ○stuti f. N. of a river BhP
- ○stotriya mfn. consisting of a thousand Stotriyas ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○sthūṇa (sahásra-), mfn. supported by a thousand columns RV
- ○srota or m. N. of a mountain BhP
- ○sroḍtas m. N. of a mountain BhP
- ○há mfn. slaying a thousand AV
- ○hary-aśva m. (MW.) 'having a thousand bay horses', the car of Indra
- ○hary-āśva (?), m. (L.) 'having a thousand bay horses', the car of Indra
- ○hasta mfn. thousand-handed AV
- m. N. of Śiva MW
- sahasrâṃśu mfn. thousand-rayed
- m. the sun Mn. MBh. R. &c
- -ja m. 'sun-born', N. of Saturn VarBṛS
- -sama mfn. sun-like Ml
- sahasrâkṣá mfn. thousand-eyed RV. VS. TS. &c
- all-perceiving, all-inspecting W
- m. N. of Indra (so called from the curse of Gautama who detecting Indra in a desire to seduce his wife Ahalyā covered him with a thousand marks of the female organ, afterwards changed to eyes
- a different legend is in Rām. i, 48) MBh. Kāv. Pur
- of Indra in the 9th Manv-antara, MārkP
- of Purusha MW
- of Vishṇu ib
- of Fire and Rudra ib
- of Śiva ib
- a clear sky VarBṛS
- N. of a partic. Mantra Baudh
- m. or n. (?) of a place Cat
- of wk
- (ī), f. N. of a goddess ib
- -jit m. N. of a son of Rāvaṇa RāmatUp
- -dhanuṣ-mat mfn. provided with a rainbow R
- ○kṣêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga KāśīKh
- sahásrâkṣara mf(ā)n. having a thousand syllables RV. AV. PañcavBr
- sahasrâkhya m. 'having a thousand names', N. of a mountain Śatr
- n. N. of wk
- sahasrâṅka (?), m. the sun L
- sahasrâcāra m. Barleria Prionitis MW
- sahasrājit m. N. of a son of Bhajamāna Hariv. Pur
- sahasrâṇīka m. = ○rânīka MW
- sahasrâtṛṇṇa mfn. pierced with a thousand holes Kauś
- sahasrâtman mfn. having a thousand natures Yājñ
- sâhasrâdhipati m. the leader of a thousand men MBh
- the chief of a thousand villages Mn.vii, 119
- sahasrânana m. thousand-faced', N. of Vishṇu MBh
- -śīrṣa-vá mfn. having a 'thousand-faced and heads BhP
- sahasrânīka m. N. of a king Kathās. BhP
- sahasrāpoṣá m. = sahasra-p○ AV
- sahásrâpsas mfn. thousand-shaped RV. (Sāy.)
- sahásrā-magha mfn. having a thousand treasures or gifts RV
- sahasnâyu mfn. living a thousand years AitBr
- sahasráyutiya n. du. (with Indrasya) N. of two Sāmans ĀrshBr. SV
- sahasrâyudha mfn. having a thousand weapons Sāh
- m. N. of a man Kathās
- ○yudhīya Nom. P. ○yudhīyati, to resemble one who has a thousand weapons Sāh. Kpr
- sahásráyus mfn. = ○râyu AV. ŚBr. Pañcar
- m. N. of a man Kathās
- ○râyuṣ-ṭva n. the living a thousand years KātyŚr., Sch, [Page 1196, Column]
- sahasrâra mfn. thousand-spoked BhP
- m. n. a kind of cavity said to be found in the top of the head and to resemble a lotus reversed (fabled as the seat of the soul) L
- -ja m. pl. N. of a class of gods (with Jainas) L
- sahasrârghá or mfn. equivalent to athousand RV. AV
- sahásrârgha mfn. equivalent to athousand RV. AV
- sahasrârcis mfn. thousand-rayed Śivag
- m. the sun Ragh
- sahasrấha mfn. worth a thousand (cows) ŚBr
- sahasrávara m. a fine below a thousand or from five hundred to a thousand Paṇas W
- sahasrâvartaka-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha Cat
- sahasrâvartā f. (with Buddhists) N. of a goddess
- sáhasrâśva m. 'having a thousand horses', N. of a king VP
- sahasrâśvīna n. a distance equivalent to a thousand days' journey for a horse AitBr
- sahasrâsya m. thousand-faced', 'thousand-headed', N. of the Serpent Assanta KāśīKh
- sahasráha n. a thousand days MaitrUp
- sahasrâhnyá n. a thousand days' journey AV
- sahasrêkṣaṇa mfn. thousand-eyed
- m. N. of Indra Siṃhâs
- sahásrêdhma a thousand pieces of wood MaitrS
- sahásrôti mfn. = sahásramūti RV
- sahasrôpaníṣad f. N. of an Upanishad
- sahasrôrv-aṅghri-bāhv-aksa having a thousand thighs and feet and arms and eyes BhP
- sahasraka n. (for sahasra-ka See p. 1195, col. 2) a thighs Hariv. Pañcar
- (ifc
- f. ikā) amounting to a thousand, having a thousand MBh. R. Pañcar
- sahasrataya mfn. a thousand fold MW
- n. a thousand Śiś
- sahasrika n. a thousand Hariv. (prob. wṛ. for sahasraka)
- mf(ī)n. (ifc., after varṣa or abda) lasting a thousand years MBh. Hariv
- sahasrín mfn. numbering a thousand, thousandfold RV. BhP
- gaining a thousand RV. ŚBr
- containing a thousand different things RV
- having a thousand (also ifc.) MBh. Hariv. &c
- paying a thousand (Paṇas as a fine) Mn. viii, 376
- consisting of a thousand soldiers L
- amounting to a thousand (as a fine) MW
- m. a body of a thousand men &c. W
- the commander of a thousand ib
- sahasríya mfn. a thousandfold RV
- giving thousandfold VS. TS
- sahasrī́ya mfn. giving thousandfold (v. l. ○ríya
- cf. varṣa-s○) MaitrS
- sahâya &c. See p. 1195, col. 1
- sahāra m. (prob. a Prākṛit form for saha-kāra) a species of mango tree Uṇ. iii, 139 Sch
- universal dissolution (= mahā-pralaya
- prob. wṛ. for saṃ-h○) L
- sahita See p. 1193, col. 2
- sahôḍha See p. 1194, col, 3
- sahora mfn. (accord. to Uṇ. i, 66 Sch. fr. √1. sah) good, excellent L
- m. a saint, pure or pious man W
- sahohā N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
- sahla sahlaṇa, See salh○ p. 1190
- sā f. of 4. sa, q.v
- sā́ f. of 6. sa, q.v
- sā (weak form of √san), giving, bestowing, granting (cf. ap-, aśva-sā &c.)
≫sāta
- sātá mfn. gained, obtained RV. Br
- granted, given, bestowed RV
- n. a gift, wealth, riches ib
≫sāti
- sātí f. gaining, obtaining, acquisition, winning of spoil or property RV
- a gift, oblation L
- N. of a teacher (having the patr. auṣṭrākṣi) Cat
≫sātu
- sā́tu m. (prob.) the womb (as conceiving) RV
- sānasí mfn. bringing wealth or blessings, laden with spoils, victorious RV
- sānin mfn. gaining, procuring (ifc.) Nir
- sānuká mfn. eager for prey RV
- sā = √so, q.v
≫sāta
- sāta mfn. (for 3. See p. 1200, col. s) ended, destroyed W
≫sāti
- sāti f. end, destruction L
- violent pain ib
- sāṃyamana mfn. (fr. saṃyamana) relating to restraint or self-control KaushUp. (v. l.)
- sāṃyamani m. (fr. id.) patr. of Śala MBh
- sāṃyamaníka mfn. = saṃyamana, Mahāvy
- sāṃyāti g. kāśy-ādi
- sāṃyātika mf(ā and ī)n. (fr. prec.) ib
- sāṃyātrika m. (fr. saṃ-yātrā) a voyaging merchant, one who trades by sea &c. Hariv. Kāv. Kathās. [Page 1197, Column]
- n. any vehicle L
- the morning dawn L
- sāṃyuga mf(ī)n. (fr. saṃ-yuga) relating to battle (with ku f. 'a battle-field') Śiś
- sāṃyugīna mfn. relating to war or battle, warlike, martial Kālid
- m. a hero, great warrior ib
- sāṃyogika mfn. = saṃyogāya prabhavati g. saṃtāpâdi
- sāṃyaugika mfn. related, being in relation, connected Nir. i, 2
- sāṃrakṣya n. (fr. saṃ-rakṣa), g. purohiśâdi
- sāṃrāviṇa n. (fr. saṃ-rāvin) general acclamation or calling out of a number of people together, a general shout, uproar Mālatīm. Naish
- sāṃvatsara mf(ī)n. (fr. saṃ-vatsara) yearly, annual, perennial, lasting or occupying year (with bhṛti, f. 'annual wages') ŚrS. MBh. BhP
- m. an astrologer, almanac-maker MBh. Kāv. &c
- a lunar month L
- black rice L
- (with dīkṣita) N. of an author Cat
- (ī), f. a funeral ceremony performed a year after a person's death L
- ○ratha m. the sun L
- ○sūtra n. N. of a ch. of Bhaṭtôtpalas Conim. on VarBṛS
- sāṃvatsaraka mfn. yearly, payable in a year (as a debt) Pāṇ. 4-3, 50
- m. an astrologer (in as○) VarBṛS. ii, 12, v. l
- sāṃvatsarika mfn. yearly, annual, relating to a year, produced in a year &c. (with bali m. 'annual revenue'
- with riṇa n. 'a debt payable in a year') AitBr. &c. &c
- relating to an annual sacrifice Lāṭy
- m. an astrologer Pañcat
- ○śrāddha n. an annual funeral ceremony in honour of deceased ancestors (also N. of wk.) Cat
[[]]
- sāṃvatsarikaikoddiṣṭaśrāddhaprayoga3sāṃvatsarikâikôddiṣṭa-śrāddha-prayoga m. N. of wk
- sāṃvatsarīya mfn. = sāṃvatsara above
- (ā), f. (with siṃnī) a partic. personification, IndSt
- sāṃvaraṇa m. (fr. saṃ-varaṇa) patr. of the Vedic Ṛishi Manu RAnukr
- sā́ṃvaraṇī m. id. RV. viii, 51, 3
- sāṃvarga m. (fr. saṃ-varga) N. of a Sāman (with indrasya) ĀrshBr
- sāṃvargajita m. pl. (fr. saṃvarga-jit) patr. cf the Gotamas Lāṭy
- sāṃvarta mfn. written or composed by Saṃ-varta Cat
- n. N. of various Sāmans (also with indrasya) ArshBr
- ○smṛti f. N. of a lawbook
- sāṃvartaka mfn. (fr. saṃ-vartaka = saṃvarta) relating to or appearing at the dissolution of the universe (as fire, the sun &c.) R. BhP
- sāṃvahitra mfn. (fr. saṃ-vahitṛ = saṃ-voḍhṛ) Pāṇ. 4-3, 120 Vārtt. 8 Pat
- sāṃvādika mfn. (fr. saṃ-vāda) colloquial, controversial, causing discussion L
- m. disputant, controversialist, logician L
- sāṃvādya n. (fr. saṃ-vādin), g. brāhmaṇâdi
- sāṃvāśina n. (fr. saṃ-vāśin) bellowing together (of cows and calves) KātyŚr
- sāṃvāsika mfn. = saṃ-vāsāya prabhavati g. saṃtāpâdi
- sāṃvāsyaka n. = saṃ-vāsa, dwelling together, community of abode MBh
- sāṃvāhika mf(ā and ī)n. (fr. saṃ-vāha), g. kāśy-ādi and guḍâdi
- sāṃvittika mfn. (fr. saṃ-vitti) based on a (mere) feeling or perception, subjective Kap. Sch
- sāṃvidya n. (fr. i. saṃ-vid) mutual understanding, agreement TS. PañcavBr
- sā́ṃvidya = (or prob. wṛ. for) sáṃ-vidya AV
- sāṃvaidya n. (cf. 2. saṃ-vedya) finding each other, meeting Vait
- sāṃvṛtti ○ttika wṛ. for saṃ-vṛtti and sāṃvittika
- sāṃveśanika mfn. = saṃ-veśanāya prabhavati g. saṃtāpâdi
- sāṃveśya n. (fr. saṃ-veśin), g. brāhmaṇâdi. [Page 1197, Column]
- sāṃveṣika mfn. = saṃ-veṣāya prabhavati g. saṃtāpâdi
- sāṃvyavahārika mf(ī)n. (fr. saṃ-vyavahāra) current in every-day life, generally intelligible Lāṭy. Sch
- sâṃśa mfn. having or consisting of parts or shares, Salṃkhyapr
- sāṃśaṃsika mfn. (fr. saṃ-śaṃsā) that which is recited together GopBr
- sāṃśayika mf(ī)n. (fr. saṃ-śaya) doubtful, dubious Nir. Āpast. MārkP
- hazardous Kām. (vḷ.)
- in doubt, uncertain, irresolute, sceptical L
- ○tva n. doubtfulness, uncertainty Bādar
- sāṃśitya m. patr. fr. saṃ-śita ( See saṃ-√śo), g. gargâdi
- sāṃsargavidya mfn. = saṃsarga-vidyām adhī7te veda vā Kāś. on Pāṇ. 4-2, 60
- sāṃsargika mf(ī)n. produced by or resulting from contact (saṃsarga) or intercourse Kām. BhP
- sāṃsārika mfn. (fr. saṃ-sāra) connected with or dependent on mundane existence, worldly Kāv. Saṃk. BhP
- being still subject to mundane existence Kāraṇḍ
- sāṃsiddhika mf(ī)n. (fr. saṃesiddhi) effected naturally, belonging to nature, natural, native, innate MBh. Kāv. &c
- self-existent, existing by its own nature or essence, existing absolutely, absolute Śaṃk
- effected by supernatural means (as spells &c.) MW
- ○drava m. natural (as opp. to 'generated') fluidity (e.g. that of water) ib
- sāṃsiddhya n. the state of having attained the highest object, perfection BhP
- sāṃsṛṣṭika mfn. (fr. saṃ-sṛṣṭi) directly or immediately connected, direct L
- sāṃskārika mfn. (fr. saṃ-skāra) belonging to or requisite for a funeral ceremony or other rite &c. R
- sāṃsthānika mfn. (fr. saṃsthāna) relating or belonging to a common place of abode, a fellow-countryman (or countrywoman) Pāṇ. 4-4, 72
- sāṃsparśaka n. (fr. saṃ-sparśa) touch, contact MānGṛ
- sāṃsphīyaka mfn. (fr. saṃ-sphīya), g. dhūmâdi
- sāṃsraviṇa n. (fr. saṃ-srava) a general stream (of water &c., -vṛkṣasya vṛkṣaṃ vyāpya samyak-srāvaḥ) L
- sāṃhatya n. (fr. saṃ-hata
- See saṃ√han) connection, union Kap
- sāṃhananika mfn. (fr. saṃ-hanana) relating to the body, bodily, corporeal MW
- sāṃhātika n. (for saṃ-hāta) N. of the sixteenth Nakshatra after that in which the moon was situated at a child's birth L
- sāṃhāra wṛ. for saṃ-hāra
- sāṃhita mf(ī)n. relating to the Saṃhitā, found in the Saṃhitā text or based upon it &c. Prāt. Pāṇ. Sch
- sāṃhitôpanīṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wk
- sāṃhitika mfn. = sāṃhita g. ukthâdi
- m. the author of an astrological Saṃhits Gaṇit